|
article-title
|
Elimination of substances from the brain parenchyma: efflux via perivascular pathways and via the blood–brain barrier
|
|
abstract
|
This review considers efflux of substances from brain parenchyma quantified as values of clearances (CL, stated in µL g−1 min−1). Total clearance of a substance is the sum of clearance values for all available routes including perivascular pathways and the blood–brain barrier. Perivascular efflux contributes to the clearance of all water-soluble substances. Substances leaving via the perivascular routes may enter cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) or lymph. These routes are also involved in entry to the parenchyma from CSF. However, evidence demonstrating net fluid flow inwards along arteries and then outwards along veins (the glymphatic hypothesis) is still lacking. CLperivascular, that via perivascular routes, has been measured by following the fate of exogenously applied labelled tracer amounts of sucrose, inulin or serum albumin, which are not metabolized or eliminated across the blood–brain barrier. With these substances values of total CL ≅ 1 have been measured. Substances that are eliminated at least partly by other routes, i.e. across the blood–brain barrier, have higher total CL values. Substances crossing the blood–brain barrier may do so by passive, non-specific means with CLblood-brain barrier values ranging from < 0.01 for inulin to > 1000 for water and CO2. CLblood-brain barrier values for many small solutes are predictable from their oil/water partition and molecular weight. Transporters specific for glucose, lactate and many polar substrates facilitate efflux across the blood–brain barrier producing CLblood-brain barrier values > 50. The principal route for movement of Na+ and Cl− ions across the blood–brain barrier is probably paracellular through tight junctions between the brain endothelial cells producing CLblood-brain barrier values ~ 1. There are large fluxes of amino acids into and out of the brain across the blood–brain barrier but only small net fluxes have been observed suggesting substantial reuse of essential amino acids and α-ketoacids within the brain. Amyloid-β efflux, which is measurably faster than efflux of inulin, is primarily across the blood–brain barrier. Amyloid-β also leaves the brain parenchyma via perivascular efflux and this may be important as the route by which amyloid-β reaches arterial walls resulting in cerebral amyloid angiopathy.
Electronic supplementary material
The online version of this article (10.1186/s12987-018-0113-6) contains supplementary material, which is available to authorized users.
|
|
p
|
This review considers efflux of substances from brain parenchyma quantified as values of clearances (CL, stated in µL g−1 min−1). Total clearance of a substance is the sum of clearance values for all available routes including perivascular pathways and the blood–brain barrier. Perivascular efflux contributes to the clearance of all water-soluble substances. Substances leaving via the perivascular routes may enter cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) or lymph. These routes are also involved in entry to the parenchyma from CSF. However, evidence demonstrating net fluid flow inwards along arteries and then outwards along veins (the glymphatic hypothesis) is still lacking. CLperivascular, that via perivascular routes, has been measured by following the fate of exogenously applied labelled tracer amounts of sucrose, inulin or serum albumin, which are not metabolized or eliminated across the blood–brain barrier. With these substances values of total CL ≅ 1 have been measured. Substances that are eliminated at least partly by other routes, i.e. across the blood–brain barrier, have higher total CL values. Substances crossing the blood–brain barrier may do so by passive, non-specific means with CLblood-brain barrier values ranging from < 0.01 for inulin to > 1000 for water and CO2. CLblood-brain barrier values for many small solutes are predictable from their oil/water partition and molecular weight. Transporters specific for glucose, lactate and many polar substrates facilitate efflux across the blood–brain barrier producing CLblood-brain barrier values > 50. The principal route for movement of Na+ and Cl− ions across the blood–brain barrier is probably paracellular through tight junctions between the brain endothelial cells producing CLblood-brain barrier values ~ 1. There are large fluxes of amino acids into and out of the brain across the blood–brain barrier but only small net fluxes have been observed suggesting substantial reuse of essential amino acids and α-ketoacids within the brain. Amyloid-β efflux, which is measurably faster than efflux of inulin, is primarily across the blood–brain barrier. Amyloid-β also leaves the brain parenchyma via perivascular efflux and this may be important as the route by which amyloid-β reaches arterial walls resulting in cerebral amyloid angiopathy.
|
|
sec
|
Electronic supplementary material
The online version of this article (10.1186/s12987-018-0113-6) contains supplementary material, which is available to authorized users.
|
|
title
|
Electronic supplementary material
|
|
p
|
The online version of this article (10.1186/s12987-018-0113-6) contains supplementary material, which is available to authorized users.
|
|
body
|
Background
Maintaining the status quo of the cellular environment in the brain is essential for correct functioning of neurons. Thus the brain is protected by being separated from the rest of the body by a set of barriers. These barriers hinder entry of unwanted substances from the circulation but at the same time provide for the removal of potentially toxic substances that have inadvertently entered or been produced within the brain. These barriers will of course present challenges for delivery of nutrients, essential for normal brain growth, metabolism and function.
The brain is effectively a greatly distorted blind-ended tube. The four ventricles (see Fig. 1) form the inside of the tube and the brain parenchyma, comprised of brain cells and the interstitial spaces between them, makes up the wall. The tube is surrounded by the subarachnoid spaces, which in this discussion are taken to include the basal cisterns. Both ventricles and subarachnoid spaces are filled with cerebrospinal fluid (CSF). The inside of the tube at the IVth ventricle is connected to the outside of the tube at the cisterna magna via the foramina of Magendie and Luschka. The subarachnoid spaces are bounded on their outside by the outer meninges composed of the arachnoid and the dura (see Fig. 2 inset), which are in turn encased by the skull (see [1]). On their inside the subarachnoid spaces are separated from the brain parenchyma by a cell layer, the pia mater or inner meninges, and one or more layers of astrocyte endfeet, the glia limitans. The surfaces of the parenchyma adjacent to the ventricles are covered by a layer of cells, the ependyma (see Fig. 2 inset).
Fig. 1 Mid-saggital section of the brain showing locations of the ventricles, cerebral aqueduct, subarachnoid spaces (including the basal cisterns) and choroid plexuses. The choroid plexuses are discrete epithelial structures located in the cerebral ventricles that secrete cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) shown in pale blue, which fills the ventricles and subarachnoid spaces. Normally there is net flow of CSF from the ventricles into the cisterna magna and from there to the other subarachnoid spaces of the brain and spinal cord. Reproduced but relabelled with permission from Strazielle et al. [20]
Fig. 2 Schematic diagrams of the lateral surface of the brain showing a the arterial supply and b the venous drainage with an inset indicating the relations of the pia, the ependyma and the perivascular spaces to the brain parenchyma. The large vessels run parallel to the surfaces of the brain, with smaller branches that penetrate into the parenchyma more or less perpendicular to the surfaces (see inset). Points of penetration of the vessels down into the parenchyma are indicated by black dots at the end of vessels. Branching of arteries continues within the parenchyma yielding arterioles and eventually capillaries that then join forming venules and then veins. These merge and drain into the large veins and venous sinuses on the surface. As discussed in the text blood vessels within the parenchyma have associated perivascular spaces that provide preferential routes for materials to enter and leave the parenchyma. Figure drawn by Robert G. Thorne and used with permission. See [639] for a succinct but still thorough description of human anatomy relevant to delivery of substances to the brain and their removal from it
Current evidence indicates that most of the CSF is secreted into the ventricles by the choroid plexuses (see Fig. 1 and for reviews [2–4]). While there are to and fro movements of CSF driven by the cardiac and respiratory cycles [5–7] and considerable convective mixing of CSF within the ventricles [8, 9], net flow is normally from the choroid plexuses in the ventricles towards the cisterna magna and onwards via the subarachnoid spaces to the various sites of CSF outflow. Most but not all studies show that in the absence of hydrocephalus there is transfer of solutes and fluid through the cerebral aqueduct connecting the IIIrd to the IVth ventricle but only limited transfers from the IVth to the IIIrd ventricle [9–16].1
The cells of the ependymal layer bordering the ventricles are not bound together by tight junctions and the layer is thought to be permeable to small solutes and proteins [17–20]. However, diffusion in the parenchyma is too slow to transfer material more than several hundred microns within 1–2 h2 (see e.g. [17, 21–25]). Thus normally neither transfer across the ependyma nor flow of CSF provides a rapid route for substances to reach the choroid plexuses from most of the parenchyma. For this reason, other than as the primary source of CSF, the choroid plexuses do not feature prominently in this review, which is concerned primarily with elimination of substances from the parenchyma.3 Readers interested in transporters at the choroid plexuses and the transport they mediate are well served by other reviews [2–4, 20, 26–38].
The brain parenchyma is extensively vascularized (see Fig. 2). Blood arrives in large arteries which course over the outer surfaces of the brain before diving into the parenchyma. Similarly blood leaves the parenchyma in veins and venous sinuses also located at the outer surfaces. Within the parenchyma the arterial vessels branch out leading eventually to microvessels which then join together to form veins. There are so many microvessels that at least one is within a few tens of microns of every parenchymal cell. The endothelial cells lining the microvessels in the brain provide the blood–brain barrier, the most important route for exchange of materials between blood and parenchyma. Three important characteristics of the barrier are: the microvessels are close to each other so that diffusion distances are short; the surface area of the barrier is enormous, and the barrier is permeable to those substances required to move readily in or out of the brain.
In addition to the blood–brain barrier there are perivascular spaces that can provide conduits for substances to move into and out of the brain parenchyma. (“Perivascular” is used here to describe various possible routes available along the walls of blood vessels but separated from the blood flowing through the vascular lumen (see “Nomenclature”, p. 59 in [4] and similar usage in [16, 39, 40]). As indicated schematically in the inset of Fig. 2, these spaces are to be found around the arteries entering and the veins leaving the parenchyma (see Sect. 3.1). They provide routes for movement of substances between parenchyma and the CSF in the subarachnoid spaces or possibly directly to lymph. As discussed in Sect. 3, such movement is much faster than could be supported by diffusion alone. By contrast movement of substances between CSF and parenchyma across the pia/glial layers and ependyma is limited by diffusion in the parenchyma (in the absence of imposed osmotic gradients or infusions of fluid) and, except for regions of parenchyma very close to the surfaces (or to some extent in white matter, see Sect. 3.1), is much slower than movement via the perivascular spaces. Hence the major routes for efflux of substances from the brain parenchyma are transfer across the blood–brain barrier and movements towards the outer surfaces of the brain via the perivascular spaces.
The blood–brain barrier provides a route for efflux of solutes that are sufficiently small and lipid soluble (see Sect. 4.1) and it also contains specific transporters that can transfer many polar substances. The perivascular route is especially important for the elimination of large or polar solutes for which there are no specific transporters (see Sect. 3).
The types of mechanisms present at the blood–brain barrier that allow easy passage of nutrients like glucose and amino acids and wastes like CO2 are shown in Fig. 3 along with indication of the need for expulsion of substances that should not be allowed to enter or accumulate in the brain. Because the gaps between the endothelial cells are occluded by tight junctions that greatly reduce the paracellular passage of solutes even as small as sugars and inorganic ions like Na+, K+ and Cl−,4 to enter or leave the brain across the blood–brain barrier almost all substances must pass through the cells, which means they must cross both the luminal and abluminal membranes.
Fig. 3 Mechanisms for transfers into and out of the brain across the blood–brain barrier and the need for efflux mechanisms. Passive, non-specific transfers can occur via paracellular and transcellular routes, though the rates for paracellular transfer are small. Specific transcellular transport can be passive or active. In addition to the transfers for well-known substances many others are able to enter at various rates, either because they are sufficiently small and lipid-soluble or because barrier mechanisms are not perfect. Substances which enter even though they shouldn’t or are produced “accidentally” by metabolism cannot be allowed to accumulate within the brain. Thus there must be mechanisms for eliminating them
Polar substances like sugars, amino-acids, and many foreign molecules can cross the blood–brain barrier rapidly only if there are specific mechanisms provided (see Sect. 4). Indeed the blood–brain barrier has very low permeability to those polar substances that are unable to be carried by specific transporters. By contrast lipid soluble substances that are small (MW < ~ 600) and so able to cross cell membranes unaided are more likely to be able to cross the blood–brain barrier into the brain. However even some of these are denied entry by specific efflux mechanisms that transport them back to blood from the endothelial cells, e.g. by ABC efflux transporters, notably p-glycoprotein (Pgp), and breast-cancer resistance protein (BCRP), or by metabolism within the cells, e.g. by monoamine oxidase (MAO).
Much is known and has been written about how substances enter the brain, about how others are prevented from doing this, and about the importance of the blood–brain barrier for delivery of drugs to the brain. Reviews include those dealing with glucose, water, and inorganic ions [2–4, 41]; those considering amino acids [4, 42–44]; and those concerned with a wide variety of other substances [20, 30, 32, 36, 38, 45–51]. However, much less has been investigated and/or written about how substances are eliminated from the brain. As indicated in Fig. 3 though there are numerous mechanisms for reducing entry of unwanted substances, it is equally important to have some means of expelling unwanted substances including those that have gained entry and those that have been formed within the brain (see Fig. 4). The rate of elimination is important for all substances that can enter and leave the brain because it determines the concentrations that can be achieved for any rate of entry. In the case of administered drugs, the rate of elimination also determines how long concentrations will persist between or after doses.
Fig. 4 Elimination of unwanted substances can be either by efflux alone or it can be by metabolism followed by efflux of the metabolites
Elimination thus plays a key role in maintenance of the status quo in the brain. The principles involved in balancing inputs and outputs and what is meant by “clearance” are both considered more fully in Sect. 6. The relationship between rates of elimination, clearances, permeability-area products, volumes of distribution and half-lives together with the units used are described in Appendix A. The routes of elimination and the mechanisms by which elimination is brought about are the main subjects of this review.
Removal of substances from the brain parenchyma: overview
There are three possible pathways by which substances can be removed from the brain parenchyma: via transport to blood across the blood–brain barrier; via exit to CSF or possibly directly to lymph followed by subsequent transfer to blood; or via metabolism to different substances. The relative importance of each of these pathways as a mechanism of removal depends on the nature of the substance under consideration.
In the case of metabolism, though the original substance is removed, the resulting metabolites still eventually require elimination as well. Glucose for instance is largely removed by metabolism to CO2 and water but these species must then exit the brain. At the opposite extreme inorganic ions such as Na+ and K+ cannot be metabolized and are removed by efflux in their original forms.
Convection of fluid along perivascular spaces facilitates efflux (as well as influx) of a range of large polar substances such as serum albumin, inulin, sucrose, and various dextrans and polyethylene glycols. Efflux of these substances from parenchyma to CSF (or lymph) via the perivascular spaces is relatively slow, taking hours, but it is still much more rapid than could be supported by diffusion over the large distances involved suggesting that it is occurring by some sort of flow (see Sect. 3.2). The exact ways in which perivascular influx and efflux of solutes and water take place have been controversial as considered in some detail in Sect. 3. Tarasoff-Conway et al. [52] have addressed the issue of perivascular clearance with particular regard to one particular solute, amyloid-β. Brinker et al. [53], Hladky and Barrand [41], Simon and Iliff [39], Coles et al. [1], Abbott et al. [40], and Benveniste et al. [54] have summarized the evidence concerning perivascular transport from various perspectives.
Transport across the blood–brain barrier is the dominant mechanism for removal of water and CO2 from brain parenchyma (for discussion and references see [4]). Molecules less lipid soluble or somewhat larger than H2O need specific transporters in the endothelial cell membranes of the barrier, e.g. for glucose GLUT1, which is found in both luminal and abluminal membranes. Transporters are present for a large number of substances [20, 31, 46, 55–58] (see Sect. 4.2). Certain larger solutes, e.g. insulin [59], transferrin [60, 61] and β-amyloid [62], may be transported across the blood–brain barrier by transcytosis [36, 63, 64] (see Sect. 4.3).
Many of the transporters found at the blood–brain barrier are capable of mediating not only efflux but also influx and have been studied more thoroughly from this standpoint. Other transporters, e.g. the ABC efflux pumps that are present in the luminal membranes of the endothelial cells (see Sect. 4.2.1), transfer many exogenous substances in an outward direction from endothelial cells to blood fuelled by the energy derived from ATP hydrolysis. This outward movement serves to decrease blood-to-brain influx as substances that enter the endothelial cells (or even just the luminal membranes of the cells) are returned to blood before they enter the brain proper. ABC transporters may also promote brain-to-blood efflux if there is some means for the substances to enter the endothelial cells across the abluminal membranes (see Sects. 4.2.1 and 4.2.2).
Perivascular pathways
Routes of perivascular efflux
Some of the possible routes for perivascular movements of solutes are indicated in Fig. 5. Whether or not actual fluid filled spaces exist around the blood vessels, it is believed that substances can move along preferential routes parallel to the blood vessels. (The description that follows is primarily for grey matter. As suggested originally by Rosenberg et al. in 1980 [65] there are likely to be preferential routes for fluid movement parallel to axons in white matter. It should also be noted that there may be regional variations, see e.g. [66, 67]). The idea that the basement membranes of microvessels can provide a preferential route stems from observations that when horseradish peroxidase is introduced into CSF with consequential influx along arteries the peroxidase is found to be localized in the basement membranes around microvessels. The idea has subsequently been supported by similar observations for other macromolecules (see e.g. [16, 68–72]). However, calculations by Asgari et al. [73] imply that unless the matrix of the microvascular basement membranes has a resistance substantially less than a sleeve of ®Matrigel with the same dimensions, they will not provide a preferential route for fluid flow parallel to the microvessels. A preferential route for movement along the vessels does not conflict with the movements of solutes outward by diffusion into the surrounding interstitial fluid. Regardless of whether or not the microvessel basement membranes provide a route with relatively low resistance, the distance from anywhere in the parenchyma to the nearest larger vessel is still likely to be relatively small, e.g. 100–200 µm. (Striking images of the vascular tree can be seen in [72]). For distances this short, diffusion is expected to be the dominant mechanism of extracellular movement [16, 24, 72, 74–81].
Fig. 5 Diagram indicating putative perivascular routes for substances to move into, out of and through the brain parenchyma. The lumens of arteries, arterioles, venules and veins are surrounded by a layer of endothelial cells with a basement membrane, then a layer of vessel wall including smooth muscle, and outside that there may be a further perivascular space with fluid and connective tissue bounded by basement membranes of the smooth muscle, pial and glial cells. Close to the surfaces of the brain these further spaces are often called Virchow-Robin spaces. Movements parallel to the large vessels may be intramural, through the extracellular space of the vessel wall, or extramural either in the outermost basement membranes or, in the opinion of some workers, in a fluid filled space. In this review both intramural and extramural pathways are called perivascular routes. Parallel to microvessels movement may be preferentially within the basement membrane separating the endothelial cells from the glial endfeet or it may be more diffuse through the interstitial spaces between the parenchymal cells
Markers for perivascular transport clearly have perivascular pathways for entry and exit from the parenchyma, but there is controversy as to whether efflux, influx or both occur along arteries and/or veins (for discussion see [16, 39, 41, 52, 72]). Efflux along arteries has been seen in many studies (e.g. [70, 82–88]) with substances even reaching the large arteries near the circle of Willis [82], and influx has also been seen in many studies [15, 16, 25, 69, 71, 79, 84, 88–92]. Evidence of influx along some vessels was obtained as early as 1960 [93]. Perivenous influx [16] and efflux [25, 69, 84, 94] have been reported. Efflux along unspecified blood vessels has also been seen [79]. The available evidence suggests that both influx and efflux occur along both arteries and veins [41, 78, 95] either via common pathways or separately along parallel pathways [88, 95] (see Proposal 2 below). In Fig. 5 movements are shown as occurring in both directions along both.
There has also been disagreement over which of the structural components of the arteries provide the principal routes for periarterial transport with some favouring an extramural, fluid filled perivascular space, possibly containing connective tissue fibres [16], between the vessel walls and the astrocyte endfeet, see e.g. [25, 71, 78, 79, 81, 83–85, 87, 92, 96]5 while others favour the view that “perivascular spaces” are not fluid filled, free spaces but rather perivascular pathways via basement membranes either within the smooth muscle layer or on the outside surface of the artery [52, 70, 72, 88, 97–99] (see Fig. 5).
Free spaces may be highly compressible, allowing modest changes in pressure to change their dimensions as envisaged in the proposal that variations in the blood pressure within the vessels somehow drive perivascular movements. By contrast basement membranes are likely to be much less compressible and are likely to offer much greater resistance to flow (see [73, 100, 101]), thus precluding blood pressure variations as the driving force for perivascular flow (see next section). Diem et al. [100] have proposed vasomotion as an alternative. Pizzo et al. [16] have suggested that both basement membrane routes and other, extramural routes exist with their relative importance depending on the size of vessel and the size of the solute. Another proposed variation is a hybrid with an extramural basement membrane route mediating fluxes into the brain and an intramural basement membrane route between smooth muscle cells mediating fluxes outwards [88, 95].
It is quite evident that solutes even as large as amyloid-β have access to the basement membranes between the smooth muscle cells (see e.g. [16, 70, 93, 102]), but it is not known whether the solutes reach these locations via an intramural route with movement along basement membranes as favoured by Carare, Weller, Hawkes and colleagues [70, 88, 95] or via extramural pathways with subsequent penetration from these into the basement membranes within the vessel wall (see Figure 21 in Sect. 5.7.1.2) or some mixture of the two. Arbel-Ornath et al. [87] used two-photon imaging to investigate the position of a 3 kDa fluorescent dextran during efflux following injection into the parenchyma. Shortly after injection they saw fluorescence within the parenchyma, in perivascular spaces surrounding small arteries and, at lower concentration, between the smooth muscle cells.
There has been controversy about the nature of the connections between the perivascular spaces adjacent to larger blood vessels within the parenchyma, the CSF and the perivascular spaces of the vessels passing through the subarachnoid spaces [1, 16, 25, 54, 71, 72, 81, 103–109]. However, whatever the exact perivascular pathway used, solutes exiting from the parenchyma along perivascular routes appear to be effluxed partly to CSF in the basal cisterns or subarachnoid spaces and partly to the outer meninges [85] and/or lymphatics [94, 107, 109–115]. Movement of small solutes and water does take place between fluid in the subarachnoid space and fluid within the perivascular spaces (see Section 4.1.1.1 of [41]). However a substantial proportion of perivascular efflux of large solutes appears to pass to lymph without first appearing in CSF in the cisterna magna6 (see Fig. 6) [16, 39, 52, 82, 83, 94, 96, 105, 107, 111, 115–119].
Fig. 6 Schematic diagram indicating possible routes for efflux of large solutes from the parenchyma along perivascular routes. a Large solutes emerging from the parenchyma via intramural or extramural routes along arteries (and possibly veins) may either mix with CSF or continue along the walls of blood vessels. The blood vessels span the subarachnoid space (see Figs. 1 and 6) before leaving the brain to reach the rest of the body. The fluid that continues along these vessels may enter either blood or lymph, but solutes as large as serum albumin will enter only lymph. b Large solutes that have reached CSF will be taken to sites of CSF outflow including the arachnoid villi, where the solutes will enter venous blood, and the cribriform plate, where they will enter lymph. (Based primarily on data for radio-iodinated serum albumin RISA [82, 83, 125] and on the location of the pia surrounding arteries taken from [103]). The anatomical relations of the pathways or spaces remain controversial
Those solutes that do reach CSF from the parenchyma can be taken out of the cranium via CSF outflow. Routes for CSF outflow were reviewed comprehensively by Pollay in 2010 [119] This outflow is partly via arachnoid villi, partly via perineural routes including those across the cribriform plate to the nasal mucosa [119–121] and possibly also via extra-parenchymal perivascular routes (see Fig. 6) [16, 81, 105, 111, 119, 122–124]. Outflow via arachnoid villi leads directly to venous blood while outflow via the cribriform plate may deliver solutes directly to lymphatics or to the extracellular fluid in the nasal mucosa [118, 121, 125]. Small solutes (e.g. lactate) and solutes even as large as inulin may leave the nasal mucosa by entering blood across peripheral capillary walls but larger solutes (e.g. albumin) will leave via lymph flow to cervical lymph nodes [125]. Outflow via other routes leads at least in part to lymph (see e.g. [111]).
Mechanisms driving perivascular solute efflux
Diffusion is not adequate for perivascular influx because substances added to CSF are found deep in the parenchyma much too quickly for diffusion over the distance involved, a millimeter or more [25, 68, 69, 84]. Similarly diffusion cannot account for efflux from parenchyma to CSF of substances like polyethylene glycol and dextran [126, 127], serum albumin [83], mannitol [25] or inulin [62, 128]. Thus alternative mechanisms have been proposed (see Fig. 7).
Fig. 7 Proposals to explain rapid transfer of markers via periarterial spaces: a the original proposal; b proposed perivascular convection and interstitial diffusion c the glymphatic proposal. In a the blood–brain barrier secretes fluid which flows out of the parenchyma via preferred routes (here the perivascular routes). In b transport in the perivascular spaces is assisted by convective stirring or mixing. In c (see Figure 5 of Iliff et al. [25]) there is preferential inflow via the space between the arterial wall and the pial sheath and preferential outflow via spaces surrounding veins. Red lines represent pial membranes, grey lines the layer of glial end-feet or glia limitans, black arrows are fluxes of markers carried or assisted by convection, green arrows are primarily diffusion. The location of the pial barriers is based on Zhang et al. [23]. The anatomical basis of the perivascular spaces remains controversial
(Modified from Figure 9 in [41])
Proposal 1 The first proposal (Fig. 7a) was that secretion of fluid by the blood–brain barrier provides a small pressure gradient for outflow of ISF along preferential routes (see [83, 126, 127, 129, 130]). These routes could be perivascular spaces or the extracellular spaces parallel to the axons in nerve fibre tracts. When this proposal was put forward more than 30 years ago (see e.g. [83]) it was believed that the half-life for clearance of marker solutes by outflow was of the order of 12 h. However, all of these early studies were performed on animals anaesthetized using barbiturates. Using either conscious animals or those anaesthetized with ketamine/zylazine or halothane, the half-lives are much shorter, 2–4 h [25, 62, 85, 131]. Perivascular efflux of solutes is considerably faster than envisaged by Cserr and coworkers. It should also be pointed out that Proposal 1 does not and was never intended to provide any explanation for the rapid influx of solutes. In Proposal 1 (and in Proposal 3, see below) the solutes are swept out of the parenchyma by the flow through the perivascular system. Estimates of the flow rate required to eliminate substances at the observed rates can be calculated from their clearances1 CLperivascular=rateofelimination/cisfand the assumption that the concentration of the solute is the same in ISF and the outflow. Then because elimination is by outflow2 rateofelimination=rateofoutflow×concentration in outflowand substituting that into the definition of clearance,3 CLperivascular=rateofoutflow×concentration in outflow/cisf,which, because the concentration in the outflow is the same as cisf, becomes4 CLperivascular=rateofoutflow.
From the known volume of distribution of suitable substances such as inulin or sucrose, 200 µL g−1, and the range of their half lives, 2–4 h, and the relation between clearance, half-life and volume of distribution, CL = 0.69 VD/t1/2, the clearances and thus the required flow rates are in the range 0.6–1.2 µL g−1 min−1. For a human with a 1400 g brain this is 1.2–2.4 L day−1. Even the bottom of this range is somewhat more than twice the rate of production of CSF. There is no other reason to suspect that there is a rate of secretion of fluid across the blood–brain barrier that exceeds the rate of fluid secretion by the choroid plexuses (see Section 4.1 in [4]). The rate of fluid secretion across the blood–brain barrier is very unlikely to be this large and is almost certain to be insufficient to account for perivascular clearance of solutes.
Proposal 2 (Fig. 7b) The second suggestion, recently revived, is that convection in the perivascular spaces, arterial and possibly venous, leads to convective mixing of the fluid in the spaces allowing relatively rapid movements of solutes both inwards and outwards [41, 78, 82, 96, 132]. Such mixing probably presupposes that perivascular spaces are compressible. Convective mixing is perhaps better called dispersion [78]. Papisov [133] and Asgari et al. [134] discuss a similar effect in the spinal cord allowing transport of solutes down their concentration gradients against the direction of net flow of CSF and at rates much greater than allowed by diffusion. In this proposal diffusion is taken to be adequate to explain movements within the interstitial spaces in the parenchyma because the distances involved are sufficiently short (see Sect. 3.2.1).
In this proposal (and in Proposal 3, see below), an important part of the mechanism is thought to be convection in spaces whose dimensions are changed by periodic compression resulting from the changes in blood pressure during the cardiac cycle [13, 25, 70, 82, 96, 132]. The length of space around a cortical vessel that is compressed at one time is as long as the vessel [78, 82]. Bradbury et al. [82] were of the opinion that periodic compression and reexpansion of this space “would cause to-and-fro movement of fluid in and out of the brain” such that “A basis would be provided for substances in solution or suspension to be moved either out of or into the brain depending on the relative concentration in subarachnoid CSF.” Another variation on this theme may be possible if there are layers of differing compressibility, both connected via relatively low resistance pathways to the brain surface.
Back-and-forth convective movements in perivascular spaces would only be apparent using techniques with both good spatial resolution and time resolution better than a fraction of a second. Such movements have been observed in perivascular spaces very close to the cortical surface using india ink [84] and in the periarterial spaces at the cortical surfaces using microspheres [108]. But with techniques now available for viewing, if perivascular spaces exist that allow convective back and forth movements, all that would be seen within the parenchyma would be accelerated movement down the concentration gradient regardless of its direction, i.e. the periarterial influxes and effluxes that have been observed.
Proposal 3 (Fig. 7c) The third proposal, the glymphatic hypothesis [25, 109, 135–137], asserts.There is an inward flow of CSF along periarterial spaces;
The flow is driven across the layer of astrocyte endfeet into the parenchyma aided by the presence of Aqp4 in the endfeet;
The flow propels the waste products of metabolism into the perivenous space again crossing the layer of endfeet, presumably again aided by the presence of Aqp4;
The flow exits the parenchyma by the perivenous route and reaches lymphatic vessels in the neck.
As indicated when considering Proposal 1, a flow of ~ 0.6 µL g−1 min−1 or more would be required to remove the efflux markers at the observed rate. For a 1400 g brain, that is c. 1.2 L day−1 roughly twice the generally accepted rate of CSF production. Thus even if the rest of this proposal is correct, either the glymphatic flow does not direct ISF out of the brain directly to lymphatic vessels or the rate of CSF production is greater than is generally accepted.
The earlier evidence for and against the glymphatic hypothesis was discussed in [41] where it was argued that while a recirculation of CSF could explain influx and efflux of substances much faster than by simple diffusion, it did not explain either the observed outward movements of solutes along arteries [70, 71, 82, 83, 87, 130] or the observed continuation of rapid inward periarterial movement of large solutes when the proposed glymphatic circulation was interrupted at the level of the astrocyte endfeet by global knockout of Aqp4 [25].
Proposal 4 (not shown in Fig. 7) The most recent proposal [101] is that vasomotion, waxing and waning contraction of the smooth muscle fibres in the arterial wall, propels fluid towards the brain surface along the basement membranes of the vessel wall. This proposal does not seek to explain the rapid influx of markers along arterial walls, possibly by a different pathway.
Is movement within the parenchyma determined by diffusion or by flow from periarterial to perivenular spaces?
It is unclear how the flow required for the glymphatic hypothesis to be correct, at least 0.6 µL g−1 min−1 (see Proposal 3 above), could be driven through the parenchyma. Jin et al. [77] and Holter et al. [80] have calculated fluid flows within the parenchyma using, respectively, 2-D and 3-D models of the geometry and dimensions of the interstitial spaces. Jin et al. concluded that “little or no advective solute transport is predicted to occur with physiological paravascular pressure differences” taken to be < 5 mmHg. (Strictly advection corresponds to flow while convection includes both flow and diffusion). Furthermore they concluded that the water permeability of the endfeet membrane facing the microvessels, i.e. the membrane containing Aqp4, could have little direct effect on water flow into the parenchyma.7 Jin et al. assumed that the ISF between the cells behaves as a free fluid with the viscosity of water. If instead ISF in the interstitial spaces in the brain has properties similar to those of extracellular fluid in tissues in the rest of the body (see [138, 139], discussion in [41] and,8 the pressure required for flow would be much larger than that calculated by Jin et al. making bulk flow (advection) even less likely (compare [140]).
Holter et al. [80] have investigated what they consider to be a more realistic model of the parenchyma than that evaluated by Jin et al. One aspect is undeniably more realistic, it treats movement in three dimensions rather than two. It is also asserted that treating the obstacles to flow as being much smaller and more numerous than in Jin et al’s simulation produces a more faithful result. Jin et al. used barriers sized like cell bodies, while Holter et al. have adopted the smaller objects used in Kinney’s construction of the extracellular space [141], which allows for cell bodies and processes. (Smaller objects may be analogous to the increased resistance to flow resulting from macromolecules dissolved in peripheral extracellular fluid, see Footnote 8). Holter et al. conclude that flow makes a much smaller contribution than calculated by Jin et al. However, while Jin et al. treat the entrance and exit of fluid across the endfoot layers explicitly, this is missing from the treatment given by Holter et al. Given that the conclusion is “no flow” in both studies this difference between them may be of no consequence.
It should be noted that neither Jin et al. [77] nor Holter et al. [80] have considered flow along the basement membranes surrounding capillaries presumably because the total area available for such flow is less than for flow via the interstitial spaces (and flow along basement membranes wasn’t considered in the glymphatic hypothesis). Asgari et al. [73] assumed that the resistance to flow of the basement membranes would be the same as for slabs of ®Matrigel of the same dimensions, and on this basis concluded that flow via basement membranes would be less than through the interstitium (compare the discussion in [16]).
That flow through the parenchyma is not needed to explain the delivery of solutes to perivascular spaces was suggested by the results obtained using integrative optical imaging (see e.g. [24, 76, 142, 143]). That technique showed that in apparently isotropic regions of brain the spread of fluorescent indicators appears symmetrical over distances of at least 100 µm from a point source (for examples see [24]), indicating that molecules within ISF can reach perivascular spaces in any direction and in good time by diffusion with no evidence for preferential movement towards either arterioles or venules. However, that technique was applied using a water immersion microscope objective after opening the skull and dura to allow access [142]. The open skull and dura may have perturbed flow in the parenchyma. (There is good evidence that cisternal puncture changes flow in the basal cisterns and subarachnoid spaces [25, 89]). Symmetrical spread has now been convincingly confirmed in a systematic study using both direct observation through a cranial window after injection of fluorescently labelled dextrans and recovery from photobleaching [79]. However, it should be noted that the window was glazed after dye injection and hence only shortly before observations were made.
Smith et al. [79] have also found (1) that the dependence of the rate of movements within the parenchyma on the size of the solute is close to that expected if the movement occurs by diffusion; (2) that, in contrast to the report of Iliff et al. [25], the amounts of solutes entering the parenchyma are similar in Aqp4+/+ and Aqp4−/− mice; and (3) that local movement of solutes in the parenchyma is not impaired just after cardiorespiratory arrest. They conclude that “these results do not support glymphatic, convective solute transport in brain parenchyma.” In reply to point (2) a group of researchers have posted an un-refereed summary of their experience that comparing three different Aqp4 knockout transgenic lines, including the cell line used by Smith et al. [79], Aqp4 does support “fluid and solute transport and efflux in brain in accordance with the glymphatic system model” [144]. The role of Aqp4 is discussed further in [140].
Pizzo et al. [16] have looked at the distribution of IgG and much smaller single domain antibodies after cisternal infusion. They found that the antibodies rapidly enter the perivascular spaces of blood vessels of all sizes be they arteries, veins or capillaries. The distribution within the parenchyma was as expected for diffusion including the differences between the profiles for different sizes of fluorescent marker. Further discussion supporting the importance of diffusion over bulk flow in the extracellular spaces of the parenchyma can be found in [40]. Perivascular solute movements are considered further in Sect. 5.7.1.2.
Is there a glymphatic circulation?
The answer depends partly on what one means by glymphatic circulation. If the meaning is “Convective glymphatic fluxes of CSF and ISF propel the waste products of neuron metabolism into the paravenous space” [136], then the answer is almost certainly no (compare [40, 140], though it should be noted that [54, 137] still argue in favour of the original glymphatic hypothesis). However, if glymphatic circulation is taken to mean only that there is a net inward periarterial flow, a net outward perivenous flow, and some connection between them, then the answer still isn’t known with any certainty. The results discussed above [24, 76, 79, 142, 143] provide powerful experimental support for the widely held view that a glymphatic circulation is not needed to explain solute movements over the short distances that are important in the parenchyma. Furthermore the calculations of Asgari et al. [73, 78], Jin et al. [77] and Holter et al. [80] (see also Footnote 8) suggest that flow through the interstitial spaces of grey matter or along the basement membranes of microvessels in the parenchyma is negligible. However, it is not yet clear that the available experimental results exclude the possibility that there is a net flow between the perivascular spaces of arterioles and venules that is large enough to complete a recirculation pathway inwards from CSF via periarterial routes and back to CSF via perivenous routes.9 If that flow exists it could be important for transport of solutes over the relatively large distances encountered along the perivascular spaces (see e.g. [76]) while still being negligible relative to diffusion for transport over the relatively short distances within the parenchyma. Interestingly this scenario was proposed recently by Coles et al. [1] (see also Iliff et al. [145]) based on detailed consideration of the evidence available even before publication of the results in [16, 79].
While there have now been hundreds of references to the glymphatic mechanism, almost all of these treat it as accepted dogma and do not test the assumptions or the evidence on which it is based. At present it would be better to refer to perivascular elimination and delivery of substances without prejudice to the mechanism(s) by which these are achieved.
Variation between sleep and wakefulness
In the comparative studies undertaken on sleeping and awake mice by Xie et al. [128] there were differences in clearance and in interstitial fluid volume in the two physiological states. In these studies, inulin was used as the marker solute for perivascular clearance and the real-time iontophoresis method [74] was used to assess the volume. Briefly Xie et al. [128] found that, in the change from sleep to wakefulness, ISF volume decreased by 1.6-fold, the rate constant for efflux of inulin decreased 2.7-fold and from these values it could be estimated that inulin clearance decreased 4.3-fold (see Section 2.4 in [146]). Changes in the rate of access into the parenchyma of markers added to CSF and the discrepancies between the results of Xie et al. and of Gakuba et al. [147] are discussed briefly in.10
As discussed in [146] it is at present unclear whether any change in perivascular clearance of inulin in the transition from sleep to wakefulness is a consequence of the change in ISF volume in the parenchyma or some other effect. There are other possible effects of sleep versus wakefulness that might plausibly alter the clearance, e.g. changes in the shape or volume of either the perivascular spaces or the glial endfeet surrounding them.
The blood–brain barrier
The blood–brain barrier is more selective than the perivascular pathway in what can and cannot permeate. This selectivity arises from the properties of the endothelial cells surrounding the microvessels. The brain is highly vascularized and cells within the parenchyma are usually within 20 µm of a microvessel [148]. Diffusion over distances this short is rapid. To reach the microvessel, substances must also cross the surrounding layer composed of glial endfeet. This is normally possible because the gaps between the endfeet are not sealed by tight junctions [149, 150]. Even the almost complete coverage of the endothelial cells by glial endfeet proposed by Mathiisen [149] leaves sufficient gaps (see Footnote 7). Thus normally it is the endothelial cells that are the site for the rate limiting steps in efflux across the blood–brain barrier. The current state of knowledge about the role of the endfeet was considered further in [4].
Passive, non-specific transfer across the blood–brain barrier
There are two possible routes for passive, non-specific transfer across the microvascular endothelial layer, through the cells or around them. The paracellular pathway is “blocked” by the presence of tight junctions but this pathway may still be the principal route for the passive fluxes of small solutes that are barred from the transcellular route by being too polar (mannitol, sucrose and inulin are considered in Appendix B). In addition to neutral molecules like mannitol, the paracellular pathway may be measurably permeable to Na+ and Cl− [151]. As discussed in detail in [4] and in Sect. 5.6 evidence for this includes the observation that the tracer fluxes of Na+ and Cl− are not affected by ouabain [152] or bumetanide [153], agents that specifically inhibit ion transporters known to be involved in transcellular fluxes of these ions.
Almost all of the passive, non-selective permeability of the blood–brain barrier to molecules more lipophilic than mannitol is the result of their ability to diffuse across both the cell membranes and the interior of the endothelial cells. Strong indications that such a physical mechanism applies are the observations: that transport does not saturate, that it is not inhibited by competition by other transported substances, and that no specific inhibitors have been found. Small neutral substances that are able to enter and leave the brain parenchyma by this mechanism include water, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, glycerol, ethylene glycol, urea and thiourea (see Fig. 8).
Fig. 8 Plot of log(PS/mL g−1 min−1), versus log(Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2) for the substances indicated along the abscissa. PS is the product of permeability and surface area for the blood–brain barrier, Kn-octanol/water is the octanol/water partition coefficient and MW is the molecular weight of the substance. The slope of 1 for the heavy blue line indicates PS proportional to Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2. A closer fit to the data can be obtained by allowing the slope to vary, shown as the thin red line, but the improvement in fit is not statistically significant (F = 2.33, p = 0.11, n = 43, extra sum of squares F test [640])
(Data read from Figure 8 of [159])
Most studies of the passive permeability of the blood–brain barrier have focussed on influx, because it is easier to measure and has obvious importance for the delivery of agents and drugs to the CNS (see e.g. [57, 154]). However, passive permeability allows both influx and efflux and thus these studies are directly relevant to understanding how substances are eliminated from the parenchyma.
In the simplest view the rate limiting steps in the transcellular, passive, unmediated transfer of substances can be thought of as occurring by dissolution in a liquid hydrophobic core of the membranes and diffusion through it. For molecules not much larger than those of the solvent the diffusion constant for the various compounds is taken to be inversely proportional to the square root of their molecular weights [155–157]. The exact relationship assumed is not critical because the dominant factor determining the relative permeabilities is the free energy cost of the transfer from water into the core of the membrane, ΔGmembrane/water. This cost determines the relative concentrations in the membrane and the aqueous phase,5 cmembranecwater=Kmembrane/water=e-ΔGmembrane/water/RTwhere Kmembrane/water is the partition coefficient, R the universal gas constant, and T the absolute temperature. The free energy cost and the partition coefficient are usually estimated by assuming that the membrane core can be described as being like a layer of n-octanol (see [158, 159] and for more recent discussions [160, 161]), and thus6 cmembranecwater∝Kn-octanol/water=e-ΔGn-octanol/water/RT.
It is likely that n-octanol rather than, say, n-octane is appropriate as a model for the membrane interior because the –OH group can participate in hydrogen bonds.
Fenstermacher [159] reviewed the studies up to 1984 with the result summarized in a plot of log[PS] versus log[Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2] (see Fig. 8) where PS is the permeability surface area product for brain capillaries. For the substances listed in the figure, which have simple structures and molecular weights less than 200, the slope of the loglog plot is not significantly different from 1, i.e. PS appears to be proportional to Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2.
There have been many other reports based on studies using more complicated or larger molecules. These have usually reported a linear relation between log(PS) and either log[Kn-octanol/water] or log[Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2] but often with a slope substantially less than 1 (see e.g. [162, 163]). It should be emphasized that slope not equal to 1 means that the fluxes are not proportional to Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2 and thus, for at least some of the substances tested, simple diffusion and partition into an environment that looks like n-octanol are not the only important factors that need to be considered. The appropriate factors are considered further in Appendix C.
Correlating the passive permeabilities for substances at the blood–brain barrier with their partition coefficients for transfer from water to n-octanol has the virtue of focussing attention on the most critical aspect of the passive permeation process, the free energy cost of removing the solute from water and inserting it into a relatively hydrophobic environment. However, these correlations have been thought too imprecise to use as a criteria for selecting candidates to consider in a drug discovery setting. There have been many attempts to do better, some in terms of a set of rules analogous to the “rule of 5” for intestinal absorption [164], some using better estimates of the free energy cost for solutes to reach the rate limiting step of the transport, and some using a mixture of both.
To obtain better estimates of the free energy, Abraham and colleagues (see [165–168]) have employed linear free energy relations, LFER, to calculate correlations based on a two step process. First quantitative “descriptors” of the molecules under consideration are chosen without regard to the process of interest. Then, once the descriptors have been chosen, the relevant free energy changes for processes such as partition into a solvent or permeability across the blood–brain barrier, are calculated as linear sums of the descriptors with coefficients that depend on the process but not on the molecules (see e.g. [160, 165, 166]. Having used data for some substances to calculate the LFER coefficients, these can then be used for other substances. This approach has been applied with considerable success to partition into solvents for many more molecules than are needed to calculate the coefficients [165]. It has also allowed closer prediction of blood–brain barrier permeabilities than the simple solubility-diffusion model [166, 167] (see Appendix C).
There is, however, a danger in adopting this approach to the prediction of permeability. The use of linear free energy relations reveals correlations between the descriptors and the rate of transport, but unless used carefully it can obscure important features of the mechanism. For instance in the correlations reported for log(PS) [166, 167], the strongest correlation was a positive correlation between molecular volume and permeability, i.e. this approach seems to say that increases in molecular size result in increased permeability [160, 167]. However, the idea that bigger objects will be more permeable because they are bigger is completely counter-intuitive. The likely explanation for this paradox is simple. For the molecules considered in the correlations, increases in molecular volume were associated with large increases in lipophilicity as measured by Kn-octanol/water and it is plausible that it was the increase in lipophilicity that increased the permeability. Indeed as shown in Appendix C Abraham’s descriptor approach predicts for the compounds tested [166] that log[PS/Kn-octanol/water] varies much less than log[PS] and furthermore that it decreases when molecular volume is increased. In terms of Fig. 8, because large values of Kn-octanol/water are associated with large molecules, slopes less than 1 are expected if increasing molecular size has some effect that decreases permeability in addition to its effect that increases permeability by virtue of increasing Kn-octanol/water (see Appendix C).
Liu [169] investigated the utility of many different descriptors for predicting log(PS) for neutral molecules and settled on three, log(D), TPSA and vas_base where D is Kn-octanol/water measured specifically at pH 7.4, TPSA is the polar surface area of a molecule, which correlates with the ability to form hydrogen bonds (compare [170]), and vas_base is the surface area of basic groups.
Abraham [168, 171] has presented the extension of the LFER approach to ions.11
Fong [161] has reviewed many of the attempts to predict permeabilities of the blood–brain barrier to solutes. He concludes that the most important factors for neutral solutes are: the free energy required to remove the solute from water; the free energy gained from the interactions of the solute with the membrane core, usually modelled by its interaction with n-octanol; the dipole moment of the solute; and lastly its molecular volume. Increases in molecular volume per se decrease permeability. Geldenhuys et al. [172] has provided many useful references in a review prepared from the perspective of the utility of predictions in high-throughput screening.
Transporters at the blood–brain barrier
The membranes of the endothelial cells that constitute the blood–brain barrier possess transporters for many different types of solutes. These transporters may be present on luminal, abluminal or both surfaces of the endothelial cells. Prominent among them are transporters for common nutrients and waste products of metabolism: GLUT1 for glucose, MCT1 for lactic acid and other small monocarboxylic acids, a range of transporters for amino acids, and several for nucleosides. There are also ion transporters involved in maintenance of the ionic composition of the brain fluids. Many of the transporters are specific and are involved in moving the normal constituents of brain extracellular fluid. Some of these are considered in Sect. 5. In addition there are also less specific transporters. Many of these can mediate efflux of a variety of other substrates including many exogenous substances and toxic occasional products of metabolism.
Evidence concerning the presence and identity of many of these transporters has been reviewed elsewhere with studies being conducted primarily at the level of transcript [173–178], protein [31, 44, 58, 176, 179–188] and/or function [4, 20, 31, 46, 55–57, 179, 189–200]. The reports by Roberts et al. [180] and Kubo et al. [58] and reviews by Hawkins et al. [44], Redzic [31], Campos-Bedolla [57], Worzfeld and Schwaninger [187] and Nalecz [200] have been useful as sources of information about the localization of transporters to the luminal or abluminal membranes.
This review will not seek to provide yet another comprehensive survey. Extensive lists of transporters and substrates are available in many of the cited references and for SLC transporters at the BioParadigms website [201, 202].
ABC efflux transporters
It has long been appreciated that the brain represents a pharmacological sanctuary and is selectively “protected” from the toxic effects of many chemotherapeutic agents. These include vincristine and doxorubicin (aka adriamycin), which fail to penetrate the blood–brain barrier as well as their lipid solubilities would suggest [162]. A major part of this failure to penetrate has since been attributed to the presence of the multidrug transporter, P-glycoprotein. Absence of this transporter in knock-out mice was shown to allow entry of toxic agents including ivermectin [203]. P-glycoprotein was found to be located in the luminal membrane (see e.g. [204–209]) of the endothelial cells and is believed to act there to transport substrates out of the cells so rapidly that little remains to penetrate the abluminal membrane and enter the brain.
It is believed by many that P-glycoprotein, a transmembrane protein, acts by removing its lipophilic substrates from the lipid layer of the cell membrane, depositing them back into the blood [210–213]. Its structure has been investigated in both substrate-free and inhibitor bound conformations [213] and binding sites for various of its many substrates identified within the large cavity seen in the substrate-free conformation. It is the binding and hydrolysis of ATP that provides the motive force leading to a large conformational change in the P-glycoprotein and the transfer and expulsion of its substrates. There are two ATP binding sites located on the cytoplasmic side of the protein.
P-glycoprotein, otherwise called ABCB1, is a member of the ABC (ATP-Binding Cassette) family of proteins many of which are primary active transporters that utilize the hydrolysis of ATP to fuel substrate transport. Since its discovery, other ABC active transporters with broad substrate profiles have been found in the luminal membrane of the endothelial cells. These include Breast Cancer Resistance Protein, BCRP (ABCG2) [180, 197, 214–218] and Multidrug Resistance Proteins, MRPs 4 and 5 (ABCC4 and 5) [180, 197, 209, 218–221]. MRP1 (ABCC1) has also been implicated but levels of this transporter are thought to be low in brain endothelial cells in situ and only increase in cultured brain endothelial cells once they are removed from the brain microenvironment [180, 184, 218, 222–226]. MRP1 and MRP2 are apparently upregulated and clearly expressed in epilepsy [227–229].
The role of efflux from endothelial cell to blood by ABC transporters in preventing influx of many substances from blood into the brain has been extensively reviewed (see e.g. [57, 196, 197, 199, 221, 230–234]. The regulation of P-glycoprotein, BCRP and MRP2 at the blood–brain barrier has been reviewed by Miller [221].
The role of ABC transporters in efflux from the brain parenchyma differs depending on the nature of the substrate. As described in Fig. 9, for substances that are sufficiently lipid soluble to cross the endothelial cell membranes rapidly by passive transport, the presence of ABC efflux transporters can greatly reduce blood-to-brain influx, as observed experimentally. However, as also explained in Fig. 9 the ABC transporters in the luminal membrane will have only a modest effect, e.g. a doubling, on the rate of brain-to-blood efflux. This may be of little consequence as the rate of efflux for lipid soluble substances is already high.
Fig. 9 The influence of ABC transporters on the movements of lipophilic substances. The substance is presumed to be able to enter and leave the endothelial cells by diffusion with rate constant kdiff., which for simplicity in this example is assumed to be same on both sides. The substance is expelled from the cell by ABC transporters on the luminal side at a rate, kactiveccell. With these assumptions the effect of the ABC transporters on influx can be calculated by setting cisf = 0 and the effect on efflux by setting cplasma = 0. In both sets of equations, the first line states that at steady-state the net flux into the cell on one side must equal the net flux out of the cell on the other. From the next to the last lines of both sets of equations, if the rate of ABC mediated expulsion from the cell is small or zero, the rate constants for both influx and efflux are (kdiff./2). By contrast from the last lines if the rate of ABC mediated expulsion is large, influx to the brain, J→, becomes very small, while efflux from the brain, J←, is doubled compared to the efflux with no ABC transporter
The role of ABC transporters for solutes with low passive permeability across the membranes is considered in the next section.
Efflux mediated in part by SLC solute transporters
Many of the SLC (solute carrier) transporters (see [202] for a list) are present in the membranes of the endothelial cells of the blood–brain barrier. Some are considered in connection with the transport of specific solutes in Sect. 5. Others, primarily from the SLC21 (OATPs, organic anion transporting polypeptides) and SLC22 (OATs and OCTs, organic anion transporters and organic cation transporters) families are associated with transport of a variety of organic anions and cations. These have been reviewed frequently and extensively [57, 176, 200, 218, 235–246]. (Uppercase labels, e.g. SLC or OAT, strictly refer to human sequences and proteins, while mixed-case labels, e.g. Slc or Oat, refer to any other species. In this review uppercase is also used when there is no intention to specify species).
There is little quantitative data on the efflux of organic anions and cations from the parenchyma in humans though many are known to be transported. In rodents more information is available for transfer of organic anions than cations. Table 1 lists some examples of organic anions/neutral molecules for which brain-to-blood transport rate constants have been determined. These are all believed to be substrates for Oat3 (Slc22a8) and/or one or more of the Oatp transporters present at the blood–brain barrier. In broad terms [238], small hydrophobic anions are substrates for Oats (Slc22 family) while larger amphipathic anions are substrates for Oatps (Slc21 family, whose member names start with Slco, see [247]). For comparison Table 1 also lists rate constants and clearances for examples of markers for perivascular efflux. It is clear that the rates of elimination of the Slc substrates are considerably greater than could be supported by perivascular efflux alone.
Table 1 Comparison of rate constants for efflux and clearances for Slc22 and Slco substrates and the perivascular markers inulin, mannitol and sucrose
keff/min−1 t1/2/min Vd/mL/g CL/µL g−1 min−1 Ref # Notes
Slc substrates Rat unless stated otherwise
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH) 0.059 12 0.80 47 [558] Influx much slower than efflux
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH) 0.039 18 [559] Abl. Oat3 based on inhibitors, lum. Mrp4 possible based on kidney [560]
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH) 0.0175 40 [131]
Penicillin G, benzylpenicillin 0.043 16 [559] Oat3 based on inhibitors
Taurocholate 0.023 30 [561]
BQ-123 0.0078 100 [561]
Estrone sulfate 0.066 9.9 1.1 75 [562]
Estrone 0.061 11 3.3 227 [562]
Dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate (DHEAS) 0.027 26 118 [563] Influx much slower than efflux, Oatp2
Estradiol-17beta-glucuronide (E217betaG) 0.037 19 [564] Oatp2, 40% and Oat3 20%
Pravastatin 0.060 12 0.99 59 [565] Oat3 (Slc22a8) and Oatp2 (Slco1a4) + others
Pitavastatin 0.026 27 14 364 [565] Oat3, Oatp2 (Slco1a4) +others +diffusion
Homovanillic acid 0.017 40.8 [566] Oat3 from inhibitors
Indoxyl sulfate 0.011 64 [567] Oat3 and others
Pemetrexed 0.018 39 0.62 11 [568] Mouse. Oat3 and unknown (not Mrp2 not Bcrp)
Methotrexate 0.024 29 0.85 20 [568] Oat3 and Bcrp suggested
Buprenorphine 0.025 27.5 6.1 154 [569] Pgp and unknown, possibly diffusion
AZT, (3′-azido-3′-deoxythymidine) 0.032 22 [570] Oat3 from benzylpenicillin inhibition
DDI, (2′,3′-dideoxyinosine) 0.253 2.8 [570] Oat3 from benzylpenicillin inhibition + diffusion
Markers for perivascular elimination
Inulin 0.006 awake0.016 asleep 11543 0.2* 1.23.2 [128] Mouse
Inulin 0.003 230 0.2* 0.6 [62] Mouse
Inulin 0.005 135 0.2* 1 [131] Rat
Mannitol 0.004 170 0.2* 0.8 [25] Mouse
Sucrose 0.0028 awake0.0043 anesth. 245160 0.2* 0.560.86 [131] Rat
Albumin 0.006 115 0.2* 1.2 [131] Rat
Dextran-10K 0.0035 197 0.2* 0.7 [131] Rat
Dextran-70K 0.004 170 0.2* 0.8 [131] Rat
keff rate constant for efflux determined from the time course of the decrease in concentration after injection of solute into the parenchyma (brain efflux index for the Slc substrates relative to inulin; these underestimate keff for values less than ~ 0.01 min−1 see [131]); t1/2 = 0.69/(rate constant) is the half-life; Vd, volume of distribution in the parenchyma determined using brain slices (ISF volume for inulin and mannitol); CL = Vd × keff, the clearance. For the Slc substrates more than one transporter in each membrane is likely to be involved in the transport
* Assumed equal to ISF volume
As indicated in Fig. 10 transport from the parenchyma into the endothelial cells occurs via one or more of the SLC transporters, while exit from the endothelial cells to plasma occurs via either SLC or ABC transporters. For many of the anions efflux from brain to blood is clearly an active uphill process suggesting that the ABC route is dominant (for a caveat see.12) Transport across either membrane can be rate limiting and in many cases transport across each can occur by more than one route. As a consequence demonstration that a specific inhibitor of a transporter reduces the rate of efflux is evidence for involvement of that transporter, but failure to inhibit is relatively uninformative.
Fig. 10 Transport of organic anions across the blood–brain barrier. Organic anion transporters at the blood–brain barrier. The principal known transporters in the rat are shown. In human OAT3 is abluminal, while both OATP1A4 and OATP2B1 are present on both membranes. The ABC efflux pumps, P-gp, BCRP, MRP4 and MRP5, are all localized to the luminal, plasma facing, membrane. The Oat and Oatp transporters are exchangers (see Footnote 12). Localizations from [180] and the references in Table 1
For the SLC substrates in Table 1 the half-lives are shorter than the 1–2 h characteristic of markers eliminated from the parenchyma by perivascular efflux (see Sect. 3). As noted earlier, shorter half-lives imply that there are mechanisms for elimination other than perivascular. This is reinforced by noting that the clearances for those solutes for which volumes of distribution are available are much greater than the clearance associated with the perivascular route (see Sect. 3.2). There is ample further evidence (see the references for the entries in Table 1) for the importance of the Oat and Oatp transporters in the elimination of these solutes from the parenchyma including saturation, competition, the availability of transport inhibitors, and the rapid appearance of effluxed material in venous blood draining the head.
Efflux by transcytosis
Transcytosis is much less prevalent across the endothelial cells of the blood–brain barrier than across those of peripheral capillaries [248–251]. Nevertheless both adsorptive mediated transcytosis (AMT) and receptor mediated transcytosis (RMT) are still likely to be important mechanisms for the transfer of some large substrates across the blood–brain barrier. The initial event in AMT is the adsorption of usually positive substrates onto the surfaces of caveolae, while that for RMT is binding of the substrate to specific receptors that are in or become incorporated into clathrin coated pits. In both cases at the blood–brain barrier this leads to endocytosis followed by delivery of a substantial fraction of the contents of the resulting vesicles to the opposite membrane for exit, possibly by exocytosis [49, 63, 252]. AMT is thought to account for much of the influx into the brain of histones [253], “cell penetrating peptides” [49, 251, 254], HIV [255, 256], and cargos conjugated to the lectin wheat germ agglutinin [257] and to underlie the increase in “generalized permeability” caused by protamine [258]. The downsides of AMT are that it is relatively non-selective for substrates [256] and that it occurs in many cells throughout the body. In addition there is little if any evidence that it occurs in the direction from brain to blood [257, 259]. While RMT also occurs throughout the body, transport by this mechanism depends on interaction of the substrates with specific receptors that may be found primarily in specific locations such as the blood–brain barrier. In addition there is evidence that RMT can occur in either direction, i.e. from brain to blood as well as from blood to brain.
AMT and RMT in the direction from blood to brain have been studied extensively as routes of entry to the brain for endogenous substrates, but even more in the context of mechanisms for drug delivery. These studies have been reviewed frequently [57, 64, 154, 249, 252, 260–266]. However, even so, the steps occurring after the initial endocytosis remain only partially understood [63, 249, 250, 262, 267, 268] including even the answer to the important question of whether the cargo is released within the cell or delivered to the far side by exocytosis. By contrast evidence for transport via transcytosis in the direction brain to blood has been reported for only a few systems including transport of amyloid-β peptides via interaction with LRP1 (low density lipoprotein receptor related protein 1) and LRP2 (low density lipoprotein receptor related protein 2) (see Sect. 5.7), of IgG antibodies via interaction with an unidentified receptor [269–275] and of transferrin [60] via interaction with the transferrin receptor (TfR) [61] (see below).
Transport of transferrin is closely related to transfer of iron. Iron in plasma and in brain extracellular fluid is present almost entirely complexed to transferrin i.e. as holo-transferrin. It has long been known that iron and transferrin enter the brain across the blood–brain barrier and it was originally hypothesised that they are transferred together by endocytosis followed by exocytosis, i.e. direct transcytosis, of holo-transferrin (see e.g. [61, 276]). Yet there have been arguments against this idea arising from dual labelling experiments showing that far more labelled iron than labelled transferrin accumulates in the brain, see e.g. [60, 277, 278]. In addition it has been argued that release of holo-transferrin from TfR is unlikely to occur as there needs to be prior dissociation of iron for release of transferrin from its receptor [279]. So though there is general agreement that holo-transferrin interacts with TfR, which then mediates endocytosis of the iron/transferrin/receptor complex into the endothelial cells, there has been controversy over the subsequent steps in the transfers of transferrin and iron into the brain. Assuming that holo-transferrin is indeed directly transcytosed across the blood–brain barrier, then the limited net entry observed of transferrin to the brain implies that there must be transcytosis of transferrin without iron, apo-transferrin, back out of the brain. Alternatively if the iron is dissociated from the transferrin within the endothelial cells, it is likely that there is exocytosis of apo-transferrin on both sides of the cells (see [280–282] and the footnote13 for further discussion).
Little is known about transport of transferrin out of the brain. There have been reports that labelled apo-transferrin injected into the brain can be transported from brain to blood, but it is not clear how important this is under normal conditions. Banks et al. [60] found that the apo-transferrin was removed from the brain faster than albumin, implying the existence of a route other than washout via CSF. However, subsequently Moos and Morgan [278] did not confirm this result. By contrast Zhang and Pardridge [61] found an early component of loss of injected apo-transferrin, half-life 39 min, which was much faster than that for loss of injected 70 kDa-dextran. Furthermore this rapid component was inhibited by cold apo-transferrin, i.e. there was competition, with an apparent dissociation constant of less than 30 nM implying interaction with a specific receptor which was presumed to be the receptor protein detected by OX26, i.e. TfR. As these studies on transferrin efflux are substantially older than the studies on iron uptake linked to transferrin, further investigation of transferrin transport from brain to blood might be informative.
Clearance of specific substances
There are certain species that are critical for normal brain function and that must be transported into or out of the brain rapidly and in large quantities. The most prominent of these are O2, CO2, water and glucose. Influx and efflux of these species are so rapid that they entail movements of a large fraction of the amounts flowing through the brain vasculature, much more than could be delivered by the blood flow to just the choroid plexuses.
Water
Water permeability of the blood–brain barrier can be calculated in two very different ways. In the first tritiated water is introduced into the blood and the permeability, Pw,tracer calculated from the ratio of the undirectional influx of tracer, Jinf, to the concentration of the tracer, cTHO,7 Pw,tracer=Jinf/cTHO.
It is assumed that this permeability also applies to efflux and to unlabelled water. This permeability is often called the diffusional water permeability, Pd. The major difficulty with this method is that the influx is so great that 70–90% of the tracer arriving in the blood enters the parenchyma in a single pass (see chapter 4 in Bradbury [55] and [283–289]). Thus along much of the length of the microvessels the concentration gradient of the tracer across the microvessel walls driving its influx is much less than the concentration that was added to the blood. The permeability calculated from Eq. 7 using the arterial concentration of the tracer thus seriously underestimates the true water permeability of the blood–brain barrier. Mathematical expressions to correct for this effect have been derived relating the fraction of the tracer extracted from the flow through the blood vessel to the PS product (reviewed in [159]). However, even after correction the calculated values are inaccurate when the extraction fraction is large. Paulson et al. [290] found values about 1/5th of the PS values calculated from osmotic flow as described below and similar values have been determined by others (see [159]).
The second method for measuring water permeability uses an osmotic gradient to generate a net flux, Jnet, of water across the barrier. In effect a water concentration gradient is produced by “diluting” or “concentrating” the water on one side by adding or removing solutes and the permeability is then calculated as8 Pw,osmotic=Jnet/Δcwith results close to 1.1 × 10−3 cm s−1 for both rats [291, 292] and humans [290]. (The original references and a recent review [4] can be consulted for the actual equations used which are based on arguments that avoid the rather woolly concepts of “diluting” and “concentrating” the water). Using S = 100 cm2 g−1, the value of the surface area of the microvessels employed in [290, 292], the permeability-area product, PS, i.e. the clearance, is ~ 0.11 mL g−1 s−1 = 6.7 mL g−1 min−1. Patlak and Paulson [293] have argued that for the blood–brain barrier the tracer value is likely to be a better estimate of the true water permeability because the measurement of osmotic permeability using a brief exposure to raised osmolality reflects partly water extraction from the endothelium rather than from the parenchyma. It is adequate for the present purpose to use the two estimates as brackets of the correct value.
Water influx and efflux across the human blood–brain barrier each amount to roughly 40,000 mol day−1. The difference between the influx and efflux is very much less. Not even the normal direction of the net flux of water across the blood–brain barrier is known with any certainty, partly because it is so small. The available evidence suggests that scaled for a human there is a net movement from blood to brain amounting perhaps to ~ 10 mol day−1 (see [4]). For comparison metabolic production of water within the brain is ~ 3.3 mol day−1 and the amount of water in the CSF produced by the choroid plexuses is ~ 28 mol day−1.
Carbon dioxide
It has long been known that CO2 crosses the blood–brain barrier sufficiently rapidly that its removal from the parenchyma is largely blood-flow limited (see Sect. 6.1), i.e. pCO2 in the venous effluent is closer to that within the parenchyma than to that in arterial blood. Rapid transfer between blood and brain has been confirmed directly by the observation that when CO2 labelled with the short-lived isotope 11C is added to arterial blood more than 70% is extracted from the cerebral blood flow in a single pass [294] (see Section 6.4.2 in [4] for further discussion).
A crude underestimate of the clearance for CO2 in humans can be calculated from the rate of CO2 production (in turn calculated from glucose and oxygen consumption) [295, 296], ~ 3.3 mol day−1, and the average difference in pCO2 between ISF and plasma along the length of the microvessels which must be less than the difference between the values in the parenchyma and arterial blood, ~ 8 mmHg [297]. 8 mmHg corresponds to a difference in free concentration of 0.24 mM [298] and thus the underestimate of the clearance for a 1400 g brain becomes9 CL>2200μmolmin-1/1400g/0.24μmolmL-1=6.5mLg-1min-1.
This is more than 5000 times larger than would be possible by perivascular clearance, which simply restates that the clearance of CO2 must be across the blood–brain barrier.
Glucose
Glucose and O2 are the most important substrates for brain energy metabolism. Glucose enters ISF across the blood–brain barrier via the more glycosylated form of a passive, selective carrier, GLUT1 (SLC2A1), that is present in membranes located on both surfaces of the endothelial cells. From ISF it rapidly enters both astrocytes by the less glycosylated form of GLUT1 and neurons via GLUT3 (see Fig. 11). The rate-limiting step in glucose metabolism is the effectively irreversible phosphorylation by hexokinase. Normally glucose influx into the parenchyma is higher than the rate of phosphorylation, and thus there must be some efflux corresponding to the difference. This efflux is also primarily across the blood–brain barrier via GLUT1. Because both influx and efflux of glucose take place by passive transport there is no additional metabolic cost caused by having influx greater than the metabolic rate.
Fig. 11 GLUT and MCT transporters at or near the blood–brain barrier. GLUT1 and MCT1 are present on endothelial cells; GLUT1 and MCT4 on astrocytes
(Figure simplified and redrawn from Simpson et al. [315])
It has long been known that glucose is able to cross the blood–brain barrier rapidly [189, 299–302]. Crone [299] found that at low concentrations as much as 50% of the glucose arriving in the arterial blood could be extracted in a single pass, but that this percentage decreased with concentration, falling to 28% at 5 mM and ~ 14% at 14 mM. This extensive but saturable transport implies the presence of a specific transporter, which as stated above is GLUT1 (SLC2A1) [303–305].
The expression of GLUT1 in the endothelial cell membranes has been measured in several different ways: by cytochalasin-B binding, by specific antibody binding, and by proteomic methods (see Table 2 for references). In the proteomic studies from the group of Terasaki, Uchida, Ohtsuki and colleagues, GLUT1 was found to be the most highly expressed of all the transporters that are present in the membranes of the endothelial cells [306].
Table 2 Expression of GLUT1 at the blood–brain barrier
Source Methoda Species Expression/pmol mg−1
Luminal Totalb Abluminal
Relative to microvessel protein
Dick et al. [303] Cytochalasin B binding Rat, pig 69–80
Kalaria et al. [571] Cytochalasin B binding Human 42
Farrell and Pardridge [572] Immunogold e.m Rat 12%c 100%c 48%c
Cornford et al. [573] Immunogold e.m Human 48% 100% 18%
Vannucci et al. [574] Cytochalasin B binding Rat 40–125
Kamiie et al. [182] Proteomics Mouse 90
Uchida et al. [184] Proteomics Human 139
Shawahna et al. [176] Proteomics Human 78.5
Hoshi et al. [185] Lysate digestion proteomics Rat 84–98
Relative to membrane protein
Simpson et al. [575] Fractionation, cytochalasin B binding Bovine 620 280
Kubo et al. [58] Fractionation, proteomics Porcine 79% 21%
Zhang et al. [188] Proteomics Porcine 300
aFractionation = fractionation of isolated plasma membranes
bFor immunogold detection, values are percentages of the immunogold particles where the total includes cytoplasmic
cAntigen for the antibody used by Farrell and Pardridge appears to be partially masked for GLUT1 most markedly in the luminal membrane in bovine endothelial cells [575]
A rough estimate of the glucose clearance in man can be calculated from the rate of consumption, about 0.55 mol day−1 = 380 µmol min−1 [295, 296] or, for a 1400 g brain, 270 nmol g−1 min−1. For a difference between the concentrations in plasma and ISF of 5 mM this corresponds to CL ~ 54 µL g−1 min−1. In isolated perfused dog brains Betz et al. [302] measured the loss of glucose from the blood flow through the brain and found about 0.6 µmol g−1 min−1 at 6 mM from which at this concentration CL = 100 µL g−1 min−1. Hawkins [307] lists values ranging from 158 to 352 µL g−1 min−1 (at 6 mM glucose) depending on brain region (inferior colliculus the highest). Note that the first two of the estimates above are based on the net flux of glucose while the values listed by Hawkins are based on the unidirectional influx. Because all of these estimates far exceed the clearance expected for perivascular efflux, ~ 1 µL g−1 min−1 (see Sect. 3 and Table 1), the perivascular route is likely to be of minor importance.
Cutler and Sipe [301] using anaesthetized cats, Bachelard et al. [308, 309] using anaesthetized rats and Betz et al. [302] using isolated perfused dog brains all found that the influx of glucose measured using tracers could exceed the net flux by two to threefold. This is a direct, experimental demonstration that there is efflux across the blood–brain barrier that can be as large as two-thirds of the influx. This would of course be less under conditions of increased metabolic demand.
Glucose distributes rapidly between intracellular and extracellular water within the parenchyma and thus its volume of distribution is close to the total aqueous volume, which is VD = 0. 77 mL g−1 [310–315].14 Pfeuffer et al. [316] used diffusion weighted NMR to distinguish between intracellular and extracellular glucose and found that only 19% of the glucose in the parenchyma was extracellular which is in agreement with the fraction of water that is extracellular. These observations imply that glucose transport across the membranes of astrocytes and neurons is rapid compared to the rate of metabolism.
When glucose concentrations in plasma are near 6 mM, the average concentration of glucose in brain water is roughly 1.3 mM (see Sect. 5.3.2). Even two fold changes in the concentration in brain water have little effect on the cerebral metabolic rate of glucose, CMRglc, because these concentrations are substantially greater than the Km for phosphorylation of glucose by hexokinase (0.04–0.05 mM [317–319]) and hence hexokinase, the first step in glucose metabolism, remains nearly saturated (compare e.g. [313]).
It is unclear why the passive glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier is mediated by a carrier rather than by a pore. Pores have the advantage that they do not undergo any large conformation changes during transport of each substrate. Hence they are capable of high turnover numbers, which would seem to be an advantage. On the other hand carriers allow more complicated coupling of transport between different solutes and it is possible that during transport of a relative large solute like glucose, it is easier for a carrier than the “open hole” of a pore to prevent unwanted transfer of other solutes. (Water can probably get through both carriers and pores. The possibility that water permeability of GLUT1 may or may not be important at the blood–brain barrier [320] was considered in Section 4.3.6, footnote 17 of [4]). While arguments for “why a carrier” are speculative, the structural and kinetic evidence, reviewed in the following subsections, leave little doubt but that glucose transport across the membranes of the endothelial cells of the blood–brain barrier is mediated by a carrier.
Structure of GLUT1 (SLC2A1) and the kinetics of the glucose transport it mediates in red blood cells
A crystal structure for GLUT1 has been obtained using a GLUT1 construct purified from an expression system (see Fig. 12) [321]. In this structure a bundle of α-helices spans the membrane surrounding an inner cavity open at the cytoplasmic end. This structure and those for related transporters (for references see [322]) strongly support the widely held view that the transport kinetics should be described using a carrier model (see Appendix D). A binding site in the central cavity of the carrier can be exposed to either side of the membrane, but only one side at a time. While the site is exposed a substrate molecule can associate with or dissociate from the site. The side of exposure can be altered by a conformation change in the carrier and the substrate can then associate or dissociate on the other side of the membrane.
Fig. 12 Structure of the human glucose transporter GLUT1. The structure of full-length human GLUT1 containing two point mutations (N45T, E329Q) was determined in an inward-open conformation. The side and cytoplasmic views are shown. The corresponding transmembrane segments in the four 3-helix repeats are coloured the same. The extracellular and intracellular helices are coloured blue and orange, respectively. A slab of cut- open view of the surface electrostatic potential, which was calculated with PyMol50, is shown on the right to facilitate visualization of the inward-facing cavity. IC indicates intracellular helix. Reprinted by permission from Springer Nature from Nature 510, 121–126, Crystal structure of the human glucose transporter GLUT1 by Deng et al. [321]
Since GLUT1 is highly expressed in red blood cells, they have been used as the most convenient system in which to study the kinetics of its transport. There are two prominent features revealed by these studies that must be accommodated in any model. On the one hand the normal net transport of glucose occurs without input of energy from any source other than the concentration gradient, on the other hand downhill movement of one type of sugar can be coupled to uphill movement of another (see Fig. 13), a phenomenon called counter-flow or counter-transport [322–325]. A closely related phenomenon is trans-stimulation, an increase in influx when internal concentration is increased or an increase in efflux when external concentration is increased (see Fig. 13 and, for a quantitative example, Appendix D). In terms of a simple carrier model, the observation of net glucose transport when it is the only substrate implies that both the loaded and unloaded forms of the carrier can change conformation thus altering exposure of the binding site. This allows transport of solute in one direction to occur without transport in the opposite direction, i.e. the transport is not an obligatory exchange. Similarly counter-transport or trans-stimulation imply that the rate constants for the conformation changes when the carrier is loaded are at least comparable to those for the unloaded carrier so that solute on the trans side can assist transport from the cis side by increasing the rate of return of the carrier.
Fig. 13 Interpretation of net flux of a single solute, obligatory exchange, and trans-stimulation in terms of a simple carrier model. In each case the concentration of the first solute (filled black circle) is higher on the cis side (left) than on the trans side (right). a Net flux of solute from cis to trans is supported by return of the free carrier. b If return of the carrier is only possible with a solute bound, there is obligatory exchange, either self-exchange or counter-transport of another solute (circle). c Trans-stimulation is a combination of these two effects. Flux of the first solute from cis to trans can be increased if there is more solute (either sort) on the trans side (here the right) provided that increases the rate of return of the carrier—i.e. it increases the rate of conformation changes of the carrier from trans-facing to cis-facing
Trans-stimulation can markedly increase influx and efflux of glucose at high glucose concentrations (see Appendix D) and it is therefore very important in studies of the mechanism of transport. However, it has little if any effect on the net flux and it is the net flux that is important for the delivery of glucose for metabolism. The exchanges underlying trans-stimulation are likely to be much more important for large neutral amino acids where several compete for transport by the same carrier (see Sect. 5.5).
The kinetics of the simple carrier model are complex even in the steady-state [325–329]. GLUT1 (SLC2A1) kinetics are complicated further by the added twist that the GLUT1 protein may exist in the membranes as part of a homo-tetramer, each capable of transport, but in a coupled manner such that transport through one affects the transport through the others [322, 330]. Given these and further complexities considered in the next section, it should not be surprising that definitive characterization of glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier remains elusive (see Appendix D).
Glucose transport kinetics at the blood–brain barrier
Transport of glucose into and out of the brain is clearly more complex than that into and out of red blood cells. Firstly GLUT1 is needed in both membranes of the endothelial cells of the blood–brain barrier to allow the glucose to enter on one side and leave on the other. However, because the endothelial cells are very thin and correspondingly contain very little glucose, provided that the properties of the transport in the two membranes are similar, it is thought that the transport can still be described, at least qualitatively, as transport across a single barrier [331–333]. Secondly once across the blood–brain barrier, glucose is metabolized at a rate comparable to the rates of influx and efflux across the barrier while in red blood cells transport is much faster than metabolism. Thirdly there is also the technical difficulty that, with the important exception of the study in 1975 by Betz et al. [327], it has not proved possible to manipulate interstitial fluid glucose concentrations during the experiments. In most studies all that has been done is either to measure the extraction of glucose (total or labelled) from blood as described above or to measure the variation in the total amount of glucose present in the parenchyma with time as a function of glucose concentration in plasma. Mason et al. [334] compare the results obtained in many studies performed prior to 1992 but with the surprising omission of reference to studies from Betz’s group. Also in 1992, Gjedde [335] reviewed results obtained for glucose transport in rat and man. Glucose transport into and within the brain has been analyzed and reviewed by Simpson et al. [315], Barros et al. [314] and, more recently, by Patching [336].
In one of the first attempts to establish the mechanism of glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier, Buschiazzo et al. [319] found that 3-O-methyl-d-glucose, a non-metabolizable derivative of glucose, competes with glucose for transport, and furthermore that an inward gradient of glucose could drive 3-O-methyl-d-glucose uphill out of the brain, i.e. there is counter-transport for GLUT1 at the blood–brain barrier just as in red blood cells. Further evidence that GLUT1 behaves in a similar manner in the two environments was obtained by Betz et al. [327] who found that the rate of glucose influx was increased by increasing the concentration of glucose within the brain, i.e. there is trans-stimulation (see Appendix D).
Buschiazzo et al. [319] and Betz et al. [327] determined the total glucose in the parenchyma for different glucose concentrations in plasma (see Fig. 14). Subsequently NMR has been used to measure glucose content in conscious humans and lightly anaesthetized rats [334, 337–341]. The NMR results for humans and rats confirm under nearly physiological conditions (see Fig. 14) that brain glucose content continues to increase with plasma concentration for plasma concentrations up to at least 30 mM well above a typical resting value, 6 mM. They also confirm that the rates of glucose influx and efflux are respectively larger than and not much smaller than the rate of metabolism. Because influx and efflux substantially exceed the expected efflux via the perivascular route, the net flux across the blood–brain barrier is normally taken to be equal to CMRglc at steady-state.
Fig. 14 Four studies of brain glucose content versus glucose concentration in blood. In two studies glucose content was measured by chemical assay, a in anaesthetized rats by Buschiazzo et al. [319] and b in isolated perfused brains from dogs by Betz et al. [327]. In the latter it was assumed that brain water was 0.75 mL g−1. In the other two studies glucose content was determined by magnetic resonance spectroscopy, c in conscious humans by Gruetter et al. [337] and d in lightly anaesthetized rats by Choi et al. [338]. In all studies the glucose content continues to increase with plasma concentration even though it is known that the influx of glucose shows saturation. The explanation is that efflux also saturates and the increase in content must parallel the increase in plasma concentration in order for efflux to increase so that it is equal to influx minus the constant rate of glucose metabolism (see Appendix D)
In the results reported by Duarte et al. (see Figure 3 in [341]) using rats, following a step change in cplasma from 4 to 20 mM the brain content of glucose increased from about 0.5 to 4.5 µmol g−1 with a half life of about 16 min which indicates a net rate of accumulation of 0.122 µmol g−1 min−1, i.e. using their value of CMRglc, 0.52 µmol g−1 min−1, there is an influx of 0.64 µmol g−1 min−1 which is similar to that reported by Betz et al. in 1974 [302] for the dog.
It has so far not proved possible to analyse glucose efflux directly after injection of glucose into the brain. Any such measurements face major challenges including separating efflux from metabolism and avoiding disturbance of the efflux processes by the injection or infusion. The study by Ball et al. [85] established that during a 5 min, 0.1 µL min−1 infusion into the inferior colliculus glucose can move, presumably by a perivascular route, to the adjacent meninges strongly suggesting that as expected there is perivascular efflux of glucose. However, estimating the normal rate of this process to see if the perivascular clearance notably exceeds the 1 µL g−1 min−1 found in other regions would require measurement of the time course of the appearance of glucose in the meninges after the end of the infusion.15
The glucose efflux across the blood–brain barrier can be calculated if the influx and net flux are both known as indicated earlier in this discussion of glucose. Furthermore if it can be assumed that the fluxes are described by the expressions of the form derived from the carrier model, the rate of efflux can be calculated from the measured rates of influx versus the concentrations in plasma and ISF. An example of this using the data from Betz et al. [327] for the isolated perfused dog brain is given in Appendix D and Additional file 1. These data remain the only measurements of glucose influx versus plasma concentration for a range of known concentrations within the brain. Hence the calculated results in Appendix D are the only available results for efflux as a function of both plasma and ISF concentrations.
The fits to the data of Betz et al. [327] (see Additional file 1) indicate that the net flux = CMRglc for cplasma = 6 mM is 0.65 µmol g−1 min−1 with cisf = 1.2 mM. This value of CMRglc is close to those expected for rats but about twice that for humans. The fits also predict that glucose consumption, CMRglc, could increase to about 0.9 µmol g−1 min−1 with cisf approaching 0 without any change in transport capacity. However, larger increases in glucose consumption are required in order to support nervous activity. Changes in transport capacity are considered in Sect. 6.2.
Both neurons and astrocytes have transporters that will allow uptake of glucose and both can use it as a substrate for energy production. The proportions of glucose metabolism that occur in astrocytes and neurons remain controversial [315, 342–346] (see next section).
Lactate
When at rest and even more during nervous activity, there is net production of lactate within the brain parenchyma and thus there must be means for its efflux. Clearance of lactate from the brain has recently been reviewed in some detail [146] (see also footnote 26 in [4]). In brief lactic acid is transported across the blood–brain barrier by passive transport mediated by MCT1 (SLC16A1) present in both luminal and abluminal membranes. Lactate both enters and leaves the brain by this route. Lactate is generated within the brain by partial metabolism of glucose and by metabolism of glutamate [347, 348]). Under resting conditions when lactate concentrations are low, the clearance, CL = PS ~ 60–100 µL g−1 min−1 [349–352], far exceeds the expected clearance, ~ 1 µL g−1 min−1, by a strictly perivascular route.
It is often said that transport of lactate across the blood–brain barrier is slow (see e.g. Pardridge’s account [189]). But these statements refer to the amounts transported not the permeability. The lactate clearance (= PS product) calculated for low concentrations from the kinetic constants that Pardridge presents, Kt = 1.8 mM and Tmax = 91 nmol g−1 min−1, is 50 µL g−1 min−1, close to that stated above. Quistorff et al. [353] and Boumezbeur et al. [352] have emphasized that lactate from the periphery can be an important source of energy in the brain during heavy exercise.
There is clear evidence that during periods of increased neural activity the blood–brain barrier is not the only route of lactate removal from the sites of activity [354–357]. This may be particularly important in circumstances where the lactate concentration is also increased in the rest of the body, e.g. as a result of physical exercise. Under these circumstances the net transport across the blood–brain barrier is likely to be inwards [352, 353]. Other routes for efflux cannot be just perivascular transport as seen with inulin because that isn’t fast enough. One suggested explanation is perivascular transport augmented by transfer between astrocyte endfeet via gap junctions. This can lead to movement of lactate from sites of activity either to inactive regions or to perivascular spaces of larger blood vessels [356–358] (see Fig. 15). Much of the lactate removed from the parenchyma via perivascular transport is likely to be removed from the brain along with CSF, though a proportion reaches lymph, possibly via the meninges, without first mixing with CSF. Lactate in CSF that leaves via the cribriform plate is delivered to the nasal mucosa from which it may return to blood either indirectly via lymph or directly by crossing peripheral capillary walls [85, 120, 125].16
Fig. 15 Lactate removal from the brain. Lactate produced within the brain can be effluxed via the blood–brain barrier or via perivascular routes. It may reach the latter locally near the site of its production or at more distant sites having been transferred between astrocytes via gap junctions
(Diagram modified from Figure 7c in Gandhi et al. [358])
It remains puzzling why so much of the lactate produced within the brain during nerve activity appears to be removed rather than serving as fuel for oxidation in neurons as proposed in the astrocyte neuron lactate shuttle (ANLS) hypothesis (G. A. Dienel, personal communication). However, at least according to Dienel [345] the available evidence is that the oxygen consumption does not increase sufficiently during nerve activity for shuttling of lactate from astrocytes to neurons and further oxidative metabolism of lactate in neurons to be an important mechanism. Furthermore using expression of a genetically encoded NAD sensor that can be monitored in real time with cellular resolution, Diaz-Garcia et al. [346] have found in mice that nervous activity induces neural production rather than consumption of lactate. For an alternative view see e.g. [344].
Amino acids
In order to put the importance of efflux of amino acids from brain parenchyma into context, it is necessary to consider not just the fluxes and transporters but also the need for fluxes.
Amino acids are required within the brain for protein synthesis (see Fig. 16) and for maintenance of pools of neurotransmitters, in particular glutamate and GABA (see Fig. 17). Amino acids are also needed for synthesis of many other substances, e.g. nucleosides, but when considering overall balance this demand has usually been ignored as being relatively minor and it will not be considered further here (compare [359]). The required amino acids must either be synthesized inside the brain or enter from outside primarily across the blood–brain barrier.
Fig. 16 Simplified overview of fates of amino acids in the brain parenchyma. Essential amino acids enter and leave the parenchyma across the blood–brain barrier. Non-essential amino-acids, e.g. glutamate (Glu), glutamine (Gln), and GABA can be synthesized within the brain. The amino groups for the synthesis are supplied either by transamination as shown for glutamate or to some extent [359] by incorporation of NH4+ by glutamate dehydrogenase. The latter route is believed to be minor [359, 641]. NH4+ is added to form the amide group of glutamine by glutamine synthetase (see Fig. 17). Within the parenchyma amino acids are used for synthesis of proteins and (not shown) formation of other nitrogen containing compounds, e.g. nucleotides. New amino acids must be supplied to replace those lost by metabolism. In the brain, input of amino acids is also required to provide amino groups to replace glutamate lost from the pool of amino acids involved in glutaminergic (and GABAergic, not shown) neurotransmission (see Fig. 17). α-KG α-ketoglutarate, e.a.a essential amino acids, t.a transaminase
Fig. 17 The glutamate/glutamine cycle shown in bold with indication of some of the losses and of replenishment of glutamate by denovo synthesis. Glutamate (Glu) in the presynaptic neuron is packaged into vesicles and released into the ISF during neurotransmission. Most of the glutamate is taken up into the astrocytes by the transporter Eaat1 (glast, Slc1a3) where it is converted to glutamine (Gln) by addition of an NH4+ by the enzyme glutamine synthase (g.s) [642, 643]. The glutamine is transported into the ISF by Snat3 and/or Snat5 (Slc38a3 and Slc38a5) from which it is taken up into the presynaptic terminals again by a transporter that may be a Snat. The glutamate is then regenerated by glutaminase (g.a). This cycle represents a large turnover of the amide group at the end of the side chain in glutamine, estimated to be 55% of the CMRglc (cerebral metabolic rate of glucose, see Sect. 5.3) for the entire brain in rats amounting to 490 nmol g−1 min−1 (estimated value in humans 280 nmol g−1 min−1) [644] (G. A. Dienel, personal communication). However the requirement for NH4+ consumed in the conversion of glutamate to glutamine within the astrocytes is balanced by an equal release of NH4+ in the reverse conversion in neurons. Whether diffusion of NH4+ itself is adequate to transfer the nitrogen from neurons to astrocytes as shown or some other form of N carrier is required remains controversial [385, 641, 645]. Regardless, if there were no losses of glutamine or glutamate from the cycle, there would be no need for any fluxes of amino acids into or out of the parenchyma to support glutaminergic neurotransmission. However, there are losses of glutamate and glutamine from the cycle [347, 646, 647]. At least in rodents, such losses are made good by de novo synthesis of glutamate in the astrocytes. Estimates of the total rate of loss and of de novo synthesis are around 11% of CMRglc ([648, 649] (G. A. Dienel, personal communication), i.e. about 0.11 × 0.9 µmol g−1 min−1 ≅ 100 nmol g−1 min−1. The carbon skeletons for the de novo synthesis are derived ultimately from glucose. Glucose is metabolized to two molecules of pyruvate one of which is carboxylated by pyruvate carboxylase (p.c) (thought to be present within the brain only in astrocytes) to form oxaloacetic acid (OAA) a component of the citric acid cycle. Addition of acetyl-CoA from the second pyruvate then forms citrate, which is decarboxylated to form α-ketoglutarate (α-KG). Glutamate is then formed either a by transamination (t.a) of α-ketoglutarate using leucine or other amino acids as source (see e.g. [383, 641, 645, 650], or b by addition of NH4+ [366] catalyzed by glutamate dehydrogenase (g.d). The latter is believed to be a minor pathway [359, 366, 641]. The source of the amino groups for transamination is considered further in Sect. 5.5.3 and Fig. 18. Data for the pathways involved in glutamate synthesis are much less extensive for human than for rat. Rothman and colleagues [651, 652] have argued that the α-ketoglutarate is synthesized in astrocytes based on measurements of incorporation of 13C (see [653, 654]). However, the failure to find a key transaminase in human astrocytes by immunohistochemistry [655, 656] has cast some doubt on astrocytes being the major site for the conversion from α-ketoglutarate to glutamate. For recent reviews of glutamate synthesis see [386, 641, 645]
The need for amino acid input is different from the need for glucose input. Glucose is the basic fuel consumed in metabolism and must be supplied continually in large quantities. Amino acids are needed to allow the maintenance of cell structure and composition. But, the N containing constituents of the cells either are not consumed during metabolism or if they are they are partly replaced internally. The balance between influx and efflux across the blood–brain barrier need only provide sufficient amounts of amino acids to top up losses. Any metabolic losses that do occur will either be by efflux from the brain or by generation of NH4+ and carbon compounds. The latter become part of the carbon metabolism of cells. Possible fates of the NH4+ include: diffusion across the blood–brain barrier; reaction with glutamate to form glutamine, which is then exported from the parenchyma; and use in amino acid synthesis [359, 360]. Glutamate synthesis is considered further in Sect. 5.5.5.
For each amino acid at steady-state, its net fluxes across the blood–brain barrier and via perivascular routes and its net rate of synthesis must add to zero so that the concentrations in the brain parenchyma can remain constant. However, there are major complications in applying this principle to the interpretation of data: there are more than 20 different amino-acids, inter-conversions between them by transamination are common, and they compete with each other for the many amino acid transporters. Indeed the major application of this principle comes when considering overall N balance.
Allowing the fluxes that are required (see Sect. 5.5.1) while maintaining ISF concentrations of all amino acids except glutamine well below those in plasma (see Sect. 5.5.2) is a major challenge and it is not yet certain how the available transporters (see Sect. 5.5.4) achieve these objectives.
Requirements for amino acid fluxes (and NH4+)
While it is clear that there are losses of essential amino acids from brain parenchyma and thus that some influx of amino acids must occur, it is difficult to obtain a quantitative estimate of the influx required. Using radiolabelled amino acids in rats, Dunlop et al. [361–363] found a turnover rate for the protein content of rat brains to be about 0.6% h−1. Using a protein content of about 100 mg for each gram of brain and the molecular weight of an average amino acid, perhaps 125 Da, that corresponds to a rate of incorporation of amino acids of about 80 nmol g−1 min−1. Similarly amino groups required for de novo synthesis of glutamate amount to about 100 nmol g−1 min−1 (see legend to Fig. 17).
Many of the amino acids needed for protein synthesis are supplied either by de novo synthesis (which, however, still requires some source of amino groups, see Fig. 16) or by recycling those released during protein breakdown, which averaged over enough time must be occurring at the same rate as synthesis. Furthermore it may be possible to reuse some of the NH4+ lost from the glutamate/glutamine cycle in the de novo synthesis of glutamate. Thus the sum of the estimates above, 180 nmol g−1 min−1, is likely to exceed the actual requirement for amino-acid input.
Because the brain parenchyma must be in N balance and there must be net inputs of essential amino acids, there must also be a route or routes for N removal. As the brain normally doesn’t produce urea as a means of disposing of NH4+ [364–366], the two main routes for exit to be considered are efflux of NH4+ and efflux of glutamine. Fluxes of NH4+ are easily demonstrated to occur in both directions across the blood–brain barrier and are almost certainly by diffusion across the membranes of NH3 combined with transport either of H+ in the same direction or, more likely, of HCO3− in the opposite direction [4, 359, 367]. Because concentrations of NH4+ in brain, 150–300 µM, and CSF, 100–300 µM, normally exceed those in arterial plasma, 50–250 µM [359], it is likely that there is some net NH4+ efflux. However, an arterio-venous difference in NH4+ concentration and thus its net transport have only been demonstrated in the brain when plasma NH4+ concentration is raised as in hepatic insufficiency [359, 368]. There is then net NH4+ entry, rapid incorporation of the NH4+ into glutamine by reaction with glutamate [359], and efflux of the resultant glutamine. Glutamine efflux is considered further in Sect. 5.5.4.
Lee et al. [360] made the interesting suggestion that much of the NH4+ that moves from brain microvascular endothelial cells to plasma is produced within the endothelial cells by glutaminase acting on glutamine. However, that taken alone would suggest that there should also be a substantial efflux of glutamate, which has not been observed. Alternatively the NH4+ effluxed may derive from metabolism of both glutamine and glutamate. This is considered further in Sect. 5.5.4.
Concentrations of amino acids in CSF and ISF
Values of amino acid concentrations measured in blood plasma, CSF and ISF are summarized in Table 3. There is agreement in all studies that, with the exception of glutamine, the concentrations of all other amino acids in CSF and ISF are substantially less than those in plasma. This could arise if the rates of consumption were to reduce the concentrations greatly or if there were active transport of amino acids from brain fluids to blood. Whether or not there is a substantial difference in amino acid concentrations between CSF and ISF is less clear.17
Table 3 Amino acid concentrations in plasma, CSF and ISF
Plasma concentration/µM CSF concentration/µM ISF concentration/µM
Human1 Rat2 Human3 Rabbit4 Rat5 Mice6 Human1 Human7 Rat2, c Rat1, 2 Human3 Rabbit4 Rat5 Mice6 Rabbit4 Rabbit8 Rabbit9 Rat5 Mice6
Gln 619 641 868 834 598 863 780 552 583 524 517 250 547 159 193 80
Asn 112 55 Trace 14 16 3 7.8 4.3 1.4
Ala 330 489a 382 430 408 27 18.6 34a 39 85.4 57 15 19 15 7.7 9.3
Ser 149 196 140 263 247 109 28.9 30.4 79 80 30 116 62.3 37 34 24.9 9.8
Gly 249 221 283 246 1.3 6.4 20 15 6 34 7.8
Pro 212 60 Trace 0.6 4.2 1.8
Thr 142 166 113 28.5 27.7 36 22 3.5
Val 222 430 309 191 173 14 16.1 78 47 20 14 9.4 13 12.5 7.4 2.9
Leu 109 432 155 81 127 13.1 11.9 66 42 15 7 6.6 9 1.5
Ile 61 77 101 5.2 4.7 6 7 9
Tyr 70 73 43 54 7.3 8.1 10 7 7.2 5 0.7
His 85 80 59 10.8 12.0 12 8.9 1.2
Lys 158 290 171 137 321 19.7 22.0 120 87 21 8 46 19 10
Arg 80 94 81 227 103 17 18.6 55 46 22 32.5 18 6.9 3.2
Glu 83 61 56 159.6 37 7.2 8.7 26 10 11.4 21 4 4.3 3.4 2.9 4.1
Asp 7 33.8 2.4 1.5 5.8 0.6 0.5 1.7
Phe 71 64 45 8.3 8.2 10 7 6
Met 41 28 30 2.8 2.6 3 3
Trp 62
Concentrations measured in CSF are, with the exception of glutamine always substantially less, than the concentrations in plasma. Concentrations in ISF are measured by microdialysis with extrapolation to zero flow (see text). If these are correct, ISF concentrations are substantially lower than those in CSF. c cisternal, l lumbar
1Plum et al. [576]
2Franklin et al. [577]
3McGale et al. [578]
4Hamberger et al. [579]
5Lerma et al. [580]
6Dolgodilina et al. [581]
7Table 8.15 in Davson and Segal [56]
8Jacobson et al. [582] microdialysis by concentration profile
9Jacobson et al. [582] microdialysis by recovery of samples
The relative importance of perivascular supply and removal for amino acid turnover in ISF
Excluding glutamine, concentrations of each of the amino acids in CSF and ISF are usually < 1/5th of those in plasma (see below) and in total < 1 mM. With a perivascular clearance of 1 µL g−1 min−1, and an amino acid concentration at the high end of the observed range, 100 µM, the rate of loss or gain of any particular amino acid by the perivascular route is expected to be of the order of 0.1 nmol g−1 min−1 or less, which is likely to be negligible. Amino acid loss from the brain by outflow of CSF at 0.25 µL g−1 min−1 (500 mL day−1 for a 1400 g brain) at 100 µM would be 0.025 nmol g−1 min−1 which again is likely to be negligible.
Observed fluxes of amino acids
Quantitative measurements of fluxes of amino acids have been either of influx or net flux. Influx is measured by adding a tracer to the blood perfusing the brain and measuring the amount that enters the brain over a short period. Net flux of an amino acid is calculated as10 net flux=A-V difference×blood flowby using measurements of the blood flow and the A − V difference equal to the difference between the concentrations in arterial blood entering and venous blood leaving the brain. Direct measurements of efflux have proved difficult. In practice efflux into the blood has been calculated as the difference between influx and net flux from the blood.
Influx of amino acids into brain parenchyma across the blood–brain barrier has been studied in rats. In a highly influential early study, rates were compared to that for water using 14C-labeled amino acids and 3HOH added together as a single bolus arterial injection. The results were reported as the brain uptake index (BUI), defined as a ratio of ratios ((uptake of 14C-aa)/[14C-aa])/((uptake of 3HOH)/[3HOH]) [300]. When added one at a time, the influxes of the amino acids varied greatly, with BUI for phenylalanine or leucine found to be more than 50% (i.e. each enters about half as easily as water) while at the other extreme influxes of proline, glutamate, asparagine and glycine were below the background limit of detection by the technique, BUI < ~ 3%. Influx of each of the essential amino acids (those not able to be formed within the brain) was easily measurable.
All of the influxes that were clearly above baseline were inhibited when the radiolabeled amino acids were added using serum rather than a simple buffer suggesting competition for transport with the amino acids present in serum. Competition was investigated further and confirmed by measuring uptake of tracer in the presence of an excess of individual unlabelled amino acids [300].18 Quantitative estimates of the influxes of various amino acids in rats when plasma concentrations of tracers were held constant by controlled infusions [369] or during perfusion of isolated brains [43, 370, 371] have confirmed the pattern seen using BUI measurements [300, 372] (see Table 4).
Table 4 Influx and net flux of amino acids in the indicated species
Rat1 Rat2 Rat3 Rat4 Rat5 Rat6 Dog7 Dog7 Cat8 Sheep9 Human10 Human11 Human12 Human13 Human14
Influx* Influx Influx Influx Influx Net Net* Net* Net Net Net Net Net Net Net
Phenylalanine 6.5 7 8 13.2 − 0.6 0.12 0.01 2.2 0.06 0.3 − 0.5
Leucine 6.2 15 14.5 9.7 1.56 1.28 1.9 6 5.2 3.2 2.2 0.6
Isoleucine 1.8 4 5.7 0.78 0.46 1.5 3.1 1.2 1.4 0.7 0.3
Valine 1.3 1.8 2.9 1.26 0.37 2.7 11.0 1.7 0.8 − 1.7
Tyrosine 5.3 7 4.1 − 1.1 0 0.06 1.6 0.1 − 0.1 − 0.1
Methionine 1.6 1.7 − 1.1 0 − 0.12 1.0 0.6 0.2 0.2
Tryptophan − 1.1
Histidine 2.5 2.5 − 1.7 − 0.23 − 0.7 0.7 − 0.3 − 1.3
threonine 1.2 0.8 − 3.4 0.62 − 0.1 5.0 2.6 0.1
Arginine 1 − 7.4 − 0.2 − 0.05 2 0.7 − 0.5 − 0.1
Lysine 6.2 9 − 1.1 0.58 − 1.6 2.5 − 0.3 − 0.9
Glutamate 1.7 − 0.24 − 0.18 − 0.05 1.4 − 0.5 − 6
Glutaminea 11.6 1 − 15.4 − 6.6 − 4.3 − 1.94 − 7.4 11.0 − 20 − 20.4
nerv. stim.b glutamate − 1.26
nerv. stim.b glutamine − 6.69
Values are stated in nmol g−1 min−1. Influxes have been measured only in rats. The only available measurements of net fluxes in rats, shown in the italicized column, failed to reach statistical significance
* Data used by Pardridge [379] in his comparison of influxes and net fluxes
aIn some columns the values are for glutamine + asparagine as the assay used detected both
bRelease measured during nervous stimulation
1Banos et al. [369]
2Hawkins et al. [583]
3Mans et al. [584]
4Ennis et al. [415]
5Smith and Stoll [43]
6Brosnan et al. [378]
7Betz and Gilboe [365]
8Abdul-Ghani et al. [394]
9Pell and Bergman [585]
10Felig et al. [586]
11Lying-Tunell et al. [587]
12Eriksson et al. [588]
13Grill et al. [589]
14Strauss et al. [590]
From the patterns of competition between amino acids for influx across the blood–brain barrier it appeared that there were four separate systems of transport (see e.g. [43, 44]).System L primarily for neutral amino acids, which can be inhibited by 2-aminobicyclo-(2,2,1)-heptane-2-carboxylic acid (BCH);
System ASC primarily for neutral amino acids, which is not inhibited by BCH;
System y+ (sometimes called system Lys+) primarily for basic amino acids;
System N primarily for the nitrogen-rich amino acids glutamine, histidine and asparagine.
A number of amino acids fit into more than one of these groups. Most of the amino acids with large BUI values are substrates for system L.
Studies with isolated brain microvessels, which provide access to the abluminal membranes of the endothelial cells, identified two more systems.A Na+-linked transport system for small neutral amino acids (system A, with identifying substrate N-methyl-a-aminoisobutyric acid, MeAIB) [373].
Another system for glutamate [374].
The ability to prepare vesicles enriched in membranes from either the luminal or abluminal membranes of the endothelial cells [375] allowed localization of transport activities to the separate membranes with the generalization (since revised, see Sect. 5.5.6) that transporters in the luminal membrane are not Na+-linked and hence bidirectional while those in the abluminal membrane are Na+-linked favouring transport from ISF into the endothelial cells [44]. There are now known to be many more types of transporter present at the blood–brain barrier than initially suggested by identification of these systems (see Sect. 5.5.6).
Large rates of efflux of amino acids from CSF to blood were detected in cats [376] and rabbits [377] undergoing ventriculo-cisternal or ventriculo-cortical subarachnoid space perfusions. However, it was not possible in these studies to determine how much of the efflux was going via the choroid plexuses and how much via the parenchyma and the blood–brain barrier. Evidence that the latter route is important derives from the observation that transfer was much more rapid in ventriculo-subarachnoid infusion than in ventriculo-cisternal infusion. Both types of perfusion expose the infused fluid to the choroid plexuses, but in the former a much larger surface area of parenchyma is exposed to the fluid [376].
The net flux into a region can be calculated if the blood flow to that region and the concentrations of the solute in arterial blood and the venous outflow can be measured (see Sect. 5.5.6). (Equating net flux out of blood with net flux into the brain ignores possible metabolism within the endothelial cells, see the end of Sect. 5.5.6). Net flux measurements have been attempted using rats [378], but all except one of the A − V differences were not statistically significant. The rest of the net flux data in Table 4 are for larger species.
Pardridge [379] compared the influx data for rats obtained by Banos et al. [369] with the net flux data for dogs obtained by Betz et al. [365] (see Table 4) and noted that the net fluxes are much smaller than the unidirectional influxes. With the assumption that the fluxes are similar in various species, this comparison implies that there must be large effluxes, comparable in size to the influxes. Measurements of net fluxes in dogs, sheep, and humans have produced data broadly comparable with each other (see Table 4) favouring the assumption that when expressed per gram of tissue the fluxes are the same in all species.19
At present there are strong indications that the net flux of glutamine is outwards. This was seen in five out of six studies. There is also indication that the combined net flux of the branched chain amino acids, leucine + isoleucine + valine, is inwards. This was seen in six out of seven studies. But as described in the next section there is no evidence for a sufficiently large inwards net flux of neutral amino acids to provide for all of the transamination invoked in the explanations of glutamate turnover, at least in rats.
Observed fluxes of neutral amino acids compared with their requirement in glutamate synthesis
A major difficulty is revealed by comparison of the small net fluxes for the large, essential neutral amino acids and the large provision of these amino acids required for transamination to convert α-ketoglutarate into glutamate (see Figs. 16 and 17). For this requirement to be satisfied by influx across the blood–brain barrier of leucine, isoleucine and valine, their combined net influx would need to be > 100 nmol min−1 g−1 (see Sect. 5.5.1). For a cerebral blood flow of 0.57 mL min−1 g−1 (see e.g. Sect. 5.3) that would correspond to an A − V difference > 175 µM. Given that the total of the arterial plasma concentrations for these amino acids is only 392 µM (see Table 3), this A − V difference and hence net rate of transport should have been well above the “noise” in all of the studies, even that in rats (see Table 4).
If, as indicated by all available studies, sufficient net inward flux of amino acids does not in fact exist, the amino groups for synthesis of glutamate in the astrocytes must be obtained from sources within the brain. Independent evidence that such a source is available comes from studies comparing isotope dilution in the brain when plasma leucine was labeled with 13C or 15N. 62% of the N in brain leucine was derived from reverse transamination [380–383].
One detailed suggestion (see Fig. 18) is that loss of the branched chain α-ketoacids (BCKA), e.g. α-ketoisocaproate, generated in the transamination in the astrocytes is prevented by using a branched chain amino acid (BCAA) shuttle ([382, 384], reviewed in [385]). In this scheme instead of being further metabolized within the astrocytes as shown in Fig. 17, the BCKA are transferred to neurons where the branched chain amino acids (BCAA), e.g. leucine, can be regenerated by transamination from glutamate producing α-ketoglutarate. The leucine is then exported back to the astrocytes while the glutamate within the neuron is regenerated by glutamate dehydrogenase from NH4+ and the α-ketoglutarate [384, 386]. In this scheme NH4+ is taken from the neuron where it is released from glutamine and will be at relatively high concentration. This is shifted to the astrocyte by the BCAA shuttle where it can be combined with new α-ketoglutarate to complete the de novo synthesis of glutamate. This scheme greatly reduces the need for net flux of BCAA across the blood–brain barrier.
Fig. 18 The branched chain amino acid shuttle for provision of branched chain amino acids (BCAA) in the astrocytes to allow de novo synthesis of glutamate. Leucine (Leu) is used as example of a BCAA. α-KG α-ketoglutarate, α-KIC α-ketoisocaproic acid, Gln glutamine, Glu glutamate, g.a glutaminase, g.d glutamate dehydrogenase, g.s glutamine synthetase, t.a transaminase. Losses of Gln, primarily by efflux, and of Glc, primarily by catabolism are replaced by de novo synthesis of α-KG in astrocytes and transamination using Leu producing α-KIC. Leu is regenerated from α-KIC in the neuron by transamination from Glu producing α-KG. The Glu is in turn regenerated from the α-KG and NH4+ by gdh. Loss of N via efflux of Gln, Glu, and Leu is made good by net inward flux of Leu and NH4+. The BCAA shuttle greatly reduces the need for net inward flux of Leu as this is only required to make good the metabolic loss of α-KIC
(Based on Figure 1 in Hutson [384])
Amino acid transporters at the blood–brain barrier
The transporters currently thought to be involved in amino acid transport across the blood–brain barrier are indicated in Fig. 19. These will be discussed below according to the categories of amino acids transported.
Fig. 19 Amino acid transporters thought to exist at the blood–brain barrier. Based on Nalecz [200]; Broer [393]; Mann et al. [520]; O’Kane et al. [657]; and Hawkins et al. [44]. #See [44, 398] but contrast [399, 400]
Anionic amino acids, in particular glutamate, are transported by EAATs 1, 2 and/or 3 (coded by SLC1A3, 2, 1 respectively) which are found only in the abluminal membrane of the endothelial cells [387]. These EAATs mediate co-transport of the anionic amino acid together with 3 Na+ ions and 1 H+ ion followed by return transport of 1 K+ ion [388–390]. Because the electrochemical gradient for Na+ is directed from ISF into the endothelial cells and 3 Na+ ions are transported, this coupling renders the amino acid transport effectively unidirectional into the cells. Glutamate is also produced within the endothelial cells from breakdown of glutamine mediated by glutaminase [360]. Glutamate in the endothelial cells can then either be metabolized releasing NH4+, as argued by Helms and colleagues [391, 392], or be transported to blood plasma by a transporter other than an EAAT. Glutamate metabolism within endothelial cells is analogous to the extensive metabolism known to occur within gut epithelial cells (see e.g. [393]). Glutamate transport from brain endothelial cells to plasma has been demonstrated after sensory stimulation in vivo, which increases glutamate production [394]. This transport is likely to be via the glutamate/cystine exchanger, Xc− (SLC7A11 + SLC3A2), [200, 395]), though there is also evidence for a transporter, yet to be identified, that functions in the absence of cystine [396].
Cationic amino acids such as arginine and lysine are transported by CAT-1 (SLC7A1), which is known to exist in the abluminal membrane of the endothelial cells. Transport of these amino acids across the luminal membrane is less well-characterized but may be also via CAT-1 or possibly ATB0,+ (SLCA14). Transport of cationic amino acids by CAT-1 can involve exchange of one amino acid for another (trans-stimulation see Sect. 5.3.1), but this is not essential [397]. There may be at least one more transporter for cationic amino acids at the abluminal membrane (but see [398]). Hawkins et al. [44] reported that cationic amino-acid transport across both membranes can be inhibited by a number of neutral amino acids in the presence of Na+. CAT-1 is thought not to be so affected [397, 399, 400]. The additional transporter may be y+L [4F2hc (SLC3A2) + either y+LAT2 (SLC7A6) or y+LAT1 (SLC7A7)] [399, 400].
Neutral amino acids are transported by several systems as indicated in Fig. 19.System L, primarily the heterodimer 4F2hc/Lat1 (Slc3a2 + Slc7a5) which is present in both membranes and functions independently of Na+;
System A, primarily ATA2 (Slc38a2) in the abluminal membrane which because it is a Na+-linked transporter is biased towards transport from ISF into the endothelial cells;
ASC, primarily ASCT2 (Slc1a5), an obligatory exchanger that requires the presence of Na+-but is not driven by the Na+ gradient;
System Na+-LNAA a Na+-linked system whose molecular basis is still unknown;
ATB0,+ (SLC6A14) which allows net fluxes without exchange;
And possibly the y+L transporter [4F2hc (SLC3A2) + either y+LAT2 (SLC7A6) or y+LAT1 (SLC7A7)].
The large influxes of neutral amino acids from blood-to-brain seen in the early work and ascribed to system L have subsequently been shown to be mediated by 4F2hc/Lat1 [401–403]. The discovery that not only can this system mediate exchanges of amino acids [404, 405] but the exchange is obligatory [406–408] has far reaching consequences for amino acid transport at the blood–brain barrier [409]. It provides an important part of the explanation for how it is that there are large unidirectional fluxes (influx and efflux) but only small net fluxes. In order for system L to mediate a net inward flux of one amino acid, it must have net outward flux of another. An exchanger of neutral solutes, like system L, tends to equilibrate the concentration ratios for all of its substrates. Thus predicting the flux of any one of the amino acids across a membrane requires knowledge of the concentrations of all of the substrates on both sides of the membrane.20 Consumption of any system L substrate within the parenchyma will by reducing its ISF concentration tend to lead to net inward flux of that substrate and net outward flux of others. Similarly production of any system L substrate will tend to lead to its net outward flux together with net inward flux of others.
The function of 4F2hc/Lat1 (Slc3a2/Slc7a5), the principal component of system L, was explored in mice by Tarlungeanu et al. [410]. They compared the concentrations of amino acids in brain (amount per unit weight of brain) between a conditional Slc7a5 knockout [411] and normal controls. In adult mice they found that the levels of methionine, leucine and isoleucine in the knockouts were about 0.66 times the levels in normals, i.e. a reduction of about 35%. This suggests that there is normally a net inward flux of these amino acids via 4F2hc/Lat1 but that there are other routes at least as important. By contrast levels of phenylalanine, proline, glycine, threonine, and serine in the knockouts were about 1.3 times higher than in normals, i.e. an increase of about 30%. This suggests that for these amino acids there is normally a net outward flux via Lat1 but that there are other important routes for their elimination. More dramatically with histidine the level in knockouts was sevenfold higher, a 600% increase compared to normals. This suggests that 4F2hc/Lat1 is normally the main route for eliminating histidine from the parenchyma and that a net inward flux of histidine occurs by some route other than 4F2hc/Lat1. However, it is important to note that while these results show that 4F2hc/Lat1 is very important for the fluxes of histidine, they do not in themselves show that histidine efflux is a large fraction of the total efflux carried by 4F2hc/Lat1. Further evidence for exchanges involving histidine have been obtained using 4F2hc/Lat1 expressed in proteoliposomes. High concentrations of cysteine inside the vesicles can allow or drive influx of histidine and high concentrations of many amino acids outside of the vesicles can allow or drive efflux of histidine [412].
It has been tempting to propose that the combined net flux of neutral amino acids, inward or outward, is determined by their fluxes via systems other than system L and by their synthesis and breakdown in the parenchyma. System L is, however, still important, because it is the combined action of system L with the other transporters that determines which of the neutral amino acids move inwards and which outwards. A coherent overall account of the transport of neutral amino acids across the blood–brain barrier is still awaited.
With regard to glutamine, which is synthesized within the parenchyma, it has been tempting to propose that a substantial part of its efflux occurs via a system L mediated exchange for the essential large neutral amino acids such as leucine, isoleucine, valine and phenylalanine entering the parenchyma. Indeed such exchanges can be observed with isolated microvessels under experimental conditions [413, 414]. However, there is no evidence for this effect under conditions that exist in vivo.
The observation that there is a net efflux of glutamine is especially important because it is present at high concentration in plasma and ISF and it is the obvious sink for excess NH4+ in the brain. Glutamine is a substrate not only of 4F2hc/LAT1 (system L) as outlined above but also of Snat3 (SLC38A3) (system N), ATA2 (SLC38A2) (system A), and CAT (SLC7A1) (system y+) [200]. Of these the principal transport that has been observed is mediated by system N. Localization of system N has been controversial. Lee et al. [360] (see also [44]) found that vesicles prepared from abluminal membranes displayed a Na+-linked transport for glutamine while vesicles prepared from luminal membranes had only Na+-independent transport. This combination would explain net outward flux of glutamine from the brain. However, Ennis et al. [415] found marked Na+-dependent tracer influx of glutamine. While there are alternatives (see footnote 3 on p. 9 in [4]) the simplest interpretation is that there are Na+-linked transporters in both membranes. More recently immunohistochemical localization studies [416] have shown Snat3 primarily on the abluminal membrane but also on the luminal membrane of brain capillaries. It should be noted that while linking transport of glutamine to that of a single Na+ confers a bias towards transport into the endothelial cells, it does not preclude flux in the opposite direction via the same transporter and thus it is possible that Snat3 is responsible for the transport across both membranes.
As already mentioned, Lee et al. [360] found that brain endothelial cells have glutaminase activity, and thus following glutamine transport from ISF into the cells, at least some of the glutamine will be broken down to glutamate and NH4+. Helms et al. [391, 392] have suggested that some of the glutamate can be metabolized further releasing more NH4+. As a consequence of metabolism within the endothelial cells, glutamine removal from the parenchyma and glutamine appearance in plasma need not be the same. Glutamine net flux cannot be assessed in isolation.
Na+ and Cl−
It has been known for almost 50 years [152, 417] that influx and efflux of Na+ and Cl− across the blood–brain barrier are much larger than the net flux [4]. It was proposed by Crone [151, 418] that these apparently passive fluxes might well be paracellular, a suggestion that is still in agreement with all available data [4]. (The partial inhibitions seen in some studies with amiloride derivatives are discussed in Sections 4.3.3 and 4.3.4 of [4]).
The permeability of the blood–brain barrier to Na+ was measured by Davson and Welch in 1971 [417] and subsequently using a different experimental and analytical approach by Smith and Rapoport in 1986 [419] (see Appendix E). Because the fluxes in and out across the barrier are nearly in balance and the potential difference across the barrier is small, the PS product measured for influx, ~ 1 µL min−1 g−1 for each ion, can be used as an estimate for that for efflux, i.e. for the clearance via the barrier (see Appendix A). This cannot be exactly true, because there is a component of active transport, but inhibition of the Na+-pump has little effect on the tracer fluxes. This is consistent with both passive influx and passive efflux being much larger than both active transport and the net flux, and with active transport making a major contribution to the net flux (see Section 4.3.5 in [4]).
Perivascular transport does make a contribution to the clearances of Na+ and Cl−. Perhaps more importantly the net perivascular transport of each, the difference between influx and efflux, will be closely similar in size to the net transport across the blood–brain barrier, so that the volume, Na+ content and Cl− content of the parenchyma can be constant. The net transport of each across the blood–brain barrier is close to its concentration times the rate of fluid secretion across the blood–brain barrier in the steady-state. The controversy over whether perivascular influx and efflux occur along the same vessels or instead there is a glymphatic circulation with influx primarily by periarterial routes and efflux primarily by perivenular routes was considered in Sect. 4.2.
The net transports across the blood–brain barrier and via perivascular routes need not be exactly equal because there will be some component of diffusion between ISF and CSF at the brain surfaces, e.g. across the ependyma lining the ventricles and across the pia/glial layers. As indicated in Fig. 2 (see also [420], blood vessels enter and leave the parenchyma from subarachnoid spaces and cisterns and not from the ventricles. Thus transport from parenchyma to the ventricles will be primarily by diffusion probably with a component of flow in white matter (see Footnote 2) but it cannot be perivascular.
The possibility that there can be a small but significant net perivascular outflow from the parenchyma of Na+, Cl− and accompanying water may be the resolution of a long-standing difficulty. In non-communicating hydrocephalus, CSF production by the choroid plexuses continues at a nearly normal rate, but the normal route for CSF outflow from the IIIrd ventricle is blocked. Because after an initial period the ventricles do not continue to enlarge at a rate sufficient to accommodate the CSF production, CSF must be escaping via an alternative route (see Sections 4.2.2.1–4.2.2.2 in [41] and Section 4.1 in [4] for discussion and references). The periventricular parenchyma is oedematous which may allow flow of fluid from the ventricles, but the oedema only extends a small distance. In cats with kaolin induced hydrocephalus, Sahar et al. [421] observed penetration of serum albumin only up to about 2.5 mm which they took to mean that the albumin was being absorbed into the blood. There is no known mechanism by which this absorption could have occurred. It would be very interesting to know whether this distance corresponds instead to the distance from the ventricular surface to perivascular pathways that would allow sufficiently rapid removal of albumin to CSF in the subarachnoid spaces and/or to lymph that the concentrations observed deeper in the parenchyma would be small. The importance of fluid escape from the ventricles across the ependyma into the parenchyma in hydrocephalus has recently been given further support by observations of gadobutrol movements in normal pressure hydrocephalus in humans [15].
Amyloid-β
Accumulation of amyloid-β (Aβ) in plaques within the parenchyma and deposition in the walls of arteries are both closely associated with the development of Alzheimer’s disease. Because the rate of production of Aβ appears not to be altered in the more common, late onset form of Alzheimer’s [422] attention has focused on the possible defects in clearance of Aβ that may lead to its accumulation. Aβ may be removed from the brain via metabolism within the parenchyma, via efflux across the blood–brain barrier or or via perivascular efflux [52]. Attempts to estimate the relative importance of each of these routes were reviewed by Hladky and Barrand [146]. For low nanomolar ISF concentrations, which are in or above the normal or clinical range (see [423]), Aβ is eliminated by all three routes, but efflux via the blood–brain barrier is likely to be the most important (see also [424]). However, as emphasized in a key early study, efflux across the blood–brain barrier is saturable with a half-maximal concentration of only 15 nM [62]. Many studies of Aβ metabolism have used much higher concentrations, e.g. > 1 µM, and at these concentrations metabolism is dominant. A recent study on appearance of Aβ in lymph nodes may also reflect the behaviour at higher concentrations as it was performed in mice with mutant APP and high Aβ production rate [425].
Differences in Aβ clearance between sleep and wakefulness have been reviewed by Hladky and Barrand [146] and by Boespflug et al. [426] who emphasized the role of ISF-CSF exchange. The effects of sleep were found to be more complicated than a simple increase in perivascular clearance. Both reviews [146, 426] should be consulted for more detail and discussion (see also Sect. 3.3).
Aβ polypeptides are produced by neurons (and to some extent by other cell types) by cleavage of the membrane bound amyloid precursor protein (APP) [427]. While there is still uncertainty, the final cleavage step is thought to release Aβ directly into ISF.
Most work has focussed on Aβ1-40 and Aβ1-42, these being the predominant forms of the Aβ polypeptides present in the parenchyma. In solution at or below low nanomolar concentrations they exist as monomers and, particularly for Aβ1-42, also as oligomers [423, 428, 429]. Only soluble forms of Aβ are detectable in young animals. However, in older animals and older people deposits mainly of Aβ1-40 accumulate along cerebral arteries (cerebral amyloid angiopathy or CAA) and large aggregates or plaques mainly of Aβ1-42 form in the brain parenchyma. Small changes in soluble Aβ concentrations may over time lead to large changes in the formation of Aβ aggregates [430–436]. While it is not known which forms of Aβ are toxic, current evidence appears to suggest that within the parenchyma the main culprits are the oligomers [437–441].
There is evidence that plaques in the brain can be removed by reducing the ISF concentration of Aβ [428, 442]. However, it is likely that this only occurs if the Aβ concentration can be reduced to levels below those present before aggregate formation began [431]. This has been shown experimentally but it may not be achievable in practice without both inhibition of Aβ production (see e.g. [443]) and enhancement of Aβ clearance.
Clearance of Aβ from ISF
In the young, Aβ is present in soluble form and is eliminated as rapidly as it is produced with about 7–8% of the total soluble Aβ being replaced each hour [422, 444]. Monomeric and small oligomeric forms of soluble Aβ are cleared from ISF by at least four routes: incorporation into plaques, metabolism [445–451], efflux across the blood–brain barrier [62, 429, 452–454] and efflux via perivascular routes [25, 85, 128, 455]. The relative importance of each of these routes remains controversial [52, 146, 456–458].
Evidence for transport of soluble Aβ across the blood–brain barrier
The ways in which soluble Aβ can be transported across the blood–brain barrier have been investigated by several different groups. Shibata et al. [62] were the first to propose that Aβ could cross the blood–brain barrier by transcytosis mediated by low density lipoprotein receptor related protein (LRP1). This they said could account for the loss of 125I-Aβ1-40 from the brain that they observed. In support of their proposal they found that the loss of total 125I from the brain was reduced by antibodies against LRP1, by receptor (LRP1) associated protein (RAP), which interferes with binding of all known substrates to LRP1, and by absence of apoE seen in knockout mice. (ApoE affects the interaction of Aβ with LRP1). In addition the elimination process appeared to be saturable with Km of 15 nM. All of these observations are consistent with the idea that the elimination of soluble 125I-Aβ1-40 is primarily efflux across the blood–brain barrier and is via an LRP1-dependent process. However it should be kept in mind that demonstrating the importance of LRP1 is not the same as demonstrating elimination via the blood–brain barrier because LRP1 is also present on neurons, astrocytes and vascular smooth muscle cells where it can mediate endocytosis of Aβ leading to its metabolism inside the cells [448, 456, 459] (see [146] for further discussion). Further results supporting the involvement of efflux have been reported by Bell et al. [429], who found that the rate constant for elimination of Aβ1-42 was about half that for Aβ1-40 and also in other papers by Deane, Zhao, Nelson, Zlokovic and coworkers [452, 454, 460].
Results from several other groups also support the idea that efflux of soluble Aβ does occur at the blood–brain barrier and that LRP1 is involved in this elimination.Jaeger et al. [461] showed that antisense oligonucleotides against LRP-1 substantially decreased the loss of Aβ1-42 after intraparenchymal injection.
Pflanzner et al. [462] demonstrated LRP1-dependent Aβ1-40 transport across monolayers of primary mouse brain capillary endothelial cells, a transport not observed in monolayers of cells with genetically modified LRP1.
Roberts et al. [457] confirmed that efflux of Aβ from brain to blood occurs in vivo by finding that the concentration in venous blood leaving the brain was 7.5% higher than that in arterial blood.
Qosa et al. [424] using the brain efflux index method found that 62% of added 125I-Aβ1-40 appeared in the blood.
Storck et al. [453] developed a mouse model in which LRP1 could be knocked out selectively in endothelial cells and showed that the knockout reduced the initial rate of loss of 125I-Aβ1-42 by 48%.
Collectively the studies discussed above leave little doubt that LRP1 dependent transport across the blood–brain barrier plays a substantial role in Aβ elimination. However, the actual mechanisms governing the net inward or outward flux of Aβ across the blood–brain barrier are considerably more complicated and involve complexing Aβ with soluble factors including clusterin (also called apoJ), apoE and a soluble, truncated form of LRP1 (sLRP1). In addition there are at least four endocytotic/transcytotic systems. Figure 20, based mainly on the views of Zlokovic and colleagues [429, 452, 454, 460, 463–466], is a simplified diagram indicating the mechanisms of Aβ transport across the blood–brain barrier. Notable in this scheme is the involvement of apoE, clusterin and the phosphatidylinositol-binding clathrin assembly protein, PICALM (also called CALM). Genetic variations for each of these have been shown to be associated with increased risk of Alzheimer’s disease [467, 468].
Fig. 20 Simplified outline of Aβ transport across the blood–brain barrier. Possible movements of Aβ are shown by solid or dashed lines with arrowheads indicating the principal direction. Endocytotic and exocytotic vesicles are shown as invaginations of the membranes. There is intracellular processing once the vesicles have been endocytosed. Aβ from ISF can bind directly to LRP1 on the abluminal membrane with the complex then being incorporated into a clathrin coated pit which can be endocytosed. The Aβ-LRP1 complex is stabilized by binding of the phosphatidylinositol-binding clathrin assembly protein (PICALM). Aβ in ISF can also be complexed with any of the forms of apoE, 2, 3 or 4 or with clusterin. Aβ-apoE2 and Aβ-apoE3 are substrates for interaction with LRP1 and endocytosis. By contrast Aβ-apoE4 inhibits LRP1 mediated endocytosis (dotted line), but can be endocytosed slowly after binding with the very low density lipoprotein receptor (VLDLR). Aβ-clusterin is a substrate for LRP2 mediated endocytois with transport across the blood–brain barrier to plasma. As Aβ-clusterin can also be transported in the opposite direction by LRP2-mediated endocytosis this is almost certainly by transcytosis of vesicles with LRP2 in the membrane. Vesicles with LRP1 in the membrane are also thought to discharge their contents on the far side of the barrier—i.e. this is transcytosis [465]. Some of the intracellular processing steps for the LRP1 vesicles are now known [452, 658]. Aβ is also transported from plasma to ISF. Aβ clusterin can be transported by LRP2 vesicles, but on the plasma side almost all of the LRP2 receptors are occupied by clusterin (dotted double headed arrow) rather than Aβ-clusterin which greatly reduces blood-to-brain transport by this route. Aβ is however, endocytosed after binding to the receptor for advanced glycation products, RAGE, and somehow transported to the brain side. Pgp may, in a manner which has not been well defined, assist transfer of Aβ from the endothelial cells to plasma whether it has entered the cells from ISF, via the LRP1 system, or from plasma, via the RAGE system. Figure based on [452, 464, 465]
Much of the soluble Aβ in ISF may be in the form of complexes with apoE or clusterin while in plasma most Aβ is complexed with clusterin or sLRP1, a truncated, soluble form of LRP1 [469]. The apoE gene has three alleles called apoE2, apoE3 and apoE4. Expression of the apoE4 allele is the greatest genetic risk factor known for developing the late-onset form of Alzheimer’s disease [467, 468].
LRP1 mediated transport of Aβ occurs via clathrin pits, with the LRP1, Aβ, clathrin system stabilized by interaction with PICALM. In addition to this transport of Aβ there is LRP1-mediated transport from brain-to-blood of Aβ complexes with apoE2 or apoE3 and LRP2-mediated transport of Aβ complexes with clusterin. Complexes with apoE4 inhibit LRP1-mediated transport but are transported at a much lower rate by very low-density lipoprotein receptor (VLDLR) mediated transport. This inhibition and slow transport with the resulting tendency to accumulate Aβ in the brain may account for the increased risk of Alzheimer’s disease.
The receptor for advanced glycation end products (RAGE) mediates transport of Aβ from blood-to-brain. Aβ-clusterin blood-to-brain transport by LRP2 can also be demonstrated under experimental conditions, however, in vivo it is likely that the Aβ-clusterin complexes are out-competed by clusterin for inwards transport [470–472]. The net flux of complexes via LRP2 is thus brain-to-blood [429, 464]. sLRP1 is released from LRP1 at the luminal membrane by removal of the membrane binding domain. Aβ complexes with sLRP1 are apparently not transported across the blood–brain barrier but can be delivered to the liver. Thus these serve as a sink reducing backflux of Aβ that has emerged from the brain [469].
The role of p-glycoprotein (Pgp) has been considered in many studies [243, 473–490] that indicate that it does play a role, but there have also been studies suggesting that it does not [491–494]. P-glycoprotein is present in the luminal membranes of the endothelial cells (see Sect. 4.2.1). With LRP1 mediating entry of Aβ into the endothelial cells from ISF, an obvious role to suggest for p-glycoprotein is Aβ efflux to plasma. Another function of p-glycoprotein may be to return to plasma some of the Aβ brought into the cells by RAGE [423, 495, 496]. However the intervening steps between endocytosis mediated by either LRP1 or RAGE and efflux by p-glycoprotein remain to be established.
The overall net flux of Aβ across the blood–brain barrier is thus seen to be the resultant of a number of transport mechanisms mediating both inward and outward fluxes. The use of complexing agents in plasma to reduce Aβ flux from blood-to-brain is one strategy being tried to reduce Aβ accumulation in the brain.
Evidence for Aβ elimination via perivascular routes
The perivascular route has also been considered as a likely pathway for elimination of Aβ peptides from the brain. In initial studies, following exogenous Aβ introduction into the brain, aggregates were first found along the external boundaries of arterial walls [497, 498] (see also [499, 500]) but at later times were seen throughout the smooth muscle layer of the arteries ([497], see also [501]). The results from these initial studies are consistent with the idea that growth of the deposits starts occurring adjacent to an efflux route for Aβ along the outside of the arteries, i.e. an extramural periarterial route.
Subsequent studies followed the routes of exit from the parenchyma of fluorescent dextran. This was used as a non-metabolizable marker for substances of the size of Aβ. Within minutes of its injection fluorescence could be visualized throughout the smooth muscle layer of the arterial walls [70]. From this observation it was proposed that both the fluorescent dextran and the Aβ enter the smooth muscle layer near its end closest to the capillaries and move along the vessel wall towards the subarachnoid space with little further exchange between the smooth muscle layer and the surrounding parenchyma. However, it remains difficult to see how there could be sufficient driving force for movement through the extracellular matrix along the entire length, perhaps a millimeter, of the vessel (compare the discussion in Sect. 3.2.1) while at the same time movement over a 10- to 20-fold shorter distance perpendicular to the vessel wall is prevented. For a different viewpoint see [88, 95, 502–504]).
There may be an alternative explanation. The higher observed density of dextran or Aβ within the extracellular spaces of the smooth muscle layer than in the interstitial spaces of the parenchyma [102] might suggest that it binds, reversibly, to some component of the extracellular matrix in the layer. There is in fact good evidence for interaction of the Aβ peptides with some components [505, 506]. If the high concentrations within the basement membranes of the layer reflect binding rather than some form of impermeant sheath, then it is not clear whether Aβ and the dextrans reach the sites of the binding by moving parallel to the vessel wall or by traversing it (see Fig. 21). If the latter, movements parallel to the vessel would be occurring via an extramural route that might have a much lower resistance to flow. Transverse movement has been observed for both horseradish peroxidase and 3H-leucine with large cerebral arteries [507], and no additional impermeant layer is known to exist around smaller arteries inside the parenchyma [98]. There is at present no compelling evidence to decide between the intramural and extramural routes for movement parallel to the vessels.
Fig. 21 Putative routes for periarterial efflux. In the intramural proposal solutes move parallel to the vessel wall along the basement membranes of the smooth muscle layer, shown as blue trajectories. In the extramural proposal movements of solutes parallel to the vessel occur primarily in a perivascular space with lower resistance to flow. They also move in and out of the wall by a combination of diffusion and convection, shown as the red trajectories. As discussed in Sect. 3.1 the nature of the extramural pathway is still controversial including whether it is a space one side or the other of the pial cells or alternatively the pial and glial basement membranes themselves. endo endothelium, s.m smooth muscle, BM basement membrane. Pial cells and pial basement membrane(s) are shown together because they are very thin
The importance of the perivascular route for Aβ elimination may be not so much that it removes Aβ from the parenchyma but rather that it delivers Aβ into the vessel walls of arterioles and arteries. Cerebral amyloid angiopathy is often seen before formation of senile plaques within the parenchyma (see e.g. [508]) and the damage to the arterioles and arteries may have secondary consequences for the well-being of parenchymal cells, either by effects on blood flow or via local inflammation [509–511].
Relative importance of metabolism, blood–brain barrier transport and the perivascular route for elimination of soluble Aβ
Attempts have been made to estimate the proportions of soluble Aβ removed from the brain by metabolism, by transport across the blood–brain barrier, and by perivascular efflux. It is possible to get an estimate of perivascular elimination alone using inulin. When this was done in mice, Shibata et al. [62] found that the half-time for the elimination of 125I-Aβ1-40 was much shorter than could be explained by elimination by the perivascular route, with calculated rate constants of 0.027 min−1 and 0.0029 min−1 respectively (see Table 5). As they had concluded that metabolism played little part, the faster, non-perivascular elimination was held to be transfer across the blood–brain barrier. Bell et al. [429] (see Appendix 2 in [146] for corrections to their calculations) extended these observations to 125I-Aβ1-42.
It is interesting to note that Xie et al. [128] found the half-lives for both Aβ and inulin to be different when the mice were asleep as compared to when they were awake. In both conditions the rate constant was larger for Aβ than for inulin (see Table 5). The interpretation of these differences in rate constants between wakefulness and sleep has been considered in some detail in [146] and will not be considered further here.
Table 5 Rate constants for elimination of 125I-Aβ1-40, 125I-Aβ1-42 and inulin in mice
Rate constant/min−1
Shibtata et al. Bell et al. Xie et al. awake Xie et al. asleep
Inulin 0.0029 0.0024 0.006 0.016
Aβ1-40 0.027 0.0184 0.024 0.053
Aβ1-42 0.011
Data from Shibata et al. [62], Bell et al. [429] (see Appendix 2 of [146]) and Xie et al. [128]
The results of Shibata et al. [62], Iliff et al. [25] and Xie et al. [128] all imply that the rate constant of perivascular elimination, as estimated by the constant for inulin efflux, is considerably less than the rate constant of elimination by other means.21
Roberts et al. [457] sought to compare rates of metabolism of Aβ with those of Aβ efflux. To do this they used values for: the turnover rate for Aβ [512]; the pool size for Aβ; the difference between Aβ concentrations in arterial blood and in venous blood leaving the brain; the cerebral blood flow and the rate of return of CSF to the general circulation. From these values they calculated that 25% of Aβ elimination was via efflux across the blood–brain barrier, 25% was via CSF and the remaining 50% was via metabolism. As discussed in [146] while the results of Roberts et al. do suggest that all of these mechanisms are involved, the fraction of Aβ leaving the brain across the blood–brain barrier may have been underestimated and could be as high as 50%. By contrast the fraction accounted for by metabolism may have been smaller than estimated.
On balance the available data suggests a significant involvement in elimination of Aβ from the brain for all three routes of elimination: metabolism, net outward flux across the blood–brain barrier and net perivascular outward flux.
Estimating the value of the total clearance of soluble Aβ from ISF
Calculating a clearance value for the elimination of Aβ from ISF is not straightforward as much of the Aβ in ISF is complexed with other solutes, e.g. apoE and clusterin. However, an estimate can be made if it is assumed that all the forms that are accessible to be eliminated are dissolved in the ISF and eliminated with the same rate constant. The volume of distribution for the total soluble Aβ, whether or not as part of complexes, will be that of ISF and thus the clearance can be calculated as rate constant × volume of distribution = 0.05 min−1 × 0.2 mL g−1 = 10 µL g−1 min−1. On this basis perivascular clearance, expected using the same assumptions to be about 1 µL g−1 min−1, may be about 1/10th as large, a small but still significant fraction of the total.
In all of the preceding, the rates of elimination by various routes have been considered almost as if they are constant. However, reduction in the overall clearance and thus in the rates of elimination by some of the routes are likely to be very important in the development of Alzheimer’s disease [422]. In this regard LRP1 expression has been found to be reduced and RAGE expression increased with age [478, 513]. Similarly perivascular elimination has been found to decrease with age possibly as a result of decreased variations in the size of arteries and arterioles during the cardiac cycle [514] (see Sect. 3.2). All of these changes will tend to increase Aβ ISF concentration and hence lead to increased formation of plaques and vascular Aβ deposits.
Maintenance of brain ISF composition
Some substances in ISF simply need to be expelled, others must be eliminated in a more controlled manner to allow a stable concentration. For most xenobiotics or waste products, the objective is simply to get rid of the substance and keep the extracellular concentration as low as is practical. However, for a number of substances, the objective is to achieve the proper balance between influx, production, consumption and elimination so that their ISF concentrations can be kept within an acceptable range. The objective in this section is to consider how control of ISF concentrations is achieved.
There are several substances whose ISF concentrations must be kept within narrow limits to ensure correct neuronal function. Na+, Cl− and K+ are good examples. Regulation of Na+ and Cl− amounts and concentrations is inextricably linked to the control of extracellular fluid volume and intracranial pressure and is outside the scope of this review (for some discussion see [41]). The control of K+ and HCO3− ISF concentrations was considered in [4]. The following sections consider the general principles and the control of ISF concentrations of CO2 and glucose.
General principles of concentration maintenance: balancing input and output. CO2 as an example
The concentration of a substance can only be maintained at a constant level if its rate of elimination, Relim, is equal to its rate of input, Rin,11 Relim=Rin.
If input exceeds elimination the concentration will increase; if it is less the concentration will decrease. In the face of a given rate of input, be it by influx from outside or local production within the brain, a steady-state can only be achieved if the elimination rate can increase far enough to balance the input (see input Rin2 in Fig. 22a). A steady-state is not possible if elimination is unable to match input (see input at level 2) and under these conditions the concentration will continually increase. Thus it is the relative rates of input and elimination, rather than the rate of input itself that is of primary importance.
Fig. 22 The relation between the rate of elimination of a substance and its concentration. The solid curve in a and line in b show the rate of elimination as a proportion of its possible maximum versus concentration. Possible rates of input are shown as the dashed lines. In a if the rate of input is Rin,1 which is less than the maximum possible rate of elimination, Relim,max, the concentration can be maintained at css. If the rate of input is Rin,2, which exceeds Relim,max, no steady-state is possible and the concentration continually increases. At low concentrations as shown in detail in b the rate of elimination is usually proportional to concentration
The rate of elimination of a substance from the brain parenchyma is determined by its concentration and the ability of the efflux mechanisms to remove the substance. This ability is usually described as the clearance. For a substance eliminated by a single type of transport, the clearance is determined by the number of transporters, the affinity-constant for the substrate and the transporter and the maximum turnover rate. Clearance can be calculated from measurable quantities as12 CL=Relim/c.where Relim is the rate of elimination and c is the concentration of the substance. At sufficiently low concentrations the relation between elimination rate and concentration is linear and the clearance is a constant (see Fig. 22b). At higher concentrations (see Fig. 22a) the relation is no longer linear and the clearance decreases as concentration increases.
The larger the clearance, the higher the rate of elimination possible at any given concentration (see Fig. 23a) and therefore the lower the concentration needed to achieve an elimination rate equal to a particular rate of input, Rin, (see Fig. 23b), i.e.13 c=Rin/CL.
Fig. 23 The relationship between the rates of input and elimination, substrate concentration in ISF and clearance. At steady-state the rate of elimination must equal the rate of input. The horizontal dashed lines show rates of input (R1, R2, R3 and Rin). The clearance, CL, is the slope of the line for the plot of rate of elimination versus concentration. Lines for three values of clearance (CL1, CL2 and CL3) are shown. a To achieve the steady-state concentration, cisf, clearance must be higher to balance the higher rate of input i.e. the rate of input required is proportional to clearance. b For a given rate of input, the steady-state concentration is inversely proportional to CL (compare the three steady state concentrations c1 c2 and c3 achievable for the three clearance values CL1, CL2 and CL3). c For a given clearance the steady-state concentration is proportional to the rate of input. Changes in input need not produce changes in concentration if the clearance can be changed, e.g. for the increase from R1 to R3 shown in a the concentration would be constant if the clearance could be increased from CL1 to CL3
When the clearance is constant, changes in input (R1, R2, R3 in Fig. 23c) lead to proportional changes in steady-state concentration. Such changes in ISF concentration may be fine if the ISF concentration is not critical. Constant clearance avoids the disasters that could occur if the elimination rate could not increase with ISF concentration because then increased rate of input would produce progressively increasing concentration within the parenchyma.
If close control of ISF concentration is required there must either be some means to reduce or prevent changes in input or the clearance must alter. When input is from plasma one way in which changes in input can be made less sensitive to plasma concentration is for the input mechanism to be operating not too far from its maximum rate, i.e. for the substrate concentration in plasma to be well above the Km for the input mechanism. However, the same limitation may apply to efflux as to influx, with the resulting changes in ISF concentration difficult to predict (e.g. for glucose, see Fig. 14 and Appendix D).
If input is determined by production within the parenchyma, closer control in the face of variable input than would be seen for constant clearance must be achieved by altering the mechanisms of elimination to change the clearance. In order for the system to be modified some sort of signal is required ‘to inform’ the elimination system that the input and/or the concentration has changed.
In principle this can be done by feedback control in which increased concentration somehow modifies the mechanism of elimination to increase the clearance, e.g. by recruiting more transporters. To some extent this occurs with CO2. Increased pCO2 is associated with lower pH and stimulation of cerebral blood flow, which washes away the excess CO2 (see Sect. 5.2), i.e. increased pCO2 increases the clearance for CO2. However, feedback control still requires that there be a change in the concentration to stimulate and maintain the process (see Fig. 24).
Fig. 24 Diagram illustrating possible schemes for neurovascular coupling, i.e. regulation of blood flow changes associated with nerve activity. Two forms of control are shown, a simple feedback based on the signal to be regulated, e.g. pCO2, and b feedback plus feed-forward. The feed-forward element, signal2, in b, possibly from astrocytes, allows blood flow to increase with smaller changes in the primary quantity to be regulated, signal1
(Figure reproduced from [4])
Closer control is possible with feed-forward regulation, in which the change in input itself or something closely linked to the input stimulates the change in clearance whether or not the concentration changes. In principle the control could be perfect if somehow a change in input rate could produce proportional change in clearance as indicated in Fig. 23a. It is now clear that increased brain activity, which increases production of CO2, increases blood-flow even without increases in CO2 concentration. This process, called neurovascular coupling [515, 516], is considered in more detail in [4] which can be consulted for further references.
When substrate elimination is limited by transport across the blood–brain barrier rather than by blood-flow, the clearance can be increased by inserting more transporters, by increasing the activity of each transporter, i.e. an increase in the turnover rate or, if the transport isn’t saturated by increasing the affinity of the transporter for the substrate.
Achieving a net flux: glucose as an example
There is regulation of transport across the blood–brain barrier both for glucose and for ions like Na+, K+ or Cl−. Regulation of glucose transport serves primarily to achieve the correct flux to support metabolism whereas regulation of ion transport is important to maintain the correct concentrations in extracellular fluid. The actual glucose concentration in ISF is relatively unimportant so long as it remains well above the Km for hexokinase (0.04–0.05 mM, see Sect. 5.3) but low enough to avoid formation of unwanted glycation products. The requirements for the regulation of the glucose transporter, GLUT1, were considered in detail by Barros et al. [314] and Simpson et al. [315]. Thus this section considers only the principles and the extent to which regulation can be obtained by altering glucose efflux.
GLUT1 transport across the blood–brain barrier must be capable of producing a net flux that is equal to the cerebral metabolic rate for glucose, CMRglc, at all times both at rest and during nervous activity. Furthermore the system must be capable of increasing net flux quickly to match demand. If the net inward flux were not increased, then for a glucose content in brain of 1.3 mM × 0.77 mL g−1 and an increase in glucose consumption rate of 0.65 µmol g−1 min−1 (i.e. to twice resting level, figures for rats), the entire glucose reserve would be consumed in < 2 min.
CMRglc of stimulated nervous tissue isn’t easy to measure, partly because a region large enough to assay is likely to contain both stimulated and unstimulated tissue. Using quantitative autoradiography in rats exposed to monotonic sounds, Cruz et al. [517] were able to see as much as 85% increase in CMRglc in tonotopic bands of the inferior colliculus. Using PET imaging in human subjects viewing a reversing checkerboard pattern, Fox et al. [518] saw 50% increases in the visual cortex. Using measured arterio-venous concentration differences in human volunteers undergoing exhausting cycling or rowing exercise, Quistorff et al. ([353], data from [519]) found more than twofold increases in glucose uptake rate across the blood–brain barrier. (There was also a substantial uptake of lactate). From these and other studies, in order to support nervous activity it must be possible to increase the net flux across the blood–brain barrier by at least twofold within a few minutes.
There are three important steps in the delivery of glucose: arrival in the blood; net transport across the blood–brain barrier; subsequent diffusion to the sites of hexokinase. At rest, the blood flow delivers 5–10 times more glucose than does the net flux across the blood–brain barrier into the parenchyma. As a consequence the glucose concentrations in arterial blood and the capillaries are similar, and increasing blood flow can only produce modest changes in capillary concentration and the net inward flux into the parenchyma. Both diffusion within the parenchyma and transport across astrocyte and neuron membranes have been found to be fast (see Sect. 5.3). Thus the rate-limiting step in delivery of glucose to regions where it is required in the parenchyma is its transfer across the blood–brain barrier.
Increased glucose consumption by cells within the parenchyma will reduce glucose cisf and so reduce glucose efflux, resulting in increased net inward flux. Because the Michaelis–Menten constant, Km, for hexokinase is so low, the concentrations of glucose inside the cells and in ISF can be reduced to values much smaller than that found during times of low nervous activity. The size of this effect can be seen in the data of Betz et al. [327] as described in Appendix D. From that analysis there would be an increase of about 40% in the net inward flux, even if there were no change in transport capacity.22 Decreased glucose efflux is an important part of the response to increased nervous activity but it is not sufficient on its own to support demand [314, 315, 322]. Decreased efflux has the advantage that it occurs rapidly with the increase in glucose demand.
Changes in GLUT1 transporter expression have been documented and reviewed elsewhere [322, 336, 520]. However, such changes are too slow to provide minute to minute changes in response to nervous activity. As discussed by Cura et al. [322] there are two types of changes that may occur quickly (see following), one is recruitment of additional preformed GLUT1 from intracellular stores and the other is an increase in transport rate for the existing GLUT1. Both may be occurring. There are suggestions that these changes may result in large effects, but there is no clear evidence of which if any are important at the blood–brain barrier.
With regard to GLUT1 recruitment to the cell surface, it can be detected not only on the luminal and abluminal membranes but also on vesicle membranes within the cytoplasm of brain endothelial cells [521]. Early studies on recruitment in a number of tissues were reviewed by Carruthers [328]. Subsequently it has been found that activation of AMP protein kinase (AMPK) by AMP when AMP is produced from ATP in response to nerve activity can in turn lead to recruitment to the cell surface. With cell culture systems including brain endothelial cells recruitment in response to AMP can be large, resulting in a two to threefold increase in GLUT1 at the plasma membrane [322, 522, 523].
With regard to modification of GLUT1 transport rate, it is known from studies on red blood cells that GLUT1 can be substantially inhibited by binding of ATP, an effect that is inhibited by AMP. When ATP hydrolysis is stimulated, ATP concentrations decrease and AMP concentrations increase, both of these events acting to release inhibition of GLUT1 [322, 524]. This effect can be large, a four to tenfold increase in glucose transport. Because increased AMP can increase both recruitment and activity of GLUT1 at the cell surface, it is easily imagined that small changes in AMP levels in endothelial cells could increase glucose transport sufficiently to support increased nervous activity.
Summary
Substances can be eliminated from the brain parenchyma either by metabolism or efflux. This review considers efflux, which can occur via perivascular routes or via the blood–brain barrier. The quantitative importance of these different mechanisms is assessed using clearance defined as the rate of elimination of the substance from interstitial fluid (ISF) divided by its ISF concentration (see Appendix A). If the rate of elimination and the concentration can both be measured, the clearance is calculated using this definition. Often, however, it is calculated from the half-life and volume of distribution of the substance as explained in Appendix A. The total clearance of a substance is the sum of its clearances by all mechanisms.
Table 6 (see also Tables 1 and 7) lists a number of substances that are cleared by different mechanisms together with indication of the values of their clearances. The last row in the table indicates the clearance of markers for perivascular elimination. These are substances that are known to be neither transported across the blood–brain barrier nor metabolised at a significant rate but leave entirely by perivascular routes (see Appendix B). Each of these markers has a total clearance that is similar to the others. Every water soluble substance in ISF will have a total clearance at least this large, about 1 µL g−1 min−1, because the clearances by other mechanisms will be added on top of this basal value.
Table 6 Overview of efflux routes showing clearance values for substances leaving the brain parenchyma from ISF
Substances Features Clearance/µL g−1 min−1
Passive, non-specific transfer across the blood–brain barrier
H2Oa, CO2b, O2c, NH3c Very small molecules 1000–7000a, > 6500 largeb
Methanol, ethanol, antipyrine, isopropanol Highly lipid soluble moleculesd > 100
Glycerol, ethylene glycol, butyric acid Moderately lipid solubled 100 > CL > 10
Transfer across the blood–brain barrier by specific transporters
Glucosee Via GLUT1 50–100
Lactatef Via MCT1 60–100
Many substratesg Via Slc22 and Slco transporters 11–364
Amino acidsh Via L, A, ASC, N, y+, EAAT and others Seeh
K+i Via several routes including the Na+ pump and NKCC1i 11.3
Efflux via blood–brain barrier and perivascular fluxes
Amyloid-βk Primarily across blood–brain barrier ~10k
Na+ j, Cl− j mannitoll Via both blood–brain barrier and perivascular routes c. 1–2
Efflux via perivascular routes only
Sucrose, inulin, albumin, larger dextrans and PEGsm Used as markers for perivascular efflux c. 1
Values substantially greater than ~ 1 µL g−1 min−1 imply that clearance is primarily across the blood–brain barrier rather than via perivascular efflux
aSee Sect. 5.1
bSee Sect. 5.2
cClearance known to be large but difficult to measure
dSee Fig. 8
eSee Sect. 5.3 and Appendix D
fSee Sect. 5.4
gSee Table 1
hNet fluxes at blood–brain barrier 1–20 nmol g−1 min−1, perivascular effluxes (except glutamine) ~ 0.1 nmol g−1 min−1, glutamine ~ 1 nmol g−1 min−1
iSee Appendix E, NKCC1 is the Na+, K+, 2Cl−—cotransporter; jsee Appendix E
kSee Sect. 5.7.3
lSee Appendix B
mNegligible blood–brain barrier clearance, see Sect. 3 and Appendix B
Table 7 Blood–brain permeability-surface area products (PS) from influx data and calculated blood–brain barrier efflux rate constants, keff,BBB for mannitol, sucrose and inulin
PS/(10−2 µL g−1 min−1) keff,BBB/min−1
Mannitol
Ohno et al. [591] 180 0.0090
Amtorp [592] 121 0.0061
Preston et al. [593] 72 0.0036
Sisson and Oldendorf [594] 10 0.0005
Daniel et al. [595] 49 0.0025
Preston and Haas [531] as purchaseda, c 68 0.0034
Purifiedc 44 0.0022
Average 0.0040
s.e.m 0.0013
Sucrose
Ohno et al. [591] 40 0.002
Amtorp [592] 20 0.001
Preston et al. [593] 48 0.0024
Davson and Spaziani # [596] 22 0.0011
Reed and Woodbury [597] 5.3 0.00026
Cameron et al. # [598] 33 0.0017
Preston and Haas [531] as purchaseda, c 37 0.0019
Purifiedc 15.3 0.00076
Smith [599] 24 0.0012
Preston and Webster 2002 [600] 11.8 0.00059
Miah et al. [532] radiolabelleda 40 0.002
Miah et al. [532] mass spec. 4 0.0002
Average 0.0011
s.e.m 0.0002
Inulin
Ohno et al. [591] 1.44–2 0.00008
Amtorp [592] 15 0.00075
Preston et al. [593] 9 0.00045
Reed and Woodbury [597] < ~ 0.3 0.00002
Daniel et al. [595] 6 0.0003
Smith [599] < 1.5 0.00006
Preston and Webster [600] 3.9 0.0002
Kakee et al. [601]b 30 0.0015
Average 0.00027
s.e.m 0.00010
The volume of distribution is assumed to be 0.2 mL g−1. Italic values are excluded from calculations because athey are for comparison with the accompanying values or bit is an outlier, more than 4 st. dev. from the mean of the other values for inulin. The values for mannitol and sucrose marked care reported for the radiolabelled substances both as purchased and following purification to remove impurities which might be transported more rapidly (see text). The average for sucrose is significantly different from than that for mannitol, p = 0.012, and that for inulin different from that for sucrose, p = 0.01. Data obtained with rats (except # in rabbits)
Perivascular transport is a relatively non-selective flow-based process. The mechanism and detailed route of this transport have attracted a great deal of attention. Controversies still not finally resolved include: (i) the direction of solute movements and flows in periarterial and perivenous routes (Sects. 3.1 and 3.2); (ii) whether perivascular pathways are spaces containing free fluid or basement membranes (Sect. 3.1” section and Footnote 5); (iii) the driving force for the flows (Sect. 3.2); (iv) whether the immediate destination of perivascular efflux is CSF or lymph (Sect. 3.1, Fig. 6 and Footnote 6); and (v) whether there is enough flow either through the parenchyma or via perivascular routes along capillaries to allow there to be a net periarterial inflow and a net perivenous outflow as proposed in the glymphatic hypothesis (Sects. 3.2 and 3.2.1). The evidence for the involvement of flow or convection in perivascular transport of solutes is convincing but flow appears not to be important for transfers of solutes within the interstitial spaces of the parenchyma. Further work is required before it will be possible to reach a definite conclusion whether or not there is a net inward flow along arteries and net outward flow along veins as proposed in the glymphatic hypothesis.
Transport across the blood–brain barrier can occur by a number of different mechanisms (see Fig. 3). The simplest of these, appropriate for small molecules that are lipid soluble, is diffusion across the lipid membranes and cytoplasm of brain endothelial cells (Sect. 4.1 and Appendix C). The blood–brain barrier is the main route for the large fluxes of water measured using tracers (Sect. 5.1), but it is almost certainly not the main route for the net inward flux of water into the brain because it is not the main route for net inward flux of Na+ or Cl− (see [4, 41]). The net inward flux of water, which occurs primarily at the choroid plexuses, together with the metabolic production of water, must balance the net outward flow of water as CSF and ISF are returned to blood and/or lymph. With the polar solutes Na+, Cl−, and mannitol the small fluxes that have been observed in tracer studies may be via a small “leak” through the tight junctions (Sects. 4.1 and 5.6 and Appendix B).
For many relatively small polar molecules there are specific transporters in the membranes (Sects. 4.2 and 5.2 through 5.6). Not surprisingly GLUT1, the transporter for glucose, is highly abundant in the endothelial cell membranes and glucose transport is rapid (Sect. 5.3 and Appendix D). The need for an increased glucose supply during periods of enhanced nervous activity is considered in Sect. 6.2. While lactate is also transported rapidly across the blood–brain barrier at low concentrations (Sect. 5.4), during nervous activity lactate must to some extent either be transferred to inactive regions within the brain or be effluxed to CSF or lymph. Amino acid transport (Sect. 5.5) is more complicated in that there are many different amino acids that are to some extent inter-convertible by transamination. Furthermore there are many different transporters with differing but overlapping substrate preferences (Sect. 5.5.6). The largest fluxes of amino acids across the blood–brain barrier measured using radiotracers are for the large neutral amino acids. However, these occur via a system that mediates obligatory exchanges of amino acids without resulting in an overall net flux (Sect. 5.5.4). The net inward flux of the large neutral amino acids is small compared to the rate at which they are used to allow synthesis of proteins and the neurotransmitters, glutamate and GABA. This implies substantial reuse of amino acids and the corresponding α-keto-acids when proteins, glutamate and GABA are catabolized within the cells (see Sect. 5.5.5).
Receptor mediated transcytosis can transport large molecules across the blood–brain barrier. Amyloid-β is an important example (Sect. 5.7) of a substance primarily eliminated by this mechanism. Amyloid-β can also leave the brain parenchyma via perivascular efflux and this may be important as the route by which amyloid-β reaches arterial walls resulting in cerebral amyloid angiopathy.
The majority of substances listed in Table 6 have total clearances greater than those for inulin and sucrose, which implies that they are leaving the brain by routes in addition to the perivascular pathways. For those whose clearances are not much greater than 1 µL g−1 min−1, perivascular transport will still make a noticeable contribution. Na+ and Cl− enter and leave the brain parenchyma by perivascular and blood–brain barrier routes and both will be important in processes like the development and resolution of oedema (not considered in this review). Non-metabolized substances with clearances greater than about 10 µL g−1 min−1 leave the brain parenchyma primarily via transport across the blood–brain barrier.
Conclusion
This review has assessed the evidence from a number of different sources regarding the routes and mechanisms of elimination of substances from the brain parenchyma. Early studies comprehensively and admirably reviewed by Bradbury [55] and by Davson and Segal [56] revealed that there were two important routes, across the blood–brain barrier and via cerebrospinal fluid (CSF). For glucose, O2 and CO2 it was obvious that exchanges across the blood–brain barrier were dominant. At the other extreme for sucrose and inulin the concentrations in the parenchyma followed those in CSF much more closely than those in blood plasma. For Na+ and Cl− it was clear that both routes were important. For certain specific substances, e.g. Ca2+, Mg2+ and some vitamins and hormones the major route of entry is secretion by the choroid plexuses followed by distribution around the brain in CSF. However, the discovery of specific transporters for many substances at the blood–brain barrier and the finding, based largely on the work of Cserr and associates [82, 83, 126, 525], that efflux of solutes from the parenchyma to CSF was slow with half-lives of many hours led to the view that entry of most substances to the parenchyma was via the blood–brain barrier.
There were early suggestions that movements of large molecules between the parenchyma and CSF could be faster than seen in Cserr’s work. The first of these was the work of Wagner [68] followed by Rennels et al. [69, 135] on entry and exit of horseradish peroxidase. Within an hour of being added to CSF, it could be seen outlining blood vessels deep in the parenchyma. Somewhat later Shibata et al. [62] found that the half-life of inulin was shorter than expected and Groothuis et al. [131] found that when rats were anaesthetized with barbiturates the half-life for sucrose was as Cserr had seen with albumin, but when animals were either awake or anaesthetized with ketamine/zylazine the half-life was much shorter (see Table 1).
The recent explosion of interest in perivascular routes for delivery to and removal of substances from the parenchyma stems largely from observations made using two photon fluorescence microscopy and magnetic resonance imaging [25, 526]. These led to the proposal that there is a “glymphatic pathway” through which CSF flows into and within the parenchyma propelling “the waste products of metabolism into the paravenous space” [136]. As discussed in this review there is convincing evidence for perivascular routes of access to the parenchyma from CSF and also exit from the parenchyma to CSF and/or lymph. However, the balance of available evidence does not support a “glymphatic pathway” for flow through the parenchyma.
Perivascular pathways are the principal routes of elimination of sucrose, inulin, and serum albumin. The blood–brain barrier is the principal site of efflux of many solutes including CO2, O2, glucose, lactate, K+, amino acids, many lipid soluble substances, many substrates of the SLC transporters (Sect. 4.2.2) and a few substrates carried across the endothelial cells by transcytosis. Both routes are important for movements of Na+, Cl− and water and both will be important in processes like the development and resolution of oedema (not considered in this review). With important exceptions including Na+, and Cl−, the available evidence can be summarized with a broad generalization: if there is a transport mechanism for a substance at the blood–brain barrier, then the blood–brain barrier is more important than perivascular pathways for the elimination of that substance.
Abbreviations, names and symbols
Abbreviations
α-KG: α-ketoglutarate; α-KIC: α-ketoisocaproic acid; Aβ: amyloid-β = β amyloid; AMT: adsorptive mediated transcytosis; ANLS: astrocyte neuron lactate shuttle (hypothesis); apoE: apolipoprotein E; apoJ: clusterin; A − V difference: the difference between the concentrations in arterial blood entering and venous blood leaving the brain; BCAA: branched chain amino acid (large neutral amino acid); BCH: 2-aminobicyclo-(2,2,1)-heptane-2-carboxylic acid; BCKA: branched chain α-ketoacid (deaminated BCAA); BUI: brain uptake index; CSF: cerebrospinal fluid; ISF: interstitial fluid; LFER: linear free energy relations (Appendix C); LRP1, LRP2: low density receptor related proteins 1 and 2; MAO: monoamine oxidase; MeAIB, αMeAIB: α-(methylamino)isobutyric acid = N-methyl-α-aminoisobutyric acid; MW: molecular weight (dimensionless, MW of 12C is 12); NMR: nuclear magnetic resonance; PICALM: phosphatidylinositol-binding clathrin assembly protein; RAGE: receptor for advanced glycation end products; RMT: receptor mediated transcytosis; sLRP1: water soluble truncated form of LRP1; TfR: transferrin receptor; THO: tritiated water; VLDLR: very low-density lipoprotein receptor.
Symbols
β2H: solute hydrogen bond basicity (Appendix C); c (cisf, cplasma): concentration (in ISF or plasma); CL (CLBBB, CLperivascular): clearance (via blood–brain barrier or perivascular routes); CMRglc: cerebral metabolic rate of glucose; D: diffusion constant; F: Faraday constant; ΔGx/y: free energy change for the transfer from y to x (e.g. Eq. 5); J: flux; Jinf: water influx (measured using THO); Jnet: water net flux (in response to an osmotic gradient); Km: Michaelis–Menten constant for an enzyme reaction (e.g. by hexokinase) or transport process; Kt: apparent dissociation constant when Michaelis–Menten-like expressions (e.g. Eq. 28) are fitted to flux data for carrier transport; Kx/y: partition coefficient from y to x (e.g. Eq. 5); k: rate constant; keff: rate constant for efflux; keff,BBB: rate constant for efflux across the blood–brain barrier; N: amount (not to be confused with N, nitrogen); π2H : polarizability (Appendix C); P: permeability; PS: permeability surface area product; Pw,osmotic: water permeability calculated from net flux down an osmotic gradient; Pw,tracer: water permeability measured using tracers; R: universal gas constant; Rin: rate of input; Relim: rate of elimination; R1, R2, R3: different rates of input (Sect. 6); R2: excess molar refraction (Appendix C); S: surface area of microvessels; T: absolute temperature; T (Appendix E), period of time during which influx occurs; Tinf: influx (Appendix D); Teff: efflux (Appendix D); Tmax: maximum rate of transport in Michaelis–Menten type equations (Appendix D); Tnet: net flux (Appendix D); t: time; t1/2: half-life; Vbr: volume of distribution (Appendix E); V¯brain: conversion factor between the mass and volume of the brain, assumed to be 1 cm3 g−1 (Appendix E); VD: volume of distribution; Vx: molecular volume (Appendix C); z: charge on an ion, e.g. 1 for Na+.
Amino acid systems and transporters (see Fig. 19)23
system A: transport system for alanine and other amino acids, transports MeAIB; system ASC neutral amino acid transporter; system L: large neutral amino acid transport (4F2hc/Lat1 in the rat), transports BCH; system N: Na+-linked transport system for large N rich amino acids, e.g. glutamine, see SNAT; system xc−: cystine, glutamate exchange (mediated by 4F2hc/xCT); system XAG−: possible glutamate transport in luminal membrane; system y+: amino acid transport mediated by CAT1 at blood–brain barrier; system y+L: possible transport of neutral amino acids; ASCT2: Na+-dependent transporter for neutral amino acids (system ASC); ATA2: Na+-linked transporter—alanine preferring (system A); ATBo,+: neutral and basic amino acid transporter; CAT-1: cationic amino acid transporter 1; EAAT1, EAAT3: excitatory amino acid transporters 1 and 3 (abluminal membrane); Na+-LNAA: Na+ linked large neutral amino acid transporter (unknown gene); SNAT3: transporter for N rich amino acids (e.g. glutamine) linked to Na+/H+ exchange; 4F2hc/Lat1: heterodimeric transporter for large neutral amino acids, obligatory exchanger.
Other transporters and enzymes
BCRP: breast cancer resistance protein; gdh: glutamate dehydrogenase; GLUT1: glucose transporter 1 (not Na+-linked); g.s: glutamine synthetase; MCT1: monocarboxylate transporter 1; MRP1, MRP4: multidrug resistance proteins 1 and 4; OAT, Oat: organic anion transporter in HUMAN or other species; OATp, Oatp: organic anion transporting polypeptide in HUMAN or other species; OCT, Oct: organic cation transporter in HUMAN or other species; Pgp: p-glycoprotein; SLC (as in SLc22a8): gene name for a solute carrier (gene for Oat3); t.a: transaminase.
Additional file
Additional file 1. Spreadsheet to be used in fitting the carrier equations described in Appendix 4 to the data reported by Betz et al [327]. A number of fits are provided that can be inspected using Microsoft Excel. Generation of additional fits requires use of the Solver Add-in.
|
|
sec
|
Background
Maintaining the status quo of the cellular environment in the brain is essential for correct functioning of neurons. Thus the brain is protected by being separated from the rest of the body by a set of barriers. These barriers hinder entry of unwanted substances from the circulation but at the same time provide for the removal of potentially toxic substances that have inadvertently entered or been produced within the brain. These barriers will of course present challenges for delivery of nutrients, essential for normal brain growth, metabolism and function.
The brain is effectively a greatly distorted blind-ended tube. The four ventricles (see Fig. 1) form the inside of the tube and the brain parenchyma, comprised of brain cells and the interstitial spaces between them, makes up the wall. The tube is surrounded by the subarachnoid spaces, which in this discussion are taken to include the basal cisterns. Both ventricles and subarachnoid spaces are filled with cerebrospinal fluid (CSF). The inside of the tube at the IVth ventricle is connected to the outside of the tube at the cisterna magna via the foramina of Magendie and Luschka. The subarachnoid spaces are bounded on their outside by the outer meninges composed of the arachnoid and the dura (see Fig. 2 inset), which are in turn encased by the skull (see [1]). On their inside the subarachnoid spaces are separated from the brain parenchyma by a cell layer, the pia mater or inner meninges, and one or more layers of astrocyte endfeet, the glia limitans. The surfaces of the parenchyma adjacent to the ventricles are covered by a layer of cells, the ependyma (see Fig. 2 inset).
Fig. 1 Mid-saggital section of the brain showing locations of the ventricles, cerebral aqueduct, subarachnoid spaces (including the basal cisterns) and choroid plexuses. The choroid plexuses are discrete epithelial structures located in the cerebral ventricles that secrete cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) shown in pale blue, which fills the ventricles and subarachnoid spaces. Normally there is net flow of CSF from the ventricles into the cisterna magna and from there to the other subarachnoid spaces of the brain and spinal cord. Reproduced but relabelled with permission from Strazielle et al. [20]
Fig. 2 Schematic diagrams of the lateral surface of the brain showing a the arterial supply and b the venous drainage with an inset indicating the relations of the pia, the ependyma and the perivascular spaces to the brain parenchyma. The large vessels run parallel to the surfaces of the brain, with smaller branches that penetrate into the parenchyma more or less perpendicular to the surfaces (see inset). Points of penetration of the vessels down into the parenchyma are indicated by black dots at the end of vessels. Branching of arteries continues within the parenchyma yielding arterioles and eventually capillaries that then join forming venules and then veins. These merge and drain into the large veins and venous sinuses on the surface. As discussed in the text blood vessels within the parenchyma have associated perivascular spaces that provide preferential routes for materials to enter and leave the parenchyma. Figure drawn by Robert G. Thorne and used with permission. See [639] for a succinct but still thorough description of human anatomy relevant to delivery of substances to the brain and their removal from it
Current evidence indicates that most of the CSF is secreted into the ventricles by the choroid plexuses (see Fig. 1 and for reviews [2–4]). While there are to and fro movements of CSF driven by the cardiac and respiratory cycles [5–7] and considerable convective mixing of CSF within the ventricles [8, 9], net flow is normally from the choroid plexuses in the ventricles towards the cisterna magna and onwards via the subarachnoid spaces to the various sites of CSF outflow. Most but not all studies show that in the absence of hydrocephalus there is transfer of solutes and fluid through the cerebral aqueduct connecting the IIIrd to the IVth ventricle but only limited transfers from the IVth to the IIIrd ventricle [9–16].1
The cells of the ependymal layer bordering the ventricles are not bound together by tight junctions and the layer is thought to be permeable to small solutes and proteins [17–20]. However, diffusion in the parenchyma is too slow to transfer material more than several hundred microns within 1–2 h2 (see e.g. [17, 21–25]). Thus normally neither transfer across the ependyma nor flow of CSF provides a rapid route for substances to reach the choroid plexuses from most of the parenchyma. For this reason, other than as the primary source of CSF, the choroid plexuses do not feature prominently in this review, which is concerned primarily with elimination of substances from the parenchyma.3 Readers interested in transporters at the choroid plexuses and the transport they mediate are well served by other reviews [2–4, 20, 26–38].
The brain parenchyma is extensively vascularized (see Fig. 2). Blood arrives in large arteries which course over the outer surfaces of the brain before diving into the parenchyma. Similarly blood leaves the parenchyma in veins and venous sinuses also located at the outer surfaces. Within the parenchyma the arterial vessels branch out leading eventually to microvessels which then join together to form veins. There are so many microvessels that at least one is within a few tens of microns of every parenchymal cell. The endothelial cells lining the microvessels in the brain provide the blood–brain barrier, the most important route for exchange of materials between blood and parenchyma. Three important characteristics of the barrier are: the microvessels are close to each other so that diffusion distances are short; the surface area of the barrier is enormous, and the barrier is permeable to those substances required to move readily in or out of the brain.
In addition to the blood–brain barrier there are perivascular spaces that can provide conduits for substances to move into and out of the brain parenchyma. (“Perivascular” is used here to describe various possible routes available along the walls of blood vessels but separated from the blood flowing through the vascular lumen (see “Nomenclature”, p. 59 in [4] and similar usage in [16, 39, 40]). As indicated schematically in the inset of Fig. 2, these spaces are to be found around the arteries entering and the veins leaving the parenchyma (see Sect. 3.1). They provide routes for movement of substances between parenchyma and the CSF in the subarachnoid spaces or possibly directly to lymph. As discussed in Sect. 3, such movement is much faster than could be supported by diffusion alone. By contrast movement of substances between CSF and parenchyma across the pia/glial layers and ependyma is limited by diffusion in the parenchyma (in the absence of imposed osmotic gradients or infusions of fluid) and, except for regions of parenchyma very close to the surfaces (or to some extent in white matter, see Sect. 3.1), is much slower than movement via the perivascular spaces. Hence the major routes for efflux of substances from the brain parenchyma are transfer across the blood–brain barrier and movements towards the outer surfaces of the brain via the perivascular spaces.
The blood–brain barrier provides a route for efflux of solutes that are sufficiently small and lipid soluble (see Sect. 4.1) and it also contains specific transporters that can transfer many polar substances. The perivascular route is especially important for the elimination of large or polar solutes for which there are no specific transporters (see Sect. 3).
The types of mechanisms present at the blood–brain barrier that allow easy passage of nutrients like glucose and amino acids and wastes like CO2 are shown in Fig. 3 along with indication of the need for expulsion of substances that should not be allowed to enter or accumulate in the brain. Because the gaps between the endothelial cells are occluded by tight junctions that greatly reduce the paracellular passage of solutes even as small as sugars and inorganic ions like Na+, K+ and Cl−,4 to enter or leave the brain across the blood–brain barrier almost all substances must pass through the cells, which means they must cross both the luminal and abluminal membranes.
Fig. 3 Mechanisms for transfers into and out of the brain across the blood–brain barrier and the need for efflux mechanisms. Passive, non-specific transfers can occur via paracellular and transcellular routes, though the rates for paracellular transfer are small. Specific transcellular transport can be passive or active. In addition to the transfers for well-known substances many others are able to enter at various rates, either because they are sufficiently small and lipid-soluble or because barrier mechanisms are not perfect. Substances which enter even though they shouldn’t or are produced “accidentally” by metabolism cannot be allowed to accumulate within the brain. Thus there must be mechanisms for eliminating them
Polar substances like sugars, amino-acids, and many foreign molecules can cross the blood–brain barrier rapidly only if there are specific mechanisms provided (see Sect. 4). Indeed the blood–brain barrier has very low permeability to those polar substances that are unable to be carried by specific transporters. By contrast lipid soluble substances that are small (MW < ~ 600) and so able to cross cell membranes unaided are more likely to be able to cross the blood–brain barrier into the brain. However even some of these are denied entry by specific efflux mechanisms that transport them back to blood from the endothelial cells, e.g. by ABC efflux transporters, notably p-glycoprotein (Pgp), and breast-cancer resistance protein (BCRP), or by metabolism within the cells, e.g. by monoamine oxidase (MAO).
Much is known and has been written about how substances enter the brain, about how others are prevented from doing this, and about the importance of the blood–brain barrier for delivery of drugs to the brain. Reviews include those dealing with glucose, water, and inorganic ions [2–4, 41]; those considering amino acids [4, 42–44]; and those concerned with a wide variety of other substances [20, 30, 32, 36, 38, 45–51]. However, much less has been investigated and/or written about how substances are eliminated from the brain. As indicated in Fig. 3 though there are numerous mechanisms for reducing entry of unwanted substances, it is equally important to have some means of expelling unwanted substances including those that have gained entry and those that have been formed within the brain (see Fig. 4). The rate of elimination is important for all substances that can enter and leave the brain because it determines the concentrations that can be achieved for any rate of entry. In the case of administered drugs, the rate of elimination also determines how long concentrations will persist between or after doses.
Fig. 4 Elimination of unwanted substances can be either by efflux alone or it can be by metabolism followed by efflux of the metabolites
Elimination thus plays a key role in maintenance of the status quo in the brain. The principles involved in balancing inputs and outputs and what is meant by “clearance” are both considered more fully in Sect. 6. The relationship between rates of elimination, clearances, permeability-area products, volumes of distribution and half-lives together with the units used are described in Appendix A. The routes of elimination and the mechanisms by which elimination is brought about are the main subjects of this review.
|
|
title
|
Background
|
|
p
|
Maintaining the status quo of the cellular environment in the brain is essential for correct functioning of neurons. Thus the brain is protected by being separated from the rest of the body by a set of barriers. These barriers hinder entry of unwanted substances from the circulation but at the same time provide for the removal of potentially toxic substances that have inadvertently entered or been produced within the brain. These barriers will of course present challenges for delivery of nutrients, essential for normal brain growth, metabolism and function.
|
|
p
|
The brain is effectively a greatly distorted blind-ended tube. The four ventricles (see Fig. 1) form the inside of the tube and the brain parenchyma, comprised of brain cells and the interstitial spaces between them, makes up the wall. The tube is surrounded by the subarachnoid spaces, which in this discussion are taken to include the basal cisterns. Both ventricles and subarachnoid spaces are filled with cerebrospinal fluid (CSF). The inside of the tube at the IVth ventricle is connected to the outside of the tube at the cisterna magna via the foramina of Magendie and Luschka. The subarachnoid spaces are bounded on their outside by the outer meninges composed of the arachnoid and the dura (see Fig. 2 inset), which are in turn encased by the skull (see [1]). On their inside the subarachnoid spaces are separated from the brain parenchyma by a cell layer, the pia mater or inner meninges, and one or more layers of astrocyte endfeet, the glia limitans. The surfaces of the parenchyma adjacent to the ventricles are covered by a layer of cells, the ependyma (see Fig. 2 inset).
Fig. 1 Mid-saggital section of the brain showing locations of the ventricles, cerebral aqueduct, subarachnoid spaces (including the basal cisterns) and choroid plexuses. The choroid plexuses are discrete epithelial structures located in the cerebral ventricles that secrete cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) shown in pale blue, which fills the ventricles and subarachnoid spaces. Normally there is net flow of CSF from the ventricles into the cisterna magna and from there to the other subarachnoid spaces of the brain and spinal cord. Reproduced but relabelled with permission from Strazielle et al. [20]
Fig. 2 Schematic diagrams of the lateral surface of the brain showing a the arterial supply and b the venous drainage with an inset indicating the relations of the pia, the ependyma and the perivascular spaces to the brain parenchyma. The large vessels run parallel to the surfaces of the brain, with smaller branches that penetrate into the parenchyma more or less perpendicular to the surfaces (see inset). Points of penetration of the vessels down into the parenchyma are indicated by black dots at the end of vessels. Branching of arteries continues within the parenchyma yielding arterioles and eventually capillaries that then join forming venules and then veins. These merge and drain into the large veins and venous sinuses on the surface. As discussed in the text blood vessels within the parenchyma have associated perivascular spaces that provide preferential routes for materials to enter and leave the parenchyma. Figure drawn by Robert G. Thorne and used with permission. See [639] for a succinct but still thorough description of human anatomy relevant to delivery of substances to the brain and their removal from it
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 1 Mid-saggital section of the brain showing locations of the ventricles, cerebral aqueduct, subarachnoid spaces (including the basal cisterns) and choroid plexuses. The choroid plexuses are discrete epithelial structures located in the cerebral ventricles that secrete cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) shown in pale blue, which fills the ventricles and subarachnoid spaces. Normally there is net flow of CSF from the ventricles into the cisterna magna and from there to the other subarachnoid spaces of the brain and spinal cord. Reproduced but relabelled with permission from Strazielle et al. [20]
|
|
label
|
Fig. 1
|
|
caption
|
Mid-saggital section of the brain showing locations of the ventricles, cerebral aqueduct, subarachnoid spaces (including the basal cisterns) and choroid plexuses. The choroid plexuses are discrete epithelial structures located in the cerebral ventricles that secrete cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) shown in pale blue, which fills the ventricles and subarachnoid spaces. Normally there is net flow of CSF from the ventricles into the cisterna magna and from there to the other subarachnoid spaces of the brain and spinal cord. Reproduced but relabelled with permission from Strazielle et al. [20]
|
|
p
|
Mid-saggital section of the brain showing locations of the ventricles, cerebral aqueduct, subarachnoid spaces (including the basal cisterns) and choroid plexuses. The choroid plexuses are discrete epithelial structures located in the cerebral ventricles that secrete cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) shown in pale blue, which fills the ventricles and subarachnoid spaces. Normally there is net flow of CSF from the ventricles into the cisterna magna and from there to the other subarachnoid spaces of the brain and spinal cord. Reproduced but relabelled with permission from Strazielle et al. [20]
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 2 Schematic diagrams of the lateral surface of the brain showing a the arterial supply and b the venous drainage with an inset indicating the relations of the pia, the ependyma and the perivascular spaces to the brain parenchyma. The large vessels run parallel to the surfaces of the brain, with smaller branches that penetrate into the parenchyma more or less perpendicular to the surfaces (see inset). Points of penetration of the vessels down into the parenchyma are indicated by black dots at the end of vessels. Branching of arteries continues within the parenchyma yielding arterioles and eventually capillaries that then join forming venules and then veins. These merge and drain into the large veins and venous sinuses on the surface. As discussed in the text blood vessels within the parenchyma have associated perivascular spaces that provide preferential routes for materials to enter and leave the parenchyma. Figure drawn by Robert G. Thorne and used with permission. See [639] for a succinct but still thorough description of human anatomy relevant to delivery of substances to the brain and their removal from it
|
|
label
|
Fig. 2
|
|
caption
|
Schematic diagrams of the lateral surface of the brain showing a the arterial supply and b the venous drainage with an inset indicating the relations of the pia, the ependyma and the perivascular spaces to the brain parenchyma. The large vessels run parallel to the surfaces of the brain, with smaller branches that penetrate into the parenchyma more or less perpendicular to the surfaces (see inset). Points of penetration of the vessels down into the parenchyma are indicated by black dots at the end of vessels. Branching of arteries continues within the parenchyma yielding arterioles and eventually capillaries that then join forming venules and then veins. These merge and drain into the large veins and venous sinuses on the surface. As discussed in the text blood vessels within the parenchyma have associated perivascular spaces that provide preferential routes for materials to enter and leave the parenchyma. Figure drawn by Robert G. Thorne and used with permission. See [639] for a succinct but still thorough description of human anatomy relevant to delivery of substances to the brain and their removal from it
|
|
p
|
Schematic diagrams of the lateral surface of the brain showing a the arterial supply and b the venous drainage with an inset indicating the relations of the pia, the ependyma and the perivascular spaces to the brain parenchyma. The large vessels run parallel to the surfaces of the brain, with smaller branches that penetrate into the parenchyma more or less perpendicular to the surfaces (see inset). Points of penetration of the vessels down into the parenchyma are indicated by black dots at the end of vessels. Branching of arteries continues within the parenchyma yielding arterioles and eventually capillaries that then join forming venules and then veins. These merge and drain into the large veins and venous sinuses on the surface. As discussed in the text blood vessels within the parenchyma have associated perivascular spaces that provide preferential routes for materials to enter and leave the parenchyma. Figure drawn by Robert G. Thorne and used with permission. See [639] for a succinct but still thorough description of human anatomy relevant to delivery of substances to the brain and their removal from it
|
|
p
|
Current evidence indicates that most of the CSF is secreted into the ventricles by the choroid plexuses (see Fig. 1 and for reviews [2–4]). While there are to and fro movements of CSF driven by the cardiac and respiratory cycles [5–7] and considerable convective mixing of CSF within the ventricles [8, 9], net flow is normally from the choroid plexuses in the ventricles towards the cisterna magna and onwards via the subarachnoid spaces to the various sites of CSF outflow. Most but not all studies show that in the absence of hydrocephalus there is transfer of solutes and fluid through the cerebral aqueduct connecting the IIIrd to the IVth ventricle but only limited transfers from the IVth to the IIIrd ventricle [9–16].1
|
|
p
|
The cells of the ependymal layer bordering the ventricles are not bound together by tight junctions and the layer is thought to be permeable to small solutes and proteins [17–20]. However, diffusion in the parenchyma is too slow to transfer material more than several hundred microns within 1–2 h2 (see e.g. [17, 21–25]). Thus normally neither transfer across the ependyma nor flow of CSF provides a rapid route for substances to reach the choroid plexuses from most of the parenchyma. For this reason, other than as the primary source of CSF, the choroid plexuses do not feature prominently in this review, which is concerned primarily with elimination of substances from the parenchyma.3 Readers interested in transporters at the choroid plexuses and the transport they mediate are well served by other reviews [2–4, 20, 26–38].
|
|
p
|
The brain parenchyma is extensively vascularized (see Fig. 2). Blood arrives in large arteries which course over the outer surfaces of the brain before diving into the parenchyma. Similarly blood leaves the parenchyma in veins and venous sinuses also located at the outer surfaces. Within the parenchyma the arterial vessels branch out leading eventually to microvessels which then join together to form veins. There are so many microvessels that at least one is within a few tens of microns of every parenchymal cell. The endothelial cells lining the microvessels in the brain provide the blood–brain barrier, the most important route for exchange of materials between blood and parenchyma. Three important characteristics of the barrier are: the microvessels are close to each other so that diffusion distances are short; the surface area of the barrier is enormous, and the barrier is permeable to those substances required to move readily in or out of the brain.
|
|
p
|
In addition to the blood–brain barrier there are perivascular spaces that can provide conduits for substances to move into and out of the brain parenchyma. (“Perivascular” is used here to describe various possible routes available along the walls of blood vessels but separated from the blood flowing through the vascular lumen (see “Nomenclature”, p. 59 in [4] and similar usage in [16, 39, 40]). As indicated schematically in the inset of Fig. 2, these spaces are to be found around the arteries entering and the veins leaving the parenchyma (see Sect. 3.1). They provide routes for movement of substances between parenchyma and the CSF in the subarachnoid spaces or possibly directly to lymph. As discussed in Sect. 3, such movement is much faster than could be supported by diffusion alone. By contrast movement of substances between CSF and parenchyma across the pia/glial layers and ependyma is limited by diffusion in the parenchyma (in the absence of imposed osmotic gradients or infusions of fluid) and, except for regions of parenchyma very close to the surfaces (or to some extent in white matter, see Sect. 3.1), is much slower than movement via the perivascular spaces. Hence the major routes for efflux of substances from the brain parenchyma are transfer across the blood–brain barrier and movements towards the outer surfaces of the brain via the perivascular spaces.
|
|
p
|
The blood–brain barrier provides a route for efflux of solutes that are sufficiently small and lipid soluble (see Sect. 4.1) and it also contains specific transporters that can transfer many polar substances. The perivascular route is especially important for the elimination of large or polar solutes for which there are no specific transporters (see Sect. 3).
|
|
p
|
The types of mechanisms present at the blood–brain barrier that allow easy passage of nutrients like glucose and amino acids and wastes like CO2 are shown in Fig. 3 along with indication of the need for expulsion of substances that should not be allowed to enter or accumulate in the brain. Because the gaps between the endothelial cells are occluded by tight junctions that greatly reduce the paracellular passage of solutes even as small as sugars and inorganic ions like Na+, K+ and Cl−,4 to enter or leave the brain across the blood–brain barrier almost all substances must pass through the cells, which means they must cross both the luminal and abluminal membranes.
Fig. 3 Mechanisms for transfers into and out of the brain across the blood–brain barrier and the need for efflux mechanisms. Passive, non-specific transfers can occur via paracellular and transcellular routes, though the rates for paracellular transfer are small. Specific transcellular transport can be passive or active. In addition to the transfers for well-known substances many others are able to enter at various rates, either because they are sufficiently small and lipid-soluble or because barrier mechanisms are not perfect. Substances which enter even though they shouldn’t or are produced “accidentally” by metabolism cannot be allowed to accumulate within the brain. Thus there must be mechanisms for eliminating them
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 3 Mechanisms for transfers into and out of the brain across the blood–brain barrier and the need for efflux mechanisms. Passive, non-specific transfers can occur via paracellular and transcellular routes, though the rates for paracellular transfer are small. Specific transcellular transport can be passive or active. In addition to the transfers for well-known substances many others are able to enter at various rates, either because they are sufficiently small and lipid-soluble or because barrier mechanisms are not perfect. Substances which enter even though they shouldn’t or are produced “accidentally” by metabolism cannot be allowed to accumulate within the brain. Thus there must be mechanisms for eliminating them
|
|
label
|
Fig. 3
|
|
caption
|
Mechanisms for transfers into and out of the brain across the blood–brain barrier and the need for efflux mechanisms. Passive, non-specific transfers can occur via paracellular and transcellular routes, though the rates for paracellular transfer are small. Specific transcellular transport can be passive or active. In addition to the transfers for well-known substances many others are able to enter at various rates, either because they are sufficiently small and lipid-soluble or because barrier mechanisms are not perfect. Substances which enter even though they shouldn’t or are produced “accidentally” by metabolism cannot be allowed to accumulate within the brain. Thus there must be mechanisms for eliminating them
|
|
p
|
Mechanisms for transfers into and out of the brain across the blood–brain barrier and the need for efflux mechanisms. Passive, non-specific transfers can occur via paracellular and transcellular routes, though the rates for paracellular transfer are small. Specific transcellular transport can be passive or active. In addition to the transfers for well-known substances many others are able to enter at various rates, either because they are sufficiently small and lipid-soluble or because barrier mechanisms are not perfect. Substances which enter even though they shouldn’t or are produced “accidentally” by metabolism cannot be allowed to accumulate within the brain. Thus there must be mechanisms for eliminating them
|
|
p
|
Polar substances like sugars, amino-acids, and many foreign molecules can cross the blood–brain barrier rapidly only if there are specific mechanisms provided (see Sect. 4). Indeed the blood–brain barrier has very low permeability to those polar substances that are unable to be carried by specific transporters. By contrast lipid soluble substances that are small (MW < ~ 600) and so able to cross cell membranes unaided are more likely to be able to cross the blood–brain barrier into the brain. However even some of these are denied entry by specific efflux mechanisms that transport them back to blood from the endothelial cells, e.g. by ABC efflux transporters, notably p-glycoprotein (Pgp), and breast-cancer resistance protein (BCRP), or by metabolism within the cells, e.g. by monoamine oxidase (MAO).
|
|
p
|
Much is known and has been written about how substances enter the brain, about how others are prevented from doing this, and about the importance of the blood–brain barrier for delivery of drugs to the brain. Reviews include those dealing with glucose, water, and inorganic ions [2–4, 41]; those considering amino acids [4, 42–44]; and those concerned with a wide variety of other substances [20, 30, 32, 36, 38, 45–51]. However, much less has been investigated and/or written about how substances are eliminated from the brain. As indicated in Fig. 3 though there are numerous mechanisms for reducing entry of unwanted substances, it is equally important to have some means of expelling unwanted substances including those that have gained entry and those that have been formed within the brain (see Fig. 4). The rate of elimination is important for all substances that can enter and leave the brain because it determines the concentrations that can be achieved for any rate of entry. In the case of administered drugs, the rate of elimination also determines how long concentrations will persist between or after doses.
Fig. 4 Elimination of unwanted substances can be either by efflux alone or it can be by metabolism followed by efflux of the metabolites
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 4 Elimination of unwanted substances can be either by efflux alone or it can be by metabolism followed by efflux of the metabolites
|
|
label
|
Fig. 4
|
|
caption
|
Elimination of unwanted substances can be either by efflux alone or it can be by metabolism followed by efflux of the metabolites
|
|
p
|
Elimination of unwanted substances can be either by efflux alone or it can be by metabolism followed by efflux of the metabolites
|
|
p
|
Elimination thus plays a key role in maintenance of the status quo in the brain. The principles involved in balancing inputs and outputs and what is meant by “clearance” are both considered more fully in Sect. 6. The relationship between rates of elimination, clearances, permeability-area products, volumes of distribution and half-lives together with the units used are described in Appendix A. The routes of elimination and the mechanisms by which elimination is brought about are the main subjects of this review.
|
|
sec
|
Removal of substances from the brain parenchyma: overview
There are three possible pathways by which substances can be removed from the brain parenchyma: via transport to blood across the blood–brain barrier; via exit to CSF or possibly directly to lymph followed by subsequent transfer to blood; or via metabolism to different substances. The relative importance of each of these pathways as a mechanism of removal depends on the nature of the substance under consideration.
In the case of metabolism, though the original substance is removed, the resulting metabolites still eventually require elimination as well. Glucose for instance is largely removed by metabolism to CO2 and water but these species must then exit the brain. At the opposite extreme inorganic ions such as Na+ and K+ cannot be metabolized and are removed by efflux in their original forms.
Convection of fluid along perivascular spaces facilitates efflux (as well as influx) of a range of large polar substances such as serum albumin, inulin, sucrose, and various dextrans and polyethylene glycols. Efflux of these substances from parenchyma to CSF (or lymph) via the perivascular spaces is relatively slow, taking hours, but it is still much more rapid than could be supported by diffusion over the large distances involved suggesting that it is occurring by some sort of flow (see Sect. 3.2). The exact ways in which perivascular influx and efflux of solutes and water take place have been controversial as considered in some detail in Sect. 3. Tarasoff-Conway et al. [52] have addressed the issue of perivascular clearance with particular regard to one particular solute, amyloid-β. Brinker et al. [53], Hladky and Barrand [41], Simon and Iliff [39], Coles et al. [1], Abbott et al. [40], and Benveniste et al. [54] have summarized the evidence concerning perivascular transport from various perspectives.
Transport across the blood–brain barrier is the dominant mechanism for removal of water and CO2 from brain parenchyma (for discussion and references see [4]). Molecules less lipid soluble or somewhat larger than H2O need specific transporters in the endothelial cell membranes of the barrier, e.g. for glucose GLUT1, which is found in both luminal and abluminal membranes. Transporters are present for a large number of substances [20, 31, 46, 55–58] (see Sect. 4.2). Certain larger solutes, e.g. insulin [59], transferrin [60, 61] and β-amyloid [62], may be transported across the blood–brain barrier by transcytosis [36, 63, 64] (see Sect. 4.3).
Many of the transporters found at the blood–brain barrier are capable of mediating not only efflux but also influx and have been studied more thoroughly from this standpoint. Other transporters, e.g. the ABC efflux pumps that are present in the luminal membranes of the endothelial cells (see Sect. 4.2.1), transfer many exogenous substances in an outward direction from endothelial cells to blood fuelled by the energy derived from ATP hydrolysis. This outward movement serves to decrease blood-to-brain influx as substances that enter the endothelial cells (or even just the luminal membranes of the cells) are returned to blood before they enter the brain proper. ABC transporters may also promote brain-to-blood efflux if there is some means for the substances to enter the endothelial cells across the abluminal membranes (see Sects. 4.2.1 and 4.2.2).
|
|
title
|
Removal of substances from the brain parenchyma: overview
|
|
p
|
There are three possible pathways by which substances can be removed from the brain parenchyma: via transport to blood across the blood–brain barrier; via exit to CSF or possibly directly to lymph followed by subsequent transfer to blood; or via metabolism to different substances. The relative importance of each of these pathways as a mechanism of removal depends on the nature of the substance under consideration.
|
|
p
|
In the case of metabolism, though the original substance is removed, the resulting metabolites still eventually require elimination as well. Glucose for instance is largely removed by metabolism to CO2 and water but these species must then exit the brain. At the opposite extreme inorganic ions such as Na+ and K+ cannot be metabolized and are removed by efflux in their original forms.
|
|
p
|
Convection of fluid along perivascular spaces facilitates efflux (as well as influx) of a range of large polar substances such as serum albumin, inulin, sucrose, and various dextrans and polyethylene glycols. Efflux of these substances from parenchyma to CSF (or lymph) via the perivascular spaces is relatively slow, taking hours, but it is still much more rapid than could be supported by diffusion over the large distances involved suggesting that it is occurring by some sort of flow (see Sect. 3.2). The exact ways in which perivascular influx and efflux of solutes and water take place have been controversial as considered in some detail in Sect. 3. Tarasoff-Conway et al. [52] have addressed the issue of perivascular clearance with particular regard to one particular solute, amyloid-β. Brinker et al. [53], Hladky and Barrand [41], Simon and Iliff [39], Coles et al. [1], Abbott et al. [40], and Benveniste et al. [54] have summarized the evidence concerning perivascular transport from various perspectives.
|
|
p
|
Transport across the blood–brain barrier is the dominant mechanism for removal of water and CO2 from brain parenchyma (for discussion and references see [4]). Molecules less lipid soluble or somewhat larger than H2O need specific transporters in the endothelial cell membranes of the barrier, e.g. for glucose GLUT1, which is found in both luminal and abluminal membranes. Transporters are present for a large number of substances [20, 31, 46, 55–58] (see Sect. 4.2). Certain larger solutes, e.g. insulin [59], transferrin [60, 61] and β-amyloid [62], may be transported across the blood–brain barrier by transcytosis [36, 63, 64] (see Sect. 4.3).
|
|
p
|
Many of the transporters found at the blood–brain barrier are capable of mediating not only efflux but also influx and have been studied more thoroughly from this standpoint. Other transporters, e.g. the ABC efflux pumps that are present in the luminal membranes of the endothelial cells (see Sect. 4.2.1), transfer many exogenous substances in an outward direction from endothelial cells to blood fuelled by the energy derived from ATP hydrolysis. This outward movement serves to decrease blood-to-brain influx as substances that enter the endothelial cells (or even just the luminal membranes of the cells) are returned to blood before they enter the brain proper. ABC transporters may also promote brain-to-blood efflux if there is some means for the substances to enter the endothelial cells across the abluminal membranes (see Sects. 4.2.1 and 4.2.2).
|
|
sec
|
Perivascular pathways
Routes of perivascular efflux
Some of the possible routes for perivascular movements of solutes are indicated in Fig. 5. Whether or not actual fluid filled spaces exist around the blood vessels, it is believed that substances can move along preferential routes parallel to the blood vessels. (The description that follows is primarily for grey matter. As suggested originally by Rosenberg et al. in 1980 [65] there are likely to be preferential routes for fluid movement parallel to axons in white matter. It should also be noted that there may be regional variations, see e.g. [66, 67]). The idea that the basement membranes of microvessels can provide a preferential route stems from observations that when horseradish peroxidase is introduced into CSF with consequential influx along arteries the peroxidase is found to be localized in the basement membranes around microvessels. The idea has subsequently been supported by similar observations for other macromolecules (see e.g. [16, 68–72]). However, calculations by Asgari et al. [73] imply that unless the matrix of the microvascular basement membranes has a resistance substantially less than a sleeve of ®Matrigel with the same dimensions, they will not provide a preferential route for fluid flow parallel to the microvessels. A preferential route for movement along the vessels does not conflict with the movements of solutes outward by diffusion into the surrounding interstitial fluid. Regardless of whether or not the microvessel basement membranes provide a route with relatively low resistance, the distance from anywhere in the parenchyma to the nearest larger vessel is still likely to be relatively small, e.g. 100–200 µm. (Striking images of the vascular tree can be seen in [72]). For distances this short, diffusion is expected to be the dominant mechanism of extracellular movement [16, 24, 72, 74–81].
Fig. 5 Diagram indicating putative perivascular routes for substances to move into, out of and through the brain parenchyma. The lumens of arteries, arterioles, venules and veins are surrounded by a layer of endothelial cells with a basement membrane, then a layer of vessel wall including smooth muscle, and outside that there may be a further perivascular space with fluid and connective tissue bounded by basement membranes of the smooth muscle, pial and glial cells. Close to the surfaces of the brain these further spaces are often called Virchow-Robin spaces. Movements parallel to the large vessels may be intramural, through the extracellular space of the vessel wall, or extramural either in the outermost basement membranes or, in the opinion of some workers, in a fluid filled space. In this review both intramural and extramural pathways are called perivascular routes. Parallel to microvessels movement may be preferentially within the basement membrane separating the endothelial cells from the glial endfeet or it may be more diffuse through the interstitial spaces between the parenchymal cells
Markers for perivascular transport clearly have perivascular pathways for entry and exit from the parenchyma, but there is controversy as to whether efflux, influx or both occur along arteries and/or veins (for discussion see [16, 39, 41, 52, 72]). Efflux along arteries has been seen in many studies (e.g. [70, 82–88]) with substances even reaching the large arteries near the circle of Willis [82], and influx has also been seen in many studies [15, 16, 25, 69, 71, 79, 84, 88–92]. Evidence of influx along some vessels was obtained as early as 1960 [93]. Perivenous influx [16] and efflux [25, 69, 84, 94] have been reported. Efflux along unspecified blood vessels has also been seen [79]. The available evidence suggests that both influx and efflux occur along both arteries and veins [41, 78, 95] either via common pathways or separately along parallel pathways [88, 95] (see Proposal 2 below). In Fig. 5 movements are shown as occurring in both directions along both.
There has also been disagreement over which of the structural components of the arteries provide the principal routes for periarterial transport with some favouring an extramural, fluid filled perivascular space, possibly containing connective tissue fibres [16], between the vessel walls and the astrocyte endfeet, see e.g. [25, 71, 78, 79, 81, 83–85, 87, 92, 96]5 while others favour the view that “perivascular spaces” are not fluid filled, free spaces but rather perivascular pathways via basement membranes either within the smooth muscle layer or on the outside surface of the artery [52, 70, 72, 88, 97–99] (see Fig. 5).
Free spaces may be highly compressible, allowing modest changes in pressure to change their dimensions as envisaged in the proposal that variations in the blood pressure within the vessels somehow drive perivascular movements. By contrast basement membranes are likely to be much less compressible and are likely to offer much greater resistance to flow (see [73, 100, 101]), thus precluding blood pressure variations as the driving force for perivascular flow (see next section). Diem et al. [100] have proposed vasomotion as an alternative. Pizzo et al. [16] have suggested that both basement membrane routes and other, extramural routes exist with their relative importance depending on the size of vessel and the size of the solute. Another proposed variation is a hybrid with an extramural basement membrane route mediating fluxes into the brain and an intramural basement membrane route between smooth muscle cells mediating fluxes outwards [88, 95].
It is quite evident that solutes even as large as amyloid-β have access to the basement membranes between the smooth muscle cells (see e.g. [16, 70, 93, 102]), but it is not known whether the solutes reach these locations via an intramural route with movement along basement membranes as favoured by Carare, Weller, Hawkes and colleagues [70, 88, 95] or via extramural pathways with subsequent penetration from these into the basement membranes within the vessel wall (see Figure 21 in Sect. 5.7.1.2) or some mixture of the two. Arbel-Ornath et al. [87] used two-photon imaging to investigate the position of a 3 kDa fluorescent dextran during efflux following injection into the parenchyma. Shortly after injection they saw fluorescence within the parenchyma, in perivascular spaces surrounding small arteries and, at lower concentration, between the smooth muscle cells.
There has been controversy about the nature of the connections between the perivascular spaces adjacent to larger blood vessels within the parenchyma, the CSF and the perivascular spaces of the vessels passing through the subarachnoid spaces [1, 16, 25, 54, 71, 72, 81, 103–109]. However, whatever the exact perivascular pathway used, solutes exiting from the parenchyma along perivascular routes appear to be effluxed partly to CSF in the basal cisterns or subarachnoid spaces and partly to the outer meninges [85] and/or lymphatics [94, 107, 109–115]. Movement of small solutes and water does take place between fluid in the subarachnoid space and fluid within the perivascular spaces (see Section 4.1.1.1 of [41]). However a substantial proportion of perivascular efflux of large solutes appears to pass to lymph without first appearing in CSF in the cisterna magna6 (see Fig. 6) [16, 39, 52, 82, 83, 94, 96, 105, 107, 111, 115–119].
Fig. 6 Schematic diagram indicating possible routes for efflux of large solutes from the parenchyma along perivascular routes. a Large solutes emerging from the parenchyma via intramural or extramural routes along arteries (and possibly veins) may either mix with CSF or continue along the walls of blood vessels. The blood vessels span the subarachnoid space (see Figs. 1 and 6) before leaving the brain to reach the rest of the body. The fluid that continues along these vessels may enter either blood or lymph, but solutes as large as serum albumin will enter only lymph. b Large solutes that have reached CSF will be taken to sites of CSF outflow including the arachnoid villi, where the solutes will enter venous blood, and the cribriform plate, where they will enter lymph. (Based primarily on data for radio-iodinated serum albumin RISA [82, 83, 125] and on the location of the pia surrounding arteries taken from [103]). The anatomical relations of the pathways or spaces remain controversial
Those solutes that do reach CSF from the parenchyma can be taken out of the cranium via CSF outflow. Routes for CSF outflow were reviewed comprehensively by Pollay in 2010 [119] This outflow is partly via arachnoid villi, partly via perineural routes including those across the cribriform plate to the nasal mucosa [119–121] and possibly also via extra-parenchymal perivascular routes (see Fig. 6) [16, 81, 105, 111, 119, 122–124]. Outflow via arachnoid villi leads directly to venous blood while outflow via the cribriform plate may deliver solutes directly to lymphatics or to the extracellular fluid in the nasal mucosa [118, 121, 125]. Small solutes (e.g. lactate) and solutes even as large as inulin may leave the nasal mucosa by entering blood across peripheral capillary walls but larger solutes (e.g. albumin) will leave via lymph flow to cervical lymph nodes [125]. Outflow via other routes leads at least in part to lymph (see e.g. [111]).
Mechanisms driving perivascular solute efflux
Diffusion is not adequate for perivascular influx because substances added to CSF are found deep in the parenchyma much too quickly for diffusion over the distance involved, a millimeter or more [25, 68, 69, 84]. Similarly diffusion cannot account for efflux from parenchyma to CSF of substances like polyethylene glycol and dextran [126, 127], serum albumin [83], mannitol [25] or inulin [62, 128]. Thus alternative mechanisms have been proposed (see Fig. 7).
Fig. 7 Proposals to explain rapid transfer of markers via periarterial spaces: a the original proposal; b proposed perivascular convection and interstitial diffusion c the glymphatic proposal. In a the blood–brain barrier secretes fluid which flows out of the parenchyma via preferred routes (here the perivascular routes). In b transport in the perivascular spaces is assisted by convective stirring or mixing. In c (see Figure 5 of Iliff et al. [25]) there is preferential inflow via the space between the arterial wall and the pial sheath and preferential outflow via spaces surrounding veins. Red lines represent pial membranes, grey lines the layer of glial end-feet or glia limitans, black arrows are fluxes of markers carried or assisted by convection, green arrows are primarily diffusion. The location of the pial barriers is based on Zhang et al. [23]. The anatomical basis of the perivascular spaces remains controversial
(Modified from Figure 9 in [41])
Proposal 1 The first proposal (Fig. 7a) was that secretion of fluid by the blood–brain barrier provides a small pressure gradient for outflow of ISF along preferential routes (see [83, 126, 127, 129, 130]). These routes could be perivascular spaces or the extracellular spaces parallel to the axons in nerve fibre tracts. When this proposal was put forward more than 30 years ago (see e.g. [83]) it was believed that the half-life for clearance of marker solutes by outflow was of the order of 12 h. However, all of these early studies were performed on animals anaesthetized using barbiturates. Using either conscious animals or those anaesthetized with ketamine/zylazine or halothane, the half-lives are much shorter, 2–4 h [25, 62, 85, 131]. Perivascular efflux of solutes is considerably faster than envisaged by Cserr and coworkers. It should also be pointed out that Proposal 1 does not and was never intended to provide any explanation for the rapid influx of solutes. In Proposal 1 (and in Proposal 3, see below) the solutes are swept out of the parenchyma by the flow through the perivascular system. Estimates of the flow rate required to eliminate substances at the observed rates can be calculated from their clearances1 CLperivascular=rateofelimination/cisfand the assumption that the concentration of the solute is the same in ISF and the outflow. Then because elimination is by outflow2 rateofelimination=rateofoutflow×concentration in outflowand substituting that into the definition of clearance,3 CLperivascular=rateofoutflow×concentration in outflow/cisf,which, because the concentration in the outflow is the same as cisf, becomes4 CLperivascular=rateofoutflow.
From the known volume of distribution of suitable substances such as inulin or sucrose, 200 µL g−1, and the range of their half lives, 2–4 h, and the relation between clearance, half-life and volume of distribution, CL = 0.69 VD/t1/2, the clearances and thus the required flow rates are in the range 0.6–1.2 µL g−1 min−1. For a human with a 1400 g brain this is 1.2–2.4 L day−1. Even the bottom of this range is somewhat more than twice the rate of production of CSF. There is no other reason to suspect that there is a rate of secretion of fluid across the blood–brain barrier that exceeds the rate of fluid secretion by the choroid plexuses (see Section 4.1 in [4]). The rate of fluid secretion across the blood–brain barrier is very unlikely to be this large and is almost certain to be insufficient to account for perivascular clearance of solutes.
Proposal 2 (Fig. 7b) The second suggestion, recently revived, is that convection in the perivascular spaces, arterial and possibly venous, leads to convective mixing of the fluid in the spaces allowing relatively rapid movements of solutes both inwards and outwards [41, 78, 82, 96, 132]. Such mixing probably presupposes that perivascular spaces are compressible. Convective mixing is perhaps better called dispersion [78]. Papisov [133] and Asgari et al. [134] discuss a similar effect in the spinal cord allowing transport of solutes down their concentration gradients against the direction of net flow of CSF and at rates much greater than allowed by diffusion. In this proposal diffusion is taken to be adequate to explain movements within the interstitial spaces in the parenchyma because the distances involved are sufficiently short (see Sect. 3.2.1).
In this proposal (and in Proposal 3, see below), an important part of the mechanism is thought to be convection in spaces whose dimensions are changed by periodic compression resulting from the changes in blood pressure during the cardiac cycle [13, 25, 70, 82, 96, 132]. The length of space around a cortical vessel that is compressed at one time is as long as the vessel [78, 82]. Bradbury et al. [82] were of the opinion that periodic compression and reexpansion of this space “would cause to-and-fro movement of fluid in and out of the brain” such that “A basis would be provided for substances in solution or suspension to be moved either out of or into the brain depending on the relative concentration in subarachnoid CSF.” Another variation on this theme may be possible if there are layers of differing compressibility, both connected via relatively low resistance pathways to the brain surface.
Back-and-forth convective movements in perivascular spaces would only be apparent using techniques with both good spatial resolution and time resolution better than a fraction of a second. Such movements have been observed in perivascular spaces very close to the cortical surface using india ink [84] and in the periarterial spaces at the cortical surfaces using microspheres [108]. But with techniques now available for viewing, if perivascular spaces exist that allow convective back and forth movements, all that would be seen within the parenchyma would be accelerated movement down the concentration gradient regardless of its direction, i.e. the periarterial influxes and effluxes that have been observed.
Proposal 3 (Fig. 7c) The third proposal, the glymphatic hypothesis [25, 109, 135–137], asserts.There is an inward flow of CSF along periarterial spaces;
The flow is driven across the layer of astrocyte endfeet into the parenchyma aided by the presence of Aqp4 in the endfeet;
The flow propels the waste products of metabolism into the perivenous space again crossing the layer of endfeet, presumably again aided by the presence of Aqp4;
The flow exits the parenchyma by the perivenous route and reaches lymphatic vessels in the neck.
As indicated when considering Proposal 1, a flow of ~ 0.6 µL g−1 min−1 or more would be required to remove the efflux markers at the observed rate. For a 1400 g brain, that is c. 1.2 L day−1 roughly twice the generally accepted rate of CSF production. Thus even if the rest of this proposal is correct, either the glymphatic flow does not direct ISF out of the brain directly to lymphatic vessels or the rate of CSF production is greater than is generally accepted.
The earlier evidence for and against the glymphatic hypothesis was discussed in [41] where it was argued that while a recirculation of CSF could explain influx and efflux of substances much faster than by simple diffusion, it did not explain either the observed outward movements of solutes along arteries [70, 71, 82, 83, 87, 130] or the observed continuation of rapid inward periarterial movement of large solutes when the proposed glymphatic circulation was interrupted at the level of the astrocyte endfeet by global knockout of Aqp4 [25].
Proposal 4 (not shown in Fig. 7) The most recent proposal [101] is that vasomotion, waxing and waning contraction of the smooth muscle fibres in the arterial wall, propels fluid towards the brain surface along the basement membranes of the vessel wall. This proposal does not seek to explain the rapid influx of markers along arterial walls, possibly by a different pathway.
Is movement within the parenchyma determined by diffusion or by flow from periarterial to perivenular spaces?
It is unclear how the flow required for the glymphatic hypothesis to be correct, at least 0.6 µL g−1 min−1 (see Proposal 3 above), could be driven through the parenchyma. Jin et al. [77] and Holter et al. [80] have calculated fluid flows within the parenchyma using, respectively, 2-D and 3-D models of the geometry and dimensions of the interstitial spaces. Jin et al. concluded that “little or no advective solute transport is predicted to occur with physiological paravascular pressure differences” taken to be < 5 mmHg. (Strictly advection corresponds to flow while convection includes both flow and diffusion). Furthermore they concluded that the water permeability of the endfeet membrane facing the microvessels, i.e. the membrane containing Aqp4, could have little direct effect on water flow into the parenchyma.7 Jin et al. assumed that the ISF between the cells behaves as a free fluid with the viscosity of water. If instead ISF in the interstitial spaces in the brain has properties similar to those of extracellular fluid in tissues in the rest of the body (see [138, 139], discussion in [41] and,8 the pressure required for flow would be much larger than that calculated by Jin et al. making bulk flow (advection) even less likely (compare [140]).
Holter et al. [80] have investigated what they consider to be a more realistic model of the parenchyma than that evaluated by Jin et al. One aspect is undeniably more realistic, it treats movement in three dimensions rather than two. It is also asserted that treating the obstacles to flow as being much smaller and more numerous than in Jin et al’s simulation produces a more faithful result. Jin et al. used barriers sized like cell bodies, while Holter et al. have adopted the smaller objects used in Kinney’s construction of the extracellular space [141], which allows for cell bodies and processes. (Smaller objects may be analogous to the increased resistance to flow resulting from macromolecules dissolved in peripheral extracellular fluid, see Footnote 8). Holter et al. conclude that flow makes a much smaller contribution than calculated by Jin et al. However, while Jin et al. treat the entrance and exit of fluid across the endfoot layers explicitly, this is missing from the treatment given by Holter et al. Given that the conclusion is “no flow” in both studies this difference between them may be of no consequence.
It should be noted that neither Jin et al. [77] nor Holter et al. [80] have considered flow along the basement membranes surrounding capillaries presumably because the total area available for such flow is less than for flow via the interstitial spaces (and flow along basement membranes wasn’t considered in the glymphatic hypothesis). Asgari et al. [73] assumed that the resistance to flow of the basement membranes would be the same as for slabs of ®Matrigel of the same dimensions, and on this basis concluded that flow via basement membranes would be less than through the interstitium (compare the discussion in [16]).
That flow through the parenchyma is not needed to explain the delivery of solutes to perivascular spaces was suggested by the results obtained using integrative optical imaging (see e.g. [24, 76, 142, 143]). That technique showed that in apparently isotropic regions of brain the spread of fluorescent indicators appears symmetrical over distances of at least 100 µm from a point source (for examples see [24]), indicating that molecules within ISF can reach perivascular spaces in any direction and in good time by diffusion with no evidence for preferential movement towards either arterioles or venules. However, that technique was applied using a water immersion microscope objective after opening the skull and dura to allow access [142]. The open skull and dura may have perturbed flow in the parenchyma. (There is good evidence that cisternal puncture changes flow in the basal cisterns and subarachnoid spaces [25, 89]). Symmetrical spread has now been convincingly confirmed in a systematic study using both direct observation through a cranial window after injection of fluorescently labelled dextrans and recovery from photobleaching [79]. However, it should be noted that the window was glazed after dye injection and hence only shortly before observations were made.
Smith et al. [79] have also found (1) that the dependence of the rate of movements within the parenchyma on the size of the solute is close to that expected if the movement occurs by diffusion; (2) that, in contrast to the report of Iliff et al. [25], the amounts of solutes entering the parenchyma are similar in Aqp4+/+ and Aqp4−/− mice; and (3) that local movement of solutes in the parenchyma is not impaired just after cardiorespiratory arrest. They conclude that “these results do not support glymphatic, convective solute transport in brain parenchyma.” In reply to point (2) a group of researchers have posted an un-refereed summary of their experience that comparing three different Aqp4 knockout transgenic lines, including the cell line used by Smith et al. [79], Aqp4 does support “fluid and solute transport and efflux in brain in accordance with the glymphatic system model” [144]. The role of Aqp4 is discussed further in [140].
Pizzo et al. [16] have looked at the distribution of IgG and much smaller single domain antibodies after cisternal infusion. They found that the antibodies rapidly enter the perivascular spaces of blood vessels of all sizes be they arteries, veins or capillaries. The distribution within the parenchyma was as expected for diffusion including the differences between the profiles for different sizes of fluorescent marker. Further discussion supporting the importance of diffusion over bulk flow in the extracellular spaces of the parenchyma can be found in [40]. Perivascular solute movements are considered further in Sect. 5.7.1.2.
Is there a glymphatic circulation?
The answer depends partly on what one means by glymphatic circulation. If the meaning is “Convective glymphatic fluxes of CSF and ISF propel the waste products of neuron metabolism into the paravenous space” [136], then the answer is almost certainly no (compare [40, 140], though it should be noted that [54, 137] still argue in favour of the original glymphatic hypothesis). However, if glymphatic circulation is taken to mean only that there is a net inward periarterial flow, a net outward perivenous flow, and some connection between them, then the answer still isn’t known with any certainty. The results discussed above [24, 76, 79, 142, 143] provide powerful experimental support for the widely held view that a glymphatic circulation is not needed to explain solute movements over the short distances that are important in the parenchyma. Furthermore the calculations of Asgari et al. [73, 78], Jin et al. [77] and Holter et al. [80] (see also Footnote 8) suggest that flow through the interstitial spaces of grey matter or along the basement membranes of microvessels in the parenchyma is negligible. However, it is not yet clear that the available experimental results exclude the possibility that there is a net flow between the perivascular spaces of arterioles and venules that is large enough to complete a recirculation pathway inwards from CSF via periarterial routes and back to CSF via perivenous routes.9 If that flow exists it could be important for transport of solutes over the relatively large distances encountered along the perivascular spaces (see e.g. [76]) while still being negligible relative to diffusion for transport over the relatively short distances within the parenchyma. Interestingly this scenario was proposed recently by Coles et al. [1] (see also Iliff et al. [145]) based on detailed consideration of the evidence available even before publication of the results in [16, 79].
While there have now been hundreds of references to the glymphatic mechanism, almost all of these treat it as accepted dogma and do not test the assumptions or the evidence on which it is based. At present it would be better to refer to perivascular elimination and delivery of substances without prejudice to the mechanism(s) by which these are achieved.
Variation between sleep and wakefulness
In the comparative studies undertaken on sleeping and awake mice by Xie et al. [128] there were differences in clearance and in interstitial fluid volume in the two physiological states. In these studies, inulin was used as the marker solute for perivascular clearance and the real-time iontophoresis method [74] was used to assess the volume. Briefly Xie et al. [128] found that, in the change from sleep to wakefulness, ISF volume decreased by 1.6-fold, the rate constant for efflux of inulin decreased 2.7-fold and from these values it could be estimated that inulin clearance decreased 4.3-fold (see Section 2.4 in [146]). Changes in the rate of access into the parenchyma of markers added to CSF and the discrepancies between the results of Xie et al. and of Gakuba et al. [147] are discussed briefly in.10
As discussed in [146] it is at present unclear whether any change in perivascular clearance of inulin in the transition from sleep to wakefulness is a consequence of the change in ISF volume in the parenchyma or some other effect. There are other possible effects of sleep versus wakefulness that might plausibly alter the clearance, e.g. changes in the shape or volume of either the perivascular spaces or the glial endfeet surrounding them.
|
|
title
|
Perivascular pathways
|
|
sec
|
Routes of perivascular efflux
Some of the possible routes for perivascular movements of solutes are indicated in Fig. 5. Whether or not actual fluid filled spaces exist around the blood vessels, it is believed that substances can move along preferential routes parallel to the blood vessels. (The description that follows is primarily for grey matter. As suggested originally by Rosenberg et al. in 1980 [65] there are likely to be preferential routes for fluid movement parallel to axons in white matter. It should also be noted that there may be regional variations, see e.g. [66, 67]). The idea that the basement membranes of microvessels can provide a preferential route stems from observations that when horseradish peroxidase is introduced into CSF with consequential influx along arteries the peroxidase is found to be localized in the basement membranes around microvessels. The idea has subsequently been supported by similar observations for other macromolecules (see e.g. [16, 68–72]). However, calculations by Asgari et al. [73] imply that unless the matrix of the microvascular basement membranes has a resistance substantially less than a sleeve of ®Matrigel with the same dimensions, they will not provide a preferential route for fluid flow parallel to the microvessels. A preferential route for movement along the vessels does not conflict with the movements of solutes outward by diffusion into the surrounding interstitial fluid. Regardless of whether or not the microvessel basement membranes provide a route with relatively low resistance, the distance from anywhere in the parenchyma to the nearest larger vessel is still likely to be relatively small, e.g. 100–200 µm. (Striking images of the vascular tree can be seen in [72]). For distances this short, diffusion is expected to be the dominant mechanism of extracellular movement [16, 24, 72, 74–81].
Fig. 5 Diagram indicating putative perivascular routes for substances to move into, out of and through the brain parenchyma. The lumens of arteries, arterioles, venules and veins are surrounded by a layer of endothelial cells with a basement membrane, then a layer of vessel wall including smooth muscle, and outside that there may be a further perivascular space with fluid and connective tissue bounded by basement membranes of the smooth muscle, pial and glial cells. Close to the surfaces of the brain these further spaces are often called Virchow-Robin spaces. Movements parallel to the large vessels may be intramural, through the extracellular space of the vessel wall, or extramural either in the outermost basement membranes or, in the opinion of some workers, in a fluid filled space. In this review both intramural and extramural pathways are called perivascular routes. Parallel to microvessels movement may be preferentially within the basement membrane separating the endothelial cells from the glial endfeet or it may be more diffuse through the interstitial spaces between the parenchymal cells
Markers for perivascular transport clearly have perivascular pathways for entry and exit from the parenchyma, but there is controversy as to whether efflux, influx or both occur along arteries and/or veins (for discussion see [16, 39, 41, 52, 72]). Efflux along arteries has been seen in many studies (e.g. [70, 82–88]) with substances even reaching the large arteries near the circle of Willis [82], and influx has also been seen in many studies [15, 16, 25, 69, 71, 79, 84, 88–92]. Evidence of influx along some vessels was obtained as early as 1960 [93]. Perivenous influx [16] and efflux [25, 69, 84, 94] have been reported. Efflux along unspecified blood vessels has also been seen [79]. The available evidence suggests that both influx and efflux occur along both arteries and veins [41, 78, 95] either via common pathways or separately along parallel pathways [88, 95] (see Proposal 2 below). In Fig. 5 movements are shown as occurring in both directions along both.
There has also been disagreement over which of the structural components of the arteries provide the principal routes for periarterial transport with some favouring an extramural, fluid filled perivascular space, possibly containing connective tissue fibres [16], between the vessel walls and the astrocyte endfeet, see e.g. [25, 71, 78, 79, 81, 83–85, 87, 92, 96]5 while others favour the view that “perivascular spaces” are not fluid filled, free spaces but rather perivascular pathways via basement membranes either within the smooth muscle layer or on the outside surface of the artery [52, 70, 72, 88, 97–99] (see Fig. 5).
Free spaces may be highly compressible, allowing modest changes in pressure to change their dimensions as envisaged in the proposal that variations in the blood pressure within the vessels somehow drive perivascular movements. By contrast basement membranes are likely to be much less compressible and are likely to offer much greater resistance to flow (see [73, 100, 101]), thus precluding blood pressure variations as the driving force for perivascular flow (see next section). Diem et al. [100] have proposed vasomotion as an alternative. Pizzo et al. [16] have suggested that both basement membrane routes and other, extramural routes exist with their relative importance depending on the size of vessel and the size of the solute. Another proposed variation is a hybrid with an extramural basement membrane route mediating fluxes into the brain and an intramural basement membrane route between smooth muscle cells mediating fluxes outwards [88, 95].
It is quite evident that solutes even as large as amyloid-β have access to the basement membranes between the smooth muscle cells (see e.g. [16, 70, 93, 102]), but it is not known whether the solutes reach these locations via an intramural route with movement along basement membranes as favoured by Carare, Weller, Hawkes and colleagues [70, 88, 95] or via extramural pathways with subsequent penetration from these into the basement membranes within the vessel wall (see Figure 21 in Sect. 5.7.1.2) or some mixture of the two. Arbel-Ornath et al. [87] used two-photon imaging to investigate the position of a 3 kDa fluorescent dextran during efflux following injection into the parenchyma. Shortly after injection they saw fluorescence within the parenchyma, in perivascular spaces surrounding small arteries and, at lower concentration, between the smooth muscle cells.
There has been controversy about the nature of the connections between the perivascular spaces adjacent to larger blood vessels within the parenchyma, the CSF and the perivascular spaces of the vessels passing through the subarachnoid spaces [1, 16, 25, 54, 71, 72, 81, 103–109]. However, whatever the exact perivascular pathway used, solutes exiting from the parenchyma along perivascular routes appear to be effluxed partly to CSF in the basal cisterns or subarachnoid spaces and partly to the outer meninges [85] and/or lymphatics [94, 107, 109–115]. Movement of small solutes and water does take place between fluid in the subarachnoid space and fluid within the perivascular spaces (see Section 4.1.1.1 of [41]). However a substantial proportion of perivascular efflux of large solutes appears to pass to lymph without first appearing in CSF in the cisterna magna6 (see Fig. 6) [16, 39, 52, 82, 83, 94, 96, 105, 107, 111, 115–119].
Fig. 6 Schematic diagram indicating possible routes for efflux of large solutes from the parenchyma along perivascular routes. a Large solutes emerging from the parenchyma via intramural or extramural routes along arteries (and possibly veins) may either mix with CSF or continue along the walls of blood vessels. The blood vessels span the subarachnoid space (see Figs. 1 and 6) before leaving the brain to reach the rest of the body. The fluid that continues along these vessels may enter either blood or lymph, but solutes as large as serum albumin will enter only lymph. b Large solutes that have reached CSF will be taken to sites of CSF outflow including the arachnoid villi, where the solutes will enter venous blood, and the cribriform plate, where they will enter lymph. (Based primarily on data for radio-iodinated serum albumin RISA [82, 83, 125] and on the location of the pia surrounding arteries taken from [103]). The anatomical relations of the pathways or spaces remain controversial
Those solutes that do reach CSF from the parenchyma can be taken out of the cranium via CSF outflow. Routes for CSF outflow were reviewed comprehensively by Pollay in 2010 [119] This outflow is partly via arachnoid villi, partly via perineural routes including those across the cribriform plate to the nasal mucosa [119–121] and possibly also via extra-parenchymal perivascular routes (see Fig. 6) [16, 81, 105, 111, 119, 122–124]. Outflow via arachnoid villi leads directly to venous blood while outflow via the cribriform plate may deliver solutes directly to lymphatics or to the extracellular fluid in the nasal mucosa [118, 121, 125]. Small solutes (e.g. lactate) and solutes even as large as inulin may leave the nasal mucosa by entering blood across peripheral capillary walls but larger solutes (e.g. albumin) will leave via lymph flow to cervical lymph nodes [125]. Outflow via other routes leads at least in part to lymph (see e.g. [111]).
|
|
title
|
Routes of perivascular efflux
|
|
p
|
Some of the possible routes for perivascular movements of solutes are indicated in Fig. 5. Whether or not actual fluid filled spaces exist around the blood vessels, it is believed that substances can move along preferential routes parallel to the blood vessels. (The description that follows is primarily for grey matter. As suggested originally by Rosenberg et al. in 1980 [65] there are likely to be preferential routes for fluid movement parallel to axons in white matter. It should also be noted that there may be regional variations, see e.g. [66, 67]). The idea that the basement membranes of microvessels can provide a preferential route stems from observations that when horseradish peroxidase is introduced into CSF with consequential influx along arteries the peroxidase is found to be localized in the basement membranes around microvessels. The idea has subsequently been supported by similar observations for other macromolecules (see e.g. [16, 68–72]). However, calculations by Asgari et al. [73] imply that unless the matrix of the microvascular basement membranes has a resistance substantially less than a sleeve of ®Matrigel with the same dimensions, they will not provide a preferential route for fluid flow parallel to the microvessels. A preferential route for movement along the vessels does not conflict with the movements of solutes outward by diffusion into the surrounding interstitial fluid. Regardless of whether or not the microvessel basement membranes provide a route with relatively low resistance, the distance from anywhere in the parenchyma to the nearest larger vessel is still likely to be relatively small, e.g. 100–200 µm. (Striking images of the vascular tree can be seen in [72]). For distances this short, diffusion is expected to be the dominant mechanism of extracellular movement [16, 24, 72, 74–81].
Fig. 5 Diagram indicating putative perivascular routes for substances to move into, out of and through the brain parenchyma. The lumens of arteries, arterioles, venules and veins are surrounded by a layer of endothelial cells with a basement membrane, then a layer of vessel wall including smooth muscle, and outside that there may be a further perivascular space with fluid and connective tissue bounded by basement membranes of the smooth muscle, pial and glial cells. Close to the surfaces of the brain these further spaces are often called Virchow-Robin spaces. Movements parallel to the large vessels may be intramural, through the extracellular space of the vessel wall, or extramural either in the outermost basement membranes or, in the opinion of some workers, in a fluid filled space. In this review both intramural and extramural pathways are called perivascular routes. Parallel to microvessels movement may be preferentially within the basement membrane separating the endothelial cells from the glial endfeet or it may be more diffuse through the interstitial spaces between the parenchymal cells
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 5 Diagram indicating putative perivascular routes for substances to move into, out of and through the brain parenchyma. The lumens of arteries, arterioles, venules and veins are surrounded by a layer of endothelial cells with a basement membrane, then a layer of vessel wall including smooth muscle, and outside that there may be a further perivascular space with fluid and connective tissue bounded by basement membranes of the smooth muscle, pial and glial cells. Close to the surfaces of the brain these further spaces are often called Virchow-Robin spaces. Movements parallel to the large vessels may be intramural, through the extracellular space of the vessel wall, or extramural either in the outermost basement membranes or, in the opinion of some workers, in a fluid filled space. In this review both intramural and extramural pathways are called perivascular routes. Parallel to microvessels movement may be preferentially within the basement membrane separating the endothelial cells from the glial endfeet or it may be more diffuse through the interstitial spaces between the parenchymal cells
|
|
label
|
Fig. 5
|
|
caption
|
Diagram indicating putative perivascular routes for substances to move into, out of and through the brain parenchyma. The lumens of arteries, arterioles, venules and veins are surrounded by a layer of endothelial cells with a basement membrane, then a layer of vessel wall including smooth muscle, and outside that there may be a further perivascular space with fluid and connective tissue bounded by basement membranes of the smooth muscle, pial and glial cells. Close to the surfaces of the brain these further spaces are often called Virchow-Robin spaces. Movements parallel to the large vessels may be intramural, through the extracellular space of the vessel wall, or extramural either in the outermost basement membranes or, in the opinion of some workers, in a fluid filled space. In this review both intramural and extramural pathways are called perivascular routes. Parallel to microvessels movement may be preferentially within the basement membrane separating the endothelial cells from the glial endfeet or it may be more diffuse through the interstitial spaces between the parenchymal cells
|
|
p
|
Diagram indicating putative perivascular routes for substances to move into, out of and through the brain parenchyma. The lumens of arteries, arterioles, venules and veins are surrounded by a layer of endothelial cells with a basement membrane, then a layer of vessel wall including smooth muscle, and outside that there may be a further perivascular space with fluid and connective tissue bounded by basement membranes of the smooth muscle, pial and glial cells. Close to the surfaces of the brain these further spaces are often called Virchow-Robin spaces. Movements parallel to the large vessels may be intramural, through the extracellular space of the vessel wall, or extramural either in the outermost basement membranes or, in the opinion of some workers, in a fluid filled space. In this review both intramural and extramural pathways are called perivascular routes. Parallel to microvessels movement may be preferentially within the basement membrane separating the endothelial cells from the glial endfeet or it may be more diffuse through the interstitial spaces between the parenchymal cells
|
|
p
|
Markers for perivascular transport clearly have perivascular pathways for entry and exit from the parenchyma, but there is controversy as to whether efflux, influx or both occur along arteries and/or veins (for discussion see [16, 39, 41, 52, 72]). Efflux along arteries has been seen in many studies (e.g. [70, 82–88]) with substances even reaching the large arteries near the circle of Willis [82], and influx has also been seen in many studies [15, 16, 25, 69, 71, 79, 84, 88–92]. Evidence of influx along some vessels was obtained as early as 1960 [93]. Perivenous influx [16] and efflux [25, 69, 84, 94] have been reported. Efflux along unspecified blood vessels has also been seen [79]. The available evidence suggests that both influx and efflux occur along both arteries and veins [41, 78, 95] either via common pathways or separately along parallel pathways [88, 95] (see Proposal 2 below). In Fig. 5 movements are shown as occurring in both directions along both.
|
|
p
|
There has also been disagreement over which of the structural components of the arteries provide the principal routes for periarterial transport with some favouring an extramural, fluid filled perivascular space, possibly containing connective tissue fibres [16], between the vessel walls and the astrocyte endfeet, see e.g. [25, 71, 78, 79, 81, 83–85, 87, 92, 96]5 while others favour the view that “perivascular spaces” are not fluid filled, free spaces but rather perivascular pathways via basement membranes either within the smooth muscle layer or on the outside surface of the artery [52, 70, 72, 88, 97–99] (see Fig. 5).
|
|
p
|
Free spaces may be highly compressible, allowing modest changes in pressure to change their dimensions as envisaged in the proposal that variations in the blood pressure within the vessels somehow drive perivascular movements. By contrast basement membranes are likely to be much less compressible and are likely to offer much greater resistance to flow (see [73, 100, 101]), thus precluding blood pressure variations as the driving force for perivascular flow (see next section). Diem et al. [100] have proposed vasomotion as an alternative. Pizzo et al. [16] have suggested that both basement membrane routes and other, extramural routes exist with their relative importance depending on the size of vessel and the size of the solute. Another proposed variation is a hybrid with an extramural basement membrane route mediating fluxes into the brain and an intramural basement membrane route between smooth muscle cells mediating fluxes outwards [88, 95].
|
|
p
|
It is quite evident that solutes even as large as amyloid-β have access to the basement membranes between the smooth muscle cells (see e.g. [16, 70, 93, 102]), but it is not known whether the solutes reach these locations via an intramural route with movement along basement membranes as favoured by Carare, Weller, Hawkes and colleagues [70, 88, 95] or via extramural pathways with subsequent penetration from these into the basement membranes within the vessel wall (see Figure 21 in Sect. 5.7.1.2) or some mixture of the two. Arbel-Ornath et al. [87] used two-photon imaging to investigate the position of a 3 kDa fluorescent dextran during efflux following injection into the parenchyma. Shortly after injection they saw fluorescence within the parenchyma, in perivascular spaces surrounding small arteries and, at lower concentration, between the smooth muscle cells.
|
|
p
|
There has been controversy about the nature of the connections between the perivascular spaces adjacent to larger blood vessels within the parenchyma, the CSF and the perivascular spaces of the vessels passing through the subarachnoid spaces [1, 16, 25, 54, 71, 72, 81, 103–109]. However, whatever the exact perivascular pathway used, solutes exiting from the parenchyma along perivascular routes appear to be effluxed partly to CSF in the basal cisterns or subarachnoid spaces and partly to the outer meninges [85] and/or lymphatics [94, 107, 109–115]. Movement of small solutes and water does take place between fluid in the subarachnoid space and fluid within the perivascular spaces (see Section 4.1.1.1 of [41]). However a substantial proportion of perivascular efflux of large solutes appears to pass to lymph without first appearing in CSF in the cisterna magna6 (see Fig. 6) [16, 39, 52, 82, 83, 94, 96, 105, 107, 111, 115–119].
Fig. 6 Schematic diagram indicating possible routes for efflux of large solutes from the parenchyma along perivascular routes. a Large solutes emerging from the parenchyma via intramural or extramural routes along arteries (and possibly veins) may either mix with CSF or continue along the walls of blood vessels. The blood vessels span the subarachnoid space (see Figs. 1 and 6) before leaving the brain to reach the rest of the body. The fluid that continues along these vessels may enter either blood or lymph, but solutes as large as serum albumin will enter only lymph. b Large solutes that have reached CSF will be taken to sites of CSF outflow including the arachnoid villi, where the solutes will enter venous blood, and the cribriform plate, where they will enter lymph. (Based primarily on data for radio-iodinated serum albumin RISA [82, 83, 125] and on the location of the pia surrounding arteries taken from [103]). The anatomical relations of the pathways or spaces remain controversial
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 6 Schematic diagram indicating possible routes for efflux of large solutes from the parenchyma along perivascular routes. a Large solutes emerging from the parenchyma via intramural or extramural routes along arteries (and possibly veins) may either mix with CSF or continue along the walls of blood vessels. The blood vessels span the subarachnoid space (see Figs. 1 and 6) before leaving the brain to reach the rest of the body. The fluid that continues along these vessels may enter either blood or lymph, but solutes as large as serum albumin will enter only lymph. b Large solutes that have reached CSF will be taken to sites of CSF outflow including the arachnoid villi, where the solutes will enter venous blood, and the cribriform plate, where they will enter lymph. (Based primarily on data for radio-iodinated serum albumin RISA [82, 83, 125] and on the location of the pia surrounding arteries taken from [103]). The anatomical relations of the pathways or spaces remain controversial
|
|
label
|
Fig. 6
|
|
caption
|
Schematic diagram indicating possible routes for efflux of large solutes from the parenchyma along perivascular routes. a Large solutes emerging from the parenchyma via intramural or extramural routes along arteries (and possibly veins) may either mix with CSF or continue along the walls of blood vessels. The blood vessels span the subarachnoid space (see Figs. 1 and 6) before leaving the brain to reach the rest of the body. The fluid that continues along these vessels may enter either blood or lymph, but solutes as large as serum albumin will enter only lymph. b Large solutes that have reached CSF will be taken to sites of CSF outflow including the arachnoid villi, where the solutes will enter venous blood, and the cribriform plate, where they will enter lymph. (Based primarily on data for radio-iodinated serum albumin RISA [82, 83, 125] and on the location of the pia surrounding arteries taken from [103]). The anatomical relations of the pathways or spaces remain controversial
|
|
p
|
Schematic diagram indicating possible routes for efflux of large solutes from the parenchyma along perivascular routes. a Large solutes emerging from the parenchyma via intramural or extramural routes along arteries (and possibly veins) may either mix with CSF or continue along the walls of blood vessels. The blood vessels span the subarachnoid space (see Figs. 1 and 6) before leaving the brain to reach the rest of the body. The fluid that continues along these vessels may enter either blood or lymph, but solutes as large as serum albumin will enter only lymph. b Large solutes that have reached CSF will be taken to sites of CSF outflow including the arachnoid villi, where the solutes will enter venous blood, and the cribriform plate, where they will enter lymph. (Based primarily on data for radio-iodinated serum albumin RISA [82, 83, 125] and on the location of the pia surrounding arteries taken from [103]). The anatomical relations of the pathways or spaces remain controversial
|
|
p
|
Those solutes that do reach CSF from the parenchyma can be taken out of the cranium via CSF outflow. Routes for CSF outflow were reviewed comprehensively by Pollay in 2010 [119] This outflow is partly via arachnoid villi, partly via perineural routes including those across the cribriform plate to the nasal mucosa [119–121] and possibly also via extra-parenchymal perivascular routes (see Fig. 6) [16, 81, 105, 111, 119, 122–124]. Outflow via arachnoid villi leads directly to venous blood while outflow via the cribriform plate may deliver solutes directly to lymphatics or to the extracellular fluid in the nasal mucosa [118, 121, 125]. Small solutes (e.g. lactate) and solutes even as large as inulin may leave the nasal mucosa by entering blood across peripheral capillary walls but larger solutes (e.g. albumin) will leave via lymph flow to cervical lymph nodes [125]. Outflow via other routes leads at least in part to lymph (see e.g. [111]).
|
|
sec
|
Mechanisms driving perivascular solute efflux
Diffusion is not adequate for perivascular influx because substances added to CSF are found deep in the parenchyma much too quickly for diffusion over the distance involved, a millimeter or more [25, 68, 69, 84]. Similarly diffusion cannot account for efflux from parenchyma to CSF of substances like polyethylene glycol and dextran [126, 127], serum albumin [83], mannitol [25] or inulin [62, 128]. Thus alternative mechanisms have been proposed (see Fig. 7).
Fig. 7 Proposals to explain rapid transfer of markers via periarterial spaces: a the original proposal; b proposed perivascular convection and interstitial diffusion c the glymphatic proposal. In a the blood–brain barrier secretes fluid which flows out of the parenchyma via preferred routes (here the perivascular routes). In b transport in the perivascular spaces is assisted by convective stirring or mixing. In c (see Figure 5 of Iliff et al. [25]) there is preferential inflow via the space between the arterial wall and the pial sheath and preferential outflow via spaces surrounding veins. Red lines represent pial membranes, grey lines the layer of glial end-feet or glia limitans, black arrows are fluxes of markers carried or assisted by convection, green arrows are primarily diffusion. The location of the pial barriers is based on Zhang et al. [23]. The anatomical basis of the perivascular spaces remains controversial
(Modified from Figure 9 in [41])
Proposal 1 The first proposal (Fig. 7a) was that secretion of fluid by the blood–brain barrier provides a small pressure gradient for outflow of ISF along preferential routes (see [83, 126, 127, 129, 130]). These routes could be perivascular spaces or the extracellular spaces parallel to the axons in nerve fibre tracts. When this proposal was put forward more than 30 years ago (see e.g. [83]) it was believed that the half-life for clearance of marker solutes by outflow was of the order of 12 h. However, all of these early studies were performed on animals anaesthetized using barbiturates. Using either conscious animals or those anaesthetized with ketamine/zylazine or halothane, the half-lives are much shorter, 2–4 h [25, 62, 85, 131]. Perivascular efflux of solutes is considerably faster than envisaged by Cserr and coworkers. It should also be pointed out that Proposal 1 does not and was never intended to provide any explanation for the rapid influx of solutes. In Proposal 1 (and in Proposal 3, see below) the solutes are swept out of the parenchyma by the flow through the perivascular system. Estimates of the flow rate required to eliminate substances at the observed rates can be calculated from their clearances1 CLperivascular=rateofelimination/cisfand the assumption that the concentration of the solute is the same in ISF and the outflow. Then because elimination is by outflow2 rateofelimination=rateofoutflow×concentration in outflowand substituting that into the definition of clearance,3 CLperivascular=rateofoutflow×concentration in outflow/cisf,which, because the concentration in the outflow is the same as cisf, becomes4 CLperivascular=rateofoutflow.
From the known volume of distribution of suitable substances such as inulin or sucrose, 200 µL g−1, and the range of their half lives, 2–4 h, and the relation between clearance, half-life and volume of distribution, CL = 0.69 VD/t1/2, the clearances and thus the required flow rates are in the range 0.6–1.2 µL g−1 min−1. For a human with a 1400 g brain this is 1.2–2.4 L day−1. Even the bottom of this range is somewhat more than twice the rate of production of CSF. There is no other reason to suspect that there is a rate of secretion of fluid across the blood–brain barrier that exceeds the rate of fluid secretion by the choroid plexuses (see Section 4.1 in [4]). The rate of fluid secretion across the blood–brain barrier is very unlikely to be this large and is almost certain to be insufficient to account for perivascular clearance of solutes.
Proposal 2 (Fig. 7b) The second suggestion, recently revived, is that convection in the perivascular spaces, arterial and possibly venous, leads to convective mixing of the fluid in the spaces allowing relatively rapid movements of solutes both inwards and outwards [41, 78, 82, 96, 132]. Such mixing probably presupposes that perivascular spaces are compressible. Convective mixing is perhaps better called dispersion [78]. Papisov [133] and Asgari et al. [134] discuss a similar effect in the spinal cord allowing transport of solutes down their concentration gradients against the direction of net flow of CSF and at rates much greater than allowed by diffusion. In this proposal diffusion is taken to be adequate to explain movements within the interstitial spaces in the parenchyma because the distances involved are sufficiently short (see Sect. 3.2.1).
In this proposal (and in Proposal 3, see below), an important part of the mechanism is thought to be convection in spaces whose dimensions are changed by periodic compression resulting from the changes in blood pressure during the cardiac cycle [13, 25, 70, 82, 96, 132]. The length of space around a cortical vessel that is compressed at one time is as long as the vessel [78, 82]. Bradbury et al. [82] were of the opinion that periodic compression and reexpansion of this space “would cause to-and-fro movement of fluid in and out of the brain” such that “A basis would be provided for substances in solution or suspension to be moved either out of or into the brain depending on the relative concentration in subarachnoid CSF.” Another variation on this theme may be possible if there are layers of differing compressibility, both connected via relatively low resistance pathways to the brain surface.
Back-and-forth convective movements in perivascular spaces would only be apparent using techniques with both good spatial resolution and time resolution better than a fraction of a second. Such movements have been observed in perivascular spaces very close to the cortical surface using india ink [84] and in the periarterial spaces at the cortical surfaces using microspheres [108]. But with techniques now available for viewing, if perivascular spaces exist that allow convective back and forth movements, all that would be seen within the parenchyma would be accelerated movement down the concentration gradient regardless of its direction, i.e. the periarterial influxes and effluxes that have been observed.
Proposal 3 (Fig. 7c) The third proposal, the glymphatic hypothesis [25, 109, 135–137], asserts.There is an inward flow of CSF along periarterial spaces;
The flow is driven across the layer of astrocyte endfeet into the parenchyma aided by the presence of Aqp4 in the endfeet;
The flow propels the waste products of metabolism into the perivenous space again crossing the layer of endfeet, presumably again aided by the presence of Aqp4;
The flow exits the parenchyma by the perivenous route and reaches lymphatic vessels in the neck.
As indicated when considering Proposal 1, a flow of ~ 0.6 µL g−1 min−1 or more would be required to remove the efflux markers at the observed rate. For a 1400 g brain, that is c. 1.2 L day−1 roughly twice the generally accepted rate of CSF production. Thus even if the rest of this proposal is correct, either the glymphatic flow does not direct ISF out of the brain directly to lymphatic vessels or the rate of CSF production is greater than is generally accepted.
The earlier evidence for and against the glymphatic hypothesis was discussed in [41] where it was argued that while a recirculation of CSF could explain influx and efflux of substances much faster than by simple diffusion, it did not explain either the observed outward movements of solutes along arteries [70, 71, 82, 83, 87, 130] or the observed continuation of rapid inward periarterial movement of large solutes when the proposed glymphatic circulation was interrupted at the level of the astrocyte endfeet by global knockout of Aqp4 [25].
Proposal 4 (not shown in Fig. 7) The most recent proposal [101] is that vasomotion, waxing and waning contraction of the smooth muscle fibres in the arterial wall, propels fluid towards the brain surface along the basement membranes of the vessel wall. This proposal does not seek to explain the rapid influx of markers along arterial walls, possibly by a different pathway.
Is movement within the parenchyma determined by diffusion or by flow from periarterial to perivenular spaces?
It is unclear how the flow required for the glymphatic hypothesis to be correct, at least 0.6 µL g−1 min−1 (see Proposal 3 above), could be driven through the parenchyma. Jin et al. [77] and Holter et al. [80] have calculated fluid flows within the parenchyma using, respectively, 2-D and 3-D models of the geometry and dimensions of the interstitial spaces. Jin et al. concluded that “little or no advective solute transport is predicted to occur with physiological paravascular pressure differences” taken to be < 5 mmHg. (Strictly advection corresponds to flow while convection includes both flow and diffusion). Furthermore they concluded that the water permeability of the endfeet membrane facing the microvessels, i.e. the membrane containing Aqp4, could have little direct effect on water flow into the parenchyma.7 Jin et al. assumed that the ISF between the cells behaves as a free fluid with the viscosity of water. If instead ISF in the interstitial spaces in the brain has properties similar to those of extracellular fluid in tissues in the rest of the body (see [138, 139], discussion in [41] and,8 the pressure required for flow would be much larger than that calculated by Jin et al. making bulk flow (advection) even less likely (compare [140]).
Holter et al. [80] have investigated what they consider to be a more realistic model of the parenchyma than that evaluated by Jin et al. One aspect is undeniably more realistic, it treats movement in three dimensions rather than two. It is also asserted that treating the obstacles to flow as being much smaller and more numerous than in Jin et al’s simulation produces a more faithful result. Jin et al. used barriers sized like cell bodies, while Holter et al. have adopted the smaller objects used in Kinney’s construction of the extracellular space [141], which allows for cell bodies and processes. (Smaller objects may be analogous to the increased resistance to flow resulting from macromolecules dissolved in peripheral extracellular fluid, see Footnote 8). Holter et al. conclude that flow makes a much smaller contribution than calculated by Jin et al. However, while Jin et al. treat the entrance and exit of fluid across the endfoot layers explicitly, this is missing from the treatment given by Holter et al. Given that the conclusion is “no flow” in both studies this difference between them may be of no consequence.
It should be noted that neither Jin et al. [77] nor Holter et al. [80] have considered flow along the basement membranes surrounding capillaries presumably because the total area available for such flow is less than for flow via the interstitial spaces (and flow along basement membranes wasn’t considered in the glymphatic hypothesis). Asgari et al. [73] assumed that the resistance to flow of the basement membranes would be the same as for slabs of ®Matrigel of the same dimensions, and on this basis concluded that flow via basement membranes would be less than through the interstitium (compare the discussion in [16]).
That flow through the parenchyma is not needed to explain the delivery of solutes to perivascular spaces was suggested by the results obtained using integrative optical imaging (see e.g. [24, 76, 142, 143]). That technique showed that in apparently isotropic regions of brain the spread of fluorescent indicators appears symmetrical over distances of at least 100 µm from a point source (for examples see [24]), indicating that molecules within ISF can reach perivascular spaces in any direction and in good time by diffusion with no evidence for preferential movement towards either arterioles or venules. However, that technique was applied using a water immersion microscope objective after opening the skull and dura to allow access [142]. The open skull and dura may have perturbed flow in the parenchyma. (There is good evidence that cisternal puncture changes flow in the basal cisterns and subarachnoid spaces [25, 89]). Symmetrical spread has now been convincingly confirmed in a systematic study using both direct observation through a cranial window after injection of fluorescently labelled dextrans and recovery from photobleaching [79]. However, it should be noted that the window was glazed after dye injection and hence only shortly before observations were made.
Smith et al. [79] have also found (1) that the dependence of the rate of movements within the parenchyma on the size of the solute is close to that expected if the movement occurs by diffusion; (2) that, in contrast to the report of Iliff et al. [25], the amounts of solutes entering the parenchyma are similar in Aqp4+/+ and Aqp4−/− mice; and (3) that local movement of solutes in the parenchyma is not impaired just after cardiorespiratory arrest. They conclude that “these results do not support glymphatic, convective solute transport in brain parenchyma.” In reply to point (2) a group of researchers have posted an un-refereed summary of their experience that comparing three different Aqp4 knockout transgenic lines, including the cell line used by Smith et al. [79], Aqp4 does support “fluid and solute transport and efflux in brain in accordance with the glymphatic system model” [144]. The role of Aqp4 is discussed further in [140].
Pizzo et al. [16] have looked at the distribution of IgG and much smaller single domain antibodies after cisternal infusion. They found that the antibodies rapidly enter the perivascular spaces of blood vessels of all sizes be they arteries, veins or capillaries. The distribution within the parenchyma was as expected for diffusion including the differences between the profiles for different sizes of fluorescent marker. Further discussion supporting the importance of diffusion over bulk flow in the extracellular spaces of the parenchyma can be found in [40]. Perivascular solute movements are considered further in Sect. 5.7.1.2.
Is there a glymphatic circulation?
The answer depends partly on what one means by glymphatic circulation. If the meaning is “Convective glymphatic fluxes of CSF and ISF propel the waste products of neuron metabolism into the paravenous space” [136], then the answer is almost certainly no (compare [40, 140], though it should be noted that [54, 137] still argue in favour of the original glymphatic hypothesis). However, if glymphatic circulation is taken to mean only that there is a net inward periarterial flow, a net outward perivenous flow, and some connection between them, then the answer still isn’t known with any certainty. The results discussed above [24, 76, 79, 142, 143] provide powerful experimental support for the widely held view that a glymphatic circulation is not needed to explain solute movements over the short distances that are important in the parenchyma. Furthermore the calculations of Asgari et al. [73, 78], Jin et al. [77] and Holter et al. [80] (see also Footnote 8) suggest that flow through the interstitial spaces of grey matter or along the basement membranes of microvessels in the parenchyma is negligible. However, it is not yet clear that the available experimental results exclude the possibility that there is a net flow between the perivascular spaces of arterioles and venules that is large enough to complete a recirculation pathway inwards from CSF via periarterial routes and back to CSF via perivenous routes.9 If that flow exists it could be important for transport of solutes over the relatively large distances encountered along the perivascular spaces (see e.g. [76]) while still being negligible relative to diffusion for transport over the relatively short distances within the parenchyma. Interestingly this scenario was proposed recently by Coles et al. [1] (see also Iliff et al. [145]) based on detailed consideration of the evidence available even before publication of the results in [16, 79].
While there have now been hundreds of references to the glymphatic mechanism, almost all of these treat it as accepted dogma and do not test the assumptions or the evidence on which it is based. At present it would be better to refer to perivascular elimination and delivery of substances without prejudice to the mechanism(s) by which these are achieved.
|
|
title
|
Mechanisms driving perivascular solute efflux
|
|
p
|
Diffusion is not adequate for perivascular influx because substances added to CSF are found deep in the parenchyma much too quickly for diffusion over the distance involved, a millimeter or more [25, 68, 69, 84]. Similarly diffusion cannot account for efflux from parenchyma to CSF of substances like polyethylene glycol and dextran [126, 127], serum albumin [83], mannitol [25] or inulin [62, 128]. Thus alternative mechanisms have been proposed (see Fig. 7).
Fig. 7 Proposals to explain rapid transfer of markers via periarterial spaces: a the original proposal; b proposed perivascular convection and interstitial diffusion c the glymphatic proposal. In a the blood–brain barrier secretes fluid which flows out of the parenchyma via preferred routes (here the perivascular routes). In b transport in the perivascular spaces is assisted by convective stirring or mixing. In c (see Figure 5 of Iliff et al. [25]) there is preferential inflow via the space between the arterial wall and the pial sheath and preferential outflow via spaces surrounding veins. Red lines represent pial membranes, grey lines the layer of glial end-feet or glia limitans, black arrows are fluxes of markers carried or assisted by convection, green arrows are primarily diffusion. The location of the pial barriers is based on Zhang et al. [23]. The anatomical basis of the perivascular spaces remains controversial
(Modified from Figure 9 in [41])
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 7 Proposals to explain rapid transfer of markers via periarterial spaces: a the original proposal; b proposed perivascular convection and interstitial diffusion c the glymphatic proposal. In a the blood–brain barrier secretes fluid which flows out of the parenchyma via preferred routes (here the perivascular routes). In b transport in the perivascular spaces is assisted by convective stirring or mixing. In c (see Figure 5 of Iliff et al. [25]) there is preferential inflow via the space between the arterial wall and the pial sheath and preferential outflow via spaces surrounding veins. Red lines represent pial membranes, grey lines the layer of glial end-feet or glia limitans, black arrows are fluxes of markers carried or assisted by convection, green arrows are primarily diffusion. The location of the pial barriers is based on Zhang et al. [23]. The anatomical basis of the perivascular spaces remains controversial
(Modified from Figure 9 in [41])
|
|
label
|
Fig. 7
|
|
caption
|
Proposals to explain rapid transfer of markers via periarterial spaces: a the original proposal; b proposed perivascular convection and interstitial diffusion c the glymphatic proposal. In a the blood–brain barrier secretes fluid which flows out of the parenchyma via preferred routes (here the perivascular routes). In b transport in the perivascular spaces is assisted by convective stirring or mixing. In c (see Figure 5 of Iliff et al. [25]) there is preferential inflow via the space between the arterial wall and the pial sheath and preferential outflow via spaces surrounding veins. Red lines represent pial membranes, grey lines the layer of glial end-feet or glia limitans, black arrows are fluxes of markers carried or assisted by convection, green arrows are primarily diffusion. The location of the pial barriers is based on Zhang et al. [23]. The anatomical basis of the perivascular spaces remains controversial
(Modified from Figure 9 in [41])
|
|
p
|
Proposals to explain rapid transfer of markers via periarterial spaces: a the original proposal; b proposed perivascular convection and interstitial diffusion c the glymphatic proposal. In a the blood–brain barrier secretes fluid which flows out of the parenchyma via preferred routes (here the perivascular routes). In b transport in the perivascular spaces is assisted by convective stirring or mixing. In c (see Figure 5 of Iliff et al. [25]) there is preferential inflow via the space between the arterial wall and the pial sheath and preferential outflow via spaces surrounding veins. Red lines represent pial membranes, grey lines the layer of glial end-feet or glia limitans, black arrows are fluxes of markers carried or assisted by convection, green arrows are primarily diffusion. The location of the pial barriers is based on Zhang et al. [23]. The anatomical basis of the perivascular spaces remains controversial
|
|
p
|
(Modified from Figure 9 in [41])
|
|
p
|
Proposal 1 The first proposal (Fig. 7a) was that secretion of fluid by the blood–brain barrier provides a small pressure gradient for outflow of ISF along preferential routes (see [83, 126, 127, 129, 130]). These routes could be perivascular spaces or the extracellular spaces parallel to the axons in nerve fibre tracts. When this proposal was put forward more than 30 years ago (see e.g. [83]) it was believed that the half-life for clearance of marker solutes by outflow was of the order of 12 h. However, all of these early studies were performed on animals anaesthetized using barbiturates. Using either conscious animals or those anaesthetized with ketamine/zylazine or halothane, the half-lives are much shorter, 2–4 h [25, 62, 85, 131]. Perivascular efflux of solutes is considerably faster than envisaged by Cserr and coworkers. It should also be pointed out that Proposal 1 does not and was never intended to provide any explanation for the rapid influx of solutes. In Proposal 1 (and in Proposal 3, see below) the solutes are swept out of the parenchyma by the flow through the perivascular system. Estimates of the flow rate required to eliminate substances at the observed rates can be calculated from their clearances1 CLperivascular=rateofelimination/cisfand the assumption that the concentration of the solute is the same in ISF and the outflow. Then because elimination is by outflow2 rateofelimination=rateofoutflow×concentration in outflowand substituting that into the definition of clearance,3 CLperivascular=rateofoutflow×concentration in outflow/cisf,which, because the concentration in the outflow is the same as cisf, becomes4 CLperivascular=rateofoutflow.
|
|
label
|
1
|
|
label
|
2
|
|
label
|
3
|
|
label
|
4
|
|
p
|
From the known volume of distribution of suitable substances such as inulin or sucrose, 200 µL g−1, and the range of their half lives, 2–4 h, and the relation between clearance, half-life and volume of distribution, CL = 0.69 VD/t1/2, the clearances and thus the required flow rates are in the range 0.6–1.2 µL g−1 min−1. For a human with a 1400 g brain this is 1.2–2.4 L day−1. Even the bottom of this range is somewhat more than twice the rate of production of CSF. There is no other reason to suspect that there is a rate of secretion of fluid across the blood–brain barrier that exceeds the rate of fluid secretion by the choroid plexuses (see Section 4.1 in [4]). The rate of fluid secretion across the blood–brain barrier is very unlikely to be this large and is almost certain to be insufficient to account for perivascular clearance of solutes.
|
|
p
|
Proposal 2 (Fig. 7b) The second suggestion, recently revived, is that convection in the perivascular spaces, arterial and possibly venous, leads to convective mixing of the fluid in the spaces allowing relatively rapid movements of solutes both inwards and outwards [41, 78, 82, 96, 132]. Such mixing probably presupposes that perivascular spaces are compressible. Convective mixing is perhaps better called dispersion [78]. Papisov [133] and Asgari et al. [134] discuss a similar effect in the spinal cord allowing transport of solutes down their concentration gradients against the direction of net flow of CSF and at rates much greater than allowed by diffusion. In this proposal diffusion is taken to be adequate to explain movements within the interstitial spaces in the parenchyma because the distances involved are sufficiently short (see Sect. 3.2.1).
|
|
p
|
In this proposal (and in Proposal 3, see below), an important part of the mechanism is thought to be convection in spaces whose dimensions are changed by periodic compression resulting from the changes in blood pressure during the cardiac cycle [13, 25, 70, 82, 96, 132]. The length of space around a cortical vessel that is compressed at one time is as long as the vessel [78, 82]. Bradbury et al. [82] were of the opinion that periodic compression and reexpansion of this space “would cause to-and-fro movement of fluid in and out of the brain” such that “A basis would be provided for substances in solution or suspension to be moved either out of or into the brain depending on the relative concentration in subarachnoid CSF.” Another variation on this theme may be possible if there are layers of differing compressibility, both connected via relatively low resistance pathways to the brain surface.
|
|
p
|
Back-and-forth convective movements in perivascular spaces would only be apparent using techniques with both good spatial resolution and time resolution better than a fraction of a second. Such movements have been observed in perivascular spaces very close to the cortical surface using india ink [84] and in the periarterial spaces at the cortical surfaces using microspheres [108]. But with techniques now available for viewing, if perivascular spaces exist that allow convective back and forth movements, all that would be seen within the parenchyma would be accelerated movement down the concentration gradient regardless of its direction, i.e. the periarterial influxes and effluxes that have been observed.
|
|
p
|
Proposal 3 (Fig. 7c) The third proposal, the glymphatic hypothesis [25, 109, 135–137], asserts.There is an inward flow of CSF along periarterial spaces;
The flow is driven across the layer of astrocyte endfeet into the parenchyma aided by the presence of Aqp4 in the endfeet;
The flow propels the waste products of metabolism into the perivenous space again crossing the layer of endfeet, presumably again aided by the presence of Aqp4;
The flow exits the parenchyma by the perivenous route and reaches lymphatic vessels in the neck.
|
|
p
|
There is an inward flow of CSF along periarterial spaces;
|
|
p
|
The flow is driven across the layer of astrocyte endfeet into the parenchyma aided by the presence of Aqp4 in the endfeet;
|
|
p
|
The flow propels the waste products of metabolism into the perivenous space again crossing the layer of endfeet, presumably again aided by the presence of Aqp4;
|
|
p
|
The flow exits the parenchyma by the perivenous route and reaches lymphatic vessels in the neck.
|
|
p
|
As indicated when considering Proposal 1, a flow of ~ 0.6 µL g−1 min−1 or more would be required to remove the efflux markers at the observed rate. For a 1400 g brain, that is c. 1.2 L day−1 roughly twice the generally accepted rate of CSF production. Thus even if the rest of this proposal is correct, either the glymphatic flow does not direct ISF out of the brain directly to lymphatic vessels or the rate of CSF production is greater than is generally accepted.
|
|
p
|
The earlier evidence for and against the glymphatic hypothesis was discussed in [41] where it was argued that while a recirculation of CSF could explain influx and efflux of substances much faster than by simple diffusion, it did not explain either the observed outward movements of solutes along arteries [70, 71, 82, 83, 87, 130] or the observed continuation of rapid inward periarterial movement of large solutes when the proposed glymphatic circulation was interrupted at the level of the astrocyte endfeet by global knockout of Aqp4 [25].
|
|
p
|
Proposal 4 (not shown in Fig. 7) The most recent proposal [101] is that vasomotion, waxing and waning contraction of the smooth muscle fibres in the arterial wall, propels fluid towards the brain surface along the basement membranes of the vessel wall. This proposal does not seek to explain the rapid influx of markers along arterial walls, possibly by a different pathway.
|
|
sec
|
Is movement within the parenchyma determined by diffusion or by flow from periarterial to perivenular spaces?
It is unclear how the flow required for the glymphatic hypothesis to be correct, at least 0.6 µL g−1 min−1 (see Proposal 3 above), could be driven through the parenchyma. Jin et al. [77] and Holter et al. [80] have calculated fluid flows within the parenchyma using, respectively, 2-D and 3-D models of the geometry and dimensions of the interstitial spaces. Jin et al. concluded that “little or no advective solute transport is predicted to occur with physiological paravascular pressure differences” taken to be < 5 mmHg. (Strictly advection corresponds to flow while convection includes both flow and diffusion). Furthermore they concluded that the water permeability of the endfeet membrane facing the microvessels, i.e. the membrane containing Aqp4, could have little direct effect on water flow into the parenchyma.7 Jin et al. assumed that the ISF between the cells behaves as a free fluid with the viscosity of water. If instead ISF in the interstitial spaces in the brain has properties similar to those of extracellular fluid in tissues in the rest of the body (see [138, 139], discussion in [41] and,8 the pressure required for flow would be much larger than that calculated by Jin et al. making bulk flow (advection) even less likely (compare [140]).
Holter et al. [80] have investigated what they consider to be a more realistic model of the parenchyma than that evaluated by Jin et al. One aspect is undeniably more realistic, it treats movement in three dimensions rather than two. It is also asserted that treating the obstacles to flow as being much smaller and more numerous than in Jin et al’s simulation produces a more faithful result. Jin et al. used barriers sized like cell bodies, while Holter et al. have adopted the smaller objects used in Kinney’s construction of the extracellular space [141], which allows for cell bodies and processes. (Smaller objects may be analogous to the increased resistance to flow resulting from macromolecules dissolved in peripheral extracellular fluid, see Footnote 8). Holter et al. conclude that flow makes a much smaller contribution than calculated by Jin et al. However, while Jin et al. treat the entrance and exit of fluid across the endfoot layers explicitly, this is missing from the treatment given by Holter et al. Given that the conclusion is “no flow” in both studies this difference between them may be of no consequence.
It should be noted that neither Jin et al. [77] nor Holter et al. [80] have considered flow along the basement membranes surrounding capillaries presumably because the total area available for such flow is less than for flow via the interstitial spaces (and flow along basement membranes wasn’t considered in the glymphatic hypothesis). Asgari et al. [73] assumed that the resistance to flow of the basement membranes would be the same as for slabs of ®Matrigel of the same dimensions, and on this basis concluded that flow via basement membranes would be less than through the interstitium (compare the discussion in [16]).
That flow through the parenchyma is not needed to explain the delivery of solutes to perivascular spaces was suggested by the results obtained using integrative optical imaging (see e.g. [24, 76, 142, 143]). That technique showed that in apparently isotropic regions of brain the spread of fluorescent indicators appears symmetrical over distances of at least 100 µm from a point source (for examples see [24]), indicating that molecules within ISF can reach perivascular spaces in any direction and in good time by diffusion with no evidence for preferential movement towards either arterioles or venules. However, that technique was applied using a water immersion microscope objective after opening the skull and dura to allow access [142]. The open skull and dura may have perturbed flow in the parenchyma. (There is good evidence that cisternal puncture changes flow in the basal cisterns and subarachnoid spaces [25, 89]). Symmetrical spread has now been convincingly confirmed in a systematic study using both direct observation through a cranial window after injection of fluorescently labelled dextrans and recovery from photobleaching [79]. However, it should be noted that the window was glazed after dye injection and hence only shortly before observations were made.
Smith et al. [79] have also found (1) that the dependence of the rate of movements within the parenchyma on the size of the solute is close to that expected if the movement occurs by diffusion; (2) that, in contrast to the report of Iliff et al. [25], the amounts of solutes entering the parenchyma are similar in Aqp4+/+ and Aqp4−/− mice; and (3) that local movement of solutes in the parenchyma is not impaired just after cardiorespiratory arrest. They conclude that “these results do not support glymphatic, convective solute transport in brain parenchyma.” In reply to point (2) a group of researchers have posted an un-refereed summary of their experience that comparing three different Aqp4 knockout transgenic lines, including the cell line used by Smith et al. [79], Aqp4 does support “fluid and solute transport and efflux in brain in accordance with the glymphatic system model” [144]. The role of Aqp4 is discussed further in [140].
Pizzo et al. [16] have looked at the distribution of IgG and much smaller single domain antibodies after cisternal infusion. They found that the antibodies rapidly enter the perivascular spaces of blood vessels of all sizes be they arteries, veins or capillaries. The distribution within the parenchyma was as expected for diffusion including the differences between the profiles for different sizes of fluorescent marker. Further discussion supporting the importance of diffusion over bulk flow in the extracellular spaces of the parenchyma can be found in [40]. Perivascular solute movements are considered further in Sect. 5.7.1.2.
|
|
title
|
Is movement within the parenchyma determined by diffusion or by flow from periarterial to perivenular spaces?
|
|
p
|
It is unclear how the flow required for the glymphatic hypothesis to be correct, at least 0.6 µL g−1 min−1 (see Proposal 3 above), could be driven through the parenchyma. Jin et al. [77] and Holter et al. [80] have calculated fluid flows within the parenchyma using, respectively, 2-D and 3-D models of the geometry and dimensions of the interstitial spaces. Jin et al. concluded that “little or no advective solute transport is predicted to occur with physiological paravascular pressure differences” taken to be < 5 mmHg. (Strictly advection corresponds to flow while convection includes both flow and diffusion). Furthermore they concluded that the water permeability of the endfeet membrane facing the microvessels, i.e. the membrane containing Aqp4, could have little direct effect on water flow into the parenchyma.7 Jin et al. assumed that the ISF between the cells behaves as a free fluid with the viscosity of water. If instead ISF in the interstitial spaces in the brain has properties similar to those of extracellular fluid in tissues in the rest of the body (see [138, 139], discussion in [41] and,8 the pressure required for flow would be much larger than that calculated by Jin et al. making bulk flow (advection) even less likely (compare [140]).
|
|
p
|
Holter et al. [80] have investigated what they consider to be a more realistic model of the parenchyma than that evaluated by Jin et al. One aspect is undeniably more realistic, it treats movement in three dimensions rather than two. It is also asserted that treating the obstacles to flow as being much smaller and more numerous than in Jin et al’s simulation produces a more faithful result. Jin et al. used barriers sized like cell bodies, while Holter et al. have adopted the smaller objects used in Kinney’s construction of the extracellular space [141], which allows for cell bodies and processes. (Smaller objects may be analogous to the increased resistance to flow resulting from macromolecules dissolved in peripheral extracellular fluid, see Footnote 8). Holter et al. conclude that flow makes a much smaller contribution than calculated by Jin et al. However, while Jin et al. treat the entrance and exit of fluid across the endfoot layers explicitly, this is missing from the treatment given by Holter et al. Given that the conclusion is “no flow” in both studies this difference between them may be of no consequence.
|
|
p
|
It should be noted that neither Jin et al. [77] nor Holter et al. [80] have considered flow along the basement membranes surrounding capillaries presumably because the total area available for such flow is less than for flow via the interstitial spaces (and flow along basement membranes wasn’t considered in the glymphatic hypothesis). Asgari et al. [73] assumed that the resistance to flow of the basement membranes would be the same as for slabs of ®Matrigel of the same dimensions, and on this basis concluded that flow via basement membranes would be less than through the interstitium (compare the discussion in [16]).
|
|
p
|
That flow through the parenchyma is not needed to explain the delivery of solutes to perivascular spaces was suggested by the results obtained using integrative optical imaging (see e.g. [24, 76, 142, 143]). That technique showed that in apparently isotropic regions of brain the spread of fluorescent indicators appears symmetrical over distances of at least 100 µm from a point source (for examples see [24]), indicating that molecules within ISF can reach perivascular spaces in any direction and in good time by diffusion with no evidence for preferential movement towards either arterioles or venules. However, that technique was applied using a water immersion microscope objective after opening the skull and dura to allow access [142]. The open skull and dura may have perturbed flow in the parenchyma. (There is good evidence that cisternal puncture changes flow in the basal cisterns and subarachnoid spaces [25, 89]). Symmetrical spread has now been convincingly confirmed in a systematic study using both direct observation through a cranial window after injection of fluorescently labelled dextrans and recovery from photobleaching [79]. However, it should be noted that the window was glazed after dye injection and hence only shortly before observations were made.
|
|
p
|
Smith et al. [79] have also found (1) that the dependence of the rate of movements within the parenchyma on the size of the solute is close to that expected if the movement occurs by diffusion; (2) that, in contrast to the report of Iliff et al. [25], the amounts of solutes entering the parenchyma are similar in Aqp4+/+ and Aqp4−/− mice; and (3) that local movement of solutes in the parenchyma is not impaired just after cardiorespiratory arrest. They conclude that “these results do not support glymphatic, convective solute transport in brain parenchyma.” In reply to point (2) a group of researchers have posted an un-refereed summary of their experience that comparing three different Aqp4 knockout transgenic lines, including the cell line used by Smith et al. [79], Aqp4 does support “fluid and solute transport and efflux in brain in accordance with the glymphatic system model” [144]. The role of Aqp4 is discussed further in [140].
|
|
p
|
Pizzo et al. [16] have looked at the distribution of IgG and much smaller single domain antibodies after cisternal infusion. They found that the antibodies rapidly enter the perivascular spaces of blood vessels of all sizes be they arteries, veins or capillaries. The distribution within the parenchyma was as expected for diffusion including the differences between the profiles for different sizes of fluorescent marker. Further discussion supporting the importance of diffusion over bulk flow in the extracellular spaces of the parenchyma can be found in [40]. Perivascular solute movements are considered further in Sect. 5.7.1.2.
|
|
sec
|
Is there a glymphatic circulation?
The answer depends partly on what one means by glymphatic circulation. If the meaning is “Convective glymphatic fluxes of CSF and ISF propel the waste products of neuron metabolism into the paravenous space” [136], then the answer is almost certainly no (compare [40, 140], though it should be noted that [54, 137] still argue in favour of the original glymphatic hypothesis). However, if glymphatic circulation is taken to mean only that there is a net inward periarterial flow, a net outward perivenous flow, and some connection between them, then the answer still isn’t known with any certainty. The results discussed above [24, 76, 79, 142, 143] provide powerful experimental support for the widely held view that a glymphatic circulation is not needed to explain solute movements over the short distances that are important in the parenchyma. Furthermore the calculations of Asgari et al. [73, 78], Jin et al. [77] and Holter et al. [80] (see also Footnote 8) suggest that flow through the interstitial spaces of grey matter or along the basement membranes of microvessels in the parenchyma is negligible. However, it is not yet clear that the available experimental results exclude the possibility that there is a net flow between the perivascular spaces of arterioles and venules that is large enough to complete a recirculation pathway inwards from CSF via periarterial routes and back to CSF via perivenous routes.9 If that flow exists it could be important for transport of solutes over the relatively large distances encountered along the perivascular spaces (see e.g. [76]) while still being negligible relative to diffusion for transport over the relatively short distances within the parenchyma. Interestingly this scenario was proposed recently by Coles et al. [1] (see also Iliff et al. [145]) based on detailed consideration of the evidence available even before publication of the results in [16, 79].
While there have now been hundreds of references to the glymphatic mechanism, almost all of these treat it as accepted dogma and do not test the assumptions or the evidence on which it is based. At present it would be better to refer to perivascular elimination and delivery of substances without prejudice to the mechanism(s) by which these are achieved.
|
|
title
|
Is there a glymphatic circulation?
|
|
p
|
The answer depends partly on what one means by glymphatic circulation. If the meaning is “Convective glymphatic fluxes of CSF and ISF propel the waste products of neuron metabolism into the paravenous space” [136], then the answer is almost certainly no (compare [40, 140], though it should be noted that [54, 137] still argue in favour of the original glymphatic hypothesis). However, if glymphatic circulation is taken to mean only that there is a net inward periarterial flow, a net outward perivenous flow, and some connection between them, then the answer still isn’t known with any certainty. The results discussed above [24, 76, 79, 142, 143] provide powerful experimental support for the widely held view that a glymphatic circulation is not needed to explain solute movements over the short distances that are important in the parenchyma. Furthermore the calculations of Asgari et al. [73, 78], Jin et al. [77] and Holter et al. [80] (see also Footnote 8) suggest that flow through the interstitial spaces of grey matter or along the basement membranes of microvessels in the parenchyma is negligible. However, it is not yet clear that the available experimental results exclude the possibility that there is a net flow between the perivascular spaces of arterioles and venules that is large enough to complete a recirculation pathway inwards from CSF via periarterial routes and back to CSF via perivenous routes.9 If that flow exists it could be important for transport of solutes over the relatively large distances encountered along the perivascular spaces (see e.g. [76]) while still being negligible relative to diffusion for transport over the relatively short distances within the parenchyma. Interestingly this scenario was proposed recently by Coles et al. [1] (see also Iliff et al. [145]) based on detailed consideration of the evidence available even before publication of the results in [16, 79].
|
|
p
|
While there have now been hundreds of references to the glymphatic mechanism, almost all of these treat it as accepted dogma and do not test the assumptions or the evidence on which it is based. At present it would be better to refer to perivascular elimination and delivery of substances without prejudice to the mechanism(s) by which these are achieved.
|
|
sec
|
Variation between sleep and wakefulness
In the comparative studies undertaken on sleeping and awake mice by Xie et al. [128] there were differences in clearance and in interstitial fluid volume in the two physiological states. In these studies, inulin was used as the marker solute for perivascular clearance and the real-time iontophoresis method [74] was used to assess the volume. Briefly Xie et al. [128] found that, in the change from sleep to wakefulness, ISF volume decreased by 1.6-fold, the rate constant for efflux of inulin decreased 2.7-fold and from these values it could be estimated that inulin clearance decreased 4.3-fold (see Section 2.4 in [146]). Changes in the rate of access into the parenchyma of markers added to CSF and the discrepancies between the results of Xie et al. and of Gakuba et al. [147] are discussed briefly in.10
As discussed in [146] it is at present unclear whether any change in perivascular clearance of inulin in the transition from sleep to wakefulness is a consequence of the change in ISF volume in the parenchyma or some other effect. There are other possible effects of sleep versus wakefulness that might plausibly alter the clearance, e.g. changes in the shape or volume of either the perivascular spaces or the glial endfeet surrounding them.
|
|
title
|
Variation between sleep and wakefulness
|
|
p
|
In the comparative studies undertaken on sleeping and awake mice by Xie et al. [128] there were differences in clearance and in interstitial fluid volume in the two physiological states. In these studies, inulin was used as the marker solute for perivascular clearance and the real-time iontophoresis method [74] was used to assess the volume. Briefly Xie et al. [128] found that, in the change from sleep to wakefulness, ISF volume decreased by 1.6-fold, the rate constant for efflux of inulin decreased 2.7-fold and from these values it could be estimated that inulin clearance decreased 4.3-fold (see Section 2.4 in [146]). Changes in the rate of access into the parenchyma of markers added to CSF and the discrepancies between the results of Xie et al. and of Gakuba et al. [147] are discussed briefly in.10
|
|
p
|
As discussed in [146] it is at present unclear whether any change in perivascular clearance of inulin in the transition from sleep to wakefulness is a consequence of the change in ISF volume in the parenchyma or some other effect. There are other possible effects of sleep versus wakefulness that might plausibly alter the clearance, e.g. changes in the shape or volume of either the perivascular spaces or the glial endfeet surrounding them.
|
|
sec
|
The blood–brain barrier
The blood–brain barrier is more selective than the perivascular pathway in what can and cannot permeate. This selectivity arises from the properties of the endothelial cells surrounding the microvessels. The brain is highly vascularized and cells within the parenchyma are usually within 20 µm of a microvessel [148]. Diffusion over distances this short is rapid. To reach the microvessel, substances must also cross the surrounding layer composed of glial endfeet. This is normally possible because the gaps between the endfeet are not sealed by tight junctions [149, 150]. Even the almost complete coverage of the endothelial cells by glial endfeet proposed by Mathiisen [149] leaves sufficient gaps (see Footnote 7). Thus normally it is the endothelial cells that are the site for the rate limiting steps in efflux across the blood–brain barrier. The current state of knowledge about the role of the endfeet was considered further in [4].
Passive, non-specific transfer across the blood–brain barrier
There are two possible routes for passive, non-specific transfer across the microvascular endothelial layer, through the cells or around them. The paracellular pathway is “blocked” by the presence of tight junctions but this pathway may still be the principal route for the passive fluxes of small solutes that are barred from the transcellular route by being too polar (mannitol, sucrose and inulin are considered in Appendix B). In addition to neutral molecules like mannitol, the paracellular pathway may be measurably permeable to Na+ and Cl− [151]. As discussed in detail in [4] and in Sect. 5.6 evidence for this includes the observation that the tracer fluxes of Na+ and Cl− are not affected by ouabain [152] or bumetanide [153], agents that specifically inhibit ion transporters known to be involved in transcellular fluxes of these ions.
Almost all of the passive, non-selective permeability of the blood–brain barrier to molecules more lipophilic than mannitol is the result of their ability to diffuse across both the cell membranes and the interior of the endothelial cells. Strong indications that such a physical mechanism applies are the observations: that transport does not saturate, that it is not inhibited by competition by other transported substances, and that no specific inhibitors have been found. Small neutral substances that are able to enter and leave the brain parenchyma by this mechanism include water, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, glycerol, ethylene glycol, urea and thiourea (see Fig. 8).
Fig. 8 Plot of log(PS/mL g−1 min−1), versus log(Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2) for the substances indicated along the abscissa. PS is the product of permeability and surface area for the blood–brain barrier, Kn-octanol/water is the octanol/water partition coefficient and MW is the molecular weight of the substance. The slope of 1 for the heavy blue line indicates PS proportional to Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2. A closer fit to the data can be obtained by allowing the slope to vary, shown as the thin red line, but the improvement in fit is not statistically significant (F = 2.33, p = 0.11, n = 43, extra sum of squares F test [640])
(Data read from Figure 8 of [159])
Most studies of the passive permeability of the blood–brain barrier have focussed on influx, because it is easier to measure and has obvious importance for the delivery of agents and drugs to the CNS (see e.g. [57, 154]). However, passive permeability allows both influx and efflux and thus these studies are directly relevant to understanding how substances are eliminated from the parenchyma.
In the simplest view the rate limiting steps in the transcellular, passive, unmediated transfer of substances can be thought of as occurring by dissolution in a liquid hydrophobic core of the membranes and diffusion through it. For molecules not much larger than those of the solvent the diffusion constant for the various compounds is taken to be inversely proportional to the square root of their molecular weights [155–157]. The exact relationship assumed is not critical because the dominant factor determining the relative permeabilities is the free energy cost of the transfer from water into the core of the membrane, ΔGmembrane/water. This cost determines the relative concentrations in the membrane and the aqueous phase,5 cmembranecwater=Kmembrane/water=e-ΔGmembrane/water/RTwhere Kmembrane/water is the partition coefficient, R the universal gas constant, and T the absolute temperature. The free energy cost and the partition coefficient are usually estimated by assuming that the membrane core can be described as being like a layer of n-octanol (see [158, 159] and for more recent discussions [160, 161]), and thus6 cmembranecwater∝Kn-octanol/water=e-ΔGn-octanol/water/RT.
It is likely that n-octanol rather than, say, n-octane is appropriate as a model for the membrane interior because the –OH group can participate in hydrogen bonds.
Fenstermacher [159] reviewed the studies up to 1984 with the result summarized in a plot of log[PS] versus log[Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2] (see Fig. 8) where PS is the permeability surface area product for brain capillaries. For the substances listed in the figure, which have simple structures and molecular weights less than 200, the slope of the loglog plot is not significantly different from 1, i.e. PS appears to be proportional to Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2.
There have been many other reports based on studies using more complicated or larger molecules. These have usually reported a linear relation between log(PS) and either log[Kn-octanol/water] or log[Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2] but often with a slope substantially less than 1 (see e.g. [162, 163]). It should be emphasized that slope not equal to 1 means that the fluxes are not proportional to Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2 and thus, for at least some of the substances tested, simple diffusion and partition into an environment that looks like n-octanol are not the only important factors that need to be considered. The appropriate factors are considered further in Appendix C.
Correlating the passive permeabilities for substances at the blood–brain barrier with their partition coefficients for transfer from water to n-octanol has the virtue of focussing attention on the most critical aspect of the passive permeation process, the free energy cost of removing the solute from water and inserting it into a relatively hydrophobic environment. However, these correlations have been thought too imprecise to use as a criteria for selecting candidates to consider in a drug discovery setting. There have been many attempts to do better, some in terms of a set of rules analogous to the “rule of 5” for intestinal absorption [164], some using better estimates of the free energy cost for solutes to reach the rate limiting step of the transport, and some using a mixture of both.
To obtain better estimates of the free energy, Abraham and colleagues (see [165–168]) have employed linear free energy relations, LFER, to calculate correlations based on a two step process. First quantitative “descriptors” of the molecules under consideration are chosen without regard to the process of interest. Then, once the descriptors have been chosen, the relevant free energy changes for processes such as partition into a solvent or permeability across the blood–brain barrier, are calculated as linear sums of the descriptors with coefficients that depend on the process but not on the molecules (see e.g. [160, 165, 166]. Having used data for some substances to calculate the LFER coefficients, these can then be used for other substances. This approach has been applied with considerable success to partition into solvents for many more molecules than are needed to calculate the coefficients [165]. It has also allowed closer prediction of blood–brain barrier permeabilities than the simple solubility-diffusion model [166, 167] (see Appendix C).
There is, however, a danger in adopting this approach to the prediction of permeability. The use of linear free energy relations reveals correlations between the descriptors and the rate of transport, but unless used carefully it can obscure important features of the mechanism. For instance in the correlations reported for log(PS) [166, 167], the strongest correlation was a positive correlation between molecular volume and permeability, i.e. this approach seems to say that increases in molecular size result in increased permeability [160, 167]. However, the idea that bigger objects will be more permeable because they are bigger is completely counter-intuitive. The likely explanation for this paradox is simple. For the molecules considered in the correlations, increases in molecular volume were associated with large increases in lipophilicity as measured by Kn-octanol/water and it is plausible that it was the increase in lipophilicity that increased the permeability. Indeed as shown in Appendix C Abraham’s descriptor approach predicts for the compounds tested [166] that log[PS/Kn-octanol/water] varies much less than log[PS] and furthermore that it decreases when molecular volume is increased. In terms of Fig. 8, because large values of Kn-octanol/water are associated with large molecules, slopes less than 1 are expected if increasing molecular size has some effect that decreases permeability in addition to its effect that increases permeability by virtue of increasing Kn-octanol/water (see Appendix C).
Liu [169] investigated the utility of many different descriptors for predicting log(PS) for neutral molecules and settled on three, log(D), TPSA and vas_base where D is Kn-octanol/water measured specifically at pH 7.4, TPSA is the polar surface area of a molecule, which correlates with the ability to form hydrogen bonds (compare [170]), and vas_base is the surface area of basic groups.
Abraham [168, 171] has presented the extension of the LFER approach to ions.11
Fong [161] has reviewed many of the attempts to predict permeabilities of the blood–brain barrier to solutes. He concludes that the most important factors for neutral solutes are: the free energy required to remove the solute from water; the free energy gained from the interactions of the solute with the membrane core, usually modelled by its interaction with n-octanol; the dipole moment of the solute; and lastly its molecular volume. Increases in molecular volume per se decrease permeability. Geldenhuys et al. [172] has provided many useful references in a review prepared from the perspective of the utility of predictions in high-throughput screening.
Transporters at the blood–brain barrier
The membranes of the endothelial cells that constitute the blood–brain barrier possess transporters for many different types of solutes. These transporters may be present on luminal, abluminal or both surfaces of the endothelial cells. Prominent among them are transporters for common nutrients and waste products of metabolism: GLUT1 for glucose, MCT1 for lactic acid and other small monocarboxylic acids, a range of transporters for amino acids, and several for nucleosides. There are also ion transporters involved in maintenance of the ionic composition of the brain fluids. Many of the transporters are specific and are involved in moving the normal constituents of brain extracellular fluid. Some of these are considered in Sect. 5. In addition there are also less specific transporters. Many of these can mediate efflux of a variety of other substrates including many exogenous substances and toxic occasional products of metabolism.
Evidence concerning the presence and identity of many of these transporters has been reviewed elsewhere with studies being conducted primarily at the level of transcript [173–178], protein [31, 44, 58, 176, 179–188] and/or function [4, 20, 31, 46, 55–57, 179, 189–200]. The reports by Roberts et al. [180] and Kubo et al. [58] and reviews by Hawkins et al. [44], Redzic [31], Campos-Bedolla [57], Worzfeld and Schwaninger [187] and Nalecz [200] have been useful as sources of information about the localization of transporters to the luminal or abluminal membranes.
This review will not seek to provide yet another comprehensive survey. Extensive lists of transporters and substrates are available in many of the cited references and for SLC transporters at the BioParadigms website [201, 202].
ABC efflux transporters
It has long been appreciated that the brain represents a pharmacological sanctuary and is selectively “protected” from the toxic effects of many chemotherapeutic agents. These include vincristine and doxorubicin (aka adriamycin), which fail to penetrate the blood–brain barrier as well as their lipid solubilities would suggest [162]. A major part of this failure to penetrate has since been attributed to the presence of the multidrug transporter, P-glycoprotein. Absence of this transporter in knock-out mice was shown to allow entry of toxic agents including ivermectin [203]. P-glycoprotein was found to be located in the luminal membrane (see e.g. [204–209]) of the endothelial cells and is believed to act there to transport substrates out of the cells so rapidly that little remains to penetrate the abluminal membrane and enter the brain.
It is believed by many that P-glycoprotein, a transmembrane protein, acts by removing its lipophilic substrates from the lipid layer of the cell membrane, depositing them back into the blood [210–213]. Its structure has been investigated in both substrate-free and inhibitor bound conformations [213] and binding sites for various of its many substrates identified within the large cavity seen in the substrate-free conformation. It is the binding and hydrolysis of ATP that provides the motive force leading to a large conformational change in the P-glycoprotein and the transfer and expulsion of its substrates. There are two ATP binding sites located on the cytoplasmic side of the protein.
P-glycoprotein, otherwise called ABCB1, is a member of the ABC (ATP-Binding Cassette) family of proteins many of which are primary active transporters that utilize the hydrolysis of ATP to fuel substrate transport. Since its discovery, other ABC active transporters with broad substrate profiles have been found in the luminal membrane of the endothelial cells. These include Breast Cancer Resistance Protein, BCRP (ABCG2) [180, 197, 214–218] and Multidrug Resistance Proteins, MRPs 4 and 5 (ABCC4 and 5) [180, 197, 209, 218–221]. MRP1 (ABCC1) has also been implicated but levels of this transporter are thought to be low in brain endothelial cells in situ and only increase in cultured brain endothelial cells once they are removed from the brain microenvironment [180, 184, 218, 222–226]. MRP1 and MRP2 are apparently upregulated and clearly expressed in epilepsy [227–229].
The role of efflux from endothelial cell to blood by ABC transporters in preventing influx of many substances from blood into the brain has been extensively reviewed (see e.g. [57, 196, 197, 199, 221, 230–234]. The regulation of P-glycoprotein, BCRP and MRP2 at the blood–brain barrier has been reviewed by Miller [221].
The role of ABC transporters in efflux from the brain parenchyma differs depending on the nature of the substrate. As described in Fig. 9, for substances that are sufficiently lipid soluble to cross the endothelial cell membranes rapidly by passive transport, the presence of ABC efflux transporters can greatly reduce blood-to-brain influx, as observed experimentally. However, as also explained in Fig. 9 the ABC transporters in the luminal membrane will have only a modest effect, e.g. a doubling, on the rate of brain-to-blood efflux. This may be of little consequence as the rate of efflux for lipid soluble substances is already high.
Fig. 9 The influence of ABC transporters on the movements of lipophilic substances. The substance is presumed to be able to enter and leave the endothelial cells by diffusion with rate constant kdiff., which for simplicity in this example is assumed to be same on both sides. The substance is expelled from the cell by ABC transporters on the luminal side at a rate, kactiveccell. With these assumptions the effect of the ABC transporters on influx can be calculated by setting cisf = 0 and the effect on efflux by setting cplasma = 0. In both sets of equations, the first line states that at steady-state the net flux into the cell on one side must equal the net flux out of the cell on the other. From the next to the last lines of both sets of equations, if the rate of ABC mediated expulsion from the cell is small or zero, the rate constants for both influx and efflux are (kdiff./2). By contrast from the last lines if the rate of ABC mediated expulsion is large, influx to the brain, J→, becomes very small, while efflux from the brain, J←, is doubled compared to the efflux with no ABC transporter
The role of ABC transporters for solutes with low passive permeability across the membranes is considered in the next section.
Efflux mediated in part by SLC solute transporters
Many of the SLC (solute carrier) transporters (see [202] for a list) are present in the membranes of the endothelial cells of the blood–brain barrier. Some are considered in connection with the transport of specific solutes in Sect. 5. Others, primarily from the SLC21 (OATPs, organic anion transporting polypeptides) and SLC22 (OATs and OCTs, organic anion transporters and organic cation transporters) families are associated with transport of a variety of organic anions and cations. These have been reviewed frequently and extensively [57, 176, 200, 218, 235–246]. (Uppercase labels, e.g. SLC or OAT, strictly refer to human sequences and proteins, while mixed-case labels, e.g. Slc or Oat, refer to any other species. In this review uppercase is also used when there is no intention to specify species).
There is little quantitative data on the efflux of organic anions and cations from the parenchyma in humans though many are known to be transported. In rodents more information is available for transfer of organic anions than cations. Table 1 lists some examples of organic anions/neutral molecules for which brain-to-blood transport rate constants have been determined. These are all believed to be substrates for Oat3 (Slc22a8) and/or one or more of the Oatp transporters present at the blood–brain barrier. In broad terms [238], small hydrophobic anions are substrates for Oats (Slc22 family) while larger amphipathic anions are substrates for Oatps (Slc21 family, whose member names start with Slco, see [247]). For comparison Table 1 also lists rate constants and clearances for examples of markers for perivascular efflux. It is clear that the rates of elimination of the Slc substrates are considerably greater than could be supported by perivascular efflux alone.
Table 1 Comparison of rate constants for efflux and clearances for Slc22 and Slco substrates and the perivascular markers inulin, mannitol and sucrose
keff/min−1 t1/2/min Vd/mL/g CL/µL g−1 min−1 Ref # Notes
Slc substrates Rat unless stated otherwise
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH) 0.059 12 0.80 47 [558] Influx much slower than efflux
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH) 0.039 18 [559] Abl. Oat3 based on inhibitors, lum. Mrp4 possible based on kidney [560]
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH) 0.0175 40 [131]
Penicillin G, benzylpenicillin 0.043 16 [559] Oat3 based on inhibitors
Taurocholate 0.023 30 [561]
BQ-123 0.0078 100 [561]
Estrone sulfate 0.066 9.9 1.1 75 [562]
Estrone 0.061 11 3.3 227 [562]
Dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate (DHEAS) 0.027 26 118 [563] Influx much slower than efflux, Oatp2
Estradiol-17beta-glucuronide (E217betaG) 0.037 19 [564] Oatp2, 40% and Oat3 20%
Pravastatin 0.060 12 0.99 59 [565] Oat3 (Slc22a8) and Oatp2 (Slco1a4) + others
Pitavastatin 0.026 27 14 364 [565] Oat3, Oatp2 (Slco1a4) +others +diffusion
Homovanillic acid 0.017 40.8 [566] Oat3 from inhibitors
Indoxyl sulfate 0.011 64 [567] Oat3 and others
Pemetrexed 0.018 39 0.62 11 [568] Mouse. Oat3 and unknown (not Mrp2 not Bcrp)
Methotrexate 0.024 29 0.85 20 [568] Oat3 and Bcrp suggested
Buprenorphine 0.025 27.5 6.1 154 [569] Pgp and unknown, possibly diffusion
AZT, (3′-azido-3′-deoxythymidine) 0.032 22 [570] Oat3 from benzylpenicillin inhibition
DDI, (2′,3′-dideoxyinosine) 0.253 2.8 [570] Oat3 from benzylpenicillin inhibition + diffusion
Markers for perivascular elimination
Inulin 0.006 awake0.016 asleep 11543 0.2* 1.23.2 [128] Mouse
Inulin 0.003 230 0.2* 0.6 [62] Mouse
Inulin 0.005 135 0.2* 1 [131] Rat
Mannitol 0.004 170 0.2* 0.8 [25] Mouse
Sucrose 0.0028 awake0.0043 anesth. 245160 0.2* 0.560.86 [131] Rat
Albumin 0.006 115 0.2* 1.2 [131] Rat
Dextran-10K 0.0035 197 0.2* 0.7 [131] Rat
Dextran-70K 0.004 170 0.2* 0.8 [131] Rat
keff rate constant for efflux determined from the time course of the decrease in concentration after injection of solute into the parenchyma (brain efflux index for the Slc substrates relative to inulin; these underestimate keff for values less than ~ 0.01 min−1 see [131]); t1/2 = 0.69/(rate constant) is the half-life; Vd, volume of distribution in the parenchyma determined using brain slices (ISF volume for inulin and mannitol); CL = Vd × keff, the clearance. For the Slc substrates more than one transporter in each membrane is likely to be involved in the transport
* Assumed equal to ISF volume
As indicated in Fig. 10 transport from the parenchyma into the endothelial cells occurs via one or more of the SLC transporters, while exit from the endothelial cells to plasma occurs via either SLC or ABC transporters. For many of the anions efflux from brain to blood is clearly an active uphill process suggesting that the ABC route is dominant (for a caveat see.12) Transport across either membrane can be rate limiting and in many cases transport across each can occur by more than one route. As a consequence demonstration that a specific inhibitor of a transporter reduces the rate of efflux is evidence for involvement of that transporter, but failure to inhibit is relatively uninformative.
Fig. 10 Transport of organic anions across the blood–brain barrier. Organic anion transporters at the blood–brain barrier. The principal known transporters in the rat are shown. In human OAT3 is abluminal, while both OATP1A4 and OATP2B1 are present on both membranes. The ABC efflux pumps, P-gp, BCRP, MRP4 and MRP5, are all localized to the luminal, plasma facing, membrane. The Oat and Oatp transporters are exchangers (see Footnote 12). Localizations from [180] and the references in Table 1
For the SLC substrates in Table 1 the half-lives are shorter than the 1–2 h characteristic of markers eliminated from the parenchyma by perivascular efflux (see Sect. 3). As noted earlier, shorter half-lives imply that there are mechanisms for elimination other than perivascular. This is reinforced by noting that the clearances for those solutes for which volumes of distribution are available are much greater than the clearance associated with the perivascular route (see Sect. 3.2). There is ample further evidence (see the references for the entries in Table 1) for the importance of the Oat and Oatp transporters in the elimination of these solutes from the parenchyma including saturation, competition, the availability of transport inhibitors, and the rapid appearance of effluxed material in venous blood draining the head.
Efflux by transcytosis
Transcytosis is much less prevalent across the endothelial cells of the blood–brain barrier than across those of peripheral capillaries [248–251]. Nevertheless both adsorptive mediated transcytosis (AMT) and receptor mediated transcytosis (RMT) are still likely to be important mechanisms for the transfer of some large substrates across the blood–brain barrier. The initial event in AMT is the adsorption of usually positive substrates onto the surfaces of caveolae, while that for RMT is binding of the substrate to specific receptors that are in or become incorporated into clathrin coated pits. In both cases at the blood–brain barrier this leads to endocytosis followed by delivery of a substantial fraction of the contents of the resulting vesicles to the opposite membrane for exit, possibly by exocytosis [49, 63, 252]. AMT is thought to account for much of the influx into the brain of histones [253], “cell penetrating peptides” [49, 251, 254], HIV [255, 256], and cargos conjugated to the lectin wheat germ agglutinin [257] and to underlie the increase in “generalized permeability” caused by protamine [258]. The downsides of AMT are that it is relatively non-selective for substrates [256] and that it occurs in many cells throughout the body. In addition there is little if any evidence that it occurs in the direction from brain to blood [257, 259]. While RMT also occurs throughout the body, transport by this mechanism depends on interaction of the substrates with specific receptors that may be found primarily in specific locations such as the blood–brain barrier. In addition there is evidence that RMT can occur in either direction, i.e. from brain to blood as well as from blood to brain.
AMT and RMT in the direction from blood to brain have been studied extensively as routes of entry to the brain for endogenous substrates, but even more in the context of mechanisms for drug delivery. These studies have been reviewed frequently [57, 64, 154, 249, 252, 260–266]. However, even so, the steps occurring after the initial endocytosis remain only partially understood [63, 249, 250, 262, 267, 268] including even the answer to the important question of whether the cargo is released within the cell or delivered to the far side by exocytosis. By contrast evidence for transport via transcytosis in the direction brain to blood has been reported for only a few systems including transport of amyloid-β peptides via interaction with LRP1 (low density lipoprotein receptor related protein 1) and LRP2 (low density lipoprotein receptor related protein 2) (see Sect. 5.7), of IgG antibodies via interaction with an unidentified receptor [269–275] and of transferrin [60] via interaction with the transferrin receptor (TfR) [61] (see below).
Transport of transferrin is closely related to transfer of iron. Iron in plasma and in brain extracellular fluid is present almost entirely complexed to transferrin i.e. as holo-transferrin. It has long been known that iron and transferrin enter the brain across the blood–brain barrier and it was originally hypothesised that they are transferred together by endocytosis followed by exocytosis, i.e. direct transcytosis, of holo-transferrin (see e.g. [61, 276]). Yet there have been arguments against this idea arising from dual labelling experiments showing that far more labelled iron than labelled transferrin accumulates in the brain, see e.g. [60, 277, 278]. In addition it has been argued that release of holo-transferrin from TfR is unlikely to occur as there needs to be prior dissociation of iron for release of transferrin from its receptor [279]. So though there is general agreement that holo-transferrin interacts with TfR, which then mediates endocytosis of the iron/transferrin/receptor complex into the endothelial cells, there has been controversy over the subsequent steps in the transfers of transferrin and iron into the brain. Assuming that holo-transferrin is indeed directly transcytosed across the blood–brain barrier, then the limited net entry observed of transferrin to the brain implies that there must be transcytosis of transferrin without iron, apo-transferrin, back out of the brain. Alternatively if the iron is dissociated from the transferrin within the endothelial cells, it is likely that there is exocytosis of apo-transferrin on both sides of the cells (see [280–282] and the footnote13 for further discussion).
Little is known about transport of transferrin out of the brain. There have been reports that labelled apo-transferrin injected into the brain can be transported from brain to blood, but it is not clear how important this is under normal conditions. Banks et al. [60] found that the apo-transferrin was removed from the brain faster than albumin, implying the existence of a route other than washout via CSF. However, subsequently Moos and Morgan [278] did not confirm this result. By contrast Zhang and Pardridge [61] found an early component of loss of injected apo-transferrin, half-life 39 min, which was much faster than that for loss of injected 70 kDa-dextran. Furthermore this rapid component was inhibited by cold apo-transferrin, i.e. there was competition, with an apparent dissociation constant of less than 30 nM implying interaction with a specific receptor which was presumed to be the receptor protein detected by OX26, i.e. TfR. As these studies on transferrin efflux are substantially older than the studies on iron uptake linked to transferrin, further investigation of transferrin transport from brain to blood might be informative.
|
|
title
|
The blood–brain barrier
|
|
p
|
The blood–brain barrier is more selective than the perivascular pathway in what can and cannot permeate. This selectivity arises from the properties of the endothelial cells surrounding the microvessels. The brain is highly vascularized and cells within the parenchyma are usually within 20 µm of a microvessel [148]. Diffusion over distances this short is rapid. To reach the microvessel, substances must also cross the surrounding layer composed of glial endfeet. This is normally possible because the gaps between the endfeet are not sealed by tight junctions [149, 150]. Even the almost complete coverage of the endothelial cells by glial endfeet proposed by Mathiisen [149] leaves sufficient gaps (see Footnote 7). Thus normally it is the endothelial cells that are the site for the rate limiting steps in efflux across the blood–brain barrier. The current state of knowledge about the role of the endfeet was considered further in [4].
|
|
sec
|
Passive, non-specific transfer across the blood–brain barrier
There are two possible routes for passive, non-specific transfer across the microvascular endothelial layer, through the cells or around them. The paracellular pathway is “blocked” by the presence of tight junctions but this pathway may still be the principal route for the passive fluxes of small solutes that are barred from the transcellular route by being too polar (mannitol, sucrose and inulin are considered in Appendix B). In addition to neutral molecules like mannitol, the paracellular pathway may be measurably permeable to Na+ and Cl− [151]. As discussed in detail in [4] and in Sect. 5.6 evidence for this includes the observation that the tracer fluxes of Na+ and Cl− are not affected by ouabain [152] or bumetanide [153], agents that specifically inhibit ion transporters known to be involved in transcellular fluxes of these ions.
Almost all of the passive, non-selective permeability of the blood–brain barrier to molecules more lipophilic than mannitol is the result of their ability to diffuse across both the cell membranes and the interior of the endothelial cells. Strong indications that such a physical mechanism applies are the observations: that transport does not saturate, that it is not inhibited by competition by other transported substances, and that no specific inhibitors have been found. Small neutral substances that are able to enter and leave the brain parenchyma by this mechanism include water, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, glycerol, ethylene glycol, urea and thiourea (see Fig. 8).
Fig. 8 Plot of log(PS/mL g−1 min−1), versus log(Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2) for the substances indicated along the abscissa. PS is the product of permeability and surface area for the blood–brain barrier, Kn-octanol/water is the octanol/water partition coefficient and MW is the molecular weight of the substance. The slope of 1 for the heavy blue line indicates PS proportional to Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2. A closer fit to the data can be obtained by allowing the slope to vary, shown as the thin red line, but the improvement in fit is not statistically significant (F = 2.33, p = 0.11, n = 43, extra sum of squares F test [640])
(Data read from Figure 8 of [159])
Most studies of the passive permeability of the blood–brain barrier have focussed on influx, because it is easier to measure and has obvious importance for the delivery of agents and drugs to the CNS (see e.g. [57, 154]). However, passive permeability allows both influx and efflux and thus these studies are directly relevant to understanding how substances are eliminated from the parenchyma.
In the simplest view the rate limiting steps in the transcellular, passive, unmediated transfer of substances can be thought of as occurring by dissolution in a liquid hydrophobic core of the membranes and diffusion through it. For molecules not much larger than those of the solvent the diffusion constant for the various compounds is taken to be inversely proportional to the square root of their molecular weights [155–157]. The exact relationship assumed is not critical because the dominant factor determining the relative permeabilities is the free energy cost of the transfer from water into the core of the membrane, ΔGmembrane/water. This cost determines the relative concentrations in the membrane and the aqueous phase,5 cmembranecwater=Kmembrane/water=e-ΔGmembrane/water/RTwhere Kmembrane/water is the partition coefficient, R the universal gas constant, and T the absolute temperature. The free energy cost and the partition coefficient are usually estimated by assuming that the membrane core can be described as being like a layer of n-octanol (see [158, 159] and for more recent discussions [160, 161]), and thus6 cmembranecwater∝Kn-octanol/water=e-ΔGn-octanol/water/RT.
It is likely that n-octanol rather than, say, n-octane is appropriate as a model for the membrane interior because the –OH group can participate in hydrogen bonds.
Fenstermacher [159] reviewed the studies up to 1984 with the result summarized in a plot of log[PS] versus log[Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2] (see Fig. 8) where PS is the permeability surface area product for brain capillaries. For the substances listed in the figure, which have simple structures and molecular weights less than 200, the slope of the loglog plot is not significantly different from 1, i.e. PS appears to be proportional to Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2.
There have been many other reports based on studies using more complicated or larger molecules. These have usually reported a linear relation between log(PS) and either log[Kn-octanol/water] or log[Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2] but often with a slope substantially less than 1 (see e.g. [162, 163]). It should be emphasized that slope not equal to 1 means that the fluxes are not proportional to Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2 and thus, for at least some of the substances tested, simple diffusion and partition into an environment that looks like n-octanol are not the only important factors that need to be considered. The appropriate factors are considered further in Appendix C.
Correlating the passive permeabilities for substances at the blood–brain barrier with their partition coefficients for transfer from water to n-octanol has the virtue of focussing attention on the most critical aspect of the passive permeation process, the free energy cost of removing the solute from water and inserting it into a relatively hydrophobic environment. However, these correlations have been thought too imprecise to use as a criteria for selecting candidates to consider in a drug discovery setting. There have been many attempts to do better, some in terms of a set of rules analogous to the “rule of 5” for intestinal absorption [164], some using better estimates of the free energy cost for solutes to reach the rate limiting step of the transport, and some using a mixture of both.
To obtain better estimates of the free energy, Abraham and colleagues (see [165–168]) have employed linear free energy relations, LFER, to calculate correlations based on a two step process. First quantitative “descriptors” of the molecules under consideration are chosen without regard to the process of interest. Then, once the descriptors have been chosen, the relevant free energy changes for processes such as partition into a solvent or permeability across the blood–brain barrier, are calculated as linear sums of the descriptors with coefficients that depend on the process but not on the molecules (see e.g. [160, 165, 166]. Having used data for some substances to calculate the LFER coefficients, these can then be used for other substances. This approach has been applied with considerable success to partition into solvents for many more molecules than are needed to calculate the coefficients [165]. It has also allowed closer prediction of blood–brain barrier permeabilities than the simple solubility-diffusion model [166, 167] (see Appendix C).
There is, however, a danger in adopting this approach to the prediction of permeability. The use of linear free energy relations reveals correlations between the descriptors and the rate of transport, but unless used carefully it can obscure important features of the mechanism. For instance in the correlations reported for log(PS) [166, 167], the strongest correlation was a positive correlation between molecular volume and permeability, i.e. this approach seems to say that increases in molecular size result in increased permeability [160, 167]. However, the idea that bigger objects will be more permeable because they are bigger is completely counter-intuitive. The likely explanation for this paradox is simple. For the molecules considered in the correlations, increases in molecular volume were associated with large increases in lipophilicity as measured by Kn-octanol/water and it is plausible that it was the increase in lipophilicity that increased the permeability. Indeed as shown in Appendix C Abraham’s descriptor approach predicts for the compounds tested [166] that log[PS/Kn-octanol/water] varies much less than log[PS] and furthermore that it decreases when molecular volume is increased. In terms of Fig. 8, because large values of Kn-octanol/water are associated with large molecules, slopes less than 1 are expected if increasing molecular size has some effect that decreases permeability in addition to its effect that increases permeability by virtue of increasing Kn-octanol/water (see Appendix C).
Liu [169] investigated the utility of many different descriptors for predicting log(PS) for neutral molecules and settled on three, log(D), TPSA and vas_base where D is Kn-octanol/water measured specifically at pH 7.4, TPSA is the polar surface area of a molecule, which correlates with the ability to form hydrogen bonds (compare [170]), and vas_base is the surface area of basic groups.
Abraham [168, 171] has presented the extension of the LFER approach to ions.11
Fong [161] has reviewed many of the attempts to predict permeabilities of the blood–brain barrier to solutes. He concludes that the most important factors for neutral solutes are: the free energy required to remove the solute from water; the free energy gained from the interactions of the solute with the membrane core, usually modelled by its interaction with n-octanol; the dipole moment of the solute; and lastly its molecular volume. Increases in molecular volume per se decrease permeability. Geldenhuys et al. [172] has provided many useful references in a review prepared from the perspective of the utility of predictions in high-throughput screening.
|
|
title
|
Passive, non-specific transfer across the blood–brain barrier
|
|
p
|
There are two possible routes for passive, non-specific transfer across the microvascular endothelial layer, through the cells or around them. The paracellular pathway is “blocked” by the presence of tight junctions but this pathway may still be the principal route for the passive fluxes of small solutes that are barred from the transcellular route by being too polar (mannitol, sucrose and inulin are considered in Appendix B). In addition to neutral molecules like mannitol, the paracellular pathway may be measurably permeable to Na+ and Cl− [151]. As discussed in detail in [4] and in Sect. 5.6 evidence for this includes the observation that the tracer fluxes of Na+ and Cl− are not affected by ouabain [152] or bumetanide [153], agents that specifically inhibit ion transporters known to be involved in transcellular fluxes of these ions.
|
|
p
|
Almost all of the passive, non-selective permeability of the blood–brain barrier to molecules more lipophilic than mannitol is the result of their ability to diffuse across both the cell membranes and the interior of the endothelial cells. Strong indications that such a physical mechanism applies are the observations: that transport does not saturate, that it is not inhibited by competition by other transported substances, and that no specific inhibitors have been found. Small neutral substances that are able to enter and leave the brain parenchyma by this mechanism include water, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, glycerol, ethylene glycol, urea and thiourea (see Fig. 8).
Fig. 8 Plot of log(PS/mL g−1 min−1), versus log(Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2) for the substances indicated along the abscissa. PS is the product of permeability and surface area for the blood–brain barrier, Kn-octanol/water is the octanol/water partition coefficient and MW is the molecular weight of the substance. The slope of 1 for the heavy blue line indicates PS proportional to Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2. A closer fit to the data can be obtained by allowing the slope to vary, shown as the thin red line, but the improvement in fit is not statistically significant (F = 2.33, p = 0.11, n = 43, extra sum of squares F test [640])
(Data read from Figure 8 of [159])
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 8 Plot of log(PS/mL g−1 min−1), versus log(Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2) for the substances indicated along the abscissa. PS is the product of permeability and surface area for the blood–brain barrier, Kn-octanol/water is the octanol/water partition coefficient and MW is the molecular weight of the substance. The slope of 1 for the heavy blue line indicates PS proportional to Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2. A closer fit to the data can be obtained by allowing the slope to vary, shown as the thin red line, but the improvement in fit is not statistically significant (F = 2.33, p = 0.11, n = 43, extra sum of squares F test [640])
(Data read from Figure 8 of [159])
|
|
label
|
Fig. 8
|
|
caption
|
Plot of log(PS/mL g−1 min−1), versus log(Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2) for the substances indicated along the abscissa. PS is the product of permeability and surface area for the blood–brain barrier, Kn-octanol/water is the octanol/water partition coefficient and MW is the molecular weight of the substance. The slope of 1 for the heavy blue line indicates PS proportional to Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2. A closer fit to the data can be obtained by allowing the slope to vary, shown as the thin red line, but the improvement in fit is not statistically significant (F = 2.33, p = 0.11, n = 43, extra sum of squares F test [640])
(Data read from Figure 8 of [159])
|
|
p
|
Plot of log(PS/mL g−1 min−1), versus log(Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2) for the substances indicated along the abscissa. PS is the product of permeability and surface area for the blood–brain barrier, Kn-octanol/water is the octanol/water partition coefficient and MW is the molecular weight of the substance. The slope of 1 for the heavy blue line indicates PS proportional to Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2. A closer fit to the data can be obtained by allowing the slope to vary, shown as the thin red line, but the improvement in fit is not statistically significant (F = 2.33, p = 0.11, n = 43, extra sum of squares F test [640])
|
|
p
|
(Data read from Figure 8 of [159])
|
|
p
|
Most studies of the passive permeability of the blood–brain barrier have focussed on influx, because it is easier to measure and has obvious importance for the delivery of agents and drugs to the CNS (see e.g. [57, 154]). However, passive permeability allows both influx and efflux and thus these studies are directly relevant to understanding how substances are eliminated from the parenchyma.
|
|
p
|
In the simplest view the rate limiting steps in the transcellular, passive, unmediated transfer of substances can be thought of as occurring by dissolution in a liquid hydrophobic core of the membranes and diffusion through it. For molecules not much larger than those of the solvent the diffusion constant for the various compounds is taken to be inversely proportional to the square root of their molecular weights [155–157]. The exact relationship assumed is not critical because the dominant factor determining the relative permeabilities is the free energy cost of the transfer from water into the core of the membrane, ΔGmembrane/water. This cost determines the relative concentrations in the membrane and the aqueous phase,5 cmembranecwater=Kmembrane/water=e-ΔGmembrane/water/RTwhere Kmembrane/water is the partition coefficient, R the universal gas constant, and T the absolute temperature. The free energy cost and the partition coefficient are usually estimated by assuming that the membrane core can be described as being like a layer of n-octanol (see [158, 159] and for more recent discussions [160, 161]), and thus6 cmembranecwater∝Kn-octanol/water=e-ΔGn-octanol/water/RT.
|
|
label
|
5
|
|
label
|
6
|
|
p
|
It is likely that n-octanol rather than, say, n-octane is appropriate as a model for the membrane interior because the –OH group can participate in hydrogen bonds.
|
|
p
|
Fenstermacher [159] reviewed the studies up to 1984 with the result summarized in a plot of log[PS] versus log[Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2] (see Fig. 8) where PS is the permeability surface area product for brain capillaries. For the substances listed in the figure, which have simple structures and molecular weights less than 200, the slope of the loglog plot is not significantly different from 1, i.e. PS appears to be proportional to Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2.
|
|
p
|
There have been many other reports based on studies using more complicated or larger molecules. These have usually reported a linear relation between log(PS) and either log[Kn-octanol/water] or log[Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2] but often with a slope substantially less than 1 (see e.g. [162, 163]). It should be emphasized that slope not equal to 1 means that the fluxes are not proportional to Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2 and thus, for at least some of the substances tested, simple diffusion and partition into an environment that looks like n-octanol are not the only important factors that need to be considered. The appropriate factors are considered further in Appendix C.
|
|
p
|
Correlating the passive permeabilities for substances at the blood–brain barrier with their partition coefficients for transfer from water to n-octanol has the virtue of focussing attention on the most critical aspect of the passive permeation process, the free energy cost of removing the solute from water and inserting it into a relatively hydrophobic environment. However, these correlations have been thought too imprecise to use as a criteria for selecting candidates to consider in a drug discovery setting. There have been many attempts to do better, some in terms of a set of rules analogous to the “rule of 5” for intestinal absorption [164], some using better estimates of the free energy cost for solutes to reach the rate limiting step of the transport, and some using a mixture of both.
|
|
p
|
To obtain better estimates of the free energy, Abraham and colleagues (see [165–168]) have employed linear free energy relations, LFER, to calculate correlations based on a two step process. First quantitative “descriptors” of the molecules under consideration are chosen without regard to the process of interest. Then, once the descriptors have been chosen, the relevant free energy changes for processes such as partition into a solvent or permeability across the blood–brain barrier, are calculated as linear sums of the descriptors with coefficients that depend on the process but not on the molecules (see e.g. [160, 165, 166]. Having used data for some substances to calculate the LFER coefficients, these can then be used for other substances. This approach has been applied with considerable success to partition into solvents for many more molecules than are needed to calculate the coefficients [165]. It has also allowed closer prediction of blood–brain barrier permeabilities than the simple solubility-diffusion model [166, 167] (see Appendix C).
|
|
p
|
There is, however, a danger in adopting this approach to the prediction of permeability. The use of linear free energy relations reveals correlations between the descriptors and the rate of transport, but unless used carefully it can obscure important features of the mechanism. For instance in the correlations reported for log(PS) [166, 167], the strongest correlation was a positive correlation between molecular volume and permeability, i.e. this approach seems to say that increases in molecular size result in increased permeability [160, 167]. However, the idea that bigger objects will be more permeable because they are bigger is completely counter-intuitive. The likely explanation for this paradox is simple. For the molecules considered in the correlations, increases in molecular volume were associated with large increases in lipophilicity as measured by Kn-octanol/water and it is plausible that it was the increase in lipophilicity that increased the permeability. Indeed as shown in Appendix C Abraham’s descriptor approach predicts for the compounds tested [166] that log[PS/Kn-octanol/water] varies much less than log[PS] and furthermore that it decreases when molecular volume is increased. In terms of Fig. 8, because large values of Kn-octanol/water are associated with large molecules, slopes less than 1 are expected if increasing molecular size has some effect that decreases permeability in addition to its effect that increases permeability by virtue of increasing Kn-octanol/water (see Appendix C).
|
|
p
|
Liu [169] investigated the utility of many different descriptors for predicting log(PS) for neutral molecules and settled on three, log(D), TPSA and vas_base where D is Kn-octanol/water measured specifically at pH 7.4, TPSA is the polar surface area of a molecule, which correlates with the ability to form hydrogen bonds (compare [170]), and vas_base is the surface area of basic groups.
|
|
p
|
Abraham [168, 171] has presented the extension of the LFER approach to ions.11
|
|
p
|
Fong [161] has reviewed many of the attempts to predict permeabilities of the blood–brain barrier to solutes. He concludes that the most important factors for neutral solutes are: the free energy required to remove the solute from water; the free energy gained from the interactions of the solute with the membrane core, usually modelled by its interaction with n-octanol; the dipole moment of the solute; and lastly its molecular volume. Increases in molecular volume per se decrease permeability. Geldenhuys et al. [172] has provided many useful references in a review prepared from the perspective of the utility of predictions in high-throughput screening.
|
|
sec
|
Transporters at the blood–brain barrier
The membranes of the endothelial cells that constitute the blood–brain barrier possess transporters for many different types of solutes. These transporters may be present on luminal, abluminal or both surfaces of the endothelial cells. Prominent among them are transporters for common nutrients and waste products of metabolism: GLUT1 for glucose, MCT1 for lactic acid and other small monocarboxylic acids, a range of transporters for amino acids, and several for nucleosides. There are also ion transporters involved in maintenance of the ionic composition of the brain fluids. Many of the transporters are specific and are involved in moving the normal constituents of brain extracellular fluid. Some of these are considered in Sect. 5. In addition there are also less specific transporters. Many of these can mediate efflux of a variety of other substrates including many exogenous substances and toxic occasional products of metabolism.
Evidence concerning the presence and identity of many of these transporters has been reviewed elsewhere with studies being conducted primarily at the level of transcript [173–178], protein [31, 44, 58, 176, 179–188] and/or function [4, 20, 31, 46, 55–57, 179, 189–200]. The reports by Roberts et al. [180] and Kubo et al. [58] and reviews by Hawkins et al. [44], Redzic [31], Campos-Bedolla [57], Worzfeld and Schwaninger [187] and Nalecz [200] have been useful as sources of information about the localization of transporters to the luminal or abluminal membranes.
This review will not seek to provide yet another comprehensive survey. Extensive lists of transporters and substrates are available in many of the cited references and for SLC transporters at the BioParadigms website [201, 202].
ABC efflux transporters
It has long been appreciated that the brain represents a pharmacological sanctuary and is selectively “protected” from the toxic effects of many chemotherapeutic agents. These include vincristine and doxorubicin (aka adriamycin), which fail to penetrate the blood–brain barrier as well as their lipid solubilities would suggest [162]. A major part of this failure to penetrate has since been attributed to the presence of the multidrug transporter, P-glycoprotein. Absence of this transporter in knock-out mice was shown to allow entry of toxic agents including ivermectin [203]. P-glycoprotein was found to be located in the luminal membrane (see e.g. [204–209]) of the endothelial cells and is believed to act there to transport substrates out of the cells so rapidly that little remains to penetrate the abluminal membrane and enter the brain.
It is believed by many that P-glycoprotein, a transmembrane protein, acts by removing its lipophilic substrates from the lipid layer of the cell membrane, depositing them back into the blood [210–213]. Its structure has been investigated in both substrate-free and inhibitor bound conformations [213] and binding sites for various of its many substrates identified within the large cavity seen in the substrate-free conformation. It is the binding and hydrolysis of ATP that provides the motive force leading to a large conformational change in the P-glycoprotein and the transfer and expulsion of its substrates. There are two ATP binding sites located on the cytoplasmic side of the protein.
P-glycoprotein, otherwise called ABCB1, is a member of the ABC (ATP-Binding Cassette) family of proteins many of which are primary active transporters that utilize the hydrolysis of ATP to fuel substrate transport. Since its discovery, other ABC active transporters with broad substrate profiles have been found in the luminal membrane of the endothelial cells. These include Breast Cancer Resistance Protein, BCRP (ABCG2) [180, 197, 214–218] and Multidrug Resistance Proteins, MRPs 4 and 5 (ABCC4 and 5) [180, 197, 209, 218–221]. MRP1 (ABCC1) has also been implicated but levels of this transporter are thought to be low in brain endothelial cells in situ and only increase in cultured brain endothelial cells once they are removed from the brain microenvironment [180, 184, 218, 222–226]. MRP1 and MRP2 are apparently upregulated and clearly expressed in epilepsy [227–229].
The role of efflux from endothelial cell to blood by ABC transporters in preventing influx of many substances from blood into the brain has been extensively reviewed (see e.g. [57, 196, 197, 199, 221, 230–234]. The regulation of P-glycoprotein, BCRP and MRP2 at the blood–brain barrier has been reviewed by Miller [221].
The role of ABC transporters in efflux from the brain parenchyma differs depending on the nature of the substrate. As described in Fig. 9, for substances that are sufficiently lipid soluble to cross the endothelial cell membranes rapidly by passive transport, the presence of ABC efflux transporters can greatly reduce blood-to-brain influx, as observed experimentally. However, as also explained in Fig. 9 the ABC transporters in the luminal membrane will have only a modest effect, e.g. a doubling, on the rate of brain-to-blood efflux. This may be of little consequence as the rate of efflux for lipid soluble substances is already high.
Fig. 9 The influence of ABC transporters on the movements of lipophilic substances. The substance is presumed to be able to enter and leave the endothelial cells by diffusion with rate constant kdiff., which for simplicity in this example is assumed to be same on both sides. The substance is expelled from the cell by ABC transporters on the luminal side at a rate, kactiveccell. With these assumptions the effect of the ABC transporters on influx can be calculated by setting cisf = 0 and the effect on efflux by setting cplasma = 0. In both sets of equations, the first line states that at steady-state the net flux into the cell on one side must equal the net flux out of the cell on the other. From the next to the last lines of both sets of equations, if the rate of ABC mediated expulsion from the cell is small or zero, the rate constants for both influx and efflux are (kdiff./2). By contrast from the last lines if the rate of ABC mediated expulsion is large, influx to the brain, J→, becomes very small, while efflux from the brain, J←, is doubled compared to the efflux with no ABC transporter
The role of ABC transporters for solutes with low passive permeability across the membranes is considered in the next section.
Efflux mediated in part by SLC solute transporters
Many of the SLC (solute carrier) transporters (see [202] for a list) are present in the membranes of the endothelial cells of the blood–brain barrier. Some are considered in connection with the transport of specific solutes in Sect. 5. Others, primarily from the SLC21 (OATPs, organic anion transporting polypeptides) and SLC22 (OATs and OCTs, organic anion transporters and organic cation transporters) families are associated with transport of a variety of organic anions and cations. These have been reviewed frequently and extensively [57, 176, 200, 218, 235–246]. (Uppercase labels, e.g. SLC or OAT, strictly refer to human sequences and proteins, while mixed-case labels, e.g. Slc or Oat, refer to any other species. In this review uppercase is also used when there is no intention to specify species).
There is little quantitative data on the efflux of organic anions and cations from the parenchyma in humans though many are known to be transported. In rodents more information is available for transfer of organic anions than cations. Table 1 lists some examples of organic anions/neutral molecules for which brain-to-blood transport rate constants have been determined. These are all believed to be substrates for Oat3 (Slc22a8) and/or one or more of the Oatp transporters present at the blood–brain barrier. In broad terms [238], small hydrophobic anions are substrates for Oats (Slc22 family) while larger amphipathic anions are substrates for Oatps (Slc21 family, whose member names start with Slco, see [247]). For comparison Table 1 also lists rate constants and clearances for examples of markers for perivascular efflux. It is clear that the rates of elimination of the Slc substrates are considerably greater than could be supported by perivascular efflux alone.
Table 1 Comparison of rate constants for efflux and clearances for Slc22 and Slco substrates and the perivascular markers inulin, mannitol and sucrose
keff/min−1 t1/2/min Vd/mL/g CL/µL g−1 min−1 Ref # Notes
Slc substrates Rat unless stated otherwise
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH) 0.059 12 0.80 47 [558] Influx much slower than efflux
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH) 0.039 18 [559] Abl. Oat3 based on inhibitors, lum. Mrp4 possible based on kidney [560]
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH) 0.0175 40 [131]
Penicillin G, benzylpenicillin 0.043 16 [559] Oat3 based on inhibitors
Taurocholate 0.023 30 [561]
BQ-123 0.0078 100 [561]
Estrone sulfate 0.066 9.9 1.1 75 [562]
Estrone 0.061 11 3.3 227 [562]
Dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate (DHEAS) 0.027 26 118 [563] Influx much slower than efflux, Oatp2
Estradiol-17beta-glucuronide (E217betaG) 0.037 19 [564] Oatp2, 40% and Oat3 20%
Pravastatin 0.060 12 0.99 59 [565] Oat3 (Slc22a8) and Oatp2 (Slco1a4) + others
Pitavastatin 0.026 27 14 364 [565] Oat3, Oatp2 (Slco1a4) +others +diffusion
Homovanillic acid 0.017 40.8 [566] Oat3 from inhibitors
Indoxyl sulfate 0.011 64 [567] Oat3 and others
Pemetrexed 0.018 39 0.62 11 [568] Mouse. Oat3 and unknown (not Mrp2 not Bcrp)
Methotrexate 0.024 29 0.85 20 [568] Oat3 and Bcrp suggested
Buprenorphine 0.025 27.5 6.1 154 [569] Pgp and unknown, possibly diffusion
AZT, (3′-azido-3′-deoxythymidine) 0.032 22 [570] Oat3 from benzylpenicillin inhibition
DDI, (2′,3′-dideoxyinosine) 0.253 2.8 [570] Oat3 from benzylpenicillin inhibition + diffusion
Markers for perivascular elimination
Inulin 0.006 awake0.016 asleep 11543 0.2* 1.23.2 [128] Mouse
Inulin 0.003 230 0.2* 0.6 [62] Mouse
Inulin 0.005 135 0.2* 1 [131] Rat
Mannitol 0.004 170 0.2* 0.8 [25] Mouse
Sucrose 0.0028 awake0.0043 anesth. 245160 0.2* 0.560.86 [131] Rat
Albumin 0.006 115 0.2* 1.2 [131] Rat
Dextran-10K 0.0035 197 0.2* 0.7 [131] Rat
Dextran-70K 0.004 170 0.2* 0.8 [131] Rat
keff rate constant for efflux determined from the time course of the decrease in concentration after injection of solute into the parenchyma (brain efflux index for the Slc substrates relative to inulin; these underestimate keff for values less than ~ 0.01 min−1 see [131]); t1/2 = 0.69/(rate constant) is the half-life; Vd, volume of distribution in the parenchyma determined using brain slices (ISF volume for inulin and mannitol); CL = Vd × keff, the clearance. For the Slc substrates more than one transporter in each membrane is likely to be involved in the transport
* Assumed equal to ISF volume
As indicated in Fig. 10 transport from the parenchyma into the endothelial cells occurs via one or more of the SLC transporters, while exit from the endothelial cells to plasma occurs via either SLC or ABC transporters. For many of the anions efflux from brain to blood is clearly an active uphill process suggesting that the ABC route is dominant (for a caveat see.12) Transport across either membrane can be rate limiting and in many cases transport across each can occur by more than one route. As a consequence demonstration that a specific inhibitor of a transporter reduces the rate of efflux is evidence for involvement of that transporter, but failure to inhibit is relatively uninformative.
Fig. 10 Transport of organic anions across the blood–brain barrier. Organic anion transporters at the blood–brain barrier. The principal known transporters in the rat are shown. In human OAT3 is abluminal, while both OATP1A4 and OATP2B1 are present on both membranes. The ABC efflux pumps, P-gp, BCRP, MRP4 and MRP5, are all localized to the luminal, plasma facing, membrane. The Oat and Oatp transporters are exchangers (see Footnote 12). Localizations from [180] and the references in Table 1
For the SLC substrates in Table 1 the half-lives are shorter than the 1–2 h characteristic of markers eliminated from the parenchyma by perivascular efflux (see Sect. 3). As noted earlier, shorter half-lives imply that there are mechanisms for elimination other than perivascular. This is reinforced by noting that the clearances for those solutes for which volumes of distribution are available are much greater than the clearance associated with the perivascular route (see Sect. 3.2). There is ample further evidence (see the references for the entries in Table 1) for the importance of the Oat and Oatp transporters in the elimination of these solutes from the parenchyma including saturation, competition, the availability of transport inhibitors, and the rapid appearance of effluxed material in venous blood draining the head.
|
|
title
|
Transporters at the blood–brain barrier
|
|
p
|
The membranes of the endothelial cells that constitute the blood–brain barrier possess transporters for many different types of solutes. These transporters may be present on luminal, abluminal or both surfaces of the endothelial cells. Prominent among them are transporters for common nutrients and waste products of metabolism: GLUT1 for glucose, MCT1 for lactic acid and other small monocarboxylic acids, a range of transporters for amino acids, and several for nucleosides. There are also ion transporters involved in maintenance of the ionic composition of the brain fluids. Many of the transporters are specific and are involved in moving the normal constituents of brain extracellular fluid. Some of these are considered in Sect. 5. In addition there are also less specific transporters. Many of these can mediate efflux of a variety of other substrates including many exogenous substances and toxic occasional products of metabolism.
|
|
p
|
Evidence concerning the presence and identity of many of these transporters has been reviewed elsewhere with studies being conducted primarily at the level of transcript [173–178], protein [31, 44, 58, 176, 179–188] and/or function [4, 20, 31, 46, 55–57, 179, 189–200]. The reports by Roberts et al. [180] and Kubo et al. [58] and reviews by Hawkins et al. [44], Redzic [31], Campos-Bedolla [57], Worzfeld and Schwaninger [187] and Nalecz [200] have been useful as sources of information about the localization of transporters to the luminal or abluminal membranes.
|
|
p
|
This review will not seek to provide yet another comprehensive survey. Extensive lists of transporters and substrates are available in many of the cited references and for SLC transporters at the BioParadigms website [201, 202].
|
|
sec
|
ABC efflux transporters
It has long been appreciated that the brain represents a pharmacological sanctuary and is selectively “protected” from the toxic effects of many chemotherapeutic agents. These include vincristine and doxorubicin (aka adriamycin), which fail to penetrate the blood–brain barrier as well as their lipid solubilities would suggest [162]. A major part of this failure to penetrate has since been attributed to the presence of the multidrug transporter, P-glycoprotein. Absence of this transporter in knock-out mice was shown to allow entry of toxic agents including ivermectin [203]. P-glycoprotein was found to be located in the luminal membrane (see e.g. [204–209]) of the endothelial cells and is believed to act there to transport substrates out of the cells so rapidly that little remains to penetrate the abluminal membrane and enter the brain.
It is believed by many that P-glycoprotein, a transmembrane protein, acts by removing its lipophilic substrates from the lipid layer of the cell membrane, depositing them back into the blood [210–213]. Its structure has been investigated in both substrate-free and inhibitor bound conformations [213] and binding sites for various of its many substrates identified within the large cavity seen in the substrate-free conformation. It is the binding and hydrolysis of ATP that provides the motive force leading to a large conformational change in the P-glycoprotein and the transfer and expulsion of its substrates. There are two ATP binding sites located on the cytoplasmic side of the protein.
P-glycoprotein, otherwise called ABCB1, is a member of the ABC (ATP-Binding Cassette) family of proteins many of which are primary active transporters that utilize the hydrolysis of ATP to fuel substrate transport. Since its discovery, other ABC active transporters with broad substrate profiles have been found in the luminal membrane of the endothelial cells. These include Breast Cancer Resistance Protein, BCRP (ABCG2) [180, 197, 214–218] and Multidrug Resistance Proteins, MRPs 4 and 5 (ABCC4 and 5) [180, 197, 209, 218–221]. MRP1 (ABCC1) has also been implicated but levels of this transporter are thought to be low in brain endothelial cells in situ and only increase in cultured brain endothelial cells once they are removed from the brain microenvironment [180, 184, 218, 222–226]. MRP1 and MRP2 are apparently upregulated and clearly expressed in epilepsy [227–229].
The role of efflux from endothelial cell to blood by ABC transporters in preventing influx of many substances from blood into the brain has been extensively reviewed (see e.g. [57, 196, 197, 199, 221, 230–234]. The regulation of P-glycoprotein, BCRP and MRP2 at the blood–brain barrier has been reviewed by Miller [221].
The role of ABC transporters in efflux from the brain parenchyma differs depending on the nature of the substrate. As described in Fig. 9, for substances that are sufficiently lipid soluble to cross the endothelial cell membranes rapidly by passive transport, the presence of ABC efflux transporters can greatly reduce blood-to-brain influx, as observed experimentally. However, as also explained in Fig. 9 the ABC transporters in the luminal membrane will have only a modest effect, e.g. a doubling, on the rate of brain-to-blood efflux. This may be of little consequence as the rate of efflux for lipid soluble substances is already high.
Fig. 9 The influence of ABC transporters on the movements of lipophilic substances. The substance is presumed to be able to enter and leave the endothelial cells by diffusion with rate constant kdiff., which for simplicity in this example is assumed to be same on both sides. The substance is expelled from the cell by ABC transporters on the luminal side at a rate, kactiveccell. With these assumptions the effect of the ABC transporters on influx can be calculated by setting cisf = 0 and the effect on efflux by setting cplasma = 0. In both sets of equations, the first line states that at steady-state the net flux into the cell on one side must equal the net flux out of the cell on the other. From the next to the last lines of both sets of equations, if the rate of ABC mediated expulsion from the cell is small or zero, the rate constants for both influx and efflux are (kdiff./2). By contrast from the last lines if the rate of ABC mediated expulsion is large, influx to the brain, J→, becomes very small, while efflux from the brain, J←, is doubled compared to the efflux with no ABC transporter
The role of ABC transporters for solutes with low passive permeability across the membranes is considered in the next section.
|
|
title
|
ABC efflux transporters
|
|
p
|
It has long been appreciated that the brain represents a pharmacological sanctuary and is selectively “protected” from the toxic effects of many chemotherapeutic agents. These include vincristine and doxorubicin (aka adriamycin), which fail to penetrate the blood–brain barrier as well as their lipid solubilities would suggest [162]. A major part of this failure to penetrate has since been attributed to the presence of the multidrug transporter, P-glycoprotein. Absence of this transporter in knock-out mice was shown to allow entry of toxic agents including ivermectin [203]. P-glycoprotein was found to be located in the luminal membrane (see e.g. [204–209]) of the endothelial cells and is believed to act there to transport substrates out of the cells so rapidly that little remains to penetrate the abluminal membrane and enter the brain.
|
|
p
|
It is believed by many that P-glycoprotein, a transmembrane protein, acts by removing its lipophilic substrates from the lipid layer of the cell membrane, depositing them back into the blood [210–213]. Its structure has been investigated in both substrate-free and inhibitor bound conformations [213] and binding sites for various of its many substrates identified within the large cavity seen in the substrate-free conformation. It is the binding and hydrolysis of ATP that provides the motive force leading to a large conformational change in the P-glycoprotein and the transfer and expulsion of its substrates. There are two ATP binding sites located on the cytoplasmic side of the protein.
|
|
p
|
P-glycoprotein, otherwise called ABCB1, is a member of the ABC (ATP-Binding Cassette) family of proteins many of which are primary active transporters that utilize the hydrolysis of ATP to fuel substrate transport. Since its discovery, other ABC active transporters with broad substrate profiles have been found in the luminal membrane of the endothelial cells. These include Breast Cancer Resistance Protein, BCRP (ABCG2) [180, 197, 214–218] and Multidrug Resistance Proteins, MRPs 4 and 5 (ABCC4 and 5) [180, 197, 209, 218–221]. MRP1 (ABCC1) has also been implicated but levels of this transporter are thought to be low in brain endothelial cells in situ and only increase in cultured brain endothelial cells once they are removed from the brain microenvironment [180, 184, 218, 222–226]. MRP1 and MRP2 are apparently upregulated and clearly expressed in epilepsy [227–229].
|
|
p
|
The role of efflux from endothelial cell to blood by ABC transporters in preventing influx of many substances from blood into the brain has been extensively reviewed (see e.g. [57, 196, 197, 199, 221, 230–234]. The regulation of P-glycoprotein, BCRP and MRP2 at the blood–brain barrier has been reviewed by Miller [221].
|
|
p
|
The role of ABC transporters in efflux from the brain parenchyma differs depending on the nature of the substrate. As described in Fig. 9, for substances that are sufficiently lipid soluble to cross the endothelial cell membranes rapidly by passive transport, the presence of ABC efflux transporters can greatly reduce blood-to-brain influx, as observed experimentally. However, as also explained in Fig. 9 the ABC transporters in the luminal membrane will have only a modest effect, e.g. a doubling, on the rate of brain-to-blood efflux. This may be of little consequence as the rate of efflux for lipid soluble substances is already high.
Fig. 9 The influence of ABC transporters on the movements of lipophilic substances. The substance is presumed to be able to enter and leave the endothelial cells by diffusion with rate constant kdiff., which for simplicity in this example is assumed to be same on both sides. The substance is expelled from the cell by ABC transporters on the luminal side at a rate, kactiveccell. With these assumptions the effect of the ABC transporters on influx can be calculated by setting cisf = 0 and the effect on efflux by setting cplasma = 0. In both sets of equations, the first line states that at steady-state the net flux into the cell on one side must equal the net flux out of the cell on the other. From the next to the last lines of both sets of equations, if the rate of ABC mediated expulsion from the cell is small or zero, the rate constants for both influx and efflux are (kdiff./2). By contrast from the last lines if the rate of ABC mediated expulsion is large, influx to the brain, J→, becomes very small, while efflux from the brain, J←, is doubled compared to the efflux with no ABC transporter
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 9 The influence of ABC transporters on the movements of lipophilic substances. The substance is presumed to be able to enter and leave the endothelial cells by diffusion with rate constant kdiff., which for simplicity in this example is assumed to be same on both sides. The substance is expelled from the cell by ABC transporters on the luminal side at a rate, kactiveccell. With these assumptions the effect of the ABC transporters on influx can be calculated by setting cisf = 0 and the effect on efflux by setting cplasma = 0. In both sets of equations, the first line states that at steady-state the net flux into the cell on one side must equal the net flux out of the cell on the other. From the next to the last lines of both sets of equations, if the rate of ABC mediated expulsion from the cell is small or zero, the rate constants for both influx and efflux are (kdiff./2). By contrast from the last lines if the rate of ABC mediated expulsion is large, influx to the brain, J→, becomes very small, while efflux from the brain, J←, is doubled compared to the efflux with no ABC transporter
|
|
label
|
Fig. 9
|
|
caption
|
The influence of ABC transporters on the movements of lipophilic substances. The substance is presumed to be able to enter and leave the endothelial cells by diffusion with rate constant kdiff., which for simplicity in this example is assumed to be same on both sides. The substance is expelled from the cell by ABC transporters on the luminal side at a rate, kactiveccell. With these assumptions the effect of the ABC transporters on influx can be calculated by setting cisf = 0 and the effect on efflux by setting cplasma = 0. In both sets of equations, the first line states that at steady-state the net flux into the cell on one side must equal the net flux out of the cell on the other. From the next to the last lines of both sets of equations, if the rate of ABC mediated expulsion from the cell is small or zero, the rate constants for both influx and efflux are (kdiff./2). By contrast from the last lines if the rate of ABC mediated expulsion is large, influx to the brain, J→, becomes very small, while efflux from the brain, J←, is doubled compared to the efflux with no ABC transporter
|
|
p
|
The influence of ABC transporters on the movements of lipophilic substances. The substance is presumed to be able to enter and leave the endothelial cells by diffusion with rate constant kdiff., which for simplicity in this example is assumed to be same on both sides. The substance is expelled from the cell by ABC transporters on the luminal side at a rate, kactiveccell. With these assumptions the effect of the ABC transporters on influx can be calculated by setting cisf = 0 and the effect on efflux by setting cplasma = 0. In both sets of equations, the first line states that at steady-state the net flux into the cell on one side must equal the net flux out of the cell on the other. From the next to the last lines of both sets of equations, if the rate of ABC mediated expulsion from the cell is small or zero, the rate constants for both influx and efflux are (kdiff./2). By contrast from the last lines if the rate of ABC mediated expulsion is large, influx to the brain, J→, becomes very small, while efflux from the brain, J←, is doubled compared to the efflux with no ABC transporter
|
|
p
|
The role of ABC transporters for solutes with low passive permeability across the membranes is considered in the next section.
|
|
sec
|
Efflux mediated in part by SLC solute transporters
Many of the SLC (solute carrier) transporters (see [202] for a list) are present in the membranes of the endothelial cells of the blood–brain barrier. Some are considered in connection with the transport of specific solutes in Sect. 5. Others, primarily from the SLC21 (OATPs, organic anion transporting polypeptides) and SLC22 (OATs and OCTs, organic anion transporters and organic cation transporters) families are associated with transport of a variety of organic anions and cations. These have been reviewed frequently and extensively [57, 176, 200, 218, 235–246]. (Uppercase labels, e.g. SLC or OAT, strictly refer to human sequences and proteins, while mixed-case labels, e.g. Slc or Oat, refer to any other species. In this review uppercase is also used when there is no intention to specify species).
There is little quantitative data on the efflux of organic anions and cations from the parenchyma in humans though many are known to be transported. In rodents more information is available for transfer of organic anions than cations. Table 1 lists some examples of organic anions/neutral molecules for which brain-to-blood transport rate constants have been determined. These are all believed to be substrates for Oat3 (Slc22a8) and/or one or more of the Oatp transporters present at the blood–brain barrier. In broad terms [238], small hydrophobic anions are substrates for Oats (Slc22 family) while larger amphipathic anions are substrates for Oatps (Slc21 family, whose member names start with Slco, see [247]). For comparison Table 1 also lists rate constants and clearances for examples of markers for perivascular efflux. It is clear that the rates of elimination of the Slc substrates are considerably greater than could be supported by perivascular efflux alone.
Table 1 Comparison of rate constants for efflux and clearances for Slc22 and Slco substrates and the perivascular markers inulin, mannitol and sucrose
keff/min−1 t1/2/min Vd/mL/g CL/µL g−1 min−1 Ref # Notes
Slc substrates Rat unless stated otherwise
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH) 0.059 12 0.80 47 [558] Influx much slower than efflux
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH) 0.039 18 [559] Abl. Oat3 based on inhibitors, lum. Mrp4 possible based on kidney [560]
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH) 0.0175 40 [131]
Penicillin G, benzylpenicillin 0.043 16 [559] Oat3 based on inhibitors
Taurocholate 0.023 30 [561]
BQ-123 0.0078 100 [561]
Estrone sulfate 0.066 9.9 1.1 75 [562]
Estrone 0.061 11 3.3 227 [562]
Dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate (DHEAS) 0.027 26 118 [563] Influx much slower than efflux, Oatp2
Estradiol-17beta-glucuronide (E217betaG) 0.037 19 [564] Oatp2, 40% and Oat3 20%
Pravastatin 0.060 12 0.99 59 [565] Oat3 (Slc22a8) and Oatp2 (Slco1a4) + others
Pitavastatin 0.026 27 14 364 [565] Oat3, Oatp2 (Slco1a4) +others +diffusion
Homovanillic acid 0.017 40.8 [566] Oat3 from inhibitors
Indoxyl sulfate 0.011 64 [567] Oat3 and others
Pemetrexed 0.018 39 0.62 11 [568] Mouse. Oat3 and unknown (not Mrp2 not Bcrp)
Methotrexate 0.024 29 0.85 20 [568] Oat3 and Bcrp suggested
Buprenorphine 0.025 27.5 6.1 154 [569] Pgp and unknown, possibly diffusion
AZT, (3′-azido-3′-deoxythymidine) 0.032 22 [570] Oat3 from benzylpenicillin inhibition
DDI, (2′,3′-dideoxyinosine) 0.253 2.8 [570] Oat3 from benzylpenicillin inhibition + diffusion
Markers for perivascular elimination
Inulin 0.006 awake0.016 asleep 11543 0.2* 1.23.2 [128] Mouse
Inulin 0.003 230 0.2* 0.6 [62] Mouse
Inulin 0.005 135 0.2* 1 [131] Rat
Mannitol 0.004 170 0.2* 0.8 [25] Mouse
Sucrose 0.0028 awake0.0043 anesth. 245160 0.2* 0.560.86 [131] Rat
Albumin 0.006 115 0.2* 1.2 [131] Rat
Dextran-10K 0.0035 197 0.2* 0.7 [131] Rat
Dextran-70K 0.004 170 0.2* 0.8 [131] Rat
keff rate constant for efflux determined from the time course of the decrease in concentration after injection of solute into the parenchyma (brain efflux index for the Slc substrates relative to inulin; these underestimate keff for values less than ~ 0.01 min−1 see [131]); t1/2 = 0.69/(rate constant) is the half-life; Vd, volume of distribution in the parenchyma determined using brain slices (ISF volume for inulin and mannitol); CL = Vd × keff, the clearance. For the Slc substrates more than one transporter in each membrane is likely to be involved in the transport
* Assumed equal to ISF volume
As indicated in Fig. 10 transport from the parenchyma into the endothelial cells occurs via one or more of the SLC transporters, while exit from the endothelial cells to plasma occurs via either SLC or ABC transporters. For many of the anions efflux from brain to blood is clearly an active uphill process suggesting that the ABC route is dominant (for a caveat see.12) Transport across either membrane can be rate limiting and in many cases transport across each can occur by more than one route. As a consequence demonstration that a specific inhibitor of a transporter reduces the rate of efflux is evidence for involvement of that transporter, but failure to inhibit is relatively uninformative.
Fig. 10 Transport of organic anions across the blood–brain barrier. Organic anion transporters at the blood–brain barrier. The principal known transporters in the rat are shown. In human OAT3 is abluminal, while both OATP1A4 and OATP2B1 are present on both membranes. The ABC efflux pumps, P-gp, BCRP, MRP4 and MRP5, are all localized to the luminal, plasma facing, membrane. The Oat and Oatp transporters are exchangers (see Footnote 12). Localizations from [180] and the references in Table 1
For the SLC substrates in Table 1 the half-lives are shorter than the 1–2 h characteristic of markers eliminated from the parenchyma by perivascular efflux (see Sect. 3). As noted earlier, shorter half-lives imply that there are mechanisms for elimination other than perivascular. This is reinforced by noting that the clearances for those solutes for which volumes of distribution are available are much greater than the clearance associated with the perivascular route (see Sect. 3.2). There is ample further evidence (see the references for the entries in Table 1) for the importance of the Oat and Oatp transporters in the elimination of these solutes from the parenchyma including saturation, competition, the availability of transport inhibitors, and the rapid appearance of effluxed material in venous blood draining the head.
|
|
title
|
Efflux mediated in part by SLC solute transporters
|
|
p
|
Many of the SLC (solute carrier) transporters (see [202] for a list) are present in the membranes of the endothelial cells of the blood–brain barrier. Some are considered in connection with the transport of specific solutes in Sect. 5. Others, primarily from the SLC21 (OATPs, organic anion transporting polypeptides) and SLC22 (OATs and OCTs, organic anion transporters and organic cation transporters) families are associated with transport of a variety of organic anions and cations. These have been reviewed frequently and extensively [57, 176, 200, 218, 235–246]. (Uppercase labels, e.g. SLC or OAT, strictly refer to human sequences and proteins, while mixed-case labels, e.g. Slc or Oat, refer to any other species. In this review uppercase is also used when there is no intention to specify species).
|
|
p
|
There is little quantitative data on the efflux of organic anions and cations from the parenchyma in humans though many are known to be transported. In rodents more information is available for transfer of organic anions than cations. Table 1 lists some examples of organic anions/neutral molecules for which brain-to-blood transport rate constants have been determined. These are all believed to be substrates for Oat3 (Slc22a8) and/or one or more of the Oatp transporters present at the blood–brain barrier. In broad terms [238], small hydrophobic anions are substrates for Oats (Slc22 family) while larger amphipathic anions are substrates for Oatps (Slc21 family, whose member names start with Slco, see [247]). For comparison Table 1 also lists rate constants and clearances for examples of markers for perivascular efflux. It is clear that the rates of elimination of the Slc substrates are considerably greater than could be supported by perivascular efflux alone.
Table 1 Comparison of rate constants for efflux and clearances for Slc22 and Slco substrates and the perivascular markers inulin, mannitol and sucrose
keff/min−1 t1/2/min Vd/mL/g CL/µL g−1 min−1 Ref # Notes
Slc substrates Rat unless stated otherwise
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH) 0.059 12 0.80 47 [558] Influx much slower than efflux
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH) 0.039 18 [559] Abl. Oat3 based on inhibitors, lum. Mrp4 possible based on kidney [560]
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH) 0.0175 40 [131]
Penicillin G, benzylpenicillin 0.043 16 [559] Oat3 based on inhibitors
Taurocholate 0.023 30 [561]
BQ-123 0.0078 100 [561]
Estrone sulfate 0.066 9.9 1.1 75 [562]
Estrone 0.061 11 3.3 227 [562]
Dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate (DHEAS) 0.027 26 118 [563] Influx much slower than efflux, Oatp2
Estradiol-17beta-glucuronide (E217betaG) 0.037 19 [564] Oatp2, 40% and Oat3 20%
Pravastatin 0.060 12 0.99 59 [565] Oat3 (Slc22a8) and Oatp2 (Slco1a4) + others
Pitavastatin 0.026 27 14 364 [565] Oat3, Oatp2 (Slco1a4) +others +diffusion
Homovanillic acid 0.017 40.8 [566] Oat3 from inhibitors
Indoxyl sulfate 0.011 64 [567] Oat3 and others
Pemetrexed 0.018 39 0.62 11 [568] Mouse. Oat3 and unknown (not Mrp2 not Bcrp)
Methotrexate 0.024 29 0.85 20 [568] Oat3 and Bcrp suggested
Buprenorphine 0.025 27.5 6.1 154 [569] Pgp and unknown, possibly diffusion
AZT, (3′-azido-3′-deoxythymidine) 0.032 22 [570] Oat3 from benzylpenicillin inhibition
DDI, (2′,3′-dideoxyinosine) 0.253 2.8 [570] Oat3 from benzylpenicillin inhibition + diffusion
Markers for perivascular elimination
Inulin 0.006 awake0.016 asleep 11543 0.2* 1.23.2 [128] Mouse
Inulin 0.003 230 0.2* 0.6 [62] Mouse
Inulin 0.005 135 0.2* 1 [131] Rat
Mannitol 0.004 170 0.2* 0.8 [25] Mouse
Sucrose 0.0028 awake0.0043 anesth. 245160 0.2* 0.560.86 [131] Rat
Albumin 0.006 115 0.2* 1.2 [131] Rat
Dextran-10K 0.0035 197 0.2* 0.7 [131] Rat
Dextran-70K 0.004 170 0.2* 0.8 [131] Rat
keff rate constant for efflux determined from the time course of the decrease in concentration after injection of solute into the parenchyma (brain efflux index for the Slc substrates relative to inulin; these underestimate keff for values less than ~ 0.01 min−1 see [131]); t1/2 = 0.69/(rate constant) is the half-life; Vd, volume of distribution in the parenchyma determined using brain slices (ISF volume for inulin and mannitol); CL = Vd × keff, the clearance. For the Slc substrates more than one transporter in each membrane is likely to be involved in the transport
* Assumed equal to ISF volume
|
|
table-wrap
|
Table 1 Comparison of rate constants for efflux and clearances for Slc22 and Slco substrates and the perivascular markers inulin, mannitol and sucrose
keff/min−1 t1/2/min Vd/mL/g CL/µL g−1 min−1 Ref # Notes
Slc substrates Rat unless stated otherwise
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH) 0.059 12 0.80 47 [558] Influx much slower than efflux
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH) 0.039 18 [559] Abl. Oat3 based on inhibitors, lum. Mrp4 possible based on kidney [560]
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH) 0.0175 40 [131]
Penicillin G, benzylpenicillin 0.043 16 [559] Oat3 based on inhibitors
Taurocholate 0.023 30 [561]
BQ-123 0.0078 100 [561]
Estrone sulfate 0.066 9.9 1.1 75 [562]
Estrone 0.061 11 3.3 227 [562]
Dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate (DHEAS) 0.027 26 118 [563] Influx much slower than efflux, Oatp2
Estradiol-17beta-glucuronide (E217betaG) 0.037 19 [564] Oatp2, 40% and Oat3 20%
Pravastatin 0.060 12 0.99 59 [565] Oat3 (Slc22a8) and Oatp2 (Slco1a4) + others
Pitavastatin 0.026 27 14 364 [565] Oat3, Oatp2 (Slco1a4) +others +diffusion
Homovanillic acid 0.017 40.8 [566] Oat3 from inhibitors
Indoxyl sulfate 0.011 64 [567] Oat3 and others
Pemetrexed 0.018 39 0.62 11 [568] Mouse. Oat3 and unknown (not Mrp2 not Bcrp)
Methotrexate 0.024 29 0.85 20 [568] Oat3 and Bcrp suggested
Buprenorphine 0.025 27.5 6.1 154 [569] Pgp and unknown, possibly diffusion
AZT, (3′-azido-3′-deoxythymidine) 0.032 22 [570] Oat3 from benzylpenicillin inhibition
DDI, (2′,3′-dideoxyinosine) 0.253 2.8 [570] Oat3 from benzylpenicillin inhibition + diffusion
Markers for perivascular elimination
Inulin 0.006 awake0.016 asleep 11543 0.2* 1.23.2 [128] Mouse
Inulin 0.003 230 0.2* 0.6 [62] Mouse
Inulin 0.005 135 0.2* 1 [131] Rat
Mannitol 0.004 170 0.2* 0.8 [25] Mouse
Sucrose 0.0028 awake0.0043 anesth. 245160 0.2* 0.560.86 [131] Rat
Albumin 0.006 115 0.2* 1.2 [131] Rat
Dextran-10K 0.0035 197 0.2* 0.7 [131] Rat
Dextran-70K 0.004 170 0.2* 0.8 [131] Rat
keff rate constant for efflux determined from the time course of the decrease in concentration after injection of solute into the parenchyma (brain efflux index for the Slc substrates relative to inulin; these underestimate keff for values less than ~ 0.01 min−1 see [131]); t1/2 = 0.69/(rate constant) is the half-life; Vd, volume of distribution in the parenchyma determined using brain slices (ISF volume for inulin and mannitol); CL = Vd × keff, the clearance. For the Slc substrates more than one transporter in each membrane is likely to be involved in the transport
* Assumed equal to ISF volume
|
|
label
|
Table 1
|
|
caption
|
Comparison of rate constants for efflux and clearances for Slc22 and Slco substrates and the perivascular markers inulin, mannitol and sucrose
|
|
p
|
Comparison of rate constants for efflux and clearances for Slc22 and Slco substrates and the perivascular markers inulin, mannitol and sucrose
|
|
table
|
keff/min−1 t1/2/min Vd/mL/g CL/µL g−1 min−1 Ref # Notes
Slc substrates Rat unless stated otherwise
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH) 0.059 12 0.80 47 [558] Influx much slower than efflux
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH) 0.039 18 [559] Abl. Oat3 based on inhibitors, lum. Mrp4 possible based on kidney [560]
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH) 0.0175 40 [131]
Penicillin G, benzylpenicillin 0.043 16 [559] Oat3 based on inhibitors
Taurocholate 0.023 30 [561]
BQ-123 0.0078 100 [561]
Estrone sulfate 0.066 9.9 1.1 75 [562]
Estrone 0.061 11 3.3 227 [562]
Dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate (DHEAS) 0.027 26 118 [563] Influx much slower than efflux, Oatp2
Estradiol-17beta-glucuronide (E217betaG) 0.037 19 [564] Oatp2, 40% and Oat3 20%
Pravastatin 0.060 12 0.99 59 [565] Oat3 (Slc22a8) and Oatp2 (Slco1a4) + others
Pitavastatin 0.026 27 14 364 [565] Oat3, Oatp2 (Slco1a4) +others +diffusion
Homovanillic acid 0.017 40.8 [566] Oat3 from inhibitors
Indoxyl sulfate 0.011 64 [567] Oat3 and others
Pemetrexed 0.018 39 0.62 11 [568] Mouse. Oat3 and unknown (not Mrp2 not Bcrp)
Methotrexate 0.024 29 0.85 20 [568] Oat3 and Bcrp suggested
Buprenorphine 0.025 27.5 6.1 154 [569] Pgp and unknown, possibly diffusion
AZT, (3′-azido-3′-deoxythymidine) 0.032 22 [570] Oat3 from benzylpenicillin inhibition
DDI, (2′,3′-dideoxyinosine) 0.253 2.8 [570] Oat3 from benzylpenicillin inhibition + diffusion
Markers for perivascular elimination
Inulin 0.006 awake0.016 asleep 11543 0.2* 1.23.2 [128] Mouse
Inulin 0.003 230 0.2* 0.6 [62] Mouse
Inulin 0.005 135 0.2* 1 [131] Rat
Mannitol 0.004 170 0.2* 0.8 [25] Mouse
Sucrose 0.0028 awake0.0043 anesth. 245160 0.2* 0.560.86 [131] Rat
Albumin 0.006 115 0.2* 1.2 [131] Rat
Dextran-10K 0.0035 197 0.2* 0.7 [131] Rat
Dextran-70K 0.004 170 0.2* 0.8 [131] Rat
|
|
tr
|
keff/min−1 t1/2/min Vd/mL/g CL/µL g−1 min−1 Ref # Notes
|
|
th
|
keff/min−1
|
|
th
|
t1/2/min
|
|
th
|
Vd/mL/g
|
|
th
|
CL/µL g−1 min−1
|
|
th
|
Ref #
|
|
th
|
Notes
|
|
tr
|
Slc substrates Rat unless stated otherwise
|
|
td
|
Slc substrates
|
|
td
|
Rat unless stated otherwise
|
|
tr
|
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH) 0.059 12 0.80 47 [558] Influx much slower than efflux
|
|
td
|
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH)
|
|
td
|
0.059
|
|
td
|
12
|
|
td
|
0.80
|
|
td
|
47
|
|
td
|
[558]
|
|
td
|
Influx much slower than efflux
|
|
tr
|
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH) 0.039 18 [559] Abl. Oat3 based on inhibitors, lum. Mrp4 possible based on kidney [560]
|
|
td
|
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH)
|
|
td
|
0.039
|
|
td
|
18
|
|
td
|
[559]
|
|
td
|
Abl. Oat3 based on inhibitors, lum. Mrp4 possible based on kidney [560]
|
|
tr
|
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH) 0.0175 40 [131]
|
|
td
|
p-Aminohippuric acid (PAH)
|
|
td
|
0.0175
|
|
td
|
40
|
|
td
|
[131]
|
|
tr
|
Penicillin G, benzylpenicillin 0.043 16 [559] Oat3 based on inhibitors
|
|
td
|
Penicillin G, benzylpenicillin
|
|
td
|
0.043
|
|
td
|
16
|
|
td
|
[559]
|
|
td
|
Oat3 based on inhibitors
|
|
tr
|
Taurocholate 0.023 30 [561]
|
|
td
|
Taurocholate
|
|
td
|
0.023
|
|
td
|
30
|
|
td
|
[561]
|
|
tr
|
BQ-123 0.0078 100 [561]
|
|
td
|
BQ-123
|
|
td
|
0.0078
|
|
td
|
100
|
|
td
|
[561]
|
|
tr
|
Estrone sulfate 0.066 9.9 1.1 75 [562]
|
|
td
|
Estrone sulfate
|
|
td
|
0.066
|
|
td
|
9.9
|
|
td
|
1.1
|
|
td
|
75
|
|
td
|
[562]
|
|
tr
|
Estrone 0.061 11 3.3 227 [562]
|
|
td
|
Estrone
|
|
td
|
0.061
|
|
td
|
11
|
|
td
|
3.3
|
|
td
|
227
|
|
td
|
[562]
|
|
tr
|
Dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate (DHEAS) 0.027 26 118 [563] Influx much slower than efflux, Oatp2
|
|
td
|
Dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate (DHEAS)
|
|
td
|
0.027
|
|
td
|
26
|
|
td
|
118
|
|
td
|
[563]
|
|
td
|
Influx much slower than efflux, Oatp2
|
|
tr
|
Estradiol-17beta-glucuronide (E217betaG) 0.037 19 [564] Oatp2, 40% and Oat3 20%
|
|
td
|
Estradiol-17beta-glucuronide (E217betaG)
|
|
td
|
0.037
|
|
td
|
19
|
|
td
|
[564]
|
|
td
|
Oatp2, 40% and Oat3 20%
|
|
tr
|
Pravastatin 0.060 12 0.99 59 [565] Oat3 (Slc22a8) and Oatp2 (Slco1a4) + others
|
|
td
|
Pravastatin
|
|
td
|
0.060
|
|
td
|
12
|
|
td
|
0.99
|
|
td
|
59
|
|
td
|
[565]
|
|
td
|
Oat3 (Slc22a8) and Oatp2 (Slco1a4) + others
|
|
tr
|
Pitavastatin 0.026 27 14 364 [565] Oat3, Oatp2 (Slco1a4) +others +diffusion
|
|
td
|
Pitavastatin
|
|
td
|
0.026
|
|
td
|
27
|
|
td
|
14
|
|
td
|
364
|
|
td
|
[565]
|
|
td
|
Oat3, Oatp2 (Slco1a4) +others +diffusion
|
|
tr
|
Homovanillic acid 0.017 40.8 [566] Oat3 from inhibitors
|
|
td
|
Homovanillic acid
|
|
td
|
0.017
|
|
td
|
40.8
|
|
td
|
[566]
|
|
td
|
Oat3 from inhibitors
|
|
tr
|
Indoxyl sulfate 0.011 64 [567] Oat3 and others
|
|
td
|
Indoxyl sulfate
|
|
td
|
0.011
|
|
td
|
64
|
|
td
|
[567]
|
|
td
|
Oat3 and others
|
|
tr
|
Pemetrexed 0.018 39 0.62 11 [568] Mouse. Oat3 and unknown (not Mrp2 not Bcrp)
|
|
td
|
Pemetrexed
|
|
td
|
0.018
|
|
td
|
39
|
|
td
|
0.62
|
|
td
|
11
|
|
td
|
[568]
|
|
td
|
Mouse. Oat3 and unknown (not Mrp2 not Bcrp)
|
|
tr
|
Methotrexate 0.024 29 0.85 20 [568] Oat3 and Bcrp suggested
|
|
td
|
Methotrexate
|
|
td
|
0.024
|
|
td
|
29
|
|
td
|
0.85
|
|
td
|
20
|
|
td
|
[568]
|
|
td
|
Oat3 and Bcrp suggested
|
|
tr
|
Buprenorphine 0.025 27.5 6.1 154 [569] Pgp and unknown, possibly diffusion
|
|
td
|
Buprenorphine
|
|
td
|
0.025
|
|
td
|
27.5
|
|
td
|
6.1
|
|
td
|
154
|
|
td
|
[569]
|
|
td
|
Pgp and unknown, possibly diffusion
|
|
tr
|
AZT, (3′-azido-3′-deoxythymidine) 0.032 22 [570] Oat3 from benzylpenicillin inhibition
|
|
td
|
AZT, (3′-azido-3′-deoxythymidine)
|
|
td
|
0.032
|
|
td
|
22
|
|
td
|
[570]
|
|
td
|
Oat3 from benzylpenicillin inhibition
|
|
tr
|
DDI, (2′,3′-dideoxyinosine) 0.253 2.8 [570] Oat3 from benzylpenicillin inhibition + diffusion
|
|
td
|
DDI, (2′,3′-dideoxyinosine)
|
|
td
|
0.253
|
|
td
|
2.8
|
|
td
|
[570]
|
|
td
|
Oat3 from benzylpenicillin inhibition + diffusion
|
|
tr
|
Markers for perivascular elimination
|
|
td
|
Markers for perivascular elimination
|
|
tr
|
Inulin 0.006 awake0.016 asleep 11543 0.2* 1.23.2 [128] Mouse
|
|
td
|
Inulin
|
|
td
|
0.006 awake0.016 asleep
|
|
td
|
11543
|
|
td
|
0.2*
|
|
td
|
1.23.2
|
|
td
|
[128]
|
|
td
|
Mouse
|
|
tr
|
Inulin 0.003 230 0.2* 0.6 [62] Mouse
|
|
td
|
Inulin
|
|
td
|
0.003
|
|
td
|
230
|
|
td
|
0.2*
|
|
td
|
0.6
|
|
td
|
[62]
|
|
td
|
Mouse
|
|
tr
|
Inulin 0.005 135 0.2* 1 [131] Rat
|
|
td
|
Inulin
|
|
td
|
0.005
|
|
td
|
135
|
|
td
|
0.2*
|
|
td
|
1
|
|
td
|
[131]
|
|
td
|
Rat
|
|
tr
|
Mannitol 0.004 170 0.2* 0.8 [25] Mouse
|
|
td
|
Mannitol
|
|
td
|
0.004
|
|
td
|
170
|
|
td
|
0.2*
|
|
td
|
0.8
|
|
td
|
[25]
|
|
td
|
Mouse
|
|
tr
|
Sucrose 0.0028 awake0.0043 anesth. 245160 0.2* 0.560.86 [131] Rat
|
|
td
|
Sucrose
|
|
td
|
0.0028 awake0.0043 anesth.
|
|
td
|
245160
|
|
td
|
0.2*
|
|
td
|
0.560.86
|
|
td
|
[131]
|
|
td
|
Rat
|
|
tr
|
Albumin 0.006 115 0.2* 1.2 [131] Rat
|
|
td
|
Albumin
|
|
td
|
0.006
|
|
td
|
115
|
|
td
|
0.2*
|
|
td
|
1.2
|
|
td
|
[131]
|
|
td
|
Rat
|
|
tr
|
Dextran-10K 0.0035 197 0.2* 0.7 [131] Rat
|
|
td
|
Dextran-10K
|
|
td
|
0.0035
|
|
td
|
197
|
|
td
|
0.2*
|
|
td
|
0.7
|
|
td
|
[131]
|
|
td
|
Rat
|
|
tr
|
Dextran-70K 0.004 170 0.2* 0.8 [131] Rat
|
|
td
|
Dextran-70K
|
|
td
|
0.004
|
|
td
|
170
|
|
td
|
0.2*
|
|
td
|
0.8
|
|
td
|
[131]
|
|
td
|
Rat
|
|
table-wrap-foot
|
keff rate constant for efflux determined from the time course of the decrease in concentration after injection of solute into the parenchyma (brain efflux index for the Slc substrates relative to inulin; these underestimate keff for values less than ~ 0.01 min−1 see [131]); t1/2 = 0.69/(rate constant) is the half-life; Vd, volume of distribution in the parenchyma determined using brain slices (ISF volume for inulin and mannitol); CL = Vd × keff, the clearance. For the Slc substrates more than one transporter in each membrane is likely to be involved in the transport
* Assumed equal to ISF volume
|
|
p
|
keff rate constant for efflux determined from the time course of the decrease in concentration after injection of solute into the parenchyma (brain efflux index for the Slc substrates relative to inulin; these underestimate keff for values less than ~ 0.01 min−1 see [131]); t1/2 = 0.69/(rate constant) is the half-life; Vd, volume of distribution in the parenchyma determined using brain slices (ISF volume for inulin and mannitol); CL = Vd × keff, the clearance. For the Slc substrates more than one transporter in each membrane is likely to be involved in the transport
|
|
p
|
* Assumed equal to ISF volume
|
|
p
|
As indicated in Fig. 10 transport from the parenchyma into the endothelial cells occurs via one or more of the SLC transporters, while exit from the endothelial cells to plasma occurs via either SLC or ABC transporters. For many of the anions efflux from brain to blood is clearly an active uphill process suggesting that the ABC route is dominant (for a caveat see.12) Transport across either membrane can be rate limiting and in many cases transport across each can occur by more than one route. As a consequence demonstration that a specific inhibitor of a transporter reduces the rate of efflux is evidence for involvement of that transporter, but failure to inhibit is relatively uninformative.
Fig. 10 Transport of organic anions across the blood–brain barrier. Organic anion transporters at the blood–brain barrier. The principal known transporters in the rat are shown. In human OAT3 is abluminal, while both OATP1A4 and OATP2B1 are present on both membranes. The ABC efflux pumps, P-gp, BCRP, MRP4 and MRP5, are all localized to the luminal, plasma facing, membrane. The Oat and Oatp transporters are exchangers (see Footnote 12). Localizations from [180] and the references in Table 1
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 10 Transport of organic anions across the blood–brain barrier. Organic anion transporters at the blood–brain barrier. The principal known transporters in the rat are shown. In human OAT3 is abluminal, while both OATP1A4 and OATP2B1 are present on both membranes. The ABC efflux pumps, P-gp, BCRP, MRP4 and MRP5, are all localized to the luminal, plasma facing, membrane. The Oat and Oatp transporters are exchangers (see Footnote 12). Localizations from [180] and the references in Table 1
|
|
label
|
Fig. 10
|
|
caption
|
Transport of organic anions across the blood–brain barrier. Organic anion transporters at the blood–brain barrier. The principal known transporters in the rat are shown. In human OAT3 is abluminal, while both OATP1A4 and OATP2B1 are present on both membranes. The ABC efflux pumps, P-gp, BCRP, MRP4 and MRP5, are all localized to the luminal, plasma facing, membrane. The Oat and Oatp transporters are exchangers (see Footnote 12). Localizations from [180] and the references in Table 1
|
|
p
|
Transport of organic anions across the blood–brain barrier. Organic anion transporters at the blood–brain barrier. The principal known transporters in the rat are shown. In human OAT3 is abluminal, while both OATP1A4 and OATP2B1 are present on both membranes. The ABC efflux pumps, P-gp, BCRP, MRP4 and MRP5, are all localized to the luminal, plasma facing, membrane. The Oat and Oatp transporters are exchangers (see Footnote 12). Localizations from [180] and the references in Table 1
|
|
p
|
For the SLC substrates in Table 1 the half-lives are shorter than the 1–2 h characteristic of markers eliminated from the parenchyma by perivascular efflux (see Sect. 3). As noted earlier, shorter half-lives imply that there are mechanisms for elimination other than perivascular. This is reinforced by noting that the clearances for those solutes for which volumes of distribution are available are much greater than the clearance associated with the perivascular route (see Sect. 3.2). There is ample further evidence (see the references for the entries in Table 1) for the importance of the Oat and Oatp transporters in the elimination of these solutes from the parenchyma including saturation, competition, the availability of transport inhibitors, and the rapid appearance of effluxed material in venous blood draining the head.
|
|
sec
|
Efflux by transcytosis
Transcytosis is much less prevalent across the endothelial cells of the blood–brain barrier than across those of peripheral capillaries [248–251]. Nevertheless both adsorptive mediated transcytosis (AMT) and receptor mediated transcytosis (RMT) are still likely to be important mechanisms for the transfer of some large substrates across the blood–brain barrier. The initial event in AMT is the adsorption of usually positive substrates onto the surfaces of caveolae, while that for RMT is binding of the substrate to specific receptors that are in or become incorporated into clathrin coated pits. In both cases at the blood–brain barrier this leads to endocytosis followed by delivery of a substantial fraction of the contents of the resulting vesicles to the opposite membrane for exit, possibly by exocytosis [49, 63, 252]. AMT is thought to account for much of the influx into the brain of histones [253], “cell penetrating peptides” [49, 251, 254], HIV [255, 256], and cargos conjugated to the lectin wheat germ agglutinin [257] and to underlie the increase in “generalized permeability” caused by protamine [258]. The downsides of AMT are that it is relatively non-selective for substrates [256] and that it occurs in many cells throughout the body. In addition there is little if any evidence that it occurs in the direction from brain to blood [257, 259]. While RMT also occurs throughout the body, transport by this mechanism depends on interaction of the substrates with specific receptors that may be found primarily in specific locations such as the blood–brain barrier. In addition there is evidence that RMT can occur in either direction, i.e. from brain to blood as well as from blood to brain.
AMT and RMT in the direction from blood to brain have been studied extensively as routes of entry to the brain for endogenous substrates, but even more in the context of mechanisms for drug delivery. These studies have been reviewed frequently [57, 64, 154, 249, 252, 260–266]. However, even so, the steps occurring after the initial endocytosis remain only partially understood [63, 249, 250, 262, 267, 268] including even the answer to the important question of whether the cargo is released within the cell or delivered to the far side by exocytosis. By contrast evidence for transport via transcytosis in the direction brain to blood has been reported for only a few systems including transport of amyloid-β peptides via interaction with LRP1 (low density lipoprotein receptor related protein 1) and LRP2 (low density lipoprotein receptor related protein 2) (see Sect. 5.7), of IgG antibodies via interaction with an unidentified receptor [269–275] and of transferrin [60] via interaction with the transferrin receptor (TfR) [61] (see below).
Transport of transferrin is closely related to transfer of iron. Iron in plasma and in brain extracellular fluid is present almost entirely complexed to transferrin i.e. as holo-transferrin. It has long been known that iron and transferrin enter the brain across the blood–brain barrier and it was originally hypothesised that they are transferred together by endocytosis followed by exocytosis, i.e. direct transcytosis, of holo-transferrin (see e.g. [61, 276]). Yet there have been arguments against this idea arising from dual labelling experiments showing that far more labelled iron than labelled transferrin accumulates in the brain, see e.g. [60, 277, 278]. In addition it has been argued that release of holo-transferrin from TfR is unlikely to occur as there needs to be prior dissociation of iron for release of transferrin from its receptor [279]. So though there is general agreement that holo-transferrin interacts with TfR, which then mediates endocytosis of the iron/transferrin/receptor complex into the endothelial cells, there has been controversy over the subsequent steps in the transfers of transferrin and iron into the brain. Assuming that holo-transferrin is indeed directly transcytosed across the blood–brain barrier, then the limited net entry observed of transferrin to the brain implies that there must be transcytosis of transferrin without iron, apo-transferrin, back out of the brain. Alternatively if the iron is dissociated from the transferrin within the endothelial cells, it is likely that there is exocytosis of apo-transferrin on both sides of the cells (see [280–282] and the footnote13 for further discussion).
Little is known about transport of transferrin out of the brain. There have been reports that labelled apo-transferrin injected into the brain can be transported from brain to blood, but it is not clear how important this is under normal conditions. Banks et al. [60] found that the apo-transferrin was removed from the brain faster than albumin, implying the existence of a route other than washout via CSF. However, subsequently Moos and Morgan [278] did not confirm this result. By contrast Zhang and Pardridge [61] found an early component of loss of injected apo-transferrin, half-life 39 min, which was much faster than that for loss of injected 70 kDa-dextran. Furthermore this rapid component was inhibited by cold apo-transferrin, i.e. there was competition, with an apparent dissociation constant of less than 30 nM implying interaction with a specific receptor which was presumed to be the receptor protein detected by OX26, i.e. TfR. As these studies on transferrin efflux are substantially older than the studies on iron uptake linked to transferrin, further investigation of transferrin transport from brain to blood might be informative.
|
|
title
|
Efflux by transcytosis
|
|
p
|
Transcytosis is much less prevalent across the endothelial cells of the blood–brain barrier than across those of peripheral capillaries [248–251]. Nevertheless both adsorptive mediated transcytosis (AMT) and receptor mediated transcytosis (RMT) are still likely to be important mechanisms for the transfer of some large substrates across the blood–brain barrier. The initial event in AMT is the adsorption of usually positive substrates onto the surfaces of caveolae, while that for RMT is binding of the substrate to specific receptors that are in or become incorporated into clathrin coated pits. In both cases at the blood–brain barrier this leads to endocytosis followed by delivery of a substantial fraction of the contents of the resulting vesicles to the opposite membrane for exit, possibly by exocytosis [49, 63, 252]. AMT is thought to account for much of the influx into the brain of histones [253], “cell penetrating peptides” [49, 251, 254], HIV [255, 256], and cargos conjugated to the lectin wheat germ agglutinin [257] and to underlie the increase in “generalized permeability” caused by protamine [258]. The downsides of AMT are that it is relatively non-selective for substrates [256] and that it occurs in many cells throughout the body. In addition there is little if any evidence that it occurs in the direction from brain to blood [257, 259]. While RMT also occurs throughout the body, transport by this mechanism depends on interaction of the substrates with specific receptors that may be found primarily in specific locations such as the blood–brain barrier. In addition there is evidence that RMT can occur in either direction, i.e. from brain to blood as well as from blood to brain.
|
|
p
|
AMT and RMT in the direction from blood to brain have been studied extensively as routes of entry to the brain for endogenous substrates, but even more in the context of mechanisms for drug delivery. These studies have been reviewed frequently [57, 64, 154, 249, 252, 260–266]. However, even so, the steps occurring after the initial endocytosis remain only partially understood [63, 249, 250, 262, 267, 268] including even the answer to the important question of whether the cargo is released within the cell or delivered to the far side by exocytosis. By contrast evidence for transport via transcytosis in the direction brain to blood has been reported for only a few systems including transport of amyloid-β peptides via interaction with LRP1 (low density lipoprotein receptor related protein 1) and LRP2 (low density lipoprotein receptor related protein 2) (see Sect. 5.7), of IgG antibodies via interaction with an unidentified receptor [269–275] and of transferrin [60] via interaction with the transferrin receptor (TfR) [61] (see below).
|
|
p
|
Transport of transferrin is closely related to transfer of iron. Iron in plasma and in brain extracellular fluid is present almost entirely complexed to transferrin i.e. as holo-transferrin. It has long been known that iron and transferrin enter the brain across the blood–brain barrier and it was originally hypothesised that they are transferred together by endocytosis followed by exocytosis, i.e. direct transcytosis, of holo-transferrin (see e.g. [61, 276]). Yet there have been arguments against this idea arising from dual labelling experiments showing that far more labelled iron than labelled transferrin accumulates in the brain, see e.g. [60, 277, 278]. In addition it has been argued that release of holo-transferrin from TfR is unlikely to occur as there needs to be prior dissociation of iron for release of transferrin from its receptor [279]. So though there is general agreement that holo-transferrin interacts with TfR, which then mediates endocytosis of the iron/transferrin/receptor complex into the endothelial cells, there has been controversy over the subsequent steps in the transfers of transferrin and iron into the brain. Assuming that holo-transferrin is indeed directly transcytosed across the blood–brain barrier, then the limited net entry observed of transferrin to the brain implies that there must be transcytosis of transferrin without iron, apo-transferrin, back out of the brain. Alternatively if the iron is dissociated from the transferrin within the endothelial cells, it is likely that there is exocytosis of apo-transferrin on both sides of the cells (see [280–282] and the footnote13 for further discussion).
|
|
p
|
Little is known about transport of transferrin out of the brain. There have been reports that labelled apo-transferrin injected into the brain can be transported from brain to blood, but it is not clear how important this is under normal conditions. Banks et al. [60] found that the apo-transferrin was removed from the brain faster than albumin, implying the existence of a route other than washout via CSF. However, subsequently Moos and Morgan [278] did not confirm this result. By contrast Zhang and Pardridge [61] found an early component of loss of injected apo-transferrin, half-life 39 min, which was much faster than that for loss of injected 70 kDa-dextran. Furthermore this rapid component was inhibited by cold apo-transferrin, i.e. there was competition, with an apparent dissociation constant of less than 30 nM implying interaction with a specific receptor which was presumed to be the receptor protein detected by OX26, i.e. TfR. As these studies on transferrin efflux are substantially older than the studies on iron uptake linked to transferrin, further investigation of transferrin transport from brain to blood might be informative.
|
|
sec
|
Clearance of specific substances
There are certain species that are critical for normal brain function and that must be transported into or out of the brain rapidly and in large quantities. The most prominent of these are O2, CO2, water and glucose. Influx and efflux of these species are so rapid that they entail movements of a large fraction of the amounts flowing through the brain vasculature, much more than could be delivered by the blood flow to just the choroid plexuses.
Water
Water permeability of the blood–brain barrier can be calculated in two very different ways. In the first tritiated water is introduced into the blood and the permeability, Pw,tracer calculated from the ratio of the undirectional influx of tracer, Jinf, to the concentration of the tracer, cTHO,7 Pw,tracer=Jinf/cTHO.
It is assumed that this permeability also applies to efflux and to unlabelled water. This permeability is often called the diffusional water permeability, Pd. The major difficulty with this method is that the influx is so great that 70–90% of the tracer arriving in the blood enters the parenchyma in a single pass (see chapter 4 in Bradbury [55] and [283–289]). Thus along much of the length of the microvessels the concentration gradient of the tracer across the microvessel walls driving its influx is much less than the concentration that was added to the blood. The permeability calculated from Eq. 7 using the arterial concentration of the tracer thus seriously underestimates the true water permeability of the blood–brain barrier. Mathematical expressions to correct for this effect have been derived relating the fraction of the tracer extracted from the flow through the blood vessel to the PS product (reviewed in [159]). However, even after correction the calculated values are inaccurate when the extraction fraction is large. Paulson et al. [290] found values about 1/5th of the PS values calculated from osmotic flow as described below and similar values have been determined by others (see [159]).
The second method for measuring water permeability uses an osmotic gradient to generate a net flux, Jnet, of water across the barrier. In effect a water concentration gradient is produced by “diluting” or “concentrating” the water on one side by adding or removing solutes and the permeability is then calculated as8 Pw,osmotic=Jnet/Δcwith results close to 1.1 × 10−3 cm s−1 for both rats [291, 292] and humans [290]. (The original references and a recent review [4] can be consulted for the actual equations used which are based on arguments that avoid the rather woolly concepts of “diluting” and “concentrating” the water). Using S = 100 cm2 g−1, the value of the surface area of the microvessels employed in [290, 292], the permeability-area product, PS, i.e. the clearance, is ~ 0.11 mL g−1 s−1 = 6.7 mL g−1 min−1. Patlak and Paulson [293] have argued that for the blood–brain barrier the tracer value is likely to be a better estimate of the true water permeability because the measurement of osmotic permeability using a brief exposure to raised osmolality reflects partly water extraction from the endothelium rather than from the parenchyma. It is adequate for the present purpose to use the two estimates as brackets of the correct value.
Water influx and efflux across the human blood–brain barrier each amount to roughly 40,000 mol day−1. The difference between the influx and efflux is very much less. Not even the normal direction of the net flux of water across the blood–brain barrier is known with any certainty, partly because it is so small. The available evidence suggests that scaled for a human there is a net movement from blood to brain amounting perhaps to ~ 10 mol day−1 (see [4]). For comparison metabolic production of water within the brain is ~ 3.3 mol day−1 and the amount of water in the CSF produced by the choroid plexuses is ~ 28 mol day−1.
Carbon dioxide
It has long been known that CO2 crosses the blood–brain barrier sufficiently rapidly that its removal from the parenchyma is largely blood-flow limited (see Sect. 6.1), i.e. pCO2 in the venous effluent is closer to that within the parenchyma than to that in arterial blood. Rapid transfer between blood and brain has been confirmed directly by the observation that when CO2 labelled with the short-lived isotope 11C is added to arterial blood more than 70% is extracted from the cerebral blood flow in a single pass [294] (see Section 6.4.2 in [4] for further discussion).
A crude underestimate of the clearance for CO2 in humans can be calculated from the rate of CO2 production (in turn calculated from glucose and oxygen consumption) [295, 296], ~ 3.3 mol day−1, and the average difference in pCO2 between ISF and plasma along the length of the microvessels which must be less than the difference between the values in the parenchyma and arterial blood, ~ 8 mmHg [297]. 8 mmHg corresponds to a difference in free concentration of 0.24 mM [298] and thus the underestimate of the clearance for a 1400 g brain becomes9 CL>2200μmolmin-1/1400g/0.24μmolmL-1=6.5mLg-1min-1.
This is more than 5000 times larger than would be possible by perivascular clearance, which simply restates that the clearance of CO2 must be across the blood–brain barrier.
Glucose
Glucose and O2 are the most important substrates for brain energy metabolism. Glucose enters ISF across the blood–brain barrier via the more glycosylated form of a passive, selective carrier, GLUT1 (SLC2A1), that is present in membranes located on both surfaces of the endothelial cells. From ISF it rapidly enters both astrocytes by the less glycosylated form of GLUT1 and neurons via GLUT3 (see Fig. 11). The rate-limiting step in glucose metabolism is the effectively irreversible phosphorylation by hexokinase. Normally glucose influx into the parenchyma is higher than the rate of phosphorylation, and thus there must be some efflux corresponding to the difference. This efflux is also primarily across the blood–brain barrier via GLUT1. Because both influx and efflux of glucose take place by passive transport there is no additional metabolic cost caused by having influx greater than the metabolic rate.
Fig. 11 GLUT and MCT transporters at or near the blood–brain barrier. GLUT1 and MCT1 are present on endothelial cells; GLUT1 and MCT4 on astrocytes
(Figure simplified and redrawn from Simpson et al. [315])
It has long been known that glucose is able to cross the blood–brain barrier rapidly [189, 299–302]. Crone [299] found that at low concentrations as much as 50% of the glucose arriving in the arterial blood could be extracted in a single pass, but that this percentage decreased with concentration, falling to 28% at 5 mM and ~ 14% at 14 mM. This extensive but saturable transport implies the presence of a specific transporter, which as stated above is GLUT1 (SLC2A1) [303–305].
The expression of GLUT1 in the endothelial cell membranes has been measured in several different ways: by cytochalasin-B binding, by specific antibody binding, and by proteomic methods (see Table 2 for references). In the proteomic studies from the group of Terasaki, Uchida, Ohtsuki and colleagues, GLUT1 was found to be the most highly expressed of all the transporters that are present in the membranes of the endothelial cells [306].
Table 2 Expression of GLUT1 at the blood–brain barrier
Source Methoda Species Expression/pmol mg−1
Luminal Totalb Abluminal
Relative to microvessel protein
Dick et al. [303] Cytochalasin B binding Rat, pig 69–80
Kalaria et al. [571] Cytochalasin B binding Human 42
Farrell and Pardridge [572] Immunogold e.m Rat 12%c 100%c 48%c
Cornford et al. [573] Immunogold e.m Human 48% 100% 18%
Vannucci et al. [574] Cytochalasin B binding Rat 40–125
Kamiie et al. [182] Proteomics Mouse 90
Uchida et al. [184] Proteomics Human 139
Shawahna et al. [176] Proteomics Human 78.5
Hoshi et al. [185] Lysate digestion proteomics Rat 84–98
Relative to membrane protein
Simpson et al. [575] Fractionation, cytochalasin B binding Bovine 620 280
Kubo et al. [58] Fractionation, proteomics Porcine 79% 21%
Zhang et al. [188] Proteomics Porcine 300
aFractionation = fractionation of isolated plasma membranes
bFor immunogold detection, values are percentages of the immunogold particles where the total includes cytoplasmic
cAntigen for the antibody used by Farrell and Pardridge appears to be partially masked for GLUT1 most markedly in the luminal membrane in bovine endothelial cells [575]
A rough estimate of the glucose clearance in man can be calculated from the rate of consumption, about 0.55 mol day−1 = 380 µmol min−1 [295, 296] or, for a 1400 g brain, 270 nmol g−1 min−1. For a difference between the concentrations in plasma and ISF of 5 mM this corresponds to CL ~ 54 µL g−1 min−1. In isolated perfused dog brains Betz et al. [302] measured the loss of glucose from the blood flow through the brain and found about 0.6 µmol g−1 min−1 at 6 mM from which at this concentration CL = 100 µL g−1 min−1. Hawkins [307] lists values ranging from 158 to 352 µL g−1 min−1 (at 6 mM glucose) depending on brain region (inferior colliculus the highest). Note that the first two of the estimates above are based on the net flux of glucose while the values listed by Hawkins are based on the unidirectional influx. Because all of these estimates far exceed the clearance expected for perivascular efflux, ~ 1 µL g−1 min−1 (see Sect. 3 and Table 1), the perivascular route is likely to be of minor importance.
Cutler and Sipe [301] using anaesthetized cats, Bachelard et al. [308, 309] using anaesthetized rats and Betz et al. [302] using isolated perfused dog brains all found that the influx of glucose measured using tracers could exceed the net flux by two to threefold. This is a direct, experimental demonstration that there is efflux across the blood–brain barrier that can be as large as two-thirds of the influx. This would of course be less under conditions of increased metabolic demand.
Glucose distributes rapidly between intracellular and extracellular water within the parenchyma and thus its volume of distribution is close to the total aqueous volume, which is VD = 0. 77 mL g−1 [310–315].14 Pfeuffer et al. [316] used diffusion weighted NMR to distinguish between intracellular and extracellular glucose and found that only 19% of the glucose in the parenchyma was extracellular which is in agreement with the fraction of water that is extracellular. These observations imply that glucose transport across the membranes of astrocytes and neurons is rapid compared to the rate of metabolism.
When glucose concentrations in plasma are near 6 mM, the average concentration of glucose in brain water is roughly 1.3 mM (see Sect. 5.3.2). Even two fold changes in the concentration in brain water have little effect on the cerebral metabolic rate of glucose, CMRglc, because these concentrations are substantially greater than the Km for phosphorylation of glucose by hexokinase (0.04–0.05 mM [317–319]) and hence hexokinase, the first step in glucose metabolism, remains nearly saturated (compare e.g. [313]).
It is unclear why the passive glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier is mediated by a carrier rather than by a pore. Pores have the advantage that they do not undergo any large conformation changes during transport of each substrate. Hence they are capable of high turnover numbers, which would seem to be an advantage. On the other hand carriers allow more complicated coupling of transport between different solutes and it is possible that during transport of a relative large solute like glucose, it is easier for a carrier than the “open hole” of a pore to prevent unwanted transfer of other solutes. (Water can probably get through both carriers and pores. The possibility that water permeability of GLUT1 may or may not be important at the blood–brain barrier [320] was considered in Section 4.3.6, footnote 17 of [4]). While arguments for “why a carrier” are speculative, the structural and kinetic evidence, reviewed in the following subsections, leave little doubt but that glucose transport across the membranes of the endothelial cells of the blood–brain barrier is mediated by a carrier.
Structure of GLUT1 (SLC2A1) and the kinetics of the glucose transport it mediates in red blood cells
A crystal structure for GLUT1 has been obtained using a GLUT1 construct purified from an expression system (see Fig. 12) [321]. In this structure a bundle of α-helices spans the membrane surrounding an inner cavity open at the cytoplasmic end. This structure and those for related transporters (for references see [322]) strongly support the widely held view that the transport kinetics should be described using a carrier model (see Appendix D). A binding site in the central cavity of the carrier can be exposed to either side of the membrane, but only one side at a time. While the site is exposed a substrate molecule can associate with or dissociate from the site. The side of exposure can be altered by a conformation change in the carrier and the substrate can then associate or dissociate on the other side of the membrane.
Fig. 12 Structure of the human glucose transporter GLUT1. The structure of full-length human GLUT1 containing two point mutations (N45T, E329Q) was determined in an inward-open conformation. The side and cytoplasmic views are shown. The corresponding transmembrane segments in the four 3-helix repeats are coloured the same. The extracellular and intracellular helices are coloured blue and orange, respectively. A slab of cut- open view of the surface electrostatic potential, which was calculated with PyMol50, is shown on the right to facilitate visualization of the inward-facing cavity. IC indicates intracellular helix. Reprinted by permission from Springer Nature from Nature 510, 121–126, Crystal structure of the human glucose transporter GLUT1 by Deng et al. [321]
Since GLUT1 is highly expressed in red blood cells, they have been used as the most convenient system in which to study the kinetics of its transport. There are two prominent features revealed by these studies that must be accommodated in any model. On the one hand the normal net transport of glucose occurs without input of energy from any source other than the concentration gradient, on the other hand downhill movement of one type of sugar can be coupled to uphill movement of another (see Fig. 13), a phenomenon called counter-flow or counter-transport [322–325]. A closely related phenomenon is trans-stimulation, an increase in influx when internal concentration is increased or an increase in efflux when external concentration is increased (see Fig. 13 and, for a quantitative example, Appendix D). In terms of a simple carrier model, the observation of net glucose transport when it is the only substrate implies that both the loaded and unloaded forms of the carrier can change conformation thus altering exposure of the binding site. This allows transport of solute in one direction to occur without transport in the opposite direction, i.e. the transport is not an obligatory exchange. Similarly counter-transport or trans-stimulation imply that the rate constants for the conformation changes when the carrier is loaded are at least comparable to those for the unloaded carrier so that solute on the trans side can assist transport from the cis side by increasing the rate of return of the carrier.
Fig. 13 Interpretation of net flux of a single solute, obligatory exchange, and trans-stimulation in terms of a simple carrier model. In each case the concentration of the first solute (filled black circle) is higher on the cis side (left) than on the trans side (right). a Net flux of solute from cis to trans is supported by return of the free carrier. b If return of the carrier is only possible with a solute bound, there is obligatory exchange, either self-exchange or counter-transport of another solute (circle). c Trans-stimulation is a combination of these two effects. Flux of the first solute from cis to trans can be increased if there is more solute (either sort) on the trans side (here the right) provided that increases the rate of return of the carrier—i.e. it increases the rate of conformation changes of the carrier from trans-facing to cis-facing
Trans-stimulation can markedly increase influx and efflux of glucose at high glucose concentrations (see Appendix D) and it is therefore very important in studies of the mechanism of transport. However, it has little if any effect on the net flux and it is the net flux that is important for the delivery of glucose for metabolism. The exchanges underlying trans-stimulation are likely to be much more important for large neutral amino acids where several compete for transport by the same carrier (see Sect. 5.5).
The kinetics of the simple carrier model are complex even in the steady-state [325–329]. GLUT1 (SLC2A1) kinetics are complicated further by the added twist that the GLUT1 protein may exist in the membranes as part of a homo-tetramer, each capable of transport, but in a coupled manner such that transport through one affects the transport through the others [322, 330]. Given these and further complexities considered in the next section, it should not be surprising that definitive characterization of glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier remains elusive (see Appendix D).
Glucose transport kinetics at the blood–brain barrier
Transport of glucose into and out of the brain is clearly more complex than that into and out of red blood cells. Firstly GLUT1 is needed in both membranes of the endothelial cells of the blood–brain barrier to allow the glucose to enter on one side and leave on the other. However, because the endothelial cells are very thin and correspondingly contain very little glucose, provided that the properties of the transport in the two membranes are similar, it is thought that the transport can still be described, at least qualitatively, as transport across a single barrier [331–333]. Secondly once across the blood–brain barrier, glucose is metabolized at a rate comparable to the rates of influx and efflux across the barrier while in red blood cells transport is much faster than metabolism. Thirdly there is also the technical difficulty that, with the important exception of the study in 1975 by Betz et al. [327], it has not proved possible to manipulate interstitial fluid glucose concentrations during the experiments. In most studies all that has been done is either to measure the extraction of glucose (total or labelled) from blood as described above or to measure the variation in the total amount of glucose present in the parenchyma with time as a function of glucose concentration in plasma. Mason et al. [334] compare the results obtained in many studies performed prior to 1992 but with the surprising omission of reference to studies from Betz’s group. Also in 1992, Gjedde [335] reviewed results obtained for glucose transport in rat and man. Glucose transport into and within the brain has been analyzed and reviewed by Simpson et al. [315], Barros et al. [314] and, more recently, by Patching [336].
In one of the first attempts to establish the mechanism of glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier, Buschiazzo et al. [319] found that 3-O-methyl-d-glucose, a non-metabolizable derivative of glucose, competes with glucose for transport, and furthermore that an inward gradient of glucose could drive 3-O-methyl-d-glucose uphill out of the brain, i.e. there is counter-transport for GLUT1 at the blood–brain barrier just as in red blood cells. Further evidence that GLUT1 behaves in a similar manner in the two environments was obtained by Betz et al. [327] who found that the rate of glucose influx was increased by increasing the concentration of glucose within the brain, i.e. there is trans-stimulation (see Appendix D).
Buschiazzo et al. [319] and Betz et al. [327] determined the total glucose in the parenchyma for different glucose concentrations in plasma (see Fig. 14). Subsequently NMR has been used to measure glucose content in conscious humans and lightly anaesthetized rats [334, 337–341]. The NMR results for humans and rats confirm under nearly physiological conditions (see Fig. 14) that brain glucose content continues to increase with plasma concentration for plasma concentrations up to at least 30 mM well above a typical resting value, 6 mM. They also confirm that the rates of glucose influx and efflux are respectively larger than and not much smaller than the rate of metabolism. Because influx and efflux substantially exceed the expected efflux via the perivascular route, the net flux across the blood–brain barrier is normally taken to be equal to CMRglc at steady-state.
Fig. 14 Four studies of brain glucose content versus glucose concentration in blood. In two studies glucose content was measured by chemical assay, a in anaesthetized rats by Buschiazzo et al. [319] and b in isolated perfused brains from dogs by Betz et al. [327]. In the latter it was assumed that brain water was 0.75 mL g−1. In the other two studies glucose content was determined by magnetic resonance spectroscopy, c in conscious humans by Gruetter et al. [337] and d in lightly anaesthetized rats by Choi et al. [338]. In all studies the glucose content continues to increase with plasma concentration even though it is known that the influx of glucose shows saturation. The explanation is that efflux also saturates and the increase in content must parallel the increase in plasma concentration in order for efflux to increase so that it is equal to influx minus the constant rate of glucose metabolism (see Appendix D)
In the results reported by Duarte et al. (see Figure 3 in [341]) using rats, following a step change in cplasma from 4 to 20 mM the brain content of glucose increased from about 0.5 to 4.5 µmol g−1 with a half life of about 16 min which indicates a net rate of accumulation of 0.122 µmol g−1 min−1, i.e. using their value of CMRglc, 0.52 µmol g−1 min−1, there is an influx of 0.64 µmol g−1 min−1 which is similar to that reported by Betz et al. in 1974 [302] for the dog.
It has so far not proved possible to analyse glucose efflux directly after injection of glucose into the brain. Any such measurements face major challenges including separating efflux from metabolism and avoiding disturbance of the efflux processes by the injection or infusion. The study by Ball et al. [85] established that during a 5 min, 0.1 µL min−1 infusion into the inferior colliculus glucose can move, presumably by a perivascular route, to the adjacent meninges strongly suggesting that as expected there is perivascular efflux of glucose. However, estimating the normal rate of this process to see if the perivascular clearance notably exceeds the 1 µL g−1 min−1 found in other regions would require measurement of the time course of the appearance of glucose in the meninges after the end of the infusion.15
The glucose efflux across the blood–brain barrier can be calculated if the influx and net flux are both known as indicated earlier in this discussion of glucose. Furthermore if it can be assumed that the fluxes are described by the expressions of the form derived from the carrier model, the rate of efflux can be calculated from the measured rates of influx versus the concentrations in plasma and ISF. An example of this using the data from Betz et al. [327] for the isolated perfused dog brain is given in Appendix D and Additional file 1. These data remain the only measurements of glucose influx versus plasma concentration for a range of known concentrations within the brain. Hence the calculated results in Appendix D are the only available results for efflux as a function of both plasma and ISF concentrations.
The fits to the data of Betz et al. [327] (see Additional file 1) indicate that the net flux = CMRglc for cplasma = 6 mM is 0.65 µmol g−1 min−1 with cisf = 1.2 mM. This value of CMRglc is close to those expected for rats but about twice that for humans. The fits also predict that glucose consumption, CMRglc, could increase to about 0.9 µmol g−1 min−1 with cisf approaching 0 without any change in transport capacity. However, larger increases in glucose consumption are required in order to support nervous activity. Changes in transport capacity are considered in Sect. 6.2.
Both neurons and astrocytes have transporters that will allow uptake of glucose and both can use it as a substrate for energy production. The proportions of glucose metabolism that occur in astrocytes and neurons remain controversial [315, 342–346] (see next section).
Lactate
When at rest and even more during nervous activity, there is net production of lactate within the brain parenchyma and thus there must be means for its efflux. Clearance of lactate from the brain has recently been reviewed in some detail [146] (see also footnote 26 in [4]). In brief lactic acid is transported across the blood–brain barrier by passive transport mediated by MCT1 (SLC16A1) present in both luminal and abluminal membranes. Lactate both enters and leaves the brain by this route. Lactate is generated within the brain by partial metabolism of glucose and by metabolism of glutamate [347, 348]). Under resting conditions when lactate concentrations are low, the clearance, CL = PS ~ 60–100 µL g−1 min−1 [349–352], far exceeds the expected clearance, ~ 1 µL g−1 min−1, by a strictly perivascular route.
It is often said that transport of lactate across the blood–brain barrier is slow (see e.g. Pardridge’s account [189]). But these statements refer to the amounts transported not the permeability. The lactate clearance (= PS product) calculated for low concentrations from the kinetic constants that Pardridge presents, Kt = 1.8 mM and Tmax = 91 nmol g−1 min−1, is 50 µL g−1 min−1, close to that stated above. Quistorff et al. [353] and Boumezbeur et al. [352] have emphasized that lactate from the periphery can be an important source of energy in the brain during heavy exercise.
There is clear evidence that during periods of increased neural activity the blood–brain barrier is not the only route of lactate removal from the sites of activity [354–357]. This may be particularly important in circumstances where the lactate concentration is also increased in the rest of the body, e.g. as a result of physical exercise. Under these circumstances the net transport across the blood–brain barrier is likely to be inwards [352, 353]. Other routes for efflux cannot be just perivascular transport as seen with inulin because that isn’t fast enough. One suggested explanation is perivascular transport augmented by transfer between astrocyte endfeet via gap junctions. This can lead to movement of lactate from sites of activity either to inactive regions or to perivascular spaces of larger blood vessels [356–358] (see Fig. 15). Much of the lactate removed from the parenchyma via perivascular transport is likely to be removed from the brain along with CSF, though a proportion reaches lymph, possibly via the meninges, without first mixing with CSF. Lactate in CSF that leaves via the cribriform plate is delivered to the nasal mucosa from which it may return to blood either indirectly via lymph or directly by crossing peripheral capillary walls [85, 120, 125].16
Fig. 15 Lactate removal from the brain. Lactate produced within the brain can be effluxed via the blood–brain barrier or via perivascular routes. It may reach the latter locally near the site of its production or at more distant sites having been transferred between astrocytes via gap junctions
(Diagram modified from Figure 7c in Gandhi et al. [358])
It remains puzzling why so much of the lactate produced within the brain during nerve activity appears to be removed rather than serving as fuel for oxidation in neurons as proposed in the astrocyte neuron lactate shuttle (ANLS) hypothesis (G. A. Dienel, personal communication). However, at least according to Dienel [345] the available evidence is that the oxygen consumption does not increase sufficiently during nerve activity for shuttling of lactate from astrocytes to neurons and further oxidative metabolism of lactate in neurons to be an important mechanism. Furthermore using expression of a genetically encoded NAD sensor that can be monitored in real time with cellular resolution, Diaz-Garcia et al. [346] have found in mice that nervous activity induces neural production rather than consumption of lactate. For an alternative view see e.g. [344].
Amino acids
In order to put the importance of efflux of amino acids from brain parenchyma into context, it is necessary to consider not just the fluxes and transporters but also the need for fluxes.
Amino acids are required within the brain for protein synthesis (see Fig. 16) and for maintenance of pools of neurotransmitters, in particular glutamate and GABA (see Fig. 17). Amino acids are also needed for synthesis of many other substances, e.g. nucleosides, but when considering overall balance this demand has usually been ignored as being relatively minor and it will not be considered further here (compare [359]). The required amino acids must either be synthesized inside the brain or enter from outside primarily across the blood–brain barrier.
Fig. 16 Simplified overview of fates of amino acids in the brain parenchyma. Essential amino acids enter and leave the parenchyma across the blood–brain barrier. Non-essential amino-acids, e.g. glutamate (Glu), glutamine (Gln), and GABA can be synthesized within the brain. The amino groups for the synthesis are supplied either by transamination as shown for glutamate or to some extent [359] by incorporation of NH4+ by glutamate dehydrogenase. The latter route is believed to be minor [359, 641]. NH4+ is added to form the amide group of glutamine by glutamine synthetase (see Fig. 17). Within the parenchyma amino acids are used for synthesis of proteins and (not shown) formation of other nitrogen containing compounds, e.g. nucleotides. New amino acids must be supplied to replace those lost by metabolism. In the brain, input of amino acids is also required to provide amino groups to replace glutamate lost from the pool of amino acids involved in glutaminergic (and GABAergic, not shown) neurotransmission (see Fig. 17). α-KG α-ketoglutarate, e.a.a essential amino acids, t.a transaminase
Fig. 17 The glutamate/glutamine cycle shown in bold with indication of some of the losses and of replenishment of glutamate by denovo synthesis. Glutamate (Glu) in the presynaptic neuron is packaged into vesicles and released into the ISF during neurotransmission. Most of the glutamate is taken up into the astrocytes by the transporter Eaat1 (glast, Slc1a3) where it is converted to glutamine (Gln) by addition of an NH4+ by the enzyme glutamine synthase (g.s) [642, 643]. The glutamine is transported into the ISF by Snat3 and/or Snat5 (Slc38a3 and Slc38a5) from which it is taken up into the presynaptic terminals again by a transporter that may be a Snat. The glutamate is then regenerated by glutaminase (g.a). This cycle represents a large turnover of the amide group at the end of the side chain in glutamine, estimated to be 55% of the CMRglc (cerebral metabolic rate of glucose, see Sect. 5.3) for the entire brain in rats amounting to 490 nmol g−1 min−1 (estimated value in humans 280 nmol g−1 min−1) [644] (G. A. Dienel, personal communication). However the requirement for NH4+ consumed in the conversion of glutamate to glutamine within the astrocytes is balanced by an equal release of NH4+ in the reverse conversion in neurons. Whether diffusion of NH4+ itself is adequate to transfer the nitrogen from neurons to astrocytes as shown or some other form of N carrier is required remains controversial [385, 641, 645]. Regardless, if there were no losses of glutamine or glutamate from the cycle, there would be no need for any fluxes of amino acids into or out of the parenchyma to support glutaminergic neurotransmission. However, there are losses of glutamate and glutamine from the cycle [347, 646, 647]. At least in rodents, such losses are made good by de novo synthesis of glutamate in the astrocytes. Estimates of the total rate of loss and of de novo synthesis are around 11% of CMRglc ([648, 649] (G. A. Dienel, personal communication), i.e. about 0.11 × 0.9 µmol g−1 min−1 ≅ 100 nmol g−1 min−1. The carbon skeletons for the de novo synthesis are derived ultimately from glucose. Glucose is metabolized to two molecules of pyruvate one of which is carboxylated by pyruvate carboxylase (p.c) (thought to be present within the brain only in astrocytes) to form oxaloacetic acid (OAA) a component of the citric acid cycle. Addition of acetyl-CoA from the second pyruvate then forms citrate, which is decarboxylated to form α-ketoglutarate (α-KG). Glutamate is then formed either a by transamination (t.a) of α-ketoglutarate using leucine or other amino acids as source (see e.g. [383, 641, 645, 650], or b by addition of NH4+ [366] catalyzed by glutamate dehydrogenase (g.d). The latter is believed to be a minor pathway [359, 366, 641]. The source of the amino groups for transamination is considered further in Sect. 5.5.3 and Fig. 18. Data for the pathways involved in glutamate synthesis are much less extensive for human than for rat. Rothman and colleagues [651, 652] have argued that the α-ketoglutarate is synthesized in astrocytes based on measurements of incorporation of 13C (see [653, 654]). However, the failure to find a key transaminase in human astrocytes by immunohistochemistry [655, 656] has cast some doubt on astrocytes being the major site for the conversion from α-ketoglutarate to glutamate. For recent reviews of glutamate synthesis see [386, 641, 645]
The need for amino acid input is different from the need for glucose input. Glucose is the basic fuel consumed in metabolism and must be supplied continually in large quantities. Amino acids are needed to allow the maintenance of cell structure and composition. But, the N containing constituents of the cells either are not consumed during metabolism or if they are they are partly replaced internally. The balance between influx and efflux across the blood–brain barrier need only provide sufficient amounts of amino acids to top up losses. Any metabolic losses that do occur will either be by efflux from the brain or by generation of NH4+ and carbon compounds. The latter become part of the carbon metabolism of cells. Possible fates of the NH4+ include: diffusion across the blood–brain barrier; reaction with glutamate to form glutamine, which is then exported from the parenchyma; and use in amino acid synthesis [359, 360]. Glutamate synthesis is considered further in Sect. 5.5.5.
For each amino acid at steady-state, its net fluxes across the blood–brain barrier and via perivascular routes and its net rate of synthesis must add to zero so that the concentrations in the brain parenchyma can remain constant. However, there are major complications in applying this principle to the interpretation of data: there are more than 20 different amino-acids, inter-conversions between them by transamination are common, and they compete with each other for the many amino acid transporters. Indeed the major application of this principle comes when considering overall N balance.
Allowing the fluxes that are required (see Sect. 5.5.1) while maintaining ISF concentrations of all amino acids except glutamine well below those in plasma (see Sect. 5.5.2) is a major challenge and it is not yet certain how the available transporters (see Sect. 5.5.4) achieve these objectives.
Requirements for amino acid fluxes (and NH4+)
While it is clear that there are losses of essential amino acids from brain parenchyma and thus that some influx of amino acids must occur, it is difficult to obtain a quantitative estimate of the influx required. Using radiolabelled amino acids in rats, Dunlop et al. [361–363] found a turnover rate for the protein content of rat brains to be about 0.6% h−1. Using a protein content of about 100 mg for each gram of brain and the molecular weight of an average amino acid, perhaps 125 Da, that corresponds to a rate of incorporation of amino acids of about 80 nmol g−1 min−1. Similarly amino groups required for de novo synthesis of glutamate amount to about 100 nmol g−1 min−1 (see legend to Fig. 17).
Many of the amino acids needed for protein synthesis are supplied either by de novo synthesis (which, however, still requires some source of amino groups, see Fig. 16) or by recycling those released during protein breakdown, which averaged over enough time must be occurring at the same rate as synthesis. Furthermore it may be possible to reuse some of the NH4+ lost from the glutamate/glutamine cycle in the de novo synthesis of glutamate. Thus the sum of the estimates above, 180 nmol g−1 min−1, is likely to exceed the actual requirement for amino-acid input.
Because the brain parenchyma must be in N balance and there must be net inputs of essential amino acids, there must also be a route or routes for N removal. As the brain normally doesn’t produce urea as a means of disposing of NH4+ [364–366], the two main routes for exit to be considered are efflux of NH4+ and efflux of glutamine. Fluxes of NH4+ are easily demonstrated to occur in both directions across the blood–brain barrier and are almost certainly by diffusion across the membranes of NH3 combined with transport either of H+ in the same direction or, more likely, of HCO3− in the opposite direction [4, 359, 367]. Because concentrations of NH4+ in brain, 150–300 µM, and CSF, 100–300 µM, normally exceed those in arterial plasma, 50–250 µM [359], it is likely that there is some net NH4+ efflux. However, an arterio-venous difference in NH4+ concentration and thus its net transport have only been demonstrated in the brain when plasma NH4+ concentration is raised as in hepatic insufficiency [359, 368]. There is then net NH4+ entry, rapid incorporation of the NH4+ into glutamine by reaction with glutamate [359], and efflux of the resultant glutamine. Glutamine efflux is considered further in Sect. 5.5.4.
Lee et al. [360] made the interesting suggestion that much of the NH4+ that moves from brain microvascular endothelial cells to plasma is produced within the endothelial cells by glutaminase acting on glutamine. However, that taken alone would suggest that there should also be a substantial efflux of glutamate, which has not been observed. Alternatively the NH4+ effluxed may derive from metabolism of both glutamine and glutamate. This is considered further in Sect. 5.5.4.
Concentrations of amino acids in CSF and ISF
Values of amino acid concentrations measured in blood plasma, CSF and ISF are summarized in Table 3. There is agreement in all studies that, with the exception of glutamine, the concentrations of all other amino acids in CSF and ISF are substantially less than those in plasma. This could arise if the rates of consumption were to reduce the concentrations greatly or if there were active transport of amino acids from brain fluids to blood. Whether or not there is a substantial difference in amino acid concentrations between CSF and ISF is less clear.17
Table 3 Amino acid concentrations in plasma, CSF and ISF
Plasma concentration/µM CSF concentration/µM ISF concentration/µM
Human1 Rat2 Human3 Rabbit4 Rat5 Mice6 Human1 Human7 Rat2, c Rat1, 2 Human3 Rabbit4 Rat5 Mice6 Rabbit4 Rabbit8 Rabbit9 Rat5 Mice6
Gln 619 641 868 834 598 863 780 552 583 524 517 250 547 159 193 80
Asn 112 55 Trace 14 16 3 7.8 4.3 1.4
Ala 330 489a 382 430 408 27 18.6 34a 39 85.4 57 15 19 15 7.7 9.3
Ser 149 196 140 263 247 109 28.9 30.4 79 80 30 116 62.3 37 34 24.9 9.8
Gly 249 221 283 246 1.3 6.4 20 15 6 34 7.8
Pro 212 60 Trace 0.6 4.2 1.8
Thr 142 166 113 28.5 27.7 36 22 3.5
Val 222 430 309 191 173 14 16.1 78 47 20 14 9.4 13 12.5 7.4 2.9
Leu 109 432 155 81 127 13.1 11.9 66 42 15 7 6.6 9 1.5
Ile 61 77 101 5.2 4.7 6 7 9
Tyr 70 73 43 54 7.3 8.1 10 7 7.2 5 0.7
His 85 80 59 10.8 12.0 12 8.9 1.2
Lys 158 290 171 137 321 19.7 22.0 120 87 21 8 46 19 10
Arg 80 94 81 227 103 17 18.6 55 46 22 32.5 18 6.9 3.2
Glu 83 61 56 159.6 37 7.2 8.7 26 10 11.4 21 4 4.3 3.4 2.9 4.1
Asp 7 33.8 2.4 1.5 5.8 0.6 0.5 1.7
Phe 71 64 45 8.3 8.2 10 7 6
Met 41 28 30 2.8 2.6 3 3
Trp 62
Concentrations measured in CSF are, with the exception of glutamine always substantially less, than the concentrations in plasma. Concentrations in ISF are measured by microdialysis with extrapolation to zero flow (see text). If these are correct, ISF concentrations are substantially lower than those in CSF. c cisternal, l lumbar
1Plum et al. [576]
2Franklin et al. [577]
3McGale et al. [578]
4Hamberger et al. [579]
5Lerma et al. [580]
6Dolgodilina et al. [581]
7Table 8.15 in Davson and Segal [56]
8Jacobson et al. [582] microdialysis by concentration profile
9Jacobson et al. [582] microdialysis by recovery of samples
The relative importance of perivascular supply and removal for amino acid turnover in ISF
Excluding glutamine, concentrations of each of the amino acids in CSF and ISF are usually < 1/5th of those in plasma (see below) and in total < 1 mM. With a perivascular clearance of 1 µL g−1 min−1, and an amino acid concentration at the high end of the observed range, 100 µM, the rate of loss or gain of any particular amino acid by the perivascular route is expected to be of the order of 0.1 nmol g−1 min−1 or less, which is likely to be negligible. Amino acid loss from the brain by outflow of CSF at 0.25 µL g−1 min−1 (500 mL day−1 for a 1400 g brain) at 100 µM would be 0.025 nmol g−1 min−1 which again is likely to be negligible.
Observed fluxes of amino acids
Quantitative measurements of fluxes of amino acids have been either of influx or net flux. Influx is measured by adding a tracer to the blood perfusing the brain and measuring the amount that enters the brain over a short period. Net flux of an amino acid is calculated as10 net flux=A-V difference×blood flowby using measurements of the blood flow and the A − V difference equal to the difference between the concentrations in arterial blood entering and venous blood leaving the brain. Direct measurements of efflux have proved difficult. In practice efflux into the blood has been calculated as the difference between influx and net flux from the blood.
Influx of amino acids into brain parenchyma across the blood–brain barrier has been studied in rats. In a highly influential early study, rates were compared to that for water using 14C-labeled amino acids and 3HOH added together as a single bolus arterial injection. The results were reported as the brain uptake index (BUI), defined as a ratio of ratios ((uptake of 14C-aa)/[14C-aa])/((uptake of 3HOH)/[3HOH]) [300]. When added one at a time, the influxes of the amino acids varied greatly, with BUI for phenylalanine or leucine found to be more than 50% (i.e. each enters about half as easily as water) while at the other extreme influxes of proline, glutamate, asparagine and glycine were below the background limit of detection by the technique, BUI < ~ 3%. Influx of each of the essential amino acids (those not able to be formed within the brain) was easily measurable.
All of the influxes that were clearly above baseline were inhibited when the radiolabeled amino acids were added using serum rather than a simple buffer suggesting competition for transport with the amino acids present in serum. Competition was investigated further and confirmed by measuring uptake of tracer in the presence of an excess of individual unlabelled amino acids [300].18 Quantitative estimates of the influxes of various amino acids in rats when plasma concentrations of tracers were held constant by controlled infusions [369] or during perfusion of isolated brains [43, 370, 371] have confirmed the pattern seen using BUI measurements [300, 372] (see Table 4).
Table 4 Influx and net flux of amino acids in the indicated species
Rat1 Rat2 Rat3 Rat4 Rat5 Rat6 Dog7 Dog7 Cat8 Sheep9 Human10 Human11 Human12 Human13 Human14
Influx* Influx Influx Influx Influx Net Net* Net* Net Net Net Net Net Net Net
Phenylalanine 6.5 7 8 13.2 − 0.6 0.12 0.01 2.2 0.06 0.3 − 0.5
Leucine 6.2 15 14.5 9.7 1.56 1.28 1.9 6 5.2 3.2 2.2 0.6
Isoleucine 1.8 4 5.7 0.78 0.46 1.5 3.1 1.2 1.4 0.7 0.3
Valine 1.3 1.8 2.9 1.26 0.37 2.7 11.0 1.7 0.8 − 1.7
Tyrosine 5.3 7 4.1 − 1.1 0 0.06 1.6 0.1 − 0.1 − 0.1
Methionine 1.6 1.7 − 1.1 0 − 0.12 1.0 0.6 0.2 0.2
Tryptophan − 1.1
Histidine 2.5 2.5 − 1.7 − 0.23 − 0.7 0.7 − 0.3 − 1.3
threonine 1.2 0.8 − 3.4 0.62 − 0.1 5.0 2.6 0.1
Arginine 1 − 7.4 − 0.2 − 0.05 2 0.7 − 0.5 − 0.1
Lysine 6.2 9 − 1.1 0.58 − 1.6 2.5 − 0.3 − 0.9
Glutamate 1.7 − 0.24 − 0.18 − 0.05 1.4 − 0.5 − 6
Glutaminea 11.6 1 − 15.4 − 6.6 − 4.3 − 1.94 − 7.4 11.0 − 20 − 20.4
nerv. stim.b glutamate − 1.26
nerv. stim.b glutamine − 6.69
Values are stated in nmol g−1 min−1. Influxes have been measured only in rats. The only available measurements of net fluxes in rats, shown in the italicized column, failed to reach statistical significance
* Data used by Pardridge [379] in his comparison of influxes and net fluxes
aIn some columns the values are for glutamine + asparagine as the assay used detected both
bRelease measured during nervous stimulation
1Banos et al. [369]
2Hawkins et al. [583]
3Mans et al. [584]
4Ennis et al. [415]
5Smith and Stoll [43]
6Brosnan et al. [378]
7Betz and Gilboe [365]
8Abdul-Ghani et al. [394]
9Pell and Bergman [585]
10Felig et al. [586]
11Lying-Tunell et al. [587]
12Eriksson et al. [588]
13Grill et al. [589]
14Strauss et al. [590]
From the patterns of competition between amino acids for influx across the blood–brain barrier it appeared that there were four separate systems of transport (see e.g. [43, 44]).System L primarily for neutral amino acids, which can be inhibited by 2-aminobicyclo-(2,2,1)-heptane-2-carboxylic acid (BCH);
System ASC primarily for neutral amino acids, which is not inhibited by BCH;
System y+ (sometimes called system Lys+) primarily for basic amino acids;
System N primarily for the nitrogen-rich amino acids glutamine, histidine and asparagine.
A number of amino acids fit into more than one of these groups. Most of the amino acids with large BUI values are substrates for system L.
Studies with isolated brain microvessels, which provide access to the abluminal membranes of the endothelial cells, identified two more systems.A Na+-linked transport system for small neutral amino acids (system A, with identifying substrate N-methyl-a-aminoisobutyric acid, MeAIB) [373].
Another system for glutamate [374].
The ability to prepare vesicles enriched in membranes from either the luminal or abluminal membranes of the endothelial cells [375] allowed localization of transport activities to the separate membranes with the generalization (since revised, see Sect. 5.5.6) that transporters in the luminal membrane are not Na+-linked and hence bidirectional while those in the abluminal membrane are Na+-linked favouring transport from ISF into the endothelial cells [44]. There are now known to be many more types of transporter present at the blood–brain barrier than initially suggested by identification of these systems (see Sect. 5.5.6).
Large rates of efflux of amino acids from CSF to blood were detected in cats [376] and rabbits [377] undergoing ventriculo-cisternal or ventriculo-cortical subarachnoid space perfusions. However, it was not possible in these studies to determine how much of the efflux was going via the choroid plexuses and how much via the parenchyma and the blood–brain barrier. Evidence that the latter route is important derives from the observation that transfer was much more rapid in ventriculo-subarachnoid infusion than in ventriculo-cisternal infusion. Both types of perfusion expose the infused fluid to the choroid plexuses, but in the former a much larger surface area of parenchyma is exposed to the fluid [376].
The net flux into a region can be calculated if the blood flow to that region and the concentrations of the solute in arterial blood and the venous outflow can be measured (see Sect. 5.5.6). (Equating net flux out of blood with net flux into the brain ignores possible metabolism within the endothelial cells, see the end of Sect. 5.5.6). Net flux measurements have been attempted using rats [378], but all except one of the A − V differences were not statistically significant. The rest of the net flux data in Table 4 are for larger species.
Pardridge [379] compared the influx data for rats obtained by Banos et al. [369] with the net flux data for dogs obtained by Betz et al. [365] (see Table 4) and noted that the net fluxes are much smaller than the unidirectional influxes. With the assumption that the fluxes are similar in various species, this comparison implies that there must be large effluxes, comparable in size to the influxes. Measurements of net fluxes in dogs, sheep, and humans have produced data broadly comparable with each other (see Table 4) favouring the assumption that when expressed per gram of tissue the fluxes are the same in all species.19
At present there are strong indications that the net flux of glutamine is outwards. This was seen in five out of six studies. There is also indication that the combined net flux of the branched chain amino acids, leucine + isoleucine + valine, is inwards. This was seen in six out of seven studies. But as described in the next section there is no evidence for a sufficiently large inwards net flux of neutral amino acids to provide for all of the transamination invoked in the explanations of glutamate turnover, at least in rats.
Observed fluxes of neutral amino acids compared with their requirement in glutamate synthesis
A major difficulty is revealed by comparison of the small net fluxes for the large, essential neutral amino acids and the large provision of these amino acids required for transamination to convert α-ketoglutarate into glutamate (see Figs. 16 and 17). For this requirement to be satisfied by influx across the blood–brain barrier of leucine, isoleucine and valine, their combined net influx would need to be > 100 nmol min−1 g−1 (see Sect. 5.5.1). For a cerebral blood flow of 0.57 mL min−1 g−1 (see e.g. Sect. 5.3) that would correspond to an A − V difference > 175 µM. Given that the total of the arterial plasma concentrations for these amino acids is only 392 µM (see Table 3), this A − V difference and hence net rate of transport should have been well above the “noise” in all of the studies, even that in rats (see Table 4).
If, as indicated by all available studies, sufficient net inward flux of amino acids does not in fact exist, the amino groups for synthesis of glutamate in the astrocytes must be obtained from sources within the brain. Independent evidence that such a source is available comes from studies comparing isotope dilution in the brain when plasma leucine was labeled with 13C or 15N. 62% of the N in brain leucine was derived from reverse transamination [380–383].
One detailed suggestion (see Fig. 18) is that loss of the branched chain α-ketoacids (BCKA), e.g. α-ketoisocaproate, generated in the transamination in the astrocytes is prevented by using a branched chain amino acid (BCAA) shuttle ([382, 384], reviewed in [385]). In this scheme instead of being further metabolized within the astrocytes as shown in Fig. 17, the BCKA are transferred to neurons where the branched chain amino acids (BCAA), e.g. leucine, can be regenerated by transamination from glutamate producing α-ketoglutarate. The leucine is then exported back to the astrocytes while the glutamate within the neuron is regenerated by glutamate dehydrogenase from NH4+ and the α-ketoglutarate [384, 386]. In this scheme NH4+ is taken from the neuron where it is released from glutamine and will be at relatively high concentration. This is shifted to the astrocyte by the BCAA shuttle where it can be combined with new α-ketoglutarate to complete the de novo synthesis of glutamate. This scheme greatly reduces the need for net flux of BCAA across the blood–brain barrier.
Fig. 18 The branched chain amino acid shuttle for provision of branched chain amino acids (BCAA) in the astrocytes to allow de novo synthesis of glutamate. Leucine (Leu) is used as example of a BCAA. α-KG α-ketoglutarate, α-KIC α-ketoisocaproic acid, Gln glutamine, Glu glutamate, g.a glutaminase, g.d glutamate dehydrogenase, g.s glutamine synthetase, t.a transaminase. Losses of Gln, primarily by efflux, and of Glc, primarily by catabolism are replaced by de novo synthesis of α-KG in astrocytes and transamination using Leu producing α-KIC. Leu is regenerated from α-KIC in the neuron by transamination from Glu producing α-KG. The Glu is in turn regenerated from the α-KG and NH4+ by gdh. Loss of N via efflux of Gln, Glu, and Leu is made good by net inward flux of Leu and NH4+. The BCAA shuttle greatly reduces the need for net inward flux of Leu as this is only required to make good the metabolic loss of α-KIC
(Based on Figure 1 in Hutson [384])
Amino acid transporters at the blood–brain barrier
The transporters currently thought to be involved in amino acid transport across the blood–brain barrier are indicated in Fig. 19. These will be discussed below according to the categories of amino acids transported.
Fig. 19 Amino acid transporters thought to exist at the blood–brain barrier. Based on Nalecz [200]; Broer [393]; Mann et al. [520]; O’Kane et al. [657]; and Hawkins et al. [44]. #See [44, 398] but contrast [399, 400]
Anionic amino acids, in particular glutamate, are transported by EAATs 1, 2 and/or 3 (coded by SLC1A3, 2, 1 respectively) which are found only in the abluminal membrane of the endothelial cells [387]. These EAATs mediate co-transport of the anionic amino acid together with 3 Na+ ions and 1 H+ ion followed by return transport of 1 K+ ion [388–390]. Because the electrochemical gradient for Na+ is directed from ISF into the endothelial cells and 3 Na+ ions are transported, this coupling renders the amino acid transport effectively unidirectional into the cells. Glutamate is also produced within the endothelial cells from breakdown of glutamine mediated by glutaminase [360]. Glutamate in the endothelial cells can then either be metabolized releasing NH4+, as argued by Helms and colleagues [391, 392], or be transported to blood plasma by a transporter other than an EAAT. Glutamate metabolism within endothelial cells is analogous to the extensive metabolism known to occur within gut epithelial cells (see e.g. [393]). Glutamate transport from brain endothelial cells to plasma has been demonstrated after sensory stimulation in vivo, which increases glutamate production [394]. This transport is likely to be via the glutamate/cystine exchanger, Xc− (SLC7A11 + SLC3A2), [200, 395]), though there is also evidence for a transporter, yet to be identified, that functions in the absence of cystine [396].
Cationic amino acids such as arginine and lysine are transported by CAT-1 (SLC7A1), which is known to exist in the abluminal membrane of the endothelial cells. Transport of these amino acids across the luminal membrane is less well-characterized but may be also via CAT-1 or possibly ATB0,+ (SLCA14). Transport of cationic amino acids by CAT-1 can involve exchange of one amino acid for another (trans-stimulation see Sect. 5.3.1), but this is not essential [397]. There may be at least one more transporter for cationic amino acids at the abluminal membrane (but see [398]). Hawkins et al. [44] reported that cationic amino-acid transport across both membranes can be inhibited by a number of neutral amino acids in the presence of Na+. CAT-1 is thought not to be so affected [397, 399, 400]. The additional transporter may be y+L [4F2hc (SLC3A2) + either y+LAT2 (SLC7A6) or y+LAT1 (SLC7A7)] [399, 400].
Neutral amino acids are transported by several systems as indicated in Fig. 19.System L, primarily the heterodimer 4F2hc/Lat1 (Slc3a2 + Slc7a5) which is present in both membranes and functions independently of Na+;
System A, primarily ATA2 (Slc38a2) in the abluminal membrane which because it is a Na+-linked transporter is biased towards transport from ISF into the endothelial cells;
ASC, primarily ASCT2 (Slc1a5), an obligatory exchanger that requires the presence of Na+-but is not driven by the Na+ gradient;
System Na+-LNAA a Na+-linked system whose molecular basis is still unknown;
ATB0,+ (SLC6A14) which allows net fluxes without exchange;
And possibly the y+L transporter [4F2hc (SLC3A2) + either y+LAT2 (SLC7A6) or y+LAT1 (SLC7A7)].
The large influxes of neutral amino acids from blood-to-brain seen in the early work and ascribed to system L have subsequently been shown to be mediated by 4F2hc/Lat1 [401–403]. The discovery that not only can this system mediate exchanges of amino acids [404, 405] but the exchange is obligatory [406–408] has far reaching consequences for amino acid transport at the blood–brain barrier [409]. It provides an important part of the explanation for how it is that there are large unidirectional fluxes (influx and efflux) but only small net fluxes. In order for system L to mediate a net inward flux of one amino acid, it must have net outward flux of another. An exchanger of neutral solutes, like system L, tends to equilibrate the concentration ratios for all of its substrates. Thus predicting the flux of any one of the amino acids across a membrane requires knowledge of the concentrations of all of the substrates on both sides of the membrane.20 Consumption of any system L substrate within the parenchyma will by reducing its ISF concentration tend to lead to net inward flux of that substrate and net outward flux of others. Similarly production of any system L substrate will tend to lead to its net outward flux together with net inward flux of others.
The function of 4F2hc/Lat1 (Slc3a2/Slc7a5), the principal component of system L, was explored in mice by Tarlungeanu et al. [410]. They compared the concentrations of amino acids in brain (amount per unit weight of brain) between a conditional Slc7a5 knockout [411] and normal controls. In adult mice they found that the levels of methionine, leucine and isoleucine in the knockouts were about 0.66 times the levels in normals, i.e. a reduction of about 35%. This suggests that there is normally a net inward flux of these amino acids via 4F2hc/Lat1 but that there are other routes at least as important. By contrast levels of phenylalanine, proline, glycine, threonine, and serine in the knockouts were about 1.3 times higher than in normals, i.e. an increase of about 30%. This suggests that for these amino acids there is normally a net outward flux via Lat1 but that there are other important routes for their elimination. More dramatically with histidine the level in knockouts was sevenfold higher, a 600% increase compared to normals. This suggests that 4F2hc/Lat1 is normally the main route for eliminating histidine from the parenchyma and that a net inward flux of histidine occurs by some route other than 4F2hc/Lat1. However, it is important to note that while these results show that 4F2hc/Lat1 is very important for the fluxes of histidine, they do not in themselves show that histidine efflux is a large fraction of the total efflux carried by 4F2hc/Lat1. Further evidence for exchanges involving histidine have been obtained using 4F2hc/Lat1 expressed in proteoliposomes. High concentrations of cysteine inside the vesicles can allow or drive influx of histidine and high concentrations of many amino acids outside of the vesicles can allow or drive efflux of histidine [412].
It has been tempting to propose that the combined net flux of neutral amino acids, inward or outward, is determined by their fluxes via systems other than system L and by their synthesis and breakdown in the parenchyma. System L is, however, still important, because it is the combined action of system L with the other transporters that determines which of the neutral amino acids move inwards and which outwards. A coherent overall account of the transport of neutral amino acids across the blood–brain barrier is still awaited.
With regard to glutamine, which is synthesized within the parenchyma, it has been tempting to propose that a substantial part of its efflux occurs via a system L mediated exchange for the essential large neutral amino acids such as leucine, isoleucine, valine and phenylalanine entering the parenchyma. Indeed such exchanges can be observed with isolated microvessels under experimental conditions [413, 414]. However, there is no evidence for this effect under conditions that exist in vivo.
The observation that there is a net efflux of glutamine is especially important because it is present at high concentration in plasma and ISF and it is the obvious sink for excess NH4+ in the brain. Glutamine is a substrate not only of 4F2hc/LAT1 (system L) as outlined above but also of Snat3 (SLC38A3) (system N), ATA2 (SLC38A2) (system A), and CAT (SLC7A1) (system y+) [200]. Of these the principal transport that has been observed is mediated by system N. Localization of system N has been controversial. Lee et al. [360] (see also [44]) found that vesicles prepared from abluminal membranes displayed a Na+-linked transport for glutamine while vesicles prepared from luminal membranes had only Na+-independent transport. This combination would explain net outward flux of glutamine from the brain. However, Ennis et al. [415] found marked Na+-dependent tracer influx of glutamine. While there are alternatives (see footnote 3 on p. 9 in [4]) the simplest interpretation is that there are Na+-linked transporters in both membranes. More recently immunohistochemical localization studies [416] have shown Snat3 primarily on the abluminal membrane but also on the luminal membrane of brain capillaries. It should be noted that while linking transport of glutamine to that of a single Na+ confers a bias towards transport into the endothelial cells, it does not preclude flux in the opposite direction via the same transporter and thus it is possible that Snat3 is responsible for the transport across both membranes.
As already mentioned, Lee et al. [360] found that brain endothelial cells have glutaminase activity, and thus following glutamine transport from ISF into the cells, at least some of the glutamine will be broken down to glutamate and NH4+. Helms et al. [391, 392] have suggested that some of the glutamate can be metabolized further releasing more NH4+. As a consequence of metabolism within the endothelial cells, glutamine removal from the parenchyma and glutamine appearance in plasma need not be the same. Glutamine net flux cannot be assessed in isolation.
Na+ and Cl−
It has been known for almost 50 years [152, 417] that influx and efflux of Na+ and Cl− across the blood–brain barrier are much larger than the net flux [4]. It was proposed by Crone [151, 418] that these apparently passive fluxes might well be paracellular, a suggestion that is still in agreement with all available data [4]. (The partial inhibitions seen in some studies with amiloride derivatives are discussed in Sections 4.3.3 and 4.3.4 of [4]).
The permeability of the blood–brain barrier to Na+ was measured by Davson and Welch in 1971 [417] and subsequently using a different experimental and analytical approach by Smith and Rapoport in 1986 [419] (see Appendix E). Because the fluxes in and out across the barrier are nearly in balance and the potential difference across the barrier is small, the PS product measured for influx, ~ 1 µL min−1 g−1 for each ion, can be used as an estimate for that for efflux, i.e. for the clearance via the barrier (see Appendix A). This cannot be exactly true, because there is a component of active transport, but inhibition of the Na+-pump has little effect on the tracer fluxes. This is consistent with both passive influx and passive efflux being much larger than both active transport and the net flux, and with active transport making a major contribution to the net flux (see Section 4.3.5 in [4]).
Perivascular transport does make a contribution to the clearances of Na+ and Cl−. Perhaps more importantly the net perivascular transport of each, the difference between influx and efflux, will be closely similar in size to the net transport across the blood–brain barrier, so that the volume, Na+ content and Cl− content of the parenchyma can be constant. The net transport of each across the blood–brain barrier is close to its concentration times the rate of fluid secretion across the blood–brain barrier in the steady-state. The controversy over whether perivascular influx and efflux occur along the same vessels or instead there is a glymphatic circulation with influx primarily by periarterial routes and efflux primarily by perivenular routes was considered in Sect. 4.2.
The net transports across the blood–brain barrier and via perivascular routes need not be exactly equal because there will be some component of diffusion between ISF and CSF at the brain surfaces, e.g. across the ependyma lining the ventricles and across the pia/glial layers. As indicated in Fig. 2 (see also [420], blood vessels enter and leave the parenchyma from subarachnoid spaces and cisterns and not from the ventricles. Thus transport from parenchyma to the ventricles will be primarily by diffusion probably with a component of flow in white matter (see Footnote 2) but it cannot be perivascular.
The possibility that there can be a small but significant net perivascular outflow from the parenchyma of Na+, Cl− and accompanying water may be the resolution of a long-standing difficulty. In non-communicating hydrocephalus, CSF production by the choroid plexuses continues at a nearly normal rate, but the normal route for CSF outflow from the IIIrd ventricle is blocked. Because after an initial period the ventricles do not continue to enlarge at a rate sufficient to accommodate the CSF production, CSF must be escaping via an alternative route (see Sections 4.2.2.1–4.2.2.2 in [41] and Section 4.1 in [4] for discussion and references). The periventricular parenchyma is oedematous which may allow flow of fluid from the ventricles, but the oedema only extends a small distance. In cats with kaolin induced hydrocephalus, Sahar et al. [421] observed penetration of serum albumin only up to about 2.5 mm which they took to mean that the albumin was being absorbed into the blood. There is no known mechanism by which this absorption could have occurred. It would be very interesting to know whether this distance corresponds instead to the distance from the ventricular surface to perivascular pathways that would allow sufficiently rapid removal of albumin to CSF in the subarachnoid spaces and/or to lymph that the concentrations observed deeper in the parenchyma would be small. The importance of fluid escape from the ventricles across the ependyma into the parenchyma in hydrocephalus has recently been given further support by observations of gadobutrol movements in normal pressure hydrocephalus in humans [15].
Amyloid-β
Accumulation of amyloid-β (Aβ) in plaques within the parenchyma and deposition in the walls of arteries are both closely associated with the development of Alzheimer’s disease. Because the rate of production of Aβ appears not to be altered in the more common, late onset form of Alzheimer’s [422] attention has focused on the possible defects in clearance of Aβ that may lead to its accumulation. Aβ may be removed from the brain via metabolism within the parenchyma, via efflux across the blood–brain barrier or or via perivascular efflux [52]. Attempts to estimate the relative importance of each of these routes were reviewed by Hladky and Barrand [146]. For low nanomolar ISF concentrations, which are in or above the normal or clinical range (see [423]), Aβ is eliminated by all three routes, but efflux via the blood–brain barrier is likely to be the most important (see also [424]). However, as emphasized in a key early study, efflux across the blood–brain barrier is saturable with a half-maximal concentration of only 15 nM [62]. Many studies of Aβ metabolism have used much higher concentrations, e.g. > 1 µM, and at these concentrations metabolism is dominant. A recent study on appearance of Aβ in lymph nodes may also reflect the behaviour at higher concentrations as it was performed in mice with mutant APP and high Aβ production rate [425].
Differences in Aβ clearance between sleep and wakefulness have been reviewed by Hladky and Barrand [146] and by Boespflug et al. [426] who emphasized the role of ISF-CSF exchange. The effects of sleep were found to be more complicated than a simple increase in perivascular clearance. Both reviews [146, 426] should be consulted for more detail and discussion (see also Sect. 3.3).
Aβ polypeptides are produced by neurons (and to some extent by other cell types) by cleavage of the membrane bound amyloid precursor protein (APP) [427]. While there is still uncertainty, the final cleavage step is thought to release Aβ directly into ISF.
Most work has focussed on Aβ1-40 and Aβ1-42, these being the predominant forms of the Aβ polypeptides present in the parenchyma. In solution at or below low nanomolar concentrations they exist as monomers and, particularly for Aβ1-42, also as oligomers [423, 428, 429]. Only soluble forms of Aβ are detectable in young animals. However, in older animals and older people deposits mainly of Aβ1-40 accumulate along cerebral arteries (cerebral amyloid angiopathy or CAA) and large aggregates or plaques mainly of Aβ1-42 form in the brain parenchyma. Small changes in soluble Aβ concentrations may over time lead to large changes in the formation of Aβ aggregates [430–436]. While it is not known which forms of Aβ are toxic, current evidence appears to suggest that within the parenchyma the main culprits are the oligomers [437–441].
There is evidence that plaques in the brain can be removed by reducing the ISF concentration of Aβ [428, 442]. However, it is likely that this only occurs if the Aβ concentration can be reduced to levels below those present before aggregate formation began [431]. This has been shown experimentally but it may not be achievable in practice without both inhibition of Aβ production (see e.g. [443]) and enhancement of Aβ clearance.
Clearance of Aβ from ISF
In the young, Aβ is present in soluble form and is eliminated as rapidly as it is produced with about 7–8% of the total soluble Aβ being replaced each hour [422, 444]. Monomeric and small oligomeric forms of soluble Aβ are cleared from ISF by at least four routes: incorporation into plaques, metabolism [445–451], efflux across the blood–brain barrier [62, 429, 452–454] and efflux via perivascular routes [25, 85, 128, 455]. The relative importance of each of these routes remains controversial [52, 146, 456–458].
Evidence for transport of soluble Aβ across the blood–brain barrier
The ways in which soluble Aβ can be transported across the blood–brain barrier have been investigated by several different groups. Shibata et al. [62] were the first to propose that Aβ could cross the blood–brain barrier by transcytosis mediated by low density lipoprotein receptor related protein (LRP1). This they said could account for the loss of 125I-Aβ1-40 from the brain that they observed. In support of their proposal they found that the loss of total 125I from the brain was reduced by antibodies against LRP1, by receptor (LRP1) associated protein (RAP), which interferes with binding of all known substrates to LRP1, and by absence of apoE seen in knockout mice. (ApoE affects the interaction of Aβ with LRP1). In addition the elimination process appeared to be saturable with Km of 15 nM. All of these observations are consistent with the idea that the elimination of soluble 125I-Aβ1-40 is primarily efflux across the blood–brain barrier and is via an LRP1-dependent process. However it should be kept in mind that demonstrating the importance of LRP1 is not the same as demonstrating elimination via the blood–brain barrier because LRP1 is also present on neurons, astrocytes and vascular smooth muscle cells where it can mediate endocytosis of Aβ leading to its metabolism inside the cells [448, 456, 459] (see [146] for further discussion). Further results supporting the involvement of efflux have been reported by Bell et al. [429], who found that the rate constant for elimination of Aβ1-42 was about half that for Aβ1-40 and also in other papers by Deane, Zhao, Nelson, Zlokovic and coworkers [452, 454, 460].
Results from several other groups also support the idea that efflux of soluble Aβ does occur at the blood–brain barrier and that LRP1 is involved in this elimination.Jaeger et al. [461] showed that antisense oligonucleotides against LRP-1 substantially decreased the loss of Aβ1-42 after intraparenchymal injection.
Pflanzner et al. [462] demonstrated LRP1-dependent Aβ1-40 transport across monolayers of primary mouse brain capillary endothelial cells, a transport not observed in monolayers of cells with genetically modified LRP1.
Roberts et al. [457] confirmed that efflux of Aβ from brain to blood occurs in vivo by finding that the concentration in venous blood leaving the brain was 7.5% higher than that in arterial blood.
Qosa et al. [424] using the brain efflux index method found that 62% of added 125I-Aβ1-40 appeared in the blood.
Storck et al. [453] developed a mouse model in which LRP1 could be knocked out selectively in endothelial cells and showed that the knockout reduced the initial rate of loss of 125I-Aβ1-42 by 48%.
Collectively the studies discussed above leave little doubt that LRP1 dependent transport across the blood–brain barrier plays a substantial role in Aβ elimination. However, the actual mechanisms governing the net inward or outward flux of Aβ across the blood–brain barrier are considerably more complicated and involve complexing Aβ with soluble factors including clusterin (also called apoJ), apoE and a soluble, truncated form of LRP1 (sLRP1). In addition there are at least four endocytotic/transcytotic systems. Figure 20, based mainly on the views of Zlokovic and colleagues [429, 452, 454, 460, 463–466], is a simplified diagram indicating the mechanisms of Aβ transport across the blood–brain barrier. Notable in this scheme is the involvement of apoE, clusterin and the phosphatidylinositol-binding clathrin assembly protein, PICALM (also called CALM). Genetic variations for each of these have been shown to be associated with increased risk of Alzheimer’s disease [467, 468].
Fig. 20 Simplified outline of Aβ transport across the blood–brain barrier. Possible movements of Aβ are shown by solid or dashed lines with arrowheads indicating the principal direction. Endocytotic and exocytotic vesicles are shown as invaginations of the membranes. There is intracellular processing once the vesicles have been endocytosed. Aβ from ISF can bind directly to LRP1 on the abluminal membrane with the complex then being incorporated into a clathrin coated pit which can be endocytosed. The Aβ-LRP1 complex is stabilized by binding of the phosphatidylinositol-binding clathrin assembly protein (PICALM). Aβ in ISF can also be complexed with any of the forms of apoE, 2, 3 or 4 or with clusterin. Aβ-apoE2 and Aβ-apoE3 are substrates for interaction with LRP1 and endocytosis. By contrast Aβ-apoE4 inhibits LRP1 mediated endocytosis (dotted line), but can be endocytosed slowly after binding with the very low density lipoprotein receptor (VLDLR). Aβ-clusterin is a substrate for LRP2 mediated endocytois with transport across the blood–brain barrier to plasma. As Aβ-clusterin can also be transported in the opposite direction by LRP2-mediated endocytosis this is almost certainly by transcytosis of vesicles with LRP2 in the membrane. Vesicles with LRP1 in the membrane are also thought to discharge their contents on the far side of the barrier—i.e. this is transcytosis [465]. Some of the intracellular processing steps for the LRP1 vesicles are now known [452, 658]. Aβ is also transported from plasma to ISF. Aβ clusterin can be transported by LRP2 vesicles, but on the plasma side almost all of the LRP2 receptors are occupied by clusterin (dotted double headed arrow) rather than Aβ-clusterin which greatly reduces blood-to-brain transport by this route. Aβ is however, endocytosed after binding to the receptor for advanced glycation products, RAGE, and somehow transported to the brain side. Pgp may, in a manner which has not been well defined, assist transfer of Aβ from the endothelial cells to plasma whether it has entered the cells from ISF, via the LRP1 system, or from plasma, via the RAGE system. Figure based on [452, 464, 465]
Much of the soluble Aβ in ISF may be in the form of complexes with apoE or clusterin while in plasma most Aβ is complexed with clusterin or sLRP1, a truncated, soluble form of LRP1 [469]. The apoE gene has three alleles called apoE2, apoE3 and apoE4. Expression of the apoE4 allele is the greatest genetic risk factor known for developing the late-onset form of Alzheimer’s disease [467, 468].
LRP1 mediated transport of Aβ occurs via clathrin pits, with the LRP1, Aβ, clathrin system stabilized by interaction with PICALM. In addition to this transport of Aβ there is LRP1-mediated transport from brain-to-blood of Aβ complexes with apoE2 or apoE3 and LRP2-mediated transport of Aβ complexes with clusterin. Complexes with apoE4 inhibit LRP1-mediated transport but are transported at a much lower rate by very low-density lipoprotein receptor (VLDLR) mediated transport. This inhibition and slow transport with the resulting tendency to accumulate Aβ in the brain may account for the increased risk of Alzheimer’s disease.
The receptor for advanced glycation end products (RAGE) mediates transport of Aβ from blood-to-brain. Aβ-clusterin blood-to-brain transport by LRP2 can also be demonstrated under experimental conditions, however, in vivo it is likely that the Aβ-clusterin complexes are out-competed by clusterin for inwards transport [470–472]. The net flux of complexes via LRP2 is thus brain-to-blood [429, 464]. sLRP1 is released from LRP1 at the luminal membrane by removal of the membrane binding domain. Aβ complexes with sLRP1 are apparently not transported across the blood–brain barrier but can be delivered to the liver. Thus these serve as a sink reducing backflux of Aβ that has emerged from the brain [469].
The role of p-glycoprotein (Pgp) has been considered in many studies [243, 473–490] that indicate that it does play a role, but there have also been studies suggesting that it does not [491–494]. P-glycoprotein is present in the luminal membranes of the endothelial cells (see Sect. 4.2.1). With LRP1 mediating entry of Aβ into the endothelial cells from ISF, an obvious role to suggest for p-glycoprotein is Aβ efflux to plasma. Another function of p-glycoprotein may be to return to plasma some of the Aβ brought into the cells by RAGE [423, 495, 496]. However the intervening steps between endocytosis mediated by either LRP1 or RAGE and efflux by p-glycoprotein remain to be established.
The overall net flux of Aβ across the blood–brain barrier is thus seen to be the resultant of a number of transport mechanisms mediating both inward and outward fluxes. The use of complexing agents in plasma to reduce Aβ flux from blood-to-brain is one strategy being tried to reduce Aβ accumulation in the brain.
Evidence for Aβ elimination via perivascular routes
The perivascular route has also been considered as a likely pathway for elimination of Aβ peptides from the brain. In initial studies, following exogenous Aβ introduction into the brain, aggregates were first found along the external boundaries of arterial walls [497, 498] (see also [499, 500]) but at later times were seen throughout the smooth muscle layer of the arteries ([497], see also [501]). The results from these initial studies are consistent with the idea that growth of the deposits starts occurring adjacent to an efflux route for Aβ along the outside of the arteries, i.e. an extramural periarterial route.
Subsequent studies followed the routes of exit from the parenchyma of fluorescent dextran. This was used as a non-metabolizable marker for substances of the size of Aβ. Within minutes of its injection fluorescence could be visualized throughout the smooth muscle layer of the arterial walls [70]. From this observation it was proposed that both the fluorescent dextran and the Aβ enter the smooth muscle layer near its end closest to the capillaries and move along the vessel wall towards the subarachnoid space with little further exchange between the smooth muscle layer and the surrounding parenchyma. However, it remains difficult to see how there could be sufficient driving force for movement through the extracellular matrix along the entire length, perhaps a millimeter, of the vessel (compare the discussion in Sect. 3.2.1) while at the same time movement over a 10- to 20-fold shorter distance perpendicular to the vessel wall is prevented. For a different viewpoint see [88, 95, 502–504]).
There may be an alternative explanation. The higher observed density of dextran or Aβ within the extracellular spaces of the smooth muscle layer than in the interstitial spaces of the parenchyma [102] might suggest that it binds, reversibly, to some component of the extracellular matrix in the layer. There is in fact good evidence for interaction of the Aβ peptides with some components [505, 506]. If the high concentrations within the basement membranes of the layer reflect binding rather than some form of impermeant sheath, then it is not clear whether Aβ and the dextrans reach the sites of the binding by moving parallel to the vessel wall or by traversing it (see Fig. 21). If the latter, movements parallel to the vessel would be occurring via an extramural route that might have a much lower resistance to flow. Transverse movement has been observed for both horseradish peroxidase and 3H-leucine with large cerebral arteries [507], and no additional impermeant layer is known to exist around smaller arteries inside the parenchyma [98]. There is at present no compelling evidence to decide between the intramural and extramural routes for movement parallel to the vessels.
Fig. 21 Putative routes for periarterial efflux. In the intramural proposal solutes move parallel to the vessel wall along the basement membranes of the smooth muscle layer, shown as blue trajectories. In the extramural proposal movements of solutes parallel to the vessel occur primarily in a perivascular space with lower resistance to flow. They also move in and out of the wall by a combination of diffusion and convection, shown as the red trajectories. As discussed in Sect. 3.1 the nature of the extramural pathway is still controversial including whether it is a space one side or the other of the pial cells or alternatively the pial and glial basement membranes themselves. endo endothelium, s.m smooth muscle, BM basement membrane. Pial cells and pial basement membrane(s) are shown together because they are very thin
The importance of the perivascular route for Aβ elimination may be not so much that it removes Aβ from the parenchyma but rather that it delivers Aβ into the vessel walls of arterioles and arteries. Cerebral amyloid angiopathy is often seen before formation of senile plaques within the parenchyma (see e.g. [508]) and the damage to the arterioles and arteries may have secondary consequences for the well-being of parenchymal cells, either by effects on blood flow or via local inflammation [509–511].
Relative importance of metabolism, blood–brain barrier transport and the perivascular route for elimination of soluble Aβ
Attempts have been made to estimate the proportions of soluble Aβ removed from the brain by metabolism, by transport across the blood–brain barrier, and by perivascular efflux. It is possible to get an estimate of perivascular elimination alone using inulin. When this was done in mice, Shibata et al. [62] found that the half-time for the elimination of 125I-Aβ1-40 was much shorter than could be explained by elimination by the perivascular route, with calculated rate constants of 0.027 min−1 and 0.0029 min−1 respectively (see Table 5). As they had concluded that metabolism played little part, the faster, non-perivascular elimination was held to be transfer across the blood–brain barrier. Bell et al. [429] (see Appendix 2 in [146] for corrections to their calculations) extended these observations to 125I-Aβ1-42.
It is interesting to note that Xie et al. [128] found the half-lives for both Aβ and inulin to be different when the mice were asleep as compared to when they were awake. In both conditions the rate constant was larger for Aβ than for inulin (see Table 5). The interpretation of these differences in rate constants between wakefulness and sleep has been considered in some detail in [146] and will not be considered further here.
Table 5 Rate constants for elimination of 125I-Aβ1-40, 125I-Aβ1-42 and inulin in mice
Rate constant/min−1
Shibtata et al. Bell et al. Xie et al. awake Xie et al. asleep
Inulin 0.0029 0.0024 0.006 0.016
Aβ1-40 0.027 0.0184 0.024 0.053
Aβ1-42 0.011
Data from Shibata et al. [62], Bell et al. [429] (see Appendix 2 of [146]) and Xie et al. [128]
The results of Shibata et al. [62], Iliff et al. [25] and Xie et al. [128] all imply that the rate constant of perivascular elimination, as estimated by the constant for inulin efflux, is considerably less than the rate constant of elimination by other means.21
Roberts et al. [457] sought to compare rates of metabolism of Aβ with those of Aβ efflux. To do this they used values for: the turnover rate for Aβ [512]; the pool size for Aβ; the difference between Aβ concentrations in arterial blood and in venous blood leaving the brain; the cerebral blood flow and the rate of return of CSF to the general circulation. From these values they calculated that 25% of Aβ elimination was via efflux across the blood–brain barrier, 25% was via CSF and the remaining 50% was via metabolism. As discussed in [146] while the results of Roberts et al. do suggest that all of these mechanisms are involved, the fraction of Aβ leaving the brain across the blood–brain barrier may have been underestimated and could be as high as 50%. By contrast the fraction accounted for by metabolism may have been smaller than estimated.
On balance the available data suggests a significant involvement in elimination of Aβ from the brain for all three routes of elimination: metabolism, net outward flux across the blood–brain barrier and net perivascular outward flux.
Estimating the value of the total clearance of soluble Aβ from ISF
Calculating a clearance value for the elimination of Aβ from ISF is not straightforward as much of the Aβ in ISF is complexed with other solutes, e.g. apoE and clusterin. However, an estimate can be made if it is assumed that all the forms that are accessible to be eliminated are dissolved in the ISF and eliminated with the same rate constant. The volume of distribution for the total soluble Aβ, whether or not as part of complexes, will be that of ISF and thus the clearance can be calculated as rate constant × volume of distribution = 0.05 min−1 × 0.2 mL g−1 = 10 µL g−1 min−1. On this basis perivascular clearance, expected using the same assumptions to be about 1 µL g−1 min−1, may be about 1/10th as large, a small but still significant fraction of the total.
In all of the preceding, the rates of elimination by various routes have been considered almost as if they are constant. However, reduction in the overall clearance and thus in the rates of elimination by some of the routes are likely to be very important in the development of Alzheimer’s disease [422]. In this regard LRP1 expression has been found to be reduced and RAGE expression increased with age [478, 513]. Similarly perivascular elimination has been found to decrease with age possibly as a result of decreased variations in the size of arteries and arterioles during the cardiac cycle [514] (see Sect. 3.2). All of these changes will tend to increase Aβ ISF concentration and hence lead to increased formation of plaques and vascular Aβ deposits.
|
|
title
|
Clearance of specific substances
|
|
p
|
There are certain species that are critical for normal brain function and that must be transported into or out of the brain rapidly and in large quantities. The most prominent of these are O2, CO2, water and glucose. Influx and efflux of these species are so rapid that they entail movements of a large fraction of the amounts flowing through the brain vasculature, much more than could be delivered by the blood flow to just the choroid plexuses.
|
|
sec
|
Water
Water permeability of the blood–brain barrier can be calculated in two very different ways. In the first tritiated water is introduced into the blood and the permeability, Pw,tracer calculated from the ratio of the undirectional influx of tracer, Jinf, to the concentration of the tracer, cTHO,7 Pw,tracer=Jinf/cTHO.
It is assumed that this permeability also applies to efflux and to unlabelled water. This permeability is often called the diffusional water permeability, Pd. The major difficulty with this method is that the influx is so great that 70–90% of the tracer arriving in the blood enters the parenchyma in a single pass (see chapter 4 in Bradbury [55] and [283–289]). Thus along much of the length of the microvessels the concentration gradient of the tracer across the microvessel walls driving its influx is much less than the concentration that was added to the blood. The permeability calculated from Eq. 7 using the arterial concentration of the tracer thus seriously underestimates the true water permeability of the blood–brain barrier. Mathematical expressions to correct for this effect have been derived relating the fraction of the tracer extracted from the flow through the blood vessel to the PS product (reviewed in [159]). However, even after correction the calculated values are inaccurate when the extraction fraction is large. Paulson et al. [290] found values about 1/5th of the PS values calculated from osmotic flow as described below and similar values have been determined by others (see [159]).
The second method for measuring water permeability uses an osmotic gradient to generate a net flux, Jnet, of water across the barrier. In effect a water concentration gradient is produced by “diluting” or “concentrating” the water on one side by adding or removing solutes and the permeability is then calculated as8 Pw,osmotic=Jnet/Δcwith results close to 1.1 × 10−3 cm s−1 for both rats [291, 292] and humans [290]. (The original references and a recent review [4] can be consulted for the actual equations used which are based on arguments that avoid the rather woolly concepts of “diluting” and “concentrating” the water). Using S = 100 cm2 g−1, the value of the surface area of the microvessels employed in [290, 292], the permeability-area product, PS, i.e. the clearance, is ~ 0.11 mL g−1 s−1 = 6.7 mL g−1 min−1. Patlak and Paulson [293] have argued that for the blood–brain barrier the tracer value is likely to be a better estimate of the true water permeability because the measurement of osmotic permeability using a brief exposure to raised osmolality reflects partly water extraction from the endothelium rather than from the parenchyma. It is adequate for the present purpose to use the two estimates as brackets of the correct value.
Water influx and efflux across the human blood–brain barrier each amount to roughly 40,000 mol day−1. The difference between the influx and efflux is very much less. Not even the normal direction of the net flux of water across the blood–brain barrier is known with any certainty, partly because it is so small. The available evidence suggests that scaled for a human there is a net movement from blood to brain amounting perhaps to ~ 10 mol day−1 (see [4]). For comparison metabolic production of water within the brain is ~ 3.3 mol day−1 and the amount of water in the CSF produced by the choroid plexuses is ~ 28 mol day−1.
|
|
title
|
Water
|
|
p
|
Water permeability of the blood–brain barrier can be calculated in two very different ways. In the first tritiated water is introduced into the blood and the permeability, Pw,tracer calculated from the ratio of the undirectional influx of tracer, Jinf, to the concentration of the tracer, cTHO,7 Pw,tracer=Jinf/cTHO.
|
|
label
|
7
|
|
p
|
It is assumed that this permeability also applies to efflux and to unlabelled water. This permeability is often called the diffusional water permeability, Pd. The major difficulty with this method is that the influx is so great that 70–90% of the tracer arriving in the blood enters the parenchyma in a single pass (see chapter 4 in Bradbury [55] and [283–289]). Thus along much of the length of the microvessels the concentration gradient of the tracer across the microvessel walls driving its influx is much less than the concentration that was added to the blood. The permeability calculated from Eq. 7 using the arterial concentration of the tracer thus seriously underestimates the true water permeability of the blood–brain barrier. Mathematical expressions to correct for this effect have been derived relating the fraction of the tracer extracted from the flow through the blood vessel to the PS product (reviewed in [159]). However, even after correction the calculated values are inaccurate when the extraction fraction is large. Paulson et al. [290] found values about 1/5th of the PS values calculated from osmotic flow as described below and similar values have been determined by others (see [159]).
|
|
p
|
The second method for measuring water permeability uses an osmotic gradient to generate a net flux, Jnet, of water across the barrier. In effect a water concentration gradient is produced by “diluting” or “concentrating” the water on one side by adding or removing solutes and the permeability is then calculated as8 Pw,osmotic=Jnet/Δcwith results close to 1.1 × 10−3 cm s−1 for both rats [291, 292] and humans [290]. (The original references and a recent review [4] can be consulted for the actual equations used which are based on arguments that avoid the rather woolly concepts of “diluting” and “concentrating” the water). Using S = 100 cm2 g−1, the value of the surface area of the microvessels employed in [290, 292], the permeability-area product, PS, i.e. the clearance, is ~ 0.11 mL g−1 s−1 = 6.7 mL g−1 min−1. Patlak and Paulson [293] have argued that for the blood–brain barrier the tracer value is likely to be a better estimate of the true water permeability because the measurement of osmotic permeability using a brief exposure to raised osmolality reflects partly water extraction from the endothelium rather than from the parenchyma. It is adequate for the present purpose to use the two estimates as brackets of the correct value.
|
|
label
|
8
|
|
p
|
Water influx and efflux across the human blood–brain barrier each amount to roughly 40,000 mol day−1. The difference between the influx and efflux is very much less. Not even the normal direction of the net flux of water across the blood–brain barrier is known with any certainty, partly because it is so small. The available evidence suggests that scaled for a human there is a net movement from blood to brain amounting perhaps to ~ 10 mol day−1 (see [4]). For comparison metabolic production of water within the brain is ~ 3.3 mol day−1 and the amount of water in the CSF produced by the choroid plexuses is ~ 28 mol day−1.
|
|
sec
|
Carbon dioxide
It has long been known that CO2 crosses the blood–brain barrier sufficiently rapidly that its removal from the parenchyma is largely blood-flow limited (see Sect. 6.1), i.e. pCO2 in the venous effluent is closer to that within the parenchyma than to that in arterial blood. Rapid transfer between blood and brain has been confirmed directly by the observation that when CO2 labelled with the short-lived isotope 11C is added to arterial blood more than 70% is extracted from the cerebral blood flow in a single pass [294] (see Section 6.4.2 in [4] for further discussion).
A crude underestimate of the clearance for CO2 in humans can be calculated from the rate of CO2 production (in turn calculated from glucose and oxygen consumption) [295, 296], ~ 3.3 mol day−1, and the average difference in pCO2 between ISF and plasma along the length of the microvessels which must be less than the difference between the values in the parenchyma and arterial blood, ~ 8 mmHg [297]. 8 mmHg corresponds to a difference in free concentration of 0.24 mM [298] and thus the underestimate of the clearance for a 1400 g brain becomes9 CL>2200μmolmin-1/1400g/0.24μmolmL-1=6.5mLg-1min-1.
This is more than 5000 times larger than would be possible by perivascular clearance, which simply restates that the clearance of CO2 must be across the blood–brain barrier.
|
|
title
|
Carbon dioxide
|
|
p
|
It has long been known that CO2 crosses the blood–brain barrier sufficiently rapidly that its removal from the parenchyma is largely blood-flow limited (see Sect. 6.1), i.e. pCO2 in the venous effluent is closer to that within the parenchyma than to that in arterial blood. Rapid transfer between blood and brain has been confirmed directly by the observation that when CO2 labelled with the short-lived isotope 11C is added to arterial blood more than 70% is extracted from the cerebral blood flow in a single pass [294] (see Section 6.4.2 in [4] for further discussion).
|
|
p
|
A crude underestimate of the clearance for CO2 in humans can be calculated from the rate of CO2 production (in turn calculated from glucose and oxygen consumption) [295, 296], ~ 3.3 mol day−1, and the average difference in pCO2 between ISF and plasma along the length of the microvessels which must be less than the difference between the values in the parenchyma and arterial blood, ~ 8 mmHg [297]. 8 mmHg corresponds to a difference in free concentration of 0.24 mM [298] and thus the underestimate of the clearance for a 1400 g brain becomes9 CL>2200μmolmin-1/1400g/0.24μmolmL-1=6.5mLg-1min-1.
|
|
label
|
9
|
|
p
|
This is more than 5000 times larger than would be possible by perivascular clearance, which simply restates that the clearance of CO2 must be across the blood–brain barrier.
|
|
sec
|
Glucose
Glucose and O2 are the most important substrates for brain energy metabolism. Glucose enters ISF across the blood–brain barrier via the more glycosylated form of a passive, selective carrier, GLUT1 (SLC2A1), that is present in membranes located on both surfaces of the endothelial cells. From ISF it rapidly enters both astrocytes by the less glycosylated form of GLUT1 and neurons via GLUT3 (see Fig. 11). The rate-limiting step in glucose metabolism is the effectively irreversible phosphorylation by hexokinase. Normally glucose influx into the parenchyma is higher than the rate of phosphorylation, and thus there must be some efflux corresponding to the difference. This efflux is also primarily across the blood–brain barrier via GLUT1. Because both influx and efflux of glucose take place by passive transport there is no additional metabolic cost caused by having influx greater than the metabolic rate.
Fig. 11 GLUT and MCT transporters at or near the blood–brain barrier. GLUT1 and MCT1 are present on endothelial cells; GLUT1 and MCT4 on astrocytes
(Figure simplified and redrawn from Simpson et al. [315])
It has long been known that glucose is able to cross the blood–brain barrier rapidly [189, 299–302]. Crone [299] found that at low concentrations as much as 50% of the glucose arriving in the arterial blood could be extracted in a single pass, but that this percentage decreased with concentration, falling to 28% at 5 mM and ~ 14% at 14 mM. This extensive but saturable transport implies the presence of a specific transporter, which as stated above is GLUT1 (SLC2A1) [303–305].
The expression of GLUT1 in the endothelial cell membranes has been measured in several different ways: by cytochalasin-B binding, by specific antibody binding, and by proteomic methods (see Table 2 for references). In the proteomic studies from the group of Terasaki, Uchida, Ohtsuki and colleagues, GLUT1 was found to be the most highly expressed of all the transporters that are present in the membranes of the endothelial cells [306].
Table 2 Expression of GLUT1 at the blood–brain barrier
Source Methoda Species Expression/pmol mg−1
Luminal Totalb Abluminal
Relative to microvessel protein
Dick et al. [303] Cytochalasin B binding Rat, pig 69–80
Kalaria et al. [571] Cytochalasin B binding Human 42
Farrell and Pardridge [572] Immunogold e.m Rat 12%c 100%c 48%c
Cornford et al. [573] Immunogold e.m Human 48% 100% 18%
Vannucci et al. [574] Cytochalasin B binding Rat 40–125
Kamiie et al. [182] Proteomics Mouse 90
Uchida et al. [184] Proteomics Human 139
Shawahna et al. [176] Proteomics Human 78.5
Hoshi et al. [185] Lysate digestion proteomics Rat 84–98
Relative to membrane protein
Simpson et al. [575] Fractionation, cytochalasin B binding Bovine 620 280
Kubo et al. [58] Fractionation, proteomics Porcine 79% 21%
Zhang et al. [188] Proteomics Porcine 300
aFractionation = fractionation of isolated plasma membranes
bFor immunogold detection, values are percentages of the immunogold particles where the total includes cytoplasmic
cAntigen for the antibody used by Farrell and Pardridge appears to be partially masked for GLUT1 most markedly in the luminal membrane in bovine endothelial cells [575]
A rough estimate of the glucose clearance in man can be calculated from the rate of consumption, about 0.55 mol day−1 = 380 µmol min−1 [295, 296] or, for a 1400 g brain, 270 nmol g−1 min−1. For a difference between the concentrations in plasma and ISF of 5 mM this corresponds to CL ~ 54 µL g−1 min−1. In isolated perfused dog brains Betz et al. [302] measured the loss of glucose from the blood flow through the brain and found about 0.6 µmol g−1 min−1 at 6 mM from which at this concentration CL = 100 µL g−1 min−1. Hawkins [307] lists values ranging from 158 to 352 µL g−1 min−1 (at 6 mM glucose) depending on brain region (inferior colliculus the highest). Note that the first two of the estimates above are based on the net flux of glucose while the values listed by Hawkins are based on the unidirectional influx. Because all of these estimates far exceed the clearance expected for perivascular efflux, ~ 1 µL g−1 min−1 (see Sect. 3 and Table 1), the perivascular route is likely to be of minor importance.
Cutler and Sipe [301] using anaesthetized cats, Bachelard et al. [308, 309] using anaesthetized rats and Betz et al. [302] using isolated perfused dog brains all found that the influx of glucose measured using tracers could exceed the net flux by two to threefold. This is a direct, experimental demonstration that there is efflux across the blood–brain barrier that can be as large as two-thirds of the influx. This would of course be less under conditions of increased metabolic demand.
Glucose distributes rapidly between intracellular and extracellular water within the parenchyma and thus its volume of distribution is close to the total aqueous volume, which is VD = 0. 77 mL g−1 [310–315].14 Pfeuffer et al. [316] used diffusion weighted NMR to distinguish between intracellular and extracellular glucose and found that only 19% of the glucose in the parenchyma was extracellular which is in agreement with the fraction of water that is extracellular. These observations imply that glucose transport across the membranes of astrocytes and neurons is rapid compared to the rate of metabolism.
When glucose concentrations in plasma are near 6 mM, the average concentration of glucose in brain water is roughly 1.3 mM (see Sect. 5.3.2). Even two fold changes in the concentration in brain water have little effect on the cerebral metabolic rate of glucose, CMRglc, because these concentrations are substantially greater than the Km for phosphorylation of glucose by hexokinase (0.04–0.05 mM [317–319]) and hence hexokinase, the first step in glucose metabolism, remains nearly saturated (compare e.g. [313]).
It is unclear why the passive glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier is mediated by a carrier rather than by a pore. Pores have the advantage that they do not undergo any large conformation changes during transport of each substrate. Hence they are capable of high turnover numbers, which would seem to be an advantage. On the other hand carriers allow more complicated coupling of transport between different solutes and it is possible that during transport of a relative large solute like glucose, it is easier for a carrier than the “open hole” of a pore to prevent unwanted transfer of other solutes. (Water can probably get through both carriers and pores. The possibility that water permeability of GLUT1 may or may not be important at the blood–brain barrier [320] was considered in Section 4.3.6, footnote 17 of [4]). While arguments for “why a carrier” are speculative, the structural and kinetic evidence, reviewed in the following subsections, leave little doubt but that glucose transport across the membranes of the endothelial cells of the blood–brain barrier is mediated by a carrier.
Structure of GLUT1 (SLC2A1) and the kinetics of the glucose transport it mediates in red blood cells
A crystal structure for GLUT1 has been obtained using a GLUT1 construct purified from an expression system (see Fig. 12) [321]. In this structure a bundle of α-helices spans the membrane surrounding an inner cavity open at the cytoplasmic end. This structure and those for related transporters (for references see [322]) strongly support the widely held view that the transport kinetics should be described using a carrier model (see Appendix D). A binding site in the central cavity of the carrier can be exposed to either side of the membrane, but only one side at a time. While the site is exposed a substrate molecule can associate with or dissociate from the site. The side of exposure can be altered by a conformation change in the carrier and the substrate can then associate or dissociate on the other side of the membrane.
Fig. 12 Structure of the human glucose transporter GLUT1. The structure of full-length human GLUT1 containing two point mutations (N45T, E329Q) was determined in an inward-open conformation. The side and cytoplasmic views are shown. The corresponding transmembrane segments in the four 3-helix repeats are coloured the same. The extracellular and intracellular helices are coloured blue and orange, respectively. A slab of cut- open view of the surface electrostatic potential, which was calculated with PyMol50, is shown on the right to facilitate visualization of the inward-facing cavity. IC indicates intracellular helix. Reprinted by permission from Springer Nature from Nature 510, 121–126, Crystal structure of the human glucose transporter GLUT1 by Deng et al. [321]
Since GLUT1 is highly expressed in red blood cells, they have been used as the most convenient system in which to study the kinetics of its transport. There are two prominent features revealed by these studies that must be accommodated in any model. On the one hand the normal net transport of glucose occurs without input of energy from any source other than the concentration gradient, on the other hand downhill movement of one type of sugar can be coupled to uphill movement of another (see Fig. 13), a phenomenon called counter-flow or counter-transport [322–325]. A closely related phenomenon is trans-stimulation, an increase in influx when internal concentration is increased or an increase in efflux when external concentration is increased (see Fig. 13 and, for a quantitative example, Appendix D). In terms of a simple carrier model, the observation of net glucose transport when it is the only substrate implies that both the loaded and unloaded forms of the carrier can change conformation thus altering exposure of the binding site. This allows transport of solute in one direction to occur without transport in the opposite direction, i.e. the transport is not an obligatory exchange. Similarly counter-transport or trans-stimulation imply that the rate constants for the conformation changes when the carrier is loaded are at least comparable to those for the unloaded carrier so that solute on the trans side can assist transport from the cis side by increasing the rate of return of the carrier.
Fig. 13 Interpretation of net flux of a single solute, obligatory exchange, and trans-stimulation in terms of a simple carrier model. In each case the concentration of the first solute (filled black circle) is higher on the cis side (left) than on the trans side (right). a Net flux of solute from cis to trans is supported by return of the free carrier. b If return of the carrier is only possible with a solute bound, there is obligatory exchange, either self-exchange or counter-transport of another solute (circle). c Trans-stimulation is a combination of these two effects. Flux of the first solute from cis to trans can be increased if there is more solute (either sort) on the trans side (here the right) provided that increases the rate of return of the carrier—i.e. it increases the rate of conformation changes of the carrier from trans-facing to cis-facing
Trans-stimulation can markedly increase influx and efflux of glucose at high glucose concentrations (see Appendix D) and it is therefore very important in studies of the mechanism of transport. However, it has little if any effect on the net flux and it is the net flux that is important for the delivery of glucose for metabolism. The exchanges underlying trans-stimulation are likely to be much more important for large neutral amino acids where several compete for transport by the same carrier (see Sect. 5.5).
The kinetics of the simple carrier model are complex even in the steady-state [325–329]. GLUT1 (SLC2A1) kinetics are complicated further by the added twist that the GLUT1 protein may exist in the membranes as part of a homo-tetramer, each capable of transport, but in a coupled manner such that transport through one affects the transport through the others [322, 330]. Given these and further complexities considered in the next section, it should not be surprising that definitive characterization of glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier remains elusive (see Appendix D).
Glucose transport kinetics at the blood–brain barrier
Transport of glucose into and out of the brain is clearly more complex than that into and out of red blood cells. Firstly GLUT1 is needed in both membranes of the endothelial cells of the blood–brain barrier to allow the glucose to enter on one side and leave on the other. However, because the endothelial cells are very thin and correspondingly contain very little glucose, provided that the properties of the transport in the two membranes are similar, it is thought that the transport can still be described, at least qualitatively, as transport across a single barrier [331–333]. Secondly once across the blood–brain barrier, glucose is metabolized at a rate comparable to the rates of influx and efflux across the barrier while in red blood cells transport is much faster than metabolism. Thirdly there is also the technical difficulty that, with the important exception of the study in 1975 by Betz et al. [327], it has not proved possible to manipulate interstitial fluid glucose concentrations during the experiments. In most studies all that has been done is either to measure the extraction of glucose (total or labelled) from blood as described above or to measure the variation in the total amount of glucose present in the parenchyma with time as a function of glucose concentration in plasma. Mason et al. [334] compare the results obtained in many studies performed prior to 1992 but with the surprising omission of reference to studies from Betz’s group. Also in 1992, Gjedde [335] reviewed results obtained for glucose transport in rat and man. Glucose transport into and within the brain has been analyzed and reviewed by Simpson et al. [315], Barros et al. [314] and, more recently, by Patching [336].
In one of the first attempts to establish the mechanism of glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier, Buschiazzo et al. [319] found that 3-O-methyl-d-glucose, a non-metabolizable derivative of glucose, competes with glucose for transport, and furthermore that an inward gradient of glucose could drive 3-O-methyl-d-glucose uphill out of the brain, i.e. there is counter-transport for GLUT1 at the blood–brain barrier just as in red blood cells. Further evidence that GLUT1 behaves in a similar manner in the two environments was obtained by Betz et al. [327] who found that the rate of glucose influx was increased by increasing the concentration of glucose within the brain, i.e. there is trans-stimulation (see Appendix D).
Buschiazzo et al. [319] and Betz et al. [327] determined the total glucose in the parenchyma for different glucose concentrations in plasma (see Fig. 14). Subsequently NMR has been used to measure glucose content in conscious humans and lightly anaesthetized rats [334, 337–341]. The NMR results for humans and rats confirm under nearly physiological conditions (see Fig. 14) that brain glucose content continues to increase with plasma concentration for plasma concentrations up to at least 30 mM well above a typical resting value, 6 mM. They also confirm that the rates of glucose influx and efflux are respectively larger than and not much smaller than the rate of metabolism. Because influx and efflux substantially exceed the expected efflux via the perivascular route, the net flux across the blood–brain barrier is normally taken to be equal to CMRglc at steady-state.
Fig. 14 Four studies of brain glucose content versus glucose concentration in blood. In two studies glucose content was measured by chemical assay, a in anaesthetized rats by Buschiazzo et al. [319] and b in isolated perfused brains from dogs by Betz et al. [327]. In the latter it was assumed that brain water was 0.75 mL g−1. In the other two studies glucose content was determined by magnetic resonance spectroscopy, c in conscious humans by Gruetter et al. [337] and d in lightly anaesthetized rats by Choi et al. [338]. In all studies the glucose content continues to increase with plasma concentration even though it is known that the influx of glucose shows saturation. The explanation is that efflux also saturates and the increase in content must parallel the increase in plasma concentration in order for efflux to increase so that it is equal to influx minus the constant rate of glucose metabolism (see Appendix D)
In the results reported by Duarte et al. (see Figure 3 in [341]) using rats, following a step change in cplasma from 4 to 20 mM the brain content of glucose increased from about 0.5 to 4.5 µmol g−1 with a half life of about 16 min which indicates a net rate of accumulation of 0.122 µmol g−1 min−1, i.e. using their value of CMRglc, 0.52 µmol g−1 min−1, there is an influx of 0.64 µmol g−1 min−1 which is similar to that reported by Betz et al. in 1974 [302] for the dog.
It has so far not proved possible to analyse glucose efflux directly after injection of glucose into the brain. Any such measurements face major challenges including separating efflux from metabolism and avoiding disturbance of the efflux processes by the injection or infusion. The study by Ball et al. [85] established that during a 5 min, 0.1 µL min−1 infusion into the inferior colliculus glucose can move, presumably by a perivascular route, to the adjacent meninges strongly suggesting that as expected there is perivascular efflux of glucose. However, estimating the normal rate of this process to see if the perivascular clearance notably exceeds the 1 µL g−1 min−1 found in other regions would require measurement of the time course of the appearance of glucose in the meninges after the end of the infusion.15
The glucose efflux across the blood–brain barrier can be calculated if the influx and net flux are both known as indicated earlier in this discussion of glucose. Furthermore if it can be assumed that the fluxes are described by the expressions of the form derived from the carrier model, the rate of efflux can be calculated from the measured rates of influx versus the concentrations in plasma and ISF. An example of this using the data from Betz et al. [327] for the isolated perfused dog brain is given in Appendix D and Additional file 1. These data remain the only measurements of glucose influx versus plasma concentration for a range of known concentrations within the brain. Hence the calculated results in Appendix D are the only available results for efflux as a function of both plasma and ISF concentrations.
The fits to the data of Betz et al. [327] (see Additional file 1) indicate that the net flux = CMRglc for cplasma = 6 mM is 0.65 µmol g−1 min−1 with cisf = 1.2 mM. This value of CMRglc is close to those expected for rats but about twice that for humans. The fits also predict that glucose consumption, CMRglc, could increase to about 0.9 µmol g−1 min−1 with cisf approaching 0 without any change in transport capacity. However, larger increases in glucose consumption are required in order to support nervous activity. Changes in transport capacity are considered in Sect. 6.2.
Both neurons and astrocytes have transporters that will allow uptake of glucose and both can use it as a substrate for energy production. The proportions of glucose metabolism that occur in astrocytes and neurons remain controversial [315, 342–346] (see next section).
|
|
title
|
Glucose
|
|
p
|
Glucose and O2 are the most important substrates for brain energy metabolism. Glucose enters ISF across the blood–brain barrier via the more glycosylated form of a passive, selective carrier, GLUT1 (SLC2A1), that is present in membranes located on both surfaces of the endothelial cells. From ISF it rapidly enters both astrocytes by the less glycosylated form of GLUT1 and neurons via GLUT3 (see Fig. 11). The rate-limiting step in glucose metabolism is the effectively irreversible phosphorylation by hexokinase. Normally glucose influx into the parenchyma is higher than the rate of phosphorylation, and thus there must be some efflux corresponding to the difference. This efflux is also primarily across the blood–brain barrier via GLUT1. Because both influx and efflux of glucose take place by passive transport there is no additional metabolic cost caused by having influx greater than the metabolic rate.
Fig. 11 GLUT and MCT transporters at or near the blood–brain barrier. GLUT1 and MCT1 are present on endothelial cells; GLUT1 and MCT4 on astrocytes
(Figure simplified and redrawn from Simpson et al. [315])
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 11 GLUT and MCT transporters at or near the blood–brain barrier. GLUT1 and MCT1 are present on endothelial cells; GLUT1 and MCT4 on astrocytes
(Figure simplified and redrawn from Simpson et al. [315])
|
|
label
|
Fig. 11
|
|
caption
|
GLUT and MCT transporters at or near the blood–brain barrier. GLUT1 and MCT1 are present on endothelial cells; GLUT1 and MCT4 on astrocytes
(Figure simplified and redrawn from Simpson et al. [315])
|
|
p
|
GLUT and MCT transporters at or near the blood–brain barrier. GLUT1 and MCT1 are present on endothelial cells; GLUT1 and MCT4 on astrocytes
|
|
p
|
(Figure simplified and redrawn from Simpson et al. [315])
|
|
p
|
It has long been known that glucose is able to cross the blood–brain barrier rapidly [189, 299–302]. Crone [299] found that at low concentrations as much as 50% of the glucose arriving in the arterial blood could be extracted in a single pass, but that this percentage decreased with concentration, falling to 28% at 5 mM and ~ 14% at 14 mM. This extensive but saturable transport implies the presence of a specific transporter, which as stated above is GLUT1 (SLC2A1) [303–305].
|
|
p
|
The expression of GLUT1 in the endothelial cell membranes has been measured in several different ways: by cytochalasin-B binding, by specific antibody binding, and by proteomic methods (see Table 2 for references). In the proteomic studies from the group of Terasaki, Uchida, Ohtsuki and colleagues, GLUT1 was found to be the most highly expressed of all the transporters that are present in the membranes of the endothelial cells [306].
Table 2 Expression of GLUT1 at the blood–brain barrier
Source Methoda Species Expression/pmol mg−1
Luminal Totalb Abluminal
Relative to microvessel protein
Dick et al. [303] Cytochalasin B binding Rat, pig 69–80
Kalaria et al. [571] Cytochalasin B binding Human 42
Farrell and Pardridge [572] Immunogold e.m Rat 12%c 100%c 48%c
Cornford et al. [573] Immunogold e.m Human 48% 100% 18%
Vannucci et al. [574] Cytochalasin B binding Rat 40–125
Kamiie et al. [182] Proteomics Mouse 90
Uchida et al. [184] Proteomics Human 139
Shawahna et al. [176] Proteomics Human 78.5
Hoshi et al. [185] Lysate digestion proteomics Rat 84–98
Relative to membrane protein
Simpson et al. [575] Fractionation, cytochalasin B binding Bovine 620 280
Kubo et al. [58] Fractionation, proteomics Porcine 79% 21%
Zhang et al. [188] Proteomics Porcine 300
aFractionation = fractionation of isolated plasma membranes
bFor immunogold detection, values are percentages of the immunogold particles where the total includes cytoplasmic
cAntigen for the antibody used by Farrell and Pardridge appears to be partially masked for GLUT1 most markedly in the luminal membrane in bovine endothelial cells [575]
|
|
table-wrap
|
Table 2 Expression of GLUT1 at the blood–brain barrier
Source Methoda Species Expression/pmol mg−1
Luminal Totalb Abluminal
Relative to microvessel protein
Dick et al. [303] Cytochalasin B binding Rat, pig 69–80
Kalaria et al. [571] Cytochalasin B binding Human 42
Farrell and Pardridge [572] Immunogold e.m Rat 12%c 100%c 48%c
Cornford et al. [573] Immunogold e.m Human 48% 100% 18%
Vannucci et al. [574] Cytochalasin B binding Rat 40–125
Kamiie et al. [182] Proteomics Mouse 90
Uchida et al. [184] Proteomics Human 139
Shawahna et al. [176] Proteomics Human 78.5
Hoshi et al. [185] Lysate digestion proteomics Rat 84–98
Relative to membrane protein
Simpson et al. [575] Fractionation, cytochalasin B binding Bovine 620 280
Kubo et al. [58] Fractionation, proteomics Porcine 79% 21%
Zhang et al. [188] Proteomics Porcine 300
aFractionation = fractionation of isolated plasma membranes
bFor immunogold detection, values are percentages of the immunogold particles where the total includes cytoplasmic
cAntigen for the antibody used by Farrell and Pardridge appears to be partially masked for GLUT1 most markedly in the luminal membrane in bovine endothelial cells [575]
|
|
label
|
Table 2
|
|
caption
|
Expression of GLUT1 at the blood–brain barrier
|
|
p
|
Expression of GLUT1 at the blood–brain barrier
|
|
table
|
Source Methoda Species Expression/pmol mg−1
Luminal Totalb Abluminal
Relative to microvessel protein
Dick et al. [303] Cytochalasin B binding Rat, pig 69–80
Kalaria et al. [571] Cytochalasin B binding Human 42
Farrell and Pardridge [572] Immunogold e.m Rat 12%c 100%c 48%c
Cornford et al. [573] Immunogold e.m Human 48% 100% 18%
Vannucci et al. [574] Cytochalasin B binding Rat 40–125
Kamiie et al. [182] Proteomics Mouse 90
Uchida et al. [184] Proteomics Human 139
Shawahna et al. [176] Proteomics Human 78.5
Hoshi et al. [185] Lysate digestion proteomics Rat 84–98
Relative to membrane protein
Simpson et al. [575] Fractionation, cytochalasin B binding Bovine 620 280
Kubo et al. [58] Fractionation, proteomics Porcine 79% 21%
Zhang et al. [188] Proteomics Porcine 300
|
|
tr
|
Source Methoda Species Expression/pmol mg−1
|
|
th
|
Source
|
|
th
|
Methoda
|
|
th
|
Species
|
|
th
|
Expression/pmol mg−1
|
|
tr
|
Luminal Totalb Abluminal
|
|
th
|
Luminal
|
|
th
|
Totalb
|
|
th
|
Abluminal
|
|
tr
|
Relative to microvessel protein
|
|
td
|
Relative to microvessel protein
|
|
tr
|
Dick et al. [303] Cytochalasin B binding Rat, pig 69–80
|
|
td
|
Dick et al. [303]
|
|
td
|
Cytochalasin B binding
|
|
td
|
Rat, pig
|
|
td
|
69–80
|
|
tr
|
Kalaria et al. [571] Cytochalasin B binding Human 42
|
|
td
|
Kalaria et al. [571]
|
|
td
|
Cytochalasin B binding
|
|
td
|
Human
|
|
td
|
42
|
|
tr
|
Farrell and Pardridge [572] Immunogold e.m Rat 12%c 100%c 48%c
|
|
td
|
Farrell and Pardridge [572]
|
|
td
|
Immunogold e.m
|
|
td
|
Rat
|
|
td
|
12%c
|
|
td
|
100%c
|
|
td
|
48%c
|
|
tr
|
Cornford et al. [573] Immunogold e.m Human 48% 100% 18%
|
|
td
|
Cornford et al. [573]
|
|
td
|
Immunogold e.m
|
|
td
|
Human
|
|
td
|
48%
|
|
td
|
100%
|
|
td
|
18%
|
|
tr
|
Vannucci et al. [574] Cytochalasin B binding Rat 40–125
|
|
td
|
Vannucci et al. [574]
|
|
td
|
Cytochalasin B binding
|
|
td
|
Rat
|
|
td
|
40–125
|
|
tr
|
Kamiie et al. [182] Proteomics Mouse 90
|
|
td
|
Kamiie et al. [182]
|
|
td
|
Proteomics
|
|
td
|
Mouse
|
|
td
|
90
|
|
tr
|
Uchida et al. [184] Proteomics Human 139
|
|
td
|
Uchida et al. [184]
|
|
td
|
Proteomics
|
|
td
|
Human
|
|
td
|
139
|
|
tr
|
Shawahna et al. [176] Proteomics Human 78.5
|
|
td
|
Shawahna et al. [176]
|
|
td
|
Proteomics
|
|
td
|
Human
|
|
td
|
78.5
|
|
tr
|
Hoshi et al. [185] Lysate digestion proteomics Rat 84–98
|
|
td
|
Hoshi et al. [185]
|
|
td
|
Lysate digestion proteomics
|
|
td
|
Rat
|
|
td
|
84–98
|
|
tr
|
Relative to membrane protein
|
|
td
|
Relative to membrane protein
|
|
tr
|
Simpson et al. [575] Fractionation, cytochalasin B binding Bovine 620 280
|
|
td
|
Simpson et al. [575]
|
|
td
|
Fractionation, cytochalasin B binding
|
|
td
|
Bovine
|
|
td
|
620
|
|
td
|
280
|
|
tr
|
Kubo et al. [58] Fractionation, proteomics Porcine 79% 21%
|
|
td
|
Kubo et al. [58]
|
|
td
|
Fractionation, proteomics
|
|
td
|
Porcine
|
|
td
|
79%
|
|
td
|
21%
|
|
tr
|
Zhang et al. [188] Proteomics Porcine 300
|
|
td
|
Zhang et al. [188]
|
|
td
|
Proteomics
|
|
td
|
Porcine
|
|
td
|
300
|
|
table-wrap-foot
|
aFractionation = fractionation of isolated plasma membranes
bFor immunogold detection, values are percentages of the immunogold particles where the total includes cytoplasmic
cAntigen for the antibody used by Farrell and Pardridge appears to be partially masked for GLUT1 most markedly in the luminal membrane in bovine endothelial cells [575]
|
|
p
|
aFractionation = fractionation of isolated plasma membranes
|
|
p
|
bFor immunogold detection, values are percentages of the immunogold particles where the total includes cytoplasmic
|
|
p
|
cAntigen for the antibody used by Farrell and Pardridge appears to be partially masked for GLUT1 most markedly in the luminal membrane in bovine endothelial cells [575]
|
|
p
|
A rough estimate of the glucose clearance in man can be calculated from the rate of consumption, about 0.55 mol day−1 = 380 µmol min−1 [295, 296] or, for a 1400 g brain, 270 nmol g−1 min−1. For a difference between the concentrations in plasma and ISF of 5 mM this corresponds to CL ~ 54 µL g−1 min−1. In isolated perfused dog brains Betz et al. [302] measured the loss of glucose from the blood flow through the brain and found about 0.6 µmol g−1 min−1 at 6 mM from which at this concentration CL = 100 µL g−1 min−1. Hawkins [307] lists values ranging from 158 to 352 µL g−1 min−1 (at 6 mM glucose) depending on brain region (inferior colliculus the highest). Note that the first two of the estimates above are based on the net flux of glucose while the values listed by Hawkins are based on the unidirectional influx. Because all of these estimates far exceed the clearance expected for perivascular efflux, ~ 1 µL g−1 min−1 (see Sect. 3 and Table 1), the perivascular route is likely to be of minor importance.
|
|
p
|
Cutler and Sipe [301] using anaesthetized cats, Bachelard et al. [308, 309] using anaesthetized rats and Betz et al. [302] using isolated perfused dog brains all found that the influx of glucose measured using tracers could exceed the net flux by two to threefold. This is a direct, experimental demonstration that there is efflux across the blood–brain barrier that can be as large as two-thirds of the influx. This would of course be less under conditions of increased metabolic demand.
|
|
p
|
Glucose distributes rapidly between intracellular and extracellular water within the parenchyma and thus its volume of distribution is close to the total aqueous volume, which is VD = 0. 77 mL g−1 [310–315].14 Pfeuffer et al. [316] used diffusion weighted NMR to distinguish between intracellular and extracellular glucose and found that only 19% of the glucose in the parenchyma was extracellular which is in agreement with the fraction of water that is extracellular. These observations imply that glucose transport across the membranes of astrocytes and neurons is rapid compared to the rate of metabolism.
|
|
p
|
When glucose concentrations in plasma are near 6 mM, the average concentration of glucose in brain water is roughly 1.3 mM (see Sect. 5.3.2). Even two fold changes in the concentration in brain water have little effect on the cerebral metabolic rate of glucose, CMRglc, because these concentrations are substantially greater than the Km for phosphorylation of glucose by hexokinase (0.04–0.05 mM [317–319]) and hence hexokinase, the first step in glucose metabolism, remains nearly saturated (compare e.g. [313]).
|
|
p
|
It is unclear why the passive glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier is mediated by a carrier rather than by a pore. Pores have the advantage that they do not undergo any large conformation changes during transport of each substrate. Hence they are capable of high turnover numbers, which would seem to be an advantage. On the other hand carriers allow more complicated coupling of transport between different solutes and it is possible that during transport of a relative large solute like glucose, it is easier for a carrier than the “open hole” of a pore to prevent unwanted transfer of other solutes. (Water can probably get through both carriers and pores. The possibility that water permeability of GLUT1 may or may not be important at the blood–brain barrier [320] was considered in Section 4.3.6, footnote 17 of [4]). While arguments for “why a carrier” are speculative, the structural and kinetic evidence, reviewed in the following subsections, leave little doubt but that glucose transport across the membranes of the endothelial cells of the blood–brain barrier is mediated by a carrier.
|
|
sec
|
Structure of GLUT1 (SLC2A1) and the kinetics of the glucose transport it mediates in red blood cells
A crystal structure for GLUT1 has been obtained using a GLUT1 construct purified from an expression system (see Fig. 12) [321]. In this structure a bundle of α-helices spans the membrane surrounding an inner cavity open at the cytoplasmic end. This structure and those for related transporters (for references see [322]) strongly support the widely held view that the transport kinetics should be described using a carrier model (see Appendix D). A binding site in the central cavity of the carrier can be exposed to either side of the membrane, but only one side at a time. While the site is exposed a substrate molecule can associate with or dissociate from the site. The side of exposure can be altered by a conformation change in the carrier and the substrate can then associate or dissociate on the other side of the membrane.
Fig. 12 Structure of the human glucose transporter GLUT1. The structure of full-length human GLUT1 containing two point mutations (N45T, E329Q) was determined in an inward-open conformation. The side and cytoplasmic views are shown. The corresponding transmembrane segments in the four 3-helix repeats are coloured the same. The extracellular and intracellular helices are coloured blue and orange, respectively. A slab of cut- open view of the surface electrostatic potential, which was calculated with PyMol50, is shown on the right to facilitate visualization of the inward-facing cavity. IC indicates intracellular helix. Reprinted by permission from Springer Nature from Nature 510, 121–126, Crystal structure of the human glucose transporter GLUT1 by Deng et al. [321]
Since GLUT1 is highly expressed in red blood cells, they have been used as the most convenient system in which to study the kinetics of its transport. There are two prominent features revealed by these studies that must be accommodated in any model. On the one hand the normal net transport of glucose occurs without input of energy from any source other than the concentration gradient, on the other hand downhill movement of one type of sugar can be coupled to uphill movement of another (see Fig. 13), a phenomenon called counter-flow or counter-transport [322–325]. A closely related phenomenon is trans-stimulation, an increase in influx when internal concentration is increased or an increase in efflux when external concentration is increased (see Fig. 13 and, for a quantitative example, Appendix D). In terms of a simple carrier model, the observation of net glucose transport when it is the only substrate implies that both the loaded and unloaded forms of the carrier can change conformation thus altering exposure of the binding site. This allows transport of solute in one direction to occur without transport in the opposite direction, i.e. the transport is not an obligatory exchange. Similarly counter-transport or trans-stimulation imply that the rate constants for the conformation changes when the carrier is loaded are at least comparable to those for the unloaded carrier so that solute on the trans side can assist transport from the cis side by increasing the rate of return of the carrier.
Fig. 13 Interpretation of net flux of a single solute, obligatory exchange, and trans-stimulation in terms of a simple carrier model. In each case the concentration of the first solute (filled black circle) is higher on the cis side (left) than on the trans side (right). a Net flux of solute from cis to trans is supported by return of the free carrier. b If return of the carrier is only possible with a solute bound, there is obligatory exchange, either self-exchange or counter-transport of another solute (circle). c Trans-stimulation is a combination of these two effects. Flux of the first solute from cis to trans can be increased if there is more solute (either sort) on the trans side (here the right) provided that increases the rate of return of the carrier—i.e. it increases the rate of conformation changes of the carrier from trans-facing to cis-facing
Trans-stimulation can markedly increase influx and efflux of glucose at high glucose concentrations (see Appendix D) and it is therefore very important in studies of the mechanism of transport. However, it has little if any effect on the net flux and it is the net flux that is important for the delivery of glucose for metabolism. The exchanges underlying trans-stimulation are likely to be much more important for large neutral amino acids where several compete for transport by the same carrier (see Sect. 5.5).
The kinetics of the simple carrier model are complex even in the steady-state [325–329]. GLUT1 (SLC2A1) kinetics are complicated further by the added twist that the GLUT1 protein may exist in the membranes as part of a homo-tetramer, each capable of transport, but in a coupled manner such that transport through one affects the transport through the others [322, 330]. Given these and further complexities considered in the next section, it should not be surprising that definitive characterization of glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier remains elusive (see Appendix D).
|
|
title
|
Structure of GLUT1 (SLC2A1) and the kinetics of the glucose transport it mediates in red blood cells
|
|
p
|
A crystal structure for GLUT1 has been obtained using a GLUT1 construct purified from an expression system (see Fig. 12) [321]. In this structure a bundle of α-helices spans the membrane surrounding an inner cavity open at the cytoplasmic end. This structure and those for related transporters (for references see [322]) strongly support the widely held view that the transport kinetics should be described using a carrier model (see Appendix D). A binding site in the central cavity of the carrier can be exposed to either side of the membrane, but only one side at a time. While the site is exposed a substrate molecule can associate with or dissociate from the site. The side of exposure can be altered by a conformation change in the carrier and the substrate can then associate or dissociate on the other side of the membrane.
Fig. 12 Structure of the human glucose transporter GLUT1. The structure of full-length human GLUT1 containing two point mutations (N45T, E329Q) was determined in an inward-open conformation. The side and cytoplasmic views are shown. The corresponding transmembrane segments in the four 3-helix repeats are coloured the same. The extracellular and intracellular helices are coloured blue and orange, respectively. A slab of cut- open view of the surface electrostatic potential, which was calculated with PyMol50, is shown on the right to facilitate visualization of the inward-facing cavity. IC indicates intracellular helix. Reprinted by permission from Springer Nature from Nature 510, 121–126, Crystal structure of the human glucose transporter GLUT1 by Deng et al. [321]
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 12 Structure of the human glucose transporter GLUT1. The structure of full-length human GLUT1 containing two point mutations (N45T, E329Q) was determined in an inward-open conformation. The side and cytoplasmic views are shown. The corresponding transmembrane segments in the four 3-helix repeats are coloured the same. The extracellular and intracellular helices are coloured blue and orange, respectively. A slab of cut- open view of the surface electrostatic potential, which was calculated with PyMol50, is shown on the right to facilitate visualization of the inward-facing cavity. IC indicates intracellular helix. Reprinted by permission from Springer Nature from Nature 510, 121–126, Crystal structure of the human glucose transporter GLUT1 by Deng et al. [321]
|
|
label
|
Fig. 12
|
|
caption
|
Structure of the human glucose transporter GLUT1. The structure of full-length human GLUT1 containing two point mutations (N45T, E329Q) was determined in an inward-open conformation. The side and cytoplasmic views are shown. The corresponding transmembrane segments in the four 3-helix repeats are coloured the same. The extracellular and intracellular helices are coloured blue and orange, respectively. A slab of cut- open view of the surface electrostatic potential, which was calculated with PyMol50, is shown on the right to facilitate visualization of the inward-facing cavity. IC indicates intracellular helix. Reprinted by permission from Springer Nature from Nature 510, 121–126, Crystal structure of the human glucose transporter GLUT1 by Deng et al. [321]
|
|
p
|
Structure of the human glucose transporter GLUT1. The structure of full-length human GLUT1 containing two point mutations (N45T, E329Q) was determined in an inward-open conformation. The side and cytoplasmic views are shown. The corresponding transmembrane segments in the four 3-helix repeats are coloured the same. The extracellular and intracellular helices are coloured blue and orange, respectively. A slab of cut- open view of the surface electrostatic potential, which was calculated with PyMol50, is shown on the right to facilitate visualization of the inward-facing cavity. IC indicates intracellular helix. Reprinted by permission from Springer Nature from Nature 510, 121–126, Crystal structure of the human glucose transporter GLUT1 by Deng et al. [321]
|
|
p
|
Since GLUT1 is highly expressed in red blood cells, they have been used as the most convenient system in which to study the kinetics of its transport. There are two prominent features revealed by these studies that must be accommodated in any model. On the one hand the normal net transport of glucose occurs without input of energy from any source other than the concentration gradient, on the other hand downhill movement of one type of sugar can be coupled to uphill movement of another (see Fig. 13), a phenomenon called counter-flow or counter-transport [322–325]. A closely related phenomenon is trans-stimulation, an increase in influx when internal concentration is increased or an increase in efflux when external concentration is increased (see Fig. 13 and, for a quantitative example, Appendix D). In terms of a simple carrier model, the observation of net glucose transport when it is the only substrate implies that both the loaded and unloaded forms of the carrier can change conformation thus altering exposure of the binding site. This allows transport of solute in one direction to occur without transport in the opposite direction, i.e. the transport is not an obligatory exchange. Similarly counter-transport or trans-stimulation imply that the rate constants for the conformation changes when the carrier is loaded are at least comparable to those for the unloaded carrier so that solute on the trans side can assist transport from the cis side by increasing the rate of return of the carrier.
Fig. 13 Interpretation of net flux of a single solute, obligatory exchange, and trans-stimulation in terms of a simple carrier model. In each case the concentration of the first solute (filled black circle) is higher on the cis side (left) than on the trans side (right). a Net flux of solute from cis to trans is supported by return of the free carrier. b If return of the carrier is only possible with a solute bound, there is obligatory exchange, either self-exchange or counter-transport of another solute (circle). c Trans-stimulation is a combination of these two effects. Flux of the first solute from cis to trans can be increased if there is more solute (either sort) on the trans side (here the right) provided that increases the rate of return of the carrier—i.e. it increases the rate of conformation changes of the carrier from trans-facing to cis-facing
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 13 Interpretation of net flux of a single solute, obligatory exchange, and trans-stimulation in terms of a simple carrier model. In each case the concentration of the first solute (filled black circle) is higher on the cis side (left) than on the trans side (right). a Net flux of solute from cis to trans is supported by return of the free carrier. b If return of the carrier is only possible with a solute bound, there is obligatory exchange, either self-exchange or counter-transport of another solute (circle). c Trans-stimulation is a combination of these two effects. Flux of the first solute from cis to trans can be increased if there is more solute (either sort) on the trans side (here the right) provided that increases the rate of return of the carrier—i.e. it increases the rate of conformation changes of the carrier from trans-facing to cis-facing
|
|
label
|
Fig. 13
|
|
caption
|
Interpretation of net flux of a single solute, obligatory exchange, and trans-stimulation in terms of a simple carrier model. In each case the concentration of the first solute (filled black circle) is higher on the cis side (left) than on the trans side (right). a Net flux of solute from cis to trans is supported by return of the free carrier. b If return of the carrier is only possible with a solute bound, there is obligatory exchange, either self-exchange or counter-transport of another solute (circle). c Trans-stimulation is a combination of these two effects. Flux of the first solute from cis to trans can be increased if there is more solute (either sort) on the trans side (here the right) provided that increases the rate of return of the carrier—i.e. it increases the rate of conformation changes of the carrier from trans-facing to cis-facing
|
|
p
|
Interpretation of net flux of a single solute, obligatory exchange, and trans-stimulation in terms of a simple carrier model. In each case the concentration of the first solute (filled black circle) is higher on the cis side (left) than on the trans side (right). a Net flux of solute from cis to trans is supported by return of the free carrier. b If return of the carrier is only possible with a solute bound, there is obligatory exchange, either self-exchange or counter-transport of another solute (circle). c Trans-stimulation is a combination of these two effects. Flux of the first solute from cis to trans can be increased if there is more solute (either sort) on the trans side (here the right) provided that increases the rate of return of the carrier—i.e. it increases the rate of conformation changes of the carrier from trans-facing to cis-facing
|
|
p
|
Trans-stimulation can markedly increase influx and efflux of glucose at high glucose concentrations (see Appendix D) and it is therefore very important in studies of the mechanism of transport. However, it has little if any effect on the net flux and it is the net flux that is important for the delivery of glucose for metabolism. The exchanges underlying trans-stimulation are likely to be much more important for large neutral amino acids where several compete for transport by the same carrier (see Sect. 5.5).
|
|
p
|
The kinetics of the simple carrier model are complex even in the steady-state [325–329]. GLUT1 (SLC2A1) kinetics are complicated further by the added twist that the GLUT1 protein may exist in the membranes as part of a homo-tetramer, each capable of transport, but in a coupled manner such that transport through one affects the transport through the others [322, 330]. Given these and further complexities considered in the next section, it should not be surprising that definitive characterization of glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier remains elusive (see Appendix D).
|
|
sec
|
Glucose transport kinetics at the blood–brain barrier
Transport of glucose into and out of the brain is clearly more complex than that into and out of red blood cells. Firstly GLUT1 is needed in both membranes of the endothelial cells of the blood–brain barrier to allow the glucose to enter on one side and leave on the other. However, because the endothelial cells are very thin and correspondingly contain very little glucose, provided that the properties of the transport in the two membranes are similar, it is thought that the transport can still be described, at least qualitatively, as transport across a single barrier [331–333]. Secondly once across the blood–brain barrier, glucose is metabolized at a rate comparable to the rates of influx and efflux across the barrier while in red blood cells transport is much faster than metabolism. Thirdly there is also the technical difficulty that, with the important exception of the study in 1975 by Betz et al. [327], it has not proved possible to manipulate interstitial fluid glucose concentrations during the experiments. In most studies all that has been done is either to measure the extraction of glucose (total or labelled) from blood as described above or to measure the variation in the total amount of glucose present in the parenchyma with time as a function of glucose concentration in plasma. Mason et al. [334] compare the results obtained in many studies performed prior to 1992 but with the surprising omission of reference to studies from Betz’s group. Also in 1992, Gjedde [335] reviewed results obtained for glucose transport in rat and man. Glucose transport into and within the brain has been analyzed and reviewed by Simpson et al. [315], Barros et al. [314] and, more recently, by Patching [336].
In one of the first attempts to establish the mechanism of glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier, Buschiazzo et al. [319] found that 3-O-methyl-d-glucose, a non-metabolizable derivative of glucose, competes with glucose for transport, and furthermore that an inward gradient of glucose could drive 3-O-methyl-d-glucose uphill out of the brain, i.e. there is counter-transport for GLUT1 at the blood–brain barrier just as in red blood cells. Further evidence that GLUT1 behaves in a similar manner in the two environments was obtained by Betz et al. [327] who found that the rate of glucose influx was increased by increasing the concentration of glucose within the brain, i.e. there is trans-stimulation (see Appendix D).
Buschiazzo et al. [319] and Betz et al. [327] determined the total glucose in the parenchyma for different glucose concentrations in plasma (see Fig. 14). Subsequently NMR has been used to measure glucose content in conscious humans and lightly anaesthetized rats [334, 337–341]. The NMR results for humans and rats confirm under nearly physiological conditions (see Fig. 14) that brain glucose content continues to increase with plasma concentration for plasma concentrations up to at least 30 mM well above a typical resting value, 6 mM. They also confirm that the rates of glucose influx and efflux are respectively larger than and not much smaller than the rate of metabolism. Because influx and efflux substantially exceed the expected efflux via the perivascular route, the net flux across the blood–brain barrier is normally taken to be equal to CMRglc at steady-state.
Fig. 14 Four studies of brain glucose content versus glucose concentration in blood. In two studies glucose content was measured by chemical assay, a in anaesthetized rats by Buschiazzo et al. [319] and b in isolated perfused brains from dogs by Betz et al. [327]. In the latter it was assumed that brain water was 0.75 mL g−1. In the other two studies glucose content was determined by magnetic resonance spectroscopy, c in conscious humans by Gruetter et al. [337] and d in lightly anaesthetized rats by Choi et al. [338]. In all studies the glucose content continues to increase with plasma concentration even though it is known that the influx of glucose shows saturation. The explanation is that efflux also saturates and the increase in content must parallel the increase in plasma concentration in order for efflux to increase so that it is equal to influx minus the constant rate of glucose metabolism (see Appendix D)
In the results reported by Duarte et al. (see Figure 3 in [341]) using rats, following a step change in cplasma from 4 to 20 mM the brain content of glucose increased from about 0.5 to 4.5 µmol g−1 with a half life of about 16 min which indicates a net rate of accumulation of 0.122 µmol g−1 min−1, i.e. using their value of CMRglc, 0.52 µmol g−1 min−1, there is an influx of 0.64 µmol g−1 min−1 which is similar to that reported by Betz et al. in 1974 [302] for the dog.
It has so far not proved possible to analyse glucose efflux directly after injection of glucose into the brain. Any such measurements face major challenges including separating efflux from metabolism and avoiding disturbance of the efflux processes by the injection or infusion. The study by Ball et al. [85] established that during a 5 min, 0.1 µL min−1 infusion into the inferior colliculus glucose can move, presumably by a perivascular route, to the adjacent meninges strongly suggesting that as expected there is perivascular efflux of glucose. However, estimating the normal rate of this process to see if the perivascular clearance notably exceeds the 1 µL g−1 min−1 found in other regions would require measurement of the time course of the appearance of glucose in the meninges after the end of the infusion.15
The glucose efflux across the blood–brain barrier can be calculated if the influx and net flux are both known as indicated earlier in this discussion of glucose. Furthermore if it can be assumed that the fluxes are described by the expressions of the form derived from the carrier model, the rate of efflux can be calculated from the measured rates of influx versus the concentrations in plasma and ISF. An example of this using the data from Betz et al. [327] for the isolated perfused dog brain is given in Appendix D and Additional file 1. These data remain the only measurements of glucose influx versus plasma concentration for a range of known concentrations within the brain. Hence the calculated results in Appendix D are the only available results for efflux as a function of both plasma and ISF concentrations.
The fits to the data of Betz et al. [327] (see Additional file 1) indicate that the net flux = CMRglc for cplasma = 6 mM is 0.65 µmol g−1 min−1 with cisf = 1.2 mM. This value of CMRglc is close to those expected for rats but about twice that for humans. The fits also predict that glucose consumption, CMRglc, could increase to about 0.9 µmol g−1 min−1 with cisf approaching 0 without any change in transport capacity. However, larger increases in glucose consumption are required in order to support nervous activity. Changes in transport capacity are considered in Sect. 6.2.
Both neurons and astrocytes have transporters that will allow uptake of glucose and both can use it as a substrate for energy production. The proportions of glucose metabolism that occur in astrocytes and neurons remain controversial [315, 342–346] (see next section).
|
|
title
|
Glucose transport kinetics at the blood–brain barrier
|
|
p
|
Transport of glucose into and out of the brain is clearly more complex than that into and out of red blood cells. Firstly GLUT1 is needed in both membranes of the endothelial cells of the blood–brain barrier to allow the glucose to enter on one side and leave on the other. However, because the endothelial cells are very thin and correspondingly contain very little glucose, provided that the properties of the transport in the two membranes are similar, it is thought that the transport can still be described, at least qualitatively, as transport across a single barrier [331–333]. Secondly once across the blood–brain barrier, glucose is metabolized at a rate comparable to the rates of influx and efflux across the barrier while in red blood cells transport is much faster than metabolism. Thirdly there is also the technical difficulty that, with the important exception of the study in 1975 by Betz et al. [327], it has not proved possible to manipulate interstitial fluid glucose concentrations during the experiments. In most studies all that has been done is either to measure the extraction of glucose (total or labelled) from blood as described above or to measure the variation in the total amount of glucose present in the parenchyma with time as a function of glucose concentration in plasma. Mason et al. [334] compare the results obtained in many studies performed prior to 1992 but with the surprising omission of reference to studies from Betz’s group. Also in 1992, Gjedde [335] reviewed results obtained for glucose transport in rat and man. Glucose transport into and within the brain has been analyzed and reviewed by Simpson et al. [315], Barros et al. [314] and, more recently, by Patching [336].
|
|
p
|
In one of the first attempts to establish the mechanism of glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier, Buschiazzo et al. [319] found that 3-O-methyl-d-glucose, a non-metabolizable derivative of glucose, competes with glucose for transport, and furthermore that an inward gradient of glucose could drive 3-O-methyl-d-glucose uphill out of the brain, i.e. there is counter-transport for GLUT1 at the blood–brain barrier just as in red blood cells. Further evidence that GLUT1 behaves in a similar manner in the two environments was obtained by Betz et al. [327] who found that the rate of glucose influx was increased by increasing the concentration of glucose within the brain, i.e. there is trans-stimulation (see Appendix D).
|
|
p
|
Buschiazzo et al. [319] and Betz et al. [327] determined the total glucose in the parenchyma for different glucose concentrations in plasma (see Fig. 14). Subsequently NMR has been used to measure glucose content in conscious humans and lightly anaesthetized rats [334, 337–341]. The NMR results for humans and rats confirm under nearly physiological conditions (see Fig. 14) that brain glucose content continues to increase with plasma concentration for plasma concentrations up to at least 30 mM well above a typical resting value, 6 mM. They also confirm that the rates of glucose influx and efflux are respectively larger than and not much smaller than the rate of metabolism. Because influx and efflux substantially exceed the expected efflux via the perivascular route, the net flux across the blood–brain barrier is normally taken to be equal to CMRglc at steady-state.
Fig. 14 Four studies of brain glucose content versus glucose concentration in blood. In two studies glucose content was measured by chemical assay, a in anaesthetized rats by Buschiazzo et al. [319] and b in isolated perfused brains from dogs by Betz et al. [327]. In the latter it was assumed that brain water was 0.75 mL g−1. In the other two studies glucose content was determined by magnetic resonance spectroscopy, c in conscious humans by Gruetter et al. [337] and d in lightly anaesthetized rats by Choi et al. [338]. In all studies the glucose content continues to increase with plasma concentration even though it is known that the influx of glucose shows saturation. The explanation is that efflux also saturates and the increase in content must parallel the increase in plasma concentration in order for efflux to increase so that it is equal to influx minus the constant rate of glucose metabolism (see Appendix D)
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 14 Four studies of brain glucose content versus glucose concentration in blood. In two studies glucose content was measured by chemical assay, a in anaesthetized rats by Buschiazzo et al. [319] and b in isolated perfused brains from dogs by Betz et al. [327]. In the latter it was assumed that brain water was 0.75 mL g−1. In the other two studies glucose content was determined by magnetic resonance spectroscopy, c in conscious humans by Gruetter et al. [337] and d in lightly anaesthetized rats by Choi et al. [338]. In all studies the glucose content continues to increase with plasma concentration even though it is known that the influx of glucose shows saturation. The explanation is that efflux also saturates and the increase in content must parallel the increase in plasma concentration in order for efflux to increase so that it is equal to influx minus the constant rate of glucose metabolism (see Appendix D)
|
|
label
|
Fig. 14
|
|
caption
|
Four studies of brain glucose content versus glucose concentration in blood. In two studies glucose content was measured by chemical assay, a in anaesthetized rats by Buschiazzo et al. [319] and b in isolated perfused brains from dogs by Betz et al. [327]. In the latter it was assumed that brain water was 0.75 mL g−1. In the other two studies glucose content was determined by magnetic resonance spectroscopy, c in conscious humans by Gruetter et al. [337] and d in lightly anaesthetized rats by Choi et al. [338]. In all studies the glucose content continues to increase with plasma concentration even though it is known that the influx of glucose shows saturation. The explanation is that efflux also saturates and the increase in content must parallel the increase in plasma concentration in order for efflux to increase so that it is equal to influx minus the constant rate of glucose metabolism (see Appendix D)
|
|
p
|
Four studies of brain glucose content versus glucose concentration in blood. In two studies glucose content was measured by chemical assay, a in anaesthetized rats by Buschiazzo et al. [319] and b in isolated perfused brains from dogs by Betz et al. [327]. In the latter it was assumed that brain water was 0.75 mL g−1. In the other two studies glucose content was determined by magnetic resonance spectroscopy, c in conscious humans by Gruetter et al. [337] and d in lightly anaesthetized rats by Choi et al. [338]. In all studies the glucose content continues to increase with plasma concentration even though it is known that the influx of glucose shows saturation. The explanation is that efflux also saturates and the increase in content must parallel the increase in plasma concentration in order for efflux to increase so that it is equal to influx minus the constant rate of glucose metabolism (see Appendix D)
|
|
p
|
In the results reported by Duarte et al. (see Figure 3 in [341]) using rats, following a step change in cplasma from 4 to 20 mM the brain content of glucose increased from about 0.5 to 4.5 µmol g−1 with a half life of about 16 min which indicates a net rate of accumulation of 0.122 µmol g−1 min−1, i.e. using their value of CMRglc, 0.52 µmol g−1 min−1, there is an influx of 0.64 µmol g−1 min−1 which is similar to that reported by Betz et al. in 1974 [302] for the dog.
|
|
p
|
It has so far not proved possible to analyse glucose efflux directly after injection of glucose into the brain. Any such measurements face major challenges including separating efflux from metabolism and avoiding disturbance of the efflux processes by the injection or infusion. The study by Ball et al. [85] established that during a 5 min, 0.1 µL min−1 infusion into the inferior colliculus glucose can move, presumably by a perivascular route, to the adjacent meninges strongly suggesting that as expected there is perivascular efflux of glucose. However, estimating the normal rate of this process to see if the perivascular clearance notably exceeds the 1 µL g−1 min−1 found in other regions would require measurement of the time course of the appearance of glucose in the meninges after the end of the infusion.15
|
|
p
|
The glucose efflux across the blood–brain barrier can be calculated if the influx and net flux are both known as indicated earlier in this discussion of glucose. Furthermore if it can be assumed that the fluxes are described by the expressions of the form derived from the carrier model, the rate of efflux can be calculated from the measured rates of influx versus the concentrations in plasma and ISF. An example of this using the data from Betz et al. [327] for the isolated perfused dog brain is given in Appendix D and Additional file 1. These data remain the only measurements of glucose influx versus plasma concentration for a range of known concentrations within the brain. Hence the calculated results in Appendix D are the only available results for efflux as a function of both plasma and ISF concentrations.
|
|
p
|
The fits to the data of Betz et al. [327] (see Additional file 1) indicate that the net flux = CMRglc for cplasma = 6 mM is 0.65 µmol g−1 min−1 with cisf = 1.2 mM. This value of CMRglc is close to those expected for rats but about twice that for humans. The fits also predict that glucose consumption, CMRglc, could increase to about 0.9 µmol g−1 min−1 with cisf approaching 0 without any change in transport capacity. However, larger increases in glucose consumption are required in order to support nervous activity. Changes in transport capacity are considered in Sect. 6.2.
|
|
p
|
Both neurons and astrocytes have transporters that will allow uptake of glucose and both can use it as a substrate for energy production. The proportions of glucose metabolism that occur in astrocytes and neurons remain controversial [315, 342–346] (see next section).
|
|
sec
|
Lactate
When at rest and even more during nervous activity, there is net production of lactate within the brain parenchyma and thus there must be means for its efflux. Clearance of lactate from the brain has recently been reviewed in some detail [146] (see also footnote 26 in [4]). In brief lactic acid is transported across the blood–brain barrier by passive transport mediated by MCT1 (SLC16A1) present in both luminal and abluminal membranes. Lactate both enters and leaves the brain by this route. Lactate is generated within the brain by partial metabolism of glucose and by metabolism of glutamate [347, 348]). Under resting conditions when lactate concentrations are low, the clearance, CL = PS ~ 60–100 µL g−1 min−1 [349–352], far exceeds the expected clearance, ~ 1 µL g−1 min−1, by a strictly perivascular route.
It is often said that transport of lactate across the blood–brain barrier is slow (see e.g. Pardridge’s account [189]). But these statements refer to the amounts transported not the permeability. The lactate clearance (= PS product) calculated for low concentrations from the kinetic constants that Pardridge presents, Kt = 1.8 mM and Tmax = 91 nmol g−1 min−1, is 50 µL g−1 min−1, close to that stated above. Quistorff et al. [353] and Boumezbeur et al. [352] have emphasized that lactate from the periphery can be an important source of energy in the brain during heavy exercise.
There is clear evidence that during periods of increased neural activity the blood–brain barrier is not the only route of lactate removal from the sites of activity [354–357]. This may be particularly important in circumstances where the lactate concentration is also increased in the rest of the body, e.g. as a result of physical exercise. Under these circumstances the net transport across the blood–brain barrier is likely to be inwards [352, 353]. Other routes for efflux cannot be just perivascular transport as seen with inulin because that isn’t fast enough. One suggested explanation is perivascular transport augmented by transfer between astrocyte endfeet via gap junctions. This can lead to movement of lactate from sites of activity either to inactive regions or to perivascular spaces of larger blood vessels [356–358] (see Fig. 15). Much of the lactate removed from the parenchyma via perivascular transport is likely to be removed from the brain along with CSF, though a proportion reaches lymph, possibly via the meninges, without first mixing with CSF. Lactate in CSF that leaves via the cribriform plate is delivered to the nasal mucosa from which it may return to blood either indirectly via lymph or directly by crossing peripheral capillary walls [85, 120, 125].16
Fig. 15 Lactate removal from the brain. Lactate produced within the brain can be effluxed via the blood–brain barrier or via perivascular routes. It may reach the latter locally near the site of its production or at more distant sites having been transferred between astrocytes via gap junctions
(Diagram modified from Figure 7c in Gandhi et al. [358])
It remains puzzling why so much of the lactate produced within the brain during nerve activity appears to be removed rather than serving as fuel for oxidation in neurons as proposed in the astrocyte neuron lactate shuttle (ANLS) hypothesis (G. A. Dienel, personal communication). However, at least according to Dienel [345] the available evidence is that the oxygen consumption does not increase sufficiently during nerve activity for shuttling of lactate from astrocytes to neurons and further oxidative metabolism of lactate in neurons to be an important mechanism. Furthermore using expression of a genetically encoded NAD sensor that can be monitored in real time with cellular resolution, Diaz-Garcia et al. [346] have found in mice that nervous activity induces neural production rather than consumption of lactate. For an alternative view see e.g. [344].
|
|
title
|
Lactate
|
|
p
|
When at rest and even more during nervous activity, there is net production of lactate within the brain parenchyma and thus there must be means for its efflux. Clearance of lactate from the brain has recently been reviewed in some detail [146] (see also footnote 26 in [4]). In brief lactic acid is transported across the blood–brain barrier by passive transport mediated by MCT1 (SLC16A1) present in both luminal and abluminal membranes. Lactate both enters and leaves the brain by this route. Lactate is generated within the brain by partial metabolism of glucose and by metabolism of glutamate [347, 348]). Under resting conditions when lactate concentrations are low, the clearance, CL = PS ~ 60–100 µL g−1 min−1 [349–352], far exceeds the expected clearance, ~ 1 µL g−1 min−1, by a strictly perivascular route.
|
|
p
|
It is often said that transport of lactate across the blood–brain barrier is slow (see e.g. Pardridge’s account [189]). But these statements refer to the amounts transported not the permeability. The lactate clearance (= PS product) calculated for low concentrations from the kinetic constants that Pardridge presents, Kt = 1.8 mM and Tmax = 91 nmol g−1 min−1, is 50 µL g−1 min−1, close to that stated above. Quistorff et al. [353] and Boumezbeur et al. [352] have emphasized that lactate from the periphery can be an important source of energy in the brain during heavy exercise.
|
|
p
|
There is clear evidence that during periods of increased neural activity the blood–brain barrier is not the only route of lactate removal from the sites of activity [354–357]. This may be particularly important in circumstances where the lactate concentration is also increased in the rest of the body, e.g. as a result of physical exercise. Under these circumstances the net transport across the blood–brain barrier is likely to be inwards [352, 353]. Other routes for efflux cannot be just perivascular transport as seen with inulin because that isn’t fast enough. One suggested explanation is perivascular transport augmented by transfer between astrocyte endfeet via gap junctions. This can lead to movement of lactate from sites of activity either to inactive regions or to perivascular spaces of larger blood vessels [356–358] (see Fig. 15). Much of the lactate removed from the parenchyma via perivascular transport is likely to be removed from the brain along with CSF, though a proportion reaches lymph, possibly via the meninges, without first mixing with CSF. Lactate in CSF that leaves via the cribriform plate is delivered to the nasal mucosa from which it may return to blood either indirectly via lymph or directly by crossing peripheral capillary walls [85, 120, 125].16
Fig. 15 Lactate removal from the brain. Lactate produced within the brain can be effluxed via the blood–brain barrier or via perivascular routes. It may reach the latter locally near the site of its production or at more distant sites having been transferred between astrocytes via gap junctions
(Diagram modified from Figure 7c in Gandhi et al. [358])
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 15 Lactate removal from the brain. Lactate produced within the brain can be effluxed via the blood–brain barrier or via perivascular routes. It may reach the latter locally near the site of its production or at more distant sites having been transferred between astrocytes via gap junctions
(Diagram modified from Figure 7c in Gandhi et al. [358])
|
|
label
|
Fig. 15
|
|
caption
|
Lactate removal from the brain. Lactate produced within the brain can be effluxed via the blood–brain barrier or via perivascular routes. It may reach the latter locally near the site of its production or at more distant sites having been transferred between astrocytes via gap junctions
(Diagram modified from Figure 7c in Gandhi et al. [358])
|
|
p
|
Lactate removal from the brain. Lactate produced within the brain can be effluxed via the blood–brain barrier or via perivascular routes. It may reach the latter locally near the site of its production or at more distant sites having been transferred between astrocytes via gap junctions
|
|
p
|
(Diagram modified from Figure 7c in Gandhi et al. [358])
|
|
p
|
It remains puzzling why so much of the lactate produced within the brain during nerve activity appears to be removed rather than serving as fuel for oxidation in neurons as proposed in the astrocyte neuron lactate shuttle (ANLS) hypothesis (G. A. Dienel, personal communication). However, at least according to Dienel [345] the available evidence is that the oxygen consumption does not increase sufficiently during nerve activity for shuttling of lactate from astrocytes to neurons and further oxidative metabolism of lactate in neurons to be an important mechanism. Furthermore using expression of a genetically encoded NAD sensor that can be monitored in real time with cellular resolution, Diaz-Garcia et al. [346] have found in mice that nervous activity induces neural production rather than consumption of lactate. For an alternative view see e.g. [344].
|
|
sec
|
Amino acids
In order to put the importance of efflux of amino acids from brain parenchyma into context, it is necessary to consider not just the fluxes and transporters but also the need for fluxes.
Amino acids are required within the brain for protein synthesis (see Fig. 16) and for maintenance of pools of neurotransmitters, in particular glutamate and GABA (see Fig. 17). Amino acids are also needed for synthesis of many other substances, e.g. nucleosides, but when considering overall balance this demand has usually been ignored as being relatively minor and it will not be considered further here (compare [359]). The required amino acids must either be synthesized inside the brain or enter from outside primarily across the blood–brain barrier.
Fig. 16 Simplified overview of fates of amino acids in the brain parenchyma. Essential amino acids enter and leave the parenchyma across the blood–brain barrier. Non-essential amino-acids, e.g. glutamate (Glu), glutamine (Gln), and GABA can be synthesized within the brain. The amino groups for the synthesis are supplied either by transamination as shown for glutamate or to some extent [359] by incorporation of NH4+ by glutamate dehydrogenase. The latter route is believed to be minor [359, 641]. NH4+ is added to form the amide group of glutamine by glutamine synthetase (see Fig. 17). Within the parenchyma amino acids are used for synthesis of proteins and (not shown) formation of other nitrogen containing compounds, e.g. nucleotides. New amino acids must be supplied to replace those lost by metabolism. In the brain, input of amino acids is also required to provide amino groups to replace glutamate lost from the pool of amino acids involved in glutaminergic (and GABAergic, not shown) neurotransmission (see Fig. 17). α-KG α-ketoglutarate, e.a.a essential amino acids, t.a transaminase
Fig. 17 The glutamate/glutamine cycle shown in bold with indication of some of the losses and of replenishment of glutamate by denovo synthesis. Glutamate (Glu) in the presynaptic neuron is packaged into vesicles and released into the ISF during neurotransmission. Most of the glutamate is taken up into the astrocytes by the transporter Eaat1 (glast, Slc1a3) where it is converted to glutamine (Gln) by addition of an NH4+ by the enzyme glutamine synthase (g.s) [642, 643]. The glutamine is transported into the ISF by Snat3 and/or Snat5 (Slc38a3 and Slc38a5) from which it is taken up into the presynaptic terminals again by a transporter that may be a Snat. The glutamate is then regenerated by glutaminase (g.a). This cycle represents a large turnover of the amide group at the end of the side chain in glutamine, estimated to be 55% of the CMRglc (cerebral metabolic rate of glucose, see Sect. 5.3) for the entire brain in rats amounting to 490 nmol g−1 min−1 (estimated value in humans 280 nmol g−1 min−1) [644] (G. A. Dienel, personal communication). However the requirement for NH4+ consumed in the conversion of glutamate to glutamine within the astrocytes is balanced by an equal release of NH4+ in the reverse conversion in neurons. Whether diffusion of NH4+ itself is adequate to transfer the nitrogen from neurons to astrocytes as shown or some other form of N carrier is required remains controversial [385, 641, 645]. Regardless, if there were no losses of glutamine or glutamate from the cycle, there would be no need for any fluxes of amino acids into or out of the parenchyma to support glutaminergic neurotransmission. However, there are losses of glutamate and glutamine from the cycle [347, 646, 647]. At least in rodents, such losses are made good by de novo synthesis of glutamate in the astrocytes. Estimates of the total rate of loss and of de novo synthesis are around 11% of CMRglc ([648, 649] (G. A. Dienel, personal communication), i.e. about 0.11 × 0.9 µmol g−1 min−1 ≅ 100 nmol g−1 min−1. The carbon skeletons for the de novo synthesis are derived ultimately from glucose. Glucose is metabolized to two molecules of pyruvate one of which is carboxylated by pyruvate carboxylase (p.c) (thought to be present within the brain only in astrocytes) to form oxaloacetic acid (OAA) a component of the citric acid cycle. Addition of acetyl-CoA from the second pyruvate then forms citrate, which is decarboxylated to form α-ketoglutarate (α-KG). Glutamate is then formed either a by transamination (t.a) of α-ketoglutarate using leucine or other amino acids as source (see e.g. [383, 641, 645, 650], or b by addition of NH4+ [366] catalyzed by glutamate dehydrogenase (g.d). The latter is believed to be a minor pathway [359, 366, 641]. The source of the amino groups for transamination is considered further in Sect. 5.5.3 and Fig. 18. Data for the pathways involved in glutamate synthesis are much less extensive for human than for rat. Rothman and colleagues [651, 652] have argued that the α-ketoglutarate is synthesized in astrocytes based on measurements of incorporation of 13C (see [653, 654]). However, the failure to find a key transaminase in human astrocytes by immunohistochemistry [655, 656] has cast some doubt on astrocytes being the major site for the conversion from α-ketoglutarate to glutamate. For recent reviews of glutamate synthesis see [386, 641, 645]
The need for amino acid input is different from the need for glucose input. Glucose is the basic fuel consumed in metabolism and must be supplied continually in large quantities. Amino acids are needed to allow the maintenance of cell structure and composition. But, the N containing constituents of the cells either are not consumed during metabolism or if they are they are partly replaced internally. The balance between influx and efflux across the blood–brain barrier need only provide sufficient amounts of amino acids to top up losses. Any metabolic losses that do occur will either be by efflux from the brain or by generation of NH4+ and carbon compounds. The latter become part of the carbon metabolism of cells. Possible fates of the NH4+ include: diffusion across the blood–brain barrier; reaction with glutamate to form glutamine, which is then exported from the parenchyma; and use in amino acid synthesis [359, 360]. Glutamate synthesis is considered further in Sect. 5.5.5.
For each amino acid at steady-state, its net fluxes across the blood–brain barrier and via perivascular routes and its net rate of synthesis must add to zero so that the concentrations in the brain parenchyma can remain constant. However, there are major complications in applying this principle to the interpretation of data: there are more than 20 different amino-acids, inter-conversions between them by transamination are common, and they compete with each other for the many amino acid transporters. Indeed the major application of this principle comes when considering overall N balance.
Allowing the fluxes that are required (see Sect. 5.5.1) while maintaining ISF concentrations of all amino acids except glutamine well below those in plasma (see Sect. 5.5.2) is a major challenge and it is not yet certain how the available transporters (see Sect. 5.5.4) achieve these objectives.
Requirements for amino acid fluxes (and NH4+)
While it is clear that there are losses of essential amino acids from brain parenchyma and thus that some influx of amino acids must occur, it is difficult to obtain a quantitative estimate of the influx required. Using radiolabelled amino acids in rats, Dunlop et al. [361–363] found a turnover rate for the protein content of rat brains to be about 0.6% h−1. Using a protein content of about 100 mg for each gram of brain and the molecular weight of an average amino acid, perhaps 125 Da, that corresponds to a rate of incorporation of amino acids of about 80 nmol g−1 min−1. Similarly amino groups required for de novo synthesis of glutamate amount to about 100 nmol g−1 min−1 (see legend to Fig. 17).
Many of the amino acids needed for protein synthesis are supplied either by de novo synthesis (which, however, still requires some source of amino groups, see Fig. 16) or by recycling those released during protein breakdown, which averaged over enough time must be occurring at the same rate as synthesis. Furthermore it may be possible to reuse some of the NH4+ lost from the glutamate/glutamine cycle in the de novo synthesis of glutamate. Thus the sum of the estimates above, 180 nmol g−1 min−1, is likely to exceed the actual requirement for amino-acid input.
Because the brain parenchyma must be in N balance and there must be net inputs of essential amino acids, there must also be a route or routes for N removal. As the brain normally doesn’t produce urea as a means of disposing of NH4+ [364–366], the two main routes for exit to be considered are efflux of NH4+ and efflux of glutamine. Fluxes of NH4+ are easily demonstrated to occur in both directions across the blood–brain barrier and are almost certainly by diffusion across the membranes of NH3 combined with transport either of H+ in the same direction or, more likely, of HCO3− in the opposite direction [4, 359, 367]. Because concentrations of NH4+ in brain, 150–300 µM, and CSF, 100–300 µM, normally exceed those in arterial plasma, 50–250 µM [359], it is likely that there is some net NH4+ efflux. However, an arterio-venous difference in NH4+ concentration and thus its net transport have only been demonstrated in the brain when plasma NH4+ concentration is raised as in hepatic insufficiency [359, 368]. There is then net NH4+ entry, rapid incorporation of the NH4+ into glutamine by reaction with glutamate [359], and efflux of the resultant glutamine. Glutamine efflux is considered further in Sect. 5.5.4.
Lee et al. [360] made the interesting suggestion that much of the NH4+ that moves from brain microvascular endothelial cells to plasma is produced within the endothelial cells by glutaminase acting on glutamine. However, that taken alone would suggest that there should also be a substantial efflux of glutamate, which has not been observed. Alternatively the NH4+ effluxed may derive from metabolism of both glutamine and glutamate. This is considered further in Sect. 5.5.4.
Concentrations of amino acids in CSF and ISF
Values of amino acid concentrations measured in blood plasma, CSF and ISF are summarized in Table 3. There is agreement in all studies that, with the exception of glutamine, the concentrations of all other amino acids in CSF and ISF are substantially less than those in plasma. This could arise if the rates of consumption were to reduce the concentrations greatly or if there were active transport of amino acids from brain fluids to blood. Whether or not there is a substantial difference in amino acid concentrations between CSF and ISF is less clear.17
Table 3 Amino acid concentrations in plasma, CSF and ISF
Plasma concentration/µM CSF concentration/µM ISF concentration/µM
Human1 Rat2 Human3 Rabbit4 Rat5 Mice6 Human1 Human7 Rat2, c Rat1, 2 Human3 Rabbit4 Rat5 Mice6 Rabbit4 Rabbit8 Rabbit9 Rat5 Mice6
Gln 619 641 868 834 598 863 780 552 583 524 517 250 547 159 193 80
Asn 112 55 Trace 14 16 3 7.8 4.3 1.4
Ala 330 489a 382 430 408 27 18.6 34a 39 85.4 57 15 19 15 7.7 9.3
Ser 149 196 140 263 247 109 28.9 30.4 79 80 30 116 62.3 37 34 24.9 9.8
Gly 249 221 283 246 1.3 6.4 20 15 6 34 7.8
Pro 212 60 Trace 0.6 4.2 1.8
Thr 142 166 113 28.5 27.7 36 22 3.5
Val 222 430 309 191 173 14 16.1 78 47 20 14 9.4 13 12.5 7.4 2.9
Leu 109 432 155 81 127 13.1 11.9 66 42 15 7 6.6 9 1.5
Ile 61 77 101 5.2 4.7 6 7 9
Tyr 70 73 43 54 7.3 8.1 10 7 7.2 5 0.7
His 85 80 59 10.8 12.0 12 8.9 1.2
Lys 158 290 171 137 321 19.7 22.0 120 87 21 8 46 19 10
Arg 80 94 81 227 103 17 18.6 55 46 22 32.5 18 6.9 3.2
Glu 83 61 56 159.6 37 7.2 8.7 26 10 11.4 21 4 4.3 3.4 2.9 4.1
Asp 7 33.8 2.4 1.5 5.8 0.6 0.5 1.7
Phe 71 64 45 8.3 8.2 10 7 6
Met 41 28 30 2.8 2.6 3 3
Trp 62
Concentrations measured in CSF are, with the exception of glutamine always substantially less, than the concentrations in plasma. Concentrations in ISF are measured by microdialysis with extrapolation to zero flow (see text). If these are correct, ISF concentrations are substantially lower than those in CSF. c cisternal, l lumbar
1Plum et al. [576]
2Franklin et al. [577]
3McGale et al. [578]
4Hamberger et al. [579]
5Lerma et al. [580]
6Dolgodilina et al. [581]
7Table 8.15 in Davson and Segal [56]
8Jacobson et al. [582] microdialysis by concentration profile
9Jacobson et al. [582] microdialysis by recovery of samples
The relative importance of perivascular supply and removal for amino acid turnover in ISF
Excluding glutamine, concentrations of each of the amino acids in CSF and ISF are usually < 1/5th of those in plasma (see below) and in total < 1 mM. With a perivascular clearance of 1 µL g−1 min−1, and an amino acid concentration at the high end of the observed range, 100 µM, the rate of loss or gain of any particular amino acid by the perivascular route is expected to be of the order of 0.1 nmol g−1 min−1 or less, which is likely to be negligible. Amino acid loss from the brain by outflow of CSF at 0.25 µL g−1 min−1 (500 mL day−1 for a 1400 g brain) at 100 µM would be 0.025 nmol g−1 min−1 which again is likely to be negligible.
Observed fluxes of amino acids
Quantitative measurements of fluxes of amino acids have been either of influx or net flux. Influx is measured by adding a tracer to the blood perfusing the brain and measuring the amount that enters the brain over a short period. Net flux of an amino acid is calculated as10 net flux=A-V difference×blood flowby using measurements of the blood flow and the A − V difference equal to the difference between the concentrations in arterial blood entering and venous blood leaving the brain. Direct measurements of efflux have proved difficult. In practice efflux into the blood has been calculated as the difference between influx and net flux from the blood.
Influx of amino acids into brain parenchyma across the blood–brain barrier has been studied in rats. In a highly influential early study, rates were compared to that for water using 14C-labeled amino acids and 3HOH added together as a single bolus arterial injection. The results were reported as the brain uptake index (BUI), defined as a ratio of ratios ((uptake of 14C-aa)/[14C-aa])/((uptake of 3HOH)/[3HOH]) [300]. When added one at a time, the influxes of the amino acids varied greatly, with BUI for phenylalanine or leucine found to be more than 50% (i.e. each enters about half as easily as water) while at the other extreme influxes of proline, glutamate, asparagine and glycine were below the background limit of detection by the technique, BUI < ~ 3%. Influx of each of the essential amino acids (those not able to be formed within the brain) was easily measurable.
All of the influxes that were clearly above baseline were inhibited when the radiolabeled amino acids were added using serum rather than a simple buffer suggesting competition for transport with the amino acids present in serum. Competition was investigated further and confirmed by measuring uptake of tracer in the presence of an excess of individual unlabelled amino acids [300].18 Quantitative estimates of the influxes of various amino acids in rats when plasma concentrations of tracers were held constant by controlled infusions [369] or during perfusion of isolated brains [43, 370, 371] have confirmed the pattern seen using BUI measurements [300, 372] (see Table 4).
Table 4 Influx and net flux of amino acids in the indicated species
Rat1 Rat2 Rat3 Rat4 Rat5 Rat6 Dog7 Dog7 Cat8 Sheep9 Human10 Human11 Human12 Human13 Human14
Influx* Influx Influx Influx Influx Net Net* Net* Net Net Net Net Net Net Net
Phenylalanine 6.5 7 8 13.2 − 0.6 0.12 0.01 2.2 0.06 0.3 − 0.5
Leucine 6.2 15 14.5 9.7 1.56 1.28 1.9 6 5.2 3.2 2.2 0.6
Isoleucine 1.8 4 5.7 0.78 0.46 1.5 3.1 1.2 1.4 0.7 0.3
Valine 1.3 1.8 2.9 1.26 0.37 2.7 11.0 1.7 0.8 − 1.7
Tyrosine 5.3 7 4.1 − 1.1 0 0.06 1.6 0.1 − 0.1 − 0.1
Methionine 1.6 1.7 − 1.1 0 − 0.12 1.0 0.6 0.2 0.2
Tryptophan − 1.1
Histidine 2.5 2.5 − 1.7 − 0.23 − 0.7 0.7 − 0.3 − 1.3
threonine 1.2 0.8 − 3.4 0.62 − 0.1 5.0 2.6 0.1
Arginine 1 − 7.4 − 0.2 − 0.05 2 0.7 − 0.5 − 0.1
Lysine 6.2 9 − 1.1 0.58 − 1.6 2.5 − 0.3 − 0.9
Glutamate 1.7 − 0.24 − 0.18 − 0.05 1.4 − 0.5 − 6
Glutaminea 11.6 1 − 15.4 − 6.6 − 4.3 − 1.94 − 7.4 11.0 − 20 − 20.4
nerv. stim.b glutamate − 1.26
nerv. stim.b glutamine − 6.69
Values are stated in nmol g−1 min−1. Influxes have been measured only in rats. The only available measurements of net fluxes in rats, shown in the italicized column, failed to reach statistical significance
* Data used by Pardridge [379] in his comparison of influxes and net fluxes
aIn some columns the values are for glutamine + asparagine as the assay used detected both
bRelease measured during nervous stimulation
1Banos et al. [369]
2Hawkins et al. [583]
3Mans et al. [584]
4Ennis et al. [415]
5Smith and Stoll [43]
6Brosnan et al. [378]
7Betz and Gilboe [365]
8Abdul-Ghani et al. [394]
9Pell and Bergman [585]
10Felig et al. [586]
11Lying-Tunell et al. [587]
12Eriksson et al. [588]
13Grill et al. [589]
14Strauss et al. [590]
From the patterns of competition between amino acids for influx across the blood–brain barrier it appeared that there were four separate systems of transport (see e.g. [43, 44]).System L primarily for neutral amino acids, which can be inhibited by 2-aminobicyclo-(2,2,1)-heptane-2-carboxylic acid (BCH);
System ASC primarily for neutral amino acids, which is not inhibited by BCH;
System y+ (sometimes called system Lys+) primarily for basic amino acids;
System N primarily for the nitrogen-rich amino acids glutamine, histidine and asparagine.
A number of amino acids fit into more than one of these groups. Most of the amino acids with large BUI values are substrates for system L.
Studies with isolated brain microvessels, which provide access to the abluminal membranes of the endothelial cells, identified two more systems.A Na+-linked transport system for small neutral amino acids (system A, with identifying substrate N-methyl-a-aminoisobutyric acid, MeAIB) [373].
Another system for glutamate [374].
The ability to prepare vesicles enriched in membranes from either the luminal or abluminal membranes of the endothelial cells [375] allowed localization of transport activities to the separate membranes with the generalization (since revised, see Sect. 5.5.6) that transporters in the luminal membrane are not Na+-linked and hence bidirectional while those in the abluminal membrane are Na+-linked favouring transport from ISF into the endothelial cells [44]. There are now known to be many more types of transporter present at the blood–brain barrier than initially suggested by identification of these systems (see Sect. 5.5.6).
Large rates of efflux of amino acids from CSF to blood were detected in cats [376] and rabbits [377] undergoing ventriculo-cisternal or ventriculo-cortical subarachnoid space perfusions. However, it was not possible in these studies to determine how much of the efflux was going via the choroid plexuses and how much via the parenchyma and the blood–brain barrier. Evidence that the latter route is important derives from the observation that transfer was much more rapid in ventriculo-subarachnoid infusion than in ventriculo-cisternal infusion. Both types of perfusion expose the infused fluid to the choroid plexuses, but in the former a much larger surface area of parenchyma is exposed to the fluid [376].
The net flux into a region can be calculated if the blood flow to that region and the concentrations of the solute in arterial blood and the venous outflow can be measured (see Sect. 5.5.6). (Equating net flux out of blood with net flux into the brain ignores possible metabolism within the endothelial cells, see the end of Sect. 5.5.6). Net flux measurements have been attempted using rats [378], but all except one of the A − V differences were not statistically significant. The rest of the net flux data in Table 4 are for larger species.
Pardridge [379] compared the influx data for rats obtained by Banos et al. [369] with the net flux data for dogs obtained by Betz et al. [365] (see Table 4) and noted that the net fluxes are much smaller than the unidirectional influxes. With the assumption that the fluxes are similar in various species, this comparison implies that there must be large effluxes, comparable in size to the influxes. Measurements of net fluxes in dogs, sheep, and humans have produced data broadly comparable with each other (see Table 4) favouring the assumption that when expressed per gram of tissue the fluxes are the same in all species.19
At present there are strong indications that the net flux of glutamine is outwards. This was seen in five out of six studies. There is also indication that the combined net flux of the branched chain amino acids, leucine + isoleucine + valine, is inwards. This was seen in six out of seven studies. But as described in the next section there is no evidence for a sufficiently large inwards net flux of neutral amino acids to provide for all of the transamination invoked in the explanations of glutamate turnover, at least in rats.
Observed fluxes of neutral amino acids compared with their requirement in glutamate synthesis
A major difficulty is revealed by comparison of the small net fluxes for the large, essential neutral amino acids and the large provision of these amino acids required for transamination to convert α-ketoglutarate into glutamate (see Figs. 16 and 17). For this requirement to be satisfied by influx across the blood–brain barrier of leucine, isoleucine and valine, their combined net influx would need to be > 100 nmol min−1 g−1 (see Sect. 5.5.1). For a cerebral blood flow of 0.57 mL min−1 g−1 (see e.g. Sect. 5.3) that would correspond to an A − V difference > 175 µM. Given that the total of the arterial plasma concentrations for these amino acids is only 392 µM (see Table 3), this A − V difference and hence net rate of transport should have been well above the “noise” in all of the studies, even that in rats (see Table 4).
If, as indicated by all available studies, sufficient net inward flux of amino acids does not in fact exist, the amino groups for synthesis of glutamate in the astrocytes must be obtained from sources within the brain. Independent evidence that such a source is available comes from studies comparing isotope dilution in the brain when plasma leucine was labeled with 13C or 15N. 62% of the N in brain leucine was derived from reverse transamination [380–383].
One detailed suggestion (see Fig. 18) is that loss of the branched chain α-ketoacids (BCKA), e.g. α-ketoisocaproate, generated in the transamination in the astrocytes is prevented by using a branched chain amino acid (BCAA) shuttle ([382, 384], reviewed in [385]). In this scheme instead of being further metabolized within the astrocytes as shown in Fig. 17, the BCKA are transferred to neurons where the branched chain amino acids (BCAA), e.g. leucine, can be regenerated by transamination from glutamate producing α-ketoglutarate. The leucine is then exported back to the astrocytes while the glutamate within the neuron is regenerated by glutamate dehydrogenase from NH4+ and the α-ketoglutarate [384, 386]. In this scheme NH4+ is taken from the neuron where it is released from glutamine and will be at relatively high concentration. This is shifted to the astrocyte by the BCAA shuttle where it can be combined with new α-ketoglutarate to complete the de novo synthesis of glutamate. This scheme greatly reduces the need for net flux of BCAA across the blood–brain barrier.
Fig. 18 The branched chain amino acid shuttle for provision of branched chain amino acids (BCAA) in the astrocytes to allow de novo synthesis of glutamate. Leucine (Leu) is used as example of a BCAA. α-KG α-ketoglutarate, α-KIC α-ketoisocaproic acid, Gln glutamine, Glu glutamate, g.a glutaminase, g.d glutamate dehydrogenase, g.s glutamine synthetase, t.a transaminase. Losses of Gln, primarily by efflux, and of Glc, primarily by catabolism are replaced by de novo synthesis of α-KG in astrocytes and transamination using Leu producing α-KIC. Leu is regenerated from α-KIC in the neuron by transamination from Glu producing α-KG. The Glu is in turn regenerated from the α-KG and NH4+ by gdh. Loss of N via efflux of Gln, Glu, and Leu is made good by net inward flux of Leu and NH4+. The BCAA shuttle greatly reduces the need for net inward flux of Leu as this is only required to make good the metabolic loss of α-KIC
(Based on Figure 1 in Hutson [384])
Amino acid transporters at the blood–brain barrier
The transporters currently thought to be involved in amino acid transport across the blood–brain barrier are indicated in Fig. 19. These will be discussed below according to the categories of amino acids transported.
Fig. 19 Amino acid transporters thought to exist at the blood–brain barrier. Based on Nalecz [200]; Broer [393]; Mann et al. [520]; O’Kane et al. [657]; and Hawkins et al. [44]. #See [44, 398] but contrast [399, 400]
Anionic amino acids, in particular glutamate, are transported by EAATs 1, 2 and/or 3 (coded by SLC1A3, 2, 1 respectively) which are found only in the abluminal membrane of the endothelial cells [387]. These EAATs mediate co-transport of the anionic amino acid together with 3 Na+ ions and 1 H+ ion followed by return transport of 1 K+ ion [388–390]. Because the electrochemical gradient for Na+ is directed from ISF into the endothelial cells and 3 Na+ ions are transported, this coupling renders the amino acid transport effectively unidirectional into the cells. Glutamate is also produced within the endothelial cells from breakdown of glutamine mediated by glutaminase [360]. Glutamate in the endothelial cells can then either be metabolized releasing NH4+, as argued by Helms and colleagues [391, 392], or be transported to blood plasma by a transporter other than an EAAT. Glutamate metabolism within endothelial cells is analogous to the extensive metabolism known to occur within gut epithelial cells (see e.g. [393]). Glutamate transport from brain endothelial cells to plasma has been demonstrated after sensory stimulation in vivo, which increases glutamate production [394]. This transport is likely to be via the glutamate/cystine exchanger, Xc− (SLC7A11 + SLC3A2), [200, 395]), though there is also evidence for a transporter, yet to be identified, that functions in the absence of cystine [396].
Cationic amino acids such as arginine and lysine are transported by CAT-1 (SLC7A1), which is known to exist in the abluminal membrane of the endothelial cells. Transport of these amino acids across the luminal membrane is less well-characterized but may be also via CAT-1 or possibly ATB0,+ (SLCA14). Transport of cationic amino acids by CAT-1 can involve exchange of one amino acid for another (trans-stimulation see Sect. 5.3.1), but this is not essential [397]. There may be at least one more transporter for cationic amino acids at the abluminal membrane (but see [398]). Hawkins et al. [44] reported that cationic amino-acid transport across both membranes can be inhibited by a number of neutral amino acids in the presence of Na+. CAT-1 is thought not to be so affected [397, 399, 400]. The additional transporter may be y+L [4F2hc (SLC3A2) + either y+LAT2 (SLC7A6) or y+LAT1 (SLC7A7)] [399, 400].
Neutral amino acids are transported by several systems as indicated in Fig. 19.System L, primarily the heterodimer 4F2hc/Lat1 (Slc3a2 + Slc7a5) which is present in both membranes and functions independently of Na+;
System A, primarily ATA2 (Slc38a2) in the abluminal membrane which because it is a Na+-linked transporter is biased towards transport from ISF into the endothelial cells;
ASC, primarily ASCT2 (Slc1a5), an obligatory exchanger that requires the presence of Na+-but is not driven by the Na+ gradient;
System Na+-LNAA a Na+-linked system whose molecular basis is still unknown;
ATB0,+ (SLC6A14) which allows net fluxes without exchange;
And possibly the y+L transporter [4F2hc (SLC3A2) + either y+LAT2 (SLC7A6) or y+LAT1 (SLC7A7)].
The large influxes of neutral amino acids from blood-to-brain seen in the early work and ascribed to system L have subsequently been shown to be mediated by 4F2hc/Lat1 [401–403]. The discovery that not only can this system mediate exchanges of amino acids [404, 405] but the exchange is obligatory [406–408] has far reaching consequences for amino acid transport at the blood–brain barrier [409]. It provides an important part of the explanation for how it is that there are large unidirectional fluxes (influx and efflux) but only small net fluxes. In order for system L to mediate a net inward flux of one amino acid, it must have net outward flux of another. An exchanger of neutral solutes, like system L, tends to equilibrate the concentration ratios for all of its substrates. Thus predicting the flux of any one of the amino acids across a membrane requires knowledge of the concentrations of all of the substrates on both sides of the membrane.20 Consumption of any system L substrate within the parenchyma will by reducing its ISF concentration tend to lead to net inward flux of that substrate and net outward flux of others. Similarly production of any system L substrate will tend to lead to its net outward flux together with net inward flux of others.
The function of 4F2hc/Lat1 (Slc3a2/Slc7a5), the principal component of system L, was explored in mice by Tarlungeanu et al. [410]. They compared the concentrations of amino acids in brain (amount per unit weight of brain) between a conditional Slc7a5 knockout [411] and normal controls. In adult mice they found that the levels of methionine, leucine and isoleucine in the knockouts were about 0.66 times the levels in normals, i.e. a reduction of about 35%. This suggests that there is normally a net inward flux of these amino acids via 4F2hc/Lat1 but that there are other routes at least as important. By contrast levels of phenylalanine, proline, glycine, threonine, and serine in the knockouts were about 1.3 times higher than in normals, i.e. an increase of about 30%. This suggests that for these amino acids there is normally a net outward flux via Lat1 but that there are other important routes for their elimination. More dramatically with histidine the level in knockouts was sevenfold higher, a 600% increase compared to normals. This suggests that 4F2hc/Lat1 is normally the main route for eliminating histidine from the parenchyma and that a net inward flux of histidine occurs by some route other than 4F2hc/Lat1. However, it is important to note that while these results show that 4F2hc/Lat1 is very important for the fluxes of histidine, they do not in themselves show that histidine efflux is a large fraction of the total efflux carried by 4F2hc/Lat1. Further evidence for exchanges involving histidine have been obtained using 4F2hc/Lat1 expressed in proteoliposomes. High concentrations of cysteine inside the vesicles can allow or drive influx of histidine and high concentrations of many amino acids outside of the vesicles can allow or drive efflux of histidine [412].
It has been tempting to propose that the combined net flux of neutral amino acids, inward or outward, is determined by their fluxes via systems other than system L and by their synthesis and breakdown in the parenchyma. System L is, however, still important, because it is the combined action of system L with the other transporters that determines which of the neutral amino acids move inwards and which outwards. A coherent overall account of the transport of neutral amino acids across the blood–brain barrier is still awaited.
With regard to glutamine, which is synthesized within the parenchyma, it has been tempting to propose that a substantial part of its efflux occurs via a system L mediated exchange for the essential large neutral amino acids such as leucine, isoleucine, valine and phenylalanine entering the parenchyma. Indeed such exchanges can be observed with isolated microvessels under experimental conditions [413, 414]. However, there is no evidence for this effect under conditions that exist in vivo.
The observation that there is a net efflux of glutamine is especially important because it is present at high concentration in plasma and ISF and it is the obvious sink for excess NH4+ in the brain. Glutamine is a substrate not only of 4F2hc/LAT1 (system L) as outlined above but also of Snat3 (SLC38A3) (system N), ATA2 (SLC38A2) (system A), and CAT (SLC7A1) (system y+) [200]. Of these the principal transport that has been observed is mediated by system N. Localization of system N has been controversial. Lee et al. [360] (see also [44]) found that vesicles prepared from abluminal membranes displayed a Na+-linked transport for glutamine while vesicles prepared from luminal membranes had only Na+-independent transport. This combination would explain net outward flux of glutamine from the brain. However, Ennis et al. [415] found marked Na+-dependent tracer influx of glutamine. While there are alternatives (see footnote 3 on p. 9 in [4]) the simplest interpretation is that there are Na+-linked transporters in both membranes. More recently immunohistochemical localization studies [416] have shown Snat3 primarily on the abluminal membrane but also on the luminal membrane of brain capillaries. It should be noted that while linking transport of glutamine to that of a single Na+ confers a bias towards transport into the endothelial cells, it does not preclude flux in the opposite direction via the same transporter and thus it is possible that Snat3 is responsible for the transport across both membranes.
As already mentioned, Lee et al. [360] found that brain endothelial cells have glutaminase activity, and thus following glutamine transport from ISF into the cells, at least some of the glutamine will be broken down to glutamate and NH4+. Helms et al. [391, 392] have suggested that some of the glutamate can be metabolized further releasing more NH4+. As a consequence of metabolism within the endothelial cells, glutamine removal from the parenchyma and glutamine appearance in plasma need not be the same. Glutamine net flux cannot be assessed in isolation.
|
|
title
|
Amino acids
|
|
p
|
In order to put the importance of efflux of amino acids from brain parenchyma into context, it is necessary to consider not just the fluxes and transporters but also the need for fluxes.
|
|
p
|
Amino acids are required within the brain for protein synthesis (see Fig. 16) and for maintenance of pools of neurotransmitters, in particular glutamate and GABA (see Fig. 17). Amino acids are also needed for synthesis of many other substances, e.g. nucleosides, but when considering overall balance this demand has usually been ignored as being relatively minor and it will not be considered further here (compare [359]). The required amino acids must either be synthesized inside the brain or enter from outside primarily across the blood–brain barrier.
Fig. 16 Simplified overview of fates of amino acids in the brain parenchyma. Essential amino acids enter and leave the parenchyma across the blood–brain barrier. Non-essential amino-acids, e.g. glutamate (Glu), glutamine (Gln), and GABA can be synthesized within the brain. The amino groups for the synthesis are supplied either by transamination as shown for glutamate or to some extent [359] by incorporation of NH4+ by glutamate dehydrogenase. The latter route is believed to be minor [359, 641]. NH4+ is added to form the amide group of glutamine by glutamine synthetase (see Fig. 17). Within the parenchyma amino acids are used for synthesis of proteins and (not shown) formation of other nitrogen containing compounds, e.g. nucleotides. New amino acids must be supplied to replace those lost by metabolism. In the brain, input of amino acids is also required to provide amino groups to replace glutamate lost from the pool of amino acids involved in glutaminergic (and GABAergic, not shown) neurotransmission (see Fig. 17). α-KG α-ketoglutarate, e.a.a essential amino acids, t.a transaminase
Fig. 17 The glutamate/glutamine cycle shown in bold with indication of some of the losses and of replenishment of glutamate by denovo synthesis. Glutamate (Glu) in the presynaptic neuron is packaged into vesicles and released into the ISF during neurotransmission. Most of the glutamate is taken up into the astrocytes by the transporter Eaat1 (glast, Slc1a3) where it is converted to glutamine (Gln) by addition of an NH4+ by the enzyme glutamine synthase (g.s) [642, 643]. The glutamine is transported into the ISF by Snat3 and/or Snat5 (Slc38a3 and Slc38a5) from which it is taken up into the presynaptic terminals again by a transporter that may be a Snat. The glutamate is then regenerated by glutaminase (g.a). This cycle represents a large turnover of the amide group at the end of the side chain in glutamine, estimated to be 55% of the CMRglc (cerebral metabolic rate of glucose, see Sect. 5.3) for the entire brain in rats amounting to 490 nmol g−1 min−1 (estimated value in humans 280 nmol g−1 min−1) [644] (G. A. Dienel, personal communication). However the requirement for NH4+ consumed in the conversion of glutamate to glutamine within the astrocytes is balanced by an equal release of NH4+ in the reverse conversion in neurons. Whether diffusion of NH4+ itself is adequate to transfer the nitrogen from neurons to astrocytes as shown or some other form of N carrier is required remains controversial [385, 641, 645]. Regardless, if there were no losses of glutamine or glutamate from the cycle, there would be no need for any fluxes of amino acids into or out of the parenchyma to support glutaminergic neurotransmission. However, there are losses of glutamate and glutamine from the cycle [347, 646, 647]. At least in rodents, such losses are made good by de novo synthesis of glutamate in the astrocytes. Estimates of the total rate of loss and of de novo synthesis are around 11% of CMRglc ([648, 649] (G. A. Dienel, personal communication), i.e. about 0.11 × 0.9 µmol g−1 min−1 ≅ 100 nmol g−1 min−1. The carbon skeletons for the de novo synthesis are derived ultimately from glucose. Glucose is metabolized to two molecules of pyruvate one of which is carboxylated by pyruvate carboxylase (p.c) (thought to be present within the brain only in astrocytes) to form oxaloacetic acid (OAA) a component of the citric acid cycle. Addition of acetyl-CoA from the second pyruvate then forms citrate, which is decarboxylated to form α-ketoglutarate (α-KG). Glutamate is then formed either a by transamination (t.a) of α-ketoglutarate using leucine or other amino acids as source (see e.g. [383, 641, 645, 650], or b by addition of NH4+ [366] catalyzed by glutamate dehydrogenase (g.d). The latter is believed to be a minor pathway [359, 366, 641]. The source of the amino groups for transamination is considered further in Sect. 5.5.3 and Fig. 18. Data for the pathways involved in glutamate synthesis are much less extensive for human than for rat. Rothman and colleagues [651, 652] have argued that the α-ketoglutarate is synthesized in astrocytes based on measurements of incorporation of 13C (see [653, 654]). However, the failure to find a key transaminase in human astrocytes by immunohistochemistry [655, 656] has cast some doubt on astrocytes being the major site for the conversion from α-ketoglutarate to glutamate. For recent reviews of glutamate synthesis see [386, 641, 645]
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 16 Simplified overview of fates of amino acids in the brain parenchyma. Essential amino acids enter and leave the parenchyma across the blood–brain barrier. Non-essential amino-acids, e.g. glutamate (Glu), glutamine (Gln), and GABA can be synthesized within the brain. The amino groups for the synthesis are supplied either by transamination as shown for glutamate or to some extent [359] by incorporation of NH4+ by glutamate dehydrogenase. The latter route is believed to be minor [359, 641]. NH4+ is added to form the amide group of glutamine by glutamine synthetase (see Fig. 17). Within the parenchyma amino acids are used for synthesis of proteins and (not shown) formation of other nitrogen containing compounds, e.g. nucleotides. New amino acids must be supplied to replace those lost by metabolism. In the brain, input of amino acids is also required to provide amino groups to replace glutamate lost from the pool of amino acids involved in glutaminergic (and GABAergic, not shown) neurotransmission (see Fig. 17). α-KG α-ketoglutarate, e.a.a essential amino acids, t.a transaminase
|
|
label
|
Fig. 16
|
|
caption
|
Simplified overview of fates of amino acids in the brain parenchyma. Essential amino acids enter and leave the parenchyma across the blood–brain barrier. Non-essential amino-acids, e.g. glutamate (Glu), glutamine (Gln), and GABA can be synthesized within the brain. The amino groups for the synthesis are supplied either by transamination as shown for glutamate or to some extent [359] by incorporation of NH4+ by glutamate dehydrogenase. The latter route is believed to be minor [359, 641]. NH4+ is added to form the amide group of glutamine by glutamine synthetase (see Fig. 17). Within the parenchyma amino acids are used for synthesis of proteins and (not shown) formation of other nitrogen containing compounds, e.g. nucleotides. New amino acids must be supplied to replace those lost by metabolism. In the brain, input of amino acids is also required to provide amino groups to replace glutamate lost from the pool of amino acids involved in glutaminergic (and GABAergic, not shown) neurotransmission (see Fig. 17). α-KG α-ketoglutarate, e.a.a essential amino acids, t.a transaminase
|
|
p
|
Simplified overview of fates of amino acids in the brain parenchyma. Essential amino acids enter and leave the parenchyma across the blood–brain barrier. Non-essential amino-acids, e.g. glutamate (Glu), glutamine (Gln), and GABA can be synthesized within the brain. The amino groups for the synthesis are supplied either by transamination as shown for glutamate or to some extent [359] by incorporation of NH4+ by glutamate dehydrogenase. The latter route is believed to be minor [359, 641]. NH4+ is added to form the amide group of glutamine by glutamine synthetase (see Fig. 17). Within the parenchyma amino acids are used for synthesis of proteins and (not shown) formation of other nitrogen containing compounds, e.g. nucleotides. New amino acids must be supplied to replace those lost by metabolism. In the brain, input of amino acids is also required to provide amino groups to replace glutamate lost from the pool of amino acids involved in glutaminergic (and GABAergic, not shown) neurotransmission (see Fig. 17). α-KG α-ketoglutarate, e.a.a essential amino acids, t.a transaminase
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 17 The glutamate/glutamine cycle shown in bold with indication of some of the losses and of replenishment of glutamate by denovo synthesis. Glutamate (Glu) in the presynaptic neuron is packaged into vesicles and released into the ISF during neurotransmission. Most of the glutamate is taken up into the astrocytes by the transporter Eaat1 (glast, Slc1a3) where it is converted to glutamine (Gln) by addition of an NH4+ by the enzyme glutamine synthase (g.s) [642, 643]. The glutamine is transported into the ISF by Snat3 and/or Snat5 (Slc38a3 and Slc38a5) from which it is taken up into the presynaptic terminals again by a transporter that may be a Snat. The glutamate is then regenerated by glutaminase (g.a). This cycle represents a large turnover of the amide group at the end of the side chain in glutamine, estimated to be 55% of the CMRglc (cerebral metabolic rate of glucose, see Sect. 5.3) for the entire brain in rats amounting to 490 nmol g−1 min−1 (estimated value in humans 280 nmol g−1 min−1) [644] (G. A. Dienel, personal communication). However the requirement for NH4+ consumed in the conversion of glutamate to glutamine within the astrocytes is balanced by an equal release of NH4+ in the reverse conversion in neurons. Whether diffusion of NH4+ itself is adequate to transfer the nitrogen from neurons to astrocytes as shown or some other form of N carrier is required remains controversial [385, 641, 645]. Regardless, if there were no losses of glutamine or glutamate from the cycle, there would be no need for any fluxes of amino acids into or out of the parenchyma to support glutaminergic neurotransmission. However, there are losses of glutamate and glutamine from the cycle [347, 646, 647]. At least in rodents, such losses are made good by de novo synthesis of glutamate in the astrocytes. Estimates of the total rate of loss and of de novo synthesis are around 11% of CMRglc ([648, 649] (G. A. Dienel, personal communication), i.e. about 0.11 × 0.9 µmol g−1 min−1 ≅ 100 nmol g−1 min−1. The carbon skeletons for the de novo synthesis are derived ultimately from glucose. Glucose is metabolized to two molecules of pyruvate one of which is carboxylated by pyruvate carboxylase (p.c) (thought to be present within the brain only in astrocytes) to form oxaloacetic acid (OAA) a component of the citric acid cycle. Addition of acetyl-CoA from the second pyruvate then forms citrate, which is decarboxylated to form α-ketoglutarate (α-KG). Glutamate is then formed either a by transamination (t.a) of α-ketoglutarate using leucine or other amino acids as source (see e.g. [383, 641, 645, 650], or b by addition of NH4+ [366] catalyzed by glutamate dehydrogenase (g.d). The latter is believed to be a minor pathway [359, 366, 641]. The source of the amino groups for transamination is considered further in Sect. 5.5.3 and Fig. 18. Data for the pathways involved in glutamate synthesis are much less extensive for human than for rat. Rothman and colleagues [651, 652] have argued that the α-ketoglutarate is synthesized in astrocytes based on measurements of incorporation of 13C (see [653, 654]). However, the failure to find a key transaminase in human astrocytes by immunohistochemistry [655, 656] has cast some doubt on astrocytes being the major site for the conversion from α-ketoglutarate to glutamate. For recent reviews of glutamate synthesis see [386, 641, 645]
|
|
label
|
Fig. 17
|
|
caption
|
The glutamate/glutamine cycle shown in bold with indication of some of the losses and of replenishment of glutamate by denovo synthesis. Glutamate (Glu) in the presynaptic neuron is packaged into vesicles and released into the ISF during neurotransmission. Most of the glutamate is taken up into the astrocytes by the transporter Eaat1 (glast, Slc1a3) where it is converted to glutamine (Gln) by addition of an NH4+ by the enzyme glutamine synthase (g.s) [642, 643]. The glutamine is transported into the ISF by Snat3 and/or Snat5 (Slc38a3 and Slc38a5) from which it is taken up into the presynaptic terminals again by a transporter that may be a Snat. The glutamate is then regenerated by glutaminase (g.a). This cycle represents a large turnover of the amide group at the end of the side chain in glutamine, estimated to be 55% of the CMRglc (cerebral metabolic rate of glucose, see Sect. 5.3) for the entire brain in rats amounting to 490 nmol g−1 min−1 (estimated value in humans 280 nmol g−1 min−1) [644] (G. A. Dienel, personal communication). However the requirement for NH4+ consumed in the conversion of glutamate to glutamine within the astrocytes is balanced by an equal release of NH4+ in the reverse conversion in neurons. Whether diffusion of NH4+ itself is adequate to transfer the nitrogen from neurons to astrocytes as shown or some other form of N carrier is required remains controversial [385, 641, 645]. Regardless, if there were no losses of glutamine or glutamate from the cycle, there would be no need for any fluxes of amino acids into or out of the parenchyma to support glutaminergic neurotransmission. However, there are losses of glutamate and glutamine from the cycle [347, 646, 647]. At least in rodents, such losses are made good by de novo synthesis of glutamate in the astrocytes. Estimates of the total rate of loss and of de novo synthesis are around 11% of CMRglc ([648, 649] (G. A. Dienel, personal communication), i.e. about 0.11 × 0.9 µmol g−1 min−1 ≅ 100 nmol g−1 min−1. The carbon skeletons for the de novo synthesis are derived ultimately from glucose. Glucose is metabolized to two molecules of pyruvate one of which is carboxylated by pyruvate carboxylase (p.c) (thought to be present within the brain only in astrocytes) to form oxaloacetic acid (OAA) a component of the citric acid cycle. Addition of acetyl-CoA from the second pyruvate then forms citrate, which is decarboxylated to form α-ketoglutarate (α-KG). Glutamate is then formed either a by transamination (t.a) of α-ketoglutarate using leucine or other amino acids as source (see e.g. [383, 641, 645, 650], or b by addition of NH4+ [366] catalyzed by glutamate dehydrogenase (g.d). The latter is believed to be a minor pathway [359, 366, 641]. The source of the amino groups for transamination is considered further in Sect. 5.5.3 and Fig. 18. Data for the pathways involved in glutamate synthesis are much less extensive for human than for rat. Rothman and colleagues [651, 652] have argued that the α-ketoglutarate is synthesized in astrocytes based on measurements of incorporation of 13C (see [653, 654]). However, the failure to find a key transaminase in human astrocytes by immunohistochemistry [655, 656] has cast some doubt on astrocytes being the major site for the conversion from α-ketoglutarate to glutamate. For recent reviews of glutamate synthesis see [386, 641, 645]
|
|
p
|
The glutamate/glutamine cycle shown in bold with indication of some of the losses and of replenishment of glutamate by denovo synthesis. Glutamate (Glu) in the presynaptic neuron is packaged into vesicles and released into the ISF during neurotransmission. Most of the glutamate is taken up into the astrocytes by the transporter Eaat1 (glast, Slc1a3) where it is converted to glutamine (Gln) by addition of an NH4+ by the enzyme glutamine synthase (g.s) [642, 643]. The glutamine is transported into the ISF by Snat3 and/or Snat5 (Slc38a3 and Slc38a5) from which it is taken up into the presynaptic terminals again by a transporter that may be a Snat. The glutamate is then regenerated by glutaminase (g.a). This cycle represents a large turnover of the amide group at the end of the side chain in glutamine, estimated to be 55% of the CMRglc (cerebral metabolic rate of glucose, see Sect. 5.3) for the entire brain in rats amounting to 490 nmol g−1 min−1 (estimated value in humans 280 nmol g−1 min−1) [644] (G. A. Dienel, personal communication). However the requirement for NH4+ consumed in the conversion of glutamate to glutamine within the astrocytes is balanced by an equal release of NH4+ in the reverse conversion in neurons. Whether diffusion of NH4+ itself is adequate to transfer the nitrogen from neurons to astrocytes as shown or some other form of N carrier is required remains controversial [385, 641, 645]. Regardless, if there were no losses of glutamine or glutamate from the cycle, there would be no need for any fluxes of amino acids into or out of the parenchyma to support glutaminergic neurotransmission. However, there are losses of glutamate and glutamine from the cycle [347, 646, 647]. At least in rodents, such losses are made good by de novo synthesis of glutamate in the astrocytes. Estimates of the total rate of loss and of de novo synthesis are around 11% of CMRglc ([648, 649] (G. A. Dienel, personal communication), i.e. about 0.11 × 0.9 µmol g−1 min−1 ≅ 100 nmol g−1 min−1. The carbon skeletons for the de novo synthesis are derived ultimately from glucose. Glucose is metabolized to two molecules of pyruvate one of which is carboxylated by pyruvate carboxylase (p.c) (thought to be present within the brain only in astrocytes) to form oxaloacetic acid (OAA) a component of the citric acid cycle. Addition of acetyl-CoA from the second pyruvate then forms citrate, which is decarboxylated to form α-ketoglutarate (α-KG). Glutamate is then formed either a by transamination (t.a) of α-ketoglutarate using leucine or other amino acids as source (see e.g. [383, 641, 645, 650], or b by addition of NH4+ [366] catalyzed by glutamate dehydrogenase (g.d). The latter is believed to be a minor pathway [359, 366, 641]. The source of the amino groups for transamination is considered further in Sect. 5.5.3 and Fig. 18. Data for the pathways involved in glutamate synthesis are much less extensive for human than for rat. Rothman and colleagues [651, 652] have argued that the α-ketoglutarate is synthesized in astrocytes based on measurements of incorporation of 13C (see [653, 654]). However, the failure to find a key transaminase in human astrocytes by immunohistochemistry [655, 656] has cast some doubt on astrocytes being the major site for the conversion from α-ketoglutarate to glutamate. For recent reviews of glutamate synthesis see [386, 641, 645]
|
|
p
|
The need for amino acid input is different from the need for glucose input. Glucose is the basic fuel consumed in metabolism and must be supplied continually in large quantities. Amino acids are needed to allow the maintenance of cell structure and composition. But, the N containing constituents of the cells either are not consumed during metabolism or if they are they are partly replaced internally. The balance between influx and efflux across the blood–brain barrier need only provide sufficient amounts of amino acids to top up losses. Any metabolic losses that do occur will either be by efflux from the brain or by generation of NH4+ and carbon compounds. The latter become part of the carbon metabolism of cells. Possible fates of the NH4+ include: diffusion across the blood–brain barrier; reaction with glutamate to form glutamine, which is then exported from the parenchyma; and use in amino acid synthesis [359, 360]. Glutamate synthesis is considered further in Sect. 5.5.5.
|
|
p
|
For each amino acid at steady-state, its net fluxes across the blood–brain barrier and via perivascular routes and its net rate of synthesis must add to zero so that the concentrations in the brain parenchyma can remain constant. However, there are major complications in applying this principle to the interpretation of data: there are more than 20 different amino-acids, inter-conversions between them by transamination are common, and they compete with each other for the many amino acid transporters. Indeed the major application of this principle comes when considering overall N balance.
|
|
p
|
Allowing the fluxes that are required (see Sect. 5.5.1) while maintaining ISF concentrations of all amino acids except glutamine well below those in plasma (see Sect. 5.5.2) is a major challenge and it is not yet certain how the available transporters (see Sect. 5.5.4) achieve these objectives.
|
|
sec
|
Requirements for amino acid fluxes (and NH4+)
While it is clear that there are losses of essential amino acids from brain parenchyma and thus that some influx of amino acids must occur, it is difficult to obtain a quantitative estimate of the influx required. Using radiolabelled amino acids in rats, Dunlop et al. [361–363] found a turnover rate for the protein content of rat brains to be about 0.6% h−1. Using a protein content of about 100 mg for each gram of brain and the molecular weight of an average amino acid, perhaps 125 Da, that corresponds to a rate of incorporation of amino acids of about 80 nmol g−1 min−1. Similarly amino groups required for de novo synthesis of glutamate amount to about 100 nmol g−1 min−1 (see legend to Fig. 17).
Many of the amino acids needed for protein synthesis are supplied either by de novo synthesis (which, however, still requires some source of amino groups, see Fig. 16) or by recycling those released during protein breakdown, which averaged over enough time must be occurring at the same rate as synthesis. Furthermore it may be possible to reuse some of the NH4+ lost from the glutamate/glutamine cycle in the de novo synthesis of glutamate. Thus the sum of the estimates above, 180 nmol g−1 min−1, is likely to exceed the actual requirement for amino-acid input.
Because the brain parenchyma must be in N balance and there must be net inputs of essential amino acids, there must also be a route or routes for N removal. As the brain normally doesn’t produce urea as a means of disposing of NH4+ [364–366], the two main routes for exit to be considered are efflux of NH4+ and efflux of glutamine. Fluxes of NH4+ are easily demonstrated to occur in both directions across the blood–brain barrier and are almost certainly by diffusion across the membranes of NH3 combined with transport either of H+ in the same direction or, more likely, of HCO3− in the opposite direction [4, 359, 367]. Because concentrations of NH4+ in brain, 150–300 µM, and CSF, 100–300 µM, normally exceed those in arterial plasma, 50–250 µM [359], it is likely that there is some net NH4+ efflux. However, an arterio-venous difference in NH4+ concentration and thus its net transport have only been demonstrated in the brain when plasma NH4+ concentration is raised as in hepatic insufficiency [359, 368]. There is then net NH4+ entry, rapid incorporation of the NH4+ into glutamine by reaction with glutamate [359], and efflux of the resultant glutamine. Glutamine efflux is considered further in Sect. 5.5.4.
Lee et al. [360] made the interesting suggestion that much of the NH4+ that moves from brain microvascular endothelial cells to plasma is produced within the endothelial cells by glutaminase acting on glutamine. However, that taken alone would suggest that there should also be a substantial efflux of glutamate, which has not been observed. Alternatively the NH4+ effluxed may derive from metabolism of both glutamine and glutamate. This is considered further in Sect. 5.5.4.
|
|
title
|
Requirements for amino acid fluxes (and NH4+)
|
|
p
|
While it is clear that there are losses of essential amino acids from brain parenchyma and thus that some influx of amino acids must occur, it is difficult to obtain a quantitative estimate of the influx required. Using radiolabelled amino acids in rats, Dunlop et al. [361–363] found a turnover rate for the protein content of rat brains to be about 0.6% h−1. Using a protein content of about 100 mg for each gram of brain and the molecular weight of an average amino acid, perhaps 125 Da, that corresponds to a rate of incorporation of amino acids of about 80 nmol g−1 min−1. Similarly amino groups required for de novo synthesis of glutamate amount to about 100 nmol g−1 min−1 (see legend to Fig. 17).
|
|
p
|
Many of the amino acids needed for protein synthesis are supplied either by de novo synthesis (which, however, still requires some source of amino groups, see Fig. 16) or by recycling those released during protein breakdown, which averaged over enough time must be occurring at the same rate as synthesis. Furthermore it may be possible to reuse some of the NH4+ lost from the glutamate/glutamine cycle in the de novo synthesis of glutamate. Thus the sum of the estimates above, 180 nmol g−1 min−1, is likely to exceed the actual requirement for amino-acid input.
|
|
p
|
Because the brain parenchyma must be in N balance and there must be net inputs of essential amino acids, there must also be a route or routes for N removal. As the brain normally doesn’t produce urea as a means of disposing of NH4+ [364–366], the two main routes for exit to be considered are efflux of NH4+ and efflux of glutamine. Fluxes of NH4+ are easily demonstrated to occur in both directions across the blood–brain barrier and are almost certainly by diffusion across the membranes of NH3 combined with transport either of H+ in the same direction or, more likely, of HCO3− in the opposite direction [4, 359, 367]. Because concentrations of NH4+ in brain, 150–300 µM, and CSF, 100–300 µM, normally exceed those in arterial plasma, 50–250 µM [359], it is likely that there is some net NH4+ efflux. However, an arterio-venous difference in NH4+ concentration and thus its net transport have only been demonstrated in the brain when plasma NH4+ concentration is raised as in hepatic insufficiency [359, 368]. There is then net NH4+ entry, rapid incorporation of the NH4+ into glutamine by reaction with glutamate [359], and efflux of the resultant glutamine. Glutamine efflux is considered further in Sect. 5.5.4.
|
|
p
|
Lee et al. [360] made the interesting suggestion that much of the NH4+ that moves from brain microvascular endothelial cells to plasma is produced within the endothelial cells by glutaminase acting on glutamine. However, that taken alone would suggest that there should also be a substantial efflux of glutamate, which has not been observed. Alternatively the NH4+ effluxed may derive from metabolism of both glutamine and glutamate. This is considered further in Sect. 5.5.4.
|
|
sec
|
Concentrations of amino acids in CSF and ISF
Values of amino acid concentrations measured in blood plasma, CSF and ISF are summarized in Table 3. There is agreement in all studies that, with the exception of glutamine, the concentrations of all other amino acids in CSF and ISF are substantially less than those in plasma. This could arise if the rates of consumption were to reduce the concentrations greatly or if there were active transport of amino acids from brain fluids to blood. Whether or not there is a substantial difference in amino acid concentrations between CSF and ISF is less clear.17
Table 3 Amino acid concentrations in plasma, CSF and ISF
Plasma concentration/µM CSF concentration/µM ISF concentration/µM
Human1 Rat2 Human3 Rabbit4 Rat5 Mice6 Human1 Human7 Rat2, c Rat1, 2 Human3 Rabbit4 Rat5 Mice6 Rabbit4 Rabbit8 Rabbit9 Rat5 Mice6
Gln 619 641 868 834 598 863 780 552 583 524 517 250 547 159 193 80
Asn 112 55 Trace 14 16 3 7.8 4.3 1.4
Ala 330 489a 382 430 408 27 18.6 34a 39 85.4 57 15 19 15 7.7 9.3
Ser 149 196 140 263 247 109 28.9 30.4 79 80 30 116 62.3 37 34 24.9 9.8
Gly 249 221 283 246 1.3 6.4 20 15 6 34 7.8
Pro 212 60 Trace 0.6 4.2 1.8
Thr 142 166 113 28.5 27.7 36 22 3.5
Val 222 430 309 191 173 14 16.1 78 47 20 14 9.4 13 12.5 7.4 2.9
Leu 109 432 155 81 127 13.1 11.9 66 42 15 7 6.6 9 1.5
Ile 61 77 101 5.2 4.7 6 7 9
Tyr 70 73 43 54 7.3 8.1 10 7 7.2 5 0.7
His 85 80 59 10.8 12.0 12 8.9 1.2
Lys 158 290 171 137 321 19.7 22.0 120 87 21 8 46 19 10
Arg 80 94 81 227 103 17 18.6 55 46 22 32.5 18 6.9 3.2
Glu 83 61 56 159.6 37 7.2 8.7 26 10 11.4 21 4 4.3 3.4 2.9 4.1
Asp 7 33.8 2.4 1.5 5.8 0.6 0.5 1.7
Phe 71 64 45 8.3 8.2 10 7 6
Met 41 28 30 2.8 2.6 3 3
Trp 62
Concentrations measured in CSF are, with the exception of glutamine always substantially less, than the concentrations in plasma. Concentrations in ISF are measured by microdialysis with extrapolation to zero flow (see text). If these are correct, ISF concentrations are substantially lower than those in CSF. c cisternal, l lumbar
1Plum et al. [576]
2Franklin et al. [577]
3McGale et al. [578]
4Hamberger et al. [579]
5Lerma et al. [580]
6Dolgodilina et al. [581]
7Table 8.15 in Davson and Segal [56]
8Jacobson et al. [582] microdialysis by concentration profile
9Jacobson et al. [582] microdialysis by recovery of samples
|
|
title
|
Concentrations of amino acids in CSF and ISF
|
|
p
|
Values of amino acid concentrations measured in blood plasma, CSF and ISF are summarized in Table 3. There is agreement in all studies that, with the exception of glutamine, the concentrations of all other amino acids in CSF and ISF are substantially less than those in plasma. This could arise if the rates of consumption were to reduce the concentrations greatly or if there were active transport of amino acids from brain fluids to blood. Whether or not there is a substantial difference in amino acid concentrations between CSF and ISF is less clear.17
Table 3 Amino acid concentrations in plasma, CSF and ISF
Plasma concentration/µM CSF concentration/µM ISF concentration/µM
Human1 Rat2 Human3 Rabbit4 Rat5 Mice6 Human1 Human7 Rat2, c Rat1, 2 Human3 Rabbit4 Rat5 Mice6 Rabbit4 Rabbit8 Rabbit9 Rat5 Mice6
Gln 619 641 868 834 598 863 780 552 583 524 517 250 547 159 193 80
Asn 112 55 Trace 14 16 3 7.8 4.3 1.4
Ala 330 489a 382 430 408 27 18.6 34a 39 85.4 57 15 19 15 7.7 9.3
Ser 149 196 140 263 247 109 28.9 30.4 79 80 30 116 62.3 37 34 24.9 9.8
Gly 249 221 283 246 1.3 6.4 20 15 6 34 7.8
Pro 212 60 Trace 0.6 4.2 1.8
Thr 142 166 113 28.5 27.7 36 22 3.5
Val 222 430 309 191 173 14 16.1 78 47 20 14 9.4 13 12.5 7.4 2.9
Leu 109 432 155 81 127 13.1 11.9 66 42 15 7 6.6 9 1.5
Ile 61 77 101 5.2 4.7 6 7 9
Tyr 70 73 43 54 7.3 8.1 10 7 7.2 5 0.7
His 85 80 59 10.8 12.0 12 8.9 1.2
Lys 158 290 171 137 321 19.7 22.0 120 87 21 8 46 19 10
Arg 80 94 81 227 103 17 18.6 55 46 22 32.5 18 6.9 3.2
Glu 83 61 56 159.6 37 7.2 8.7 26 10 11.4 21 4 4.3 3.4 2.9 4.1
Asp 7 33.8 2.4 1.5 5.8 0.6 0.5 1.7
Phe 71 64 45 8.3 8.2 10 7 6
Met 41 28 30 2.8 2.6 3 3
Trp 62
Concentrations measured in CSF are, with the exception of glutamine always substantially less, than the concentrations in plasma. Concentrations in ISF are measured by microdialysis with extrapolation to zero flow (see text). If these are correct, ISF concentrations are substantially lower than those in CSF. c cisternal, l lumbar
1Plum et al. [576]
2Franklin et al. [577]
3McGale et al. [578]
4Hamberger et al. [579]
5Lerma et al. [580]
6Dolgodilina et al. [581]
7Table 8.15 in Davson and Segal [56]
8Jacobson et al. [582] microdialysis by concentration profile
9Jacobson et al. [582] microdialysis by recovery of samples
|
|
table-wrap
|
Table 3 Amino acid concentrations in plasma, CSF and ISF
Plasma concentration/µM CSF concentration/µM ISF concentration/µM
Human1 Rat2 Human3 Rabbit4 Rat5 Mice6 Human1 Human7 Rat2, c Rat1, 2 Human3 Rabbit4 Rat5 Mice6 Rabbit4 Rabbit8 Rabbit9 Rat5 Mice6
Gln 619 641 868 834 598 863 780 552 583 524 517 250 547 159 193 80
Asn 112 55 Trace 14 16 3 7.8 4.3 1.4
Ala 330 489a 382 430 408 27 18.6 34a 39 85.4 57 15 19 15 7.7 9.3
Ser 149 196 140 263 247 109 28.9 30.4 79 80 30 116 62.3 37 34 24.9 9.8
Gly 249 221 283 246 1.3 6.4 20 15 6 34 7.8
Pro 212 60 Trace 0.6 4.2 1.8
Thr 142 166 113 28.5 27.7 36 22 3.5
Val 222 430 309 191 173 14 16.1 78 47 20 14 9.4 13 12.5 7.4 2.9
Leu 109 432 155 81 127 13.1 11.9 66 42 15 7 6.6 9 1.5
Ile 61 77 101 5.2 4.7 6 7 9
Tyr 70 73 43 54 7.3 8.1 10 7 7.2 5 0.7
His 85 80 59 10.8 12.0 12 8.9 1.2
Lys 158 290 171 137 321 19.7 22.0 120 87 21 8 46 19 10
Arg 80 94 81 227 103 17 18.6 55 46 22 32.5 18 6.9 3.2
Glu 83 61 56 159.6 37 7.2 8.7 26 10 11.4 21 4 4.3 3.4 2.9 4.1
Asp 7 33.8 2.4 1.5 5.8 0.6 0.5 1.7
Phe 71 64 45 8.3 8.2 10 7 6
Met 41 28 30 2.8 2.6 3 3
Trp 62
Concentrations measured in CSF are, with the exception of glutamine always substantially less, than the concentrations in plasma. Concentrations in ISF are measured by microdialysis with extrapolation to zero flow (see text). If these are correct, ISF concentrations are substantially lower than those in CSF. c cisternal, l lumbar
1Plum et al. [576]
2Franklin et al. [577]
3McGale et al. [578]
4Hamberger et al. [579]
5Lerma et al. [580]
6Dolgodilina et al. [581]
7Table 8.15 in Davson and Segal [56]
8Jacobson et al. [582] microdialysis by concentration profile
9Jacobson et al. [582] microdialysis by recovery of samples
|
|
label
|
Table 3
|
|
caption
|
Amino acid concentrations in plasma, CSF and ISF
|
|
p
|
Amino acid concentrations in plasma, CSF and ISF
|
|
table
|
Plasma concentration/µM CSF concentration/µM ISF concentration/µM
Human1 Rat2 Human3 Rabbit4 Rat5 Mice6 Human1 Human7 Rat2, c Rat1, 2 Human3 Rabbit4 Rat5 Mice6 Rabbit4 Rabbit8 Rabbit9 Rat5 Mice6
Gln 619 641 868 834 598 863 780 552 583 524 517 250 547 159 193 80
Asn 112 55 Trace 14 16 3 7.8 4.3 1.4
Ala 330 489a 382 430 408 27 18.6 34a 39 85.4 57 15 19 15 7.7 9.3
Ser 149 196 140 263 247 109 28.9 30.4 79 80 30 116 62.3 37 34 24.9 9.8
Gly 249 221 283 246 1.3 6.4 20 15 6 34 7.8
Pro 212 60 Trace 0.6 4.2 1.8
Thr 142 166 113 28.5 27.7 36 22 3.5
Val 222 430 309 191 173 14 16.1 78 47 20 14 9.4 13 12.5 7.4 2.9
Leu 109 432 155 81 127 13.1 11.9 66 42 15 7 6.6 9 1.5
Ile 61 77 101 5.2 4.7 6 7 9
Tyr 70 73 43 54 7.3 8.1 10 7 7.2 5 0.7
His 85 80 59 10.8 12.0 12 8.9 1.2
Lys 158 290 171 137 321 19.7 22.0 120 87 21 8 46 19 10
Arg 80 94 81 227 103 17 18.6 55 46 22 32.5 18 6.9 3.2
Glu 83 61 56 159.6 37 7.2 8.7 26 10 11.4 21 4 4.3 3.4 2.9 4.1
Asp 7 33.8 2.4 1.5 5.8 0.6 0.5 1.7
Phe 71 64 45 8.3 8.2 10 7 6
Met 41 28 30 2.8 2.6 3 3
Trp 62
|
|
tr
|
Plasma concentration/µM CSF concentration/µM ISF concentration/µM
|
|
th
|
Plasma concentration/µM
|
|
th
|
CSF concentration/µM
|
|
th
|
ISF concentration/µM
|
|
tr
|
Human1 Rat2 Human3 Rabbit4 Rat5 Mice6 Human1 Human7 Rat2, c Rat1, 2 Human3 Rabbit4 Rat5 Mice6 Rabbit4 Rabbit8 Rabbit9 Rat5 Mice6
|
|
th
|
Human1
|
|
th
|
Rat2
|
|
th
|
Human3
|
|
th
|
Rabbit4
|
|
th
|
Rat5
|
|
th
|
Mice6
|
|
th
|
Human1
|
|
th
|
Human7
|
|
th
|
Rat2, c
|
|
th
|
Rat1, 2
|
|
th
|
Human3
|
|
th
|
Rabbit4
|
|
th
|
Rat5
|
|
th
|
Mice6
|
|
th
|
Rabbit4
|
|
th
|
Rabbit8
|
|
th
|
Rabbit9
|
|
th
|
Rat5
|
|
th
|
Mice6
|
|
tr
|
Gln 619 641 868 834 598 863 780 552 583 524 517 250 547 159 193 80
|
|
td
|
Gln
|
|
td
|
619
|
|
td
|
641
|
|
td
|
868
|
|
td
|
834
|
|
td
|
598
|
|
td
|
863
|
|
td
|
780
|
|
td
|
552
|
|
td
|
583
|
|
td
|
524
|
|
td
|
517
|
|
td
|
250
|
|
td
|
547
|
|
td
|
159
|
|
td
|
193
|
|
td
|
80
|
|
tr
|
Asn 112 55 Trace 14 16 3 7.8 4.3 1.4
|
|
td
|
Asn
|
|
td
|
112
|
|
td
|
55
|
|
td
|
Trace
|
|
td
|
14
|
|
td
|
16
|
|
td
|
3
|
|
td
|
7.8
|
|
td
|
4.3
|
|
td
|
1.4
|
|
tr
|
Ala 330 489a 382 430 408 27 18.6 34a 39 85.4 57 15 19 15 7.7 9.3
|
|
td
|
Ala
|
|
td
|
330
|
|
td
|
489a
|
|
td
|
382
|
|
td
|
430
|
|
td
|
408
|
|
td
|
27
|
|
td
|
18.6
|
|
td
|
34a
|
|
td
|
39
|
|
td
|
85.4
|
|
td
|
57
|
|
td
|
15
|
|
td
|
19
|
|
td
|
15
|
|
td
|
7.7
|
|
td
|
9.3
|
|
tr
|
Ser 149 196 140 263 247 109 28.9 30.4 79 80 30 116 62.3 37 34 24.9 9.8
|
|
td
|
Ser
|
|
td
|
149
|
|
td
|
196
|
|
td
|
140
|
|
td
|
263
|
|
td
|
247
|
|
td
|
109
|
|
td
|
28.9
|
|
td
|
30.4
|
|
td
|
79
|
|
td
|
80
|
|
td
|
30
|
|
td
|
116
|
|
td
|
62.3
|
|
td
|
37
|
|
td
|
34
|
|
td
|
24.9
|
|
td
|
9.8
|
|
tr
|
Gly 249 221 283 246 1.3 6.4 20 15 6 34 7.8
|
|
td
|
Gly
|
|
td
|
249
|
|
td
|
221
|
|
td
|
283
|
|
td
|
246
|
|
td
|
1.3
|
|
td
|
6.4
|
|
td
|
20
|
|
td
|
15
|
|
td
|
6
|
|
td
|
34
|
|
td
|
7.8
|
|
tr
|
Pro 212 60 Trace 0.6 4.2 1.8
|
|
td
|
Pro
|
|
td
|
212
|
|
td
|
60
|
|
td
|
Trace
|
|
td
|
0.6
|
|
td
|
4.2
|
|
td
|
1.8
|
|
tr
|
Thr 142 166 113 28.5 27.7 36 22 3.5
|
|
td
|
Thr
|
|
td
|
142
|
|
td
|
166
|
|
td
|
113
|
|
td
|
28.5
|
|
td
|
27.7
|
|
td
|
36
|
|
td
|
22
|
|
td
|
3.5
|
|
tr
|
Val 222 430 309 191 173 14 16.1 78 47 20 14 9.4 13 12.5 7.4 2.9
|
|
td
|
Val
|
|
td
|
222
|
|
td
|
430
|
|
td
|
309
|
|
td
|
191
|
|
td
|
173
|
|
td
|
14
|
|
td
|
16.1
|
|
td
|
78
|
|
td
|
47
|
|
td
|
20
|
|
td
|
14
|
|
td
|
9.4
|
|
td
|
13
|
|
td
|
12.5
|
|
td
|
7.4
|
|
td
|
2.9
|
|
tr
|
Leu 109 432 155 81 127 13.1 11.9 66 42 15 7 6.6 9 1.5
|
|
td
|
Leu
|
|
td
|
109
|
|
td
|
432
|
|
td
|
155
|
|
td
|
81
|
|
td
|
127
|
|
td
|
13.1
|
|
td
|
11.9
|
|
td
|
66
|
|
td
|
42
|
|
td
|
15
|
|
td
|
7
|
|
td
|
6.6
|
|
td
|
9
|
|
td
|
1.5
|
|
tr
|
Ile 61 77 101 5.2 4.7 6 7 9
|
|
td
|
Ile
|
|
td
|
61
|
|
td
|
77
|
|
td
|
101
|
|
td
|
5.2
|
|
td
|
4.7
|
|
td
|
6
|
|
td
|
7
|
|
td
|
9
|
|
tr
|
Tyr 70 73 43 54 7.3 8.1 10 7 7.2 5 0.7
|
|
td
|
Tyr
|
|
td
|
70
|
|
td
|
73
|
|
td
|
43
|
|
td
|
54
|
|
td
|
7.3
|
|
td
|
8.1
|
|
td
|
10
|
|
td
|
7
|
|
td
|
7.2
|
|
td
|
5
|
|
td
|
0.7
|
|
tr
|
His 85 80 59 10.8 12.0 12 8.9 1.2
|
|
td
|
His
|
|
td
|
85
|
|
td
|
80
|
|
td
|
59
|
|
td
|
10.8
|
|
td
|
12.0
|
|
td
|
12
|
|
td
|
8.9
|
|
td
|
1.2
|
|
tr
|
Lys 158 290 171 137 321 19.7 22.0 120 87 21 8 46 19 10
|
|
td
|
Lys
|
|
td
|
158
|
|
td
|
290
|
|
td
|
171
|
|
td
|
137
|
|
td
|
321
|
|
td
|
19.7
|
|
td
|
22.0
|
|
td
|
120
|
|
td
|
87
|
|
td
|
21
|
|
td
|
8
|
|
td
|
46
|
|
td
|
19
|
|
td
|
10
|
|
tr
|
Arg 80 94 81 227 103 17 18.6 55 46 22 32.5 18 6.9 3.2
|
|
td
|
Arg
|
|
td
|
80
|
|
td
|
94
|
|
td
|
81
|
|
td
|
227
|
|
td
|
103
|
|
td
|
17
|
|
td
|
18.6
|
|
td
|
55
|
|
td
|
46
|
|
td
|
22
|
|
td
|
32.5
|
|
td
|
18
|
|
td
|
6.9
|
|
td
|
3.2
|
|
tr
|
Glu 83 61 56 159.6 37 7.2 8.7 26 10 11.4 21 4 4.3 3.4 2.9 4.1
|
|
td
|
Glu
|
|
td
|
83
|
|
td
|
61
|
|
td
|
56
|
|
td
|
159.6
|
|
td
|
37
|
|
td
|
7.2
|
|
td
|
8.7
|
|
td
|
26
|
|
td
|
10
|
|
td
|
11.4
|
|
td
|
21
|
|
td
|
4
|
|
td
|
4.3
|
|
td
|
3.4
|
|
td
|
2.9
|
|
td
|
4.1
|
|
tr
|
Asp 7 33.8 2.4 1.5 5.8 0.6 0.5 1.7
|
|
td
|
Asp
|
|
td
|
7
|
|
td
|
33.8
|
|
td
|
2.4
|
|
td
|
1.5
|
|
td
|
5.8
|
|
td
|
0.6
|
|
td
|
0.5
|
|
td
|
1.7
|
|
tr
|
Phe 71 64 45 8.3 8.2 10 7 6
|
|
td
|
Phe
|
|
td
|
71
|
|
td
|
64
|
|
td
|
45
|
|
td
|
8.3
|
|
td
|
8.2
|
|
td
|
10
|
|
td
|
7
|
|
td
|
6
|
|
tr
|
Met 41 28 30 2.8 2.6 3 3
|
|
td
|
Met
|
|
td
|
41
|
|
td
|
28
|
|
td
|
30
|
|
td
|
2.8
|
|
td
|
2.6
|
|
td
|
3
|
|
td
|
3
|
|
tr
|
Trp 62
|
|
td
|
Trp
|
|
td
|
62
|
|
table-wrap-foot
|
Concentrations measured in CSF are, with the exception of glutamine always substantially less, than the concentrations in plasma. Concentrations in ISF are measured by microdialysis with extrapolation to zero flow (see text). If these are correct, ISF concentrations are substantially lower than those in CSF. c cisternal, l lumbar
1Plum et al. [576]
2Franklin et al. [577]
3McGale et al. [578]
4Hamberger et al. [579]
5Lerma et al. [580]
6Dolgodilina et al. [581]
7Table 8.15 in Davson and Segal [56]
8Jacobson et al. [582] microdialysis by concentration profile
9Jacobson et al. [582] microdialysis by recovery of samples
|
|
p
|
Concentrations measured in CSF are, with the exception of glutamine always substantially less, than the concentrations in plasma. Concentrations in ISF are measured by microdialysis with extrapolation to zero flow (see text). If these are correct, ISF concentrations are substantially lower than those in CSF. c cisternal, l lumbar
|
|
p
|
1Plum et al. [576]
|
|
p
|
2Franklin et al. [577]
|
|
p
|
3McGale et al. [578]
|
|
p
|
4Hamberger et al. [579]
|
|
p
|
5Lerma et al. [580]
|
|
p
|
6Dolgodilina et al. [581]
|
|
p
|
7Table 8.15 in Davson and Segal [56]
|
|
p
|
8Jacobson et al. [582] microdialysis by concentration profile
|
|
p
|
9Jacobson et al. [582] microdialysis by recovery of samples
|
|
sec
|
The relative importance of perivascular supply and removal for amino acid turnover in ISF
Excluding glutamine, concentrations of each of the amino acids in CSF and ISF are usually < 1/5th of those in plasma (see below) and in total < 1 mM. With a perivascular clearance of 1 µL g−1 min−1, and an amino acid concentration at the high end of the observed range, 100 µM, the rate of loss or gain of any particular amino acid by the perivascular route is expected to be of the order of 0.1 nmol g−1 min−1 or less, which is likely to be negligible. Amino acid loss from the brain by outflow of CSF at 0.25 µL g−1 min−1 (500 mL day−1 for a 1400 g brain) at 100 µM would be 0.025 nmol g−1 min−1 which again is likely to be negligible.
|
|
title
|
The relative importance of perivascular supply and removal for amino acid turnover in ISF
|
|
p
|
Excluding glutamine, concentrations of each of the amino acids in CSF and ISF are usually < 1/5th of those in plasma (see below) and in total < 1 mM. With a perivascular clearance of 1 µL g−1 min−1, and an amino acid concentration at the high end of the observed range, 100 µM, the rate of loss or gain of any particular amino acid by the perivascular route is expected to be of the order of 0.1 nmol g−1 min−1 or less, which is likely to be negligible. Amino acid loss from the brain by outflow of CSF at 0.25 µL g−1 min−1 (500 mL day−1 for a 1400 g brain) at 100 µM would be 0.025 nmol g−1 min−1 which again is likely to be negligible.
|
|
sec
|
Observed fluxes of amino acids
Quantitative measurements of fluxes of amino acids have been either of influx or net flux. Influx is measured by adding a tracer to the blood perfusing the brain and measuring the amount that enters the brain over a short period. Net flux of an amino acid is calculated as10 net flux=A-V difference×blood flowby using measurements of the blood flow and the A − V difference equal to the difference between the concentrations in arterial blood entering and venous blood leaving the brain. Direct measurements of efflux have proved difficult. In practice efflux into the blood has been calculated as the difference between influx and net flux from the blood.
Influx of amino acids into brain parenchyma across the blood–brain barrier has been studied in rats. In a highly influential early study, rates were compared to that for water using 14C-labeled amino acids and 3HOH added together as a single bolus arterial injection. The results were reported as the brain uptake index (BUI), defined as a ratio of ratios ((uptake of 14C-aa)/[14C-aa])/((uptake of 3HOH)/[3HOH]) [300]. When added one at a time, the influxes of the amino acids varied greatly, with BUI for phenylalanine or leucine found to be more than 50% (i.e. each enters about half as easily as water) while at the other extreme influxes of proline, glutamate, asparagine and glycine were below the background limit of detection by the technique, BUI < ~ 3%. Influx of each of the essential amino acids (those not able to be formed within the brain) was easily measurable.
All of the influxes that were clearly above baseline were inhibited when the radiolabeled amino acids were added using serum rather than a simple buffer suggesting competition for transport with the amino acids present in serum. Competition was investigated further and confirmed by measuring uptake of tracer in the presence of an excess of individual unlabelled amino acids [300].18 Quantitative estimates of the influxes of various amino acids in rats when plasma concentrations of tracers were held constant by controlled infusions [369] or during perfusion of isolated brains [43, 370, 371] have confirmed the pattern seen using BUI measurements [300, 372] (see Table 4).
Table 4 Influx and net flux of amino acids in the indicated species
Rat1 Rat2 Rat3 Rat4 Rat5 Rat6 Dog7 Dog7 Cat8 Sheep9 Human10 Human11 Human12 Human13 Human14
Influx* Influx Influx Influx Influx Net Net* Net* Net Net Net Net Net Net Net
Phenylalanine 6.5 7 8 13.2 − 0.6 0.12 0.01 2.2 0.06 0.3 − 0.5
Leucine 6.2 15 14.5 9.7 1.56 1.28 1.9 6 5.2 3.2 2.2 0.6
Isoleucine 1.8 4 5.7 0.78 0.46 1.5 3.1 1.2 1.4 0.7 0.3
Valine 1.3 1.8 2.9 1.26 0.37 2.7 11.0 1.7 0.8 − 1.7
Tyrosine 5.3 7 4.1 − 1.1 0 0.06 1.6 0.1 − 0.1 − 0.1
Methionine 1.6 1.7 − 1.1 0 − 0.12 1.0 0.6 0.2 0.2
Tryptophan − 1.1
Histidine 2.5 2.5 − 1.7 − 0.23 − 0.7 0.7 − 0.3 − 1.3
threonine 1.2 0.8 − 3.4 0.62 − 0.1 5.0 2.6 0.1
Arginine 1 − 7.4 − 0.2 − 0.05 2 0.7 − 0.5 − 0.1
Lysine 6.2 9 − 1.1 0.58 − 1.6 2.5 − 0.3 − 0.9
Glutamate 1.7 − 0.24 − 0.18 − 0.05 1.4 − 0.5 − 6
Glutaminea 11.6 1 − 15.4 − 6.6 − 4.3 − 1.94 − 7.4 11.0 − 20 − 20.4
nerv. stim.b glutamate − 1.26
nerv. stim.b glutamine − 6.69
Values are stated in nmol g−1 min−1. Influxes have been measured only in rats. The only available measurements of net fluxes in rats, shown in the italicized column, failed to reach statistical significance
* Data used by Pardridge [379] in his comparison of influxes and net fluxes
aIn some columns the values are for glutamine + asparagine as the assay used detected both
bRelease measured during nervous stimulation
1Banos et al. [369]
2Hawkins et al. [583]
3Mans et al. [584]
4Ennis et al. [415]
5Smith and Stoll [43]
6Brosnan et al. [378]
7Betz and Gilboe [365]
8Abdul-Ghani et al. [394]
9Pell and Bergman [585]
10Felig et al. [586]
11Lying-Tunell et al. [587]
12Eriksson et al. [588]
13Grill et al. [589]
14Strauss et al. [590]
From the patterns of competition between amino acids for influx across the blood–brain barrier it appeared that there were four separate systems of transport (see e.g. [43, 44]).System L primarily for neutral amino acids, which can be inhibited by 2-aminobicyclo-(2,2,1)-heptane-2-carboxylic acid (BCH);
System ASC primarily for neutral amino acids, which is not inhibited by BCH;
System y+ (sometimes called system Lys+) primarily for basic amino acids;
System N primarily for the nitrogen-rich amino acids glutamine, histidine and asparagine.
A number of amino acids fit into more than one of these groups. Most of the amino acids with large BUI values are substrates for system L.
Studies with isolated brain microvessels, which provide access to the abluminal membranes of the endothelial cells, identified two more systems.A Na+-linked transport system for small neutral amino acids (system A, with identifying substrate N-methyl-a-aminoisobutyric acid, MeAIB) [373].
Another system for glutamate [374].
The ability to prepare vesicles enriched in membranes from either the luminal or abluminal membranes of the endothelial cells [375] allowed localization of transport activities to the separate membranes with the generalization (since revised, see Sect. 5.5.6) that transporters in the luminal membrane are not Na+-linked and hence bidirectional while those in the abluminal membrane are Na+-linked favouring transport from ISF into the endothelial cells [44]. There are now known to be many more types of transporter present at the blood–brain barrier than initially suggested by identification of these systems (see Sect. 5.5.6).
Large rates of efflux of amino acids from CSF to blood were detected in cats [376] and rabbits [377] undergoing ventriculo-cisternal or ventriculo-cortical subarachnoid space perfusions. However, it was not possible in these studies to determine how much of the efflux was going via the choroid plexuses and how much via the parenchyma and the blood–brain barrier. Evidence that the latter route is important derives from the observation that transfer was much more rapid in ventriculo-subarachnoid infusion than in ventriculo-cisternal infusion. Both types of perfusion expose the infused fluid to the choroid plexuses, but in the former a much larger surface area of parenchyma is exposed to the fluid [376].
The net flux into a region can be calculated if the blood flow to that region and the concentrations of the solute in arterial blood and the venous outflow can be measured (see Sect. 5.5.6). (Equating net flux out of blood with net flux into the brain ignores possible metabolism within the endothelial cells, see the end of Sect. 5.5.6). Net flux measurements have been attempted using rats [378], but all except one of the A − V differences were not statistically significant. The rest of the net flux data in Table 4 are for larger species.
Pardridge [379] compared the influx data for rats obtained by Banos et al. [369] with the net flux data for dogs obtained by Betz et al. [365] (see Table 4) and noted that the net fluxes are much smaller than the unidirectional influxes. With the assumption that the fluxes are similar in various species, this comparison implies that there must be large effluxes, comparable in size to the influxes. Measurements of net fluxes in dogs, sheep, and humans have produced data broadly comparable with each other (see Table 4) favouring the assumption that when expressed per gram of tissue the fluxes are the same in all species.19
At present there are strong indications that the net flux of glutamine is outwards. This was seen in five out of six studies. There is also indication that the combined net flux of the branched chain amino acids, leucine + isoleucine + valine, is inwards. This was seen in six out of seven studies. But as described in the next section there is no evidence for a sufficiently large inwards net flux of neutral amino acids to provide for all of the transamination invoked in the explanations of glutamate turnover, at least in rats.
|
|
title
|
Observed fluxes of amino acids
|
|
p
|
Quantitative measurements of fluxes of amino acids have been either of influx or net flux. Influx is measured by adding a tracer to the blood perfusing the brain and measuring the amount that enters the brain over a short period. Net flux of an amino acid is calculated as10 net flux=A-V difference×blood flowby using measurements of the blood flow and the A − V difference equal to the difference between the concentrations in arterial blood entering and venous blood leaving the brain. Direct measurements of efflux have proved difficult. In practice efflux into the blood has been calculated as the difference between influx and net flux from the blood.
|
|
label
|
10
|
|
p
|
Influx of amino acids into brain parenchyma across the blood–brain barrier has been studied in rats. In a highly influential early study, rates were compared to that for water using 14C-labeled amino acids and 3HOH added together as a single bolus arterial injection. The results were reported as the brain uptake index (BUI), defined as a ratio of ratios ((uptake of 14C-aa)/[14C-aa])/((uptake of 3HOH)/[3HOH]) [300]. When added one at a time, the influxes of the amino acids varied greatly, with BUI for phenylalanine or leucine found to be more than 50% (i.e. each enters about half as easily as water) while at the other extreme influxes of proline, glutamate, asparagine and glycine were below the background limit of detection by the technique, BUI < ~ 3%. Influx of each of the essential amino acids (those not able to be formed within the brain) was easily measurable.
|
|
p
|
All of the influxes that were clearly above baseline were inhibited when the radiolabeled amino acids were added using serum rather than a simple buffer suggesting competition for transport with the amino acids present in serum. Competition was investigated further and confirmed by measuring uptake of tracer in the presence of an excess of individual unlabelled amino acids [300].18 Quantitative estimates of the influxes of various amino acids in rats when plasma concentrations of tracers were held constant by controlled infusions [369] or during perfusion of isolated brains [43, 370, 371] have confirmed the pattern seen using BUI measurements [300, 372] (see Table 4).
Table 4 Influx and net flux of amino acids in the indicated species
Rat1 Rat2 Rat3 Rat4 Rat5 Rat6 Dog7 Dog7 Cat8 Sheep9 Human10 Human11 Human12 Human13 Human14
Influx* Influx Influx Influx Influx Net Net* Net* Net Net Net Net Net Net Net
Phenylalanine 6.5 7 8 13.2 − 0.6 0.12 0.01 2.2 0.06 0.3 − 0.5
Leucine 6.2 15 14.5 9.7 1.56 1.28 1.9 6 5.2 3.2 2.2 0.6
Isoleucine 1.8 4 5.7 0.78 0.46 1.5 3.1 1.2 1.4 0.7 0.3
Valine 1.3 1.8 2.9 1.26 0.37 2.7 11.0 1.7 0.8 − 1.7
Tyrosine 5.3 7 4.1 − 1.1 0 0.06 1.6 0.1 − 0.1 − 0.1
Methionine 1.6 1.7 − 1.1 0 − 0.12 1.0 0.6 0.2 0.2
Tryptophan − 1.1
Histidine 2.5 2.5 − 1.7 − 0.23 − 0.7 0.7 − 0.3 − 1.3
threonine 1.2 0.8 − 3.4 0.62 − 0.1 5.0 2.6 0.1
Arginine 1 − 7.4 − 0.2 − 0.05 2 0.7 − 0.5 − 0.1
Lysine 6.2 9 − 1.1 0.58 − 1.6 2.5 − 0.3 − 0.9
Glutamate 1.7 − 0.24 − 0.18 − 0.05 1.4 − 0.5 − 6
Glutaminea 11.6 1 − 15.4 − 6.6 − 4.3 − 1.94 − 7.4 11.0 − 20 − 20.4
nerv. stim.b glutamate − 1.26
nerv. stim.b glutamine − 6.69
Values are stated in nmol g−1 min−1. Influxes have been measured only in rats. The only available measurements of net fluxes in rats, shown in the italicized column, failed to reach statistical significance
* Data used by Pardridge [379] in his comparison of influxes and net fluxes
aIn some columns the values are for glutamine + asparagine as the assay used detected both
bRelease measured during nervous stimulation
1Banos et al. [369]
2Hawkins et al. [583]
3Mans et al. [584]
4Ennis et al. [415]
5Smith and Stoll [43]
6Brosnan et al. [378]
7Betz and Gilboe [365]
8Abdul-Ghani et al. [394]
9Pell and Bergman [585]
10Felig et al. [586]
11Lying-Tunell et al. [587]
12Eriksson et al. [588]
13Grill et al. [589]
14Strauss et al. [590]
|
|
table-wrap
|
Table 4 Influx and net flux of amino acids in the indicated species
Rat1 Rat2 Rat3 Rat4 Rat5 Rat6 Dog7 Dog7 Cat8 Sheep9 Human10 Human11 Human12 Human13 Human14
Influx* Influx Influx Influx Influx Net Net* Net* Net Net Net Net Net Net Net
Phenylalanine 6.5 7 8 13.2 − 0.6 0.12 0.01 2.2 0.06 0.3 − 0.5
Leucine 6.2 15 14.5 9.7 1.56 1.28 1.9 6 5.2 3.2 2.2 0.6
Isoleucine 1.8 4 5.7 0.78 0.46 1.5 3.1 1.2 1.4 0.7 0.3
Valine 1.3 1.8 2.9 1.26 0.37 2.7 11.0 1.7 0.8 − 1.7
Tyrosine 5.3 7 4.1 − 1.1 0 0.06 1.6 0.1 − 0.1 − 0.1
Methionine 1.6 1.7 − 1.1 0 − 0.12 1.0 0.6 0.2 0.2
Tryptophan − 1.1
Histidine 2.5 2.5 − 1.7 − 0.23 − 0.7 0.7 − 0.3 − 1.3
threonine 1.2 0.8 − 3.4 0.62 − 0.1 5.0 2.6 0.1
Arginine 1 − 7.4 − 0.2 − 0.05 2 0.7 − 0.5 − 0.1
Lysine 6.2 9 − 1.1 0.58 − 1.6 2.5 − 0.3 − 0.9
Glutamate 1.7 − 0.24 − 0.18 − 0.05 1.4 − 0.5 − 6
Glutaminea 11.6 1 − 15.4 − 6.6 − 4.3 − 1.94 − 7.4 11.0 − 20 − 20.4
nerv. stim.b glutamate − 1.26
nerv. stim.b glutamine − 6.69
Values are stated in nmol g−1 min−1. Influxes have been measured only in rats. The only available measurements of net fluxes in rats, shown in the italicized column, failed to reach statistical significance
* Data used by Pardridge [379] in his comparison of influxes and net fluxes
aIn some columns the values are for glutamine + asparagine as the assay used detected both
bRelease measured during nervous stimulation
1Banos et al. [369]
2Hawkins et al. [583]
3Mans et al. [584]
4Ennis et al. [415]
5Smith and Stoll [43]
6Brosnan et al. [378]
7Betz and Gilboe [365]
8Abdul-Ghani et al. [394]
9Pell and Bergman [585]
10Felig et al. [586]
11Lying-Tunell et al. [587]
12Eriksson et al. [588]
13Grill et al. [589]
14Strauss et al. [590]
|
|
label
|
Table 4
|
|
caption
|
Influx and net flux of amino acids in the indicated species
|
|
p
|
Influx and net flux of amino acids in the indicated species
|
|
table
|
Rat1 Rat2 Rat3 Rat4 Rat5 Rat6 Dog7 Dog7 Cat8 Sheep9 Human10 Human11 Human12 Human13 Human14
Influx* Influx Influx Influx Influx Net Net* Net* Net Net Net Net Net Net Net
Phenylalanine 6.5 7 8 13.2 − 0.6 0.12 0.01 2.2 0.06 0.3 − 0.5
Leucine 6.2 15 14.5 9.7 1.56 1.28 1.9 6 5.2 3.2 2.2 0.6
Isoleucine 1.8 4 5.7 0.78 0.46 1.5 3.1 1.2 1.4 0.7 0.3
Valine 1.3 1.8 2.9 1.26 0.37 2.7 11.0 1.7 0.8 − 1.7
Tyrosine 5.3 7 4.1 − 1.1 0 0.06 1.6 0.1 − 0.1 − 0.1
Methionine 1.6 1.7 − 1.1 0 − 0.12 1.0 0.6 0.2 0.2
Tryptophan − 1.1
Histidine 2.5 2.5 − 1.7 − 0.23 − 0.7 0.7 − 0.3 − 1.3
threonine 1.2 0.8 − 3.4 0.62 − 0.1 5.0 2.6 0.1
Arginine 1 − 7.4 − 0.2 − 0.05 2 0.7 − 0.5 − 0.1
Lysine 6.2 9 − 1.1 0.58 − 1.6 2.5 − 0.3 − 0.9
Glutamate 1.7 − 0.24 − 0.18 − 0.05 1.4 − 0.5 − 6
Glutaminea 11.6 1 − 15.4 − 6.6 − 4.3 − 1.94 − 7.4 11.0 − 20 − 20.4
nerv. stim.b glutamate − 1.26
nerv. stim.b glutamine − 6.69
|
|
tr
|
Rat1 Rat2 Rat3 Rat4 Rat5 Rat6 Dog7 Dog7 Cat8 Sheep9 Human10 Human11 Human12 Human13 Human14
|
|
th
|
Rat1
|
|
th
|
Rat2
|
|
th
|
Rat3
|
|
th
|
Rat4
|
|
th
|
Rat5
|
|
th
|
Rat6
|
|
th
|
Dog7
|
|
th
|
Dog7
|
|
th
|
Cat8
|
|
th
|
Sheep9
|
|
th
|
Human10
|
|
th
|
Human11
|
|
th
|
Human12
|
|
th
|
Human13
|
|
th
|
Human14
|
|
tr
|
Influx* Influx Influx Influx Influx Net Net* Net* Net Net Net Net Net Net Net
|
|
th
|
Influx*
|
|
th
|
Influx
|
|
th
|
Influx
|
|
th
|
Influx
|
|
th
|
Influx
|
|
th
|
Net
|
|
th
|
Net*
|
|
th
|
Net*
|
|
th
|
Net
|
|
th
|
Net
|
|
th
|
Net
|
|
th
|
Net
|
|
th
|
Net
|
|
th
|
Net
|
|
th
|
Net
|
|
tr
|
Phenylalanine 6.5 7 8 13.2 − 0.6 0.12 0.01 2.2 0.06 0.3 − 0.5
|
|
td
|
Phenylalanine
|
|
td
|
6.5
|
|
td
|
7
|
|
td
|
8
|
|
td
|
13.2
|
|
td
|
− 0.6
|
|
td
|
0.12
|
|
td
|
0.01
|
|
td
|
2.2
|
|
td
|
0.06
|
|
td
|
0.3
|
|
td
|
− 0.5
|
|
tr
|
Leucine 6.2 15 14.5 9.7 1.56 1.28 1.9 6 5.2 3.2 2.2 0.6
|
|
td
|
Leucine
|
|
td
|
6.2
|
|
td
|
15
|
|
td
|
14.5
|
|
td
|
9.7
|
|
td
|
1.56
|
|
td
|
1.28
|
|
td
|
1.9
|
|
td
|
6
|
|
td
|
5.2
|
|
td
|
3.2
|
|
td
|
2.2
|
|
td
|
0.6
|
|
tr
|
Isoleucine 1.8 4 5.7 0.78 0.46 1.5 3.1 1.2 1.4 0.7 0.3
|
|
td
|
Isoleucine
|
|
td
|
1.8
|
|
td
|
4
|
|
td
|
5.7
|
|
td
|
0.78
|
|
td
|
0.46
|
|
td
|
1.5
|
|
td
|
3.1
|
|
td
|
1.2
|
|
td
|
1.4
|
|
td
|
0.7
|
|
td
|
0.3
|
|
tr
|
Valine 1.3 1.8 2.9 1.26 0.37 2.7 11.0 1.7 0.8 − 1.7
|
|
td
|
Valine
|
|
td
|
1.3
|
|
td
|
1.8
|
|
td
|
2.9
|
|
td
|
1.26
|
|
td
|
0.37
|
|
td
|
2.7
|
|
td
|
11.0
|
|
td
|
1.7
|
|
td
|
0.8
|
|
td
|
− 1.7
|
|
tr
|
Tyrosine 5.3 7 4.1 − 1.1 0 0.06 1.6 0.1 − 0.1 − 0.1
|
|
td
|
Tyrosine
|
|
td
|
5.3
|
|
td
|
7
|
|
td
|
4.1
|
|
td
|
− 1.1
|
|
td
|
0
|
|
td
|
0.06
|
|
td
|
1.6
|
|
td
|
0.1
|
|
td
|
− 0.1
|
|
td
|
− 0.1
|
|
tr
|
Methionine 1.6 1.7 − 1.1 0 − 0.12 1.0 0.6 0.2 0.2
|
|
td
|
Methionine
|
|
td
|
1.6
|
|
td
|
1.7
|
|
td
|
− 1.1
|
|
td
|
0
|
|
td
|
− 0.12
|
|
td
|
1.0
|
|
td
|
0.6
|
|
td
|
0.2
|
|
td
|
0.2
|
|
tr
|
Tryptophan − 1.1
|
|
td
|
Tryptophan
|
|
td
|
− 1.1
|
|
tr
|
Histidine 2.5 2.5 − 1.7 − 0.23 − 0.7 0.7 − 0.3 − 1.3
|
|
td
|
Histidine
|
|
td
|
2.5
|
|
td
|
2.5
|
|
td
|
− 1.7
|
|
td
|
− 0.23
|
|
td
|
− 0.7
|
|
td
|
0.7
|
|
td
|
− 0.3
|
|
td
|
− 1.3
|
|
tr
|
threonine 1.2 0.8 − 3.4 0.62 − 0.1 5.0 2.6 0.1
|
|
td
|
threonine
|
|
td
|
1.2
|
|
td
|
0.8
|
|
td
|
− 3.4
|
|
td
|
0.62
|
|
td
|
− 0.1
|
|
td
|
5.0
|
|
td
|
2.6
|
|
td
|
0.1
|
|
tr
|
Arginine 1 − 7.4 − 0.2 − 0.05 2 0.7 − 0.5 − 0.1
|
|
td
|
Arginine
|
|
td
|
1
|
|
td
|
− 7.4
|
|
td
|
− 0.2
|
|
td
|
− 0.05
|
|
td
|
2
|
|
td
|
0.7
|
|
td
|
− 0.5
|
|
td
|
− 0.1
|
|
tr
|
Lysine 6.2 9 − 1.1 0.58 − 1.6 2.5 − 0.3 − 0.9
|
|
td
|
Lysine
|
|
td
|
6.2
|
|
td
|
9
|
|
td
|
− 1.1
|
|
td
|
0.58
|
|
td
|
− 1.6
|
|
td
|
2.5
|
|
td
|
− 0.3
|
|
td
|
− 0.9
|
|
tr
|
Glutamate 1.7 − 0.24 − 0.18 − 0.05 1.4 − 0.5 − 6
|
|
td
|
Glutamate
|
|
td
|
1.7
|
|
td
|
− 0.24
|
|
td
|
− 0.18
|
|
td
|
− 0.05
|
|
td
|
1.4
|
|
td
|
− 0.5
|
|
td
|
− 6
|
|
tr
|
Glutaminea 11.6 1 − 15.4 − 6.6 − 4.3 − 1.94 − 7.4 11.0 − 20 − 20.4
|
|
td
|
Glutaminea
|
|
td
|
11.6
|
|
td
|
1
|
|
td
|
− 15.4
|
|
td
|
− 6.6
|
|
td
|
− 4.3
|
|
td
|
− 1.94
|
|
td
|
− 7.4
|
|
td
|
11.0
|
|
td
|
− 20
|
|
td
|
− 20.4
|
|
tr
|
nerv. stim.b glutamate − 1.26
|
|
td
|
nerv. stim.b glutamate
|
|
td
|
− 1.26
|
|
tr
|
nerv. stim.b glutamine − 6.69
|
|
td
|
nerv. stim.b glutamine
|
|
td
|
− 6.69
|
|
table-wrap-foot
|
Values are stated in nmol g−1 min−1. Influxes have been measured only in rats. The only available measurements of net fluxes in rats, shown in the italicized column, failed to reach statistical significance
* Data used by Pardridge [379] in his comparison of influxes and net fluxes
aIn some columns the values are for glutamine + asparagine as the assay used detected both
bRelease measured during nervous stimulation
1Banos et al. [369]
2Hawkins et al. [583]
3Mans et al. [584]
4Ennis et al. [415]
5Smith and Stoll [43]
6Brosnan et al. [378]
7Betz and Gilboe [365]
8Abdul-Ghani et al. [394]
9Pell and Bergman [585]
10Felig et al. [586]
11Lying-Tunell et al. [587]
12Eriksson et al. [588]
13Grill et al. [589]
14Strauss et al. [590]
|
|
p
|
Values are stated in nmol g−1 min−1. Influxes have been measured only in rats. The only available measurements of net fluxes in rats, shown in the italicized column, failed to reach statistical significance
|
|
p
|
* Data used by Pardridge [379] in his comparison of influxes and net fluxes
|
|
p
|
aIn some columns the values are for glutamine + asparagine as the assay used detected both
|
|
p
|
bRelease measured during nervous stimulation
|
|
p
|
1Banos et al. [369]
|
|
p
|
2Hawkins et al. [583]
|
|
p
|
3Mans et al. [584]
|
|
p
|
4Ennis et al. [415]
|
|
p
|
5Smith and Stoll [43]
|
|
p
|
6Brosnan et al. [378]
|
|
p
|
7Betz and Gilboe [365]
|
|
p
|
8Abdul-Ghani et al. [394]
|
|
p
|
9Pell and Bergman [585]
|
|
p
|
10Felig et al. [586]
|
|
p
|
11Lying-Tunell et al. [587]
|
|
p
|
12Eriksson et al. [588]
|
|
p
|
13Grill et al. [589]
|
|
p
|
14Strauss et al. [590]
|
|
p
|
From the patterns of competition between amino acids for influx across the blood–brain barrier it appeared that there were four separate systems of transport (see e.g. [43, 44]).System L primarily for neutral amino acids, which can be inhibited by 2-aminobicyclo-(2,2,1)-heptane-2-carboxylic acid (BCH);
System ASC primarily for neutral amino acids, which is not inhibited by BCH;
System y+ (sometimes called system Lys+) primarily for basic amino acids;
System N primarily for the nitrogen-rich amino acids glutamine, histidine and asparagine.
|
|
p
|
System L primarily for neutral amino acids, which can be inhibited by 2-aminobicyclo-(2,2,1)-heptane-2-carboxylic acid (BCH);
|
|
p
|
System ASC primarily for neutral amino acids, which is not inhibited by BCH;
|
|
p
|
System y+ (sometimes called system Lys+) primarily for basic amino acids;
|
|
p
|
System N primarily for the nitrogen-rich amino acids glutamine, histidine and asparagine.
|
|
p
|
A number of amino acids fit into more than one of these groups. Most of the amino acids with large BUI values are substrates for system L.
|
|
p
|
Studies with isolated brain microvessels, which provide access to the abluminal membranes of the endothelial cells, identified two more systems.A Na+-linked transport system for small neutral amino acids (system A, with identifying substrate N-methyl-a-aminoisobutyric acid, MeAIB) [373].
Another system for glutamate [374].
|
|
p
|
A Na+-linked transport system for small neutral amino acids (system A, with identifying substrate N-methyl-a-aminoisobutyric acid, MeAIB) [373].
|
|
p
|
Another system for glutamate [374].
|
|
p
|
The ability to prepare vesicles enriched in membranes from either the luminal or abluminal membranes of the endothelial cells [375] allowed localization of transport activities to the separate membranes with the generalization (since revised, see Sect. 5.5.6) that transporters in the luminal membrane are not Na+-linked and hence bidirectional while those in the abluminal membrane are Na+-linked favouring transport from ISF into the endothelial cells [44]. There are now known to be many more types of transporter present at the blood–brain barrier than initially suggested by identification of these systems (see Sect. 5.5.6).
|
|
p
|
Large rates of efflux of amino acids from CSF to blood were detected in cats [376] and rabbits [377] undergoing ventriculo-cisternal or ventriculo-cortical subarachnoid space perfusions. However, it was not possible in these studies to determine how much of the efflux was going via the choroid plexuses and how much via the parenchyma and the blood–brain barrier. Evidence that the latter route is important derives from the observation that transfer was much more rapid in ventriculo-subarachnoid infusion than in ventriculo-cisternal infusion. Both types of perfusion expose the infused fluid to the choroid plexuses, but in the former a much larger surface area of parenchyma is exposed to the fluid [376].
|
|
p
|
The net flux into a region can be calculated if the blood flow to that region and the concentrations of the solute in arterial blood and the venous outflow can be measured (see Sect. 5.5.6). (Equating net flux out of blood with net flux into the brain ignores possible metabolism within the endothelial cells, see the end of Sect. 5.5.6). Net flux measurements have been attempted using rats [378], but all except one of the A − V differences were not statistically significant. The rest of the net flux data in Table 4 are for larger species.
|
|
p
|
Pardridge [379] compared the influx data for rats obtained by Banos et al. [369] with the net flux data for dogs obtained by Betz et al. [365] (see Table 4) and noted that the net fluxes are much smaller than the unidirectional influxes. With the assumption that the fluxes are similar in various species, this comparison implies that there must be large effluxes, comparable in size to the influxes. Measurements of net fluxes in dogs, sheep, and humans have produced data broadly comparable with each other (see Table 4) favouring the assumption that when expressed per gram of tissue the fluxes are the same in all species.19
|
|
p
|
At present there are strong indications that the net flux of glutamine is outwards. This was seen in five out of six studies. There is also indication that the combined net flux of the branched chain amino acids, leucine + isoleucine + valine, is inwards. This was seen in six out of seven studies. But as described in the next section there is no evidence for a sufficiently large inwards net flux of neutral amino acids to provide for all of the transamination invoked in the explanations of glutamate turnover, at least in rats.
|
|
sec
|
Observed fluxes of neutral amino acids compared with their requirement in glutamate synthesis
A major difficulty is revealed by comparison of the small net fluxes for the large, essential neutral amino acids and the large provision of these amino acids required for transamination to convert α-ketoglutarate into glutamate (see Figs. 16 and 17). For this requirement to be satisfied by influx across the blood–brain barrier of leucine, isoleucine and valine, their combined net influx would need to be > 100 nmol min−1 g−1 (see Sect. 5.5.1). For a cerebral blood flow of 0.57 mL min−1 g−1 (see e.g. Sect. 5.3) that would correspond to an A − V difference > 175 µM. Given that the total of the arterial plasma concentrations for these amino acids is only 392 µM (see Table 3), this A − V difference and hence net rate of transport should have been well above the “noise” in all of the studies, even that in rats (see Table 4).
If, as indicated by all available studies, sufficient net inward flux of amino acids does not in fact exist, the amino groups for synthesis of glutamate in the astrocytes must be obtained from sources within the brain. Independent evidence that such a source is available comes from studies comparing isotope dilution in the brain when plasma leucine was labeled with 13C or 15N. 62% of the N in brain leucine was derived from reverse transamination [380–383].
One detailed suggestion (see Fig. 18) is that loss of the branched chain α-ketoacids (BCKA), e.g. α-ketoisocaproate, generated in the transamination in the astrocytes is prevented by using a branched chain amino acid (BCAA) shuttle ([382, 384], reviewed in [385]). In this scheme instead of being further metabolized within the astrocytes as shown in Fig. 17, the BCKA are transferred to neurons where the branched chain amino acids (BCAA), e.g. leucine, can be regenerated by transamination from glutamate producing α-ketoglutarate. The leucine is then exported back to the astrocytes while the glutamate within the neuron is regenerated by glutamate dehydrogenase from NH4+ and the α-ketoglutarate [384, 386]. In this scheme NH4+ is taken from the neuron where it is released from glutamine and will be at relatively high concentration. This is shifted to the astrocyte by the BCAA shuttle where it can be combined with new α-ketoglutarate to complete the de novo synthesis of glutamate. This scheme greatly reduces the need for net flux of BCAA across the blood–brain barrier.
Fig. 18 The branched chain amino acid shuttle for provision of branched chain amino acids (BCAA) in the astrocytes to allow de novo synthesis of glutamate. Leucine (Leu) is used as example of a BCAA. α-KG α-ketoglutarate, α-KIC α-ketoisocaproic acid, Gln glutamine, Glu glutamate, g.a glutaminase, g.d glutamate dehydrogenase, g.s glutamine synthetase, t.a transaminase. Losses of Gln, primarily by efflux, and of Glc, primarily by catabolism are replaced by de novo synthesis of α-KG in astrocytes and transamination using Leu producing α-KIC. Leu is regenerated from α-KIC in the neuron by transamination from Glu producing α-KG. The Glu is in turn regenerated from the α-KG and NH4+ by gdh. Loss of N via efflux of Gln, Glu, and Leu is made good by net inward flux of Leu and NH4+. The BCAA shuttle greatly reduces the need for net inward flux of Leu as this is only required to make good the metabolic loss of α-KIC
(Based on Figure 1 in Hutson [384])
|
|
title
|
Observed fluxes of neutral amino acids compared with their requirement in glutamate synthesis
|
|
p
|
A major difficulty is revealed by comparison of the small net fluxes for the large, essential neutral amino acids and the large provision of these amino acids required for transamination to convert α-ketoglutarate into glutamate (see Figs. 16 and 17). For this requirement to be satisfied by influx across the blood–brain barrier of leucine, isoleucine and valine, their combined net influx would need to be > 100 nmol min−1 g−1 (see Sect. 5.5.1). For a cerebral blood flow of 0.57 mL min−1 g−1 (see e.g. Sect. 5.3) that would correspond to an A − V difference > 175 µM. Given that the total of the arterial plasma concentrations for these amino acids is only 392 µM (see Table 3), this A − V difference and hence net rate of transport should have been well above the “noise” in all of the studies, even that in rats (see Table 4).
|
|
p
|
If, as indicated by all available studies, sufficient net inward flux of amino acids does not in fact exist, the amino groups for synthesis of glutamate in the astrocytes must be obtained from sources within the brain. Independent evidence that such a source is available comes from studies comparing isotope dilution in the brain when plasma leucine was labeled with 13C or 15N. 62% of the N in brain leucine was derived from reverse transamination [380–383].
|
|
p
|
One detailed suggestion (see Fig. 18) is that loss of the branched chain α-ketoacids (BCKA), e.g. α-ketoisocaproate, generated in the transamination in the astrocytes is prevented by using a branched chain amino acid (BCAA) shuttle ([382, 384], reviewed in [385]). In this scheme instead of being further metabolized within the astrocytes as shown in Fig. 17, the BCKA are transferred to neurons where the branched chain amino acids (BCAA), e.g. leucine, can be regenerated by transamination from glutamate producing α-ketoglutarate. The leucine is then exported back to the astrocytes while the glutamate within the neuron is regenerated by glutamate dehydrogenase from NH4+ and the α-ketoglutarate [384, 386]. In this scheme NH4+ is taken from the neuron where it is released from glutamine and will be at relatively high concentration. This is shifted to the astrocyte by the BCAA shuttle where it can be combined with new α-ketoglutarate to complete the de novo synthesis of glutamate. This scheme greatly reduces the need for net flux of BCAA across the blood–brain barrier.
Fig. 18 The branched chain amino acid shuttle for provision of branched chain amino acids (BCAA) in the astrocytes to allow de novo synthesis of glutamate. Leucine (Leu) is used as example of a BCAA. α-KG α-ketoglutarate, α-KIC α-ketoisocaproic acid, Gln glutamine, Glu glutamate, g.a glutaminase, g.d glutamate dehydrogenase, g.s glutamine synthetase, t.a transaminase. Losses of Gln, primarily by efflux, and of Glc, primarily by catabolism are replaced by de novo synthesis of α-KG in astrocytes and transamination using Leu producing α-KIC. Leu is regenerated from α-KIC in the neuron by transamination from Glu producing α-KG. The Glu is in turn regenerated from the α-KG and NH4+ by gdh. Loss of N via efflux of Gln, Glu, and Leu is made good by net inward flux of Leu and NH4+. The BCAA shuttle greatly reduces the need for net inward flux of Leu as this is only required to make good the metabolic loss of α-KIC
(Based on Figure 1 in Hutson [384])
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 18 The branched chain amino acid shuttle for provision of branched chain amino acids (BCAA) in the astrocytes to allow de novo synthesis of glutamate. Leucine (Leu) is used as example of a BCAA. α-KG α-ketoglutarate, α-KIC α-ketoisocaproic acid, Gln glutamine, Glu glutamate, g.a glutaminase, g.d glutamate dehydrogenase, g.s glutamine synthetase, t.a transaminase. Losses of Gln, primarily by efflux, and of Glc, primarily by catabolism are replaced by de novo synthesis of α-KG in astrocytes and transamination using Leu producing α-KIC. Leu is regenerated from α-KIC in the neuron by transamination from Glu producing α-KG. The Glu is in turn regenerated from the α-KG and NH4+ by gdh. Loss of N via efflux of Gln, Glu, and Leu is made good by net inward flux of Leu and NH4+. The BCAA shuttle greatly reduces the need for net inward flux of Leu as this is only required to make good the metabolic loss of α-KIC
(Based on Figure 1 in Hutson [384])
|
|
label
|
Fig. 18
|
|
caption
|
The branched chain amino acid shuttle for provision of branched chain amino acids (BCAA) in the astrocytes to allow de novo synthesis of glutamate. Leucine (Leu) is used as example of a BCAA. α-KG α-ketoglutarate, α-KIC α-ketoisocaproic acid, Gln glutamine, Glu glutamate, g.a glutaminase, g.d glutamate dehydrogenase, g.s glutamine synthetase, t.a transaminase. Losses of Gln, primarily by efflux, and of Glc, primarily by catabolism are replaced by de novo synthesis of α-KG in astrocytes and transamination using Leu producing α-KIC. Leu is regenerated from α-KIC in the neuron by transamination from Glu producing α-KG. The Glu is in turn regenerated from the α-KG and NH4+ by gdh. Loss of N via efflux of Gln, Glu, and Leu is made good by net inward flux of Leu and NH4+. The BCAA shuttle greatly reduces the need for net inward flux of Leu as this is only required to make good the metabolic loss of α-KIC
(Based on Figure 1 in Hutson [384])
|
|
p
|
The branched chain amino acid shuttle for provision of branched chain amino acids (BCAA) in the astrocytes to allow de novo synthesis of glutamate. Leucine (Leu) is used as example of a BCAA. α-KG α-ketoglutarate, α-KIC α-ketoisocaproic acid, Gln glutamine, Glu glutamate, g.a glutaminase, g.d glutamate dehydrogenase, g.s glutamine synthetase, t.a transaminase. Losses of Gln, primarily by efflux, and of Glc, primarily by catabolism are replaced by de novo synthesis of α-KG in astrocytes and transamination using Leu producing α-KIC. Leu is regenerated from α-KIC in the neuron by transamination from Glu producing α-KG. The Glu is in turn regenerated from the α-KG and NH4+ by gdh. Loss of N via efflux of Gln, Glu, and Leu is made good by net inward flux of Leu and NH4+. The BCAA shuttle greatly reduces the need for net inward flux of Leu as this is only required to make good the metabolic loss of α-KIC
|
|
p
|
(Based on Figure 1 in Hutson [384])
|
|
sec
|
Amino acid transporters at the blood–brain barrier
The transporters currently thought to be involved in amino acid transport across the blood–brain barrier are indicated in Fig. 19. These will be discussed below according to the categories of amino acids transported.
Fig. 19 Amino acid transporters thought to exist at the blood–brain barrier. Based on Nalecz [200]; Broer [393]; Mann et al. [520]; O’Kane et al. [657]; and Hawkins et al. [44]. #See [44, 398] but contrast [399, 400]
Anionic amino acids, in particular glutamate, are transported by EAATs 1, 2 and/or 3 (coded by SLC1A3, 2, 1 respectively) which are found only in the abluminal membrane of the endothelial cells [387]. These EAATs mediate co-transport of the anionic amino acid together with 3 Na+ ions and 1 H+ ion followed by return transport of 1 K+ ion [388–390]. Because the electrochemical gradient for Na+ is directed from ISF into the endothelial cells and 3 Na+ ions are transported, this coupling renders the amino acid transport effectively unidirectional into the cells. Glutamate is also produced within the endothelial cells from breakdown of glutamine mediated by glutaminase [360]. Glutamate in the endothelial cells can then either be metabolized releasing NH4+, as argued by Helms and colleagues [391, 392], or be transported to blood plasma by a transporter other than an EAAT. Glutamate metabolism within endothelial cells is analogous to the extensive metabolism known to occur within gut epithelial cells (see e.g. [393]). Glutamate transport from brain endothelial cells to plasma has been demonstrated after sensory stimulation in vivo, which increases glutamate production [394]. This transport is likely to be via the glutamate/cystine exchanger, Xc− (SLC7A11 + SLC3A2), [200, 395]), though there is also evidence for a transporter, yet to be identified, that functions in the absence of cystine [396].
Cationic amino acids such as arginine and lysine are transported by CAT-1 (SLC7A1), which is known to exist in the abluminal membrane of the endothelial cells. Transport of these amino acids across the luminal membrane is less well-characterized but may be also via CAT-1 or possibly ATB0,+ (SLCA14). Transport of cationic amino acids by CAT-1 can involve exchange of one amino acid for another (trans-stimulation see Sect. 5.3.1), but this is not essential [397]. There may be at least one more transporter for cationic amino acids at the abluminal membrane (but see [398]). Hawkins et al. [44] reported that cationic amino-acid transport across both membranes can be inhibited by a number of neutral amino acids in the presence of Na+. CAT-1 is thought not to be so affected [397, 399, 400]. The additional transporter may be y+L [4F2hc (SLC3A2) + either y+LAT2 (SLC7A6) or y+LAT1 (SLC7A7)] [399, 400].
Neutral amino acids are transported by several systems as indicated in Fig. 19.System L, primarily the heterodimer 4F2hc/Lat1 (Slc3a2 + Slc7a5) which is present in both membranes and functions independently of Na+;
System A, primarily ATA2 (Slc38a2) in the abluminal membrane which because it is a Na+-linked transporter is biased towards transport from ISF into the endothelial cells;
ASC, primarily ASCT2 (Slc1a5), an obligatory exchanger that requires the presence of Na+-but is not driven by the Na+ gradient;
System Na+-LNAA a Na+-linked system whose molecular basis is still unknown;
ATB0,+ (SLC6A14) which allows net fluxes without exchange;
And possibly the y+L transporter [4F2hc (SLC3A2) + either y+LAT2 (SLC7A6) or y+LAT1 (SLC7A7)].
The large influxes of neutral amino acids from blood-to-brain seen in the early work and ascribed to system L have subsequently been shown to be mediated by 4F2hc/Lat1 [401–403]. The discovery that not only can this system mediate exchanges of amino acids [404, 405] but the exchange is obligatory [406–408] has far reaching consequences for amino acid transport at the blood–brain barrier [409]. It provides an important part of the explanation for how it is that there are large unidirectional fluxes (influx and efflux) but only small net fluxes. In order for system L to mediate a net inward flux of one amino acid, it must have net outward flux of another. An exchanger of neutral solutes, like system L, tends to equilibrate the concentration ratios for all of its substrates. Thus predicting the flux of any one of the amino acids across a membrane requires knowledge of the concentrations of all of the substrates on both sides of the membrane.20 Consumption of any system L substrate within the parenchyma will by reducing its ISF concentration tend to lead to net inward flux of that substrate and net outward flux of others. Similarly production of any system L substrate will tend to lead to its net outward flux together with net inward flux of others.
The function of 4F2hc/Lat1 (Slc3a2/Slc7a5), the principal component of system L, was explored in mice by Tarlungeanu et al. [410]. They compared the concentrations of amino acids in brain (amount per unit weight of brain) between a conditional Slc7a5 knockout [411] and normal controls. In adult mice they found that the levels of methionine, leucine and isoleucine in the knockouts were about 0.66 times the levels in normals, i.e. a reduction of about 35%. This suggests that there is normally a net inward flux of these amino acids via 4F2hc/Lat1 but that there are other routes at least as important. By contrast levels of phenylalanine, proline, glycine, threonine, and serine in the knockouts were about 1.3 times higher than in normals, i.e. an increase of about 30%. This suggests that for these amino acids there is normally a net outward flux via Lat1 but that there are other important routes for their elimination. More dramatically with histidine the level in knockouts was sevenfold higher, a 600% increase compared to normals. This suggests that 4F2hc/Lat1 is normally the main route for eliminating histidine from the parenchyma and that a net inward flux of histidine occurs by some route other than 4F2hc/Lat1. However, it is important to note that while these results show that 4F2hc/Lat1 is very important for the fluxes of histidine, they do not in themselves show that histidine efflux is a large fraction of the total efflux carried by 4F2hc/Lat1. Further evidence for exchanges involving histidine have been obtained using 4F2hc/Lat1 expressed in proteoliposomes. High concentrations of cysteine inside the vesicles can allow or drive influx of histidine and high concentrations of many amino acids outside of the vesicles can allow or drive efflux of histidine [412].
It has been tempting to propose that the combined net flux of neutral amino acids, inward or outward, is determined by their fluxes via systems other than system L and by their synthesis and breakdown in the parenchyma. System L is, however, still important, because it is the combined action of system L with the other transporters that determines which of the neutral amino acids move inwards and which outwards. A coherent overall account of the transport of neutral amino acids across the blood–brain barrier is still awaited.
With regard to glutamine, which is synthesized within the parenchyma, it has been tempting to propose that a substantial part of its efflux occurs via a system L mediated exchange for the essential large neutral amino acids such as leucine, isoleucine, valine and phenylalanine entering the parenchyma. Indeed such exchanges can be observed with isolated microvessels under experimental conditions [413, 414]. However, there is no evidence for this effect under conditions that exist in vivo.
The observation that there is a net efflux of glutamine is especially important because it is present at high concentration in plasma and ISF and it is the obvious sink for excess NH4+ in the brain. Glutamine is a substrate not only of 4F2hc/LAT1 (system L) as outlined above but also of Snat3 (SLC38A3) (system N), ATA2 (SLC38A2) (system A), and CAT (SLC7A1) (system y+) [200]. Of these the principal transport that has been observed is mediated by system N. Localization of system N has been controversial. Lee et al. [360] (see also [44]) found that vesicles prepared from abluminal membranes displayed a Na+-linked transport for glutamine while vesicles prepared from luminal membranes had only Na+-independent transport. This combination would explain net outward flux of glutamine from the brain. However, Ennis et al. [415] found marked Na+-dependent tracer influx of glutamine. While there are alternatives (see footnote 3 on p. 9 in [4]) the simplest interpretation is that there are Na+-linked transporters in both membranes. More recently immunohistochemical localization studies [416] have shown Snat3 primarily on the abluminal membrane but also on the luminal membrane of brain capillaries. It should be noted that while linking transport of glutamine to that of a single Na+ confers a bias towards transport into the endothelial cells, it does not preclude flux in the opposite direction via the same transporter and thus it is possible that Snat3 is responsible for the transport across both membranes.
As already mentioned, Lee et al. [360] found that brain endothelial cells have glutaminase activity, and thus following glutamine transport from ISF into the cells, at least some of the glutamine will be broken down to glutamate and NH4+. Helms et al. [391, 392] have suggested that some of the glutamate can be metabolized further releasing more NH4+. As a consequence of metabolism within the endothelial cells, glutamine removal from the parenchyma and glutamine appearance in plasma need not be the same. Glutamine net flux cannot be assessed in isolation.
|
|
title
|
Amino acid transporters at the blood–brain barrier
|
|
p
|
The transporters currently thought to be involved in amino acid transport across the blood–brain barrier are indicated in Fig. 19. These will be discussed below according to the categories of amino acids transported.
Fig. 19 Amino acid transporters thought to exist at the blood–brain barrier. Based on Nalecz [200]; Broer [393]; Mann et al. [520]; O’Kane et al. [657]; and Hawkins et al. [44]. #See [44, 398] but contrast [399, 400]
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 19 Amino acid transporters thought to exist at the blood–brain barrier. Based on Nalecz [200]; Broer [393]; Mann et al. [520]; O’Kane et al. [657]; and Hawkins et al. [44]. #See [44, 398] but contrast [399, 400]
|
|
label
|
Fig. 19
|
|
caption
|
Amino acid transporters thought to exist at the blood–brain barrier. Based on Nalecz [200]; Broer [393]; Mann et al. [520]; O’Kane et al. [657]; and Hawkins et al. [44]. #See [44, 398] but contrast [399, 400]
|
|
p
|
Amino acid transporters thought to exist at the blood–brain barrier. Based on Nalecz [200]; Broer [393]; Mann et al. [520]; O’Kane et al. [657]; and Hawkins et al. [44]. #See [44, 398] but contrast [399, 400]
|
|
p
|
Anionic amino acids, in particular glutamate, are transported by EAATs 1, 2 and/or 3 (coded by SLC1A3, 2, 1 respectively) which are found only in the abluminal membrane of the endothelial cells [387]. These EAATs mediate co-transport of the anionic amino acid together with 3 Na+ ions and 1 H+ ion followed by return transport of 1 K+ ion [388–390]. Because the electrochemical gradient for Na+ is directed from ISF into the endothelial cells and 3 Na+ ions are transported, this coupling renders the amino acid transport effectively unidirectional into the cells. Glutamate is also produced within the endothelial cells from breakdown of glutamine mediated by glutaminase [360]. Glutamate in the endothelial cells can then either be metabolized releasing NH4+, as argued by Helms and colleagues [391, 392], or be transported to blood plasma by a transporter other than an EAAT. Glutamate metabolism within endothelial cells is analogous to the extensive metabolism known to occur within gut epithelial cells (see e.g. [393]). Glutamate transport from brain endothelial cells to plasma has been demonstrated after sensory stimulation in vivo, which increases glutamate production [394]. This transport is likely to be via the glutamate/cystine exchanger, Xc− (SLC7A11 + SLC3A2), [200, 395]), though there is also evidence for a transporter, yet to be identified, that functions in the absence of cystine [396].
|
|
p
|
Cationic amino acids such as arginine and lysine are transported by CAT-1 (SLC7A1), which is known to exist in the abluminal membrane of the endothelial cells. Transport of these amino acids across the luminal membrane is less well-characterized but may be also via CAT-1 or possibly ATB0,+ (SLCA14). Transport of cationic amino acids by CAT-1 can involve exchange of one amino acid for another (trans-stimulation see Sect. 5.3.1), but this is not essential [397]. There may be at least one more transporter for cationic amino acids at the abluminal membrane (but see [398]). Hawkins et al. [44] reported that cationic amino-acid transport across both membranes can be inhibited by a number of neutral amino acids in the presence of Na+. CAT-1 is thought not to be so affected [397, 399, 400]. The additional transporter may be y+L [4F2hc (SLC3A2) + either y+LAT2 (SLC7A6) or y+LAT1 (SLC7A7)] [399, 400].
|
|
p
|
Neutral amino acids are transported by several systems as indicated in Fig. 19.System L, primarily the heterodimer 4F2hc/Lat1 (Slc3a2 + Slc7a5) which is present in both membranes and functions independently of Na+;
System A, primarily ATA2 (Slc38a2) in the abluminal membrane which because it is a Na+-linked transporter is biased towards transport from ISF into the endothelial cells;
ASC, primarily ASCT2 (Slc1a5), an obligatory exchanger that requires the presence of Na+-but is not driven by the Na+ gradient;
System Na+-LNAA a Na+-linked system whose molecular basis is still unknown;
ATB0,+ (SLC6A14) which allows net fluxes without exchange;
And possibly the y+L transporter [4F2hc (SLC3A2) + either y+LAT2 (SLC7A6) or y+LAT1 (SLC7A7)].
|
|
p
|
System L, primarily the heterodimer 4F2hc/Lat1 (Slc3a2 + Slc7a5) which is present in both membranes and functions independently of Na+;
|
|
p
|
System A, primarily ATA2 (Slc38a2) in the abluminal membrane which because it is a Na+-linked transporter is biased towards transport from ISF into the endothelial cells;
|
|
p
|
ASC, primarily ASCT2 (Slc1a5), an obligatory exchanger that requires the presence of Na+-but is not driven by the Na+ gradient;
|
|
p
|
System Na+-LNAA a Na+-linked system whose molecular basis is still unknown;
|
|
p
|
ATB0,+ (SLC6A14) which allows net fluxes without exchange;
|
|
p
|
And possibly the y+L transporter [4F2hc (SLC3A2) + either y+LAT2 (SLC7A6) or y+LAT1 (SLC7A7)].
|
|
p
|
The large influxes of neutral amino acids from blood-to-brain seen in the early work and ascribed to system L have subsequently been shown to be mediated by 4F2hc/Lat1 [401–403]. The discovery that not only can this system mediate exchanges of amino acids [404, 405] but the exchange is obligatory [406–408] has far reaching consequences for amino acid transport at the blood–brain barrier [409]. It provides an important part of the explanation for how it is that there are large unidirectional fluxes (influx and efflux) but only small net fluxes. In order for system L to mediate a net inward flux of one amino acid, it must have net outward flux of another. An exchanger of neutral solutes, like system L, tends to equilibrate the concentration ratios for all of its substrates. Thus predicting the flux of any one of the amino acids across a membrane requires knowledge of the concentrations of all of the substrates on both sides of the membrane.20 Consumption of any system L substrate within the parenchyma will by reducing its ISF concentration tend to lead to net inward flux of that substrate and net outward flux of others. Similarly production of any system L substrate will tend to lead to its net outward flux together with net inward flux of others.
|
|
p
|
The function of 4F2hc/Lat1 (Slc3a2/Slc7a5), the principal component of system L, was explored in mice by Tarlungeanu et al. [410]. They compared the concentrations of amino acids in brain (amount per unit weight of brain) between a conditional Slc7a5 knockout [411] and normal controls. In adult mice they found that the levels of methionine, leucine and isoleucine in the knockouts were about 0.66 times the levels in normals, i.e. a reduction of about 35%. This suggests that there is normally a net inward flux of these amino acids via 4F2hc/Lat1 but that there are other routes at least as important. By contrast levels of phenylalanine, proline, glycine, threonine, and serine in the knockouts were about 1.3 times higher than in normals, i.e. an increase of about 30%. This suggests that for these amino acids there is normally a net outward flux via Lat1 but that there are other important routes for their elimination. More dramatically with histidine the level in knockouts was sevenfold higher, a 600% increase compared to normals. This suggests that 4F2hc/Lat1 is normally the main route for eliminating histidine from the parenchyma and that a net inward flux of histidine occurs by some route other than 4F2hc/Lat1. However, it is important to note that while these results show that 4F2hc/Lat1 is very important for the fluxes of histidine, they do not in themselves show that histidine efflux is a large fraction of the total efflux carried by 4F2hc/Lat1. Further evidence for exchanges involving histidine have been obtained using 4F2hc/Lat1 expressed in proteoliposomes. High concentrations of cysteine inside the vesicles can allow or drive influx of histidine and high concentrations of many amino acids outside of the vesicles can allow or drive efflux of histidine [412].
|
|
p
|
It has been tempting to propose that the combined net flux of neutral amino acids, inward or outward, is determined by their fluxes via systems other than system L and by their synthesis and breakdown in the parenchyma. System L is, however, still important, because it is the combined action of system L with the other transporters that determines which of the neutral amino acids move inwards and which outwards. A coherent overall account of the transport of neutral amino acids across the blood–brain barrier is still awaited.
|
|
p
|
With regard to glutamine, which is synthesized within the parenchyma, it has been tempting to propose that a substantial part of its efflux occurs via a system L mediated exchange for the essential large neutral amino acids such as leucine, isoleucine, valine and phenylalanine entering the parenchyma. Indeed such exchanges can be observed with isolated microvessels under experimental conditions [413, 414]. However, there is no evidence for this effect under conditions that exist in vivo.
|
|
p
|
The observation that there is a net efflux of glutamine is especially important because it is present at high concentration in plasma and ISF and it is the obvious sink for excess NH4+ in the brain. Glutamine is a substrate not only of 4F2hc/LAT1 (system L) as outlined above but also of Snat3 (SLC38A3) (system N), ATA2 (SLC38A2) (system A), and CAT (SLC7A1) (system y+) [200]. Of these the principal transport that has been observed is mediated by system N. Localization of system N has been controversial. Lee et al. [360] (see also [44]) found that vesicles prepared from abluminal membranes displayed a Na+-linked transport for glutamine while vesicles prepared from luminal membranes had only Na+-independent transport. This combination would explain net outward flux of glutamine from the brain. However, Ennis et al. [415] found marked Na+-dependent tracer influx of glutamine. While there are alternatives (see footnote 3 on p. 9 in [4]) the simplest interpretation is that there are Na+-linked transporters in both membranes. More recently immunohistochemical localization studies [416] have shown Snat3 primarily on the abluminal membrane but also on the luminal membrane of brain capillaries. It should be noted that while linking transport of glutamine to that of a single Na+ confers a bias towards transport into the endothelial cells, it does not preclude flux in the opposite direction via the same transporter and thus it is possible that Snat3 is responsible for the transport across both membranes.
|
|
p
|
As already mentioned, Lee et al. [360] found that brain endothelial cells have glutaminase activity, and thus following glutamine transport from ISF into the cells, at least some of the glutamine will be broken down to glutamate and NH4+. Helms et al. [391, 392] have suggested that some of the glutamate can be metabolized further releasing more NH4+. As a consequence of metabolism within the endothelial cells, glutamine removal from the parenchyma and glutamine appearance in plasma need not be the same. Glutamine net flux cannot be assessed in isolation.
|
|
sec
|
Na+ and Cl−
It has been known for almost 50 years [152, 417] that influx and efflux of Na+ and Cl− across the blood–brain barrier are much larger than the net flux [4]. It was proposed by Crone [151, 418] that these apparently passive fluxes might well be paracellular, a suggestion that is still in agreement with all available data [4]. (The partial inhibitions seen in some studies with amiloride derivatives are discussed in Sections 4.3.3 and 4.3.4 of [4]).
The permeability of the blood–brain barrier to Na+ was measured by Davson and Welch in 1971 [417] and subsequently using a different experimental and analytical approach by Smith and Rapoport in 1986 [419] (see Appendix E). Because the fluxes in and out across the barrier are nearly in balance and the potential difference across the barrier is small, the PS product measured for influx, ~ 1 µL min−1 g−1 for each ion, can be used as an estimate for that for efflux, i.e. for the clearance via the barrier (see Appendix A). This cannot be exactly true, because there is a component of active transport, but inhibition of the Na+-pump has little effect on the tracer fluxes. This is consistent with both passive influx and passive efflux being much larger than both active transport and the net flux, and with active transport making a major contribution to the net flux (see Section 4.3.5 in [4]).
Perivascular transport does make a contribution to the clearances of Na+ and Cl−. Perhaps more importantly the net perivascular transport of each, the difference between influx and efflux, will be closely similar in size to the net transport across the blood–brain barrier, so that the volume, Na+ content and Cl− content of the parenchyma can be constant. The net transport of each across the blood–brain barrier is close to its concentration times the rate of fluid secretion across the blood–brain barrier in the steady-state. The controversy over whether perivascular influx and efflux occur along the same vessels or instead there is a glymphatic circulation with influx primarily by periarterial routes and efflux primarily by perivenular routes was considered in Sect. 4.2.
The net transports across the blood–brain barrier and via perivascular routes need not be exactly equal because there will be some component of diffusion between ISF and CSF at the brain surfaces, e.g. across the ependyma lining the ventricles and across the pia/glial layers. As indicated in Fig. 2 (see also [420], blood vessels enter and leave the parenchyma from subarachnoid spaces and cisterns and not from the ventricles. Thus transport from parenchyma to the ventricles will be primarily by diffusion probably with a component of flow in white matter (see Footnote 2) but it cannot be perivascular.
The possibility that there can be a small but significant net perivascular outflow from the parenchyma of Na+, Cl− and accompanying water may be the resolution of a long-standing difficulty. In non-communicating hydrocephalus, CSF production by the choroid plexuses continues at a nearly normal rate, but the normal route for CSF outflow from the IIIrd ventricle is blocked. Because after an initial period the ventricles do not continue to enlarge at a rate sufficient to accommodate the CSF production, CSF must be escaping via an alternative route (see Sections 4.2.2.1–4.2.2.2 in [41] and Section 4.1 in [4] for discussion and references). The periventricular parenchyma is oedematous which may allow flow of fluid from the ventricles, but the oedema only extends a small distance. In cats with kaolin induced hydrocephalus, Sahar et al. [421] observed penetration of serum albumin only up to about 2.5 mm which they took to mean that the albumin was being absorbed into the blood. There is no known mechanism by which this absorption could have occurred. It would be very interesting to know whether this distance corresponds instead to the distance from the ventricular surface to perivascular pathways that would allow sufficiently rapid removal of albumin to CSF in the subarachnoid spaces and/or to lymph that the concentrations observed deeper in the parenchyma would be small. The importance of fluid escape from the ventricles across the ependyma into the parenchyma in hydrocephalus has recently been given further support by observations of gadobutrol movements in normal pressure hydrocephalus in humans [15].
|
|
title
|
Na+ and Cl−
|
|
p
|
It has been known for almost 50 years [152, 417] that influx and efflux of Na+ and Cl− across the blood–brain barrier are much larger than the net flux [4]. It was proposed by Crone [151, 418] that these apparently passive fluxes might well be paracellular, a suggestion that is still in agreement with all available data [4]. (The partial inhibitions seen in some studies with amiloride derivatives are discussed in Sections 4.3.3 and 4.3.4 of [4]).
|
|
p
|
The permeability of the blood–brain barrier to Na+ was measured by Davson and Welch in 1971 [417] and subsequently using a different experimental and analytical approach by Smith and Rapoport in 1986 [419] (see Appendix E). Because the fluxes in and out across the barrier are nearly in balance and the potential difference across the barrier is small, the PS product measured for influx, ~ 1 µL min−1 g−1 for each ion, can be used as an estimate for that for efflux, i.e. for the clearance via the barrier (see Appendix A). This cannot be exactly true, because there is a component of active transport, but inhibition of the Na+-pump has little effect on the tracer fluxes. This is consistent with both passive influx and passive efflux being much larger than both active transport and the net flux, and with active transport making a major contribution to the net flux (see Section 4.3.5 in [4]).
|
|
p
|
Perivascular transport does make a contribution to the clearances of Na+ and Cl−. Perhaps more importantly the net perivascular transport of each, the difference between influx and efflux, will be closely similar in size to the net transport across the blood–brain barrier, so that the volume, Na+ content and Cl− content of the parenchyma can be constant. The net transport of each across the blood–brain barrier is close to its concentration times the rate of fluid secretion across the blood–brain barrier in the steady-state. The controversy over whether perivascular influx and efflux occur along the same vessels or instead there is a glymphatic circulation with influx primarily by periarterial routes and efflux primarily by perivenular routes was considered in Sect. 4.2.
|
|
p
|
The net transports across the blood–brain barrier and via perivascular routes need not be exactly equal because there will be some component of diffusion between ISF and CSF at the brain surfaces, e.g. across the ependyma lining the ventricles and across the pia/glial layers. As indicated in Fig. 2 (see also [420], blood vessels enter and leave the parenchyma from subarachnoid spaces and cisterns and not from the ventricles. Thus transport from parenchyma to the ventricles will be primarily by diffusion probably with a component of flow in white matter (see Footnote 2) but it cannot be perivascular.
|
|
p
|
The possibility that there can be a small but significant net perivascular outflow from the parenchyma of Na+, Cl− and accompanying water may be the resolution of a long-standing difficulty. In non-communicating hydrocephalus, CSF production by the choroid plexuses continues at a nearly normal rate, but the normal route for CSF outflow from the IIIrd ventricle is blocked. Because after an initial period the ventricles do not continue to enlarge at a rate sufficient to accommodate the CSF production, CSF must be escaping via an alternative route (see Sections 4.2.2.1–4.2.2.2 in [41] and Section 4.1 in [4] for discussion and references). The periventricular parenchyma is oedematous which may allow flow of fluid from the ventricles, but the oedema only extends a small distance. In cats with kaolin induced hydrocephalus, Sahar et al. [421] observed penetration of serum albumin only up to about 2.5 mm which they took to mean that the albumin was being absorbed into the blood. There is no known mechanism by which this absorption could have occurred. It would be very interesting to know whether this distance corresponds instead to the distance from the ventricular surface to perivascular pathways that would allow sufficiently rapid removal of albumin to CSF in the subarachnoid spaces and/or to lymph that the concentrations observed deeper in the parenchyma would be small. The importance of fluid escape from the ventricles across the ependyma into the parenchyma in hydrocephalus has recently been given further support by observations of gadobutrol movements in normal pressure hydrocephalus in humans [15].
|
|
sec
|
Amyloid-β
Accumulation of amyloid-β (Aβ) in plaques within the parenchyma and deposition in the walls of arteries are both closely associated with the development of Alzheimer’s disease. Because the rate of production of Aβ appears not to be altered in the more common, late onset form of Alzheimer’s [422] attention has focused on the possible defects in clearance of Aβ that may lead to its accumulation. Aβ may be removed from the brain via metabolism within the parenchyma, via efflux across the blood–brain barrier or or via perivascular efflux [52]. Attempts to estimate the relative importance of each of these routes were reviewed by Hladky and Barrand [146]. For low nanomolar ISF concentrations, which are in or above the normal or clinical range (see [423]), Aβ is eliminated by all three routes, but efflux via the blood–brain barrier is likely to be the most important (see also [424]). However, as emphasized in a key early study, efflux across the blood–brain barrier is saturable with a half-maximal concentration of only 15 nM [62]. Many studies of Aβ metabolism have used much higher concentrations, e.g. > 1 µM, and at these concentrations metabolism is dominant. A recent study on appearance of Aβ in lymph nodes may also reflect the behaviour at higher concentrations as it was performed in mice with mutant APP and high Aβ production rate [425].
Differences in Aβ clearance between sleep and wakefulness have been reviewed by Hladky and Barrand [146] and by Boespflug et al. [426] who emphasized the role of ISF-CSF exchange. The effects of sleep were found to be more complicated than a simple increase in perivascular clearance. Both reviews [146, 426] should be consulted for more detail and discussion (see also Sect. 3.3).
Aβ polypeptides are produced by neurons (and to some extent by other cell types) by cleavage of the membrane bound amyloid precursor protein (APP) [427]. While there is still uncertainty, the final cleavage step is thought to release Aβ directly into ISF.
Most work has focussed on Aβ1-40 and Aβ1-42, these being the predominant forms of the Aβ polypeptides present in the parenchyma. In solution at or below low nanomolar concentrations they exist as monomers and, particularly for Aβ1-42, also as oligomers [423, 428, 429]. Only soluble forms of Aβ are detectable in young animals. However, in older animals and older people deposits mainly of Aβ1-40 accumulate along cerebral arteries (cerebral amyloid angiopathy or CAA) and large aggregates or plaques mainly of Aβ1-42 form in the brain parenchyma. Small changes in soluble Aβ concentrations may over time lead to large changes in the formation of Aβ aggregates [430–436]. While it is not known which forms of Aβ are toxic, current evidence appears to suggest that within the parenchyma the main culprits are the oligomers [437–441].
There is evidence that plaques in the brain can be removed by reducing the ISF concentration of Aβ [428, 442]. However, it is likely that this only occurs if the Aβ concentration can be reduced to levels below those present before aggregate formation began [431]. This has been shown experimentally but it may not be achievable in practice without both inhibition of Aβ production (see e.g. [443]) and enhancement of Aβ clearance.
Clearance of Aβ from ISF
In the young, Aβ is present in soluble form and is eliminated as rapidly as it is produced with about 7–8% of the total soluble Aβ being replaced each hour [422, 444]. Monomeric and small oligomeric forms of soluble Aβ are cleared from ISF by at least four routes: incorporation into plaques, metabolism [445–451], efflux across the blood–brain barrier [62, 429, 452–454] and efflux via perivascular routes [25, 85, 128, 455]. The relative importance of each of these routes remains controversial [52, 146, 456–458].
Evidence for transport of soluble Aβ across the blood–brain barrier
The ways in which soluble Aβ can be transported across the blood–brain barrier have been investigated by several different groups. Shibata et al. [62] were the first to propose that Aβ could cross the blood–brain barrier by transcytosis mediated by low density lipoprotein receptor related protein (LRP1). This they said could account for the loss of 125I-Aβ1-40 from the brain that they observed. In support of their proposal they found that the loss of total 125I from the brain was reduced by antibodies against LRP1, by receptor (LRP1) associated protein (RAP), which interferes with binding of all known substrates to LRP1, and by absence of apoE seen in knockout mice. (ApoE affects the interaction of Aβ with LRP1). In addition the elimination process appeared to be saturable with Km of 15 nM. All of these observations are consistent with the idea that the elimination of soluble 125I-Aβ1-40 is primarily efflux across the blood–brain barrier and is via an LRP1-dependent process. However it should be kept in mind that demonstrating the importance of LRP1 is not the same as demonstrating elimination via the blood–brain barrier because LRP1 is also present on neurons, astrocytes and vascular smooth muscle cells where it can mediate endocytosis of Aβ leading to its metabolism inside the cells [448, 456, 459] (see [146] for further discussion). Further results supporting the involvement of efflux have been reported by Bell et al. [429], who found that the rate constant for elimination of Aβ1-42 was about half that for Aβ1-40 and also in other papers by Deane, Zhao, Nelson, Zlokovic and coworkers [452, 454, 460].
Results from several other groups also support the idea that efflux of soluble Aβ does occur at the blood–brain barrier and that LRP1 is involved in this elimination.Jaeger et al. [461] showed that antisense oligonucleotides against LRP-1 substantially decreased the loss of Aβ1-42 after intraparenchymal injection.
Pflanzner et al. [462] demonstrated LRP1-dependent Aβ1-40 transport across monolayers of primary mouse brain capillary endothelial cells, a transport not observed in monolayers of cells with genetically modified LRP1.
Roberts et al. [457] confirmed that efflux of Aβ from brain to blood occurs in vivo by finding that the concentration in venous blood leaving the brain was 7.5% higher than that in arterial blood.
Qosa et al. [424] using the brain efflux index method found that 62% of added 125I-Aβ1-40 appeared in the blood.
Storck et al. [453] developed a mouse model in which LRP1 could be knocked out selectively in endothelial cells and showed that the knockout reduced the initial rate of loss of 125I-Aβ1-42 by 48%.
Collectively the studies discussed above leave little doubt that LRP1 dependent transport across the blood–brain barrier plays a substantial role in Aβ elimination. However, the actual mechanisms governing the net inward or outward flux of Aβ across the blood–brain barrier are considerably more complicated and involve complexing Aβ with soluble factors including clusterin (also called apoJ), apoE and a soluble, truncated form of LRP1 (sLRP1). In addition there are at least four endocytotic/transcytotic systems. Figure 20, based mainly on the views of Zlokovic and colleagues [429, 452, 454, 460, 463–466], is a simplified diagram indicating the mechanisms of Aβ transport across the blood–brain barrier. Notable in this scheme is the involvement of apoE, clusterin and the phosphatidylinositol-binding clathrin assembly protein, PICALM (also called CALM). Genetic variations for each of these have been shown to be associated with increased risk of Alzheimer’s disease [467, 468].
Fig. 20 Simplified outline of Aβ transport across the blood–brain barrier. Possible movements of Aβ are shown by solid or dashed lines with arrowheads indicating the principal direction. Endocytotic and exocytotic vesicles are shown as invaginations of the membranes. There is intracellular processing once the vesicles have been endocytosed. Aβ from ISF can bind directly to LRP1 on the abluminal membrane with the complex then being incorporated into a clathrin coated pit which can be endocytosed. The Aβ-LRP1 complex is stabilized by binding of the phosphatidylinositol-binding clathrin assembly protein (PICALM). Aβ in ISF can also be complexed with any of the forms of apoE, 2, 3 or 4 or with clusterin. Aβ-apoE2 and Aβ-apoE3 are substrates for interaction with LRP1 and endocytosis. By contrast Aβ-apoE4 inhibits LRP1 mediated endocytosis (dotted line), but can be endocytosed slowly after binding with the very low density lipoprotein receptor (VLDLR). Aβ-clusterin is a substrate for LRP2 mediated endocytois with transport across the blood–brain barrier to plasma. As Aβ-clusterin can also be transported in the opposite direction by LRP2-mediated endocytosis this is almost certainly by transcytosis of vesicles with LRP2 in the membrane. Vesicles with LRP1 in the membrane are also thought to discharge their contents on the far side of the barrier—i.e. this is transcytosis [465]. Some of the intracellular processing steps for the LRP1 vesicles are now known [452, 658]. Aβ is also transported from plasma to ISF. Aβ clusterin can be transported by LRP2 vesicles, but on the plasma side almost all of the LRP2 receptors are occupied by clusterin (dotted double headed arrow) rather than Aβ-clusterin which greatly reduces blood-to-brain transport by this route. Aβ is however, endocytosed after binding to the receptor for advanced glycation products, RAGE, and somehow transported to the brain side. Pgp may, in a manner which has not been well defined, assist transfer of Aβ from the endothelial cells to plasma whether it has entered the cells from ISF, via the LRP1 system, or from plasma, via the RAGE system. Figure based on [452, 464, 465]
Much of the soluble Aβ in ISF may be in the form of complexes with apoE or clusterin while in plasma most Aβ is complexed with clusterin or sLRP1, a truncated, soluble form of LRP1 [469]. The apoE gene has three alleles called apoE2, apoE3 and apoE4. Expression of the apoE4 allele is the greatest genetic risk factor known for developing the late-onset form of Alzheimer’s disease [467, 468].
LRP1 mediated transport of Aβ occurs via clathrin pits, with the LRP1, Aβ, clathrin system stabilized by interaction with PICALM. In addition to this transport of Aβ there is LRP1-mediated transport from brain-to-blood of Aβ complexes with apoE2 or apoE3 and LRP2-mediated transport of Aβ complexes with clusterin. Complexes with apoE4 inhibit LRP1-mediated transport but are transported at a much lower rate by very low-density lipoprotein receptor (VLDLR) mediated transport. This inhibition and slow transport with the resulting tendency to accumulate Aβ in the brain may account for the increased risk of Alzheimer’s disease.
The receptor for advanced glycation end products (RAGE) mediates transport of Aβ from blood-to-brain. Aβ-clusterin blood-to-brain transport by LRP2 can also be demonstrated under experimental conditions, however, in vivo it is likely that the Aβ-clusterin complexes are out-competed by clusterin for inwards transport [470–472]. The net flux of complexes via LRP2 is thus brain-to-blood [429, 464]. sLRP1 is released from LRP1 at the luminal membrane by removal of the membrane binding domain. Aβ complexes with sLRP1 are apparently not transported across the blood–brain barrier but can be delivered to the liver. Thus these serve as a sink reducing backflux of Aβ that has emerged from the brain [469].
The role of p-glycoprotein (Pgp) has been considered in many studies [243, 473–490] that indicate that it does play a role, but there have also been studies suggesting that it does not [491–494]. P-glycoprotein is present in the luminal membranes of the endothelial cells (see Sect. 4.2.1). With LRP1 mediating entry of Aβ into the endothelial cells from ISF, an obvious role to suggest for p-glycoprotein is Aβ efflux to plasma. Another function of p-glycoprotein may be to return to plasma some of the Aβ brought into the cells by RAGE [423, 495, 496]. However the intervening steps between endocytosis mediated by either LRP1 or RAGE and efflux by p-glycoprotein remain to be established.
The overall net flux of Aβ across the blood–brain barrier is thus seen to be the resultant of a number of transport mechanisms mediating both inward and outward fluxes. The use of complexing agents in plasma to reduce Aβ flux from blood-to-brain is one strategy being tried to reduce Aβ accumulation in the brain.
Evidence for Aβ elimination via perivascular routes
The perivascular route has also been considered as a likely pathway for elimination of Aβ peptides from the brain. In initial studies, following exogenous Aβ introduction into the brain, aggregates were first found along the external boundaries of arterial walls [497, 498] (see also [499, 500]) but at later times were seen throughout the smooth muscle layer of the arteries ([497], see also [501]). The results from these initial studies are consistent with the idea that growth of the deposits starts occurring adjacent to an efflux route for Aβ along the outside of the arteries, i.e. an extramural periarterial route.
Subsequent studies followed the routes of exit from the parenchyma of fluorescent dextran. This was used as a non-metabolizable marker for substances of the size of Aβ. Within minutes of its injection fluorescence could be visualized throughout the smooth muscle layer of the arterial walls [70]. From this observation it was proposed that both the fluorescent dextran and the Aβ enter the smooth muscle layer near its end closest to the capillaries and move along the vessel wall towards the subarachnoid space with little further exchange between the smooth muscle layer and the surrounding parenchyma. However, it remains difficult to see how there could be sufficient driving force for movement through the extracellular matrix along the entire length, perhaps a millimeter, of the vessel (compare the discussion in Sect. 3.2.1) while at the same time movement over a 10- to 20-fold shorter distance perpendicular to the vessel wall is prevented. For a different viewpoint see [88, 95, 502–504]).
There may be an alternative explanation. The higher observed density of dextran or Aβ within the extracellular spaces of the smooth muscle layer than in the interstitial spaces of the parenchyma [102] might suggest that it binds, reversibly, to some component of the extracellular matrix in the layer. There is in fact good evidence for interaction of the Aβ peptides with some components [505, 506]. If the high concentrations within the basement membranes of the layer reflect binding rather than some form of impermeant sheath, then it is not clear whether Aβ and the dextrans reach the sites of the binding by moving parallel to the vessel wall or by traversing it (see Fig. 21). If the latter, movements parallel to the vessel would be occurring via an extramural route that might have a much lower resistance to flow. Transverse movement has been observed for both horseradish peroxidase and 3H-leucine with large cerebral arteries [507], and no additional impermeant layer is known to exist around smaller arteries inside the parenchyma [98]. There is at present no compelling evidence to decide between the intramural and extramural routes for movement parallel to the vessels.
Fig. 21 Putative routes for periarterial efflux. In the intramural proposal solutes move parallel to the vessel wall along the basement membranes of the smooth muscle layer, shown as blue trajectories. In the extramural proposal movements of solutes parallel to the vessel occur primarily in a perivascular space with lower resistance to flow. They also move in and out of the wall by a combination of diffusion and convection, shown as the red trajectories. As discussed in Sect. 3.1 the nature of the extramural pathway is still controversial including whether it is a space one side or the other of the pial cells or alternatively the pial and glial basement membranes themselves. endo endothelium, s.m smooth muscle, BM basement membrane. Pial cells and pial basement membrane(s) are shown together because they are very thin
The importance of the perivascular route for Aβ elimination may be not so much that it removes Aβ from the parenchyma but rather that it delivers Aβ into the vessel walls of arterioles and arteries. Cerebral amyloid angiopathy is often seen before formation of senile plaques within the parenchyma (see e.g. [508]) and the damage to the arterioles and arteries may have secondary consequences for the well-being of parenchymal cells, either by effects on blood flow or via local inflammation [509–511].
Relative importance of metabolism, blood–brain barrier transport and the perivascular route for elimination of soluble Aβ
Attempts have been made to estimate the proportions of soluble Aβ removed from the brain by metabolism, by transport across the blood–brain barrier, and by perivascular efflux. It is possible to get an estimate of perivascular elimination alone using inulin. When this was done in mice, Shibata et al. [62] found that the half-time for the elimination of 125I-Aβ1-40 was much shorter than could be explained by elimination by the perivascular route, with calculated rate constants of 0.027 min−1 and 0.0029 min−1 respectively (see Table 5). As they had concluded that metabolism played little part, the faster, non-perivascular elimination was held to be transfer across the blood–brain barrier. Bell et al. [429] (see Appendix 2 in [146] for corrections to their calculations) extended these observations to 125I-Aβ1-42.
It is interesting to note that Xie et al. [128] found the half-lives for both Aβ and inulin to be different when the mice were asleep as compared to when they were awake. In both conditions the rate constant was larger for Aβ than for inulin (see Table 5). The interpretation of these differences in rate constants between wakefulness and sleep has been considered in some detail in [146] and will not be considered further here.
Table 5 Rate constants for elimination of 125I-Aβ1-40, 125I-Aβ1-42 and inulin in mice
Rate constant/min−1
Shibtata et al. Bell et al. Xie et al. awake Xie et al. asleep
Inulin 0.0029 0.0024 0.006 0.016
Aβ1-40 0.027 0.0184 0.024 0.053
Aβ1-42 0.011
Data from Shibata et al. [62], Bell et al. [429] (see Appendix 2 of [146]) and Xie et al. [128]
The results of Shibata et al. [62], Iliff et al. [25] and Xie et al. [128] all imply that the rate constant of perivascular elimination, as estimated by the constant for inulin efflux, is considerably less than the rate constant of elimination by other means.21
Roberts et al. [457] sought to compare rates of metabolism of Aβ with those of Aβ efflux. To do this they used values for: the turnover rate for Aβ [512]; the pool size for Aβ; the difference between Aβ concentrations in arterial blood and in venous blood leaving the brain; the cerebral blood flow and the rate of return of CSF to the general circulation. From these values they calculated that 25% of Aβ elimination was via efflux across the blood–brain barrier, 25% was via CSF and the remaining 50% was via metabolism. As discussed in [146] while the results of Roberts et al. do suggest that all of these mechanisms are involved, the fraction of Aβ leaving the brain across the blood–brain barrier may have been underestimated and could be as high as 50%. By contrast the fraction accounted for by metabolism may have been smaller than estimated.
On balance the available data suggests a significant involvement in elimination of Aβ from the brain for all three routes of elimination: metabolism, net outward flux across the blood–brain barrier and net perivascular outward flux.
Estimating the value of the total clearance of soluble Aβ from ISF
Calculating a clearance value for the elimination of Aβ from ISF is not straightforward as much of the Aβ in ISF is complexed with other solutes, e.g. apoE and clusterin. However, an estimate can be made if it is assumed that all the forms that are accessible to be eliminated are dissolved in the ISF and eliminated with the same rate constant. The volume of distribution for the total soluble Aβ, whether or not as part of complexes, will be that of ISF and thus the clearance can be calculated as rate constant × volume of distribution = 0.05 min−1 × 0.2 mL g−1 = 10 µL g−1 min−1. On this basis perivascular clearance, expected using the same assumptions to be about 1 µL g−1 min−1, may be about 1/10th as large, a small but still significant fraction of the total.
In all of the preceding, the rates of elimination by various routes have been considered almost as if they are constant. However, reduction in the overall clearance and thus in the rates of elimination by some of the routes are likely to be very important in the development of Alzheimer’s disease [422]. In this regard LRP1 expression has been found to be reduced and RAGE expression increased with age [478, 513]. Similarly perivascular elimination has been found to decrease with age possibly as a result of decreased variations in the size of arteries and arterioles during the cardiac cycle [514] (see Sect. 3.2). All of these changes will tend to increase Aβ ISF concentration and hence lead to increased formation of plaques and vascular Aβ deposits.
|
|
title
|
Amyloid-β
|
|
p
|
Accumulation of amyloid-β (Aβ) in plaques within the parenchyma and deposition in the walls of arteries are both closely associated with the development of Alzheimer’s disease. Because the rate of production of Aβ appears not to be altered in the more common, late onset form of Alzheimer’s [422] attention has focused on the possible defects in clearance of Aβ that may lead to its accumulation. Aβ may be removed from the brain via metabolism within the parenchyma, via efflux across the blood–brain barrier or or via perivascular efflux [52]. Attempts to estimate the relative importance of each of these routes were reviewed by Hladky and Barrand [146]. For low nanomolar ISF concentrations, which are in or above the normal or clinical range (see [423]), Aβ is eliminated by all three routes, but efflux via the blood–brain barrier is likely to be the most important (see also [424]). However, as emphasized in a key early study, efflux across the blood–brain barrier is saturable with a half-maximal concentration of only 15 nM [62]. Many studies of Aβ metabolism have used much higher concentrations, e.g. > 1 µM, and at these concentrations metabolism is dominant. A recent study on appearance of Aβ in lymph nodes may also reflect the behaviour at higher concentrations as it was performed in mice with mutant APP and high Aβ production rate [425].
|
|
p
|
Differences in Aβ clearance between sleep and wakefulness have been reviewed by Hladky and Barrand [146] and by Boespflug et al. [426] who emphasized the role of ISF-CSF exchange. The effects of sleep were found to be more complicated than a simple increase in perivascular clearance. Both reviews [146, 426] should be consulted for more detail and discussion (see also Sect. 3.3).
|
|
p
|
Aβ polypeptides are produced by neurons (and to some extent by other cell types) by cleavage of the membrane bound amyloid precursor protein (APP) [427]. While there is still uncertainty, the final cleavage step is thought to release Aβ directly into ISF.
|
|
p
|
Most work has focussed on Aβ1-40 and Aβ1-42, these being the predominant forms of the Aβ polypeptides present in the parenchyma. In solution at or below low nanomolar concentrations they exist as monomers and, particularly for Aβ1-42, also as oligomers [423, 428, 429]. Only soluble forms of Aβ are detectable in young animals. However, in older animals and older people deposits mainly of Aβ1-40 accumulate along cerebral arteries (cerebral amyloid angiopathy or CAA) and large aggregates or plaques mainly of Aβ1-42 form in the brain parenchyma. Small changes in soluble Aβ concentrations may over time lead to large changes in the formation of Aβ aggregates [430–436]. While it is not known which forms of Aβ are toxic, current evidence appears to suggest that within the parenchyma the main culprits are the oligomers [437–441].
|
|
p
|
There is evidence that plaques in the brain can be removed by reducing the ISF concentration of Aβ [428, 442]. However, it is likely that this only occurs if the Aβ concentration can be reduced to levels below those present before aggregate formation began [431]. This has been shown experimentally but it may not be achievable in practice without both inhibition of Aβ production (see e.g. [443]) and enhancement of Aβ clearance.
|
|
sec
|
Clearance of Aβ from ISF
In the young, Aβ is present in soluble form and is eliminated as rapidly as it is produced with about 7–8% of the total soluble Aβ being replaced each hour [422, 444]. Monomeric and small oligomeric forms of soluble Aβ are cleared from ISF by at least four routes: incorporation into plaques, metabolism [445–451], efflux across the blood–brain barrier [62, 429, 452–454] and efflux via perivascular routes [25, 85, 128, 455]. The relative importance of each of these routes remains controversial [52, 146, 456–458].
Evidence for transport of soluble Aβ across the blood–brain barrier
The ways in which soluble Aβ can be transported across the blood–brain barrier have been investigated by several different groups. Shibata et al. [62] were the first to propose that Aβ could cross the blood–brain barrier by transcytosis mediated by low density lipoprotein receptor related protein (LRP1). This they said could account for the loss of 125I-Aβ1-40 from the brain that they observed. In support of their proposal they found that the loss of total 125I from the brain was reduced by antibodies against LRP1, by receptor (LRP1) associated protein (RAP), which interferes with binding of all known substrates to LRP1, and by absence of apoE seen in knockout mice. (ApoE affects the interaction of Aβ with LRP1). In addition the elimination process appeared to be saturable with Km of 15 nM. All of these observations are consistent with the idea that the elimination of soluble 125I-Aβ1-40 is primarily efflux across the blood–brain barrier and is via an LRP1-dependent process. However it should be kept in mind that demonstrating the importance of LRP1 is not the same as demonstrating elimination via the blood–brain barrier because LRP1 is also present on neurons, astrocytes and vascular smooth muscle cells where it can mediate endocytosis of Aβ leading to its metabolism inside the cells [448, 456, 459] (see [146] for further discussion). Further results supporting the involvement of efflux have been reported by Bell et al. [429], who found that the rate constant for elimination of Aβ1-42 was about half that for Aβ1-40 and also in other papers by Deane, Zhao, Nelson, Zlokovic and coworkers [452, 454, 460].
Results from several other groups also support the idea that efflux of soluble Aβ does occur at the blood–brain barrier and that LRP1 is involved in this elimination.Jaeger et al. [461] showed that antisense oligonucleotides against LRP-1 substantially decreased the loss of Aβ1-42 after intraparenchymal injection.
Pflanzner et al. [462] demonstrated LRP1-dependent Aβ1-40 transport across monolayers of primary mouse brain capillary endothelial cells, a transport not observed in monolayers of cells with genetically modified LRP1.
Roberts et al. [457] confirmed that efflux of Aβ from brain to blood occurs in vivo by finding that the concentration in venous blood leaving the brain was 7.5% higher than that in arterial blood.
Qosa et al. [424] using the brain efflux index method found that 62% of added 125I-Aβ1-40 appeared in the blood.
Storck et al. [453] developed a mouse model in which LRP1 could be knocked out selectively in endothelial cells and showed that the knockout reduced the initial rate of loss of 125I-Aβ1-42 by 48%.
Collectively the studies discussed above leave little doubt that LRP1 dependent transport across the blood–brain barrier plays a substantial role in Aβ elimination. However, the actual mechanisms governing the net inward or outward flux of Aβ across the blood–brain barrier are considerably more complicated and involve complexing Aβ with soluble factors including clusterin (also called apoJ), apoE and a soluble, truncated form of LRP1 (sLRP1). In addition there are at least four endocytotic/transcytotic systems. Figure 20, based mainly on the views of Zlokovic and colleagues [429, 452, 454, 460, 463–466], is a simplified diagram indicating the mechanisms of Aβ transport across the blood–brain barrier. Notable in this scheme is the involvement of apoE, clusterin and the phosphatidylinositol-binding clathrin assembly protein, PICALM (also called CALM). Genetic variations for each of these have been shown to be associated with increased risk of Alzheimer’s disease [467, 468].
Fig. 20 Simplified outline of Aβ transport across the blood–brain barrier. Possible movements of Aβ are shown by solid or dashed lines with arrowheads indicating the principal direction. Endocytotic and exocytotic vesicles are shown as invaginations of the membranes. There is intracellular processing once the vesicles have been endocytosed. Aβ from ISF can bind directly to LRP1 on the abluminal membrane with the complex then being incorporated into a clathrin coated pit which can be endocytosed. The Aβ-LRP1 complex is stabilized by binding of the phosphatidylinositol-binding clathrin assembly protein (PICALM). Aβ in ISF can also be complexed with any of the forms of apoE, 2, 3 or 4 or with clusterin. Aβ-apoE2 and Aβ-apoE3 are substrates for interaction with LRP1 and endocytosis. By contrast Aβ-apoE4 inhibits LRP1 mediated endocytosis (dotted line), but can be endocytosed slowly after binding with the very low density lipoprotein receptor (VLDLR). Aβ-clusterin is a substrate for LRP2 mediated endocytois with transport across the blood–brain barrier to plasma. As Aβ-clusterin can also be transported in the opposite direction by LRP2-mediated endocytosis this is almost certainly by transcytosis of vesicles with LRP2 in the membrane. Vesicles with LRP1 in the membrane are also thought to discharge their contents on the far side of the barrier—i.e. this is transcytosis [465]. Some of the intracellular processing steps for the LRP1 vesicles are now known [452, 658]. Aβ is also transported from plasma to ISF. Aβ clusterin can be transported by LRP2 vesicles, but on the plasma side almost all of the LRP2 receptors are occupied by clusterin (dotted double headed arrow) rather than Aβ-clusterin which greatly reduces blood-to-brain transport by this route. Aβ is however, endocytosed after binding to the receptor for advanced glycation products, RAGE, and somehow transported to the brain side. Pgp may, in a manner which has not been well defined, assist transfer of Aβ from the endothelial cells to plasma whether it has entered the cells from ISF, via the LRP1 system, or from plasma, via the RAGE system. Figure based on [452, 464, 465]
Much of the soluble Aβ in ISF may be in the form of complexes with apoE or clusterin while in plasma most Aβ is complexed with clusterin or sLRP1, a truncated, soluble form of LRP1 [469]. The apoE gene has three alleles called apoE2, apoE3 and apoE4. Expression of the apoE4 allele is the greatest genetic risk factor known for developing the late-onset form of Alzheimer’s disease [467, 468].
LRP1 mediated transport of Aβ occurs via clathrin pits, with the LRP1, Aβ, clathrin system stabilized by interaction with PICALM. In addition to this transport of Aβ there is LRP1-mediated transport from brain-to-blood of Aβ complexes with apoE2 or apoE3 and LRP2-mediated transport of Aβ complexes with clusterin. Complexes with apoE4 inhibit LRP1-mediated transport but are transported at a much lower rate by very low-density lipoprotein receptor (VLDLR) mediated transport. This inhibition and slow transport with the resulting tendency to accumulate Aβ in the brain may account for the increased risk of Alzheimer’s disease.
The receptor for advanced glycation end products (RAGE) mediates transport of Aβ from blood-to-brain. Aβ-clusterin blood-to-brain transport by LRP2 can also be demonstrated under experimental conditions, however, in vivo it is likely that the Aβ-clusterin complexes are out-competed by clusterin for inwards transport [470–472]. The net flux of complexes via LRP2 is thus brain-to-blood [429, 464]. sLRP1 is released from LRP1 at the luminal membrane by removal of the membrane binding domain. Aβ complexes with sLRP1 are apparently not transported across the blood–brain barrier but can be delivered to the liver. Thus these serve as a sink reducing backflux of Aβ that has emerged from the brain [469].
The role of p-glycoprotein (Pgp) has been considered in many studies [243, 473–490] that indicate that it does play a role, but there have also been studies suggesting that it does not [491–494]. P-glycoprotein is present in the luminal membranes of the endothelial cells (see Sect. 4.2.1). With LRP1 mediating entry of Aβ into the endothelial cells from ISF, an obvious role to suggest for p-glycoprotein is Aβ efflux to plasma. Another function of p-glycoprotein may be to return to plasma some of the Aβ brought into the cells by RAGE [423, 495, 496]. However the intervening steps between endocytosis mediated by either LRP1 or RAGE and efflux by p-glycoprotein remain to be established.
The overall net flux of Aβ across the blood–brain barrier is thus seen to be the resultant of a number of transport mechanisms mediating both inward and outward fluxes. The use of complexing agents in plasma to reduce Aβ flux from blood-to-brain is one strategy being tried to reduce Aβ accumulation in the brain.
Evidence for Aβ elimination via perivascular routes
The perivascular route has also been considered as a likely pathway for elimination of Aβ peptides from the brain. In initial studies, following exogenous Aβ introduction into the brain, aggregates were first found along the external boundaries of arterial walls [497, 498] (see also [499, 500]) but at later times were seen throughout the smooth muscle layer of the arteries ([497], see also [501]). The results from these initial studies are consistent with the idea that growth of the deposits starts occurring adjacent to an efflux route for Aβ along the outside of the arteries, i.e. an extramural periarterial route.
Subsequent studies followed the routes of exit from the parenchyma of fluorescent dextran. This was used as a non-metabolizable marker for substances of the size of Aβ. Within minutes of its injection fluorescence could be visualized throughout the smooth muscle layer of the arterial walls [70]. From this observation it was proposed that both the fluorescent dextran and the Aβ enter the smooth muscle layer near its end closest to the capillaries and move along the vessel wall towards the subarachnoid space with little further exchange between the smooth muscle layer and the surrounding parenchyma. However, it remains difficult to see how there could be sufficient driving force for movement through the extracellular matrix along the entire length, perhaps a millimeter, of the vessel (compare the discussion in Sect. 3.2.1) while at the same time movement over a 10- to 20-fold shorter distance perpendicular to the vessel wall is prevented. For a different viewpoint see [88, 95, 502–504]).
There may be an alternative explanation. The higher observed density of dextran or Aβ within the extracellular spaces of the smooth muscle layer than in the interstitial spaces of the parenchyma [102] might suggest that it binds, reversibly, to some component of the extracellular matrix in the layer. There is in fact good evidence for interaction of the Aβ peptides with some components [505, 506]. If the high concentrations within the basement membranes of the layer reflect binding rather than some form of impermeant sheath, then it is not clear whether Aβ and the dextrans reach the sites of the binding by moving parallel to the vessel wall or by traversing it (see Fig. 21). If the latter, movements parallel to the vessel would be occurring via an extramural route that might have a much lower resistance to flow. Transverse movement has been observed for both horseradish peroxidase and 3H-leucine with large cerebral arteries [507], and no additional impermeant layer is known to exist around smaller arteries inside the parenchyma [98]. There is at present no compelling evidence to decide between the intramural and extramural routes for movement parallel to the vessels.
Fig. 21 Putative routes for periarterial efflux. In the intramural proposal solutes move parallel to the vessel wall along the basement membranes of the smooth muscle layer, shown as blue trajectories. In the extramural proposal movements of solutes parallel to the vessel occur primarily in a perivascular space with lower resistance to flow. They also move in and out of the wall by a combination of diffusion and convection, shown as the red trajectories. As discussed in Sect. 3.1 the nature of the extramural pathway is still controversial including whether it is a space one side or the other of the pial cells or alternatively the pial and glial basement membranes themselves. endo endothelium, s.m smooth muscle, BM basement membrane. Pial cells and pial basement membrane(s) are shown together because they are very thin
The importance of the perivascular route for Aβ elimination may be not so much that it removes Aβ from the parenchyma but rather that it delivers Aβ into the vessel walls of arterioles and arteries. Cerebral amyloid angiopathy is often seen before formation of senile plaques within the parenchyma (see e.g. [508]) and the damage to the arterioles and arteries may have secondary consequences for the well-being of parenchymal cells, either by effects on blood flow or via local inflammation [509–511].
|
|
title
|
Clearance of Aβ from ISF
|
|
p
|
In the young, Aβ is present in soluble form and is eliminated as rapidly as it is produced with about 7–8% of the total soluble Aβ being replaced each hour [422, 444]. Monomeric and small oligomeric forms of soluble Aβ are cleared from ISF by at least four routes: incorporation into plaques, metabolism [445–451], efflux across the blood–brain barrier [62, 429, 452–454] and efflux via perivascular routes [25, 85, 128, 455]. The relative importance of each of these routes remains controversial [52, 146, 456–458].
|
|
sec
|
Evidence for transport of soluble Aβ across the blood–brain barrier
The ways in which soluble Aβ can be transported across the blood–brain barrier have been investigated by several different groups. Shibata et al. [62] were the first to propose that Aβ could cross the blood–brain barrier by transcytosis mediated by low density lipoprotein receptor related protein (LRP1). This they said could account for the loss of 125I-Aβ1-40 from the brain that they observed. In support of their proposal they found that the loss of total 125I from the brain was reduced by antibodies against LRP1, by receptor (LRP1) associated protein (RAP), which interferes with binding of all known substrates to LRP1, and by absence of apoE seen in knockout mice. (ApoE affects the interaction of Aβ with LRP1). In addition the elimination process appeared to be saturable with Km of 15 nM. All of these observations are consistent with the idea that the elimination of soluble 125I-Aβ1-40 is primarily efflux across the blood–brain barrier and is via an LRP1-dependent process. However it should be kept in mind that demonstrating the importance of LRP1 is not the same as demonstrating elimination via the blood–brain barrier because LRP1 is also present on neurons, astrocytes and vascular smooth muscle cells where it can mediate endocytosis of Aβ leading to its metabolism inside the cells [448, 456, 459] (see [146] for further discussion). Further results supporting the involvement of efflux have been reported by Bell et al. [429], who found that the rate constant for elimination of Aβ1-42 was about half that for Aβ1-40 and also in other papers by Deane, Zhao, Nelson, Zlokovic and coworkers [452, 454, 460].
Results from several other groups also support the idea that efflux of soluble Aβ does occur at the blood–brain barrier and that LRP1 is involved in this elimination.Jaeger et al. [461] showed that antisense oligonucleotides against LRP-1 substantially decreased the loss of Aβ1-42 after intraparenchymal injection.
Pflanzner et al. [462] demonstrated LRP1-dependent Aβ1-40 transport across monolayers of primary mouse brain capillary endothelial cells, a transport not observed in monolayers of cells with genetically modified LRP1.
Roberts et al. [457] confirmed that efflux of Aβ from brain to blood occurs in vivo by finding that the concentration in venous blood leaving the brain was 7.5% higher than that in arterial blood.
Qosa et al. [424] using the brain efflux index method found that 62% of added 125I-Aβ1-40 appeared in the blood.
Storck et al. [453] developed a mouse model in which LRP1 could be knocked out selectively in endothelial cells and showed that the knockout reduced the initial rate of loss of 125I-Aβ1-42 by 48%.
Collectively the studies discussed above leave little doubt that LRP1 dependent transport across the blood–brain barrier plays a substantial role in Aβ elimination. However, the actual mechanisms governing the net inward or outward flux of Aβ across the blood–brain barrier are considerably more complicated and involve complexing Aβ with soluble factors including clusterin (also called apoJ), apoE and a soluble, truncated form of LRP1 (sLRP1). In addition there are at least four endocytotic/transcytotic systems. Figure 20, based mainly on the views of Zlokovic and colleagues [429, 452, 454, 460, 463–466], is a simplified diagram indicating the mechanisms of Aβ transport across the blood–brain barrier. Notable in this scheme is the involvement of apoE, clusterin and the phosphatidylinositol-binding clathrin assembly protein, PICALM (also called CALM). Genetic variations for each of these have been shown to be associated with increased risk of Alzheimer’s disease [467, 468].
Fig. 20 Simplified outline of Aβ transport across the blood–brain barrier. Possible movements of Aβ are shown by solid or dashed lines with arrowheads indicating the principal direction. Endocytotic and exocytotic vesicles are shown as invaginations of the membranes. There is intracellular processing once the vesicles have been endocytosed. Aβ from ISF can bind directly to LRP1 on the abluminal membrane with the complex then being incorporated into a clathrin coated pit which can be endocytosed. The Aβ-LRP1 complex is stabilized by binding of the phosphatidylinositol-binding clathrin assembly protein (PICALM). Aβ in ISF can also be complexed with any of the forms of apoE, 2, 3 or 4 or with clusterin. Aβ-apoE2 and Aβ-apoE3 are substrates for interaction with LRP1 and endocytosis. By contrast Aβ-apoE4 inhibits LRP1 mediated endocytosis (dotted line), but can be endocytosed slowly after binding with the very low density lipoprotein receptor (VLDLR). Aβ-clusterin is a substrate for LRP2 mediated endocytois with transport across the blood–brain barrier to plasma. As Aβ-clusterin can also be transported in the opposite direction by LRP2-mediated endocytosis this is almost certainly by transcytosis of vesicles with LRP2 in the membrane. Vesicles with LRP1 in the membrane are also thought to discharge their contents on the far side of the barrier—i.e. this is transcytosis [465]. Some of the intracellular processing steps for the LRP1 vesicles are now known [452, 658]. Aβ is also transported from plasma to ISF. Aβ clusterin can be transported by LRP2 vesicles, but on the plasma side almost all of the LRP2 receptors are occupied by clusterin (dotted double headed arrow) rather than Aβ-clusterin which greatly reduces blood-to-brain transport by this route. Aβ is however, endocytosed after binding to the receptor for advanced glycation products, RAGE, and somehow transported to the brain side. Pgp may, in a manner which has not been well defined, assist transfer of Aβ from the endothelial cells to plasma whether it has entered the cells from ISF, via the LRP1 system, or from plasma, via the RAGE system. Figure based on [452, 464, 465]
Much of the soluble Aβ in ISF may be in the form of complexes with apoE or clusterin while in plasma most Aβ is complexed with clusterin or sLRP1, a truncated, soluble form of LRP1 [469]. The apoE gene has three alleles called apoE2, apoE3 and apoE4. Expression of the apoE4 allele is the greatest genetic risk factor known for developing the late-onset form of Alzheimer’s disease [467, 468].
LRP1 mediated transport of Aβ occurs via clathrin pits, with the LRP1, Aβ, clathrin system stabilized by interaction with PICALM. In addition to this transport of Aβ there is LRP1-mediated transport from brain-to-blood of Aβ complexes with apoE2 or apoE3 and LRP2-mediated transport of Aβ complexes with clusterin. Complexes with apoE4 inhibit LRP1-mediated transport but are transported at a much lower rate by very low-density lipoprotein receptor (VLDLR) mediated transport. This inhibition and slow transport with the resulting tendency to accumulate Aβ in the brain may account for the increased risk of Alzheimer’s disease.
The receptor for advanced glycation end products (RAGE) mediates transport of Aβ from blood-to-brain. Aβ-clusterin blood-to-brain transport by LRP2 can also be demonstrated under experimental conditions, however, in vivo it is likely that the Aβ-clusterin complexes are out-competed by clusterin for inwards transport [470–472]. The net flux of complexes via LRP2 is thus brain-to-blood [429, 464]. sLRP1 is released from LRP1 at the luminal membrane by removal of the membrane binding domain. Aβ complexes with sLRP1 are apparently not transported across the blood–brain barrier but can be delivered to the liver. Thus these serve as a sink reducing backflux of Aβ that has emerged from the brain [469].
The role of p-glycoprotein (Pgp) has been considered in many studies [243, 473–490] that indicate that it does play a role, but there have also been studies suggesting that it does not [491–494]. P-glycoprotein is present in the luminal membranes of the endothelial cells (see Sect. 4.2.1). With LRP1 mediating entry of Aβ into the endothelial cells from ISF, an obvious role to suggest for p-glycoprotein is Aβ efflux to plasma. Another function of p-glycoprotein may be to return to plasma some of the Aβ brought into the cells by RAGE [423, 495, 496]. However the intervening steps between endocytosis mediated by either LRP1 or RAGE and efflux by p-glycoprotein remain to be established.
The overall net flux of Aβ across the blood–brain barrier is thus seen to be the resultant of a number of transport mechanisms mediating both inward and outward fluxes. The use of complexing agents in plasma to reduce Aβ flux from blood-to-brain is one strategy being tried to reduce Aβ accumulation in the brain.
|
|
title
|
Evidence for transport of soluble Aβ across the blood–brain barrier
|
|
p
|
The ways in which soluble Aβ can be transported across the blood–brain barrier have been investigated by several different groups. Shibata et al. [62] were the first to propose that Aβ could cross the blood–brain barrier by transcytosis mediated by low density lipoprotein receptor related protein (LRP1). This they said could account for the loss of 125I-Aβ1-40 from the brain that they observed. In support of their proposal they found that the loss of total 125I from the brain was reduced by antibodies against LRP1, by receptor (LRP1) associated protein (RAP), which interferes with binding of all known substrates to LRP1, and by absence of apoE seen in knockout mice. (ApoE affects the interaction of Aβ with LRP1). In addition the elimination process appeared to be saturable with Km of 15 nM. All of these observations are consistent with the idea that the elimination of soluble 125I-Aβ1-40 is primarily efflux across the blood–brain barrier and is via an LRP1-dependent process. However it should be kept in mind that demonstrating the importance of LRP1 is not the same as demonstrating elimination via the blood–brain barrier because LRP1 is also present on neurons, astrocytes and vascular smooth muscle cells where it can mediate endocytosis of Aβ leading to its metabolism inside the cells [448, 456, 459] (see [146] for further discussion). Further results supporting the involvement of efflux have been reported by Bell et al. [429], who found that the rate constant for elimination of Aβ1-42 was about half that for Aβ1-40 and also in other papers by Deane, Zhao, Nelson, Zlokovic and coworkers [452, 454, 460].
|
|
p
|
Results from several other groups also support the idea that efflux of soluble Aβ does occur at the blood–brain barrier and that LRP1 is involved in this elimination.Jaeger et al. [461] showed that antisense oligonucleotides against LRP-1 substantially decreased the loss of Aβ1-42 after intraparenchymal injection.
Pflanzner et al. [462] demonstrated LRP1-dependent Aβ1-40 transport across monolayers of primary mouse brain capillary endothelial cells, a transport not observed in monolayers of cells with genetically modified LRP1.
Roberts et al. [457] confirmed that efflux of Aβ from brain to blood occurs in vivo by finding that the concentration in venous blood leaving the brain was 7.5% higher than that in arterial blood.
Qosa et al. [424] using the brain efflux index method found that 62% of added 125I-Aβ1-40 appeared in the blood.
Storck et al. [453] developed a mouse model in which LRP1 could be knocked out selectively in endothelial cells and showed that the knockout reduced the initial rate of loss of 125I-Aβ1-42 by 48%.
|
|
p
|
Jaeger et al. [461] showed that antisense oligonucleotides against LRP-1 substantially decreased the loss of Aβ1-42 after intraparenchymal injection.
|
|
p
|
Pflanzner et al. [462] demonstrated LRP1-dependent Aβ1-40 transport across monolayers of primary mouse brain capillary endothelial cells, a transport not observed in monolayers of cells with genetically modified LRP1.
|
|
p
|
Roberts et al. [457] confirmed that efflux of Aβ from brain to blood occurs in vivo by finding that the concentration in venous blood leaving the brain was 7.5% higher than that in arterial blood.
|
|
p
|
Qosa et al. [424] using the brain efflux index method found that 62% of added 125I-Aβ1-40 appeared in the blood.
|
|
p
|
Storck et al. [453] developed a mouse model in which LRP1 could be knocked out selectively in endothelial cells and showed that the knockout reduced the initial rate of loss of 125I-Aβ1-42 by 48%.
|
|
p
|
Collectively the studies discussed above leave little doubt that LRP1 dependent transport across the blood–brain barrier plays a substantial role in Aβ elimination. However, the actual mechanisms governing the net inward or outward flux of Aβ across the blood–brain barrier are considerably more complicated and involve complexing Aβ with soluble factors including clusterin (also called apoJ), apoE and a soluble, truncated form of LRP1 (sLRP1). In addition there are at least four endocytotic/transcytotic systems. Figure 20, based mainly on the views of Zlokovic and colleagues [429, 452, 454, 460, 463–466], is a simplified diagram indicating the mechanisms of Aβ transport across the blood–brain barrier. Notable in this scheme is the involvement of apoE, clusterin and the phosphatidylinositol-binding clathrin assembly protein, PICALM (also called CALM). Genetic variations for each of these have been shown to be associated with increased risk of Alzheimer’s disease [467, 468].
Fig. 20 Simplified outline of Aβ transport across the blood–brain barrier. Possible movements of Aβ are shown by solid or dashed lines with arrowheads indicating the principal direction. Endocytotic and exocytotic vesicles are shown as invaginations of the membranes. There is intracellular processing once the vesicles have been endocytosed. Aβ from ISF can bind directly to LRP1 on the abluminal membrane with the complex then being incorporated into a clathrin coated pit which can be endocytosed. The Aβ-LRP1 complex is stabilized by binding of the phosphatidylinositol-binding clathrin assembly protein (PICALM). Aβ in ISF can also be complexed with any of the forms of apoE, 2, 3 or 4 or with clusterin. Aβ-apoE2 and Aβ-apoE3 are substrates for interaction with LRP1 and endocytosis. By contrast Aβ-apoE4 inhibits LRP1 mediated endocytosis (dotted line), but can be endocytosed slowly after binding with the very low density lipoprotein receptor (VLDLR). Aβ-clusterin is a substrate for LRP2 mediated endocytois with transport across the blood–brain barrier to plasma. As Aβ-clusterin can also be transported in the opposite direction by LRP2-mediated endocytosis this is almost certainly by transcytosis of vesicles with LRP2 in the membrane. Vesicles with LRP1 in the membrane are also thought to discharge their contents on the far side of the barrier—i.e. this is transcytosis [465]. Some of the intracellular processing steps for the LRP1 vesicles are now known [452, 658]. Aβ is also transported from plasma to ISF. Aβ clusterin can be transported by LRP2 vesicles, but on the plasma side almost all of the LRP2 receptors are occupied by clusterin (dotted double headed arrow) rather than Aβ-clusterin which greatly reduces blood-to-brain transport by this route. Aβ is however, endocytosed after binding to the receptor for advanced glycation products, RAGE, and somehow transported to the brain side. Pgp may, in a manner which has not been well defined, assist transfer of Aβ from the endothelial cells to plasma whether it has entered the cells from ISF, via the LRP1 system, or from plasma, via the RAGE system. Figure based on [452, 464, 465]
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 20 Simplified outline of Aβ transport across the blood–brain barrier. Possible movements of Aβ are shown by solid or dashed lines with arrowheads indicating the principal direction. Endocytotic and exocytotic vesicles are shown as invaginations of the membranes. There is intracellular processing once the vesicles have been endocytosed. Aβ from ISF can bind directly to LRP1 on the abluminal membrane with the complex then being incorporated into a clathrin coated pit which can be endocytosed. The Aβ-LRP1 complex is stabilized by binding of the phosphatidylinositol-binding clathrin assembly protein (PICALM). Aβ in ISF can also be complexed with any of the forms of apoE, 2, 3 or 4 or with clusterin. Aβ-apoE2 and Aβ-apoE3 are substrates for interaction with LRP1 and endocytosis. By contrast Aβ-apoE4 inhibits LRP1 mediated endocytosis (dotted line), but can be endocytosed slowly after binding with the very low density lipoprotein receptor (VLDLR). Aβ-clusterin is a substrate for LRP2 mediated endocytois with transport across the blood–brain barrier to plasma. As Aβ-clusterin can also be transported in the opposite direction by LRP2-mediated endocytosis this is almost certainly by transcytosis of vesicles with LRP2 in the membrane. Vesicles with LRP1 in the membrane are also thought to discharge their contents on the far side of the barrier—i.e. this is transcytosis [465]. Some of the intracellular processing steps for the LRP1 vesicles are now known [452, 658]. Aβ is also transported from plasma to ISF. Aβ clusterin can be transported by LRP2 vesicles, but on the plasma side almost all of the LRP2 receptors are occupied by clusterin (dotted double headed arrow) rather than Aβ-clusterin which greatly reduces blood-to-brain transport by this route. Aβ is however, endocytosed after binding to the receptor for advanced glycation products, RAGE, and somehow transported to the brain side. Pgp may, in a manner which has not been well defined, assist transfer of Aβ from the endothelial cells to plasma whether it has entered the cells from ISF, via the LRP1 system, or from plasma, via the RAGE system. Figure based on [452, 464, 465]
|
|
label
|
Fig. 20
|
|
caption
|
Simplified outline of Aβ transport across the blood–brain barrier. Possible movements of Aβ are shown by solid or dashed lines with arrowheads indicating the principal direction. Endocytotic and exocytotic vesicles are shown as invaginations of the membranes. There is intracellular processing once the vesicles have been endocytosed. Aβ from ISF can bind directly to LRP1 on the abluminal membrane with the complex then being incorporated into a clathrin coated pit which can be endocytosed. The Aβ-LRP1 complex is stabilized by binding of the phosphatidylinositol-binding clathrin assembly protein (PICALM). Aβ in ISF can also be complexed with any of the forms of apoE, 2, 3 or 4 or with clusterin. Aβ-apoE2 and Aβ-apoE3 are substrates for interaction with LRP1 and endocytosis. By contrast Aβ-apoE4 inhibits LRP1 mediated endocytosis (dotted line), but can be endocytosed slowly after binding with the very low density lipoprotein receptor (VLDLR). Aβ-clusterin is a substrate for LRP2 mediated endocytois with transport across the blood–brain barrier to plasma. As Aβ-clusterin can also be transported in the opposite direction by LRP2-mediated endocytosis this is almost certainly by transcytosis of vesicles with LRP2 in the membrane. Vesicles with LRP1 in the membrane are also thought to discharge their contents on the far side of the barrier—i.e. this is transcytosis [465]. Some of the intracellular processing steps for the LRP1 vesicles are now known [452, 658]. Aβ is also transported from plasma to ISF. Aβ clusterin can be transported by LRP2 vesicles, but on the plasma side almost all of the LRP2 receptors are occupied by clusterin (dotted double headed arrow) rather than Aβ-clusterin which greatly reduces blood-to-brain transport by this route. Aβ is however, endocytosed after binding to the receptor for advanced glycation products, RAGE, and somehow transported to the brain side. Pgp may, in a manner which has not been well defined, assist transfer of Aβ from the endothelial cells to plasma whether it has entered the cells from ISF, via the LRP1 system, or from plasma, via the RAGE system. Figure based on [452, 464, 465]
|
|
p
|
Simplified outline of Aβ transport across the blood–brain barrier. Possible movements of Aβ are shown by solid or dashed lines with arrowheads indicating the principal direction. Endocytotic and exocytotic vesicles are shown as invaginations of the membranes. There is intracellular processing once the vesicles have been endocytosed. Aβ from ISF can bind directly to LRP1 on the abluminal membrane with the complex then being incorporated into a clathrin coated pit which can be endocytosed. The Aβ-LRP1 complex is stabilized by binding of the phosphatidylinositol-binding clathrin assembly protein (PICALM). Aβ in ISF can also be complexed with any of the forms of apoE, 2, 3 or 4 or with clusterin. Aβ-apoE2 and Aβ-apoE3 are substrates for interaction with LRP1 and endocytosis. By contrast Aβ-apoE4 inhibits LRP1 mediated endocytosis (dotted line), but can be endocytosed slowly after binding with the very low density lipoprotein receptor (VLDLR). Aβ-clusterin is a substrate for LRP2 mediated endocytois with transport across the blood–brain barrier to plasma. As Aβ-clusterin can also be transported in the opposite direction by LRP2-mediated endocytosis this is almost certainly by transcytosis of vesicles with LRP2 in the membrane. Vesicles with LRP1 in the membrane are also thought to discharge their contents on the far side of the barrier—i.e. this is transcytosis [465]. Some of the intracellular processing steps for the LRP1 vesicles are now known [452, 658]. Aβ is also transported from plasma to ISF. Aβ clusterin can be transported by LRP2 vesicles, but on the plasma side almost all of the LRP2 receptors are occupied by clusterin (dotted double headed arrow) rather than Aβ-clusterin which greatly reduces blood-to-brain transport by this route. Aβ is however, endocytosed after binding to the receptor for advanced glycation products, RAGE, and somehow transported to the brain side. Pgp may, in a manner which has not been well defined, assist transfer of Aβ from the endothelial cells to plasma whether it has entered the cells from ISF, via the LRP1 system, or from plasma, via the RAGE system. Figure based on [452, 464, 465]
|
|
p
|
Much of the soluble Aβ in ISF may be in the form of complexes with apoE or clusterin while in plasma most Aβ is complexed with clusterin or sLRP1, a truncated, soluble form of LRP1 [469]. The apoE gene has three alleles called apoE2, apoE3 and apoE4. Expression of the apoE4 allele is the greatest genetic risk factor known for developing the late-onset form of Alzheimer’s disease [467, 468].
|
|
p
|
LRP1 mediated transport of Aβ occurs via clathrin pits, with the LRP1, Aβ, clathrin system stabilized by interaction with PICALM. In addition to this transport of Aβ there is LRP1-mediated transport from brain-to-blood of Aβ complexes with apoE2 or apoE3 and LRP2-mediated transport of Aβ complexes with clusterin. Complexes with apoE4 inhibit LRP1-mediated transport but are transported at a much lower rate by very low-density lipoprotein receptor (VLDLR) mediated transport. This inhibition and slow transport with the resulting tendency to accumulate Aβ in the brain may account for the increased risk of Alzheimer’s disease.
|
|
p
|
The receptor for advanced glycation end products (RAGE) mediates transport of Aβ from blood-to-brain. Aβ-clusterin blood-to-brain transport by LRP2 can also be demonstrated under experimental conditions, however, in vivo it is likely that the Aβ-clusterin complexes are out-competed by clusterin for inwards transport [470–472]. The net flux of complexes via LRP2 is thus brain-to-blood [429, 464]. sLRP1 is released from LRP1 at the luminal membrane by removal of the membrane binding domain. Aβ complexes with sLRP1 are apparently not transported across the blood–brain barrier but can be delivered to the liver. Thus these serve as a sink reducing backflux of Aβ that has emerged from the brain [469].
|
|
p
|
The role of p-glycoprotein (Pgp) has been considered in many studies [243, 473–490] that indicate that it does play a role, but there have also been studies suggesting that it does not [491–494]. P-glycoprotein is present in the luminal membranes of the endothelial cells (see Sect. 4.2.1). With LRP1 mediating entry of Aβ into the endothelial cells from ISF, an obvious role to suggest for p-glycoprotein is Aβ efflux to plasma. Another function of p-glycoprotein may be to return to plasma some of the Aβ brought into the cells by RAGE [423, 495, 496]. However the intervening steps between endocytosis mediated by either LRP1 or RAGE and efflux by p-glycoprotein remain to be established.
|
|
p
|
The overall net flux of Aβ across the blood–brain barrier is thus seen to be the resultant of a number of transport mechanisms mediating both inward and outward fluxes. The use of complexing agents in plasma to reduce Aβ flux from blood-to-brain is one strategy being tried to reduce Aβ accumulation in the brain.
|
|
sec
|
Evidence for Aβ elimination via perivascular routes
The perivascular route has also been considered as a likely pathway for elimination of Aβ peptides from the brain. In initial studies, following exogenous Aβ introduction into the brain, aggregates were first found along the external boundaries of arterial walls [497, 498] (see also [499, 500]) but at later times were seen throughout the smooth muscle layer of the arteries ([497], see also [501]). The results from these initial studies are consistent with the idea that growth of the deposits starts occurring adjacent to an efflux route for Aβ along the outside of the arteries, i.e. an extramural periarterial route.
Subsequent studies followed the routes of exit from the parenchyma of fluorescent dextran. This was used as a non-metabolizable marker for substances of the size of Aβ. Within minutes of its injection fluorescence could be visualized throughout the smooth muscle layer of the arterial walls [70]. From this observation it was proposed that both the fluorescent dextran and the Aβ enter the smooth muscle layer near its end closest to the capillaries and move along the vessel wall towards the subarachnoid space with little further exchange between the smooth muscle layer and the surrounding parenchyma. However, it remains difficult to see how there could be sufficient driving force for movement through the extracellular matrix along the entire length, perhaps a millimeter, of the vessel (compare the discussion in Sect. 3.2.1) while at the same time movement over a 10- to 20-fold shorter distance perpendicular to the vessel wall is prevented. For a different viewpoint see [88, 95, 502–504]).
There may be an alternative explanation. The higher observed density of dextran or Aβ within the extracellular spaces of the smooth muscle layer than in the interstitial spaces of the parenchyma [102] might suggest that it binds, reversibly, to some component of the extracellular matrix in the layer. There is in fact good evidence for interaction of the Aβ peptides with some components [505, 506]. If the high concentrations within the basement membranes of the layer reflect binding rather than some form of impermeant sheath, then it is not clear whether Aβ and the dextrans reach the sites of the binding by moving parallel to the vessel wall or by traversing it (see Fig. 21). If the latter, movements parallel to the vessel would be occurring via an extramural route that might have a much lower resistance to flow. Transverse movement has been observed for both horseradish peroxidase and 3H-leucine with large cerebral arteries [507], and no additional impermeant layer is known to exist around smaller arteries inside the parenchyma [98]. There is at present no compelling evidence to decide between the intramural and extramural routes for movement parallel to the vessels.
Fig. 21 Putative routes for periarterial efflux. In the intramural proposal solutes move parallel to the vessel wall along the basement membranes of the smooth muscle layer, shown as blue trajectories. In the extramural proposal movements of solutes parallel to the vessel occur primarily in a perivascular space with lower resistance to flow. They also move in and out of the wall by a combination of diffusion and convection, shown as the red trajectories. As discussed in Sect. 3.1 the nature of the extramural pathway is still controversial including whether it is a space one side or the other of the pial cells or alternatively the pial and glial basement membranes themselves. endo endothelium, s.m smooth muscle, BM basement membrane. Pial cells and pial basement membrane(s) are shown together because they are very thin
The importance of the perivascular route for Aβ elimination may be not so much that it removes Aβ from the parenchyma but rather that it delivers Aβ into the vessel walls of arterioles and arteries. Cerebral amyloid angiopathy is often seen before formation of senile plaques within the parenchyma (see e.g. [508]) and the damage to the arterioles and arteries may have secondary consequences for the well-being of parenchymal cells, either by effects on blood flow or via local inflammation [509–511].
|
|
title
|
Evidence for Aβ elimination via perivascular routes
|
|
p
|
The perivascular route has also been considered as a likely pathway for elimination of Aβ peptides from the brain. In initial studies, following exogenous Aβ introduction into the brain, aggregates were first found along the external boundaries of arterial walls [497, 498] (see also [499, 500]) but at later times were seen throughout the smooth muscle layer of the arteries ([497], see also [501]). The results from these initial studies are consistent with the idea that growth of the deposits starts occurring adjacent to an efflux route for Aβ along the outside of the arteries, i.e. an extramural periarterial route.
|
|
p
|
Subsequent studies followed the routes of exit from the parenchyma of fluorescent dextran. This was used as a non-metabolizable marker for substances of the size of Aβ. Within minutes of its injection fluorescence could be visualized throughout the smooth muscle layer of the arterial walls [70]. From this observation it was proposed that both the fluorescent dextran and the Aβ enter the smooth muscle layer near its end closest to the capillaries and move along the vessel wall towards the subarachnoid space with little further exchange between the smooth muscle layer and the surrounding parenchyma. However, it remains difficult to see how there could be sufficient driving force for movement through the extracellular matrix along the entire length, perhaps a millimeter, of the vessel (compare the discussion in Sect. 3.2.1) while at the same time movement over a 10- to 20-fold shorter distance perpendicular to the vessel wall is prevented. For a different viewpoint see [88, 95, 502–504]).
|
|
p
|
There may be an alternative explanation. The higher observed density of dextran or Aβ within the extracellular spaces of the smooth muscle layer than in the interstitial spaces of the parenchyma [102] might suggest that it binds, reversibly, to some component of the extracellular matrix in the layer. There is in fact good evidence for interaction of the Aβ peptides with some components [505, 506]. If the high concentrations within the basement membranes of the layer reflect binding rather than some form of impermeant sheath, then it is not clear whether Aβ and the dextrans reach the sites of the binding by moving parallel to the vessel wall or by traversing it (see Fig. 21). If the latter, movements parallel to the vessel would be occurring via an extramural route that might have a much lower resistance to flow. Transverse movement has been observed for both horseradish peroxidase and 3H-leucine with large cerebral arteries [507], and no additional impermeant layer is known to exist around smaller arteries inside the parenchyma [98]. There is at present no compelling evidence to decide between the intramural and extramural routes for movement parallel to the vessels.
Fig. 21 Putative routes for periarterial efflux. In the intramural proposal solutes move parallel to the vessel wall along the basement membranes of the smooth muscle layer, shown as blue trajectories. In the extramural proposal movements of solutes parallel to the vessel occur primarily in a perivascular space with lower resistance to flow. They also move in and out of the wall by a combination of diffusion and convection, shown as the red trajectories. As discussed in Sect. 3.1 the nature of the extramural pathway is still controversial including whether it is a space one side or the other of the pial cells or alternatively the pial and glial basement membranes themselves. endo endothelium, s.m smooth muscle, BM basement membrane. Pial cells and pial basement membrane(s) are shown together because they are very thin
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 21 Putative routes for periarterial efflux. In the intramural proposal solutes move parallel to the vessel wall along the basement membranes of the smooth muscle layer, shown as blue trajectories. In the extramural proposal movements of solutes parallel to the vessel occur primarily in a perivascular space with lower resistance to flow. They also move in and out of the wall by a combination of diffusion and convection, shown as the red trajectories. As discussed in Sect. 3.1 the nature of the extramural pathway is still controversial including whether it is a space one side or the other of the pial cells or alternatively the pial and glial basement membranes themselves. endo endothelium, s.m smooth muscle, BM basement membrane. Pial cells and pial basement membrane(s) are shown together because they are very thin
|
|
label
|
Fig. 21
|
|
caption
|
Putative routes for periarterial efflux. In the intramural proposal solutes move parallel to the vessel wall along the basement membranes of the smooth muscle layer, shown as blue trajectories. In the extramural proposal movements of solutes parallel to the vessel occur primarily in a perivascular space with lower resistance to flow. They also move in and out of the wall by a combination of diffusion and convection, shown as the red trajectories. As discussed in Sect. 3.1 the nature of the extramural pathway is still controversial including whether it is a space one side or the other of the pial cells or alternatively the pial and glial basement membranes themselves. endo endothelium, s.m smooth muscle, BM basement membrane. Pial cells and pial basement membrane(s) are shown together because they are very thin
|
|
p
|
Putative routes for periarterial efflux. In the intramural proposal solutes move parallel to the vessel wall along the basement membranes of the smooth muscle layer, shown as blue trajectories. In the extramural proposal movements of solutes parallel to the vessel occur primarily in a perivascular space with lower resistance to flow. They also move in and out of the wall by a combination of diffusion and convection, shown as the red trajectories. As discussed in Sect. 3.1 the nature of the extramural pathway is still controversial including whether it is a space one side or the other of the pial cells or alternatively the pial and glial basement membranes themselves. endo endothelium, s.m smooth muscle, BM basement membrane. Pial cells and pial basement membrane(s) are shown together because they are very thin
|
|
p
|
The importance of the perivascular route for Aβ elimination may be not so much that it removes Aβ from the parenchyma but rather that it delivers Aβ into the vessel walls of arterioles and arteries. Cerebral amyloid angiopathy is often seen before formation of senile plaques within the parenchyma (see e.g. [508]) and the damage to the arterioles and arteries may have secondary consequences for the well-being of parenchymal cells, either by effects on blood flow or via local inflammation [509–511].
|
|
sec
|
Relative importance of metabolism, blood–brain barrier transport and the perivascular route for elimination of soluble Aβ
Attempts have been made to estimate the proportions of soluble Aβ removed from the brain by metabolism, by transport across the blood–brain barrier, and by perivascular efflux. It is possible to get an estimate of perivascular elimination alone using inulin. When this was done in mice, Shibata et al. [62] found that the half-time for the elimination of 125I-Aβ1-40 was much shorter than could be explained by elimination by the perivascular route, with calculated rate constants of 0.027 min−1 and 0.0029 min−1 respectively (see Table 5). As they had concluded that metabolism played little part, the faster, non-perivascular elimination was held to be transfer across the blood–brain barrier. Bell et al. [429] (see Appendix 2 in [146] for corrections to their calculations) extended these observations to 125I-Aβ1-42.
It is interesting to note that Xie et al. [128] found the half-lives for both Aβ and inulin to be different when the mice were asleep as compared to when they were awake. In both conditions the rate constant was larger for Aβ than for inulin (see Table 5). The interpretation of these differences in rate constants between wakefulness and sleep has been considered in some detail in [146] and will not be considered further here.
Table 5 Rate constants for elimination of 125I-Aβ1-40, 125I-Aβ1-42 and inulin in mice
Rate constant/min−1
Shibtata et al. Bell et al. Xie et al. awake Xie et al. asleep
Inulin 0.0029 0.0024 0.006 0.016
Aβ1-40 0.027 0.0184 0.024 0.053
Aβ1-42 0.011
Data from Shibata et al. [62], Bell et al. [429] (see Appendix 2 of [146]) and Xie et al. [128]
The results of Shibata et al. [62], Iliff et al. [25] and Xie et al. [128] all imply that the rate constant of perivascular elimination, as estimated by the constant for inulin efflux, is considerably less than the rate constant of elimination by other means.21
Roberts et al. [457] sought to compare rates of metabolism of Aβ with those of Aβ efflux. To do this they used values for: the turnover rate for Aβ [512]; the pool size for Aβ; the difference between Aβ concentrations in arterial blood and in venous blood leaving the brain; the cerebral blood flow and the rate of return of CSF to the general circulation. From these values they calculated that 25% of Aβ elimination was via efflux across the blood–brain barrier, 25% was via CSF and the remaining 50% was via metabolism. As discussed in [146] while the results of Roberts et al. do suggest that all of these mechanisms are involved, the fraction of Aβ leaving the brain across the blood–brain barrier may have been underestimated and could be as high as 50%. By contrast the fraction accounted for by metabolism may have been smaller than estimated.
On balance the available data suggests a significant involvement in elimination of Aβ from the brain for all three routes of elimination: metabolism, net outward flux across the blood–brain barrier and net perivascular outward flux.
|
|
title
|
Relative importance of metabolism, blood–brain barrier transport and the perivascular route for elimination of soluble Aβ
|
|
p
|
Attempts have been made to estimate the proportions of soluble Aβ removed from the brain by metabolism, by transport across the blood–brain barrier, and by perivascular efflux. It is possible to get an estimate of perivascular elimination alone using inulin. When this was done in mice, Shibata et al. [62] found that the half-time for the elimination of 125I-Aβ1-40 was much shorter than could be explained by elimination by the perivascular route, with calculated rate constants of 0.027 min−1 and 0.0029 min−1 respectively (see Table 5). As they had concluded that metabolism played little part, the faster, non-perivascular elimination was held to be transfer across the blood–brain barrier. Bell et al. [429] (see Appendix 2 in [146] for corrections to their calculations) extended these observations to 125I-Aβ1-42.
|
|
p
|
It is interesting to note that Xie et al. [128] found the half-lives for both Aβ and inulin to be different when the mice were asleep as compared to when they were awake. In both conditions the rate constant was larger for Aβ than for inulin (see Table 5). The interpretation of these differences in rate constants between wakefulness and sleep has been considered in some detail in [146] and will not be considered further here.
Table 5 Rate constants for elimination of 125I-Aβ1-40, 125I-Aβ1-42 and inulin in mice
Rate constant/min−1
Shibtata et al. Bell et al. Xie et al. awake Xie et al. asleep
Inulin 0.0029 0.0024 0.006 0.016
Aβ1-40 0.027 0.0184 0.024 0.053
Aβ1-42 0.011
Data from Shibata et al. [62], Bell et al. [429] (see Appendix 2 of [146]) and Xie et al. [128]
|
|
table-wrap
|
Table 5 Rate constants for elimination of 125I-Aβ1-40, 125I-Aβ1-42 and inulin in mice
Rate constant/min−1
Shibtata et al. Bell et al. Xie et al. awake Xie et al. asleep
Inulin 0.0029 0.0024 0.006 0.016
Aβ1-40 0.027 0.0184 0.024 0.053
Aβ1-42 0.011
Data from Shibata et al. [62], Bell et al. [429] (see Appendix 2 of [146]) and Xie et al. [128]
|
|
label
|
Table 5
|
|
caption
|
Rate constants for elimination of 125I-Aβ1-40, 125I-Aβ1-42 and inulin in mice
|
|
p
|
Rate constants for elimination of 125I-Aβ1-40, 125I-Aβ1-42 and inulin in mice
|
|
table
|
Rate constant/min−1
Shibtata et al. Bell et al. Xie et al. awake Xie et al. asleep
Inulin 0.0029 0.0024 0.006 0.016
Aβ1-40 0.027 0.0184 0.024 0.053
Aβ1-42 0.011
|
|
tr
|
Rate constant/min−1
|
|
th
|
Rate constant/min−1
|
|
tr
|
Shibtata et al. Bell et al. Xie et al. awake Xie et al. asleep
|
|
th
|
Shibtata et al.
|
|
th
|
Bell et al.
|
|
th
|
Xie et al. awake
|
|
th
|
Xie et al. asleep
|
|
tr
|
Inulin 0.0029 0.0024 0.006 0.016
|
|
td
|
Inulin
|
|
td
|
0.0029
|
|
td
|
0.0024
|
|
td
|
0.006
|
|
td
|
0.016
|
|
tr
|
Aβ1-40 0.027 0.0184 0.024 0.053
|
|
td
|
Aβ1-40
|
|
td
|
0.027
|
|
td
|
0.0184
|
|
td
|
0.024
|
|
td
|
0.053
|
|
tr
|
Aβ1-42 0.011
|
|
td
|
Aβ1-42
|
|
td
|
0.011
|
|
table-wrap-foot
|
Data from Shibata et al. [62], Bell et al. [429] (see Appendix 2 of [146]) and Xie et al. [128]
|
|
p
|
Data from Shibata et al. [62], Bell et al. [429] (see Appendix 2 of [146]) and Xie et al. [128]
|
|
p
|
The results of Shibata et al. [62], Iliff et al. [25] and Xie et al. [128] all imply that the rate constant of perivascular elimination, as estimated by the constant for inulin efflux, is considerably less than the rate constant of elimination by other means.21
|
|
p
|
Roberts et al. [457] sought to compare rates of metabolism of Aβ with those of Aβ efflux. To do this they used values for: the turnover rate for Aβ [512]; the pool size for Aβ; the difference between Aβ concentrations in arterial blood and in venous blood leaving the brain; the cerebral blood flow and the rate of return of CSF to the general circulation. From these values they calculated that 25% of Aβ elimination was via efflux across the blood–brain barrier, 25% was via CSF and the remaining 50% was via metabolism. As discussed in [146] while the results of Roberts et al. do suggest that all of these mechanisms are involved, the fraction of Aβ leaving the brain across the blood–brain barrier may have been underestimated and could be as high as 50%. By contrast the fraction accounted for by metabolism may have been smaller than estimated.
|
|
p
|
On balance the available data suggests a significant involvement in elimination of Aβ from the brain for all three routes of elimination: metabolism, net outward flux across the blood–brain barrier and net perivascular outward flux.
|
|
sec
|
Estimating the value of the total clearance of soluble Aβ from ISF
Calculating a clearance value for the elimination of Aβ from ISF is not straightforward as much of the Aβ in ISF is complexed with other solutes, e.g. apoE and clusterin. However, an estimate can be made if it is assumed that all the forms that are accessible to be eliminated are dissolved in the ISF and eliminated with the same rate constant. The volume of distribution for the total soluble Aβ, whether or not as part of complexes, will be that of ISF and thus the clearance can be calculated as rate constant × volume of distribution = 0.05 min−1 × 0.2 mL g−1 = 10 µL g−1 min−1. On this basis perivascular clearance, expected using the same assumptions to be about 1 µL g−1 min−1, may be about 1/10th as large, a small but still significant fraction of the total.
In all of the preceding, the rates of elimination by various routes have been considered almost as if they are constant. However, reduction in the overall clearance and thus in the rates of elimination by some of the routes are likely to be very important in the development of Alzheimer’s disease [422]. In this regard LRP1 expression has been found to be reduced and RAGE expression increased with age [478, 513]. Similarly perivascular elimination has been found to decrease with age possibly as a result of decreased variations in the size of arteries and arterioles during the cardiac cycle [514] (see Sect. 3.2). All of these changes will tend to increase Aβ ISF concentration and hence lead to increased formation of plaques and vascular Aβ deposits.
|
|
title
|
Estimating the value of the total clearance of soluble Aβ from ISF
|
|
p
|
Calculating a clearance value for the elimination of Aβ from ISF is not straightforward as much of the Aβ in ISF is complexed with other solutes, e.g. apoE and clusterin. However, an estimate can be made if it is assumed that all the forms that are accessible to be eliminated are dissolved in the ISF and eliminated with the same rate constant. The volume of distribution for the total soluble Aβ, whether or not as part of complexes, will be that of ISF and thus the clearance can be calculated as rate constant × volume of distribution = 0.05 min−1 × 0.2 mL g−1 = 10 µL g−1 min−1. On this basis perivascular clearance, expected using the same assumptions to be about 1 µL g−1 min−1, may be about 1/10th as large, a small but still significant fraction of the total.
|
|
p
|
In all of the preceding, the rates of elimination by various routes have been considered almost as if they are constant. However, reduction in the overall clearance and thus in the rates of elimination by some of the routes are likely to be very important in the development of Alzheimer’s disease [422]. In this regard LRP1 expression has been found to be reduced and RAGE expression increased with age [478, 513]. Similarly perivascular elimination has been found to decrease with age possibly as a result of decreased variations in the size of arteries and arterioles during the cardiac cycle [514] (see Sect. 3.2). All of these changes will tend to increase Aβ ISF concentration and hence lead to increased formation of plaques and vascular Aβ deposits.
|
|
sec
|
Maintenance of brain ISF composition
Some substances in ISF simply need to be expelled, others must be eliminated in a more controlled manner to allow a stable concentration. For most xenobiotics or waste products, the objective is simply to get rid of the substance and keep the extracellular concentration as low as is practical. However, for a number of substances, the objective is to achieve the proper balance between influx, production, consumption and elimination so that their ISF concentrations can be kept within an acceptable range. The objective in this section is to consider how control of ISF concentrations is achieved.
There are several substances whose ISF concentrations must be kept within narrow limits to ensure correct neuronal function. Na+, Cl− and K+ are good examples. Regulation of Na+ and Cl− amounts and concentrations is inextricably linked to the control of extracellular fluid volume and intracranial pressure and is outside the scope of this review (for some discussion see [41]). The control of K+ and HCO3− ISF concentrations was considered in [4]. The following sections consider the general principles and the control of ISF concentrations of CO2 and glucose.
General principles of concentration maintenance: balancing input and output. CO2 as an example
The concentration of a substance can only be maintained at a constant level if its rate of elimination, Relim, is equal to its rate of input, Rin,11 Relim=Rin.
If input exceeds elimination the concentration will increase; if it is less the concentration will decrease. In the face of a given rate of input, be it by influx from outside or local production within the brain, a steady-state can only be achieved if the elimination rate can increase far enough to balance the input (see input Rin2 in Fig. 22a). A steady-state is not possible if elimination is unable to match input (see input at level 2) and under these conditions the concentration will continually increase. Thus it is the relative rates of input and elimination, rather than the rate of input itself that is of primary importance.
Fig. 22 The relation between the rate of elimination of a substance and its concentration. The solid curve in a and line in b show the rate of elimination as a proportion of its possible maximum versus concentration. Possible rates of input are shown as the dashed lines. In a if the rate of input is Rin,1 which is less than the maximum possible rate of elimination, Relim,max, the concentration can be maintained at css. If the rate of input is Rin,2, which exceeds Relim,max, no steady-state is possible and the concentration continually increases. At low concentrations as shown in detail in b the rate of elimination is usually proportional to concentration
The rate of elimination of a substance from the brain parenchyma is determined by its concentration and the ability of the efflux mechanisms to remove the substance. This ability is usually described as the clearance. For a substance eliminated by a single type of transport, the clearance is determined by the number of transporters, the affinity-constant for the substrate and the transporter and the maximum turnover rate. Clearance can be calculated from measurable quantities as12 CL=Relim/c.where Relim is the rate of elimination and c is the concentration of the substance. At sufficiently low concentrations the relation between elimination rate and concentration is linear and the clearance is a constant (see Fig. 22b). At higher concentrations (see Fig. 22a) the relation is no longer linear and the clearance decreases as concentration increases.
The larger the clearance, the higher the rate of elimination possible at any given concentration (see Fig. 23a) and therefore the lower the concentration needed to achieve an elimination rate equal to a particular rate of input, Rin, (see Fig. 23b), i.e.13 c=Rin/CL.
Fig. 23 The relationship between the rates of input and elimination, substrate concentration in ISF and clearance. At steady-state the rate of elimination must equal the rate of input. The horizontal dashed lines show rates of input (R1, R2, R3 and Rin). The clearance, CL, is the slope of the line for the plot of rate of elimination versus concentration. Lines for three values of clearance (CL1, CL2 and CL3) are shown. a To achieve the steady-state concentration, cisf, clearance must be higher to balance the higher rate of input i.e. the rate of input required is proportional to clearance. b For a given rate of input, the steady-state concentration is inversely proportional to CL (compare the three steady state concentrations c1 c2 and c3 achievable for the three clearance values CL1, CL2 and CL3). c For a given clearance the steady-state concentration is proportional to the rate of input. Changes in input need not produce changes in concentration if the clearance can be changed, e.g. for the increase from R1 to R3 shown in a the concentration would be constant if the clearance could be increased from CL1 to CL3
When the clearance is constant, changes in input (R1, R2, R3 in Fig. 23c) lead to proportional changes in steady-state concentration. Such changes in ISF concentration may be fine if the ISF concentration is not critical. Constant clearance avoids the disasters that could occur if the elimination rate could not increase with ISF concentration because then increased rate of input would produce progressively increasing concentration within the parenchyma.
If close control of ISF concentration is required there must either be some means to reduce or prevent changes in input or the clearance must alter. When input is from plasma one way in which changes in input can be made less sensitive to plasma concentration is for the input mechanism to be operating not too far from its maximum rate, i.e. for the substrate concentration in plasma to be well above the Km for the input mechanism. However, the same limitation may apply to efflux as to influx, with the resulting changes in ISF concentration difficult to predict (e.g. for glucose, see Fig. 14 and Appendix D).
If input is determined by production within the parenchyma, closer control in the face of variable input than would be seen for constant clearance must be achieved by altering the mechanisms of elimination to change the clearance. In order for the system to be modified some sort of signal is required ‘to inform’ the elimination system that the input and/or the concentration has changed.
In principle this can be done by feedback control in which increased concentration somehow modifies the mechanism of elimination to increase the clearance, e.g. by recruiting more transporters. To some extent this occurs with CO2. Increased pCO2 is associated with lower pH and stimulation of cerebral blood flow, which washes away the excess CO2 (see Sect. 5.2), i.e. increased pCO2 increases the clearance for CO2. However, feedback control still requires that there be a change in the concentration to stimulate and maintain the process (see Fig. 24).
Fig. 24 Diagram illustrating possible schemes for neurovascular coupling, i.e. regulation of blood flow changes associated with nerve activity. Two forms of control are shown, a simple feedback based on the signal to be regulated, e.g. pCO2, and b feedback plus feed-forward. The feed-forward element, signal2, in b, possibly from astrocytes, allows blood flow to increase with smaller changes in the primary quantity to be regulated, signal1
(Figure reproduced from [4])
Closer control is possible with feed-forward regulation, in which the change in input itself or something closely linked to the input stimulates the change in clearance whether or not the concentration changes. In principle the control could be perfect if somehow a change in input rate could produce proportional change in clearance as indicated in Fig. 23a. It is now clear that increased brain activity, which increases production of CO2, increases blood-flow even without increases in CO2 concentration. This process, called neurovascular coupling [515, 516], is considered in more detail in [4] which can be consulted for further references.
When substrate elimination is limited by transport across the blood–brain barrier rather than by blood-flow, the clearance can be increased by inserting more transporters, by increasing the activity of each transporter, i.e. an increase in the turnover rate or, if the transport isn’t saturated by increasing the affinity of the transporter for the substrate.
Achieving a net flux: glucose as an example
There is regulation of transport across the blood–brain barrier both for glucose and for ions like Na+, K+ or Cl−. Regulation of glucose transport serves primarily to achieve the correct flux to support metabolism whereas regulation of ion transport is important to maintain the correct concentrations in extracellular fluid. The actual glucose concentration in ISF is relatively unimportant so long as it remains well above the Km for hexokinase (0.04–0.05 mM, see Sect. 5.3) but low enough to avoid formation of unwanted glycation products. The requirements for the regulation of the glucose transporter, GLUT1, were considered in detail by Barros et al. [314] and Simpson et al. [315]. Thus this section considers only the principles and the extent to which regulation can be obtained by altering glucose efflux.
GLUT1 transport across the blood–brain barrier must be capable of producing a net flux that is equal to the cerebral metabolic rate for glucose, CMRglc, at all times both at rest and during nervous activity. Furthermore the system must be capable of increasing net flux quickly to match demand. If the net inward flux were not increased, then for a glucose content in brain of 1.3 mM × 0.77 mL g−1 and an increase in glucose consumption rate of 0.65 µmol g−1 min−1 (i.e. to twice resting level, figures for rats), the entire glucose reserve would be consumed in < 2 min.
CMRglc of stimulated nervous tissue isn’t easy to measure, partly because a region large enough to assay is likely to contain both stimulated and unstimulated tissue. Using quantitative autoradiography in rats exposed to monotonic sounds, Cruz et al. [517] were able to see as much as 85% increase in CMRglc in tonotopic bands of the inferior colliculus. Using PET imaging in human subjects viewing a reversing checkerboard pattern, Fox et al. [518] saw 50% increases in the visual cortex. Using measured arterio-venous concentration differences in human volunteers undergoing exhausting cycling or rowing exercise, Quistorff et al. ([353], data from [519]) found more than twofold increases in glucose uptake rate across the blood–brain barrier. (There was also a substantial uptake of lactate). From these and other studies, in order to support nervous activity it must be possible to increase the net flux across the blood–brain barrier by at least twofold within a few minutes.
There are three important steps in the delivery of glucose: arrival in the blood; net transport across the blood–brain barrier; subsequent diffusion to the sites of hexokinase. At rest, the blood flow delivers 5–10 times more glucose than does the net flux across the blood–brain barrier into the parenchyma. As a consequence the glucose concentrations in arterial blood and the capillaries are similar, and increasing blood flow can only produce modest changes in capillary concentration and the net inward flux into the parenchyma. Both diffusion within the parenchyma and transport across astrocyte and neuron membranes have been found to be fast (see Sect. 5.3). Thus the rate-limiting step in delivery of glucose to regions where it is required in the parenchyma is its transfer across the blood–brain barrier.
Increased glucose consumption by cells within the parenchyma will reduce glucose cisf and so reduce glucose efflux, resulting in increased net inward flux. Because the Michaelis–Menten constant, Km, for hexokinase is so low, the concentrations of glucose inside the cells and in ISF can be reduced to values much smaller than that found during times of low nervous activity. The size of this effect can be seen in the data of Betz et al. [327] as described in Appendix D. From that analysis there would be an increase of about 40% in the net inward flux, even if there were no change in transport capacity.22 Decreased glucose efflux is an important part of the response to increased nervous activity but it is not sufficient on its own to support demand [314, 315, 322]. Decreased efflux has the advantage that it occurs rapidly with the increase in glucose demand.
Changes in GLUT1 transporter expression have been documented and reviewed elsewhere [322, 336, 520]. However, such changes are too slow to provide minute to minute changes in response to nervous activity. As discussed by Cura et al. [322] there are two types of changes that may occur quickly (see following), one is recruitment of additional preformed GLUT1 from intracellular stores and the other is an increase in transport rate for the existing GLUT1. Both may be occurring. There are suggestions that these changes may result in large effects, but there is no clear evidence of which if any are important at the blood–brain barrier.
With regard to GLUT1 recruitment to the cell surface, it can be detected not only on the luminal and abluminal membranes but also on vesicle membranes within the cytoplasm of brain endothelial cells [521]. Early studies on recruitment in a number of tissues were reviewed by Carruthers [328]. Subsequently it has been found that activation of AMP protein kinase (AMPK) by AMP when AMP is produced from ATP in response to nerve activity can in turn lead to recruitment to the cell surface. With cell culture systems including brain endothelial cells recruitment in response to AMP can be large, resulting in a two to threefold increase in GLUT1 at the plasma membrane [322, 522, 523].
With regard to modification of GLUT1 transport rate, it is known from studies on red blood cells that GLUT1 can be substantially inhibited by binding of ATP, an effect that is inhibited by AMP. When ATP hydrolysis is stimulated, ATP concentrations decrease and AMP concentrations increase, both of these events acting to release inhibition of GLUT1 [322, 524]. This effect can be large, a four to tenfold increase in glucose transport. Because increased AMP can increase both recruitment and activity of GLUT1 at the cell surface, it is easily imagined that small changes in AMP levels in endothelial cells could increase glucose transport sufficiently to support increased nervous activity.
|
|
title
|
Maintenance of brain ISF composition
|
|
p
|
Some substances in ISF simply need to be expelled, others must be eliminated in a more controlled manner to allow a stable concentration. For most xenobiotics or waste products, the objective is simply to get rid of the substance and keep the extracellular concentration as low as is practical. However, for a number of substances, the objective is to achieve the proper balance between influx, production, consumption and elimination so that their ISF concentrations can be kept within an acceptable range. The objective in this section is to consider how control of ISF concentrations is achieved.
|
|
p
|
There are several substances whose ISF concentrations must be kept within narrow limits to ensure correct neuronal function. Na+, Cl− and K+ are good examples. Regulation of Na+ and Cl− amounts and concentrations is inextricably linked to the control of extracellular fluid volume and intracranial pressure and is outside the scope of this review (for some discussion see [41]). The control of K+ and HCO3− ISF concentrations was considered in [4]. The following sections consider the general principles and the control of ISF concentrations of CO2 and glucose.
|
|
sec
|
General principles of concentration maintenance: balancing input and output. CO2 as an example
The concentration of a substance can only be maintained at a constant level if its rate of elimination, Relim, is equal to its rate of input, Rin,11 Relim=Rin.
If input exceeds elimination the concentration will increase; if it is less the concentration will decrease. In the face of a given rate of input, be it by influx from outside or local production within the brain, a steady-state can only be achieved if the elimination rate can increase far enough to balance the input (see input Rin2 in Fig. 22a). A steady-state is not possible if elimination is unable to match input (see input at level 2) and under these conditions the concentration will continually increase. Thus it is the relative rates of input and elimination, rather than the rate of input itself that is of primary importance.
Fig. 22 The relation between the rate of elimination of a substance and its concentration. The solid curve in a and line in b show the rate of elimination as a proportion of its possible maximum versus concentration. Possible rates of input are shown as the dashed lines. In a if the rate of input is Rin,1 which is less than the maximum possible rate of elimination, Relim,max, the concentration can be maintained at css. If the rate of input is Rin,2, which exceeds Relim,max, no steady-state is possible and the concentration continually increases. At low concentrations as shown in detail in b the rate of elimination is usually proportional to concentration
The rate of elimination of a substance from the brain parenchyma is determined by its concentration and the ability of the efflux mechanisms to remove the substance. This ability is usually described as the clearance. For a substance eliminated by a single type of transport, the clearance is determined by the number of transporters, the affinity-constant for the substrate and the transporter and the maximum turnover rate. Clearance can be calculated from measurable quantities as12 CL=Relim/c.where Relim is the rate of elimination and c is the concentration of the substance. At sufficiently low concentrations the relation between elimination rate and concentration is linear and the clearance is a constant (see Fig. 22b). At higher concentrations (see Fig. 22a) the relation is no longer linear and the clearance decreases as concentration increases.
The larger the clearance, the higher the rate of elimination possible at any given concentration (see Fig. 23a) and therefore the lower the concentration needed to achieve an elimination rate equal to a particular rate of input, Rin, (see Fig. 23b), i.e.13 c=Rin/CL.
Fig. 23 The relationship between the rates of input and elimination, substrate concentration in ISF and clearance. At steady-state the rate of elimination must equal the rate of input. The horizontal dashed lines show rates of input (R1, R2, R3 and Rin). The clearance, CL, is the slope of the line for the plot of rate of elimination versus concentration. Lines for three values of clearance (CL1, CL2 and CL3) are shown. a To achieve the steady-state concentration, cisf, clearance must be higher to balance the higher rate of input i.e. the rate of input required is proportional to clearance. b For a given rate of input, the steady-state concentration is inversely proportional to CL (compare the three steady state concentrations c1 c2 and c3 achievable for the three clearance values CL1, CL2 and CL3). c For a given clearance the steady-state concentration is proportional to the rate of input. Changes in input need not produce changes in concentration if the clearance can be changed, e.g. for the increase from R1 to R3 shown in a the concentration would be constant if the clearance could be increased from CL1 to CL3
When the clearance is constant, changes in input (R1, R2, R3 in Fig. 23c) lead to proportional changes in steady-state concentration. Such changes in ISF concentration may be fine if the ISF concentration is not critical. Constant clearance avoids the disasters that could occur if the elimination rate could not increase with ISF concentration because then increased rate of input would produce progressively increasing concentration within the parenchyma.
If close control of ISF concentration is required there must either be some means to reduce or prevent changes in input or the clearance must alter. When input is from plasma one way in which changes in input can be made less sensitive to plasma concentration is for the input mechanism to be operating not too far from its maximum rate, i.e. for the substrate concentration in plasma to be well above the Km for the input mechanism. However, the same limitation may apply to efflux as to influx, with the resulting changes in ISF concentration difficult to predict (e.g. for glucose, see Fig. 14 and Appendix D).
If input is determined by production within the parenchyma, closer control in the face of variable input than would be seen for constant clearance must be achieved by altering the mechanisms of elimination to change the clearance. In order for the system to be modified some sort of signal is required ‘to inform’ the elimination system that the input and/or the concentration has changed.
In principle this can be done by feedback control in which increased concentration somehow modifies the mechanism of elimination to increase the clearance, e.g. by recruiting more transporters. To some extent this occurs with CO2. Increased pCO2 is associated with lower pH and stimulation of cerebral blood flow, which washes away the excess CO2 (see Sect. 5.2), i.e. increased pCO2 increases the clearance for CO2. However, feedback control still requires that there be a change in the concentration to stimulate and maintain the process (see Fig. 24).
Fig. 24 Diagram illustrating possible schemes for neurovascular coupling, i.e. regulation of blood flow changes associated with nerve activity. Two forms of control are shown, a simple feedback based on the signal to be regulated, e.g. pCO2, and b feedback plus feed-forward. The feed-forward element, signal2, in b, possibly from astrocytes, allows blood flow to increase with smaller changes in the primary quantity to be regulated, signal1
(Figure reproduced from [4])
Closer control is possible with feed-forward regulation, in which the change in input itself or something closely linked to the input stimulates the change in clearance whether or not the concentration changes. In principle the control could be perfect if somehow a change in input rate could produce proportional change in clearance as indicated in Fig. 23a. It is now clear that increased brain activity, which increases production of CO2, increases blood-flow even without increases in CO2 concentration. This process, called neurovascular coupling [515, 516], is considered in more detail in [4] which can be consulted for further references.
When substrate elimination is limited by transport across the blood–brain barrier rather than by blood-flow, the clearance can be increased by inserting more transporters, by increasing the activity of each transporter, i.e. an increase in the turnover rate or, if the transport isn’t saturated by increasing the affinity of the transporter for the substrate.
|
|
title
|
General principles of concentration maintenance: balancing input and output. CO2 as an example
|
|
p
|
The concentration of a substance can only be maintained at a constant level if its rate of elimination, Relim, is equal to its rate of input, Rin,11 Relim=Rin.
|
|
label
|
11
|
|
p
|
If input exceeds elimination the concentration will increase; if it is less the concentration will decrease. In the face of a given rate of input, be it by influx from outside or local production within the brain, a steady-state can only be achieved if the elimination rate can increase far enough to balance the input (see input Rin2 in Fig. 22a). A steady-state is not possible if elimination is unable to match input (see input at level 2) and under these conditions the concentration will continually increase. Thus it is the relative rates of input and elimination, rather than the rate of input itself that is of primary importance.
Fig. 22 The relation between the rate of elimination of a substance and its concentration. The solid curve in a and line in b show the rate of elimination as a proportion of its possible maximum versus concentration. Possible rates of input are shown as the dashed lines. In a if the rate of input is Rin,1 which is less than the maximum possible rate of elimination, Relim,max, the concentration can be maintained at css. If the rate of input is Rin,2, which exceeds Relim,max, no steady-state is possible and the concentration continually increases. At low concentrations as shown in detail in b the rate of elimination is usually proportional to concentration
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 22 The relation between the rate of elimination of a substance and its concentration. The solid curve in a and line in b show the rate of elimination as a proportion of its possible maximum versus concentration. Possible rates of input are shown as the dashed lines. In a if the rate of input is Rin,1 which is less than the maximum possible rate of elimination, Relim,max, the concentration can be maintained at css. If the rate of input is Rin,2, which exceeds Relim,max, no steady-state is possible and the concentration continually increases. At low concentrations as shown in detail in b the rate of elimination is usually proportional to concentration
|
|
label
|
Fig. 22
|
|
caption
|
The relation between the rate of elimination of a substance and its concentration. The solid curve in a and line in b show the rate of elimination as a proportion of its possible maximum versus concentration. Possible rates of input are shown as the dashed lines. In a if the rate of input is Rin,1 which is less than the maximum possible rate of elimination, Relim,max, the concentration can be maintained at css. If the rate of input is Rin,2, which exceeds Relim,max, no steady-state is possible and the concentration continually increases. At low concentrations as shown in detail in b the rate of elimination is usually proportional to concentration
|
|
p
|
The relation between the rate of elimination of a substance and its concentration. The solid curve in a and line in b show the rate of elimination as a proportion of its possible maximum versus concentration. Possible rates of input are shown as the dashed lines. In a if the rate of input is Rin,1 which is less than the maximum possible rate of elimination, Relim,max, the concentration can be maintained at css. If the rate of input is Rin,2, which exceeds Relim,max, no steady-state is possible and the concentration continually increases. At low concentrations as shown in detail in b the rate of elimination is usually proportional to concentration
|
|
p
|
The rate of elimination of a substance from the brain parenchyma is determined by its concentration and the ability of the efflux mechanisms to remove the substance. This ability is usually described as the clearance. For a substance eliminated by a single type of transport, the clearance is determined by the number of transporters, the affinity-constant for the substrate and the transporter and the maximum turnover rate. Clearance can be calculated from measurable quantities as12 CL=Relim/c.where Relim is the rate of elimination and c is the concentration of the substance. At sufficiently low concentrations the relation between elimination rate and concentration is linear and the clearance is a constant (see Fig. 22b). At higher concentrations (see Fig. 22a) the relation is no longer linear and the clearance decreases as concentration increases.
|
|
label
|
12
|
|
p
|
The larger the clearance, the higher the rate of elimination possible at any given concentration (see Fig. 23a) and therefore the lower the concentration needed to achieve an elimination rate equal to a particular rate of input, Rin, (see Fig. 23b), i.e.13 c=Rin/CL.
Fig. 23 The relationship between the rates of input and elimination, substrate concentration in ISF and clearance. At steady-state the rate of elimination must equal the rate of input. The horizontal dashed lines show rates of input (R1, R2, R3 and Rin). The clearance, CL, is the slope of the line for the plot of rate of elimination versus concentration. Lines for three values of clearance (CL1, CL2 and CL3) are shown. a To achieve the steady-state concentration, cisf, clearance must be higher to balance the higher rate of input i.e. the rate of input required is proportional to clearance. b For a given rate of input, the steady-state concentration is inversely proportional to CL (compare the three steady state concentrations c1 c2 and c3 achievable for the three clearance values CL1, CL2 and CL3). c For a given clearance the steady-state concentration is proportional to the rate of input. Changes in input need not produce changes in concentration if the clearance can be changed, e.g. for the increase from R1 to R3 shown in a the concentration would be constant if the clearance could be increased from CL1 to CL3
|
|
label
|
13
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 23 The relationship between the rates of input and elimination, substrate concentration in ISF and clearance. At steady-state the rate of elimination must equal the rate of input. The horizontal dashed lines show rates of input (R1, R2, R3 and Rin). The clearance, CL, is the slope of the line for the plot of rate of elimination versus concentration. Lines for three values of clearance (CL1, CL2 and CL3) are shown. a To achieve the steady-state concentration, cisf, clearance must be higher to balance the higher rate of input i.e. the rate of input required is proportional to clearance. b For a given rate of input, the steady-state concentration is inversely proportional to CL (compare the three steady state concentrations c1 c2 and c3 achievable for the three clearance values CL1, CL2 and CL3). c For a given clearance the steady-state concentration is proportional to the rate of input. Changes in input need not produce changes in concentration if the clearance can be changed, e.g. for the increase from R1 to R3 shown in a the concentration would be constant if the clearance could be increased from CL1 to CL3
|
|
label
|
Fig. 23
|
|
caption
|
The relationship between the rates of input and elimination, substrate concentration in ISF and clearance. At steady-state the rate of elimination must equal the rate of input. The horizontal dashed lines show rates of input (R1, R2, R3 and Rin). The clearance, CL, is the slope of the line for the plot of rate of elimination versus concentration. Lines for three values of clearance (CL1, CL2 and CL3) are shown. a To achieve the steady-state concentration, cisf, clearance must be higher to balance the higher rate of input i.e. the rate of input required is proportional to clearance. b For a given rate of input, the steady-state concentration is inversely proportional to CL (compare the three steady state concentrations c1 c2 and c3 achievable for the three clearance values CL1, CL2 and CL3). c For a given clearance the steady-state concentration is proportional to the rate of input. Changes in input need not produce changes in concentration if the clearance can be changed, e.g. for the increase from R1 to R3 shown in a the concentration would be constant if the clearance could be increased from CL1 to CL3
|
|
p
|
The relationship between the rates of input and elimination, substrate concentration in ISF and clearance. At steady-state the rate of elimination must equal the rate of input. The horizontal dashed lines show rates of input (R1, R2, R3 and Rin). The clearance, CL, is the slope of the line for the plot of rate of elimination versus concentration. Lines for three values of clearance (CL1, CL2 and CL3) are shown. a To achieve the steady-state concentration, cisf, clearance must be higher to balance the higher rate of input i.e. the rate of input required is proportional to clearance. b For a given rate of input, the steady-state concentration is inversely proportional to CL (compare the three steady state concentrations c1 c2 and c3 achievable for the three clearance values CL1, CL2 and CL3). c For a given clearance the steady-state concentration is proportional to the rate of input. Changes in input need not produce changes in concentration if the clearance can be changed, e.g. for the increase from R1 to R3 shown in a the concentration would be constant if the clearance could be increased from CL1 to CL3
|
|
p
|
When the clearance is constant, changes in input (R1, R2, R3 in Fig. 23c) lead to proportional changes in steady-state concentration. Such changes in ISF concentration may be fine if the ISF concentration is not critical. Constant clearance avoids the disasters that could occur if the elimination rate could not increase with ISF concentration because then increased rate of input would produce progressively increasing concentration within the parenchyma.
|
|
p
|
If close control of ISF concentration is required there must either be some means to reduce or prevent changes in input or the clearance must alter. When input is from plasma one way in which changes in input can be made less sensitive to plasma concentration is for the input mechanism to be operating not too far from its maximum rate, i.e. for the substrate concentration in plasma to be well above the Km for the input mechanism. However, the same limitation may apply to efflux as to influx, with the resulting changes in ISF concentration difficult to predict (e.g. for glucose, see Fig. 14 and Appendix D).
|
|
p
|
If input is determined by production within the parenchyma, closer control in the face of variable input than would be seen for constant clearance must be achieved by altering the mechanisms of elimination to change the clearance. In order for the system to be modified some sort of signal is required ‘to inform’ the elimination system that the input and/or the concentration has changed.
|
|
p
|
In principle this can be done by feedback control in which increased concentration somehow modifies the mechanism of elimination to increase the clearance, e.g. by recruiting more transporters. To some extent this occurs with CO2. Increased pCO2 is associated with lower pH and stimulation of cerebral blood flow, which washes away the excess CO2 (see Sect. 5.2), i.e. increased pCO2 increases the clearance for CO2. However, feedback control still requires that there be a change in the concentration to stimulate and maintain the process (see Fig. 24).
Fig. 24 Diagram illustrating possible schemes for neurovascular coupling, i.e. regulation of blood flow changes associated with nerve activity. Two forms of control are shown, a simple feedback based on the signal to be regulated, e.g. pCO2, and b feedback plus feed-forward. The feed-forward element, signal2, in b, possibly from astrocytes, allows blood flow to increase with smaller changes in the primary quantity to be regulated, signal1
(Figure reproduced from [4])
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 24 Diagram illustrating possible schemes for neurovascular coupling, i.e. regulation of blood flow changes associated with nerve activity. Two forms of control are shown, a simple feedback based on the signal to be regulated, e.g. pCO2, and b feedback plus feed-forward. The feed-forward element, signal2, in b, possibly from astrocytes, allows blood flow to increase with smaller changes in the primary quantity to be regulated, signal1
(Figure reproduced from [4])
|
|
label
|
Fig. 24
|
|
caption
|
Diagram illustrating possible schemes for neurovascular coupling, i.e. regulation of blood flow changes associated with nerve activity. Two forms of control are shown, a simple feedback based on the signal to be regulated, e.g. pCO2, and b feedback plus feed-forward. The feed-forward element, signal2, in b, possibly from astrocytes, allows blood flow to increase with smaller changes in the primary quantity to be regulated, signal1
(Figure reproduced from [4])
|
|
p
|
Diagram illustrating possible schemes for neurovascular coupling, i.e. regulation of blood flow changes associated with nerve activity. Two forms of control are shown, a simple feedback based on the signal to be regulated, e.g. pCO2, and b feedback plus feed-forward. The feed-forward element, signal2, in b, possibly from astrocytes, allows blood flow to increase with smaller changes in the primary quantity to be regulated, signal1
|
|
p
|
(Figure reproduced from [4])
|
|
p
|
Closer control is possible with feed-forward regulation, in which the change in input itself or something closely linked to the input stimulates the change in clearance whether or not the concentration changes. In principle the control could be perfect if somehow a change in input rate could produce proportional change in clearance as indicated in Fig. 23a. It is now clear that increased brain activity, which increases production of CO2, increases blood-flow even without increases in CO2 concentration. This process, called neurovascular coupling [515, 516], is considered in more detail in [4] which can be consulted for further references.
|
|
p
|
When substrate elimination is limited by transport across the blood–brain barrier rather than by blood-flow, the clearance can be increased by inserting more transporters, by increasing the activity of each transporter, i.e. an increase in the turnover rate or, if the transport isn’t saturated by increasing the affinity of the transporter for the substrate.
|
|
sec
|
Achieving a net flux: glucose as an example
There is regulation of transport across the blood–brain barrier both for glucose and for ions like Na+, K+ or Cl−. Regulation of glucose transport serves primarily to achieve the correct flux to support metabolism whereas regulation of ion transport is important to maintain the correct concentrations in extracellular fluid. The actual glucose concentration in ISF is relatively unimportant so long as it remains well above the Km for hexokinase (0.04–0.05 mM, see Sect. 5.3) but low enough to avoid formation of unwanted glycation products. The requirements for the regulation of the glucose transporter, GLUT1, were considered in detail by Barros et al. [314] and Simpson et al. [315]. Thus this section considers only the principles and the extent to which regulation can be obtained by altering glucose efflux.
GLUT1 transport across the blood–brain barrier must be capable of producing a net flux that is equal to the cerebral metabolic rate for glucose, CMRglc, at all times both at rest and during nervous activity. Furthermore the system must be capable of increasing net flux quickly to match demand. If the net inward flux were not increased, then for a glucose content in brain of 1.3 mM × 0.77 mL g−1 and an increase in glucose consumption rate of 0.65 µmol g−1 min−1 (i.e. to twice resting level, figures for rats), the entire glucose reserve would be consumed in < 2 min.
CMRglc of stimulated nervous tissue isn’t easy to measure, partly because a region large enough to assay is likely to contain both stimulated and unstimulated tissue. Using quantitative autoradiography in rats exposed to monotonic sounds, Cruz et al. [517] were able to see as much as 85% increase in CMRglc in tonotopic bands of the inferior colliculus. Using PET imaging in human subjects viewing a reversing checkerboard pattern, Fox et al. [518] saw 50% increases in the visual cortex. Using measured arterio-venous concentration differences in human volunteers undergoing exhausting cycling or rowing exercise, Quistorff et al. ([353], data from [519]) found more than twofold increases in glucose uptake rate across the blood–brain barrier. (There was also a substantial uptake of lactate). From these and other studies, in order to support nervous activity it must be possible to increase the net flux across the blood–brain barrier by at least twofold within a few minutes.
There are three important steps in the delivery of glucose: arrival in the blood; net transport across the blood–brain barrier; subsequent diffusion to the sites of hexokinase. At rest, the blood flow delivers 5–10 times more glucose than does the net flux across the blood–brain barrier into the parenchyma. As a consequence the glucose concentrations in arterial blood and the capillaries are similar, and increasing blood flow can only produce modest changes in capillary concentration and the net inward flux into the parenchyma. Both diffusion within the parenchyma and transport across astrocyte and neuron membranes have been found to be fast (see Sect. 5.3). Thus the rate-limiting step in delivery of glucose to regions where it is required in the parenchyma is its transfer across the blood–brain barrier.
Increased glucose consumption by cells within the parenchyma will reduce glucose cisf and so reduce glucose efflux, resulting in increased net inward flux. Because the Michaelis–Menten constant, Km, for hexokinase is so low, the concentrations of glucose inside the cells and in ISF can be reduced to values much smaller than that found during times of low nervous activity. The size of this effect can be seen in the data of Betz et al. [327] as described in Appendix D. From that analysis there would be an increase of about 40% in the net inward flux, even if there were no change in transport capacity.22 Decreased glucose efflux is an important part of the response to increased nervous activity but it is not sufficient on its own to support demand [314, 315, 322]. Decreased efflux has the advantage that it occurs rapidly with the increase in glucose demand.
Changes in GLUT1 transporter expression have been documented and reviewed elsewhere [322, 336, 520]. However, such changes are too slow to provide minute to minute changes in response to nervous activity. As discussed by Cura et al. [322] there are two types of changes that may occur quickly (see following), one is recruitment of additional preformed GLUT1 from intracellular stores and the other is an increase in transport rate for the existing GLUT1. Both may be occurring. There are suggestions that these changes may result in large effects, but there is no clear evidence of which if any are important at the blood–brain barrier.
With regard to GLUT1 recruitment to the cell surface, it can be detected not only on the luminal and abluminal membranes but also on vesicle membranes within the cytoplasm of brain endothelial cells [521]. Early studies on recruitment in a number of tissues were reviewed by Carruthers [328]. Subsequently it has been found that activation of AMP protein kinase (AMPK) by AMP when AMP is produced from ATP in response to nerve activity can in turn lead to recruitment to the cell surface. With cell culture systems including brain endothelial cells recruitment in response to AMP can be large, resulting in a two to threefold increase in GLUT1 at the plasma membrane [322, 522, 523].
With regard to modification of GLUT1 transport rate, it is known from studies on red blood cells that GLUT1 can be substantially inhibited by binding of ATP, an effect that is inhibited by AMP. When ATP hydrolysis is stimulated, ATP concentrations decrease and AMP concentrations increase, both of these events acting to release inhibition of GLUT1 [322, 524]. This effect can be large, a four to tenfold increase in glucose transport. Because increased AMP can increase both recruitment and activity of GLUT1 at the cell surface, it is easily imagined that small changes in AMP levels in endothelial cells could increase glucose transport sufficiently to support increased nervous activity.
|
|
title
|
Achieving a net flux: glucose as an example
|
|
p
|
There is regulation of transport across the blood–brain barrier both for glucose and for ions like Na+, K+ or Cl−. Regulation of glucose transport serves primarily to achieve the correct flux to support metabolism whereas regulation of ion transport is important to maintain the correct concentrations in extracellular fluid. The actual glucose concentration in ISF is relatively unimportant so long as it remains well above the Km for hexokinase (0.04–0.05 mM, see Sect. 5.3) but low enough to avoid formation of unwanted glycation products. The requirements for the regulation of the glucose transporter, GLUT1, were considered in detail by Barros et al. [314] and Simpson et al. [315]. Thus this section considers only the principles and the extent to which regulation can be obtained by altering glucose efflux.
|
|
p
|
GLUT1 transport across the blood–brain barrier must be capable of producing a net flux that is equal to the cerebral metabolic rate for glucose, CMRglc, at all times both at rest and during nervous activity. Furthermore the system must be capable of increasing net flux quickly to match demand. If the net inward flux were not increased, then for a glucose content in brain of 1.3 mM × 0.77 mL g−1 and an increase in glucose consumption rate of 0.65 µmol g−1 min−1 (i.e. to twice resting level, figures for rats), the entire glucose reserve would be consumed in < 2 min.
|
|
p
|
CMRglc of stimulated nervous tissue isn’t easy to measure, partly because a region large enough to assay is likely to contain both stimulated and unstimulated tissue. Using quantitative autoradiography in rats exposed to monotonic sounds, Cruz et al. [517] were able to see as much as 85% increase in CMRglc in tonotopic bands of the inferior colliculus. Using PET imaging in human subjects viewing a reversing checkerboard pattern, Fox et al. [518] saw 50% increases in the visual cortex. Using measured arterio-venous concentration differences in human volunteers undergoing exhausting cycling or rowing exercise, Quistorff et al. ([353], data from [519]) found more than twofold increases in glucose uptake rate across the blood–brain barrier. (There was also a substantial uptake of lactate). From these and other studies, in order to support nervous activity it must be possible to increase the net flux across the blood–brain barrier by at least twofold within a few minutes.
|
|
p
|
There are three important steps in the delivery of glucose: arrival in the blood; net transport across the blood–brain barrier; subsequent diffusion to the sites of hexokinase. At rest, the blood flow delivers 5–10 times more glucose than does the net flux across the blood–brain barrier into the parenchyma. As a consequence the glucose concentrations in arterial blood and the capillaries are similar, and increasing blood flow can only produce modest changes in capillary concentration and the net inward flux into the parenchyma. Both diffusion within the parenchyma and transport across astrocyte and neuron membranes have been found to be fast (see Sect. 5.3). Thus the rate-limiting step in delivery of glucose to regions where it is required in the parenchyma is its transfer across the blood–brain barrier.
|
|
p
|
Increased glucose consumption by cells within the parenchyma will reduce glucose cisf and so reduce glucose efflux, resulting in increased net inward flux. Because the Michaelis–Menten constant, Km, for hexokinase is so low, the concentrations of glucose inside the cells and in ISF can be reduced to values much smaller than that found during times of low nervous activity. The size of this effect can be seen in the data of Betz et al. [327] as described in Appendix D. From that analysis there would be an increase of about 40% in the net inward flux, even if there were no change in transport capacity.22 Decreased glucose efflux is an important part of the response to increased nervous activity but it is not sufficient on its own to support demand [314, 315, 322]. Decreased efflux has the advantage that it occurs rapidly with the increase in glucose demand.
|
|
p
|
Changes in GLUT1 transporter expression have been documented and reviewed elsewhere [322, 336, 520]. However, such changes are too slow to provide minute to minute changes in response to nervous activity. As discussed by Cura et al. [322] there are two types of changes that may occur quickly (see following), one is recruitment of additional preformed GLUT1 from intracellular stores and the other is an increase in transport rate for the existing GLUT1. Both may be occurring. There are suggestions that these changes may result in large effects, but there is no clear evidence of which if any are important at the blood–brain barrier.
|
|
p
|
With regard to GLUT1 recruitment to the cell surface, it can be detected not only on the luminal and abluminal membranes but also on vesicle membranes within the cytoplasm of brain endothelial cells [521]. Early studies on recruitment in a number of tissues were reviewed by Carruthers [328]. Subsequently it has been found that activation of AMP protein kinase (AMPK) by AMP when AMP is produced from ATP in response to nerve activity can in turn lead to recruitment to the cell surface. With cell culture systems including brain endothelial cells recruitment in response to AMP can be large, resulting in a two to threefold increase in GLUT1 at the plasma membrane [322, 522, 523].
|
|
p
|
With regard to modification of GLUT1 transport rate, it is known from studies on red blood cells that GLUT1 can be substantially inhibited by binding of ATP, an effect that is inhibited by AMP. When ATP hydrolysis is stimulated, ATP concentrations decrease and AMP concentrations increase, both of these events acting to release inhibition of GLUT1 [322, 524]. This effect can be large, a four to tenfold increase in glucose transport. Because increased AMP can increase both recruitment and activity of GLUT1 at the cell surface, it is easily imagined that small changes in AMP levels in endothelial cells could increase glucose transport sufficiently to support increased nervous activity.
|
|
sec
|
Summary
Substances can be eliminated from the brain parenchyma either by metabolism or efflux. This review considers efflux, which can occur via perivascular routes or via the blood–brain barrier. The quantitative importance of these different mechanisms is assessed using clearance defined as the rate of elimination of the substance from interstitial fluid (ISF) divided by its ISF concentration (see Appendix A). If the rate of elimination and the concentration can both be measured, the clearance is calculated using this definition. Often, however, it is calculated from the half-life and volume of distribution of the substance as explained in Appendix A. The total clearance of a substance is the sum of its clearances by all mechanisms.
Table 6 (see also Tables 1 and 7) lists a number of substances that are cleared by different mechanisms together with indication of the values of their clearances. The last row in the table indicates the clearance of markers for perivascular elimination. These are substances that are known to be neither transported across the blood–brain barrier nor metabolised at a significant rate but leave entirely by perivascular routes (see Appendix B). Each of these markers has a total clearance that is similar to the others. Every water soluble substance in ISF will have a total clearance at least this large, about 1 µL g−1 min−1, because the clearances by other mechanisms will be added on top of this basal value.
Table 6 Overview of efflux routes showing clearance values for substances leaving the brain parenchyma from ISF
Substances Features Clearance/µL g−1 min−1
Passive, non-specific transfer across the blood–brain barrier
H2Oa, CO2b, O2c, NH3c Very small molecules 1000–7000a, > 6500 largeb
Methanol, ethanol, antipyrine, isopropanol Highly lipid soluble moleculesd > 100
Glycerol, ethylene glycol, butyric acid Moderately lipid solubled 100 > CL > 10
Transfer across the blood–brain barrier by specific transporters
Glucosee Via GLUT1 50–100
Lactatef Via MCT1 60–100
Many substratesg Via Slc22 and Slco transporters 11–364
Amino acidsh Via L, A, ASC, N, y+, EAAT and others Seeh
K+i Via several routes including the Na+ pump and NKCC1i 11.3
Efflux via blood–brain barrier and perivascular fluxes
Amyloid-βk Primarily across blood–brain barrier ~10k
Na+ j, Cl− j mannitoll Via both blood–brain barrier and perivascular routes c. 1–2
Efflux via perivascular routes only
Sucrose, inulin, albumin, larger dextrans and PEGsm Used as markers for perivascular efflux c. 1
Values substantially greater than ~ 1 µL g−1 min−1 imply that clearance is primarily across the blood–brain barrier rather than via perivascular efflux
aSee Sect. 5.1
bSee Sect. 5.2
cClearance known to be large but difficult to measure
dSee Fig. 8
eSee Sect. 5.3 and Appendix D
fSee Sect. 5.4
gSee Table 1
hNet fluxes at blood–brain barrier 1–20 nmol g−1 min−1, perivascular effluxes (except glutamine) ~ 0.1 nmol g−1 min−1, glutamine ~ 1 nmol g−1 min−1
iSee Appendix E, NKCC1 is the Na+, K+, 2Cl−—cotransporter; jsee Appendix E
kSee Sect. 5.7.3
lSee Appendix B
mNegligible blood–brain barrier clearance, see Sect. 3 and Appendix B
Table 7 Blood–brain permeability-surface area products (PS) from influx data and calculated blood–brain barrier efflux rate constants, keff,BBB for mannitol, sucrose and inulin
PS/(10−2 µL g−1 min−1) keff,BBB/min−1
Mannitol
Ohno et al. [591] 180 0.0090
Amtorp [592] 121 0.0061
Preston et al. [593] 72 0.0036
Sisson and Oldendorf [594] 10 0.0005
Daniel et al. [595] 49 0.0025
Preston and Haas [531] as purchaseda, c 68 0.0034
Purifiedc 44 0.0022
Average 0.0040
s.e.m 0.0013
Sucrose
Ohno et al. [591] 40 0.002
Amtorp [592] 20 0.001
Preston et al. [593] 48 0.0024
Davson and Spaziani # [596] 22 0.0011
Reed and Woodbury [597] 5.3 0.00026
Cameron et al. # [598] 33 0.0017
Preston and Haas [531] as purchaseda, c 37 0.0019
Purifiedc 15.3 0.00076
Smith [599] 24 0.0012
Preston and Webster 2002 [600] 11.8 0.00059
Miah et al. [532] radiolabelleda 40 0.002
Miah et al. [532] mass spec. 4 0.0002
Average 0.0011
s.e.m 0.0002
Inulin
Ohno et al. [591] 1.44–2 0.00008
Amtorp [592] 15 0.00075
Preston et al. [593] 9 0.00045
Reed and Woodbury [597] < ~ 0.3 0.00002
Daniel et al. [595] 6 0.0003
Smith [599] < 1.5 0.00006
Preston and Webster [600] 3.9 0.0002
Kakee et al. [601]b 30 0.0015
Average 0.00027
s.e.m 0.00010
The volume of distribution is assumed to be 0.2 mL g−1. Italic values are excluded from calculations because athey are for comparison with the accompanying values or bit is an outlier, more than 4 st. dev. from the mean of the other values for inulin. The values for mannitol and sucrose marked care reported for the radiolabelled substances both as purchased and following purification to remove impurities which might be transported more rapidly (see text). The average for sucrose is significantly different from than that for mannitol, p = 0.012, and that for inulin different from that for sucrose, p = 0.01. Data obtained with rats (except # in rabbits)
Perivascular transport is a relatively non-selective flow-based process. The mechanism and detailed route of this transport have attracted a great deal of attention. Controversies still not finally resolved include: (i) the direction of solute movements and flows in periarterial and perivenous routes (Sects. 3.1 and 3.2); (ii) whether perivascular pathways are spaces containing free fluid or basement membranes (Sect. 3.1” section and Footnote 5); (iii) the driving force for the flows (Sect. 3.2); (iv) whether the immediate destination of perivascular efflux is CSF or lymph (Sect. 3.1, Fig. 6 and Footnote 6); and (v) whether there is enough flow either through the parenchyma or via perivascular routes along capillaries to allow there to be a net periarterial inflow and a net perivenous outflow as proposed in the glymphatic hypothesis (Sects. 3.2 and 3.2.1). The evidence for the involvement of flow or convection in perivascular transport of solutes is convincing but flow appears not to be important for transfers of solutes within the interstitial spaces of the parenchyma. Further work is required before it will be possible to reach a definite conclusion whether or not there is a net inward flow along arteries and net outward flow along veins as proposed in the glymphatic hypothesis.
Transport across the blood–brain barrier can occur by a number of different mechanisms (see Fig. 3). The simplest of these, appropriate for small molecules that are lipid soluble, is diffusion across the lipid membranes and cytoplasm of brain endothelial cells (Sect. 4.1 and Appendix C). The blood–brain barrier is the main route for the large fluxes of water measured using tracers (Sect. 5.1), but it is almost certainly not the main route for the net inward flux of water into the brain because it is not the main route for net inward flux of Na+ or Cl− (see [4, 41]). The net inward flux of water, which occurs primarily at the choroid plexuses, together with the metabolic production of water, must balance the net outward flow of water as CSF and ISF are returned to blood and/or lymph. With the polar solutes Na+, Cl−, and mannitol the small fluxes that have been observed in tracer studies may be via a small “leak” through the tight junctions (Sects. 4.1 and 5.6 and Appendix B).
For many relatively small polar molecules there are specific transporters in the membranes (Sects. 4.2 and 5.2 through 5.6). Not surprisingly GLUT1, the transporter for glucose, is highly abundant in the endothelial cell membranes and glucose transport is rapid (Sect. 5.3 and Appendix D). The need for an increased glucose supply during periods of enhanced nervous activity is considered in Sect. 6.2. While lactate is also transported rapidly across the blood–brain barrier at low concentrations (Sect. 5.4), during nervous activity lactate must to some extent either be transferred to inactive regions within the brain or be effluxed to CSF or lymph. Amino acid transport (Sect. 5.5) is more complicated in that there are many different amino acids that are to some extent inter-convertible by transamination. Furthermore there are many different transporters with differing but overlapping substrate preferences (Sect. 5.5.6). The largest fluxes of amino acids across the blood–brain barrier measured using radiotracers are for the large neutral amino acids. However, these occur via a system that mediates obligatory exchanges of amino acids without resulting in an overall net flux (Sect. 5.5.4). The net inward flux of the large neutral amino acids is small compared to the rate at which they are used to allow synthesis of proteins and the neurotransmitters, glutamate and GABA. This implies substantial reuse of amino acids and the corresponding α-keto-acids when proteins, glutamate and GABA are catabolized within the cells (see Sect. 5.5.5).
Receptor mediated transcytosis can transport large molecules across the blood–brain barrier. Amyloid-β is an important example (Sect. 5.7) of a substance primarily eliminated by this mechanism. Amyloid-β can also leave the brain parenchyma via perivascular efflux and this may be important as the route by which amyloid-β reaches arterial walls resulting in cerebral amyloid angiopathy.
The majority of substances listed in Table 6 have total clearances greater than those for inulin and sucrose, which implies that they are leaving the brain by routes in addition to the perivascular pathways. For those whose clearances are not much greater than 1 µL g−1 min−1, perivascular transport will still make a noticeable contribution. Na+ and Cl− enter and leave the brain parenchyma by perivascular and blood–brain barrier routes and both will be important in processes like the development and resolution of oedema (not considered in this review). Non-metabolized substances with clearances greater than about 10 µL g−1 min−1 leave the brain parenchyma primarily via transport across the blood–brain barrier.
|
|
title
|
Summary
|
|
p
|
Substances can be eliminated from the brain parenchyma either by metabolism or efflux. This review considers efflux, which can occur via perivascular routes or via the blood–brain barrier. The quantitative importance of these different mechanisms is assessed using clearance defined as the rate of elimination of the substance from interstitial fluid (ISF) divided by its ISF concentration (see Appendix A). If the rate of elimination and the concentration can both be measured, the clearance is calculated using this definition. Often, however, it is calculated from the half-life and volume of distribution of the substance as explained in Appendix A. The total clearance of a substance is the sum of its clearances by all mechanisms.
|
|
p
|
Table 6 (see also Tables 1 and 7) lists a number of substances that are cleared by different mechanisms together with indication of the values of their clearances. The last row in the table indicates the clearance of markers for perivascular elimination. These are substances that are known to be neither transported across the blood–brain barrier nor metabolised at a significant rate but leave entirely by perivascular routes (see Appendix B). Each of these markers has a total clearance that is similar to the others. Every water soluble substance in ISF will have a total clearance at least this large, about 1 µL g−1 min−1, because the clearances by other mechanisms will be added on top of this basal value.
Table 6 Overview of efflux routes showing clearance values for substances leaving the brain parenchyma from ISF
Substances Features Clearance/µL g−1 min−1
Passive, non-specific transfer across the blood–brain barrier
H2Oa, CO2b, O2c, NH3c Very small molecules 1000–7000a, > 6500 largeb
Methanol, ethanol, antipyrine, isopropanol Highly lipid soluble moleculesd > 100
Glycerol, ethylene glycol, butyric acid Moderately lipid solubled 100 > CL > 10
Transfer across the blood–brain barrier by specific transporters
Glucosee Via GLUT1 50–100
Lactatef Via MCT1 60–100
Many substratesg Via Slc22 and Slco transporters 11–364
Amino acidsh Via L, A, ASC, N, y+, EAAT and others Seeh
K+i Via several routes including the Na+ pump and NKCC1i 11.3
Efflux via blood–brain barrier and perivascular fluxes
Amyloid-βk Primarily across blood–brain barrier ~10k
Na+ j, Cl− j mannitoll Via both blood–brain barrier and perivascular routes c. 1–2
Efflux via perivascular routes only
Sucrose, inulin, albumin, larger dextrans and PEGsm Used as markers for perivascular efflux c. 1
Values substantially greater than ~ 1 µL g−1 min−1 imply that clearance is primarily across the blood–brain barrier rather than via perivascular efflux
aSee Sect. 5.1
bSee Sect. 5.2
cClearance known to be large but difficult to measure
dSee Fig. 8
eSee Sect. 5.3 and Appendix D
fSee Sect. 5.4
gSee Table 1
hNet fluxes at blood–brain barrier 1–20 nmol g−1 min−1, perivascular effluxes (except glutamine) ~ 0.1 nmol g−1 min−1, glutamine ~ 1 nmol g−1 min−1
iSee Appendix E, NKCC1 is the Na+, K+, 2Cl−—cotransporter; jsee Appendix E
kSee Sect. 5.7.3
lSee Appendix B
mNegligible blood–brain barrier clearance, see Sect. 3 and Appendix B
Table 7 Blood–brain permeability-surface area products (PS) from influx data and calculated blood–brain barrier efflux rate constants, keff,BBB for mannitol, sucrose and inulin
PS/(10−2 µL g−1 min−1) keff,BBB/min−1
Mannitol
Ohno et al. [591] 180 0.0090
Amtorp [592] 121 0.0061
Preston et al. [593] 72 0.0036
Sisson and Oldendorf [594] 10 0.0005
Daniel et al. [595] 49 0.0025
Preston and Haas [531] as purchaseda, c 68 0.0034
Purifiedc 44 0.0022
Average 0.0040
s.e.m 0.0013
Sucrose
Ohno et al. [591] 40 0.002
Amtorp [592] 20 0.001
Preston et al. [593] 48 0.0024
Davson and Spaziani # [596] 22 0.0011
Reed and Woodbury [597] 5.3 0.00026
Cameron et al. # [598] 33 0.0017
Preston and Haas [531] as purchaseda, c 37 0.0019
Purifiedc 15.3 0.00076
Smith [599] 24 0.0012
Preston and Webster 2002 [600] 11.8 0.00059
Miah et al. [532] radiolabelleda 40 0.002
Miah et al. [532] mass spec. 4 0.0002
Average 0.0011
s.e.m 0.0002
Inulin
Ohno et al. [591] 1.44–2 0.00008
Amtorp [592] 15 0.00075
Preston et al. [593] 9 0.00045
Reed and Woodbury [597] < ~ 0.3 0.00002
Daniel et al. [595] 6 0.0003
Smith [599] < 1.5 0.00006
Preston and Webster [600] 3.9 0.0002
Kakee et al. [601]b 30 0.0015
Average 0.00027
s.e.m 0.00010
The volume of distribution is assumed to be 0.2 mL g−1. Italic values are excluded from calculations because athey are for comparison with the accompanying values or bit is an outlier, more than 4 st. dev. from the mean of the other values for inulin. The values for mannitol and sucrose marked care reported for the radiolabelled substances both as purchased and following purification to remove impurities which might be transported more rapidly (see text). The average for sucrose is significantly different from than that for mannitol, p = 0.012, and that for inulin different from that for sucrose, p = 0.01. Data obtained with rats (except # in rabbits)
|
|
table-wrap
|
Table 6 Overview of efflux routes showing clearance values for substances leaving the brain parenchyma from ISF
Substances Features Clearance/µL g−1 min−1
Passive, non-specific transfer across the blood–brain barrier
H2Oa, CO2b, O2c, NH3c Very small molecules 1000–7000a, > 6500 largeb
Methanol, ethanol, antipyrine, isopropanol Highly lipid soluble moleculesd > 100
Glycerol, ethylene glycol, butyric acid Moderately lipid solubled 100 > CL > 10
Transfer across the blood–brain barrier by specific transporters
Glucosee Via GLUT1 50–100
Lactatef Via MCT1 60–100
Many substratesg Via Slc22 and Slco transporters 11–364
Amino acidsh Via L, A, ASC, N, y+, EAAT and others Seeh
K+i Via several routes including the Na+ pump and NKCC1i 11.3
Efflux via blood–brain barrier and perivascular fluxes
Amyloid-βk Primarily across blood–brain barrier ~10k
Na+ j, Cl− j mannitoll Via both blood–brain barrier and perivascular routes c. 1–2
Efflux via perivascular routes only
Sucrose, inulin, albumin, larger dextrans and PEGsm Used as markers for perivascular efflux c. 1
Values substantially greater than ~ 1 µL g−1 min−1 imply that clearance is primarily across the blood–brain barrier rather than via perivascular efflux
aSee Sect. 5.1
bSee Sect. 5.2
cClearance known to be large but difficult to measure
dSee Fig. 8
eSee Sect. 5.3 and Appendix D
fSee Sect. 5.4
gSee Table 1
hNet fluxes at blood–brain barrier 1–20 nmol g−1 min−1, perivascular effluxes (except glutamine) ~ 0.1 nmol g−1 min−1, glutamine ~ 1 nmol g−1 min−1
iSee Appendix E, NKCC1 is the Na+, K+, 2Cl−—cotransporter; jsee Appendix E
kSee Sect. 5.7.3
lSee Appendix B
mNegligible blood–brain barrier clearance, see Sect. 3 and Appendix B
|
|
label
|
Table 6
|
|
caption
|
Overview of efflux routes showing clearance values for substances leaving the brain parenchyma from ISF
|
|
p
|
Overview of efflux routes showing clearance values for substances leaving the brain parenchyma from ISF
|
|
table
|
Substances Features Clearance/µL g−1 min−1
Passive, non-specific transfer across the blood–brain barrier
H2Oa, CO2b, O2c, NH3c Very small molecules 1000–7000a, > 6500 largeb
Methanol, ethanol, antipyrine, isopropanol Highly lipid soluble moleculesd > 100
Glycerol, ethylene glycol, butyric acid Moderately lipid solubled 100 > CL > 10
Transfer across the blood–brain barrier by specific transporters
Glucosee Via GLUT1 50–100
Lactatef Via MCT1 60–100
Many substratesg Via Slc22 and Slco transporters 11–364
Amino acidsh Via L, A, ASC, N, y+, EAAT and others Seeh
K+i Via several routes including the Na+ pump and NKCC1i 11.3
Efflux via blood–brain barrier and perivascular fluxes
Amyloid-βk Primarily across blood–brain barrier ~10k
Na+ j, Cl− j mannitoll Via both blood–brain barrier and perivascular routes c. 1–2
Efflux via perivascular routes only
Sucrose, inulin, albumin, larger dextrans and PEGsm Used as markers for perivascular efflux c. 1
|
|
tr
|
Substances Features Clearance/µL g−1 min−1
|
|
th
|
Substances
|
|
th
|
Features
|
|
th
|
Clearance/µL g−1 min−1
|
|
tr
|
Passive, non-specific transfer across the blood–brain barrier
|
|
td
|
Passive, non-specific transfer across the blood–brain barrier
|
|
tr
|
H2Oa, CO2b, O2c, NH3c Very small molecules 1000–7000a, > 6500 largeb
|
|
td
|
H2Oa, CO2b, O2c, NH3c
|
|
td
|
Very small molecules
|
|
td
|
1000–7000a, > 6500 largeb
|
|
tr
|
Methanol, ethanol, antipyrine, isopropanol Highly lipid soluble moleculesd > 100
|
|
td
|
Methanol, ethanol, antipyrine, isopropanol
|
|
td
|
Highly lipid soluble moleculesd
|
|
td
|
> 100
|
|
tr
|
Glycerol, ethylene glycol, butyric acid Moderately lipid solubled 100 > CL > 10
|
|
td
|
Glycerol, ethylene glycol, butyric acid
|
|
td
|
Moderately lipid solubled
|
|
td
|
100 > CL > 10
|
|
tr
|
Transfer across the blood–brain barrier by specific transporters
|
|
td
|
Transfer across the blood–brain barrier by specific transporters
|
|
tr
|
Glucosee Via GLUT1 50–100
|
|
td
|
Glucosee
|
|
td
|
Via GLUT1
|
|
td
|
50–100
|
|
tr
|
Lactatef Via MCT1 60–100
|
|
td
|
Lactatef
|
|
td
|
Via MCT1
|
|
td
|
60–100
|
|
tr
|
Many substratesg Via Slc22 and Slco transporters 11–364
|
|
td
|
Many substratesg
|
|
td
|
Via Slc22 and Slco transporters
|
|
td
|
11–364
|
|
tr
|
Amino acidsh Via L, A, ASC, N, y+, EAAT and others Seeh
|
|
td
|
Amino acidsh
|
|
td
|
Via L, A, ASC, N, y+, EAAT and others
|
|
td
|
Seeh
|
|
tr
|
K+i Via several routes including the Na+ pump and NKCC1i 11.3
|
|
td
|
K+i
|
|
td
|
Via several routes including the Na+ pump and NKCC1i
|
|
td
|
11.3
|
|
tr
|
Efflux via blood–brain barrier and perivascular fluxes
|
|
td
|
Efflux via blood–brain barrier and perivascular fluxes
|
|
tr
|
Amyloid-βk Primarily across blood–brain barrier ~10k
|
|
td
|
Amyloid-βk
|
|
td
|
Primarily across blood–brain barrier
|
|
td
|
~10k
|
|
tr
|
Na+ j, Cl− j mannitoll Via both blood–brain barrier and perivascular routes c. 1–2
|
|
td
|
Na+ j, Cl− j mannitoll
|
|
td
|
Via both blood–brain barrier and perivascular routes
|
|
td
|
c. 1–2
|
|
tr
|
Efflux via perivascular routes only
|
|
td
|
Efflux via perivascular routes only
|
|
tr
|
Sucrose, inulin, albumin, larger dextrans and PEGsm Used as markers for perivascular efflux c. 1
|
|
td
|
Sucrose, inulin, albumin, larger dextrans and PEGsm
|
|
td
|
Used as markers for perivascular efflux
|
|
td
|
c. 1
|
|
table-wrap-foot
|
Values substantially greater than ~ 1 µL g−1 min−1 imply that clearance is primarily across the blood–brain barrier rather than via perivascular efflux
aSee Sect. 5.1
bSee Sect. 5.2
cClearance known to be large but difficult to measure
dSee Fig. 8
eSee Sect. 5.3 and Appendix D
fSee Sect. 5.4
gSee Table 1
hNet fluxes at blood–brain barrier 1–20 nmol g−1 min−1, perivascular effluxes (except glutamine) ~ 0.1 nmol g−1 min−1, glutamine ~ 1 nmol g−1 min−1
iSee Appendix E, NKCC1 is the Na+, K+, 2Cl−—cotransporter; jsee Appendix E
kSee Sect. 5.7.3
lSee Appendix B
mNegligible blood–brain barrier clearance, see Sect. 3 and Appendix B
|
|
p
|
Values substantially greater than ~ 1 µL g−1 min−1 imply that clearance is primarily across the blood–brain barrier rather than via perivascular efflux
|
|
p
|
aSee Sect. 5.1
|
|
p
|
bSee Sect. 5.2
|
|
p
|
cClearance known to be large but difficult to measure
|
|
p
|
dSee Fig. 8
|
|
p
|
eSee Sect. 5.3 and Appendix D
|
|
p
|
fSee Sect. 5.4
|
|
p
|
gSee Table 1
|
|
p
|
hNet fluxes at blood–brain barrier 1–20 nmol g−1 min−1, perivascular effluxes (except glutamine) ~ 0.1 nmol g−1 min−1, glutamine ~ 1 nmol g−1 min−1
|
|
p
|
iSee Appendix E, NKCC1 is the Na+, K+, 2Cl−—cotransporter; jsee Appendix E
|
|
p
|
kSee Sect. 5.7.3
|
|
p
|
lSee Appendix B
|
|
p
|
mNegligible blood–brain barrier clearance, see Sect. 3 and Appendix B
|
|
table-wrap
|
Table 7 Blood–brain permeability-surface area products (PS) from influx data and calculated blood–brain barrier efflux rate constants, keff,BBB for mannitol, sucrose and inulin
PS/(10−2 µL g−1 min−1) keff,BBB/min−1
Mannitol
Ohno et al. [591] 180 0.0090
Amtorp [592] 121 0.0061
Preston et al. [593] 72 0.0036
Sisson and Oldendorf [594] 10 0.0005
Daniel et al. [595] 49 0.0025
Preston and Haas [531] as purchaseda, c 68 0.0034
Purifiedc 44 0.0022
Average 0.0040
s.e.m 0.0013
Sucrose
Ohno et al. [591] 40 0.002
Amtorp [592] 20 0.001
Preston et al. [593] 48 0.0024
Davson and Spaziani # [596] 22 0.0011
Reed and Woodbury [597] 5.3 0.00026
Cameron et al. # [598] 33 0.0017
Preston and Haas [531] as purchaseda, c 37 0.0019
Purifiedc 15.3 0.00076
Smith [599] 24 0.0012
Preston and Webster 2002 [600] 11.8 0.00059
Miah et al. [532] radiolabelleda 40 0.002
Miah et al. [532] mass spec. 4 0.0002
Average 0.0011
s.e.m 0.0002
Inulin
Ohno et al. [591] 1.44–2 0.00008
Amtorp [592] 15 0.00075
Preston et al. [593] 9 0.00045
Reed and Woodbury [597] < ~ 0.3 0.00002
Daniel et al. [595] 6 0.0003
Smith [599] < 1.5 0.00006
Preston and Webster [600] 3.9 0.0002
Kakee et al. [601]b 30 0.0015
Average 0.00027
s.e.m 0.00010
The volume of distribution is assumed to be 0.2 mL g−1. Italic values are excluded from calculations because athey are for comparison with the accompanying values or bit is an outlier, more than 4 st. dev. from the mean of the other values for inulin. The values for mannitol and sucrose marked care reported for the radiolabelled substances both as purchased and following purification to remove impurities which might be transported more rapidly (see text). The average for sucrose is significantly different from than that for mannitol, p = 0.012, and that for inulin different from that for sucrose, p = 0.01. Data obtained with rats (except # in rabbits)
|
|
label
|
Table 7
|
|
caption
|
Blood–brain permeability-surface area products (PS) from influx data and calculated blood–brain barrier efflux rate constants, keff,BBB for mannitol, sucrose and inulin
|
|
p
|
Blood–brain permeability-surface area products (PS) from influx data and calculated blood–brain barrier efflux rate constants, keff,BBB for mannitol, sucrose and inulin
|
|
table
|
PS/(10−2 µL g−1 min−1) keff,BBB/min−1
Mannitol
Ohno et al. [591] 180 0.0090
Amtorp [592] 121 0.0061
Preston et al. [593] 72 0.0036
Sisson and Oldendorf [594] 10 0.0005
Daniel et al. [595] 49 0.0025
Preston and Haas [531] as purchaseda, c 68 0.0034
Purifiedc 44 0.0022
Average 0.0040
s.e.m 0.0013
Sucrose
Ohno et al. [591] 40 0.002
Amtorp [592] 20 0.001
Preston et al. [593] 48 0.0024
Davson and Spaziani # [596] 22 0.0011
Reed and Woodbury [597] 5.3 0.00026
Cameron et al. # [598] 33 0.0017
Preston and Haas [531] as purchaseda, c 37 0.0019
Purifiedc 15.3 0.00076
Smith [599] 24 0.0012
Preston and Webster 2002 [600] 11.8 0.00059
Miah et al. [532] radiolabelleda 40 0.002
Miah et al. [532] mass spec. 4 0.0002
Average 0.0011
s.e.m 0.0002
Inulin
Ohno et al. [591] 1.44–2 0.00008
Amtorp [592] 15 0.00075
Preston et al. [593] 9 0.00045
Reed and Woodbury [597] < ~ 0.3 0.00002
Daniel et al. [595] 6 0.0003
Smith [599] < 1.5 0.00006
Preston and Webster [600] 3.9 0.0002
Kakee et al. [601]b 30 0.0015
Average 0.00027
s.e.m 0.00010
|
|
tr
|
PS/(10−2 µL g−1 min−1) keff,BBB/min−1
|
|
th
|
PS/(10−2 µL g−1 min−1)
|
|
th
|
keff,BBB/min−1
|
|
tr
|
Mannitol
|
|
td
|
Mannitol
|
|
tr
|
Ohno et al. [591] 180 0.0090
|
|
td
|
Ohno et al. [591]
|
|
td
|
180
|
|
td
|
0.0090
|
|
tr
|
Amtorp [592] 121 0.0061
|
|
td
|
Amtorp [592]
|
|
td
|
121
|
|
td
|
0.0061
|
|
tr
|
Preston et al. [593] 72 0.0036
|
|
td
|
Preston et al. [593]
|
|
td
|
72
|
|
td
|
0.0036
|
|
tr
|
Sisson and Oldendorf [594] 10 0.0005
|
|
td
|
Sisson and Oldendorf [594]
|
|
td
|
10
|
|
td
|
0.0005
|
|
tr
|
Daniel et al. [595] 49 0.0025
|
|
td
|
Daniel et al. [595]
|
|
td
|
49
|
|
td
|
0.0025
|
|
tr
|
Preston and Haas [531] as purchaseda, c 68 0.0034
|
|
td
|
Preston and Haas [531] as purchaseda, c
|
|
td
|
68
|
|
td
|
0.0034
|
|
tr
|
Purifiedc 44 0.0022
|
|
td
|
Purifiedc
|
|
td
|
44
|
|
td
|
0.0022
|
|
tr
|
Average 0.0040
|
|
td
|
Average
|
|
td
|
0.0040
|
|
tr
|
s.e.m 0.0013
|
|
td
|
s.e.m
|
|
td
|
0.0013
|
|
tr
|
Sucrose
|
|
td
|
Sucrose
|
|
tr
|
Ohno et al. [591] 40 0.002
|
|
td
|
Ohno et al. [591]
|
|
td
|
40
|
|
td
|
0.002
|
|
tr
|
Amtorp [592] 20 0.001
|
|
td
|
Amtorp [592]
|
|
td
|
20
|
|
td
|
0.001
|
|
tr
|
Preston et al. [593] 48 0.0024
|
|
td
|
Preston et al. [593]
|
|
td
|
48
|
|
td
|
0.0024
|
|
tr
|
Davson and Spaziani # [596] 22 0.0011
|
|
td
|
Davson and Spaziani # [596]
|
|
td
|
22
|
|
td
|
0.0011
|
|
tr
|
Reed and Woodbury [597] 5.3 0.00026
|
|
td
|
Reed and Woodbury [597]
|
|
td
|
5.3
|
|
td
|
0.00026
|
|
tr
|
Cameron et al. # [598] 33 0.0017
|
|
td
|
Cameron et al. # [598]
|
|
td
|
33
|
|
td
|
0.0017
|
|
tr
|
Preston and Haas [531] as purchaseda, c 37 0.0019
|
|
td
|
Preston and Haas [531] as purchaseda, c
|
|
td
|
37
|
|
td
|
0.0019
|
|
tr
|
Purifiedc 15.3 0.00076
|
|
td
|
Purifiedc
|
|
td
|
15.3
|
|
td
|
0.00076
|
|
tr
|
Smith [599] 24 0.0012
|
|
td
|
Smith [599]
|
|
td
|
24
|
|
td
|
0.0012
|
|
tr
|
Preston and Webster 2002 [600] 11.8 0.00059
|
|
td
|
Preston and Webster 2002 [600]
|
|
td
|
11.8
|
|
td
|
0.00059
|
|
tr
|
Miah et al. [532] radiolabelleda 40 0.002
|
|
td
|
Miah et al. [532] radiolabelleda
|
|
td
|
40
|
|
td
|
0.002
|
|
tr
|
Miah et al. [532] mass spec. 4 0.0002
|
|
td
|
Miah et al. [532] mass spec.
|
|
td
|
4
|
|
td
|
0.0002
|
|
tr
|
Average 0.0011
|
|
td
|
Average
|
|
td
|
0.0011
|
|
tr
|
s.e.m 0.0002
|
|
td
|
s.e.m
|
|
td
|
0.0002
|
|
tr
|
Inulin
|
|
td
|
Inulin
|
|
tr
|
Ohno et al. [591] 1.44–2 0.00008
|
|
td
|
Ohno et al. [591]
|
|
td
|
1.44–2
|
|
td
|
0.00008
|
|
tr
|
Amtorp [592] 15 0.00075
|
|
td
|
Amtorp [592]
|
|
td
|
15
|
|
td
|
0.00075
|
|
tr
|
Preston et al. [593] 9 0.00045
|
|
td
|
Preston et al. [593]
|
|
td
|
9
|
|
td
|
0.00045
|
|
tr
|
Reed and Woodbury [597] < ~ 0.3 0.00002
|
|
td
|
Reed and Woodbury [597]
|
|
td
|
< ~ 0.3
|
|
td
|
0.00002
|
|
tr
|
Daniel et al. [595] 6 0.0003
|
|
td
|
Daniel et al. [595]
|
|
td
|
6
|
|
td
|
0.0003
|
|
tr
|
Smith [599] < 1.5 0.00006
|
|
td
|
Smith [599]
|
|
td
|
< 1.5
|
|
td
|
0.00006
|
|
tr
|
Preston and Webster [600] 3.9 0.0002
|
|
td
|
Preston and Webster [600]
|
|
td
|
3.9
|
|
td
|
0.0002
|
|
tr
|
Kakee et al. [601]b 30 0.0015
|
|
td
|
Kakee et al. [601]b
|
|
td
|
30
|
|
td
|
0.0015
|
|
tr
|
Average 0.00027
|
|
td
|
Average
|
|
td
|
0.00027
|
|
tr
|
s.e.m 0.00010
|
|
td
|
s.e.m
|
|
td
|
0.00010
|
|
table-wrap-foot
|
The volume of distribution is assumed to be 0.2 mL g−1. Italic values are excluded from calculations because athey are for comparison with the accompanying values or bit is an outlier, more than 4 st. dev. from the mean of the other values for inulin. The values for mannitol and sucrose marked care reported for the radiolabelled substances both as purchased and following purification to remove impurities which might be transported more rapidly (see text). The average for sucrose is significantly different from than that for mannitol, p = 0.012, and that for inulin different from that for sucrose, p = 0.01. Data obtained with rats (except # in rabbits)
|
|
p
|
The volume of distribution is assumed to be 0.2 mL g−1. Italic values are excluded from calculations because athey are for comparison with the accompanying values or bit is an outlier, more than 4 st. dev. from the mean of the other values for inulin. The values for mannitol and sucrose marked care reported for the radiolabelled substances both as purchased and following purification to remove impurities which might be transported more rapidly (see text). The average for sucrose is significantly different from than that for mannitol, p = 0.012, and that for inulin different from that for sucrose, p = 0.01. Data obtained with rats (except # in rabbits)
|
|
p
|
Perivascular transport is a relatively non-selective flow-based process. The mechanism and detailed route of this transport have attracted a great deal of attention. Controversies still not finally resolved include: (i) the direction of solute movements and flows in periarterial and perivenous routes (Sects. 3.1 and 3.2); (ii) whether perivascular pathways are spaces containing free fluid or basement membranes (Sect. 3.1” section and Footnote 5); (iii) the driving force for the flows (Sect. 3.2); (iv) whether the immediate destination of perivascular efflux is CSF or lymph (Sect. 3.1, Fig. 6 and Footnote 6); and (v) whether there is enough flow either through the parenchyma or via perivascular routes along capillaries to allow there to be a net periarterial inflow and a net perivenous outflow as proposed in the glymphatic hypothesis (Sects. 3.2 and 3.2.1). The evidence for the involvement of flow or convection in perivascular transport of solutes is convincing but flow appears not to be important for transfers of solutes within the interstitial spaces of the parenchyma. Further work is required before it will be possible to reach a definite conclusion whether or not there is a net inward flow along arteries and net outward flow along veins as proposed in the glymphatic hypothesis.
|
|
p
|
Transport across the blood–brain barrier can occur by a number of different mechanisms (see Fig. 3). The simplest of these, appropriate for small molecules that are lipid soluble, is diffusion across the lipid membranes and cytoplasm of brain endothelial cells (Sect. 4.1 and Appendix C). The blood–brain barrier is the main route for the large fluxes of water measured using tracers (Sect. 5.1), but it is almost certainly not the main route for the net inward flux of water into the brain because it is not the main route for net inward flux of Na+ or Cl− (see [4, 41]). The net inward flux of water, which occurs primarily at the choroid plexuses, together with the metabolic production of water, must balance the net outward flow of water as CSF and ISF are returned to blood and/or lymph. With the polar solutes Na+, Cl−, and mannitol the small fluxes that have been observed in tracer studies may be via a small “leak” through the tight junctions (Sects. 4.1 and 5.6 and Appendix B).
|
|
p
|
For many relatively small polar molecules there are specific transporters in the membranes (Sects. 4.2 and 5.2 through 5.6). Not surprisingly GLUT1, the transporter for glucose, is highly abundant in the endothelial cell membranes and glucose transport is rapid (Sect. 5.3 and Appendix D). The need for an increased glucose supply during periods of enhanced nervous activity is considered in Sect. 6.2. While lactate is also transported rapidly across the blood–brain barrier at low concentrations (Sect. 5.4), during nervous activity lactate must to some extent either be transferred to inactive regions within the brain or be effluxed to CSF or lymph. Amino acid transport (Sect. 5.5) is more complicated in that there are many different amino acids that are to some extent inter-convertible by transamination. Furthermore there are many different transporters with differing but overlapping substrate preferences (Sect. 5.5.6). The largest fluxes of amino acids across the blood–brain barrier measured using radiotracers are for the large neutral amino acids. However, these occur via a system that mediates obligatory exchanges of amino acids without resulting in an overall net flux (Sect. 5.5.4). The net inward flux of the large neutral amino acids is small compared to the rate at which they are used to allow synthesis of proteins and the neurotransmitters, glutamate and GABA. This implies substantial reuse of amino acids and the corresponding α-keto-acids when proteins, glutamate and GABA are catabolized within the cells (see Sect. 5.5.5).
|
|
p
|
Receptor mediated transcytosis can transport large molecules across the blood–brain barrier. Amyloid-β is an important example (Sect. 5.7) of a substance primarily eliminated by this mechanism. Amyloid-β can also leave the brain parenchyma via perivascular efflux and this may be important as the route by which amyloid-β reaches arterial walls resulting in cerebral amyloid angiopathy.
|
|
p
|
The majority of substances listed in Table 6 have total clearances greater than those for inulin and sucrose, which implies that they are leaving the brain by routes in addition to the perivascular pathways. For those whose clearances are not much greater than 1 µL g−1 min−1, perivascular transport will still make a noticeable contribution. Na+ and Cl− enter and leave the brain parenchyma by perivascular and blood–brain barrier routes and both will be important in processes like the development and resolution of oedema (not considered in this review). Non-metabolized substances with clearances greater than about 10 µL g−1 min−1 leave the brain parenchyma primarily via transport across the blood–brain barrier.
|
|
sec
|
Conclusion
This review has assessed the evidence from a number of different sources regarding the routes and mechanisms of elimination of substances from the brain parenchyma. Early studies comprehensively and admirably reviewed by Bradbury [55] and by Davson and Segal [56] revealed that there were two important routes, across the blood–brain barrier and via cerebrospinal fluid (CSF). For glucose, O2 and CO2 it was obvious that exchanges across the blood–brain barrier were dominant. At the other extreme for sucrose and inulin the concentrations in the parenchyma followed those in CSF much more closely than those in blood plasma. For Na+ and Cl− it was clear that both routes were important. For certain specific substances, e.g. Ca2+, Mg2+ and some vitamins and hormones the major route of entry is secretion by the choroid plexuses followed by distribution around the brain in CSF. However, the discovery of specific transporters for many substances at the blood–brain barrier and the finding, based largely on the work of Cserr and associates [82, 83, 126, 525], that efflux of solutes from the parenchyma to CSF was slow with half-lives of many hours led to the view that entry of most substances to the parenchyma was via the blood–brain barrier.
There were early suggestions that movements of large molecules between the parenchyma and CSF could be faster than seen in Cserr’s work. The first of these was the work of Wagner [68] followed by Rennels et al. [69, 135] on entry and exit of horseradish peroxidase. Within an hour of being added to CSF, it could be seen outlining blood vessels deep in the parenchyma. Somewhat later Shibata et al. [62] found that the half-life of inulin was shorter than expected and Groothuis et al. [131] found that when rats were anaesthetized with barbiturates the half-life for sucrose was as Cserr had seen with albumin, but when animals were either awake or anaesthetized with ketamine/zylazine the half-life was much shorter (see Table 1).
The recent explosion of interest in perivascular routes for delivery to and removal of substances from the parenchyma stems largely from observations made using two photon fluorescence microscopy and magnetic resonance imaging [25, 526]. These led to the proposal that there is a “glymphatic pathway” through which CSF flows into and within the parenchyma propelling “the waste products of metabolism into the paravenous space” [136]. As discussed in this review there is convincing evidence for perivascular routes of access to the parenchyma from CSF and also exit from the parenchyma to CSF and/or lymph. However, the balance of available evidence does not support a “glymphatic pathway” for flow through the parenchyma.
Perivascular pathways are the principal routes of elimination of sucrose, inulin, and serum albumin. The blood–brain barrier is the principal site of efflux of many solutes including CO2, O2, glucose, lactate, K+, amino acids, many lipid soluble substances, many substrates of the SLC transporters (Sect. 4.2.2) and a few substrates carried across the endothelial cells by transcytosis. Both routes are important for movements of Na+, Cl− and water and both will be important in processes like the development and resolution of oedema (not considered in this review). With important exceptions including Na+, and Cl−, the available evidence can be summarized with a broad generalization: if there is a transport mechanism for a substance at the blood–brain barrier, then the blood–brain barrier is more important than perivascular pathways for the elimination of that substance.
|
|
title
|
Conclusion
|
|
p
|
This review has assessed the evidence from a number of different sources regarding the routes and mechanisms of elimination of substances from the brain parenchyma. Early studies comprehensively and admirably reviewed by Bradbury [55] and by Davson and Segal [56] revealed that there were two important routes, across the blood–brain barrier and via cerebrospinal fluid (CSF). For glucose, O2 and CO2 it was obvious that exchanges across the blood–brain barrier were dominant. At the other extreme for sucrose and inulin the concentrations in the parenchyma followed those in CSF much more closely than those in blood plasma. For Na+ and Cl− it was clear that both routes were important. For certain specific substances, e.g. Ca2+, Mg2+ and some vitamins and hormones the major route of entry is secretion by the choroid plexuses followed by distribution around the brain in CSF. However, the discovery of specific transporters for many substances at the blood–brain barrier and the finding, based largely on the work of Cserr and associates [82, 83, 126, 525], that efflux of solutes from the parenchyma to CSF was slow with half-lives of many hours led to the view that entry of most substances to the parenchyma was via the blood–brain barrier.
|
|
p
|
There were early suggestions that movements of large molecules between the parenchyma and CSF could be faster than seen in Cserr’s work. The first of these was the work of Wagner [68] followed by Rennels et al. [69, 135] on entry and exit of horseradish peroxidase. Within an hour of being added to CSF, it could be seen outlining blood vessels deep in the parenchyma. Somewhat later Shibata et al. [62] found that the half-life of inulin was shorter than expected and Groothuis et al. [131] found that when rats were anaesthetized with barbiturates the half-life for sucrose was as Cserr had seen with albumin, but when animals were either awake or anaesthetized with ketamine/zylazine the half-life was much shorter (see Table 1).
|
|
p
|
The recent explosion of interest in perivascular routes for delivery to and removal of substances from the parenchyma stems largely from observations made using two photon fluorescence microscopy and magnetic resonance imaging [25, 526]. These led to the proposal that there is a “glymphatic pathway” through which CSF flows into and within the parenchyma propelling “the waste products of metabolism into the paravenous space” [136]. As discussed in this review there is convincing evidence for perivascular routes of access to the parenchyma from CSF and also exit from the parenchyma to CSF and/or lymph. However, the balance of available evidence does not support a “glymphatic pathway” for flow through the parenchyma.
|
|
p
|
Perivascular pathways are the principal routes of elimination of sucrose, inulin, and serum albumin. The blood–brain barrier is the principal site of efflux of many solutes including CO2, O2, glucose, lactate, K+, amino acids, many lipid soluble substances, many substrates of the SLC transporters (Sect. 4.2.2) and a few substrates carried across the endothelial cells by transcytosis. Both routes are important for movements of Na+, Cl− and water and both will be important in processes like the development and resolution of oedema (not considered in this review). With important exceptions including Na+, and Cl−, the available evidence can be summarized with a broad generalization: if there is a transport mechanism for a substance at the blood–brain barrier, then the blood–brain barrier is more important than perivascular pathways for the elimination of that substance.
|
|
sec
|
Abbreviations, names and symbols
Abbreviations
α-KG: α-ketoglutarate; α-KIC: α-ketoisocaproic acid; Aβ: amyloid-β = β amyloid; AMT: adsorptive mediated transcytosis; ANLS: astrocyte neuron lactate shuttle (hypothesis); apoE: apolipoprotein E; apoJ: clusterin; A − V difference: the difference between the concentrations in arterial blood entering and venous blood leaving the brain; BCAA: branched chain amino acid (large neutral amino acid); BCH: 2-aminobicyclo-(2,2,1)-heptane-2-carboxylic acid; BCKA: branched chain α-ketoacid (deaminated BCAA); BUI: brain uptake index; CSF: cerebrospinal fluid; ISF: interstitial fluid; LFER: linear free energy relations (Appendix C); LRP1, LRP2: low density receptor related proteins 1 and 2; MAO: monoamine oxidase; MeAIB, αMeAIB: α-(methylamino)isobutyric acid = N-methyl-α-aminoisobutyric acid; MW: molecular weight (dimensionless, MW of 12C is 12); NMR: nuclear magnetic resonance; PICALM: phosphatidylinositol-binding clathrin assembly protein; RAGE: receptor for advanced glycation end products; RMT: receptor mediated transcytosis; sLRP1: water soluble truncated form of LRP1; TfR: transferrin receptor; THO: tritiated water; VLDLR: very low-density lipoprotein receptor.
Symbols
β2H: solute hydrogen bond basicity (Appendix C); c (cisf, cplasma): concentration (in ISF or plasma); CL (CLBBB, CLperivascular): clearance (via blood–brain barrier or perivascular routes); CMRglc: cerebral metabolic rate of glucose; D: diffusion constant; F: Faraday constant; ΔGx/y: free energy change for the transfer from y to x (e.g. Eq. 5); J: flux; Jinf: water influx (measured using THO); Jnet: water net flux (in response to an osmotic gradient); Km: Michaelis–Menten constant for an enzyme reaction (e.g. by hexokinase) or transport process; Kt: apparent dissociation constant when Michaelis–Menten-like expressions (e.g. Eq. 28) are fitted to flux data for carrier transport; Kx/y: partition coefficient from y to x (e.g. Eq. 5); k: rate constant; keff: rate constant for efflux; keff,BBB: rate constant for efflux across the blood–brain barrier; N: amount (not to be confused with N, nitrogen); π2H : polarizability (Appendix C); P: permeability; PS: permeability surface area product; Pw,osmotic: water permeability calculated from net flux down an osmotic gradient; Pw,tracer: water permeability measured using tracers; R: universal gas constant; Rin: rate of input; Relim: rate of elimination; R1, R2, R3: different rates of input (Sect. 6); R2: excess molar refraction (Appendix C); S: surface area of microvessels; T: absolute temperature; T (Appendix E), period of time during which influx occurs; Tinf: influx (Appendix D); Teff: efflux (Appendix D); Tmax: maximum rate of transport in Michaelis–Menten type equations (Appendix D); Tnet: net flux (Appendix D); t: time; t1/2: half-life; Vbr: volume of distribution (Appendix E); V¯brain: conversion factor between the mass and volume of the brain, assumed to be 1 cm3 g−1 (Appendix E); VD: volume of distribution; Vx: molecular volume (Appendix C); z: charge on an ion, e.g. 1 for Na+.
Amino acid systems and transporters (see Fig. 19)23
system A: transport system for alanine and other amino acids, transports MeAIB; system ASC neutral amino acid transporter; system L: large neutral amino acid transport (4F2hc/Lat1 in the rat), transports BCH; system N: Na+-linked transport system for large N rich amino acids, e.g. glutamine, see SNAT; system xc−: cystine, glutamate exchange (mediated by 4F2hc/xCT); system XAG−: possible glutamate transport in luminal membrane; system y+: amino acid transport mediated by CAT1 at blood–brain barrier; system y+L: possible transport of neutral amino acids; ASCT2: Na+-dependent transporter for neutral amino acids (system ASC); ATA2: Na+-linked transporter—alanine preferring (system A); ATBo,+: neutral and basic amino acid transporter; CAT-1: cationic amino acid transporter 1; EAAT1, EAAT3: excitatory amino acid transporters 1 and 3 (abluminal membrane); Na+-LNAA: Na+ linked large neutral amino acid transporter (unknown gene); SNAT3: transporter for N rich amino acids (e.g. glutamine) linked to Na+/H+ exchange; 4F2hc/Lat1: heterodimeric transporter for large neutral amino acids, obligatory exchanger.
Other transporters and enzymes
BCRP: breast cancer resistance protein; gdh: glutamate dehydrogenase; GLUT1: glucose transporter 1 (not Na+-linked); g.s: glutamine synthetase; MCT1: monocarboxylate transporter 1; MRP1, MRP4: multidrug resistance proteins 1 and 4; OAT, Oat: organic anion transporter in HUMAN or other species; OATp, Oatp: organic anion transporting polypeptide in HUMAN or other species; OCT, Oct: organic cation transporter in HUMAN or other species; Pgp: p-glycoprotein; SLC (as in SLc22a8): gene name for a solute carrier (gene for Oat3); t.a: transaminase.
|
|
title
|
Abbreviations, names and symbols
|
|
sec
|
Abbreviations
α-KG: α-ketoglutarate; α-KIC: α-ketoisocaproic acid; Aβ: amyloid-β = β amyloid; AMT: adsorptive mediated transcytosis; ANLS: astrocyte neuron lactate shuttle (hypothesis); apoE: apolipoprotein E; apoJ: clusterin; A − V difference: the difference between the concentrations in arterial blood entering and venous blood leaving the brain; BCAA: branched chain amino acid (large neutral amino acid); BCH: 2-aminobicyclo-(2,2,1)-heptane-2-carboxylic acid; BCKA: branched chain α-ketoacid (deaminated BCAA); BUI: brain uptake index; CSF: cerebrospinal fluid; ISF: interstitial fluid; LFER: linear free energy relations (Appendix C); LRP1, LRP2: low density receptor related proteins 1 and 2; MAO: monoamine oxidase; MeAIB, αMeAIB: α-(methylamino)isobutyric acid = N-methyl-α-aminoisobutyric acid; MW: molecular weight (dimensionless, MW of 12C is 12); NMR: nuclear magnetic resonance; PICALM: phosphatidylinositol-binding clathrin assembly protein; RAGE: receptor for advanced glycation end products; RMT: receptor mediated transcytosis; sLRP1: water soluble truncated form of LRP1; TfR: transferrin receptor; THO: tritiated water; VLDLR: very low-density lipoprotein receptor.
|
|
title
|
Abbreviations
|
|
p
|
α-KG: α-ketoglutarate; α-KIC: α-ketoisocaproic acid; Aβ: amyloid-β = β amyloid; AMT: adsorptive mediated transcytosis; ANLS: astrocyte neuron lactate shuttle (hypothesis); apoE: apolipoprotein E; apoJ: clusterin; A − V difference: the difference between the concentrations in arterial blood entering and venous blood leaving the brain; BCAA: branched chain amino acid (large neutral amino acid); BCH: 2-aminobicyclo-(2,2,1)-heptane-2-carboxylic acid; BCKA: branched chain α-ketoacid (deaminated BCAA); BUI: brain uptake index; CSF: cerebrospinal fluid; ISF: interstitial fluid; LFER: linear free energy relations (Appendix C); LRP1, LRP2: low density receptor related proteins 1 and 2; MAO: monoamine oxidase; MeAIB, αMeAIB: α-(methylamino)isobutyric acid = N-methyl-α-aminoisobutyric acid; MW: molecular weight (dimensionless, MW of 12C is 12); NMR: nuclear magnetic resonance; PICALM: phosphatidylinositol-binding clathrin assembly protein; RAGE: receptor for advanced glycation end products; RMT: receptor mediated transcytosis; sLRP1: water soluble truncated form of LRP1; TfR: transferrin receptor; THO: tritiated water; VLDLR: very low-density lipoprotein receptor.
|
|
sec
|
Symbols
β2H: solute hydrogen bond basicity (Appendix C); c (cisf, cplasma): concentration (in ISF or plasma); CL (CLBBB, CLperivascular): clearance (via blood–brain barrier or perivascular routes); CMRglc: cerebral metabolic rate of glucose; D: diffusion constant; F: Faraday constant; ΔGx/y: free energy change for the transfer from y to x (e.g. Eq. 5); J: flux; Jinf: water influx (measured using THO); Jnet: water net flux (in response to an osmotic gradient); Km: Michaelis–Menten constant for an enzyme reaction (e.g. by hexokinase) or transport process; Kt: apparent dissociation constant when Michaelis–Menten-like expressions (e.g. Eq. 28) are fitted to flux data for carrier transport; Kx/y: partition coefficient from y to x (e.g. Eq. 5); k: rate constant; keff: rate constant for efflux; keff,BBB: rate constant for efflux across the blood–brain barrier; N: amount (not to be confused with N, nitrogen); π2H : polarizability (Appendix C); P: permeability; PS: permeability surface area product; Pw,osmotic: water permeability calculated from net flux down an osmotic gradient; Pw,tracer: water permeability measured using tracers; R: universal gas constant; Rin: rate of input; Relim: rate of elimination; R1, R2, R3: different rates of input (Sect. 6); R2: excess molar refraction (Appendix C); S: surface area of microvessels; T: absolute temperature; T (Appendix E), period of time during which influx occurs; Tinf: influx (Appendix D); Teff: efflux (Appendix D); Tmax: maximum rate of transport in Michaelis–Menten type equations (Appendix D); Tnet: net flux (Appendix D); t: time; t1/2: half-life; Vbr: volume of distribution (Appendix E); V¯brain: conversion factor between the mass and volume of the brain, assumed to be 1 cm3 g−1 (Appendix E); VD: volume of distribution; Vx: molecular volume (Appendix C); z: charge on an ion, e.g. 1 for Na+.
|
|
title
|
Symbols
|
|
p
|
β2H: solute hydrogen bond basicity (Appendix C); c (cisf, cplasma): concentration (in ISF or plasma); CL (CLBBB, CLperivascular): clearance (via blood–brain barrier or perivascular routes); CMRglc: cerebral metabolic rate of glucose; D: diffusion constant; F: Faraday constant; ΔGx/y: free energy change for the transfer from y to x (e.g. Eq. 5); J: flux; Jinf: water influx (measured using THO); Jnet: water net flux (in response to an osmotic gradient); Km: Michaelis–Menten constant for an enzyme reaction (e.g. by hexokinase) or transport process; Kt: apparent dissociation constant when Michaelis–Menten-like expressions (e.g. Eq. 28) are fitted to flux data for carrier transport; Kx/y: partition coefficient from y to x (e.g. Eq. 5); k: rate constant; keff: rate constant for efflux; keff,BBB: rate constant for efflux across the blood–brain barrier; N: amount (not to be confused with N, nitrogen); π2H : polarizability (Appendix C); P: permeability; PS: permeability surface area product; Pw,osmotic: water permeability calculated from net flux down an osmotic gradient; Pw,tracer: water permeability measured using tracers; R: universal gas constant; Rin: rate of input; Relim: rate of elimination; R1, R2, R3: different rates of input (Sect. 6); R2: excess molar refraction (Appendix C); S: surface area of microvessels; T: absolute temperature; T (Appendix E), period of time during which influx occurs; Tinf: influx (Appendix D); Teff: efflux (Appendix D); Tmax: maximum rate of transport in Michaelis–Menten type equations (Appendix D); Tnet: net flux (Appendix D); t: time; t1/2: half-life; Vbr: volume of distribution (Appendix E); V¯brain: conversion factor between the mass and volume of the brain, assumed to be 1 cm3 g−1 (Appendix E); VD: volume of distribution; Vx: molecular volume (Appendix C); z: charge on an ion, e.g. 1 for Na+.
|
|
sec
|
Amino acid systems and transporters (see Fig. 19)23
system A: transport system for alanine and other amino acids, transports MeAIB; system ASC neutral amino acid transporter; system L: large neutral amino acid transport (4F2hc/Lat1 in the rat), transports BCH; system N: Na+-linked transport system for large N rich amino acids, e.g. glutamine, see SNAT; system xc−: cystine, glutamate exchange (mediated by 4F2hc/xCT); system XAG−: possible glutamate transport in luminal membrane; system y+: amino acid transport mediated by CAT1 at blood–brain barrier; system y+L: possible transport of neutral amino acids; ASCT2: Na+-dependent transporter for neutral amino acids (system ASC); ATA2: Na+-linked transporter—alanine preferring (system A); ATBo,+: neutral and basic amino acid transporter; CAT-1: cationic amino acid transporter 1; EAAT1, EAAT3: excitatory amino acid transporters 1 and 3 (abluminal membrane); Na+-LNAA: Na+ linked large neutral amino acid transporter (unknown gene); SNAT3: transporter for N rich amino acids (e.g. glutamine) linked to Na+/H+ exchange; 4F2hc/Lat1: heterodimeric transporter for large neutral amino acids, obligatory exchanger.
|
|
title
|
Amino acid systems and transporters (see Fig. 19)23
|
|
p
|
system A: transport system for alanine and other amino acids, transports MeAIB; system ASC neutral amino acid transporter; system L: large neutral amino acid transport (4F2hc/Lat1 in the rat), transports BCH; system N: Na+-linked transport system for large N rich amino acids, e.g. glutamine, see SNAT; system xc−: cystine, glutamate exchange (mediated by 4F2hc/xCT); system XAG−: possible glutamate transport in luminal membrane; system y+: amino acid transport mediated by CAT1 at blood–brain barrier; system y+L: possible transport of neutral amino acids; ASCT2: Na+-dependent transporter for neutral amino acids (system ASC); ATA2: Na+-linked transporter—alanine preferring (system A); ATBo,+: neutral and basic amino acid transporter; CAT-1: cationic amino acid transporter 1; EAAT1, EAAT3: excitatory amino acid transporters 1 and 3 (abluminal membrane); Na+-LNAA: Na+ linked large neutral amino acid transporter (unknown gene); SNAT3: transporter for N rich amino acids (e.g. glutamine) linked to Na+/H+ exchange; 4F2hc/Lat1: heterodimeric transporter for large neutral amino acids, obligatory exchanger.
|
|
sec
|
Other transporters and enzymes
BCRP: breast cancer resistance protein; gdh: glutamate dehydrogenase; GLUT1: glucose transporter 1 (not Na+-linked); g.s: glutamine synthetase; MCT1: monocarboxylate transporter 1; MRP1, MRP4: multidrug resistance proteins 1 and 4; OAT, Oat: organic anion transporter in HUMAN or other species; OATp, Oatp: organic anion transporting polypeptide in HUMAN or other species; OCT, Oct: organic cation transporter in HUMAN or other species; Pgp: p-glycoprotein; SLC (as in SLc22a8): gene name for a solute carrier (gene for Oat3); t.a: transaminase.
|
|
title
|
Other transporters and enzymes
|
|
p
|
BCRP: breast cancer resistance protein; gdh: glutamate dehydrogenase; GLUT1: glucose transporter 1 (not Na+-linked); g.s: glutamine synthetase; MCT1: monocarboxylate transporter 1; MRP1, MRP4: multidrug resistance proteins 1 and 4; OAT, Oat: organic anion transporter in HUMAN or other species; OATp, Oatp: organic anion transporting polypeptide in HUMAN or other species; OCT, Oct: organic cation transporter in HUMAN or other species; Pgp: p-glycoprotein; SLC (as in SLc22a8): gene name for a solute carrier (gene for Oat3); t.a: transaminase.
|
|
sec
|
Additional file
Additional file 1. Spreadsheet to be used in fitting the carrier equations described in Appendix 4 to the data reported by Betz et al [327]. A number of fits are provided that can be inspected using Microsoft Excel. Generation of additional fits requires use of the Solver Add-in.
|
|
sec
|
Additional file
Additional file 1. Spreadsheet to be used in fitting the carrier equations described in Appendix 4 to the data reported by Betz et al [327]. A number of fits are provided that can be inspected using Microsoft Excel. Generation of additional fits requires use of the Solver Add-in.
|
|
title
|
Additional file
|
|
p
|
Additional file 1. Spreadsheet to be used in fitting the carrier equations described in Appendix 4 to the data reported by Betz et al [327]. A number of fits are provided that can be inspected using Microsoft Excel. Generation of additional fits requires use of the Solver Add-in.
|
|
caption
|
Additional file 1. Spreadsheet to be used in fitting the carrier equations described in Appendix 4 to the data reported by Betz et al [327]. A number of fits are provided that can be inspected using Microsoft Excel. Generation of additional fits requires use of the Solver Add-in.
|
|
p
|
Additional file 1. Spreadsheet to be used in fitting the carrier equations described in Appendix 4 to the data reported by Betz et al [327]. A number of fits are provided that can be inspected using Microsoft Excel. Generation of additional fits requires use of the Solver Add-in.
|
|
back
|
Appendix A. The parameters used in describing elimination from the brain parenchyma
The rate of elimination, Relim, of a substance from the brain parenchyma is determined by its concentration and the ability of the efflux mechanisms to remove the substance. Clearance can be calculated from measurable quantities as14 CL=Relim/c.
If Relim is expressed as amount per unit time and the concentration as amount per unit volume, the clearance has the units of a volume flow, e.g. for rate of elimination in mol min−1 and concentration in mol mL−1 the units of clearance are mL min−1. If instead the rate of elimination is expressed per unit mass of tissue, e.g. mol min−1 g−1, then the units of clearance would be mL min−1 g−1. For many substances provided the concentration isn’t too large, the rate of elimination is proportional to the concentration and the ratio used to define clearance is actually a constant. For higher concentrations, the rate of elimination may approach a limiting value and the clearance then decreases as the concentration increases (see Fig. 22).
In practice when calculating the clearance it may not be immediately obvious which concentration is appropriate. Ideally it should be the free concentration of the substance. Concentrations that have been used include the exchangeable concentration measured using microdialysis [428] or, for ions, the activities obtained using microelectrodes. The free concentration is not the same as the total concentration; because, for instance, some of the substance may be bound to other things and the substance may be inside cells. The total concentration is the amount of the substance divided by the volume.
Because the amount of a substance is usually much easier to measure than its free concentration, what is reported in studies of elimination is frequently not clearance but rather the rate constant for elimination, k, defined as15 k=Relim/Nwhere N is the amount present in the region and Relim is now the rate of elimination from that region. If the units of rate of elimination are mol min−1 g−1 and those of amount are just mol g−1, the units of the rate constant are min−1. Strictly for Eq. 15 to apply, N must be the amount that can become free as the free concentration is reduced—i.e. it should not include forms that are irreversibly bound, aggregated, or sequestered inside cells.
Because the rate of elimination is equal to both CL × c (Eq. 14) and k × N (Eq. 15), the elimination rate constant, k, and the clearance, CL, are related by CL × c = k × N, i.e. CL/k = N/c. The ratio, N/c, has the units of a volume and is usually called the volume of distribution, VD, defined as16 VD=N/cand thus17 k=CL/VD.
If the units chosen for N, the total amount present are mol and the units of c are mol mL−1 then the units of VD will be mL. If instead, N is the amount present per unit mass of tissue, stated in mol g−1, then the units of VD are mL g−1. Because the rate constant, k, depends on the volume of distribution, which is determined by the distribution of the substance within the parenchyma, e.g. on binding, sequestration, etc., k is also affected by the distribution of the substance and not just on the processes that govern elimination. As a consequence the rate constant is less suitable than the clearance as a description of elimination.
The use of tissue slices to evaluate VD is discussed in [527, 528].
The half-life for elimination, t1/2, can be defined as the time taken for the amount present to decrease by half if production of the substance abruptly ceases. When the rate of elimination is proportional to concentration (and the volume of distribution is constant), the concentration decreases exponentially with time, the half-life is constant, and18 t1/2=0.69/k.
The flux, J, of a substance across a membrane or barrier is properly defined as amount transferred per unit area per unit time. However the symbol, J is also often used to mean the total amount entering or emerging from a region per unit time. It is usually left to the reader to figure out which: the units are usually the surest guide: for amounts transferred per unit area typical units might be mol cm−2 s−1 while for amounts entering or leaving a region, mol s−1.
The concentration of a substance in ISF is most simply expressed as the amount present per unit volume of ISF,19 cisf=amountin ISF/volumeofISF.
The concentration determined using dialysis or ion selective electrodes comes close to this simplest definition. However, with most chemical or radiotracer assays, what is determined is the amount in a tissue expressed per unit volume of tissue,20 Ctissue=amountintissue/volumeoftissue.
For those substances that are confined entirely to the ISF,21 Ctissue=amountinISFvolumeoftissue=amountinISFvolumeofISF×volumeofISFvolumeoftissue.=cisf×α
Current estimates of α are near 0.2 ([24, 74]). If the substance is not restricted to ISF, the more general relation is22 ctissue=cisf×VDvolumeoftissue.
Appendix A.1. Clearance per unit mass of tissue and permeability surface area product
Clearance and many of the other constants are often stated per unit mass of tissue. Whether CL is being used to mean clearance from a named region, e.g. the brain, or clearance per unit mass is usually easy to determine from context. The units, e.g. cm3 s−1 or cm3 s−1 g−1 respectively, make it clear.
Expressing clearance per unit mass can be particularly convenient when the mechanism is efflux across the blood–brain barrier. For instance if a substance is cleared by passive transport across the barrier at a rate that is proportional to concentration, i.e. the efflux is Jefflux = Pc, where P is the permeability. The amount transferred per unit time out of unit mass of tissue is Jefflux × S = P × S × c where S is the surface area of the blood–brain barrier per unit mass of tissue. Because the amount transferred brain-to-blood per unit mass is both P × S × c and CLBBB × c, where CLBBB is the clearance by efflux across the blood–brain barrier, CLBBB and the PS product are synonyms.
The PS product is usually measured for influx. If the transport mechanism is passive, then this is also the PS product for efflux. (For ions see the next section). Many instances of transport are not well-described using a single value of permeability. For instance if the transport process saturates, the permeability, calculated as observed flux from source to destination divided by source concentration, will decrease as the concentration increases. Results are sometimes reported in terms of permeabilities even when there is known to be an active component of the transport. This allows comparison of the fluxes via active and passive mechanisms, but otherwise permeability is not a good description of active transport. If permeability is to be used, it is necessary to allow the values of P to be different for influx and efflux.
Appendix A.2. Membrane potential and permeability for ions
If a passive transport mechanism transfers a charge zF across a membrane and the potential difference across the membrane ΔV0 (inside minus outside) is the value for zero current via this mechanism then23 PeffluxPinflux=ezFΔV0RTbecause this is then an equilibrium. If in addition the fluxes are proportional to the concentrations, i.e. the Ps are independent of concentration, this relation must hold for all potentials and the flux can be written as24 Jnet=Jinflux-Jefflux=Pinfluxcoutside-Peffluxcinside=Pinfluxcoutside-ezFΔV0RTcinsidewhere, however, Pinflux can be a function of potential (see e.g. [529, 530]).
For the blood–brain barrier the potential difference is normally small enough (< 4 mV) that when interpreting experimental data for passive transport the potential dependence of Pinflux and Pefflux is usually ignored. (It should be noted that potential must be considered explicitly when considering transport into and out of the cells as the potential difference between the inside and outside is much larger than the potential difference between ISF and plasma). The potential difference across the blood–brain barrier changes with pH of plasma and can take on appreciable values (for a review and references see [4]). The consequences of these changes for transport of ions other than H+ appear not to have been considered.
Appendix B. Blood–brain barrier permeabilities of mannitol, sucrose and inulin and the identification of markers for perivascular elimination
Evidences that various substances are markers for perivascular elimination and that elimination to CSF or lymph from the parenchyma is primarily perivascular are intertwined. One of the principal arguments that many substances leave the parenchyma by a convective process is that the clearances for these are all similar despite their being a large range of sizes, e.g. from mannitol and sucrose on one hand, to serum ablumin and many of the polyethyleneglycols (PEGs) and dextrans on the other. These arguments were first advanced by Cserr and associates [126, 127, 129]. However, the data on which they based their argument was obtained under barbiturate anaesthesia, which is now known to greatly suppress the perivascular efflux process.
It is thus important that Groothuis et al. [131] have reexamined the rates of elimination for a range of polar substances including sucrose (MW 342), inulin (MW 5500) and dextran-70 K (MW 70,000) (see Table 1) and have found again that there is no variation in the rate constant for elimination. Others have also measured efflux rate constants, for mannitol and inulin and have found similar values (see Table 1). For many of these substances there is no evidence for transport across the blood–brain barrier. However, for mannitol, sucrose and inulin there appear to be measurable rates of influx, so it must be asked whether they should be included in the list of markers.
The measured rate constant for elimination keff − total, of the putative markers from the parenchyma is the sum of the efflux rate constants for the perivascular and blood–brain barrier routes. Groothuis et al. [131] found values close to 0.24 h−1 = 0.003 min−1. The rate constant for the passive efflux of a neutral solute across the blood–brain barrier can be calculated from the permeability-surface area product, PS, and the volume of distribution, VD, as keff,BBB= PS/VD (see [127, 131] and Appendix A). Because these substances are restricted to ISF within the parenchyma, VD can be taken to be 0.2 mL g−1. PS can be measured from the initial rate of accumulation when the substance is added to the blood. Values are tabulated in Table 7. There is obviously considerable variation in the values found in different studies, which probably reflects the difficulties inherent in measuring small permeabilities. However, several features are apparent. Firstly in each of the three studies that compared mannitol, sucrose and inulin, mannitol had the highest permeability, inulin the least. Secondly the same order is apparent in the averages, 0.0040 ± 0.0013 min−1, 0.0011 ± 0.0002 min−1 and 0.00027 ± 0.0001 min−1. Thirdly for sucrose and inulin the rate constants for elimination by transport across the blood–brain barrier are substantially less than the total rate constant for elimination, 0.003 min−1, implying that some other mechanism accounts for most of the elimination. It is at present unclear whether or not mannitol is suitable as a marker for perivascular elimination.
Preston et al. [531] pointed out a major difficulty that occurs in the measurement of very small permeabilities using radiotracers. If the sample of labelled substance contains small quantities of labelled impurities that are more permeable than the principal substance, the impurities will make a disproportionately large contribution to permeability measured by accumulation of the radiolabel. They showed that further purification by thin layer chromatography decreased the measured permeability for mannitol and sucrose (see Table 7). Miah et al. [532] have taken this one step further and have compared the uptake of radiolabel from a sample of 14C-sucrose with the uptake of 13C-sucrose measured by mass spectrometry. Their measurements using a sample of radiolabelled sucrose yielded one of the higher measured permeabilities, while that obtained using assay of sucrose yielded the lowest. It is thus plausible that perivascular elimination accounts for an even larger fraction of the elimination of sucrose than indicated by comparison of the average of the rate constants in the table with the total rate constant of elimination.
The available evidence strongly supports the commonly held view that sucrose, inulin, albumin, and a number of dextrans are suitable markers for elimination from the brain parenchyma by perivascular convection.
Appendix C. Passive permeability of the blood–brain barrier: further consideration including the use of linear free energy relations
There are at least four reasons why the permeability-surface area product, PS, may not be predicted by comparison with the lipid solubility as assessed using n-octanol and molecular weight, i.e. with Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2: (1) a biological membrane is more ordered than a layer of n-octanol and thus partition into the membrane core may well differ from partition into the hydrophobic solvent particularly for larger solutes; (2) for large solutes the diffusion constant, even in a homogenous medium, is expected to vary with MW−1/3 rather than MW−1.2 [156, 157, 533]; (3) n-octanol, with the water it contains in a partition experiment [161], may differ from the membrane core in how it interacts with hydrogen bonding groups;24 (4) permeation may occur by pathways other than via the core of the membrane, e.g. transport for some of the substances considered may be via specific transporters (see Sect. 4.2), by transcytosis (see Sect. 4.3) or, particularly for small polar solutes, by a paracellular pathway (as mentioned in Sect. 4.1 an example may be mannitol); and (5) substances which are sufficiently lipid soluble to enter the endothelial cells may be effluxed or metabolised before they even reach the parenchyma (see Sect. 4.2.1).
The difference between partition into a membrane and partition into a liquid like n-octanol may be particularly marked for large solutes [162, 534]. The hydrophobic portions of membranes are composed of hydrophobic side chains of proteins and the chains of lipids both of which have positions constrained by the rest of the protein or the lipid headgroup. Attempts to insert large molecules into a membrane will inevitably require changes in membrane structure, e.g. lipid headgroups may be pushed apart, which will have an energy cost which must affect the permeability. However, it should be noted that the idea that larger molecules are excluded from the membranes was based on their failure to permeate which in many instances may have been because they were substrates for efflux transporters (see Sect. 4.2.1). It is somewhat puzzling that there have not been any attempts to correlate blood–brain barrier permeability with the partition of substances into easily obtained membranes, e.g. those of liposomes or red blood cells, rather than into simple solvents. Partition into red blood cell membranes was measured extensively in studies on the mechanism of general anaesthesia [535].
The predictions of the simple theory presented in Sect. 4.1 for passive, non-specific transport of neutral solutes across the blood–brain barrier describes important features of this transport, but leaves quite large discrepancies between the theoretical predictions and the experimental results (see Fig. 25). A more elaborate approach, based on the use of linear free energy relations has been described by Abraham and colleagues [165, 171, 536, 537]. In this approach each compound is represented by a set of quantitative descriptors that are properties of the substance considered in isolation. (Thus for instance Kn-octanol/water is not permitted). These have been chosen as far as possible to represent sufficient independent properties of the substances to allow characterization of their interactions with water, solvents, and sites of action (see below). To predict a property, e.g. the PS product, each descriptor is multiplied by a coefficient which depends on the property, but not on the substance. The sum of the products of coefficients and descriptors is the prediction of the logarithm of the property for that substance. Whenever the property concerned is an equilibrium constant, the logarithm of that property is, up to a constant, a free energy. Hence the name “linear free energy relation” as the prediction can be regarded as a linear sum of contributions to a free energy.
Fig. 25 Comparison of the predictions of the solubility-diffusion theory and of the linear free energy relation (LFER) for the PS product of the series of 18 compounds considered by Gratton et al. [166]. The solubility-diffusion theory, described in Sect. 4.1, predicts that log[PS] is proportional to Koctanol/water MW−1/2. MW is in turn approximately proportional to the McGowan characteristic volume used by Gratton et al. The straight, grey line with slope 1 indicates the predicted proportionality. It has one adjustable parameter that determines the vertical position of the line. The LFER prediction, described in this Appendix and shown as the line with multiple segments, has four adjustable parameters, three coefficients of descriptors of the compounds and the constant determining the vertical position of the whole curve. The improvement in fit is statistically significant (extra sum of squares test [640], F = 8.85 for 17 and 14 degrees of freedom, p < 0.001)
Abraham et al. [165] applied this approach to the prediction of partition coefficients from water into a number of solvents, including n-octanol for which25 logKn-octanol/water=0.088+0.562R2-1.054π2H-3.46∑β2H+3.81Vxwhere the descriptors are: excess molar refraction, R2; polarizability, π2H; solute hydrogen bond basicity, β2H, which is summed over the appropriate groups in the molecule; and molecular volume, Vx. See [165] and references therein for the rationale for choosing these descriptors and their definitions. The volume term makes the largest contribution to the differences between the 18 substances considered [166] with the larger substances being more soluble in n-octanol.
Gratton et al. [166] have applied this approach to the prediction of PS products using 18 substances to determine the values of the coefficients and test the accuracy of the predictions with the result:26 log[PS]=-1.21+0.77R2-1.87π2H-2.8∑β2H+3.31Vx.
This more elaborate theory does allow a statistically significant improvement in the fit of the calculated values of PS to those observed (see Fig. 25). Gratton et al. note that there is a strong dependence on molecular volume, with increases in volume being associated with increases in permeability.
The LFER approach does improve the ability to predict PS for a new substance. But it’s formulation has served to hide a major clue as to the mechanism of permeation. That clue can be revealed by calculating the prediction of the LFER approach for the ratio, PS/Kn-octanol/water:27 logPS/Kn-octanol/water=logPS-logKn-octanol/water=-1.12+0.21R2-0.82π2H+0.66∑β2H-0.5Vx.
Thus after allowing for the effect of the changes in n-octanol/water partition, there is much less variation to be explained and the remaining effect of an increase in molecular volume is predicted to be a decrease in permeability. (That this is the inverse square root relation predicted by the solubility-diffusion model is to some extent an “accident” of the choice of the preferred solvent for comparison, n-octanol. If olive oil had been chosen instead increases in volume would again be predicted to decrease permeability, but with a different more negative coefficient).
Fong [161] and Abraham [168, 171] provide discussions of which properties to use. Fong chooses desolvation from water, solvation in the membrane modelled by n-octanol, dipole moment and molecular volume. Molecular volume is negatively correlated.
Appendix D. Kinetics of glucose transport across the blood–brain barrier
The concentration dependence of the rate of glucose influx, Tinf, has often been described empirically using the simplest form of Michaelis–Menten kinetics [310] 28 Tinf=Tmax∗cplasma/Kt+cplasmawhere Tmax is the maximum transport rate and Kt is the Michaelis constant for influx (t and T stand for “transport”). From this expression for the rate, the decrease in clearance with concentration is predicted to be29 CL=Tmax/Kt+cplasma.
Betz et al. [327] reported Tmax = 1.6 µmol g−1 min−1 and Kt= 8.6 mM (based on blood rather than plasma) in the dog based on tracer uptake rate after 1 min of hypoxia, while Pardridge and Oldendorf [538] investigated transport of five different hexoses into rat brains and found Tmax = 1.6 µmol g−1 min−1 for all, but differing apparent dissociation constants with 9 mM for glucose, which they took to imply that the conformation changes of the carrier rather than binding of the substrates were rate limiting. This is plausible because relatively low affinity binding of small substrates to sites is often diffusion controlled and rapid while conformation changes of large molecules may well be much slower. At a plasma concentration of 6 mM these values correspond to a glucose clearance of 100 µL g−1 min−1. Mason et al. [334] lists many values of Tmax and Kt determined from flux studies prior to 1992. These range from 0.5 to 6.7 µmol g−1 min−1 for Tmax and 4.9–11 mM for Kt.
Efflux has not been measured directly, but it can be calculated by difference from the net flux and the influx. The net flux can be calculated from the rates of extraction of glucose from the blood as indicated in Sect. 5.3 (assuming negligible metabolism within the endothelial cells), or from the rates of glucose metabolism, perivascular loss and accumulation within the brain. Perivascular loss is likely to occur, but at a much lower rate than metabolism. At steady-state the rate of accumulation is zero and thus the net flux equals the rate of glucose metabolism,30 Tnet=CMRglc.
The net flux and efflux have often been interpreted using the simplest extension of the Michaelis–Menten description used for influx, i.e. (see e.g. [310, 323, 539]) leading to31 Teff=Tmax∗cisf/Kt+cisfand32 Tnet=Tinf-Teff=Tmaxcplasma/Kt+cplasma-cisf/Kt+cisf.
These equations have been called irreversible Michaelis–Menten kinetics [540] because in Eqs. 31 and 32 the product of the “reaction”, which is the substrate on the far side of membrane after transport, has no effect on the rate of the reaction. This has been described as implying that influx and efflux occur by completely separate mechanisms, which was regarded as being most unlikely (see e.g. [338]). However, it should be noted that Eqs. 31 and 32 and even the extensions of these when two species are present are the same as equations that can be derived from the simple carrier model with the additional assumptions that association and dissociation are rapid, the rate constants for the conformation changes of the carrier are the same with or without a bound substrate and the mechanism is symmetrical, i.e the same viewed from either side [324].
The carrier model for kinetics was introduced to account for the transport of sugars across sheep placenta [323] and human red blood cells [324]. The name “carrier” arose because the model should apply when the transporter collects the substrate on one side of the membrane and “carries” it across the membrane to deposit it on the other. This appears to be the actual physical mechanism for ion transport by low molecular weight ion carriers like nonactin and trinactin ([530, 541, 542] and probably valinomycin [530, 543–545]. However for much larger transporters such as GLUT1, it has always been much more likely that the physical mechanism is somewhat different. The essential feature of carrier kinetics is not transfer of the carrier molecule across the membrane, but rather the change in exposure of the binding site for the substrate. It must be possible for this site to be exposed on each side of the membrane, but not both at the same time. The structures of GLUT1 (see Fig. 12) and related transporters all indicate that there is a transport pathway through the molecule which is occluded or gated at one end or the other and furthermore suggest conformation changes that could close the gate at one end while opening the gate at the other.
A second substrate can inhibit transport of the first by binding to the carriers thus reducing the number of carriers free to complex with the first. However, it is also possible for a second substrate to increase transfer of the first. In the extreme case if the carrier can only change conformation while a substrate is bound, the carrier is an obligatory exchanger and net transfer of one solute can only occur in the presence of another. More generally efflux of a substrate can, by increasing the rate of changes from inward to outward facing conformations increase the availability of carrier to collect a different substrate on the outside and hence its influx. Exchange whether or not obligatory can result in secondary active transport in which uphill transport of one solute is driven by downhill flux of another [322–324, 326]. Manifestations of this coupling are sometimes called variously counter-transport, counter-flow or trans-stimulation (see Fig. 12).
There are, of course, many extensions that can be made to the carrier model, examples include invoking more than one binding site, allowing co-transport and accounting for diffusion limited access in unstirred layers. Some form of extension has been found necessary for GLUT1 transport in red blood cells (see e.g. [546]) and almost certainly, given its greater complexity, will be necessary for glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier. The following is more an empirical description of results than a mechanistic model.
The general solution of the simple carrier model for the steady-state fluxes in terms of the concentrations and the constants of the model can be derived using standard methods for reaction kinetics [547–549]. This solution has been reported and discussed a number of times (see e.g. [326, 327, 339, 550] together with some possible extensions [329, 546].
The “simple” pore is another type of mechanism that has been considered for glucose transport across the blood–brain barrier. Pores can be gated but when the gates are open the transport pathway allows solute movement from one side of the membrane to the other with no further movement of the gates. Lieb and Stein [551] have described the kinetics for movements through “simple” pores that are defined as pores that can be occupied by only one substrate at a time. Generally, because the substrates are small and can move rapidly and no conformation changes of the pore are required, transport rates through an open pore can be large. By contrast for a simple carrier movement of each substrate molecule requires conformation changes, which are likely to be slow.
The simple pore mechanism does not predict or explain counter-transport or trans-stimulation. Reversible Michaelis–Menten kinetics (see [337, 338, 540, 552], which have been used in some descriptions of glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier, are the same as the kinetics of the simplest single occupancy pore [551].
As counter-transport is well established for GLUT1 in red blood cells and both counter-transport and trans-stimulation have been demonstrated for glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier, the simple pore model and reversible Michaelis–Menten kinetics are not considered further here (compare [339]).
Caution is advisable in the interpretation of flux data using the carrier model for at least three reasons: steady-state data cannot determine all of the rate constants even in the “simple” carrier model (see e.g. [326]); there must be transport across two membranes in series; and there is likely to be interaction between the GLUT1 monomers in the tetramers thought to be present in membranes. Thus it would be unwise to attach mechanistic significance to the values of constants determined by fitting the model to data. However, the forms of the equations relating the fluxes to the concentrations [325–327, 550] remain the simplest available framework capable of describing the transport. Using the constants that are defined below,33 Tinf=T1,maxK2cplasma1+cisfRK1K2+K2cplasma+K1cisf+cplasmacisfKinh34 Teff=T2,maxK1cisf1+cplasmaRK1K2+K2cplasma+K1cisf+cplasmacisfKinhand35 Tnet=T1,maxK2cplasma-cisfK1K2+K2cplasma+K1cisf+cplasmacisfKinh36 withT1,max/K1=T2,max/K2.
In these equations cplasma and cisf are concentrations, the Ks are apparent dissociation constants, and the Tmax values are transport maxima for transport in the two directions. The inhibition constant, Kinh, which is dimensionless, and the trans-stimulation constant, R, are related to the constants used by Betz et al. [327] by37 Kinh=K1i/K1=K2i/K2and38 R=R1=R2.1/Kinh indicates a combined effect of glucose in plasma and ISF to compete for transport and 1/R indicates the strength of trans-stimulation. An equation of the same form as Eq. 35 was used by Simpson et al. [315] to describe glucose transport in their modelling of cerebral energy metabolism. A symmetrical version was used by Duarte et al. [341] in their interpretation of data for the amount of glucose in the brain versus plasma concentration.
In the simple carrier model trans-stimulation can increase the unidirectional flux but not the net flux. For the unidirectional flux if conformation changes of the carrier are faster when substrate is bound, trans-stimulation is expected to be more important than the combined inhibition. Alternatively if the conformation changes are faster when substrate is not bound, trans-inhibition is expected to be more important.
If the transport were by the simple carrier model across a single membrane, the empirical constants could be calculated from the number of carriers and the rate constants of the model [325–327, 339, 550].
The investigation of glucose fluxes in the isolated, perfused dog brain by Betz et al. [327] appears to be the only study that allows calculation of rates of efflux for a range of values of both cplasma and cisf. (They measured concentrations of glucose in whole blood, which are expected to be about 11% smaller than those in plasma. In the following the distinction has been ignored). In their study the steady-state values of cisf were calculated as amount accumulated in the brain divided by the volume of distribution, VD = milliliters of brain water per gram of brain; and the dependence of the rate of influx, Tinf, on cplasma was determined for a range of values of cisf preset by perfusing the brains with different concentrations of glucose.
As shown in Fig. 14 over a wide range of glucose concentrations, from roughly 2 mM to 40 mM, at steady-state the amount in the brain and hence cisf increases proportional to (cplasma − offset) where the offset is about 2 mM.
Betz et al. [327] fitted their influx data using39 Tinf=Tapp/Kapp+cplasmawith apparent values of the Michaelis–Menten constants shown in Table 8 for brains with cisf set by pre-exposure to different cplasma. As cisf is increased both the apparent transport maximum and the apparent Michaelis constants for influx increase which is evidence for both competition and trans-stimulation. Betz et al. interpreted the variation of the apparent constants with cisf in terms of Eq. 33. As shown in the Additional file 1, all of the data for influx can be described empirically using Eq. 35. It is possible to calculate the rate of efflux, under steady-state conditions using Teff = Tinf − Tnet = Tinf − CMRglc for the combinations of cplasma and cisf seen at steady-state. Furthermore, if influx is described empirically by Eq. 33 then Eq. 34 is expected to be a reasonable description of efflux over the same range of concentrations and thus can be used to calculate the efflux for all combinations of concentrations using the fitted empirical constants.
Table 8 Parameters obtained by Betz et al. [327] from fits of the simple Michaelis–Menten expression Tinf = Tapp/(Kapp + cplasma) to glucose influx versus plasma concentration, cplasma, for preset concentrations of glucose in the brain, cisf
cisf/mM 6.11 16.8 26.3 43.9 56
Kapp/mM 8.46 11.2 17.7 28.2 37.7
Tapp/µmol g−1 min−1 1.61 1.84 2.21 2.68 3.83
The fits predict that for all cplasma, the net flux, Tnet when cisf is at the corresponding steady-state value is between 0.6 µmol g−1 min−1 and 0.65 µmol g−1 min−1. If it is demanded that the constants used to fit Tinf produce the same Tnet for all steady-state conditions, i.e. that CMRglc, is constant, then the estimated value is 0.65 µmol g−1 min−1. This value is very close to the value expected for rats but somewhat greater than that expected for humans. The fits indicate that an adequate net flux can be maintained for cplasma as low as about 3 mM. Increases in cplasma produce relatively modest increases in influx with matching increases in efflux at steady-state such that the net flux remains constant. The corresponding increase in cisf is shown in Fig. 14. A notable feature of the fits is that for cplasma = 6 mM, if there were no change in transport capacity, glucose consumption, CMRglc, could increase only to about 0.9 µmol g−1 min−1. At that rate, cisf would be close to 0. This limit on CMRglc is substantially below the Tmax value, which can be approached only if cplasma is increased. As discussed in Sect. 6.2, how transport capacity is increased to support nervous activity is not fully understood.
Betz et al’s data show a pronounced trans-stimulation effect, but only for cplasma > ~ 20 mM. For cplasma < ~ 10 mM increasing cisf decreases influx. In terms of the model this is expected because higher cisf reduces the concentration of free carrier available to complex glucose from plasma.
Appendix E. Blood–brain barrier permeabilities of Na+, K+ and Cl−
Determining the permeabilities of the blood–brain barrier for Na+, K+ and Cl− was a major challenge because these ions are transferred between blood and the parenchyma by two routes, directly across the blood–brain barrier and indirectly via CSF. Davson and Welch [417] calculated permeabilities for the blood–brain barrier in rabbits by fitting data for accumulation of tracers in CSF and the parenchyma simultaneously using a simplified, but still complicated, model that allowed for transfers directly between blood and ISF, between blood and CSF and between CSF and ISF. While the model allowed the concentration of tracer in CSF to vary with time, it assumed that there was no variation with position, i.e. that the concentration was the same throughout the ventricles, cisterns and subarachnoid spaces. The model was based on equations that do allow the concentration to vary with position within the parenchyma, but no measurements of the variation were made. Davson and Welch’s approach suffers from the inevitable shortcomings associated with fitting a complicated model to limited data.
Using rats, Smith and Rapoport [419] took the more direct experimental approach of measuring the accumulation of tracer within the parenchyma at sites sufficiently far from the choroid plexuses, e.g. the frontal cortex, that, at least initially, entry had to be across the blood–brain barrier. They allowed accumulation to proceed for only 10 min which they reasoned was short enough that they could ignore both backflux from parenchyma to blood and indirect transfer from blood to CSF to parenchyma. One of the arguments that the permeabilities of the blood–brain barrier calculated by Davson and Welch and by Smith and Rapoport are at least reasonable approximations is that these two very different approaches yielded similar answers.
There is, however, an apparent difficulty with accepting the values calculated by Smith and Rapoport. Their analysis of the time course of the concentrations within the cortex started with their Eq. 1,40 dcbrx,tdt=PScplasma-PS′cbrx,tVbr+DVbrd2cbrx,tdx2,which is dimensionally inconsistent. In this equation cbr(x,t) is the concentration of tracer in the parenchyma, units dpm g−1; P is the permeability of the blood–brain barrier, units cm s−1; S is the area of the blood–brain barrier, units cm2 g−1; cplasma is the concentration in plasma, units dpm cm−3; Vbr is the volume of distribution of the tracer substance, units cm3 g−1; D is the diffusion constant of the tracer in the extracellular fluid, units cm2 s−1, x is distance from the ventricular surface, units cm; and t is the time, units s. The units of the first two terms on the right hand side, those which describe blood–brain barrier transport, are dpm s−1 g−1, which is the same as for the left hand side, but the units of the third term, which describes diffusion within the cortex, are dpm s−1 cm−3. Terms with different units cannot be added together, thus this equation cannot be correct.
On closer inspection of Eq. 40 and the model on which it is based, the conversion factor in the third term, Vbr, is wrong (if the substance is restricted to the extracellular space, Vbr should simply be omitted [553]) but in addition there are more fundamental difficulties. The model is based on at least two unstated assumptions that limit its use: it is assumed that the only movement of ions through the cortex is via diffusion in the extracellular space and that there is no exchange of substance with CSF in the sub-arachnoid spaces. (The first of these shortcomings also compromises the analysis by Davson and Welch [417]). At least for K+ it is clear that movements within cell processes make an important contribution to movements within the cortex, so called spatial buffering (see e.g. [554–556]). As can be seen from Gardner-Medwin’s papers, if the tracer can enter and leave cells on the time scale of the experiments a proper description of the third term on the right hand side of Eq. 40 would be very complicated. The second assumption becomes important if perivascular clearance is comparable to the clearance across the blood–brain barrier (see end of this Appendix).
An immediate consequence of the use of Smith and Rapoport’s starting equation is that calculation of the concentrations within the parenchyma cannot be relied upon whenever these concentrations vary with position, as in their Fig. 6, unless the substance in question cannot enter the cells and all positions considered are far from perivascular spaces and the brain surfaces.
Fortunately, Smith and Rapoport designed their experiments in such a way that the calculation of the transfer constants and permeabilities for the blood–brain barrier does not depend on how the model describes diffusion within the parenchyma. Their Eq. 4 for the transfer constant, taken from Fenstermacher and Rapoport [159] yields constants with units cm3 s−1 g−1. Their actual calculations leading to the values in their Table 2 were equivalent to using an equation,41 kbr=cbrT/V¯brain∫0Tcplasmadt,which incorporates a conversion factor between the mass and volume of the brain, V¯brain assumed to be 1 cm3 g−1. In this equation the units of kbr are s−1; cbr(T), units dpm g−1, is the total concentration per gram of tissue; T, units s, is the period of time during which influx occurs; and cplasma is the concentration in plasma, units dpm cm−3. Smith and Rapoport assumed that cplasma was constant so that the integral becomes the product cplasma × T and42 kbr=cbrTcplasmaTV¯brain.
The rate of change of the concentration within the brain can be related to the permeability and area of the blood–brain barrier using43 dcbrtdt=PScplasmawhich, using the same assumptions needed for Eq. 42, integrates to44 cbrT=PScplasmaT.
Combining Eqs. 42 and 4445 P=cbrTcplasmaTS=kbrV¯brainS.
Smith and Rapoport used S = 140 cm2 g−1 from [557], and a tissue volume per gram, V¯brain = 1 cm3 g−1, leading to the values of P (in cm s−1) quoted in their Table 3. (Eq. 44 shows that the PS product, which is the estimate of the clearance, does not depend on the values assumed for either V¯brain or S. For Na+ PS was 2 × 10−5 cm3 s−1 g−1 = 1.2 µL min−1 g−1. This is similar to estimates of perivascular clearance, ~ 1 µL min−1 g−1 (see Sect. 3.2).
The PS product for K+ was [419] 11.3 µL min−1 g−1. This larger value is based on fluxes that were somewhat smaller than those for Na+ but at substantially smaller concentrations, e.g. 4 mM rather than 140 mM. Unlike those for Na+, the fluxes for K+ can be substantially reduced by inhibitors of transporters known to be present in the endothelial cells (reviewed in [4]).
The model used by Smith and Rapoport ignores exchange of substance between the parenchyma and CSF in the sub-arachnoid spaces, i.e. it ignores perivascular transport. However, for the same reason that backflux from parenchyma to blood does not alter the initial rate of increase in concentration within the parenchyma, loss to CSF will also not alter the initial rate and thus the calculation of PS. However, once concentrations in parenchyma and CSF increase, net perivascular fluxes for Na+ will be comparable to the net fluxes across the blood–brain barrier and thus cannot be ignored in calculations of the time course. 1 The limitation of movements from cisterna magna towards the IIIrd ventricle occurs presumably because the volume displaced in the to and fro fluid movements through the cerebral aqueduct [7, 602] is too small for efficient transfer of solutes. More movement occurs in the opposite direction as a consequence of net flow. However, Vartan Kurtcuoglu (personal communication) has pointed out that simulation of the convective mixing in the IIIrd ventricle and aqueduct indicates that the transient jet of fluid entering the IIIrd ventricle from the aqueduct in each cardiac cycle (see the sub-figures for 0.2 T and 0.3 T in Figure 8 of [8]) is as long as the aqueduct itself implying that some transfer from the IVth to the IIIrd ventricle should occur. The data reported by Ringstad et al. [15] indicate that gadobutrol added to lumbar CSF does reach the IIIrd ventricle in control patients, but at a low concentration, while the concentration seen in patients with idiopathic normal pressure hydrocephalus is substantially higher. This is consistent with the view that the net flow through the aqueduct is normally from IIIrd to IVth ventricle but in communicating hydrocephalus it is reversed in direction (for references, review and discussion see sections 4.2.2–4.2.5 in [41]).
2 The effects of diffusion across the ependyma lining the ventricles are usually restricted to regions close to the ventricles [21, 25, 603–605]. However, in the presence of oedema or in the immediate aftermath of infusion of even quite small amounts of fluid into the parenchyma [129] flow across the ependymal layer lining the ventricles can be substantial (see e.g. [129, 606, 607]). Rosenberg et al. [65] investigated the penetration of sucrose from the ventricles into the parenchyma during ventriculo-cisternal perfusions. In grey matter they found concentration profiles in the parenchyma consistent with simple diffusion. However, in white matter the profile was altered as if there were a 10 µm min−1 flow of ISF towards the ventricles that countered diffusion into the tissue. Flow at this velocity could move solutes as far as a millimetre in 100 min.
3 The relative lack of consideration of the choroid plexuses is not meant to suggest that the only important function of the choroid plexuses is to secrete CSF. The choroid plexuses are the "obvious" best route for transfer to or from the blood for anything that is intended to act on regions of the brain close to the surfaces of the ventricles or that is produced in those regions for actions elsewhere in the body. They must also be considered for transfer into the brain of anything that is needed neither quickly nor in large quantity such as Ca2+, Mg2+, micronutrients and some hormones. Finally they should be considered as a potential pathway for drug delivery to the brain via CSF [36].
4 While the tight junctions have a very low permeability to Na+ and Cl−, the passive influx or efflux of these across the blood–brain barrier may still be primarily paracellular as proposed by Crone [151]. However the passive influxes are almost equal to the passive effluxes and the net fluxes for Na+ and Cl− across the endothelial layer may be determined primarily by the mechanisms for transfer through the cells (see Section 5.6 and Sections. 4.3.4 and 4.3.5 of [4] for further discussion).
5 It is clear that extramural, fluid-filled perivascular spaces can exist, because large particles can be introduced into them (see e.g. [70, 95] and fluorescent tracers injected into the cisterna magna are seen in regions extending well outside the vessel walls (see e.g. Figures 2 and 3 in [25] and Figure 2 in [96]). Furthermore, after subarachnoid haemorrhage blood can accumulate between the walls of arteries and the glial endfeet [92]. The question is whether normally the spaces are inflated with fluid or collapsed virtual spaces [53]. A need for "inflation" would provide a ready explanation for why altering CSF pressures, e.g. by puncture of the cisterna magna [608], can greatly reduce perivascular influx. In fixed, sectioned tissue of gray matter inflated spaces are rarely if ever seen [98, 99]. However, spaces particularly, one imagines, labile spaces, are difficult to fix, or as Coles et al. [1] put it "in fixed tissue, extracellular spaces tend to be occluded, and marker molecules are bound to host tissue". It is not clear that this type of evidence obtained with fixed material is a valid description of perivascular spaces in vivo.
6 A study by Bradbury et al. [82] comparing the distribution of radio-iodinated serum albumin (RISA) in rabbits after intraparenchymal injection with that after intraventricular injection remains one of the most informative undertaken on the routes of elimination of large solutes. Their finding of RISA in the walls of arteries in the circle of Willis after intraparenchymal injection provides strong evidence that some of the albumin leaves the parenchyma along or within arterial walls and continues along them beyond the subarachnoid spaces. This evidence does not, however, indicate how large a fraction of the RISA takes this route. Bradbury et al. also observed that after intraparenchymal injection a smaller fraction of the amount injected passed through the cisterna magna and a larger fraction reached lymph than was evident after intraventricular injection. The RISA distribution following intraventricular injection can be interpreted as tracing the routes followed by CSF emerging from the ventricles. After mixing and passing through the cisterna magna, the CSF flows out of the brain by more than one route, some via the arachnoid villi leading to venous sinuses and some via the cribriform plate leading to the nasal mucosa. From the nasal mucosa large solutes including RISA pass into lymph. After intraventricular injection, the fraction of RISA reaching lymph is somewhat greater than half and represents that fraction of CSF from the ventricles that flows out via the cribriform plate [82]. After intraparenchymal injection, the fraction of RISA reaching lymph is substantially larger than that seen after intraventricular injection. This observation was interpreted by Bradbury et al. [82] as indicating that most of the RISA contained in ISF flowed out of the parenchyma into a portion of CSF that subsequently left the brain via the cribriform plate to the nasal mucosa rather than via the arachnoid villi. Weller, Carare and associates [95, 98, 107], who have used mice for their functional experiments, have since favoured the view that outflow of ISF from the parenchyma occurs via a route that does not entail mixing with any portion of the CSF. In their view ISF drains from the parenchyma along intramural periarterial pathways and exchange of large solutes is not possible between these pathways and CSF as the vessels pass through the subarachnoid spaces or basal cisternae.
7 In terms of resisting putative water flow from periarterial to perivenular spaces, the endfeet are in parallel with the gaps between them and in series with the parenchymal tissue. Jin et al. conclude that the overall calculated resistance to flow is similar with or without a water permeability of the endfeet—i.e. the permeability of the slits is sufficient for the overall resistance to be determined largely by that of the parenchymal tissue.
8 The macromolecular components of ISF may greatly influence the resistance to bulk flow as emphasized for peripheral extracellular fluid by Guyton and associates [609]. Quantitatively macromolecules in peripheral extracellular fluid can increase resistance to flow by orders of magnitude [138, 610, 611] while having much less effect on diffusion of small molecules [76, 81, 612]. A well-known illustration of a closely related effect is the reduced flow with maintained diffusion when agar is added to solutions.
9 Charles Nicholson and Anthony Gardner-Medwin (personal communications reported in [41]) have observed that the adequacy of diffusion to explain movements of solutes in the interstitium and the observed symmetrical spread does not preclude the existence of net flows of the order of those proposed by Cserr and coworkers [83, 130] or Rosenberg et al. [65]. It is not clear whether the flows envisaged in the glymphatic hypothesis are sufficiently larger that they should produce observable asymmetry in the spread of markers. Comparison of the flow required if glymphatic circulation accounts for the movement of markers like inulin through the perivascular spaces (0.6 µL g−1 min−1 or more as discussed above) and the largest flow that could have been missed by Smith et al. [79] would be very welcome.
10 Compared to the change in rate of efflux of inulin, Xie et al. [128] observed a much larger change in the rate of delivery of Texas Red dextran from the cisterna magna to the parenchyma: 20-fold less influx when the mice were awake compared to when they were anaesthetized. Benveniste et al. [613] have also observed increases in delivery of a gadolinium chelate with anaesthesia. However, Gakuba et al. [147] using another gadolinium chelate, Evan's blue and indocyanine green have observed that anaesthesia greatly reduces the spread of the markers into the parenchyma from the cisterna magna. It is not yet clear how to reconcile these results (see also [426]). It is also unclear whether the effects of sleep/wakefulness/anaesthesia on influx of markers are mediated primarily in the subarachnoid spaces, in the perivascular spaces or within the parenchyma (see Section 2.4 in [146]).
11 The polar headgroups of lipid membranes produce a large dipole potential (membrane core positive) which favours permeation of anions over cations (see e.g. [529, 614–619]. None of the descriptors that are suitable for describing neutral molecules can be expected to allow the LFER approach to be able to cope with this difference. It is thus not at all surprising that when Abraham came to consider charged molecules explicitly, he found it necessary to introduce descriptors that allow for the charge on the molecule [168].
One difficulty encountered when attempting to correlate permeability and lipophilicity for ions is that it is only possible to measure Kn-octanol/water for neutral combinations of ions. This is an example of the consequences of the Principle of electroneutrality (see Section 6.1.2 in [4] for another example and further discussion). This difficulty could be avoided by measuring partition into unilamellar liposomes, lipid bilayers or biological membranes rather than into a hydrophobic solvent, because with these systems the counterions can remain in the aqueous phases. However, while partition into membranes has been measured, there has not been any attempt to correlate these measurements with blood–brain barrier permeability (see e.g. [161]).
12 Both the Oat and Oatp transporters appear to be exchangers. Using Xenopus oocytes transfected with Oat3, influx of labelled p-aminohippuric acid (PAH) or estrone sulphate was found to be coupled in some way to movement of glutarate, and probably other dicarboxylates, in the opposite direction, i.e. there was trans-stimulation of transport [620]. Interestingly however, influx of labelled estrone sulphate, was not stimulated by increased internal concentration of estrone sulphate, or PAH, i.e. there was no "self" trans-stimulation [236]. For Oatp transporters the exchange has different properties. For instance for Oatp1a4 (Oatp2) expressed in Xenopus oocytes suspended in low bicarbonate solution, increased concentrations of a variety of solutes present inside the cells, including taurocholate, glutathione, and glutathione conjugates, stimulate influx of labelled taurocholate [621]. However, when Oatp1a4 is expressed in a HeLa cell line suspended in bicarbonate buffered solution, the influx of taurocholate seems to be coupled to efflux of bicarbonate [622]. This coupling with bicarbonate has been confirmed using a number of different Oatp transporters expressed in CHO cells [623].
Exchangers are able to perform secondary active transport by coupling the downhill transport of one solute to the uphill movement of the other. Thus the demonstration of uphill transport from brain to blood might correspond to abluminal secondary active transport into the endothelial cells driven by an outward gradient of something like glutarate or glutathione or to luminal primary active transport out of the endothelial cells via an ABC transporter or to both. For instance PAH may be taken up into the cells by secondary active transport via Oat3 and subsequently expelled from them by primary active transport via an ABC transporter, possibly MRP4 [560]. Further work is required to establish the interplay of the effects of the various transporters.
13 TfR has been shown to be accessible to antibodies on both surfaces of the endothelial cells [280, 624]. This suggests that transferrin could bind to or dissociate from TfR on either side. Furthermore there is effective transfer across the blood–brain barrier of low-affinity antibodies to TfR [625], which strongly suggests that there can be transcytosis of substances bound to the TfR.
In terms of one current conceptual model (see Figure 1 in [280]) there are two possible fates of transferrin and iron after endocytosis. In the first fate, holo-transferrin is exocytosed across the abluminal membrane as in the original hypothesis. However the current consensus is that relatively little holo-transferrin is in fact exocytosed on the brain side [262, 279–282, 626–628]. In the second fate, dissociation of the holo-transferrin occurs within endosomes in the endothelial cells with the iron being transported across the abluminal membrane by ferroportin. In this option, one that is preferred by Simpson et al. [280], the iron-free apo-transferrin is exocytosed, part across the abluminal membrane accounting for the observed transfer of transferrin from blood to brain but primarily across the luminal membrane back to blood. This model allows the possibility that transcytosis of apo-transferrin can occur from brain to blood. The site of dissociation of the iron from the holo-transferrin inside the endothelial cell layer and the intervening steps are still under active investigation [281, 282]).
14 Simpson et al. [315] have calculated the distribution of glucose using estimates of the rates of metabolism and the rates of transport across the various barriers in the brain including diffusion through basal laminae and interstitial spaces and transport across the various cell membranes. Their calculated concentrations in ISF 1.4 mM, in neurons 1.2 mM and in astrocytes 0.9 mM are consistent with the relatively uniform distribution of glucose over brain water found by NMR.
15 There has been a claim that "The glymphatic [perivascular] pathway is important for the brain-wide delivery of nutrients, specifically glucose" [109]. This was based on results presented by Lundgaard et al. [629] for movements of a near-infrared 2-deoxyglucose probe (2DG-IR). However, Lundgaard et al. showed that 2DG-IR could not be delivered across the blood–brain barrier and thus it is at best a poor substrate for GLUT1. Since GLUT1 is essential for the normal entry and distribution of glucose, the results for 2DG-IR cannot be used to infer the relative importance of the blood–brain barrier and perivascular routes for the distribution of glucose. Petit and Magistretti [344] have also criticized the use of 2DG-IR as a probe for glucose movements into astrocytes and neurons.
16 Lundgaard et al. [630] have shown that four different manoeuvres that decrease perivascular efflux of markers increase lactate levels in the brain and decrease them in the submandibular and parotid lymph nodes. In their view some lactate leaves the brain in CSF notably via the cribriform plate to the nasal mucosa from which it is removed in lymph. There may be removal of lactate from the brain via lymph, but Bradbury and Westrop [125] noted that while high molecular weight markers like albumin delivered to the nasal mucosa are removed from the mucosa by lymph, low molecular weight substances like lactate may be removed from the mucosa by the peripheral blood flow. Lundgaard et al's results provide no means to verify that the lactate found in the lymph nodes originated in the brain and even if the lactate in the glands originates by perivascular efflux from the brain, they do not quantify the rate of efflux. The effects of sleep and wakefulness on lactate clearance from the brain were considered further in [146]. Lundgaard et al's results indicate that the manoeuvres that affect perivascular efflux do not alter lactate concentrations in the brain of usually awake mice (dark phase of 24 h cycle), which is evidence that perivascular efflux is not important under just the circumstances when there is likely to be a need for lactate removal.
17 The concentrations in plasma and CSF have been measured in samples of the fluids, but those in ISF have been measured using microdialysis. In the microdialysis procedure a probe is inserted and fluid perfused through the probe. To avoid grossly disturbing the ISF around the probe, the composition of the perfusion fluid must be close to that of ISF. The perfusate comes into contact with ISF only through a dialysis membrane. The diffusable solutes to be measured enter the perfusate during the relatively brief time that it is within the probe, and thus the slower the perfusion rate, the closer the concentration emerging from the probe is to the concentration in ISF in the region surrounding it. The ISF data in Table 3 were obtained by measuring concentrations at several different flow rates and extrapolating back to zero flow. However, even with these precautions, without measurements for substances whose concentrations are already known it is difficult to be certain that the ISF concentration measured is the same as that in ISF that isn't close to the probe. Because in all the studies in Table 3 the probe removes the substance being measured, there is an obvious risk of bias towards values that are too low. Evidence that these concerns are not just theoretical is provided by measurements for glucose. The early microdialysis measurements yielded values, e.g. 0.47 mM [631] or 0.35 mM [632], that are substantially smaller than the lower limit of ISF concentration obtained from NMR data, ca 1.2 mM for 6 mM in plasma (see Sect. 5.3). More recent microdialysis measurements have yielded larger concentrations [314], e.g 1 mM [633]; 1.66, [634]; 1.26 [635] and 1.4 [636].
18 The results were later extended to allow calculation of Michaelis–Menten constants for each of the amino acids [372]. For the large neutral amino acids the Vmax and Km values varied from 30 nmol g−1 min−1 and 0.12 mM for phenylalanine to 49 nmol g−1 min−1 and 0.63 mM for valine. Competition reduces the fluxes seen for each amino acid but for any one transporter may have a Vmax for the combination of amino acids present somewhere in the range observed for the individual amino acids. Thus from these results from the rat studies the maximum collective influx of the large neutral amino acids is expected to be less than 50 nmol g−1 min−1. Smith and Stoll [43] provide a useful table of influxes from nearly normal composition of plasma with a total influx of 72 nmol g−1 min−1. It should be noted that (a) this total is for the influx not the net flux and (b) virtually all of the data for tracer influxes have been obtained with rats.
19 It should be noted that the total net flux of N as part of amino acids is not zero in any of the studies measuring net fluxes. The estimates for studies that included glutamine and at least 10 other amino acids are + 26 nmol g−1 min−1 [588]; − 17.3 nmol g−1 min−1 [589] and − 30 nmol g−1 min−1 [590]. Eriksson et al. [588] noted that their data could not be reconciled with N balance. The net effluxes found by Grill et al. [589] and Strauss et al. [590] were dominated by net release of glutamine, which conceivably could be balanced by small net influxes for many amino acids, each below the limit of detection, or a net influx of NH4+ though there is no evidence for this [359]. How N balance is achieved remains to be clarified.
20 This may explain the only modest success of attempts to understand the effects of raised concentration of one amino acid in plasma on the fluxes and ISF concentrations of other amino acids. Those attempts have considered only the concentrations in plasma while it is now clear that concentrations on both sides are important. (See [42] for discussion of the early work and [637] for a more recent example).
21 The results of Kress et al. [514] differ from the earlier studies described above. Kress et al. have reported the fractions of Aβ and inulin remaining in the brain 1 h after parenchymal injection in young, middle aged, or old mice. In each group they found that the fraction remaining of Aβ was smaller than that of inulin but the difference between Aβ and inulin was much less marked than in the earlier studies primarily because more Aβ remained in the brain. It is difficult to suggest any reason for this discrepancy.
22 In a number of studies (see e.g. [341]) the net flux during low nervous activity has been compared to an estimate of the transport maximum, Tmax. Tmax is typically two to threefold larger. However, Tmax gives a false impression of the transport reserve as these large fluxes can only be reached by increasing cplasma to levels that are never achieved.
23 ("Systems" have functional definitions and may be mediated by one or more transporters. Transporters are gene products).
24 Chikhale et al. [638] looked at the permeability of a series of peptides and found that the permeabilities did not correlate with the n-octanol/water partition coefficient but did correlate with the number of hydrogen bonds they could form. If the hydrogen bonds were formed only in the water and not in either n-octanol or the membrane core, then n-octanol would be expected to be a reasonable model for the core and the discrepancy they observed should not have been seen. See also [169].
Authors’ contributions
SBH carried out the literature search and prepared the figures, except as otherwise acknowledged. SBH and MAB wrote the manuscript. Both authors read and approved the final manuscript.
Acknowledgements
We would like to thank Gerald Dienel for very helpful correspondence on the metabolism of glucose, lactate and amino acids, Robert Thorne for preparing Fig. 2 and giving us permission to use it, Vartan Kurtcuoglu for discussion of patterns of flow of CSF and the possibility of flow along basement membranes and Richard Keep for many suggestions and help in obtaining references.
Competing interests
The authors declare that they have no competing interests.
Availability of data and materials
No new data are reported in this review. There is no data to share.
Consent for publication
Not applicable.
Ethics approval and consent to participate
Not applicable.
Funding
Serviced working space was provided by the University of Cambridge and Jesus College, Cambridge. Library facilities, interlibrary loan subsidies and online access to journals were provided by the University of Cambridge. Neither Jesus College nor the University of Cambridge have had any role in determining the content of this review.
Note added in proof
The material in the text attributed to “Gerald Dienel, personal communication” is covered in a major review of brain glucose metabolism [659] that has been accepted for publication.
Publisher’s Note
Springer Nature remains neutral with regard to jurisdictional claims in published maps and institutional affiliations.
|
|
appendix
|
Appendix A. The parameters used in describing elimination from the brain parenchyma
The rate of elimination, Relim, of a substance from the brain parenchyma is determined by its concentration and the ability of the efflux mechanisms to remove the substance. Clearance can be calculated from measurable quantities as14 CL=Relim/c.
If Relim is expressed as amount per unit time and the concentration as amount per unit volume, the clearance has the units of a volume flow, e.g. for rate of elimination in mol min−1 and concentration in mol mL−1 the units of clearance are mL min−1. If instead the rate of elimination is expressed per unit mass of tissue, e.g. mol min−1 g−1, then the units of clearance would be mL min−1 g−1. For many substances provided the concentration isn’t too large, the rate of elimination is proportional to the concentration and the ratio used to define clearance is actually a constant. For higher concentrations, the rate of elimination may approach a limiting value and the clearance then decreases as the concentration increases (see Fig. 22).
In practice when calculating the clearance it may not be immediately obvious which concentration is appropriate. Ideally it should be the free concentration of the substance. Concentrations that have been used include the exchangeable concentration measured using microdialysis [428] or, for ions, the activities obtained using microelectrodes. The free concentration is not the same as the total concentration; because, for instance, some of the substance may be bound to other things and the substance may be inside cells. The total concentration is the amount of the substance divided by the volume.
Because the amount of a substance is usually much easier to measure than its free concentration, what is reported in studies of elimination is frequently not clearance but rather the rate constant for elimination, k, defined as15 k=Relim/Nwhere N is the amount present in the region and Relim is now the rate of elimination from that region. If the units of rate of elimination are mol min−1 g−1 and those of amount are just mol g−1, the units of the rate constant are min−1. Strictly for Eq. 15 to apply, N must be the amount that can become free as the free concentration is reduced—i.e. it should not include forms that are irreversibly bound, aggregated, or sequestered inside cells.
Because the rate of elimination is equal to both CL × c (Eq. 14) and k × N (Eq. 15), the elimination rate constant, k, and the clearance, CL, are related by CL × c = k × N, i.e. CL/k = N/c. The ratio, N/c, has the units of a volume and is usually called the volume of distribution, VD, defined as16 VD=N/cand thus17 k=CL/VD.
If the units chosen for N, the total amount present are mol and the units of c are mol mL−1 then the units of VD will be mL. If instead, N is the amount present per unit mass of tissue, stated in mol g−1, then the units of VD are mL g−1. Because the rate constant, k, depends on the volume of distribution, which is determined by the distribution of the substance within the parenchyma, e.g. on binding, sequestration, etc., k is also affected by the distribution of the substance and not just on the processes that govern elimination. As a consequence the rate constant is less suitable than the clearance as a description of elimination.
The use of tissue slices to evaluate VD is discussed in [527, 528].
The half-life for elimination, t1/2, can be defined as the time taken for the amount present to decrease by half if production of the substance abruptly ceases. When the rate of elimination is proportional to concentration (and the volume of distribution is constant), the concentration decreases exponentially with time, the half-life is constant, and18 t1/2=0.69/k.
The flux, J, of a substance across a membrane or barrier is properly defined as amount transferred per unit area per unit time. However the symbol, J is also often used to mean the total amount entering or emerging from a region per unit time. It is usually left to the reader to figure out which: the units are usually the surest guide: for amounts transferred per unit area typical units might be mol cm−2 s−1 while for amounts entering or leaving a region, mol s−1.
The concentration of a substance in ISF is most simply expressed as the amount present per unit volume of ISF,19 cisf=amountin ISF/volumeofISF.
The concentration determined using dialysis or ion selective electrodes comes close to this simplest definition. However, with most chemical or radiotracer assays, what is determined is the amount in a tissue expressed per unit volume of tissue,20 Ctissue=amountintissue/volumeoftissue.
For those substances that are confined entirely to the ISF,21 Ctissue=amountinISFvolumeoftissue=amountinISFvolumeofISF×volumeofISFvolumeoftissue.=cisf×α
Current estimates of α are near 0.2 ([24, 74]). If the substance is not restricted to ISF, the more general relation is22 ctissue=cisf×VDvolumeoftissue.
Appendix A.1. Clearance per unit mass of tissue and permeability surface area product
Clearance and many of the other constants are often stated per unit mass of tissue. Whether CL is being used to mean clearance from a named region, e.g. the brain, or clearance per unit mass is usually easy to determine from context. The units, e.g. cm3 s−1 or cm3 s−1 g−1 respectively, make it clear.
Expressing clearance per unit mass can be particularly convenient when the mechanism is efflux across the blood–brain barrier. For instance if a substance is cleared by passive transport across the barrier at a rate that is proportional to concentration, i.e. the efflux is Jefflux = Pc, where P is the permeability. The amount transferred per unit time out of unit mass of tissue is Jefflux × S = P × S × c where S is the surface area of the blood–brain barrier per unit mass of tissue. Because the amount transferred brain-to-blood per unit mass is both P × S × c and CLBBB × c, where CLBBB is the clearance by efflux across the blood–brain barrier, CLBBB and the PS product are synonyms.
The PS product is usually measured for influx. If the transport mechanism is passive, then this is also the PS product for efflux. (For ions see the next section). Many instances of transport are not well-described using a single value of permeability. For instance if the transport process saturates, the permeability, calculated as observed flux from source to destination divided by source concentration, will decrease as the concentration increases. Results are sometimes reported in terms of permeabilities even when there is known to be an active component of the transport. This allows comparison of the fluxes via active and passive mechanisms, but otherwise permeability is not a good description of active transport. If permeability is to be used, it is necessary to allow the values of P to be different for influx and efflux.
Appendix A.2. Membrane potential and permeability for ions
If a passive transport mechanism transfers a charge zF across a membrane and the potential difference across the membrane ΔV0 (inside minus outside) is the value for zero current via this mechanism then23 PeffluxPinflux=ezFΔV0RTbecause this is then an equilibrium. If in addition the fluxes are proportional to the concentrations, i.e. the Ps are independent of concentration, this relation must hold for all potentials and the flux can be written as24 Jnet=Jinflux-Jefflux=Pinfluxcoutside-Peffluxcinside=Pinfluxcoutside-ezFΔV0RTcinsidewhere, however, Pinflux can be a function of potential (see e.g. [529, 530]).
For the blood–brain barrier the potential difference is normally small enough (< 4 mV) that when interpreting experimental data for passive transport the potential dependence of Pinflux and Pefflux is usually ignored. (It should be noted that potential must be considered explicitly when considering transport into and out of the cells as the potential difference between the inside and outside is much larger than the potential difference between ISF and plasma). The potential difference across the blood–brain barrier changes with pH of plasma and can take on appreciable values (for a review and references see [4]). The consequences of these changes for transport of ions other than H+ appear not to have been considered.
Appendix B. Blood–brain barrier permeabilities of mannitol, sucrose and inulin and the identification of markers for perivascular elimination
Evidences that various substances are markers for perivascular elimination and that elimination to CSF or lymph from the parenchyma is primarily perivascular are intertwined. One of the principal arguments that many substances leave the parenchyma by a convective process is that the clearances for these are all similar despite their being a large range of sizes, e.g. from mannitol and sucrose on one hand, to serum ablumin and many of the polyethyleneglycols (PEGs) and dextrans on the other. These arguments were first advanced by Cserr and associates [126, 127, 129]. However, the data on which they based their argument was obtained under barbiturate anaesthesia, which is now known to greatly suppress the perivascular efflux process.
It is thus important that Groothuis et al. [131] have reexamined the rates of elimination for a range of polar substances including sucrose (MW 342), inulin (MW 5500) and dextran-70 K (MW 70,000) (see Table 1) and have found again that there is no variation in the rate constant for elimination. Others have also measured efflux rate constants, for mannitol and inulin and have found similar values (see Table 1). For many of these substances there is no evidence for transport across the blood–brain barrier. However, for mannitol, sucrose and inulin there appear to be measurable rates of influx, so it must be asked whether they should be included in the list of markers.
The measured rate constant for elimination keff − total, of the putative markers from the parenchyma is the sum of the efflux rate constants for the perivascular and blood–brain barrier routes. Groothuis et al. [131] found values close to 0.24 h−1 = 0.003 min−1. The rate constant for the passive efflux of a neutral solute across the blood–brain barrier can be calculated from the permeability-surface area product, PS, and the volume of distribution, VD, as keff,BBB= PS/VD (see [127, 131] and Appendix A). Because these substances are restricted to ISF within the parenchyma, VD can be taken to be 0.2 mL g−1. PS can be measured from the initial rate of accumulation when the substance is added to the blood. Values are tabulated in Table 7. There is obviously considerable variation in the values found in different studies, which probably reflects the difficulties inherent in measuring small permeabilities. However, several features are apparent. Firstly in each of the three studies that compared mannitol, sucrose and inulin, mannitol had the highest permeability, inulin the least. Secondly the same order is apparent in the averages, 0.0040 ± 0.0013 min−1, 0.0011 ± 0.0002 min−1 and 0.00027 ± 0.0001 min−1. Thirdly for sucrose and inulin the rate constants for elimination by transport across the blood–brain barrier are substantially less than the total rate constant for elimination, 0.003 min−1, implying that some other mechanism accounts for most of the elimination. It is at present unclear whether or not mannitol is suitable as a marker for perivascular elimination.
Preston et al. [531] pointed out a major difficulty that occurs in the measurement of very small permeabilities using radiotracers. If the sample of labelled substance contains small quantities of labelled impurities that are more permeable than the principal substance, the impurities will make a disproportionately large contribution to permeability measured by accumulation of the radiolabel. They showed that further purification by thin layer chromatography decreased the measured permeability for mannitol and sucrose (see Table 7). Miah et al. [532] have taken this one step further and have compared the uptake of radiolabel from a sample of 14C-sucrose with the uptake of 13C-sucrose measured by mass spectrometry. Their measurements using a sample of radiolabelled sucrose yielded one of the higher measured permeabilities, while that obtained using assay of sucrose yielded the lowest. It is thus plausible that perivascular elimination accounts for an even larger fraction of the elimination of sucrose than indicated by comparison of the average of the rate constants in the table with the total rate constant of elimination.
The available evidence strongly supports the commonly held view that sucrose, inulin, albumin, and a number of dextrans are suitable markers for elimination from the brain parenchyma by perivascular convection.
Appendix C. Passive permeability of the blood–brain barrier: further consideration including the use of linear free energy relations
There are at least four reasons why the permeability-surface area product, PS, may not be predicted by comparison with the lipid solubility as assessed using n-octanol and molecular weight, i.e. with Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2: (1) a biological membrane is more ordered than a layer of n-octanol and thus partition into the membrane core may well differ from partition into the hydrophobic solvent particularly for larger solutes; (2) for large solutes the diffusion constant, even in a homogenous medium, is expected to vary with MW−1/3 rather than MW−1.2 [156, 157, 533]; (3) n-octanol, with the water it contains in a partition experiment [161], may differ from the membrane core in how it interacts with hydrogen bonding groups;24 (4) permeation may occur by pathways other than via the core of the membrane, e.g. transport for some of the substances considered may be via specific transporters (see Sect. 4.2), by transcytosis (see Sect. 4.3) or, particularly for small polar solutes, by a paracellular pathway (as mentioned in Sect. 4.1 an example may be mannitol); and (5) substances which are sufficiently lipid soluble to enter the endothelial cells may be effluxed or metabolised before they even reach the parenchyma (see Sect. 4.2.1).
The difference between partition into a membrane and partition into a liquid like n-octanol may be particularly marked for large solutes [162, 534]. The hydrophobic portions of membranes are composed of hydrophobic side chains of proteins and the chains of lipids both of which have positions constrained by the rest of the protein or the lipid headgroup. Attempts to insert large molecules into a membrane will inevitably require changes in membrane structure, e.g. lipid headgroups may be pushed apart, which will have an energy cost which must affect the permeability. However, it should be noted that the idea that larger molecules are excluded from the membranes was based on their failure to permeate which in many instances may have been because they were substrates for efflux transporters (see Sect. 4.2.1). It is somewhat puzzling that there have not been any attempts to correlate blood–brain barrier permeability with the partition of substances into easily obtained membranes, e.g. those of liposomes or red blood cells, rather than into simple solvents. Partition into red blood cell membranes was measured extensively in studies on the mechanism of general anaesthesia [535].
The predictions of the simple theory presented in Sect. 4.1 for passive, non-specific transport of neutral solutes across the blood–brain barrier describes important features of this transport, but leaves quite large discrepancies between the theoretical predictions and the experimental results (see Fig. 25). A more elaborate approach, based on the use of linear free energy relations has been described by Abraham and colleagues [165, 171, 536, 537]. In this approach each compound is represented by a set of quantitative descriptors that are properties of the substance considered in isolation. (Thus for instance Kn-octanol/water is not permitted). These have been chosen as far as possible to represent sufficient independent properties of the substances to allow characterization of their interactions with water, solvents, and sites of action (see below). To predict a property, e.g. the PS product, each descriptor is multiplied by a coefficient which depends on the property, but not on the substance. The sum of the products of coefficients and descriptors is the prediction of the logarithm of the property for that substance. Whenever the property concerned is an equilibrium constant, the logarithm of that property is, up to a constant, a free energy. Hence the name “linear free energy relation” as the prediction can be regarded as a linear sum of contributions to a free energy.
Fig. 25 Comparison of the predictions of the solubility-diffusion theory and of the linear free energy relation (LFER) for the PS product of the series of 18 compounds considered by Gratton et al. [166]. The solubility-diffusion theory, described in Sect. 4.1, predicts that log[PS] is proportional to Koctanol/water MW−1/2. MW is in turn approximately proportional to the McGowan characteristic volume used by Gratton et al. The straight, grey line with slope 1 indicates the predicted proportionality. It has one adjustable parameter that determines the vertical position of the line. The LFER prediction, described in this Appendix and shown as the line with multiple segments, has four adjustable parameters, three coefficients of descriptors of the compounds and the constant determining the vertical position of the whole curve. The improvement in fit is statistically significant (extra sum of squares test [640], F = 8.85 for 17 and 14 degrees of freedom, p < 0.001)
Abraham et al. [165] applied this approach to the prediction of partition coefficients from water into a number of solvents, including n-octanol for which25 logKn-octanol/water=0.088+0.562R2-1.054π2H-3.46∑β2H+3.81Vxwhere the descriptors are: excess molar refraction, R2; polarizability, π2H; solute hydrogen bond basicity, β2H, which is summed over the appropriate groups in the molecule; and molecular volume, Vx. See [165] and references therein for the rationale for choosing these descriptors and their definitions. The volume term makes the largest contribution to the differences between the 18 substances considered [166] with the larger substances being more soluble in n-octanol.
Gratton et al. [166] have applied this approach to the prediction of PS products using 18 substances to determine the values of the coefficients and test the accuracy of the predictions with the result:26 log[PS]=-1.21+0.77R2-1.87π2H-2.8∑β2H+3.31Vx.
This more elaborate theory does allow a statistically significant improvement in the fit of the calculated values of PS to those observed (see Fig. 25). Gratton et al. note that there is a strong dependence on molecular volume, with increases in volume being associated with increases in permeability.
The LFER approach does improve the ability to predict PS for a new substance. But it’s formulation has served to hide a major clue as to the mechanism of permeation. That clue can be revealed by calculating the prediction of the LFER approach for the ratio, PS/Kn-octanol/water:27 logPS/Kn-octanol/water=logPS-logKn-octanol/water=-1.12+0.21R2-0.82π2H+0.66∑β2H-0.5Vx.
Thus after allowing for the effect of the changes in n-octanol/water partition, there is much less variation to be explained and the remaining effect of an increase in molecular volume is predicted to be a decrease in permeability. (That this is the inverse square root relation predicted by the solubility-diffusion model is to some extent an “accident” of the choice of the preferred solvent for comparison, n-octanol. If olive oil had been chosen instead increases in volume would again be predicted to decrease permeability, but with a different more negative coefficient).
Fong [161] and Abraham [168, 171] provide discussions of which properties to use. Fong chooses desolvation from water, solvation in the membrane modelled by n-octanol, dipole moment and molecular volume. Molecular volume is negatively correlated.
Appendix D. Kinetics of glucose transport across the blood–brain barrier
The concentration dependence of the rate of glucose influx, Tinf, has often been described empirically using the simplest form of Michaelis–Menten kinetics [310] 28 Tinf=Tmax∗cplasma/Kt+cplasmawhere Tmax is the maximum transport rate and Kt is the Michaelis constant for influx (t and T stand for “transport”). From this expression for the rate, the decrease in clearance with concentration is predicted to be29 CL=Tmax/Kt+cplasma.
Betz et al. [327] reported Tmax = 1.6 µmol g−1 min−1 and Kt= 8.6 mM (based on blood rather than plasma) in the dog based on tracer uptake rate after 1 min of hypoxia, while Pardridge and Oldendorf [538] investigated transport of five different hexoses into rat brains and found Tmax = 1.6 µmol g−1 min−1 for all, but differing apparent dissociation constants with 9 mM for glucose, which they took to imply that the conformation changes of the carrier rather than binding of the substrates were rate limiting. This is plausible because relatively low affinity binding of small substrates to sites is often diffusion controlled and rapid while conformation changes of large molecules may well be much slower. At a plasma concentration of 6 mM these values correspond to a glucose clearance of 100 µL g−1 min−1. Mason et al. [334] lists many values of Tmax and Kt determined from flux studies prior to 1992. These range from 0.5 to 6.7 µmol g−1 min−1 for Tmax and 4.9–11 mM for Kt.
Efflux has not been measured directly, but it can be calculated by difference from the net flux and the influx. The net flux can be calculated from the rates of extraction of glucose from the blood as indicated in Sect. 5.3 (assuming negligible metabolism within the endothelial cells), or from the rates of glucose metabolism, perivascular loss and accumulation within the brain. Perivascular loss is likely to occur, but at a much lower rate than metabolism. At steady-state the rate of accumulation is zero and thus the net flux equals the rate of glucose metabolism,30 Tnet=CMRglc.
The net flux and efflux have often been interpreted using the simplest extension of the Michaelis–Menten description used for influx, i.e. (see e.g. [310, 323, 539]) leading to31 Teff=Tmax∗cisf/Kt+cisfand32 Tnet=Tinf-Teff=Tmaxcplasma/Kt+cplasma-cisf/Kt+cisf.
These equations have been called irreversible Michaelis–Menten kinetics [540] because in Eqs. 31 and 32 the product of the “reaction”, which is the substrate on the far side of membrane after transport, has no effect on the rate of the reaction. This has been described as implying that influx and efflux occur by completely separate mechanisms, which was regarded as being most unlikely (see e.g. [338]). However, it should be noted that Eqs. 31 and 32 and even the extensions of these when two species are present are the same as equations that can be derived from the simple carrier model with the additional assumptions that association and dissociation are rapid, the rate constants for the conformation changes of the carrier are the same with or without a bound substrate and the mechanism is symmetrical, i.e the same viewed from either side [324].
The carrier model for kinetics was introduced to account for the transport of sugars across sheep placenta [323] and human red blood cells [324]. The name “carrier” arose because the model should apply when the transporter collects the substrate on one side of the membrane and “carries” it across the membrane to deposit it on the other. This appears to be the actual physical mechanism for ion transport by low molecular weight ion carriers like nonactin and trinactin ([530, 541, 542] and probably valinomycin [530, 543–545]. However for much larger transporters such as GLUT1, it has always been much more likely that the physical mechanism is somewhat different. The essential feature of carrier kinetics is not transfer of the carrier molecule across the membrane, but rather the change in exposure of the binding site for the substrate. It must be possible for this site to be exposed on each side of the membrane, but not both at the same time. The structures of GLUT1 (see Fig. 12) and related transporters all indicate that there is a transport pathway through the molecule which is occluded or gated at one end or the other and furthermore suggest conformation changes that could close the gate at one end while opening the gate at the other.
A second substrate can inhibit transport of the first by binding to the carriers thus reducing the number of carriers free to complex with the first. However, it is also possible for a second substrate to increase transfer of the first. In the extreme case if the carrier can only change conformation while a substrate is bound, the carrier is an obligatory exchanger and net transfer of one solute can only occur in the presence of another. More generally efflux of a substrate can, by increasing the rate of changes from inward to outward facing conformations increase the availability of carrier to collect a different substrate on the outside and hence its influx. Exchange whether or not obligatory can result in secondary active transport in which uphill transport of one solute is driven by downhill flux of another [322–324, 326]. Manifestations of this coupling are sometimes called variously counter-transport, counter-flow or trans-stimulation (see Fig. 12).
There are, of course, many extensions that can be made to the carrier model, examples include invoking more than one binding site, allowing co-transport and accounting for diffusion limited access in unstirred layers. Some form of extension has been found necessary for GLUT1 transport in red blood cells (see e.g. [546]) and almost certainly, given its greater complexity, will be necessary for glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier. The following is more an empirical description of results than a mechanistic model.
The general solution of the simple carrier model for the steady-state fluxes in terms of the concentrations and the constants of the model can be derived using standard methods for reaction kinetics [547–549]. This solution has been reported and discussed a number of times (see e.g. [326, 327, 339, 550] together with some possible extensions [329, 546].
The “simple” pore is another type of mechanism that has been considered for glucose transport across the blood–brain barrier. Pores can be gated but when the gates are open the transport pathway allows solute movement from one side of the membrane to the other with no further movement of the gates. Lieb and Stein [551] have described the kinetics for movements through “simple” pores that are defined as pores that can be occupied by only one substrate at a time. Generally, because the substrates are small and can move rapidly and no conformation changes of the pore are required, transport rates through an open pore can be large. By contrast for a simple carrier movement of each substrate molecule requires conformation changes, which are likely to be slow.
The simple pore mechanism does not predict or explain counter-transport or trans-stimulation. Reversible Michaelis–Menten kinetics (see [337, 338, 540, 552], which have been used in some descriptions of glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier, are the same as the kinetics of the simplest single occupancy pore [551].
As counter-transport is well established for GLUT1 in red blood cells and both counter-transport and trans-stimulation have been demonstrated for glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier, the simple pore model and reversible Michaelis–Menten kinetics are not considered further here (compare [339]).
Caution is advisable in the interpretation of flux data using the carrier model for at least three reasons: steady-state data cannot determine all of the rate constants even in the “simple” carrier model (see e.g. [326]); there must be transport across two membranes in series; and there is likely to be interaction between the GLUT1 monomers in the tetramers thought to be present in membranes. Thus it would be unwise to attach mechanistic significance to the values of constants determined by fitting the model to data. However, the forms of the equations relating the fluxes to the concentrations [325–327, 550] remain the simplest available framework capable of describing the transport. Using the constants that are defined below,33 Tinf=T1,maxK2cplasma1+cisfRK1K2+K2cplasma+K1cisf+cplasmacisfKinh34 Teff=T2,maxK1cisf1+cplasmaRK1K2+K2cplasma+K1cisf+cplasmacisfKinhand35 Tnet=T1,maxK2cplasma-cisfK1K2+K2cplasma+K1cisf+cplasmacisfKinh36 withT1,max/K1=T2,max/K2.
In these equations cplasma and cisf are concentrations, the Ks are apparent dissociation constants, and the Tmax values are transport maxima for transport in the two directions. The inhibition constant, Kinh, which is dimensionless, and the trans-stimulation constant, R, are related to the constants used by Betz et al. [327] by37 Kinh=K1i/K1=K2i/K2and38 R=R1=R2.1/Kinh indicates a combined effect of glucose in plasma and ISF to compete for transport and 1/R indicates the strength of trans-stimulation. An equation of the same form as Eq. 35 was used by Simpson et al. [315] to describe glucose transport in their modelling of cerebral energy metabolism. A symmetrical version was used by Duarte et al. [341] in their interpretation of data for the amount of glucose in the brain versus plasma concentration.
In the simple carrier model trans-stimulation can increase the unidirectional flux but not the net flux. For the unidirectional flux if conformation changes of the carrier are faster when substrate is bound, trans-stimulation is expected to be more important than the combined inhibition. Alternatively if the conformation changes are faster when substrate is not bound, trans-inhibition is expected to be more important.
If the transport were by the simple carrier model across a single membrane, the empirical constants could be calculated from the number of carriers and the rate constants of the model [325–327, 339, 550].
The investigation of glucose fluxes in the isolated, perfused dog brain by Betz et al. [327] appears to be the only study that allows calculation of rates of efflux for a range of values of both cplasma and cisf. (They measured concentrations of glucose in whole blood, which are expected to be about 11% smaller than those in plasma. In the following the distinction has been ignored). In their study the steady-state values of cisf were calculated as amount accumulated in the brain divided by the volume of distribution, VD = milliliters of brain water per gram of brain; and the dependence of the rate of influx, Tinf, on cplasma was determined for a range of values of cisf preset by perfusing the brains with different concentrations of glucose.
As shown in Fig. 14 over a wide range of glucose concentrations, from roughly 2 mM to 40 mM, at steady-state the amount in the brain and hence cisf increases proportional to (cplasma − offset) where the offset is about 2 mM.
Betz et al. [327] fitted their influx data using39 Tinf=Tapp/Kapp+cplasmawith apparent values of the Michaelis–Menten constants shown in Table 8 for brains with cisf set by pre-exposure to different cplasma. As cisf is increased both the apparent transport maximum and the apparent Michaelis constants for influx increase which is evidence for both competition and trans-stimulation. Betz et al. interpreted the variation of the apparent constants with cisf in terms of Eq. 33. As shown in the Additional file 1, all of the data for influx can be described empirically using Eq. 35. It is possible to calculate the rate of efflux, under steady-state conditions using Teff = Tinf − Tnet = Tinf − CMRglc for the combinations of cplasma and cisf seen at steady-state. Furthermore, if influx is described empirically by Eq. 33 then Eq. 34 is expected to be a reasonable description of efflux over the same range of concentrations and thus can be used to calculate the efflux for all combinations of concentrations using the fitted empirical constants.
Table 8 Parameters obtained by Betz et al. [327] from fits of the simple Michaelis–Menten expression Tinf = Tapp/(Kapp + cplasma) to glucose influx versus plasma concentration, cplasma, for preset concentrations of glucose in the brain, cisf
cisf/mM 6.11 16.8 26.3 43.9 56
Kapp/mM 8.46 11.2 17.7 28.2 37.7
Tapp/µmol g−1 min−1 1.61 1.84 2.21 2.68 3.83
The fits predict that for all cplasma, the net flux, Tnet when cisf is at the corresponding steady-state value is between 0.6 µmol g−1 min−1 and 0.65 µmol g−1 min−1. If it is demanded that the constants used to fit Tinf produce the same Tnet for all steady-state conditions, i.e. that CMRglc, is constant, then the estimated value is 0.65 µmol g−1 min−1. This value is very close to the value expected for rats but somewhat greater than that expected for humans. The fits indicate that an adequate net flux can be maintained for cplasma as low as about 3 mM. Increases in cplasma produce relatively modest increases in influx with matching increases in efflux at steady-state such that the net flux remains constant. The corresponding increase in cisf is shown in Fig. 14. A notable feature of the fits is that for cplasma = 6 mM, if there were no change in transport capacity, glucose consumption, CMRglc, could increase only to about 0.9 µmol g−1 min−1. At that rate, cisf would be close to 0. This limit on CMRglc is substantially below the Tmax value, which can be approached only if cplasma is increased. As discussed in Sect. 6.2, how transport capacity is increased to support nervous activity is not fully understood.
Betz et al’s data show a pronounced trans-stimulation effect, but only for cplasma > ~ 20 mM. For cplasma < ~ 10 mM increasing cisf decreases influx. In terms of the model this is expected because higher cisf reduces the concentration of free carrier available to complex glucose from plasma.
Appendix E. Blood–brain barrier permeabilities of Na+, K+ and Cl−
Determining the permeabilities of the blood–brain barrier for Na+, K+ and Cl− was a major challenge because these ions are transferred between blood and the parenchyma by two routes, directly across the blood–brain barrier and indirectly via CSF. Davson and Welch [417] calculated permeabilities for the blood–brain barrier in rabbits by fitting data for accumulation of tracers in CSF and the parenchyma simultaneously using a simplified, but still complicated, model that allowed for transfers directly between blood and ISF, between blood and CSF and between CSF and ISF. While the model allowed the concentration of tracer in CSF to vary with time, it assumed that there was no variation with position, i.e. that the concentration was the same throughout the ventricles, cisterns and subarachnoid spaces. The model was based on equations that do allow the concentration to vary with position within the parenchyma, but no measurements of the variation were made. Davson and Welch’s approach suffers from the inevitable shortcomings associated with fitting a complicated model to limited data.
Using rats, Smith and Rapoport [419] took the more direct experimental approach of measuring the accumulation of tracer within the parenchyma at sites sufficiently far from the choroid plexuses, e.g. the frontal cortex, that, at least initially, entry had to be across the blood–brain barrier. They allowed accumulation to proceed for only 10 min which they reasoned was short enough that they could ignore both backflux from parenchyma to blood and indirect transfer from blood to CSF to parenchyma. One of the arguments that the permeabilities of the blood–brain barrier calculated by Davson and Welch and by Smith and Rapoport are at least reasonable approximations is that these two very different approaches yielded similar answers.
There is, however, an apparent difficulty with accepting the values calculated by Smith and Rapoport. Their analysis of the time course of the concentrations within the cortex started with their Eq. 1,40 dcbrx,tdt=PScplasma-PS′cbrx,tVbr+DVbrd2cbrx,tdx2,which is dimensionally inconsistent. In this equation cbr(x,t) is the concentration of tracer in the parenchyma, units dpm g−1; P is the permeability of the blood–brain barrier, units cm s−1; S is the area of the blood–brain barrier, units cm2 g−1; cplasma is the concentration in plasma, units dpm cm−3; Vbr is the volume of distribution of the tracer substance, units cm3 g−1; D is the diffusion constant of the tracer in the extracellular fluid, units cm2 s−1, x is distance from the ventricular surface, units cm; and t is the time, units s. The units of the first two terms on the right hand side, those which describe blood–brain barrier transport, are dpm s−1 g−1, which is the same as for the left hand side, but the units of the third term, which describes diffusion within the cortex, are dpm s−1 cm−3. Terms with different units cannot be added together, thus this equation cannot be correct.
On closer inspection of Eq. 40 and the model on which it is based, the conversion factor in the third term, Vbr, is wrong (if the substance is restricted to the extracellular space, Vbr should simply be omitted [553]) but in addition there are more fundamental difficulties. The model is based on at least two unstated assumptions that limit its use: it is assumed that the only movement of ions through the cortex is via diffusion in the extracellular space and that there is no exchange of substance with CSF in the sub-arachnoid spaces. (The first of these shortcomings also compromises the analysis by Davson and Welch [417]). At least for K+ it is clear that movements within cell processes make an important contribution to movements within the cortex, so called spatial buffering (see e.g. [554–556]). As can be seen from Gardner-Medwin’s papers, if the tracer can enter and leave cells on the time scale of the experiments a proper description of the third term on the right hand side of Eq. 40 would be very complicated. The second assumption becomes important if perivascular clearance is comparable to the clearance across the blood–brain barrier (see end of this Appendix).
An immediate consequence of the use of Smith and Rapoport’s starting equation is that calculation of the concentrations within the parenchyma cannot be relied upon whenever these concentrations vary with position, as in their Fig. 6, unless the substance in question cannot enter the cells and all positions considered are far from perivascular spaces and the brain surfaces.
Fortunately, Smith and Rapoport designed their experiments in such a way that the calculation of the transfer constants and permeabilities for the blood–brain barrier does not depend on how the model describes diffusion within the parenchyma. Their Eq. 4 for the transfer constant, taken from Fenstermacher and Rapoport [159] yields constants with units cm3 s−1 g−1. Their actual calculations leading to the values in their Table 2 were equivalent to using an equation,41 kbr=cbrT/V¯brain∫0Tcplasmadt,which incorporates a conversion factor between the mass and volume of the brain, V¯brain assumed to be 1 cm3 g−1. In this equation the units of kbr are s−1; cbr(T), units dpm g−1, is the total concentration per gram of tissue; T, units s, is the period of time during which influx occurs; and cplasma is the concentration in plasma, units dpm cm−3. Smith and Rapoport assumed that cplasma was constant so that the integral becomes the product cplasma × T and42 kbr=cbrTcplasmaTV¯brain.
The rate of change of the concentration within the brain can be related to the permeability and area of the blood–brain barrier using43 dcbrtdt=PScplasmawhich, using the same assumptions needed for Eq. 42, integrates to44 cbrT=PScplasmaT.
Combining Eqs. 42 and 4445 P=cbrTcplasmaTS=kbrV¯brainS.
Smith and Rapoport used S = 140 cm2 g−1 from [557], and a tissue volume per gram, V¯brain = 1 cm3 g−1, leading to the values of P (in cm s−1) quoted in their Table 3. (Eq. 44 shows that the PS product, which is the estimate of the clearance, does not depend on the values assumed for either V¯brain or S. For Na+ PS was 2 × 10−5 cm3 s−1 g−1 = 1.2 µL min−1 g−1. This is similar to estimates of perivascular clearance, ~ 1 µL min−1 g−1 (see Sect. 3.2).
The PS product for K+ was [419] 11.3 µL min−1 g−1. This larger value is based on fluxes that were somewhat smaller than those for Na+ but at substantially smaller concentrations, e.g. 4 mM rather than 140 mM. Unlike those for Na+, the fluxes for K+ can be substantially reduced by inhibitors of transporters known to be present in the endothelial cells (reviewed in [4]).
The model used by Smith and Rapoport ignores exchange of substance between the parenchyma and CSF in the sub-arachnoid spaces, i.e. it ignores perivascular transport. However, for the same reason that backflux from parenchyma to blood does not alter the initial rate of increase in concentration within the parenchyma, loss to CSF will also not alter the initial rate and thus the calculation of PS. However, once concentrations in parenchyma and CSF increase, net perivascular fluxes for Na+ will be comparable to the net fluxes across the blood–brain barrier and thus cannot be ignored in calculations of the time course.
|
|
sec
|
Appendix A. The parameters used in describing elimination from the brain parenchyma
The rate of elimination, Relim, of a substance from the brain parenchyma is determined by its concentration and the ability of the efflux mechanisms to remove the substance. Clearance can be calculated from measurable quantities as14 CL=Relim/c.
If Relim is expressed as amount per unit time and the concentration as amount per unit volume, the clearance has the units of a volume flow, e.g. for rate of elimination in mol min−1 and concentration in mol mL−1 the units of clearance are mL min−1. If instead the rate of elimination is expressed per unit mass of tissue, e.g. mol min−1 g−1, then the units of clearance would be mL min−1 g−1. For many substances provided the concentration isn’t too large, the rate of elimination is proportional to the concentration and the ratio used to define clearance is actually a constant. For higher concentrations, the rate of elimination may approach a limiting value and the clearance then decreases as the concentration increases (see Fig. 22).
In practice when calculating the clearance it may not be immediately obvious which concentration is appropriate. Ideally it should be the free concentration of the substance. Concentrations that have been used include the exchangeable concentration measured using microdialysis [428] or, for ions, the activities obtained using microelectrodes. The free concentration is not the same as the total concentration; because, for instance, some of the substance may be bound to other things and the substance may be inside cells. The total concentration is the amount of the substance divided by the volume.
Because the amount of a substance is usually much easier to measure than its free concentration, what is reported in studies of elimination is frequently not clearance but rather the rate constant for elimination, k, defined as15 k=Relim/Nwhere N is the amount present in the region and Relim is now the rate of elimination from that region. If the units of rate of elimination are mol min−1 g−1 and those of amount are just mol g−1, the units of the rate constant are min−1. Strictly for Eq. 15 to apply, N must be the amount that can become free as the free concentration is reduced—i.e. it should not include forms that are irreversibly bound, aggregated, or sequestered inside cells.
Because the rate of elimination is equal to both CL × c (Eq. 14) and k × N (Eq. 15), the elimination rate constant, k, and the clearance, CL, are related by CL × c = k × N, i.e. CL/k = N/c. The ratio, N/c, has the units of a volume and is usually called the volume of distribution, VD, defined as16 VD=N/cand thus17 k=CL/VD.
If the units chosen for N, the total amount present are mol and the units of c are mol mL−1 then the units of VD will be mL. If instead, N is the amount present per unit mass of tissue, stated in mol g−1, then the units of VD are mL g−1. Because the rate constant, k, depends on the volume of distribution, which is determined by the distribution of the substance within the parenchyma, e.g. on binding, sequestration, etc., k is also affected by the distribution of the substance and not just on the processes that govern elimination. As a consequence the rate constant is less suitable than the clearance as a description of elimination.
The use of tissue slices to evaluate VD is discussed in [527, 528].
The half-life for elimination, t1/2, can be defined as the time taken for the amount present to decrease by half if production of the substance abruptly ceases. When the rate of elimination is proportional to concentration (and the volume of distribution is constant), the concentration decreases exponentially with time, the half-life is constant, and18 t1/2=0.69/k.
The flux, J, of a substance across a membrane or barrier is properly defined as amount transferred per unit area per unit time. However the symbol, J is also often used to mean the total amount entering or emerging from a region per unit time. It is usually left to the reader to figure out which: the units are usually the surest guide: for amounts transferred per unit area typical units might be mol cm−2 s−1 while for amounts entering or leaving a region, mol s−1.
The concentration of a substance in ISF is most simply expressed as the amount present per unit volume of ISF,19 cisf=amountin ISF/volumeofISF.
The concentration determined using dialysis or ion selective electrodes comes close to this simplest definition. However, with most chemical or radiotracer assays, what is determined is the amount in a tissue expressed per unit volume of tissue,20 Ctissue=amountintissue/volumeoftissue.
For those substances that are confined entirely to the ISF,21 Ctissue=amountinISFvolumeoftissue=amountinISFvolumeofISF×volumeofISFvolumeoftissue.=cisf×α
Current estimates of α are near 0.2 ([24, 74]). If the substance is not restricted to ISF, the more general relation is22 ctissue=cisf×VDvolumeoftissue.
Appendix A.1. Clearance per unit mass of tissue and permeability surface area product
Clearance and many of the other constants are often stated per unit mass of tissue. Whether CL is being used to mean clearance from a named region, e.g. the brain, or clearance per unit mass is usually easy to determine from context. The units, e.g. cm3 s−1 or cm3 s−1 g−1 respectively, make it clear.
Expressing clearance per unit mass can be particularly convenient when the mechanism is efflux across the blood–brain barrier. For instance if a substance is cleared by passive transport across the barrier at a rate that is proportional to concentration, i.e. the efflux is Jefflux = Pc, where P is the permeability. The amount transferred per unit time out of unit mass of tissue is Jefflux × S = P × S × c where S is the surface area of the blood–brain barrier per unit mass of tissue. Because the amount transferred brain-to-blood per unit mass is both P × S × c and CLBBB × c, where CLBBB is the clearance by efflux across the blood–brain barrier, CLBBB and the PS product are synonyms.
The PS product is usually measured for influx. If the transport mechanism is passive, then this is also the PS product for efflux. (For ions see the next section). Many instances of transport are not well-described using a single value of permeability. For instance if the transport process saturates, the permeability, calculated as observed flux from source to destination divided by source concentration, will decrease as the concentration increases. Results are sometimes reported in terms of permeabilities even when there is known to be an active component of the transport. This allows comparison of the fluxes via active and passive mechanisms, but otherwise permeability is not a good description of active transport. If permeability is to be used, it is necessary to allow the values of P to be different for influx and efflux.
Appendix A.2. Membrane potential and permeability for ions
If a passive transport mechanism transfers a charge zF across a membrane and the potential difference across the membrane ΔV0 (inside minus outside) is the value for zero current via this mechanism then23 PeffluxPinflux=ezFΔV0RTbecause this is then an equilibrium. If in addition the fluxes are proportional to the concentrations, i.e. the Ps are independent of concentration, this relation must hold for all potentials and the flux can be written as24 Jnet=Jinflux-Jefflux=Pinfluxcoutside-Peffluxcinside=Pinfluxcoutside-ezFΔV0RTcinsidewhere, however, Pinflux can be a function of potential (see e.g. [529, 530]).
For the blood–brain barrier the potential difference is normally small enough (< 4 mV) that when interpreting experimental data for passive transport the potential dependence of Pinflux and Pefflux is usually ignored. (It should be noted that potential must be considered explicitly when considering transport into and out of the cells as the potential difference between the inside and outside is much larger than the potential difference between ISF and plasma). The potential difference across the blood–brain barrier changes with pH of plasma and can take on appreciable values (for a review and references see [4]). The consequences of these changes for transport of ions other than H+ appear not to have been considered.
|
|
title
|
Appendix A. The parameters used in describing elimination from the brain parenchyma
|
|
p
|
The rate of elimination, Relim, of a substance from the brain parenchyma is determined by its concentration and the ability of the efflux mechanisms to remove the substance. Clearance can be calculated from measurable quantities as14 CL=Relim/c.
|
|
label
|
14
|
|
p
|
If Relim is expressed as amount per unit time and the concentration as amount per unit volume, the clearance has the units of a volume flow, e.g. for rate of elimination in mol min−1 and concentration in mol mL−1 the units of clearance are mL min−1. If instead the rate of elimination is expressed per unit mass of tissue, e.g. mol min−1 g−1, then the units of clearance would be mL min−1 g−1. For many substances provided the concentration isn’t too large, the rate of elimination is proportional to the concentration and the ratio used to define clearance is actually a constant. For higher concentrations, the rate of elimination may approach a limiting value and the clearance then decreases as the concentration increases (see Fig. 22).
|
|
p
|
In practice when calculating the clearance it may not be immediately obvious which concentration is appropriate. Ideally it should be the free concentration of the substance. Concentrations that have been used include the exchangeable concentration measured using microdialysis [428] or, for ions, the activities obtained using microelectrodes. The free concentration is not the same as the total concentration; because, for instance, some of the substance may be bound to other things and the substance may be inside cells. The total concentration is the amount of the substance divided by the volume.
|
|
p
|
Because the amount of a substance is usually much easier to measure than its free concentration, what is reported in studies of elimination is frequently not clearance but rather the rate constant for elimination, k, defined as15 k=Relim/Nwhere N is the amount present in the region and Relim is now the rate of elimination from that region. If the units of rate of elimination are mol min−1 g−1 and those of amount are just mol g−1, the units of the rate constant are min−1. Strictly for Eq. 15 to apply, N must be the amount that can become free as the free concentration is reduced—i.e. it should not include forms that are irreversibly bound, aggregated, or sequestered inside cells.
|
|
label
|
15
|
|
p
|
Because the rate of elimination is equal to both CL × c (Eq. 14) and k × N (Eq. 15), the elimination rate constant, k, and the clearance, CL, are related by CL × c = k × N, i.e. CL/k = N/c. The ratio, N/c, has the units of a volume and is usually called the volume of distribution, VD, defined as16 VD=N/cand thus17 k=CL/VD.
|
|
label
|
16
|
|
label
|
17
|
|
p
|
If the units chosen for N, the total amount present are mol and the units of c are mol mL−1 then the units of VD will be mL. If instead, N is the amount present per unit mass of tissue, stated in mol g−1, then the units of VD are mL g−1. Because the rate constant, k, depends on the volume of distribution, which is determined by the distribution of the substance within the parenchyma, e.g. on binding, sequestration, etc., k is also affected by the distribution of the substance and not just on the processes that govern elimination. As a consequence the rate constant is less suitable than the clearance as a description of elimination.
|
|
p
|
The use of tissue slices to evaluate VD is discussed in [527, 528].
|
|
p
|
The half-life for elimination, t1/2, can be defined as the time taken for the amount present to decrease by half if production of the substance abruptly ceases. When the rate of elimination is proportional to concentration (and the volume of distribution is constant), the concentration decreases exponentially with time, the half-life is constant, and18 t1/2=0.69/k.
|
|
label
|
18
|
|
p
|
The flux, J, of a substance across a membrane or barrier is properly defined as amount transferred per unit area per unit time. However the symbol, J is also often used to mean the total amount entering or emerging from a region per unit time. It is usually left to the reader to figure out which: the units are usually the surest guide: for amounts transferred per unit area typical units might be mol cm−2 s−1 while for amounts entering or leaving a region, mol s−1.
|
|
p
|
The concentration of a substance in ISF is most simply expressed as the amount present per unit volume of ISF,19 cisf=amountin ISF/volumeofISF.
|
|
label
|
19
|
|
p
|
The concentration determined using dialysis or ion selective electrodes comes close to this simplest definition. However, with most chemical or radiotracer assays, what is determined is the amount in a tissue expressed per unit volume of tissue,20 Ctissue=amountintissue/volumeoftissue.
|
|
label
|
20
|
|
p
|
For those substances that are confined entirely to the ISF,21 Ctissue=amountinISFvolumeoftissue=amountinISFvolumeofISF×volumeofISFvolumeoftissue.=cisf×α
|
|
label
|
21
|
|
p
|
Current estimates of α are near 0.2 ([24, 74]). If the substance is not restricted to ISF, the more general relation is22 ctissue=cisf×VDvolumeoftissue.
|
|
label
|
22
|
|
sec
|
Appendix A.1. Clearance per unit mass of tissue and permeability surface area product
Clearance and many of the other constants are often stated per unit mass of tissue. Whether CL is being used to mean clearance from a named region, e.g. the brain, or clearance per unit mass is usually easy to determine from context. The units, e.g. cm3 s−1 or cm3 s−1 g−1 respectively, make it clear.
Expressing clearance per unit mass can be particularly convenient when the mechanism is efflux across the blood–brain barrier. For instance if a substance is cleared by passive transport across the barrier at a rate that is proportional to concentration, i.e. the efflux is Jefflux = Pc, where P is the permeability. The amount transferred per unit time out of unit mass of tissue is Jefflux × S = P × S × c where S is the surface area of the blood–brain barrier per unit mass of tissue. Because the amount transferred brain-to-blood per unit mass is both P × S × c and CLBBB × c, where CLBBB is the clearance by efflux across the blood–brain barrier, CLBBB and the PS product are synonyms.
The PS product is usually measured for influx. If the transport mechanism is passive, then this is also the PS product for efflux. (For ions see the next section). Many instances of transport are not well-described using a single value of permeability. For instance if the transport process saturates, the permeability, calculated as observed flux from source to destination divided by source concentration, will decrease as the concentration increases. Results are sometimes reported in terms of permeabilities even when there is known to be an active component of the transport. This allows comparison of the fluxes via active and passive mechanisms, but otherwise permeability is not a good description of active transport. If permeability is to be used, it is necessary to allow the values of P to be different for influx and efflux.
|
|
title
|
Appendix A.1. Clearance per unit mass of tissue and permeability surface area product
|
|
p
|
Clearance and many of the other constants are often stated per unit mass of tissue. Whether CL is being used to mean clearance from a named region, e.g. the brain, or clearance per unit mass is usually easy to determine from context. The units, e.g. cm3 s−1 or cm3 s−1 g−1 respectively, make it clear.
|
|
p
|
Expressing clearance per unit mass can be particularly convenient when the mechanism is efflux across the blood–brain barrier. For instance if a substance is cleared by passive transport across the barrier at a rate that is proportional to concentration, i.e. the efflux is Jefflux = Pc, where P is the permeability. The amount transferred per unit time out of unit mass of tissue is Jefflux × S = P × S × c where S is the surface area of the blood–brain barrier per unit mass of tissue. Because the amount transferred brain-to-blood per unit mass is both P × S × c and CLBBB × c, where CLBBB is the clearance by efflux across the blood–brain barrier, CLBBB and the PS product are synonyms.
|
|
p
|
The PS product is usually measured for influx. If the transport mechanism is passive, then this is also the PS product for efflux. (For ions see the next section). Many instances of transport are not well-described using a single value of permeability. For instance if the transport process saturates, the permeability, calculated as observed flux from source to destination divided by source concentration, will decrease as the concentration increases. Results are sometimes reported in terms of permeabilities even when there is known to be an active component of the transport. This allows comparison of the fluxes via active and passive mechanisms, but otherwise permeability is not a good description of active transport. If permeability is to be used, it is necessary to allow the values of P to be different for influx and efflux.
|
|
sec
|
Appendix A.2. Membrane potential and permeability for ions
If a passive transport mechanism transfers a charge zF across a membrane and the potential difference across the membrane ΔV0 (inside minus outside) is the value for zero current via this mechanism then23 PeffluxPinflux=ezFΔV0RTbecause this is then an equilibrium. If in addition the fluxes are proportional to the concentrations, i.e. the Ps are independent of concentration, this relation must hold for all potentials and the flux can be written as24 Jnet=Jinflux-Jefflux=Pinfluxcoutside-Peffluxcinside=Pinfluxcoutside-ezFΔV0RTcinsidewhere, however, Pinflux can be a function of potential (see e.g. [529, 530]).
For the blood–brain barrier the potential difference is normally small enough (< 4 mV) that when interpreting experimental data for passive transport the potential dependence of Pinflux and Pefflux is usually ignored. (It should be noted that potential must be considered explicitly when considering transport into and out of the cells as the potential difference between the inside and outside is much larger than the potential difference between ISF and plasma). The potential difference across the blood–brain barrier changes with pH of plasma and can take on appreciable values (for a review and references see [4]). The consequences of these changes for transport of ions other than H+ appear not to have been considered.
|
|
title
|
Appendix A.2. Membrane potential and permeability for ions
|
|
p
|
If a passive transport mechanism transfers a charge zF across a membrane and the potential difference across the membrane ΔV0 (inside minus outside) is the value for zero current via this mechanism then23 PeffluxPinflux=ezFΔV0RTbecause this is then an equilibrium. If in addition the fluxes are proportional to the concentrations, i.e. the Ps are independent of concentration, this relation must hold for all potentials and the flux can be written as24 Jnet=Jinflux-Jefflux=Pinfluxcoutside-Peffluxcinside=Pinfluxcoutside-ezFΔV0RTcinsidewhere, however, Pinflux can be a function of potential (see e.g. [529, 530]).
|
|
label
|
23
|
|
label
|
24
|
|
p
|
For the blood–brain barrier the potential difference is normally small enough (< 4 mV) that when interpreting experimental data for passive transport the potential dependence of Pinflux and Pefflux is usually ignored. (It should be noted that potential must be considered explicitly when considering transport into and out of the cells as the potential difference between the inside and outside is much larger than the potential difference between ISF and plasma). The potential difference across the blood–brain barrier changes with pH of plasma and can take on appreciable values (for a review and references see [4]). The consequences of these changes for transport of ions other than H+ appear not to have been considered.
|
|
sec
|
Appendix B. Blood–brain barrier permeabilities of mannitol, sucrose and inulin and the identification of markers for perivascular elimination
Evidences that various substances are markers for perivascular elimination and that elimination to CSF or lymph from the parenchyma is primarily perivascular are intertwined. One of the principal arguments that many substances leave the parenchyma by a convective process is that the clearances for these are all similar despite their being a large range of sizes, e.g. from mannitol and sucrose on one hand, to serum ablumin and many of the polyethyleneglycols (PEGs) and dextrans on the other. These arguments were first advanced by Cserr and associates [126, 127, 129]. However, the data on which they based their argument was obtained under barbiturate anaesthesia, which is now known to greatly suppress the perivascular efflux process.
It is thus important that Groothuis et al. [131] have reexamined the rates of elimination for a range of polar substances including sucrose (MW 342), inulin (MW 5500) and dextran-70 K (MW 70,000) (see Table 1) and have found again that there is no variation in the rate constant for elimination. Others have also measured efflux rate constants, for mannitol and inulin and have found similar values (see Table 1). For many of these substances there is no evidence for transport across the blood–brain barrier. However, for mannitol, sucrose and inulin there appear to be measurable rates of influx, so it must be asked whether they should be included in the list of markers.
The measured rate constant for elimination keff − total, of the putative markers from the parenchyma is the sum of the efflux rate constants for the perivascular and blood–brain barrier routes. Groothuis et al. [131] found values close to 0.24 h−1 = 0.003 min−1. The rate constant for the passive efflux of a neutral solute across the blood–brain barrier can be calculated from the permeability-surface area product, PS, and the volume of distribution, VD, as keff,BBB= PS/VD (see [127, 131] and Appendix A). Because these substances are restricted to ISF within the parenchyma, VD can be taken to be 0.2 mL g−1. PS can be measured from the initial rate of accumulation when the substance is added to the blood. Values are tabulated in Table 7. There is obviously considerable variation in the values found in different studies, which probably reflects the difficulties inherent in measuring small permeabilities. However, several features are apparent. Firstly in each of the three studies that compared mannitol, sucrose and inulin, mannitol had the highest permeability, inulin the least. Secondly the same order is apparent in the averages, 0.0040 ± 0.0013 min−1, 0.0011 ± 0.0002 min−1 and 0.00027 ± 0.0001 min−1. Thirdly for sucrose and inulin the rate constants for elimination by transport across the blood–brain barrier are substantially less than the total rate constant for elimination, 0.003 min−1, implying that some other mechanism accounts for most of the elimination. It is at present unclear whether or not mannitol is suitable as a marker for perivascular elimination.
Preston et al. [531] pointed out a major difficulty that occurs in the measurement of very small permeabilities using radiotracers. If the sample of labelled substance contains small quantities of labelled impurities that are more permeable than the principal substance, the impurities will make a disproportionately large contribution to permeability measured by accumulation of the radiolabel. They showed that further purification by thin layer chromatography decreased the measured permeability for mannitol and sucrose (see Table 7). Miah et al. [532] have taken this one step further and have compared the uptake of radiolabel from a sample of 14C-sucrose with the uptake of 13C-sucrose measured by mass spectrometry. Their measurements using a sample of radiolabelled sucrose yielded one of the higher measured permeabilities, while that obtained using assay of sucrose yielded the lowest. It is thus plausible that perivascular elimination accounts for an even larger fraction of the elimination of sucrose than indicated by comparison of the average of the rate constants in the table with the total rate constant of elimination.
The available evidence strongly supports the commonly held view that sucrose, inulin, albumin, and a number of dextrans are suitable markers for elimination from the brain parenchyma by perivascular convection.
|
|
title
|
Appendix B. Blood–brain barrier permeabilities of mannitol, sucrose and inulin and the identification of markers for perivascular elimination
|
|
p
|
Evidences that various substances are markers for perivascular elimination and that elimination to CSF or lymph from the parenchyma is primarily perivascular are intertwined. One of the principal arguments that many substances leave the parenchyma by a convective process is that the clearances for these are all similar despite their being a large range of sizes, e.g. from mannitol and sucrose on one hand, to serum ablumin and many of the polyethyleneglycols (PEGs) and dextrans on the other. These arguments were first advanced by Cserr and associates [126, 127, 129]. However, the data on which they based their argument was obtained under barbiturate anaesthesia, which is now known to greatly suppress the perivascular efflux process.
|
|
p
|
It is thus important that Groothuis et al. [131] have reexamined the rates of elimination for a range of polar substances including sucrose (MW 342), inulin (MW 5500) and dextran-70 K (MW 70,000) (see Table 1) and have found again that there is no variation in the rate constant for elimination. Others have also measured efflux rate constants, for mannitol and inulin and have found similar values (see Table 1). For many of these substances there is no evidence for transport across the blood–brain barrier. However, for mannitol, sucrose and inulin there appear to be measurable rates of influx, so it must be asked whether they should be included in the list of markers.
|
|
p
|
The measured rate constant for elimination keff − total, of the putative markers from the parenchyma is the sum of the efflux rate constants for the perivascular and blood–brain barrier routes. Groothuis et al. [131] found values close to 0.24 h−1 = 0.003 min−1. The rate constant for the passive efflux of a neutral solute across the blood–brain barrier can be calculated from the permeability-surface area product, PS, and the volume of distribution, VD, as keff,BBB= PS/VD (see [127, 131] and Appendix A). Because these substances are restricted to ISF within the parenchyma, VD can be taken to be 0.2 mL g−1. PS can be measured from the initial rate of accumulation when the substance is added to the blood. Values are tabulated in Table 7. There is obviously considerable variation in the values found in different studies, which probably reflects the difficulties inherent in measuring small permeabilities. However, several features are apparent. Firstly in each of the three studies that compared mannitol, sucrose and inulin, mannitol had the highest permeability, inulin the least. Secondly the same order is apparent in the averages, 0.0040 ± 0.0013 min−1, 0.0011 ± 0.0002 min−1 and 0.00027 ± 0.0001 min−1. Thirdly for sucrose and inulin the rate constants for elimination by transport across the blood–brain barrier are substantially less than the total rate constant for elimination, 0.003 min−1, implying that some other mechanism accounts for most of the elimination. It is at present unclear whether or not mannitol is suitable as a marker for perivascular elimination.
|
|
p
|
Preston et al. [531] pointed out a major difficulty that occurs in the measurement of very small permeabilities using radiotracers. If the sample of labelled substance contains small quantities of labelled impurities that are more permeable than the principal substance, the impurities will make a disproportionately large contribution to permeability measured by accumulation of the radiolabel. They showed that further purification by thin layer chromatography decreased the measured permeability for mannitol and sucrose (see Table 7). Miah et al. [532] have taken this one step further and have compared the uptake of radiolabel from a sample of 14C-sucrose with the uptake of 13C-sucrose measured by mass spectrometry. Their measurements using a sample of radiolabelled sucrose yielded one of the higher measured permeabilities, while that obtained using assay of sucrose yielded the lowest. It is thus plausible that perivascular elimination accounts for an even larger fraction of the elimination of sucrose than indicated by comparison of the average of the rate constants in the table with the total rate constant of elimination.
|
|
p
|
The available evidence strongly supports the commonly held view that sucrose, inulin, albumin, and a number of dextrans are suitable markers for elimination from the brain parenchyma by perivascular convection.
|
|
sec
|
Appendix C. Passive permeability of the blood–brain barrier: further consideration including the use of linear free energy relations
There are at least four reasons why the permeability-surface area product, PS, may not be predicted by comparison with the lipid solubility as assessed using n-octanol and molecular weight, i.e. with Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2: (1) a biological membrane is more ordered than a layer of n-octanol and thus partition into the membrane core may well differ from partition into the hydrophobic solvent particularly for larger solutes; (2) for large solutes the diffusion constant, even in a homogenous medium, is expected to vary with MW−1/3 rather than MW−1.2 [156, 157, 533]; (3) n-octanol, with the water it contains in a partition experiment [161], may differ from the membrane core in how it interacts with hydrogen bonding groups;24 (4) permeation may occur by pathways other than via the core of the membrane, e.g. transport for some of the substances considered may be via specific transporters (see Sect. 4.2), by transcytosis (see Sect. 4.3) or, particularly for small polar solutes, by a paracellular pathway (as mentioned in Sect. 4.1 an example may be mannitol); and (5) substances which are sufficiently lipid soluble to enter the endothelial cells may be effluxed or metabolised before they even reach the parenchyma (see Sect. 4.2.1).
The difference between partition into a membrane and partition into a liquid like n-octanol may be particularly marked for large solutes [162, 534]. The hydrophobic portions of membranes are composed of hydrophobic side chains of proteins and the chains of lipids both of which have positions constrained by the rest of the protein or the lipid headgroup. Attempts to insert large molecules into a membrane will inevitably require changes in membrane structure, e.g. lipid headgroups may be pushed apart, which will have an energy cost which must affect the permeability. However, it should be noted that the idea that larger molecules are excluded from the membranes was based on their failure to permeate which in many instances may have been because they were substrates for efflux transporters (see Sect. 4.2.1). It is somewhat puzzling that there have not been any attempts to correlate blood–brain barrier permeability with the partition of substances into easily obtained membranes, e.g. those of liposomes or red blood cells, rather than into simple solvents. Partition into red blood cell membranes was measured extensively in studies on the mechanism of general anaesthesia [535].
The predictions of the simple theory presented in Sect. 4.1 for passive, non-specific transport of neutral solutes across the blood–brain barrier describes important features of this transport, but leaves quite large discrepancies between the theoretical predictions and the experimental results (see Fig. 25). A more elaborate approach, based on the use of linear free energy relations has been described by Abraham and colleagues [165, 171, 536, 537]. In this approach each compound is represented by a set of quantitative descriptors that are properties of the substance considered in isolation. (Thus for instance Kn-octanol/water is not permitted). These have been chosen as far as possible to represent sufficient independent properties of the substances to allow characterization of their interactions with water, solvents, and sites of action (see below). To predict a property, e.g. the PS product, each descriptor is multiplied by a coefficient which depends on the property, but not on the substance. The sum of the products of coefficients and descriptors is the prediction of the logarithm of the property for that substance. Whenever the property concerned is an equilibrium constant, the logarithm of that property is, up to a constant, a free energy. Hence the name “linear free energy relation” as the prediction can be regarded as a linear sum of contributions to a free energy.
Fig. 25 Comparison of the predictions of the solubility-diffusion theory and of the linear free energy relation (LFER) for the PS product of the series of 18 compounds considered by Gratton et al. [166]. The solubility-diffusion theory, described in Sect. 4.1, predicts that log[PS] is proportional to Koctanol/water MW−1/2. MW is in turn approximately proportional to the McGowan characteristic volume used by Gratton et al. The straight, grey line with slope 1 indicates the predicted proportionality. It has one adjustable parameter that determines the vertical position of the line. The LFER prediction, described in this Appendix and shown as the line with multiple segments, has four adjustable parameters, three coefficients of descriptors of the compounds and the constant determining the vertical position of the whole curve. The improvement in fit is statistically significant (extra sum of squares test [640], F = 8.85 for 17 and 14 degrees of freedom, p < 0.001)
Abraham et al. [165] applied this approach to the prediction of partition coefficients from water into a number of solvents, including n-octanol for which25 logKn-octanol/water=0.088+0.562R2-1.054π2H-3.46∑β2H+3.81Vxwhere the descriptors are: excess molar refraction, R2; polarizability, π2H; solute hydrogen bond basicity, β2H, which is summed over the appropriate groups in the molecule; and molecular volume, Vx. See [165] and references therein for the rationale for choosing these descriptors and their definitions. The volume term makes the largest contribution to the differences between the 18 substances considered [166] with the larger substances being more soluble in n-octanol.
Gratton et al. [166] have applied this approach to the prediction of PS products using 18 substances to determine the values of the coefficients and test the accuracy of the predictions with the result:26 log[PS]=-1.21+0.77R2-1.87π2H-2.8∑β2H+3.31Vx.
This more elaborate theory does allow a statistically significant improvement in the fit of the calculated values of PS to those observed (see Fig. 25). Gratton et al. note that there is a strong dependence on molecular volume, with increases in volume being associated with increases in permeability.
The LFER approach does improve the ability to predict PS for a new substance. But it’s formulation has served to hide a major clue as to the mechanism of permeation. That clue can be revealed by calculating the prediction of the LFER approach for the ratio, PS/Kn-octanol/water:27 logPS/Kn-octanol/water=logPS-logKn-octanol/water=-1.12+0.21R2-0.82π2H+0.66∑β2H-0.5Vx.
Thus after allowing for the effect of the changes in n-octanol/water partition, there is much less variation to be explained and the remaining effect of an increase in molecular volume is predicted to be a decrease in permeability. (That this is the inverse square root relation predicted by the solubility-diffusion model is to some extent an “accident” of the choice of the preferred solvent for comparison, n-octanol. If olive oil had been chosen instead increases in volume would again be predicted to decrease permeability, but with a different more negative coefficient).
Fong [161] and Abraham [168, 171] provide discussions of which properties to use. Fong chooses desolvation from water, solvation in the membrane modelled by n-octanol, dipole moment and molecular volume. Molecular volume is negatively correlated.
|
|
title
|
Appendix C. Passive permeability of the blood–brain barrier: further consideration including the use of linear free energy relations
|
|
p
|
There are at least four reasons why the permeability-surface area product, PS, may not be predicted by comparison with the lipid solubility as assessed using n-octanol and molecular weight, i.e. with Kn-octanol/water MW−1/2: (1) a biological membrane is more ordered than a layer of n-octanol and thus partition into the membrane core may well differ from partition into the hydrophobic solvent particularly for larger solutes; (2) for large solutes the diffusion constant, even in a homogenous medium, is expected to vary with MW−1/3 rather than MW−1.2 [156, 157, 533]; (3) n-octanol, with the water it contains in a partition experiment [161], may differ from the membrane core in how it interacts with hydrogen bonding groups;24 (4) permeation may occur by pathways other than via the core of the membrane, e.g. transport for some of the substances considered may be via specific transporters (see Sect. 4.2), by transcytosis (see Sect. 4.3) or, particularly for small polar solutes, by a paracellular pathway (as mentioned in Sect. 4.1 an example may be mannitol); and (5) substances which are sufficiently lipid soluble to enter the endothelial cells may be effluxed or metabolised before they even reach the parenchyma (see Sect. 4.2.1).
|
|
p
|
The difference between partition into a membrane and partition into a liquid like n-octanol may be particularly marked for large solutes [162, 534]. The hydrophobic portions of membranes are composed of hydrophobic side chains of proteins and the chains of lipids both of which have positions constrained by the rest of the protein or the lipid headgroup. Attempts to insert large molecules into a membrane will inevitably require changes in membrane structure, e.g. lipid headgroups may be pushed apart, which will have an energy cost which must affect the permeability. However, it should be noted that the idea that larger molecules are excluded from the membranes was based on their failure to permeate which in many instances may have been because they were substrates for efflux transporters (see Sect. 4.2.1). It is somewhat puzzling that there have not been any attempts to correlate blood–brain barrier permeability with the partition of substances into easily obtained membranes, e.g. those of liposomes or red blood cells, rather than into simple solvents. Partition into red blood cell membranes was measured extensively in studies on the mechanism of general anaesthesia [535].
|
|
p
|
The predictions of the simple theory presented in Sect. 4.1 for passive, non-specific transport of neutral solutes across the blood–brain barrier describes important features of this transport, but leaves quite large discrepancies between the theoretical predictions and the experimental results (see Fig. 25). A more elaborate approach, based on the use of linear free energy relations has been described by Abraham and colleagues [165, 171, 536, 537]. In this approach each compound is represented by a set of quantitative descriptors that are properties of the substance considered in isolation. (Thus for instance Kn-octanol/water is not permitted). These have been chosen as far as possible to represent sufficient independent properties of the substances to allow characterization of their interactions with water, solvents, and sites of action (see below). To predict a property, e.g. the PS product, each descriptor is multiplied by a coefficient which depends on the property, but not on the substance. The sum of the products of coefficients and descriptors is the prediction of the logarithm of the property for that substance. Whenever the property concerned is an equilibrium constant, the logarithm of that property is, up to a constant, a free energy. Hence the name “linear free energy relation” as the prediction can be regarded as a linear sum of contributions to a free energy.
Fig. 25 Comparison of the predictions of the solubility-diffusion theory and of the linear free energy relation (LFER) for the PS product of the series of 18 compounds considered by Gratton et al. [166]. The solubility-diffusion theory, described in Sect. 4.1, predicts that log[PS] is proportional to Koctanol/water MW−1/2. MW is in turn approximately proportional to the McGowan characteristic volume used by Gratton et al. The straight, grey line with slope 1 indicates the predicted proportionality. It has one adjustable parameter that determines the vertical position of the line. The LFER prediction, described in this Appendix and shown as the line with multiple segments, has four adjustable parameters, three coefficients of descriptors of the compounds and the constant determining the vertical position of the whole curve. The improvement in fit is statistically significant (extra sum of squares test [640], F = 8.85 for 17 and 14 degrees of freedom, p < 0.001)
|
|
figure
|
Fig. 25 Comparison of the predictions of the solubility-diffusion theory and of the linear free energy relation (LFER) for the PS product of the series of 18 compounds considered by Gratton et al. [166]. The solubility-diffusion theory, described in Sect. 4.1, predicts that log[PS] is proportional to Koctanol/water MW−1/2. MW is in turn approximately proportional to the McGowan characteristic volume used by Gratton et al. The straight, grey line with slope 1 indicates the predicted proportionality. It has one adjustable parameter that determines the vertical position of the line. The LFER prediction, described in this Appendix and shown as the line with multiple segments, has four adjustable parameters, three coefficients of descriptors of the compounds and the constant determining the vertical position of the whole curve. The improvement in fit is statistically significant (extra sum of squares test [640], F = 8.85 for 17 and 14 degrees of freedom, p < 0.001)
|
|
label
|
Fig. 25
|
|
caption
|
Comparison of the predictions of the solubility-diffusion theory and of the linear free energy relation (LFER) for the PS product of the series of 18 compounds considered by Gratton et al. [166]. The solubility-diffusion theory, described in Sect. 4.1, predicts that log[PS] is proportional to Koctanol/water MW−1/2. MW is in turn approximately proportional to the McGowan characteristic volume used by Gratton et al. The straight, grey line with slope 1 indicates the predicted proportionality. It has one adjustable parameter that determines the vertical position of the line. The LFER prediction, described in this Appendix and shown as the line with multiple segments, has four adjustable parameters, three coefficients of descriptors of the compounds and the constant determining the vertical position of the whole curve. The improvement in fit is statistically significant (extra sum of squares test [640], F = 8.85 for 17 and 14 degrees of freedom, p < 0.001)
|
|
p
|
Comparison of the predictions of the solubility-diffusion theory and of the linear free energy relation (LFER) for the PS product of the series of 18 compounds considered by Gratton et al. [166]. The solubility-diffusion theory, described in Sect. 4.1, predicts that log[PS] is proportional to Koctanol/water MW−1/2. MW is in turn approximately proportional to the McGowan characteristic volume used by Gratton et al. The straight, grey line with slope 1 indicates the predicted proportionality. It has one adjustable parameter that determines the vertical position of the line. The LFER prediction, described in this Appendix and shown as the line with multiple segments, has four adjustable parameters, three coefficients of descriptors of the compounds and the constant determining the vertical position of the whole curve. The improvement in fit is statistically significant (extra sum of squares test [640], F = 8.85 for 17 and 14 degrees of freedom, p < 0.001)
|
|
p
|
Abraham et al. [165] applied this approach to the prediction of partition coefficients from water into a number of solvents, including n-octanol for which25 logKn-octanol/water=0.088+0.562R2-1.054π2H-3.46∑β2H+3.81Vxwhere the descriptors are: excess molar refraction, R2; polarizability, π2H; solute hydrogen bond basicity, β2H, which is summed over the appropriate groups in the molecule; and molecular volume, Vx. See [165] and references therein for the rationale for choosing these descriptors and their definitions. The volume term makes the largest contribution to the differences between the 18 substances considered [166] with the larger substances being more soluble in n-octanol.
|
|
label
|
25
|
|
p
|
Gratton et al. [166] have applied this approach to the prediction of PS products using 18 substances to determine the values of the coefficients and test the accuracy of the predictions with the result:26 log[PS]=-1.21+0.77R2-1.87π2H-2.8∑β2H+3.31Vx.
|
|
label
|
26
|
|
p
|
This more elaborate theory does allow a statistically significant improvement in the fit of the calculated values of PS to those observed (see Fig. 25). Gratton et al. note that there is a strong dependence on molecular volume, with increases in volume being associated with increases in permeability.
|
|
p
|
The LFER approach does improve the ability to predict PS for a new substance. But it’s formulation has served to hide a major clue as to the mechanism of permeation. That clue can be revealed by calculating the prediction of the LFER approach for the ratio, PS/Kn-octanol/water:27 logPS/Kn-octanol/water=logPS-logKn-octanol/water=-1.12+0.21R2-0.82π2H+0.66∑β2H-0.5Vx.
|
|
label
|
27
|
|
p
|
Thus after allowing for the effect of the changes in n-octanol/water partition, there is much less variation to be explained and the remaining effect of an increase in molecular volume is predicted to be a decrease in permeability. (That this is the inverse square root relation predicted by the solubility-diffusion model is to some extent an “accident” of the choice of the preferred solvent for comparison, n-octanol. If olive oil had been chosen instead increases in volume would again be predicted to decrease permeability, but with a different more negative coefficient).
|
|
p
|
Fong [161] and Abraham [168, 171] provide discussions of which properties to use. Fong chooses desolvation from water, solvation in the membrane modelled by n-octanol, dipole moment and molecular volume. Molecular volume is negatively correlated.
|
|
sec
|
Appendix D. Kinetics of glucose transport across the blood–brain barrier
The concentration dependence of the rate of glucose influx, Tinf, has often been described empirically using the simplest form of Michaelis–Menten kinetics [310] 28 Tinf=Tmax∗cplasma/Kt+cplasmawhere Tmax is the maximum transport rate and Kt is the Michaelis constant for influx (t and T stand for “transport”). From this expression for the rate, the decrease in clearance with concentration is predicted to be29 CL=Tmax/Kt+cplasma.
Betz et al. [327] reported Tmax = 1.6 µmol g−1 min−1 and Kt= 8.6 mM (based on blood rather than plasma) in the dog based on tracer uptake rate after 1 min of hypoxia, while Pardridge and Oldendorf [538] investigated transport of five different hexoses into rat brains and found Tmax = 1.6 µmol g−1 min−1 for all, but differing apparent dissociation constants with 9 mM for glucose, which they took to imply that the conformation changes of the carrier rather than binding of the substrates were rate limiting. This is plausible because relatively low affinity binding of small substrates to sites is often diffusion controlled and rapid while conformation changes of large molecules may well be much slower. At a plasma concentration of 6 mM these values correspond to a glucose clearance of 100 µL g−1 min−1. Mason et al. [334] lists many values of Tmax and Kt determined from flux studies prior to 1992. These range from 0.5 to 6.7 µmol g−1 min−1 for Tmax and 4.9–11 mM for Kt.
Efflux has not been measured directly, but it can be calculated by difference from the net flux and the influx. The net flux can be calculated from the rates of extraction of glucose from the blood as indicated in Sect. 5.3 (assuming negligible metabolism within the endothelial cells), or from the rates of glucose metabolism, perivascular loss and accumulation within the brain. Perivascular loss is likely to occur, but at a much lower rate than metabolism. At steady-state the rate of accumulation is zero and thus the net flux equals the rate of glucose metabolism,30 Tnet=CMRglc.
The net flux and efflux have often been interpreted using the simplest extension of the Michaelis–Menten description used for influx, i.e. (see e.g. [310, 323, 539]) leading to31 Teff=Tmax∗cisf/Kt+cisfand32 Tnet=Tinf-Teff=Tmaxcplasma/Kt+cplasma-cisf/Kt+cisf.
These equations have been called irreversible Michaelis–Menten kinetics [540] because in Eqs. 31 and 32 the product of the “reaction”, which is the substrate on the far side of membrane after transport, has no effect on the rate of the reaction. This has been described as implying that influx and efflux occur by completely separate mechanisms, which was regarded as being most unlikely (see e.g. [338]). However, it should be noted that Eqs. 31 and 32 and even the extensions of these when two species are present are the same as equations that can be derived from the simple carrier model with the additional assumptions that association and dissociation are rapid, the rate constants for the conformation changes of the carrier are the same with or without a bound substrate and the mechanism is symmetrical, i.e the same viewed from either side [324].
The carrier model for kinetics was introduced to account for the transport of sugars across sheep placenta [323] and human red blood cells [324]. The name “carrier” arose because the model should apply when the transporter collects the substrate on one side of the membrane and “carries” it across the membrane to deposit it on the other. This appears to be the actual physical mechanism for ion transport by low molecular weight ion carriers like nonactin and trinactin ([530, 541, 542] and probably valinomycin [530, 543–545]. However for much larger transporters such as GLUT1, it has always been much more likely that the physical mechanism is somewhat different. The essential feature of carrier kinetics is not transfer of the carrier molecule across the membrane, but rather the change in exposure of the binding site for the substrate. It must be possible for this site to be exposed on each side of the membrane, but not both at the same time. The structures of GLUT1 (see Fig. 12) and related transporters all indicate that there is a transport pathway through the molecule which is occluded or gated at one end or the other and furthermore suggest conformation changes that could close the gate at one end while opening the gate at the other.
A second substrate can inhibit transport of the first by binding to the carriers thus reducing the number of carriers free to complex with the first. However, it is also possible for a second substrate to increase transfer of the first. In the extreme case if the carrier can only change conformation while a substrate is bound, the carrier is an obligatory exchanger and net transfer of one solute can only occur in the presence of another. More generally efflux of a substrate can, by increasing the rate of changes from inward to outward facing conformations increase the availability of carrier to collect a different substrate on the outside and hence its influx. Exchange whether or not obligatory can result in secondary active transport in which uphill transport of one solute is driven by downhill flux of another [322–324, 326]. Manifestations of this coupling are sometimes called variously counter-transport, counter-flow or trans-stimulation (see Fig. 12).
There are, of course, many extensions that can be made to the carrier model, examples include invoking more than one binding site, allowing co-transport and accounting for diffusion limited access in unstirred layers. Some form of extension has been found necessary for GLUT1 transport in red blood cells (see e.g. [546]) and almost certainly, given its greater complexity, will be necessary for glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier. The following is more an empirical description of results than a mechanistic model.
The general solution of the simple carrier model for the steady-state fluxes in terms of the concentrations and the constants of the model can be derived using standard methods for reaction kinetics [547–549]. This solution has been reported and discussed a number of times (see e.g. [326, 327, 339, 550] together with some possible extensions [329, 546].
The “simple” pore is another type of mechanism that has been considered for glucose transport across the blood–brain barrier. Pores can be gated but when the gates are open the transport pathway allows solute movement from one side of the membrane to the other with no further movement of the gates. Lieb and Stein [551] have described the kinetics for movements through “simple” pores that are defined as pores that can be occupied by only one substrate at a time. Generally, because the substrates are small and can move rapidly and no conformation changes of the pore are required, transport rates through an open pore can be large. By contrast for a simple carrier movement of each substrate molecule requires conformation changes, which are likely to be slow.
The simple pore mechanism does not predict or explain counter-transport or trans-stimulation. Reversible Michaelis–Menten kinetics (see [337, 338, 540, 552], which have been used in some descriptions of glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier, are the same as the kinetics of the simplest single occupancy pore [551].
As counter-transport is well established for GLUT1 in red blood cells and both counter-transport and trans-stimulation have been demonstrated for glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier, the simple pore model and reversible Michaelis–Menten kinetics are not considered further here (compare [339]).
Caution is advisable in the interpretation of flux data using the carrier model for at least three reasons: steady-state data cannot determine all of the rate constants even in the “simple” carrier model (see e.g. [326]); there must be transport across two membranes in series; and there is likely to be interaction between the GLUT1 monomers in the tetramers thought to be present in membranes. Thus it would be unwise to attach mechanistic significance to the values of constants determined by fitting the model to data. However, the forms of the equations relating the fluxes to the concentrations [325–327, 550] remain the simplest available framework capable of describing the transport. Using the constants that are defined below,33 Tinf=T1,maxK2cplasma1+cisfRK1K2+K2cplasma+K1cisf+cplasmacisfKinh34 Teff=T2,maxK1cisf1+cplasmaRK1K2+K2cplasma+K1cisf+cplasmacisfKinhand35 Tnet=T1,maxK2cplasma-cisfK1K2+K2cplasma+K1cisf+cplasmacisfKinh36 withT1,max/K1=T2,max/K2.
In these equations cplasma and cisf are concentrations, the Ks are apparent dissociation constants, and the Tmax values are transport maxima for transport in the two directions. The inhibition constant, Kinh, which is dimensionless, and the trans-stimulation constant, R, are related to the constants used by Betz et al. [327] by37 Kinh=K1i/K1=K2i/K2and38 R=R1=R2.1/Kinh indicates a combined effect of glucose in plasma and ISF to compete for transport and 1/R indicates the strength of trans-stimulation. An equation of the same form as Eq. 35 was used by Simpson et al. [315] to describe glucose transport in their modelling of cerebral energy metabolism. A symmetrical version was used by Duarte et al. [341] in their interpretation of data for the amount of glucose in the brain versus plasma concentration.
In the simple carrier model trans-stimulation can increase the unidirectional flux but not the net flux. For the unidirectional flux if conformation changes of the carrier are faster when substrate is bound, trans-stimulation is expected to be more important than the combined inhibition. Alternatively if the conformation changes are faster when substrate is not bound, trans-inhibition is expected to be more important.
If the transport were by the simple carrier model across a single membrane, the empirical constants could be calculated from the number of carriers and the rate constants of the model [325–327, 339, 550].
The investigation of glucose fluxes in the isolated, perfused dog brain by Betz et al. [327] appears to be the only study that allows calculation of rates of efflux for a range of values of both cplasma and cisf. (They measured concentrations of glucose in whole blood, which are expected to be about 11% smaller than those in plasma. In the following the distinction has been ignored). In their study the steady-state values of cisf were calculated as amount accumulated in the brain divided by the volume of distribution, VD = milliliters of brain water per gram of brain; and the dependence of the rate of influx, Tinf, on cplasma was determined for a range of values of cisf preset by perfusing the brains with different concentrations of glucose.
As shown in Fig. 14 over a wide range of glucose concentrations, from roughly 2 mM to 40 mM, at steady-state the amount in the brain and hence cisf increases proportional to (cplasma − offset) where the offset is about 2 mM.
Betz et al. [327] fitted their influx data using39 Tinf=Tapp/Kapp+cplasmawith apparent values of the Michaelis–Menten constants shown in Table 8 for brains with cisf set by pre-exposure to different cplasma. As cisf is increased both the apparent transport maximum and the apparent Michaelis constants for influx increase which is evidence for both competition and trans-stimulation. Betz et al. interpreted the variation of the apparent constants with cisf in terms of Eq. 33. As shown in the Additional file 1, all of the data for influx can be described empirically using Eq. 35. It is possible to calculate the rate of efflux, under steady-state conditions using Teff = Tinf − Tnet = Tinf − CMRglc for the combinations of cplasma and cisf seen at steady-state. Furthermore, if influx is described empirically by Eq. 33 then Eq. 34 is expected to be a reasonable description of efflux over the same range of concentrations and thus can be used to calculate the efflux for all combinations of concentrations using the fitted empirical constants.
Table 8 Parameters obtained by Betz et al. [327] from fits of the simple Michaelis–Menten expression Tinf = Tapp/(Kapp + cplasma) to glucose influx versus plasma concentration, cplasma, for preset concentrations of glucose in the brain, cisf
cisf/mM 6.11 16.8 26.3 43.9 56
Kapp/mM 8.46 11.2 17.7 28.2 37.7
Tapp/µmol g−1 min−1 1.61 1.84 2.21 2.68 3.83
The fits predict that for all cplasma, the net flux, Tnet when cisf is at the corresponding steady-state value is between 0.6 µmol g−1 min−1 and 0.65 µmol g−1 min−1. If it is demanded that the constants used to fit Tinf produce the same Tnet for all steady-state conditions, i.e. that CMRglc, is constant, then the estimated value is 0.65 µmol g−1 min−1. This value is very close to the value expected for rats but somewhat greater than that expected for humans. The fits indicate that an adequate net flux can be maintained for cplasma as low as about 3 mM. Increases in cplasma produce relatively modest increases in influx with matching increases in efflux at steady-state such that the net flux remains constant. The corresponding increase in cisf is shown in Fig. 14. A notable feature of the fits is that for cplasma = 6 mM, if there were no change in transport capacity, glucose consumption, CMRglc, could increase only to about 0.9 µmol g−1 min−1. At that rate, cisf would be close to 0. This limit on CMRglc is substantially below the Tmax value, which can be approached only if cplasma is increased. As discussed in Sect. 6.2, how transport capacity is increased to support nervous activity is not fully understood.
Betz et al’s data show a pronounced trans-stimulation effect, but only for cplasma > ~ 20 mM. For cplasma < ~ 10 mM increasing cisf decreases influx. In terms of the model this is expected because higher cisf reduces the concentration of free carrier available to complex glucose from plasma.
|
|
title
|
Appendix D. Kinetics of glucose transport across the blood–brain barrier
|
|
p
|
The concentration dependence of the rate of glucose influx, Tinf, has often been described empirically using the simplest form of Michaelis–Menten kinetics [310] 28 Tinf=Tmax∗cplasma/Kt+cplasmawhere Tmax is the maximum transport rate and Kt is the Michaelis constant for influx (t and T stand for “transport”). From this expression for the rate, the decrease in clearance with concentration is predicted to be29 CL=Tmax/Kt+cplasma.
|
|
label
|
28
|
|
label
|
29
|
|
p
|
Betz et al. [327] reported Tmax = 1.6 µmol g−1 min−1 and Kt= 8.6 mM (based on blood rather than plasma) in the dog based on tracer uptake rate after 1 min of hypoxia, while Pardridge and Oldendorf [538] investigated transport of five different hexoses into rat brains and found Tmax = 1.6 µmol g−1 min−1 for all, but differing apparent dissociation constants with 9 mM for glucose, which they took to imply that the conformation changes of the carrier rather than binding of the substrates were rate limiting. This is plausible because relatively low affinity binding of small substrates to sites is often diffusion controlled and rapid while conformation changes of large molecules may well be much slower. At a plasma concentration of 6 mM these values correspond to a glucose clearance of 100 µL g−1 min−1. Mason et al. [334] lists many values of Tmax and Kt determined from flux studies prior to 1992. These range from 0.5 to 6.7 µmol g−1 min−1 for Tmax and 4.9–11 mM for Kt.
|
|
p
|
Efflux has not been measured directly, but it can be calculated by difference from the net flux and the influx. The net flux can be calculated from the rates of extraction of glucose from the blood as indicated in Sect. 5.3 (assuming negligible metabolism within the endothelial cells), or from the rates of glucose metabolism, perivascular loss and accumulation within the brain. Perivascular loss is likely to occur, but at a much lower rate than metabolism. At steady-state the rate of accumulation is zero and thus the net flux equals the rate of glucose metabolism,30 Tnet=CMRglc.
|
|
label
|
30
|
|
p
|
The net flux and efflux have often been interpreted using the simplest extension of the Michaelis–Menten description used for influx, i.e. (see e.g. [310, 323, 539]) leading to31 Teff=Tmax∗cisf/Kt+cisfand32 Tnet=Tinf-Teff=Tmaxcplasma/Kt+cplasma-cisf/Kt+cisf.
|
|
label
|
31
|
|
label
|
32
|
|
p
|
These equations have been called irreversible Michaelis–Menten kinetics [540] because in Eqs. 31 and 32 the product of the “reaction”, which is the substrate on the far side of membrane after transport, has no effect on the rate of the reaction. This has been described as implying that influx and efflux occur by completely separate mechanisms, which was regarded as being most unlikely (see e.g. [338]). However, it should be noted that Eqs. 31 and 32 and even the extensions of these when two species are present are the same as equations that can be derived from the simple carrier model with the additional assumptions that association and dissociation are rapid, the rate constants for the conformation changes of the carrier are the same with or without a bound substrate and the mechanism is symmetrical, i.e the same viewed from either side [324].
|
|
p
|
The carrier model for kinetics was introduced to account for the transport of sugars across sheep placenta [323] and human red blood cells [324]. The name “carrier” arose because the model should apply when the transporter collects the substrate on one side of the membrane and “carries” it across the membrane to deposit it on the other. This appears to be the actual physical mechanism for ion transport by low molecular weight ion carriers like nonactin and trinactin ([530, 541, 542] and probably valinomycin [530, 543–545]. However for much larger transporters such as GLUT1, it has always been much more likely that the physical mechanism is somewhat different. The essential feature of carrier kinetics is not transfer of the carrier molecule across the membrane, but rather the change in exposure of the binding site for the substrate. It must be possible for this site to be exposed on each side of the membrane, but not both at the same time. The structures of GLUT1 (see Fig. 12) and related transporters all indicate that there is a transport pathway through the molecule which is occluded or gated at one end or the other and furthermore suggest conformation changes that could close the gate at one end while opening the gate at the other.
|
|
p
|
A second substrate can inhibit transport of the first by binding to the carriers thus reducing the number of carriers free to complex with the first. However, it is also possible for a second substrate to increase transfer of the first. In the extreme case if the carrier can only change conformation while a substrate is bound, the carrier is an obligatory exchanger and net transfer of one solute can only occur in the presence of another. More generally efflux of a substrate can, by increasing the rate of changes from inward to outward facing conformations increase the availability of carrier to collect a different substrate on the outside and hence its influx. Exchange whether or not obligatory can result in secondary active transport in which uphill transport of one solute is driven by downhill flux of another [322–324, 326]. Manifestations of this coupling are sometimes called variously counter-transport, counter-flow or trans-stimulation (see Fig. 12).
|
|
p
|
There are, of course, many extensions that can be made to the carrier model, examples include invoking more than one binding site, allowing co-transport and accounting for diffusion limited access in unstirred layers. Some form of extension has been found necessary for GLUT1 transport in red blood cells (see e.g. [546]) and almost certainly, given its greater complexity, will be necessary for glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier. The following is more an empirical description of results than a mechanistic model.
|
|
p
|
The general solution of the simple carrier model for the steady-state fluxes in terms of the concentrations and the constants of the model can be derived using standard methods for reaction kinetics [547–549]. This solution has been reported and discussed a number of times (see e.g. [326, 327, 339, 550] together with some possible extensions [329, 546].
|
|
p
|
The “simple” pore is another type of mechanism that has been considered for glucose transport across the blood–brain barrier. Pores can be gated but when the gates are open the transport pathway allows solute movement from one side of the membrane to the other with no further movement of the gates. Lieb and Stein [551] have described the kinetics for movements through “simple” pores that are defined as pores that can be occupied by only one substrate at a time. Generally, because the substrates are small and can move rapidly and no conformation changes of the pore are required, transport rates through an open pore can be large. By contrast for a simple carrier movement of each substrate molecule requires conformation changes, which are likely to be slow.
|
|
p
|
The simple pore mechanism does not predict or explain counter-transport or trans-stimulation. Reversible Michaelis–Menten kinetics (see [337, 338, 540, 552], which have been used in some descriptions of glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier, are the same as the kinetics of the simplest single occupancy pore [551].
|
|
p
|
As counter-transport is well established for GLUT1 in red blood cells and both counter-transport and trans-stimulation have been demonstrated for glucose transport at the blood–brain barrier, the simple pore model and reversible Michaelis–Menten kinetics are not considered further here (compare [339]).
|
|
p
|
Caution is advisable in the interpretation of flux data using the carrier model for at least three reasons: steady-state data cannot determine all of the rate constants even in the “simple” carrier model (see e.g. [326]); there must be transport across two membranes in series; and there is likely to be interaction between the GLUT1 monomers in the tetramers thought to be present in membranes. Thus it would be unwise to attach mechanistic significance to the values of constants determined by fitting the model to data. However, the forms of the equations relating the fluxes to the concentrations [325–327, 550] remain the simplest available framework capable of describing the transport. Using the constants that are defined below,33 Tinf=T1,maxK2cplasma1+cisfRK1K2+K2cplasma+K1cisf+cplasmacisfKinh34 Teff=T2,maxK1cisf1+cplasmaRK1K2+K2cplasma+K1cisf+cplasmacisfKinhand35 Tnet=T1,maxK2cplasma-cisfK1K2+K2cplasma+K1cisf+cplasmacisfKinh36 withT1,max/K1=T2,max/K2.
|
|
label
|
33
|
|
label
|
34
|
|
label
|
35
|
|
label
|
36
|
|
p
|
In these equations cplasma and cisf are concentrations, the Ks are apparent dissociation constants, and the Tmax values are transport maxima for transport in the two directions. The inhibition constant, Kinh, which is dimensionless, and the trans-stimulation constant, R, are related to the constants used by Betz et al. [327] by37 Kinh=K1i/K1=K2i/K2and38 R=R1=R2.1/Kinh indicates a combined effect of glucose in plasma and ISF to compete for transport and 1/R indicates the strength of trans-stimulation. An equation of the same form as Eq. 35 was used by Simpson et al. [315] to describe glucose transport in their modelling of cerebral energy metabolism. A symmetrical version was used by Duarte et al. [341] in their interpretation of data for the amount of glucose in the brain versus plasma concentration.
|
|
label
|
37
|
|
label
|
38
|
|
p
|
In the simple carrier model trans-stimulation can increase the unidirectional flux but not the net flux. For the unidirectional flux if conformation changes of the carrier are faster when substrate is bound, trans-stimulation is expected to be more important than the combined inhibition. Alternatively if the conformation changes are faster when substrate is not bound, trans-inhibition is expected to be more important.
|
|
p
|
If the transport were by the simple carrier model across a single membrane, the empirical constants could be calculated from the number of carriers and the rate constants of the model [325–327, 339, 550].
|
|
p
|
The investigation of glucose fluxes in the isolated, perfused dog brain by Betz et al. [327] appears to be the only study that allows calculation of rates of efflux for a range of values of both cplasma and cisf. (They measured concentrations of glucose in whole blood, which are expected to be about 11% smaller than those in plasma. In the following the distinction has been ignored). In their study the steady-state values of cisf were calculated as amount accumulated in the brain divided by the volume of distribution, VD = milliliters of brain water per gram of brain; and the dependence of the rate of influx, Tinf, on cplasma was determined for a range of values of cisf preset by perfusing the brains with different concentrations of glucose.
|
|
p
|
As shown in Fig. 14 over a wide range of glucose concentrations, from roughly 2 mM to 40 mM, at steady-state the amount in the brain and hence cisf increases proportional to (cplasma − offset) where the offset is about 2 mM.
|
|
p
|
Betz et al. [327] fitted their influx data using39 Tinf=Tapp/Kapp+cplasmawith apparent values of the Michaelis–Menten constants shown in Table 8 for brains with cisf set by pre-exposure to different cplasma. As cisf is increased both the apparent transport maximum and the apparent Michaelis constants for influx increase which is evidence for both competition and trans-stimulation. Betz et al. interpreted the variation of the apparent constants with cisf in terms of Eq. 33. As shown in the Additional file 1, all of the data for influx can be described empirically using Eq. 35. It is possible to calculate the rate of efflux, under steady-state conditions using Teff = Tinf − Tnet = Tinf − CMRglc for the combinations of cplasma and cisf seen at steady-state. Furthermore, if influx is described empirically by Eq. 33 then Eq. 34 is expected to be a reasonable description of efflux over the same range of concentrations and thus can be used to calculate the efflux for all combinations of concentrations using the fitted empirical constants.
Table 8 Parameters obtained by Betz et al. [327] from fits of the simple Michaelis–Menten expression Tinf = Tapp/(Kapp + cplasma) to glucose influx versus plasma concentration, cplasma, for preset concentrations of glucose in the brain, cisf
cisf/mM 6.11 16.8 26.3 43.9 56
Kapp/mM 8.46 11.2 17.7 28.2 37.7
Tapp/µmol g−1 min−1 1.61 1.84 2.21 2.68 3.83
|
|
label
|
39
|
|
table-wrap
|
Table 8 Parameters obtained by Betz et al. [327] from fits of the simple Michaelis–Menten expression Tinf = Tapp/(Kapp + cplasma) to glucose influx versus plasma concentration, cplasma, for preset concentrations of glucose in the brain, cisf
cisf/mM 6.11 16.8 26.3 43.9 56
Kapp/mM 8.46 11.2 17.7 28.2 37.7
Tapp/µmol g−1 min−1 1.61 1.84 2.21 2.68 3.83
|
|
label
|
Table 8
|
|
caption
|
Parameters obtained by Betz et al. [327] from fits of the simple Michaelis–Menten expression Tinf = Tapp/(Kapp + cplasma) to glucose influx versus plasma concentration, cplasma, for preset concentrations of glucose in the brain, cisf
|
|
p
|
Parameters obtained by Betz et al. [327] from fits of the simple Michaelis–Menten expression Tinf = Tapp/(Kapp + cplasma) to glucose influx versus plasma concentration, cplasma, for preset concentrations of glucose in the brain, cisf
|
|
table
|
cisf/mM 6.11 16.8 26.3 43.9 56
Kapp/mM 8.46 11.2 17.7 28.2 37.7
Tapp/µmol g−1 min−1 1.61 1.84 2.21 2.68 3.83
|
|
tr
|
cisf/mM 6.11 16.8 26.3 43.9 56
|
|
td
|
cisf/mM
|
|
td
|
6.11
|
|
td
|
16.8
|
|
td
|
26.3
|
|
td
|
43.9
|
|
td
|
56
|
|
tr
|
Kapp/mM 8.46 11.2 17.7 28.2 37.7
|
|
td
|
Kapp/mM
|
|
td
|
8.46
|
|
td
|
11.2
|
|
td
|
17.7
|
|
td
|
28.2
|
|
td
|
37.7
|
|
tr
|
Tapp/µmol g−1 min−1 1.61 1.84 2.21 2.68 3.83
|
|
td
|
Tapp/µmol g−1 min−1
|
|
td
|
1.61
|
|
td
|
1.84
|
|
td
|
2.21
|
|
td
|
2.68
|
|
td
|
3.83
|
|
p
|
The fits predict that for all cplasma, the net flux, Tnet when cisf is at the corresponding steady-state value is between 0.6 µmol g−1 min−1 and 0.65 µmol g−1 min−1. If it is demanded that the constants used to fit Tinf produce the same Tnet for all steady-state conditions, i.e. that CMRglc, is constant, then the estimated value is 0.65 µmol g−1 min−1. This value is very close to the value expected for rats but somewhat greater than that expected for humans. The fits indicate that an adequate net flux can be maintained for cplasma as low as about 3 mM. Increases in cplasma produce relatively modest increases in influx with matching increases in efflux at steady-state such that the net flux remains constant. The corresponding increase in cisf is shown in Fig. 14. A notable feature of the fits is that for cplasma = 6 mM, if there were no change in transport capacity, glucose consumption, CMRglc, could increase only to about 0.9 µmol g−1 min−1. At that rate, cisf would be close to 0. This limit on CMRglc is substantially below the Tmax value, which can be approached only if cplasma is increased. As discussed in Sect. 6.2, how transport capacity is increased to support nervous activity is not fully understood.
|
|
p
|
Betz et al’s data show a pronounced trans-stimulation effect, but only for cplasma > ~ 20 mM. For cplasma < ~ 10 mM increasing cisf decreases influx. In terms of the model this is expected because higher cisf reduces the concentration of free carrier available to complex glucose from plasma.
|
|
sec
|
Appendix E. Blood–brain barrier permeabilities of Na+, K+ and Cl−
Determining the permeabilities of the blood–brain barrier for Na+, K+ and Cl− was a major challenge because these ions are transferred between blood and the parenchyma by two routes, directly across the blood–brain barrier and indirectly via CSF. Davson and Welch [417] calculated permeabilities for the blood–brain barrier in rabbits by fitting data for accumulation of tracers in CSF and the parenchyma simultaneously using a simplified, but still complicated, model that allowed for transfers directly between blood and ISF, between blood and CSF and between CSF and ISF. While the model allowed the concentration of tracer in CSF to vary with time, it assumed that there was no variation with position, i.e. that the concentration was the same throughout the ventricles, cisterns and subarachnoid spaces. The model was based on equations that do allow the concentration to vary with position within the parenchyma, but no measurements of the variation were made. Davson and Welch’s approach suffers from the inevitable shortcomings associated with fitting a complicated model to limited data.
Using rats, Smith and Rapoport [419] took the more direct experimental approach of measuring the accumulation of tracer within the parenchyma at sites sufficiently far from the choroid plexuses, e.g. the frontal cortex, that, at least initially, entry had to be across the blood–brain barrier. They allowed accumulation to proceed for only 10 min which they reasoned was short enough that they could ignore both backflux from parenchyma to blood and indirect transfer from blood to CSF to parenchyma. One of the arguments that the permeabilities of the blood–brain barrier calculated by Davson and Welch and by Smith and Rapoport are at least reasonable approximations is that these two very different approaches yielded similar answers.
There is, however, an apparent difficulty with accepting the values calculated by Smith and Rapoport. Their analysis of the time course of the concentrations within the cortex started with their Eq. 1,40 dcbrx,tdt=PScplasma-PS′cbrx,tVbr+DVbrd2cbrx,tdx2,which is dimensionally inconsistent. In this equation cbr(x,t) is the concentration of tracer in the parenchyma, units dpm g−1; P is the permeability of the blood–brain barrier, units cm s−1; S is the area of the blood–brain barrier, units cm2 g−1; cplasma is the concentration in plasma, units dpm cm−3; Vbr is the volume of distribution of the tracer substance, units cm3 g−1; D is the diffusion constant of the tracer in the extracellular fluid, units cm2 s−1, x is distance from the ventricular surface, units cm; and t is the time, units s. The units of the first two terms on the right hand side, those which describe blood–brain barrier transport, are dpm s−1 g−1, which is the same as for the left hand side, but the units of the third term, which describes diffusion within the cortex, are dpm s−1 cm−3. Terms with different units cannot be added together, thus this equation cannot be correct.
On closer inspection of Eq. 40 and the model on which it is based, the conversion factor in the third term, Vbr, is wrong (if the substance is restricted to the extracellular space, Vbr should simply be omitted [553]) but in addition there are more fundamental difficulties. The model is based on at least two unstated assumptions that limit its use: it is assumed that the only movement of ions through the cortex is via diffusion in the extracellular space and that there is no exchange of substance with CSF in the sub-arachnoid spaces. (The first of these shortcomings also compromises the analysis by Davson and Welch [417]). At least for K+ it is clear that movements within cell processes make an important contribution to movements within the cortex, so called spatial buffering (see e.g. [554–556]). As can be seen from Gardner-Medwin’s papers, if the tracer can enter and leave cells on the time scale of the experiments a proper description of the third term on the right hand side of Eq. 40 would be very complicated. The second assumption becomes important if perivascular clearance is comparable to the clearance across the blood–brain barrier (see end of this Appendix).
An immediate consequence of the use of Smith and Rapoport’s starting equation is that calculation of the concentrations within the parenchyma cannot be relied upon whenever these concentrations vary with position, as in their Fig. 6, unless the substance in question cannot enter the cells and all positions considered are far from perivascular spaces and the brain surfaces.
Fortunately, Smith and Rapoport designed their experiments in such a way that the calculation of the transfer constants and permeabilities for the blood–brain barrier does not depend on how the model describes diffusion within the parenchyma. Their Eq. 4 for the transfer constant, taken from Fenstermacher and Rapoport [159] yields constants with units cm3 s−1 g−1. Their actual calculations leading to the values in their Table 2 were equivalent to using an equation,41 kbr=cbrT/V¯brain∫0Tcplasmadt,which incorporates a conversion factor between the mass and volume of the brain, V¯brain assumed to be 1 cm3 g−1. In this equation the units of kbr are s−1; cbr(T), units dpm g−1, is the total concentration per gram of tissue; T, units s, is the period of time during which influx occurs; and cplasma is the concentration in plasma, units dpm cm−3. Smith and Rapoport assumed that cplasma was constant so that the integral becomes the product cplasma × T and42 kbr=cbrTcplasmaTV¯brain.
The rate of change of the concentration within the brain can be related to the permeability and area of the blood–brain barrier using43 dcbrtdt=PScplasmawhich, using the same assumptions needed for Eq. 42, integrates to44 cbrT=PScplasmaT.
Combining Eqs. 42 and 4445 P=cbrTcplasmaTS=kbrV¯brainS.
Smith and Rapoport used S = 140 cm2 g−1 from [557], and a tissue volume per gram, V¯brain = 1 cm3 g−1, leading to the values of P (in cm s−1) quoted in their Table 3. (Eq. 44 shows that the PS product, which is the estimate of the clearance, does not depend on the values assumed for either V¯brain or S. For Na+ PS was 2 × 10−5 cm3 s−1 g−1 = 1.2 µL min−1 g−1. This is similar to estimates of perivascular clearance, ~ 1 µL min−1 g−1 (see Sect. 3.2).
The PS product for K+ was [419] 11.3 µL min−1 g−1. This larger value is based on fluxes that were somewhat smaller than those for Na+ but at substantially smaller concentrations, e.g. 4 mM rather than 140 mM. Unlike those for Na+, the fluxes for K+ can be substantially reduced by inhibitors of transporters known to be present in the endothelial cells (reviewed in [4]).
The model used by Smith and Rapoport ignores exchange of substance between the parenchyma and CSF in the sub-arachnoid spaces, i.e. it ignores perivascular transport. However, for the same reason that backflux from parenchyma to blood does not alter the initial rate of increase in concentration within the parenchyma, loss to CSF will also not alter the initial rate and thus the calculation of PS. However, once concentrations in parenchyma and CSF increase, net perivascular fluxes for Na+ will be comparable to the net fluxes across the blood–brain barrier and thus cannot be ignored in calculations of the time course.
|
|
title
|
Appendix E. Blood–brain barrier permeabilities of Na+, K+ and Cl−
|
|
p
|
Determining the permeabilities of the blood–brain barrier for Na+, K+ and Cl− was a major challenge because these ions are transferred between blood and the parenchyma by two routes, directly across the blood–brain barrier and indirectly via CSF. Davson and Welch [417] calculated permeabilities for the blood–brain barrier in rabbits by fitting data for accumulation of tracers in CSF and the parenchyma simultaneously using a simplified, but still complicated, model that allowed for transfers directly between blood and ISF, between blood and CSF and between CSF and ISF. While the model allowed the concentration of tracer in CSF to vary with time, it assumed that there was no variation with position, i.e. that the concentration was the same throughout the ventricles, cisterns and subarachnoid spaces. The model was based on equations that do allow the concentration to vary with position within the parenchyma, but no measurements of the variation were made. Davson and Welch’s approach suffers from the inevitable shortcomings associated with fitting a complicated model to limited data.
|
|
p
|
Using rats, Smith and Rapoport [419] took the more direct experimental approach of measuring the accumulation of tracer within the parenchyma at sites sufficiently far from the choroid plexuses, e.g. the frontal cortex, that, at least initially, entry had to be across the blood–brain barrier. They allowed accumulation to proceed for only 10 min which they reasoned was short enough that they could ignore both backflux from parenchyma to blood and indirect transfer from blood to CSF to parenchyma. One of the arguments that the permeabilities of the blood–brain barrier calculated by Davson and Welch and by Smith and Rapoport are at least reasonable approximations is that these two very different approaches yielded similar answers.
|
|
p
|
There is, however, an apparent difficulty with accepting the values calculated by Smith and Rapoport. Their analysis of the time course of the concentrations within the cortex started with their Eq. 1,40 dcbrx,tdt=PScplasma-PS′cbrx,tVbr+DVbrd2cbrx,tdx2,which is dimensionally inconsistent. In this equation cbr(x,t) is the concentration of tracer in the parenchyma, units dpm g−1; P is the permeability of the blood–brain barrier, units cm s−1; S is the area of the blood–brain barrier, units cm2 g−1; cplasma is the concentration in plasma, units dpm cm−3; Vbr is the volume of distribution of the tracer substance, units cm3 g−1; D is the diffusion constant of the tracer in the extracellular fluid, units cm2 s−1, x is distance from the ventricular surface, units cm; and t is the time, units s. The units of the first two terms on the right hand side, those which describe blood–brain barrier transport, are dpm s−1 g−1, which is the same as for the left hand side, but the units of the third term, which describes diffusion within the cortex, are dpm s−1 cm−3. Terms with different units cannot be added together, thus this equation cannot be correct.
|
|
label
|
40
|
|
p
|
On closer inspection of Eq. 40 and the model on which it is based, the conversion factor in the third term, Vbr, is wrong (if the substance is restricted to the extracellular space, Vbr should simply be omitted [553]) but in addition there are more fundamental difficulties. The model is based on at least two unstated assumptions that limit its use: it is assumed that the only movement of ions through the cortex is via diffusion in the extracellular space and that there is no exchange of substance with CSF in the sub-arachnoid spaces. (The first of these shortcomings also compromises the analysis by Davson and Welch [417]). At least for K+ it is clear that movements within cell processes make an important contribution to movements within the cortex, so called spatial buffering (see e.g. [554–556]). As can be seen from Gardner-Medwin’s papers, if the tracer can enter and leave cells on the time scale of the experiments a proper description of the third term on the right hand side of Eq. 40 would be very complicated. The second assumption becomes important if perivascular clearance is comparable to the clearance across the blood–brain barrier (see end of this Appendix).
|
|
p
|
An immediate consequence of the use of Smith and Rapoport’s starting equation is that calculation of the concentrations within the parenchyma cannot be relied upon whenever these concentrations vary with position, as in their Fig. 6, unless the substance in question cannot enter the cells and all positions considered are far from perivascular spaces and the brain surfaces.
|
|
p
|
Fortunately, Smith and Rapoport designed their experiments in such a way that the calculation of the transfer constants and permeabilities for the blood–brain barrier does not depend on how the model describes diffusion within the parenchyma. Their Eq. 4 for the transfer constant, taken from Fenstermacher and Rapoport [159] yields constants with units cm3 s−1 g−1. Their actual calculations leading to the values in their Table 2 were equivalent to using an equation,41 kbr=cbrT/V¯brain∫0Tcplasmadt,which incorporates a conversion factor between the mass and volume of the brain, V¯brain assumed to be 1 cm3 g−1. In this equation the units of kbr are s−1; cbr(T), units dpm g−1, is the total concentration per gram of tissue; T, units s, is the period of time during which influx occurs; and cplasma is the concentration in plasma, units dpm cm−3. Smith and Rapoport assumed that cplasma was constant so that the integral becomes the product cplasma × T and42 kbr=cbrTcplasmaTV¯brain.
|
|
label
|
41
|
|
label
|
42
|
|
p
|
The rate of change of the concentration within the brain can be related to the permeability and area of the blood–brain barrier using43 dcbrtdt=PScplasmawhich, using the same assumptions needed for Eq. 42, integrates to44 cbrT=PScplasmaT.
|
|
label
|
43
|
|
label
|
44
|
|
p
|
Combining Eqs. 42 and 4445 P=cbrTcplasmaTS=kbrV¯brainS.
|
|
label
|
45
|
|
p
|
Smith and Rapoport used S = 140 cm2 g−1 from [557], and a tissue volume per gram, V¯brain = 1 cm3 g−1, leading to the values of P (in cm s−1) quoted in their Table 3. (Eq. 44 shows that the PS product, which is the estimate of the clearance, does not depend on the values assumed for either V¯brain or S. For Na+ PS was 2 × 10−5 cm3 s−1 g−1 = 1.2 µL min−1 g−1. This is similar to estimates of perivascular clearance, ~ 1 µL min−1 g−1 (see Sect. 3.2).
|
|
p
|
The PS product for K+ was [419] 11.3 µL min−1 g−1. This larger value is based on fluxes that were somewhat smaller than those for Na+ but at substantially smaller concentrations, e.g. 4 mM rather than 140 mM. Unlike those for Na+, the fluxes for K+ can be substantially reduced by inhibitors of transporters known to be present in the endothelial cells (reviewed in [4]).
|
|
p
|
The model used by Smith and Rapoport ignores exchange of substance between the parenchyma and CSF in the sub-arachnoid spaces, i.e. it ignores perivascular transport. However, for the same reason that backflux from parenchyma to blood does not alter the initial rate of increase in concentration within the parenchyma, loss to CSF will also not alter the initial rate and thus the calculation of PS. However, once concentrations in parenchyma and CSF increase, net perivascular fluxes for Na+ will be comparable to the net fluxes across the blood–brain barrier and thus cannot be ignored in calculations of the time course.
|
|
footnote
|
1 The limitation of movements from cisterna magna towards the IIIrd ventricle occurs presumably because the volume displaced in the to and fro fluid movements through the cerebral aqueduct [7, 602] is too small for efficient transfer of solutes. More movement occurs in the opposite direction as a consequence of net flow. However, Vartan Kurtcuoglu (personal communication) has pointed out that simulation of the convective mixing in the IIIrd ventricle and aqueduct indicates that the transient jet of fluid entering the IIIrd ventricle from the aqueduct in each cardiac cycle (see the sub-figures for 0.2 T and 0.3 T in Figure 8 of [8]) is as long as the aqueduct itself implying that some transfer from the IVth to the IIIrd ventricle should occur. The data reported by Ringstad et al. [15] indicate that gadobutrol added to lumbar CSF does reach the IIIrd ventricle in control patients, but at a low concentration, while the concentration seen in patients with idiopathic normal pressure hydrocephalus is substantially higher. This is consistent with the view that the net flow through the aqueduct is normally from IIIrd to IVth ventricle but in communicating hydrocephalus it is reversed in direction (for references, review and discussion see sections 4.2.2–4.2.5 in [41]).
|
|
label
|
1
|
|
p
|
The limitation of movements from cisterna magna towards the IIIrd ventricle occurs presumably because the volume displaced in the to and fro fluid movements through the cerebral aqueduct [7, 602] is too small for efficient transfer of solutes. More movement occurs in the opposite direction as a consequence of net flow. However, Vartan Kurtcuoglu (personal communication) has pointed out that simulation of the convective mixing in the IIIrd ventricle and aqueduct indicates that the transient jet of fluid entering the IIIrd ventricle from the aqueduct in each cardiac cycle (see the sub-figures for 0.2 T and 0.3 T in Figure 8 of [8]) is as long as the aqueduct itself implying that some transfer from the IVth to the IIIrd ventricle should occur. The data reported by Ringstad et al. [15] indicate that gadobutrol added to lumbar CSF does reach the IIIrd ventricle in control patients, but at a low concentration, while the concentration seen in patients with idiopathic normal pressure hydrocephalus is substantially higher. This is consistent with the view that the net flow through the aqueduct is normally from IIIrd to IVth ventricle but in communicating hydrocephalus it is reversed in direction (for references, review and discussion see sections 4.2.2–4.2.5 in [41]).
|
|
footnote
|
2 The effects of diffusion across the ependyma lining the ventricles are usually restricted to regions close to the ventricles [21, 25, 603–605]. However, in the presence of oedema or in the immediate aftermath of infusion of even quite small amounts of fluid into the parenchyma [129] flow across the ependymal layer lining the ventricles can be substantial (see e.g. [129, 606, 607]). Rosenberg et al. [65] investigated the penetration of sucrose from the ventricles into the parenchyma during ventriculo-cisternal perfusions. In grey matter they found concentration profiles in the parenchyma consistent with simple diffusion. However, in white matter the profile was altered as if there were a 10 µm min−1 flow of ISF towards the ventricles that countered diffusion into the tissue. Flow at this velocity could move solutes as far as a millimetre in 100 min.
|
|
label
|
2
|
|
p
|
The effects of diffusion across the ependyma lining the ventricles are usually restricted to regions close to the ventricles [21, 25, 603–605]. However, in the presence of oedema or in the immediate aftermath of infusion of even quite small amounts of fluid into the parenchyma [129] flow across the ependymal layer lining the ventricles can be substantial (see e.g. [129, 606, 607]). Rosenberg et al. [65] investigated the penetration of sucrose from the ventricles into the parenchyma during ventriculo-cisternal perfusions. In grey matter they found concentration profiles in the parenchyma consistent with simple diffusion. However, in white matter the profile was altered as if there were a 10 µm min−1 flow of ISF towards the ventricles that countered diffusion into the tissue. Flow at this velocity could move solutes as far as a millimetre in 100 min.
|
|
footnote
|
3 The relative lack of consideration of the choroid plexuses is not meant to suggest that the only important function of the choroid plexuses is to secrete CSF. The choroid plexuses are the "obvious" best route for transfer to or from the blood for anything that is intended to act on regions of the brain close to the surfaces of the ventricles or that is produced in those regions for actions elsewhere in the body. They must also be considered for transfer into the brain of anything that is needed neither quickly nor in large quantity such as Ca2+, Mg2+, micronutrients and some hormones. Finally they should be considered as a potential pathway for drug delivery to the brain via CSF [36].
|
|
label
|
3
|
|
p
|
The relative lack of consideration of the choroid plexuses is not meant to suggest that the only important function of the choroid plexuses is to secrete CSF. The choroid plexuses are the "obvious" best route for transfer to or from the blood for anything that is intended to act on regions of the brain close to the surfaces of the ventricles or that is produced in those regions for actions elsewhere in the body. They must also be considered for transfer into the brain of anything that is needed neither quickly nor in large quantity such as Ca2+, Mg2+, micronutrients and some hormones. Finally they should be considered as a potential pathway for drug delivery to the brain via CSF [36].
|
|
footnote
|
4 While the tight junctions have a very low permeability to Na+ and Cl−, the passive influx or efflux of these across the blood–brain barrier may still be primarily paracellular as proposed by Crone [151]. However the passive influxes are almost equal to the passive effluxes and the net fluxes for Na+ and Cl− across the endothelial layer may be determined primarily by the mechanisms for transfer through the cells (see Section 5.6 and Sections. 4.3.4 and 4.3.5 of [4] for further discussion).
|
|
label
|
4
|
|
p
|
While the tight junctions have a very low permeability to Na+ and Cl−, the passive influx or efflux of these across the blood–brain barrier may still be primarily paracellular as proposed by Crone [151]. However the passive influxes are almost equal to the passive effluxes and the net fluxes for Na+ and Cl− across the endothelial layer may be determined primarily by the mechanisms for transfer through the cells (see Section 5.6 and Sections. 4.3.4 and 4.3.5 of [4] for further discussion).
|
|
footnote
|
5 It is clear that extramural, fluid-filled perivascular spaces can exist, because large particles can be introduced into them (see e.g. [70, 95] and fluorescent tracers injected into the cisterna magna are seen in regions extending well outside the vessel walls (see e.g. Figures 2 and 3 in [25] and Figure 2 in [96]). Furthermore, after subarachnoid haemorrhage blood can accumulate between the walls of arteries and the glial endfeet [92]. The question is whether normally the spaces are inflated with fluid or collapsed virtual spaces [53]. A need for "inflation" would provide a ready explanation for why altering CSF pressures, e.g. by puncture of the cisterna magna [608], can greatly reduce perivascular influx. In fixed, sectioned tissue of gray matter inflated spaces are rarely if ever seen [98, 99]. However, spaces particularly, one imagines, labile spaces, are difficult to fix, or as Coles et al. [1] put it "in fixed tissue, extracellular spaces tend to be occluded, and marker molecules are bound to host tissue". It is not clear that this type of evidence obtained with fixed material is a valid description of perivascular spaces in vivo.
|
|
label
|
5
|
|
p
|
It is clear that extramural, fluid-filled perivascular spaces can exist, because large particles can be introduced into them (see e.g. [70, 95] and fluorescent tracers injected into the cisterna magna are seen in regions extending well outside the vessel walls (see e.g. Figures 2 and 3 in [25] and Figure 2 in [96]). Furthermore, after subarachnoid haemorrhage blood can accumulate between the walls of arteries and the glial endfeet [92]. The question is whether normally the spaces are inflated with fluid or collapsed virtual spaces [53]. A need for "inflation" would provide a ready explanation for why altering CSF pressures, e.g. by puncture of the cisterna magna [608], can greatly reduce perivascular influx. In fixed, sectioned tissue of gray matter inflated spaces are rarely if ever seen [98, 99]. However, spaces particularly, one imagines, labile spaces, are difficult to fix, or as Coles et al. [1] put it "in fixed tissue, extracellular spaces tend to be occluded, and marker molecules are bound to host tissue". It is not clear that this type of evidence obtained with fixed material is a valid description of perivascular spaces in vivo.
|
|
footnote
|
6 A study by Bradbury et al. [82] comparing the distribution of radio-iodinated serum albumin (RISA) in rabbits after intraparenchymal injection with that after intraventricular injection remains one of the most informative undertaken on the routes of elimination of large solutes. Their finding of RISA in the walls of arteries in the circle of Willis after intraparenchymal injection provides strong evidence that some of the albumin leaves the parenchyma along or within arterial walls and continues along them beyond the subarachnoid spaces. This evidence does not, however, indicate how large a fraction of the RISA takes this route. Bradbury et al. also observed that after intraparenchymal injection a smaller fraction of the amount injected passed through the cisterna magna and a larger fraction reached lymph than was evident after intraventricular injection. The RISA distribution following intraventricular injection can be interpreted as tracing the routes followed by CSF emerging from the ventricles. After mixing and passing through the cisterna magna, the CSF flows out of the brain by more than one route, some via the arachnoid villi leading to venous sinuses and some via the cribriform plate leading to the nasal mucosa. From the nasal mucosa large solutes including RISA pass into lymph. After intraventricular injection, the fraction of RISA reaching lymph is somewhat greater than half and represents that fraction of CSF from the ventricles that flows out via the cribriform plate [82]. After intraparenchymal injection, the fraction of RISA reaching lymph is substantially larger than that seen after intraventricular injection. This observation was interpreted by Bradbury et al. [82] as indicating that most of the RISA contained in ISF flowed out of the parenchyma into a portion of CSF that subsequently left the brain via the cribriform plate to the nasal mucosa rather than via the arachnoid villi. Weller, Carare and associates [95, 98, 107], who have used mice for their functional experiments, have since favoured the view that outflow of ISF from the parenchyma occurs via a route that does not entail mixing with any portion of the CSF. In their view ISF drains from the parenchyma along intramural periarterial pathways and exchange of large solutes is not possible between these pathways and CSF as the vessels pass through the subarachnoid spaces or basal cisternae.
|
|
label
|
6
|
|
p
|
A study by Bradbury et al. [82] comparing the distribution of radio-iodinated serum albumin (RISA) in rabbits after intraparenchymal injection with that after intraventricular injection remains one of the most informative undertaken on the routes of elimination of large solutes. Their finding of RISA in the walls of arteries in the circle of Willis after intraparenchymal injection provides strong evidence that some of the albumin leaves the parenchyma along or within arterial walls and continues along them beyond the subarachnoid spaces. This evidence does not, however, indicate how large a fraction of the RISA takes this route. Bradbury et al. also observed that after intraparenchymal injection a smaller fraction of the amount injected passed through the cisterna magna and a larger fraction reached lymph than was evident after intraventricular injection. The RISA distribution following intraventricular injection can be interpreted as tracing the routes followed by CSF emerging from the ventricles. After mixing and passing through the cisterna magna, the CSF flows out of the brain by more than one route, some via the arachnoid villi leading to venous sinuses and some via the cribriform plate leading to the nasal mucosa. From the nasal mucosa large solutes including RISA pass into lymph. After intraventricular injection, the fraction of RISA reaching lymph is somewhat greater than half and represents that fraction of CSF from the ventricles that flows out via the cribriform plate [82]. After intraparenchymal injection, the fraction of RISA reaching lymph is substantially larger than that seen after intraventricular injection. This observation was interpreted by Bradbury et al. [82] as indicating that most of the RISA contained in ISF flowed out of the parenchyma into a portion of CSF that subsequently left the brain via the cribriform plate to the nasal mucosa rather than via the arachnoid villi. Weller, Carare and associates [95, 98, 107], who have used mice for their functional experiments, have since favoured the view that outflow of ISF from the parenchyma occurs via a route that does not entail mixing with any portion of the CSF. In their view ISF drains from the parenchyma along intramural periarterial pathways and exchange of large solutes is not possible between these pathways and CSF as the vessels pass through the subarachnoid spaces or basal cisternae.
|
|
footnote
|
7 In terms of resisting putative water flow from periarterial to perivenular spaces, the endfeet are in parallel with the gaps between them and in series with the parenchymal tissue. Jin et al. conclude that the overall calculated resistance to flow is similar with or without a water permeability of the endfeet—i.e. the permeability of the slits is sufficient for the overall resistance to be determined largely by that of the parenchymal tissue.
|
|
label
|
7
|
|
p
|
In terms of resisting putative water flow from periarterial to perivenular spaces, the endfeet are in parallel with the gaps between them and in series with the parenchymal tissue. Jin et al. conclude that the overall calculated resistance to flow is similar with or without a water permeability of the endfeet—i.e. the permeability of the slits is sufficient for the overall resistance to be determined largely by that of the parenchymal tissue.
|
|
footnote
|
8 The macromolecular components of ISF may greatly influence the resistance to bulk flow as emphasized for peripheral extracellular fluid by Guyton and associates [609]. Quantitatively macromolecules in peripheral extracellular fluid can increase resistance to flow by orders of magnitude [138, 610, 611] while having much less effect on diffusion of small molecules [76, 81, 612]. A well-known illustration of a closely related effect is the reduced flow with maintained diffusion when agar is added to solutions.
|
|
label
|
8
|
|
p
|
The macromolecular components of ISF may greatly influence the resistance to bulk flow as emphasized for peripheral extracellular fluid by Guyton and associates [609]. Quantitatively macromolecules in peripheral extracellular fluid can increase resistance to flow by orders of magnitude [138, 610, 611] while having much less effect on diffusion of small molecules [76, 81, 612]. A well-known illustration of a closely related effect is the reduced flow with maintained diffusion when agar is added to solutions.
|
|
footnote
|
9 Charles Nicholson and Anthony Gardner-Medwin (personal communications reported in [41]) have observed that the adequacy of diffusion to explain movements of solutes in the interstitium and the observed symmetrical spread does not preclude the existence of net flows of the order of those proposed by Cserr and coworkers [83, 130] or Rosenberg et al. [65]. It is not clear whether the flows envisaged in the glymphatic hypothesis are sufficiently larger that they should produce observable asymmetry in the spread of markers. Comparison of the flow required if glymphatic circulation accounts for the movement of markers like inulin through the perivascular spaces (0.6 µL g−1 min−1 or more as discussed above) and the largest flow that could have been missed by Smith et al. [79] would be very welcome.
|
|
label
|
9
|
|
p
|
Charles Nicholson and Anthony Gardner-Medwin (personal communications reported in [41]) have observed that the adequacy of diffusion to explain movements of solutes in the interstitium and the observed symmetrical spread does not preclude the existence of net flows of the order of those proposed by Cserr and coworkers [83, 130] or Rosenberg et al. [65]. It is not clear whether the flows envisaged in the glymphatic hypothesis are sufficiently larger that they should produce observable asymmetry in the spread of markers. Comparison of the flow required if glymphatic circulation accounts for the movement of markers like inulin through the perivascular spaces (0.6 µL g−1 min−1 or more as discussed above) and the largest flow that could have been missed by Smith et al. [79] would be very welcome.
|
|
footnote
|
10 Compared to the change in rate of efflux of inulin, Xie et al. [128] observed a much larger change in the rate of delivery of Texas Red dextran from the cisterna magna to the parenchyma: 20-fold less influx when the mice were awake compared to when they were anaesthetized. Benveniste et al. [613] have also observed increases in delivery of a gadolinium chelate with anaesthesia. However, Gakuba et al. [147] using another gadolinium chelate, Evan's blue and indocyanine green have observed that anaesthesia greatly reduces the spread of the markers into the parenchyma from the cisterna magna. It is not yet clear how to reconcile these results (see also [426]). It is also unclear whether the effects of sleep/wakefulness/anaesthesia on influx of markers are mediated primarily in the subarachnoid spaces, in the perivascular spaces or within the parenchyma (see Section 2.4 in [146]).
|
|
label
|
10
|
|
p
|
Compared to the change in rate of efflux of inulin, Xie et al. [128] observed a much larger change in the rate of delivery of Texas Red dextran from the cisterna magna to the parenchyma: 20-fold less influx when the mice were awake compared to when they were anaesthetized. Benveniste et al. [613] have also observed increases in delivery of a gadolinium chelate with anaesthesia. However, Gakuba et al. [147] using another gadolinium chelate, Evan's blue and indocyanine green have observed that anaesthesia greatly reduces the spread of the markers into the parenchyma from the cisterna magna. It is not yet clear how to reconcile these results (see also [426]). It is also unclear whether the effects of sleep/wakefulness/anaesthesia on influx of markers are mediated primarily in the subarachnoid spaces, in the perivascular spaces or within the parenchyma (see Section 2.4 in [146]).
|
|
footnote
|
11 The polar headgroups of lipid membranes produce a large dipole potential (membrane core positive) which favours permeation of anions over cations (see e.g. [529, 614–619]. None of the descriptors that are suitable for describing neutral molecules can be expected to allow the LFER approach to be able to cope with this difference. It is thus not at all surprising that when Abraham came to consider charged molecules explicitly, he found it necessary to introduce descriptors that allow for the charge on the molecule [168].
One difficulty encountered when attempting to correlate permeability and lipophilicity for ions is that it is only possible to measure Kn-octanol/water for neutral combinations of ions. This is an example of the consequences of the Principle of electroneutrality (see Section 6.1.2 in [4] for another example and further discussion). This difficulty could be avoided by measuring partition into unilamellar liposomes, lipid bilayers or biological membranes rather than into a hydrophobic solvent, because with these systems the counterions can remain in the aqueous phases. However, while partition into membranes has been measured, there has not been any attempt to correlate these measurements with blood–brain barrier permeability (see e.g. [161]).
|
|
label
|
11
|
|
p
|
The polar headgroups of lipid membranes produce a large dipole potential (membrane core positive) which favours permeation of anions over cations (see e.g. [529, 614–619]. None of the descriptors that are suitable for describing neutral molecules can be expected to allow the LFER approach to be able to cope with this difference. It is thus not at all surprising that when Abraham came to consider charged molecules explicitly, he found it necessary to introduce descriptors that allow for the charge on the molecule [168].
|
|
p
|
One difficulty encountered when attempting to correlate permeability and lipophilicity for ions is that it is only possible to measure Kn-octanol/water for neutral combinations of ions. This is an example of the consequences of the Principle of electroneutrality (see Section 6.1.2 in [4] for another example and further discussion). This difficulty could be avoided by measuring partition into unilamellar liposomes, lipid bilayers or biological membranes rather than into a hydrophobic solvent, because with these systems the counterions can remain in the aqueous phases. However, while partition into membranes has been measured, there has not been any attempt to correlate these measurements with blood–brain barrier permeability (see e.g. [161]).
|
|
footnote
|
12 Both the Oat and Oatp transporters appear to be exchangers. Using Xenopus oocytes transfected with Oat3, influx of labelled p-aminohippuric acid (PAH) or estrone sulphate was found to be coupled in some way to movement of glutarate, and probably other dicarboxylates, in the opposite direction, i.e. there was trans-stimulation of transport [620]. Interestingly however, influx of labelled estrone sulphate, was not stimulated by increased internal concentration of estrone sulphate, or PAH, i.e. there was no "self" trans-stimulation [236]. For Oatp transporters the exchange has different properties. For instance for Oatp1a4 (Oatp2) expressed in Xenopus oocytes suspended in low bicarbonate solution, increased concentrations of a variety of solutes present inside the cells, including taurocholate, glutathione, and glutathione conjugates, stimulate influx of labelled taurocholate [621]. However, when Oatp1a4 is expressed in a HeLa cell line suspended in bicarbonate buffered solution, the influx of taurocholate seems to be coupled to efflux of bicarbonate [622]. This coupling with bicarbonate has been confirmed using a number of different Oatp transporters expressed in CHO cells [623].
Exchangers are able to perform secondary active transport by coupling the downhill transport of one solute to the uphill movement of the other. Thus the demonstration of uphill transport from brain to blood might correspond to abluminal secondary active transport into the endothelial cells driven by an outward gradient of something like glutarate or glutathione or to luminal primary active transport out of the endothelial cells via an ABC transporter or to both. For instance PAH may be taken up into the cells by secondary active transport via Oat3 and subsequently expelled from them by primary active transport via an ABC transporter, possibly MRP4 [560]. Further work is required to establish the interplay of the effects of the various transporters.
|
|
label
|
12
|
|
p
|
Both the Oat and Oatp transporters appear to be exchangers. Using Xenopus oocytes transfected with Oat3, influx of labelled p-aminohippuric acid (PAH) or estrone sulphate was found to be coupled in some way to movement of glutarate, and probably other dicarboxylates, in the opposite direction, i.e. there was trans-stimulation of transport [620]. Interestingly however, influx of labelled estrone sulphate, was not stimulated by increased internal concentration of estrone sulphate, or PAH, i.e. there was no "self" trans-stimulation [236]. For Oatp transporters the exchange has different properties. For instance for Oatp1a4 (Oatp2) expressed in Xenopus oocytes suspended in low bicarbonate solution, increased concentrations of a variety of solutes present inside the cells, including taurocholate, glutathione, and glutathione conjugates, stimulate influx of labelled taurocholate [621]. However, when Oatp1a4 is expressed in a HeLa cell line suspended in bicarbonate buffered solution, the influx of taurocholate seems to be coupled to efflux of bicarbonate [622]. This coupling with bicarbonate has been confirmed using a number of different Oatp transporters expressed in CHO cells [623].
|
|
p
|
Exchangers are able to perform secondary active transport by coupling the downhill transport of one solute to the uphill movement of the other. Thus the demonstration of uphill transport from brain to blood might correspond to abluminal secondary active transport into the endothelial cells driven by an outward gradient of something like glutarate or glutathione or to luminal primary active transport out of the endothelial cells via an ABC transporter or to both. For instance PAH may be taken up into the cells by secondary active transport via Oat3 and subsequently expelled from them by primary active transport via an ABC transporter, possibly MRP4 [560]. Further work is required to establish the interplay of the effects of the various transporters.
|
|
footnote
|
13 TfR has been shown to be accessible to antibodies on both surfaces of the endothelial cells [280, 624]. This suggests that transferrin could bind to or dissociate from TfR on either side. Furthermore there is effective transfer across the blood–brain barrier of low-affinity antibodies to TfR [625], which strongly suggests that there can be transcytosis of substances bound to the TfR.
In terms of one current conceptual model (see Figure 1 in [280]) there are two possible fates of transferrin and iron after endocytosis. In the first fate, holo-transferrin is exocytosed across the abluminal membrane as in the original hypothesis. However the current consensus is that relatively little holo-transferrin is in fact exocytosed on the brain side [262, 279–282, 626–628]. In the second fate, dissociation of the holo-transferrin occurs within endosomes in the endothelial cells with the iron being transported across the abluminal membrane by ferroportin. In this option, one that is preferred by Simpson et al. [280], the iron-free apo-transferrin is exocytosed, part across the abluminal membrane accounting for the observed transfer of transferrin from blood to brain but primarily across the luminal membrane back to blood. This model allows the possibility that transcytosis of apo-transferrin can occur from brain to blood. The site of dissociation of the iron from the holo-transferrin inside the endothelial cell layer and the intervening steps are still under active investigation [281, 282]).
|
|
label
|
13
|
|
p
|
TfR has been shown to be accessible to antibodies on both surfaces of the endothelial cells [280, 624]. This suggests that transferrin could bind to or dissociate from TfR on either side. Furthermore there is effective transfer across the blood–brain barrier of low-affinity antibodies to TfR [625], which strongly suggests that there can be transcytosis of substances bound to the TfR.
|
|
p
|
In terms of one current conceptual model (see Figure 1 in [280]) there are two possible fates of transferrin and iron after endocytosis. In the first fate, holo-transferrin is exocytosed across the abluminal membrane as in the original hypothesis. However the current consensus is that relatively little holo-transferrin is in fact exocytosed on the brain side [262, 279–282, 626–628]. In the second fate, dissociation of the holo-transferrin occurs within endosomes in the endothelial cells with the iron being transported across the abluminal membrane by ferroportin. In this option, one that is preferred by Simpson et al. [280], the iron-free apo-transferrin is exocytosed, part across the abluminal membrane accounting for the observed transfer of transferrin from blood to brain but primarily across the luminal membrane back to blood. This model allows the possibility that transcytosis of apo-transferrin can occur from brain to blood. The site of dissociation of the iron from the holo-transferrin inside the endothelial cell layer and the intervening steps are still under active investigation [281, 282]).
|
|
footnote
|
14 Simpson et al. [315] have calculated the distribution of glucose using estimates of the rates of metabolism and the rates of transport across the various barriers in the brain including diffusion through basal laminae and interstitial spaces and transport across the various cell membranes. Their calculated concentrations in ISF 1.4 mM, in neurons 1.2 mM and in astrocytes 0.9 mM are consistent with the relatively uniform distribution of glucose over brain water found by NMR.
|
|
label
|
14
|
|
p
|
Simpson et al. [315] have calculated the distribution of glucose using estimates of the rates of metabolism and the rates of transport across the various barriers in the brain including diffusion through basal laminae and interstitial spaces and transport across the various cell membranes. Their calculated concentrations in ISF 1.4 mM, in neurons 1.2 mM and in astrocytes 0.9 mM are consistent with the relatively uniform distribution of glucose over brain water found by NMR.
|
|
footnote
|
15 There has been a claim that "The glymphatic [perivascular] pathway is important for the brain-wide delivery of nutrients, specifically glucose" [109]. This was based on results presented by Lundgaard et al. [629] for movements of a near-infrared 2-deoxyglucose probe (2DG-IR). However, Lundgaard et al. showed that 2DG-IR could not be delivered across the blood–brain barrier and thus it is at best a poor substrate for GLUT1. Since GLUT1 is essential for the normal entry and distribution of glucose, the results for 2DG-IR cannot be used to infer the relative importance of the blood–brain barrier and perivascular routes for the distribution of glucose. Petit and Magistretti [344] have also criticized the use of 2DG-IR as a probe for glucose movements into astrocytes and neurons.
|
|
label
|
15
|
|
p
|
There has been a claim that "The glymphatic [perivascular] pathway is important for the brain-wide delivery of nutrients, specifically glucose" [109]. This was based on results presented by Lundgaard et al. [629] for movements of a near-infrared 2-deoxyglucose probe (2DG-IR). However, Lundgaard et al. showed that 2DG-IR could not be delivered across the blood–brain barrier and thus it is at best a poor substrate for GLUT1. Since GLUT1 is essential for the normal entry and distribution of glucose, the results for 2DG-IR cannot be used to infer the relative importance of the blood–brain barrier and perivascular routes for the distribution of glucose. Petit and Magistretti [344] have also criticized the use of 2DG-IR as a probe for glucose movements into astrocytes and neurons.
|
|
footnote
|
16 Lundgaard et al. [630] have shown that four different manoeuvres that decrease perivascular efflux of markers increase lactate levels in the brain and decrease them in the submandibular and parotid lymph nodes. In their view some lactate leaves the brain in CSF notably via the cribriform plate to the nasal mucosa from which it is removed in lymph. There may be removal of lactate from the brain via lymph, but Bradbury and Westrop [125] noted that while high molecular weight markers like albumin delivered to the nasal mucosa are removed from the mucosa by lymph, low molecular weight substances like lactate may be removed from the mucosa by the peripheral blood flow. Lundgaard et al's results provide no means to verify that the lactate found in the lymph nodes originated in the brain and even if the lactate in the glands originates by perivascular efflux from the brain, they do not quantify the rate of efflux. The effects of sleep and wakefulness on lactate clearance from the brain were considered further in [146]. Lundgaard et al's results indicate that the manoeuvres that affect perivascular efflux do not alter lactate concentrations in the brain of usually awake mice (dark phase of 24 h cycle), which is evidence that perivascular efflux is not important under just the circumstances when there is likely to be a need for lactate removal.
|
|
label
|
16
|
|
p
|
Lundgaard et al. [630] have shown that four different manoeuvres that decrease perivascular efflux of markers increase lactate levels in the brain and decrease them in the submandibular and parotid lymph nodes. In their view some lactate leaves the brain in CSF notably via the cribriform plate to the nasal mucosa from which it is removed in lymph. There may be removal of lactate from the brain via lymph, but Bradbury and Westrop [125] noted that while high molecular weight markers like albumin delivered to the nasal mucosa are removed from the mucosa by lymph, low molecular weight substances like lactate may be removed from the mucosa by the peripheral blood flow. Lundgaard et al's results provide no means to verify that the lactate found in the lymph nodes originated in the brain and even if the lactate in the glands originates by perivascular efflux from the brain, they do not quantify the rate of efflux. The effects of sleep and wakefulness on lactate clearance from the brain were considered further in [146]. Lundgaard et al's results indicate that the manoeuvres that affect perivascular efflux do not alter lactate concentrations in the brain of usually awake mice (dark phase of 24 h cycle), which is evidence that perivascular efflux is not important under just the circumstances when there is likely to be a need for lactate removal.
|
|
footnote
|
17 The concentrations in plasma and CSF have been measured in samples of the fluids, but those in ISF have been measured using microdialysis. In the microdialysis procedure a probe is inserted and fluid perfused through the probe. To avoid grossly disturbing the ISF around the probe, the composition of the perfusion fluid must be close to that of ISF. The perfusate comes into contact with ISF only through a dialysis membrane. The diffusable solutes to be measured enter the perfusate during the relatively brief time that it is within the probe, and thus the slower the perfusion rate, the closer the concentration emerging from the probe is to the concentration in ISF in the region surrounding it. The ISF data in Table 3 were obtained by measuring concentrations at several different flow rates and extrapolating back to zero flow. However, even with these precautions, without measurements for substances whose concentrations are already known it is difficult to be certain that the ISF concentration measured is the same as that in ISF that isn't close to the probe. Because in all the studies in Table 3 the probe removes the substance being measured, there is an obvious risk of bias towards values that are too low. Evidence that these concerns are not just theoretical is provided by measurements for glucose. The early microdialysis measurements yielded values, e.g. 0.47 mM [631] or 0.35 mM [632], that are substantially smaller than the lower limit of ISF concentration obtained from NMR data, ca 1.2 mM for 6 mM in plasma (see Sect. 5.3). More recent microdialysis measurements have yielded larger concentrations [314], e.g 1 mM [633]; 1.66, [634]; 1.26 [635] and 1.4 [636].
|
|
label
|
17
|
|
p
|
The concentrations in plasma and CSF have been measured in samples of the fluids, but those in ISF have been measured using microdialysis. In the microdialysis procedure a probe is inserted and fluid perfused through the probe. To avoid grossly disturbing the ISF around the probe, the composition of the perfusion fluid must be close to that of ISF. The perfusate comes into contact with ISF only through a dialysis membrane. The diffusable solutes to be measured enter the perfusate during the relatively brief time that it is within the probe, and thus the slower the perfusion rate, the closer the concentration emerging from the probe is to the concentration in ISF in the region surrounding it. The ISF data in Table 3 were obtained by measuring concentrations at several different flow rates and extrapolating back to zero flow. However, even with these precautions, without measurements for substances whose concentrations are already known it is difficult to be certain that the ISF concentration measured is the same as that in ISF that isn't close to the probe. Because in all the studies in Table 3 the probe removes the substance being measured, there is an obvious risk of bias towards values that are too low. Evidence that these concerns are not just theoretical is provided by measurements for glucose. The early microdialysis measurements yielded values, e.g. 0.47 mM [631] or 0.35 mM [632], that are substantially smaller than the lower limit of ISF concentration obtained from NMR data, ca 1.2 mM for 6 mM in plasma (see Sect. 5.3). More recent microdialysis measurements have yielded larger concentrations [314], e.g 1 mM [633]; 1.66, [634]; 1.26 [635] and 1.4 [636].
|
|
footnote
|
18 The results were later extended to allow calculation of Michaelis–Menten constants for each of the amino acids [372]. For the large neutral amino acids the Vmax and Km values varied from 30 nmol g−1 min−1 and 0.12 mM for phenylalanine to 49 nmol g−1 min−1 and 0.63 mM for valine. Competition reduces the fluxes seen for each amino acid but for any one transporter may have a Vmax for the combination of amino acids present somewhere in the range observed for the individual amino acids. Thus from these results from the rat studies the maximum collective influx of the large neutral amino acids is expected to be less than 50 nmol g−1 min−1. Smith and Stoll [43] provide a useful table of influxes from nearly normal composition of plasma with a total influx of 72 nmol g−1 min−1. It should be noted that (a) this total is for the influx not the net flux and (b) virtually all of the data for tracer influxes have been obtained with rats.
|
|
label
|
18
|
|
p
|
The results were later extended to allow calculation of Michaelis–Menten constants for each of the amino acids [372]. For the large neutral amino acids the Vmax and Km values varied from 30 nmol g−1 min−1 and 0.12 mM for phenylalanine to 49 nmol g−1 min−1 and 0.63 mM for valine. Competition reduces the fluxes seen for each amino acid but for any one transporter may have a Vmax for the combination of amino acids present somewhere in the range observed for the individual amino acids. Thus from these results from the rat studies the maximum collective influx of the large neutral amino acids is expected to be less than 50 nmol g−1 min−1. Smith and Stoll [43] provide a useful table of influxes from nearly normal composition of plasma with a total influx of 72 nmol g−1 min−1. It should be noted that (a) this total is for the influx not the net flux and (b) virtually all of the data for tracer influxes have been obtained with rats.
|
|
footnote
|
19 It should be noted that the total net flux of N as part of amino acids is not zero in any of the studies measuring net fluxes. The estimates for studies that included glutamine and at least 10 other amino acids are + 26 nmol g−1 min−1 [588]; − 17.3 nmol g−1 min−1 [589] and − 30 nmol g−1 min−1 [590]. Eriksson et al. [588] noted that their data could not be reconciled with N balance. The net effluxes found by Grill et al. [589] and Strauss et al. [590] were dominated by net release of glutamine, which conceivably could be balanced by small net influxes for many amino acids, each below the limit of detection, or a net influx of NH4+ though there is no evidence for this [359]. How N balance is achieved remains to be clarified.
|
|
label
|
19
|
|
p
|
It should be noted that the total net flux of N as part of amino acids is not zero in any of the studies measuring net fluxes. The estimates for studies that included glutamine and at least 10 other amino acids are + 26 nmol g−1 min−1 [588]; − 17.3 nmol g−1 min−1 [589] and − 30 nmol g−1 min−1 [590]. Eriksson et al. [588] noted that their data could not be reconciled with N balance. The net effluxes found by Grill et al. [589] and Strauss et al. [590] were dominated by net release of glutamine, which conceivably could be balanced by small net influxes for many amino acids, each below the limit of detection, or a net influx of NH4+ though there is no evidence for this [359]. How N balance is achieved remains to be clarified.
|
|
footnote
|
20 This may explain the only modest success of attempts to understand the effects of raised concentration of one amino acid in plasma on the fluxes and ISF concentrations of other amino acids. Those attempts have considered only the concentrations in plasma while it is now clear that concentrations on both sides are important. (See [42] for discussion of the early work and [637] for a more recent example).
|
|
label
|
20
|
|
p
|
This may explain the only modest success of attempts to understand the effects of raised concentration of one amino acid in plasma on the fluxes and ISF concentrations of other amino acids. Those attempts have considered only the concentrations in plasma while it is now clear that concentrations on both sides are important. (See [42] for discussion of the early work and [637] for a more recent example).
|
|
footnote
|
21 The results of Kress et al. [514] differ from the earlier studies described above. Kress et al. have reported the fractions of Aβ and inulin remaining in the brain 1 h after parenchymal injection in young, middle aged, or old mice. In each group they found that the fraction remaining of Aβ was smaller than that of inulin but the difference between Aβ and inulin was much less marked than in the earlier studies primarily because more Aβ remained in the brain. It is difficult to suggest any reason for this discrepancy.
|
|
label
|
21
|
|
p
|
The results of Kress et al. [514] differ from the earlier studies described above. Kress et al. have reported the fractions of Aβ and inulin remaining in the brain 1 h after parenchymal injection in young, middle aged, or old mice. In each group they found that the fraction remaining of Aβ was smaller than that of inulin but the difference between Aβ and inulin was much less marked than in the earlier studies primarily because more Aβ remained in the brain. It is difficult to suggest any reason for this discrepancy.
|
|
footnote
|
22 In a number of studies (see e.g. [341]) the net flux during low nervous activity has been compared to an estimate of the transport maximum, Tmax. Tmax is typically two to threefold larger. However, Tmax gives a false impression of the transport reserve as these large fluxes can only be reached by increasing cplasma to levels that are never achieved.
|
|
label
|
22
|
|
p
|
In a number of studies (see e.g. [341]) the net flux during low nervous activity has been compared to an estimate of the transport maximum, Tmax. Tmax is typically two to threefold larger. However, Tmax gives a false impression of the transport reserve as these large fluxes can only be reached by increasing cplasma to levels that are never achieved.
|
|
footnote
|
23 ("Systems" have functional definitions and may be mediated by one or more transporters. Transporters are gene products).
|
|
label
|
23
|
|
p
|
("Systems" have functional definitions and may be mediated by one or more transporters. Transporters are gene products).
|
|
footnote
|
24 Chikhale et al. [638] looked at the permeability of a series of peptides and found that the permeabilities did not correlate with the n-octanol/water partition coefficient but did correlate with the number of hydrogen bonds they could form. If the hydrogen bonds were formed only in the water and not in either n-octanol or the membrane core, then n-octanol would be expected to be a reasonable model for the core and the discrepancy they observed should not have been seen. See also [169].
|
|
label
|
24
|
|
p
|
Chikhale et al. [638] looked at the permeability of a series of peptides and found that the permeabilities did not correlate with the n-octanol/water partition coefficient but did correlate with the number of hydrogen bonds they could form. If the hydrogen bonds were formed only in the water and not in either n-octanol or the membrane core, then n-octanol would be expected to be a reasonable model for the core and the discrepancy they observed should not have been seen. See also [169].
|
|
ack
|
Authors’ contributions
SBH carried out the literature search and prepared the figures, except as otherwise acknowledged. SBH and MAB wrote the manuscript. Both authors read and approved the final manuscript.
Acknowledgements
We would like to thank Gerald Dienel for very helpful correspondence on the metabolism of glucose, lactate and amino acids, Robert Thorne for preparing Fig. 2 and giving us permission to use it, Vartan Kurtcuoglu for discussion of patterns of flow of CSF and the possibility of flow along basement membranes and Richard Keep for many suggestions and help in obtaining references.
Competing interests
The authors declare that they have no competing interests.
Availability of data and materials
No new data are reported in this review. There is no data to share.
Consent for publication
Not applicable.
Ethics approval and consent to participate
Not applicable.
Funding
Serviced working space was provided by the University of Cambridge and Jesus College, Cambridge. Library facilities, interlibrary loan subsidies and online access to journals were provided by the University of Cambridge. Neither Jesus College nor the University of Cambridge have had any role in determining the content of this review.
Note added in proof
The material in the text attributed to “Gerald Dienel, personal communication” is covered in a major review of brain glucose metabolism [659] that has been accepted for publication.
Publisher’s Note
Springer Nature remains neutral with regard to jurisdictional claims in published maps and institutional affiliations.
|
|
title
|
Authors’ contributions
|
|
p
|
SBH carried out the literature search and prepared the figures, except as otherwise acknowledged. SBH and MAB wrote the manuscript. Both authors read and approved the final manuscript.
|
|
sec
|
Acknowledgements
We would like to thank Gerald Dienel for very helpful correspondence on the metabolism of glucose, lactate and amino acids, Robert Thorne for preparing Fig. 2 and giving us permission to use it, Vartan Kurtcuoglu for discussion of patterns of flow of CSF and the possibility of flow along basement membranes and Richard Keep for many suggestions and help in obtaining references.
|
|
title
|
Acknowledgements
|
|
p
|
We would like to thank Gerald Dienel for very helpful correspondence on the metabolism of glucose, lactate and amino acids, Robert Thorne for preparing Fig. 2 and giving us permission to use it, Vartan Kurtcuoglu for discussion of patterns of flow of CSF and the possibility of flow along basement membranes and Richard Keep for many suggestions and help in obtaining references.
|
|
sec
|
Competing interests
The authors declare that they have no competing interests.
|
|
title
|
Competing interests
|
|
p
|
The authors declare that they have no competing interests.
|
|
sec
|
Availability of data and materials
No new data are reported in this review. There is no data to share.
|
|
title
|
Availability of data and materials
|
|
p
|
No new data are reported in this review. There is no data to share.
|
|
sec
|
Consent for publication
Not applicable.
|
|
title
|
Consent for publication
|
|
p
|
Not applicable.
|
|
sec
|
Ethics approval and consent to participate
Not applicable.
|
|
title
|
Ethics approval and consent to participate
|
|
p
|
Not applicable.
|
|
sec
|
Funding
Serviced working space was provided by the University of Cambridge and Jesus College, Cambridge. Library facilities, interlibrary loan subsidies and online access to journals were provided by the University of Cambridge. Neither Jesus College nor the University of Cambridge have had any role in determining the content of this review.
|
|
title
|
Funding
|
|
p
|
Serviced working space was provided by the University of Cambridge and Jesus College, Cambridge. Library facilities, interlibrary loan subsidies and online access to journals were provided by the University of Cambridge. Neither Jesus College nor the University of Cambridge have had any role in determining the content of this review.
|
|
sec
|
Note added in proof
The material in the text attributed to “Gerald Dienel, personal communication” is covered in a major review of brain glucose metabolism [659] that has been accepted for publication.
|
|
title
|
Note added in proof
|
|
p
|
The material in the text attributed to “Gerald Dienel, personal communication” is covered in a major review of brain glucose metabolism [659] that has been accepted for publication.
|
|
sec
|
Publisher’s Note
Springer Nature remains neutral with regard to jurisdictional claims in published maps and institutional affiliations.
|
|
title
|
Publisher’s Note
|
|
p
|
Springer Nature remains neutral with regard to jurisdictional claims in published maps and institutional affiliations.
|
